iptin erwin erat
atop 8s in 2 SENS
asta sheds eta SeRe
ca ered azat4 ors
etanety Pe Pan ta NF
Pe aL
depo yee
Sb aaa dkny!
oe, eae Hipshnsbe btehYe
Tonnes ebatirt
Ae Pie pSerE nent Bet CANINA
AEA Boks oi naba (ve eon A Bie SAVE MAM
Ten AE eCATL ORCA MEAL AED! To Me
Phares el Cetehee SDAA MME UVR EAL SS
SRY LAL aa
esDams Ayes
EG ha Le aur
Sha Rave Por cna Na
Pree ee ra
oto
ue
nate esas
errr
aa ernst Re
vaasenee!
adie BP WaT ae er ah OX te
Behe a Gn tg AEF Min OIE NBME T OM
Manse hate ated Mifare PhS EINE
Pere
Mat etree
wp DELAY TARUESE
Ties tal os G Ae!
Fhe Bee
BNE Be ALU ELAS Cirle Wen
eat hagiean nt lie hargie 2 ties 7 esa kde
See maa Pili? LO KBD AYA OY TERA CRM
oavegeh AACR: AWE Nk
Bewerreer rt ast
Dasbe cont hate O8F
ik Rare ee ENMH
nets
rane eee
asleteS
eke ehat as Bs
Lowe tn ene en
anges
tees
pe panneeyy
errr ret]
Bem emt e RET MITA
ck Ot
inet eY ABM ION Mere PRE LTEE
eed aanttests dpe ch aathieus astohu Sietet ha Ge het d want vRee
sTicer mans Goh caserenerarreshsilrter
cian! treet pen aty wee aed are 2
cept edad One thee \ hae
Mey Siete 0
Mid oem DN OR
ra tana Uystegre ema Seep ase
We aimysthn top Minit RP ENT VEE mechs oie tin Tan wenn eee e
Beh
ey
cone hs BOTA BP
pared
Sen neeen anne
foagre et ata Nahe
Tame bom mad
wre
er nieds
were
wpa Pptt adh €
vaneae
fot
prctaae oy steve nee hy Aim Sin ate E
Fi pina hata seit 2 Reatard pond nA sVint £02Ma Medan pTatiete Y Seer eee
Sie pea Paik Ob Oe Cu he “ ful eee
Daterte ton ark ones ete
topes Ueprnarienen hee
rr
ero eee)
Feeovabiptatons 2B et ates
erty oke fletne Keds
tne tind
bob P ote One ee
pets etre eit ac ene
aR OC
(eames ea CEE
seme.
fn tae
ant une
weer tee ek
appear tornt
nice nee me im SF
Sek thm en aed BAR
etre
Nae mat Oak rawahacnbatieh
Peewee CAML UN Nt
erry
re pny
VA a bere
Fytaenaeatons aPod ah F!
Ae MY (Mee oshed
eee ee genet
Natee.
mapxicend
saree
“~
Wet ath eg
anal
neeen eee ®
ees
stent.
AAV UO
ia
eae} a
Fay ‘ Lal at,
it a 7 i
VETERINARY
MATERIA MEDICA
AND
THERAPEUTICS
BY
Kenelm Winslow, M.D.; M.D.¥V.; B.A.S. (Harv.)
FORMERLY INSTRUCTOR IN ZOOLOGY, BUSSEY (AGRICULTURAL) INSTITUTB
AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF THERAPEUTICS, VETERINARY
SCHOOL (BOTH) OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
FOURTH EDITION, REVISED
2,0
New YorK
WILLIAM R. JENKINS
851-853 SixtH AVENUE
1906
LIBRARY of CONGRESS
Two Conies Received
SEP 1 1906
opyrignt Entry
4,1%06
CLASS C2 XXc. Ne.
Soe a! 3
COPYRIGHT, 1901, 1905, 1906
By WILLIAM R. JENKINS
[Registered at Stationers’ Hall, London]
Printed inthe United States of America
PRINTED BY THE
PRESS OF WILLIAM R. JENKINS
NEw YORK
PREFACE TO FOURTH EDITION
In the preparation of the fourth edition of this work,
very considerable revision was made necessary on account
of the many changes made in the eighth decennial revision
of the United States Pharmacopoeia of September, 1905.
To what an extent revision was required will be realized.
when it is known that there have been 123 additions, 106
changes in the strength of preparations, and 139 changés in
the official title of drugs in the new Pharmacopceeia.
Thus the doses of many preparations have suffered the
most radical change; e.g., the dose of tincture of aconite is
three times what it formerly was, and that of the tincture of
strophanthus is but half the former dose. Some of the most
familiar of our old friends are scarcely recognizable by their
new names, e.g., Acetphenetidum (phenacetin), Arseni Tri-
oxidum (acidum arsenosum), Phenol (acidum carbolicum),
Spiritus Glycerylis Nitratis (Spiritus Glonoini), ete. All
Extracta Fluida have been changed. Thus no longer we
write Extracti Nucis Vomice Fluidi, but Fluidextracti Nucis
Vomice. The official names of many salts are altered:
hydrochlorate into hydrochloride; hydrobromate into
hydrobromide; and valerianate into valerate; with cor-
responding changes in the Latin terminations. "While some
of the changes in the new Pharmacopeeia do not affect vet-
erinarians, yet professional prudence and pride demand
that the veterinary practitioner conform to many of them to
avoid mistakes in dosage and nomenclature.
iv PREFACE TO FOURTH EDITION
In revising the General Index it was decided to
make it a pronouncing vocabulary. That a professional
knowledge of the proper pronunciation of drugs and terms
of pharmacology is deplorably absent will be appreciated
the moment attention is directed to the matter. So many
teachers disregard the subject, it follows that every practi-
tioner has a pronunciation of his own—each equally
incorrect.
Notwithstanding the short time which has elapsed since
the last edition of this book, a number of additions have.
been made to keep it abreast of the times. Since the work
has become the recognized authority in Veterinary Materia.
Medica and Therapeutics, and is the standard text-book on
the subject in the veterinary colleges of the United States,
the author and publisher feel it their duty to constantly
revise its pages in order to hold the book up to that stand-
ard which it has hitherto attained.
KENELM WINSLOW.
August, 1906.
PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION.
In preparing this third edition of “ Veterinary Materia
Medica and Therapeutics” the work has been thoroughly
revised and re-written, much new matter having been added
to bring the book up to date.
Among wholly new subjects included may be mentioned
the following: Adrenalin; Soluble Silver Compounds,
including Crede’s Ointment and Collargol; Gelatin and
Calcium Chloride, in their new rdéles as hemostatics ;
Orthoform; Tallianine; The Oxygen Treatment for milk
fever in cows; an entirely new section on Serum Therapy,
embracing Antitoxins and Vaccines and also some of the
Toxins; another new section on the use of the stomach
tube in view of the recent interest which has been aroused
in the employment of this aid to stomach-therapy.
Every endeavor has been made to keep the book up to
that high standard attained as a text book in the Veterinary
Colleges and to meet the needs of veterinarians and agri-
culturists at home and abroad.
KENELM WINSLOW.
August, 1905.
PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION. °
The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to
the works of Brunton, Wood, Hare, Edes, Ringer, Bar-
tholow, White and Mann, in human medicine; and to those
of the following veterinary writers: Finlay Dun, Fried-
berger and Frohner, Ellenberger, Koch, Cagny, Miiller;
and to the leading veterinary periodicals.
The matter on “ properties,’ ‘description,’ and, in
many cases, “derivation,” i according to the U.S. Phar-
macopceia, while the important preparations of both the :
U.S. and British Pharmacopeeias are included. The classi- _
fication and arrangement of drugs employed in this book
are modifications of those adopted by W. Hale White in his
excellent treatise on Materia Medica, Pharmacology and
Therapeutics.
KENELM WINSLOW.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS.......0-0eeeeereeereesseecesececes
errs TGMTA Stee a face ciate ake wires er nere slaleiealeie eFinisi oie a sree Pein eaten 1
Mode of Action of Drugs .........-seeeeere eee cere eee eecees 2
Absorption of Drugs...........-errse cere cee ceee ese sess esses 3
Hlimination of Drugs....'.. 2.52.0. - ese c eee cette teens cesens 4
CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 5 aseine sketeieceiet~ 6
Mode of Administration... ............ee eee e ee ee ee ete eee ences
TSAR ae Seas fA oso enna detente ael Ie 356g a TARA EHO Silas oe * 10
Anatomy and Physiology.......-.-+-sseceeee cere seeeeneeeees 11
Time of Administration ..........eee eee e eee e cree eee ce eeeees 13
PAE CfA aE eet Sem calma ete ier s Saisie severe cine Sass sei 14
ree eR te taAfe raver neers <b eisialt i> 4'pin.m, = sles RaisicielseKe.n06i8 S85 Ait 14
PRR CEHEY care coatare sw oinjn'o = n'a s ole im ns aire riers a's svc nisinieisie s 14
(GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS... ....-.-eeeeeeeereeerees ns rapetaegexctate rs 15
Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs.......++++++ sseeeerees 15
wee oe - “(Chiro ne nloit« Gu ecoma OO dmaOCnD Hiecrcimlcgt: 82
<s es ‘6 Nervous System. .........+s eee ee ee ceeee 33
se es «Respiratory Organs.........-++++eeee eee 46
£6 cs Urinary Ofgams. .....6.55. cee ce esc ee eee 52
es fs Sexual .Organse.'.2 5 iia civisice esac ee ee ae 56
“ Influencing Metabolism .........-.+ sss eee eee eee ee ees 59
ce Ne Bodily Heat........0...cccenecceeeeceeecces 60
“ Acting on the SKin..........eseeee erence eee teen ete ee: 62
BESEINRINDAOY ciercicte orci sieieieicie'tie's)s siev.eieie's\s oo Ah SOOO ORC OUEST 70
INCOMPATIBILITY .......-00. Be fons e ish OOD Up COOL DELO DOCU E Domce 83
PRESCRIPTION WRITING. .......cccccccce cscs sceesssese ei cssesess 86
es ASSERT AUTILON Ei ets) ct teasic og) arateie eiereleinyelsietelsieier= alcleis ale sleisicle scissile Ss ees 113
Vuil CONTENTS
TANORGANIC AGENTS? 1. cic ciel cie'sle olslnisialellsteltslntaletals are’ g avalehaterereteletetsteretavone
WEGETABLE DRUGS: << osc «ws « 0 01s efoiclelalateleletsterelelerets AES 1a OS Co daS
DosE TABLE......... e+e mies o's seats ciate ele eet sco9aSa8 RandadDaecnd :
GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES......--eceeseees Gdonacuoson oc .
Food and Feeding: ....... 0. sc rasmiestie sneer: Se tiole ete
Counter-irritamts: we +. <1. 0.0.ci.a sate etotoretmeipteetereietstelonstaiatoreleieteteietaeanate
Cold and Heaty 2. cteeielee ein ava erlavaelafayarel aeiolave tonotetererets
Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants...........2++2206:
VenesectiOn’ a cine ce cle cites eiefelelaleieetetste sitter: S6O00 ODOC stoeteeaaere
Transfusion ; « «cscs iis sictelelele eleteteteteheweleteioteteekeereiete saraieree neers
Intravenous Saline TmfSitONs revere -tetetteyeleloncteleisteleteletele lel teteeyaierees
Hy podermoclysis. ........0++ecesseeeseees cla siees oo is nels dive» aim
Enteroclysis. . .... sto. wien a0 6 eles wir eteleletstetetet irate aise oioletajeielaters 5
Kunsel’s Treatment for Milk Fever in Cows....... Ae Soo GIO’ «
Serum Therapy... ccs: sce. seca ecismiv eit a oleha ee me :
Wop) 0 | Reena nOuGOcHKo ducd od. denocaue etve siejaterayeretoyateiate
Via CCINES ceiebieiinctsicles BS eO cb OUT Phecarevalevetavare ovals’ e\o.c%el ee evoreietens
301
PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS.
Definitions.
Pharmacology is derived from the Greek, Pharmakos,
a drug, and is the sum of all exact knowledge pertaining to
drugs, and therefore embraces Materia Medica, Therapeu-
tics, and Pharmacy.
Materia Medica, derived from two Latin words signi-
fying medical materials, treats of the derivation, natural
history, physical and chemical properties, physiological
actions, doses, and tests of purity of drugs. A special term
sometimes used to describe the physical and chemical
properties of drugs is Pharmacognosy, while Pharmaco-
dynamics refers to the action of drugs on healthy animals.
Therapeutics, derived from the Greek, Therapevo, mean-
ing to serve or attend the sick, is that branch of knowledge
which treats of the application of all means—medicinal
or otherwise—to the cure of disease or relief of pain. The
term has been further subdivided as follows: ational
Therapeutics, which treats of the application of drugs as
founded on their physiological actions; Empirical Thera-
peutics, the use of drugs as based on clinical evidence; and
General Therapeutics, the use of remedial agents other than
drugs, e.g., Heat, Cold, Electricity, Food, ete.
Pharmacy is the art of preparing, compounding, dis-
pensing and preserving drugs.
Toxicology, derived from the Greek, Towxikon, a poison, is
that branch of knowledge which treats of the nature, actions,
detection and treatment of poisons. |
A medicine is an agent of animal, vegetable or mineral
origin used for the cure of disease or relief of pain. The
word cure, signifies literally to care for, from the Latin
1
2 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS
Curo, and did not in its original sense mean to restore ta
health, although that is its present interpretation.
A Drug, derived from the Dutch, Droog, meaning dry,
is now used synonymously with medicine, although origin- |
ally referring to an herb or dried medicinal plant.
Mode of Action of Drugs.
Drugs act locally when they influence a part with which
they come in contact, and also when they affect one organ
or apparatus after absorption. The first meaning is the
usual one,
Drugs act generally when they impress the body as a
whole after absorption. Drugs applied to. the unbroken
skin usually act locally because they are commonly unab-
sorbed; also when drugs, insoluble in the digestive tract
(as charcoal and chalk), are given internally they act locally
for the same reason. The local action of drugs after ab-
sorption is sometimes known as selective action, 1.e., the power
that most drugs possess to influence one organ or apparatus
rather than the whole system. Oftentimes this local action,
in the case of secreting glands, is accomplished through
stimulation of these parts during elimination of the drug.
Occasionally a medicine acts both on the part with which
it comes in contact and also through the circulation; e.g.,
tartar emetic causes emesis by local stimulation of the
stomach and by stimulation of the vomiting centre after
absorption. Furthermore, remedies are said to exert a
primary (or immediate) and secondary (or remote) action.
The secondary effect is the result of the primary action;
e.g., & Saline cathartic primarily removes serous fluid from
the bowels and secondarily or remotely leads to absorption
of serous exudations ; a counter-irritant primarily produces
irritation of the skin and sensory nerve-endings, but second-
arily relieves internal congestion by inducing reflex contrac-
tion of the subjacent blood vessels. Most drugs are absorbed
into the blood after their ingestion and exert their action on
various parts of the body through the medium of the ner-
ABSORPTION OF DRUGS 3
vous system. Some drugs, however, may directly influence
muscular tissue, as is seen in the supposed action of digitalis
on the nerve-free heart’s apex; while others may imme-
diately act on the cells of an organ, as pilocarpine on
the sweat glands. As in the latter instance, it is usually im-
possible to determine whether medicines affect the cells
of an organ or nerve-endings in the organ. Our knowledge
of the curative action of medicines is chiefly derived from
clinical experience, or deduced from the effects of drugs on
healthy animals. It is, however, sometimes possible to
foretell to a certain extent the action of a synthetic com-
pound from its chemical composition. When our knowledge
of the action of drugs on healthy animals is applied to
remedy known pathological conditions (eg., the use of
astringents to stop bleeding by their action in contracting
vessels and clotting blood), we are practising rational thera-
peutics.
No hypothesis can be formulated which will satisfac-
torily account for the curative action of all medicines in all
diseases and systems of medicine, as allopathy and homceo-
- pathy founded on such hypotheses are valueless.
Absorption of Drugs.
Drugs are absorbed most rapidly in solution (especially
_ In alcohol) and when the circulation is active. Absorption
from the digestive tract is poor when the circulation is de-
pressed or in congested states ; also from the subcutaneous
tissues in similar conditions, more particularly in cedema
of these parts. Absorption from the stomach and bowels of -
healthy animals is chiefly influenced by the quantity of food
in them. When these’ organs are empty, absorption is
rapid; but when full, it is slow. For this reason absorption
is markedly tardy and imperfect in ruminants. In these
animals there is a comparatively impervious skin-like
mucous membrane and lack of vascularity in the first three
gastric compartments; while a large amount of food is
always to be found in the first and third stomachs; all of
4 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS
which tends to delay absorption and lessen the action of
medicines given by the mouth.
If drugs are irritating they should be given to animals
on the food, or after feeding, in order that they be sufficiently
diluted. Some remedies require hydrochloric acid for their
solution—as iron—and they should therefore be adminis-
tered at or after the time of feeding, because hydrochloric
acid secretion is then active.
Elimination of Drugs.
A drug is as much outside the body when within the
digestive tube—so far as any action it may have on the body
(unless an irritant)—as if it were on the skin. When ab-
sorbed, a medicine passes into the blood vessels or lymphat-
ics and thence into the general circulation. That portion
which enters the portal circulation reaches the liver and
may be destroyed in part (some alkaloids) by this organ.
After entering the blood the drug is thought to form
unknown combinations with the tissues for which it
has an affinity—thereby exerting its remedial effeet—and
is decomposed or rarely accumulates in the body, but usually
is eliminated either unchanged or as decomposition-pro-
ducts in the breath, or by the excretions or secretions of the
kidneys, bowels, liver, sudoriparous, salivary and mam-
mary glands, and mucous membranes. The urine is the
most frequent channel of elimination for soluble drugs.
The bowels constitute the next more common pathway of
elimination. Volatile drugs (chloroform, ether) are elimin-
ated very rapidly, usually in the breath. If a drug is
eliminated slowly the duration ofits action is correspondingly
long, and vice versa. This fact will guide us in the frequency
of administration of medicines, since if a drug which is
tardily eliminated be given at frequent intervals it may be
absorbed faster than it is excreted and so accumulate in the
body and cause poisoning. The so-called Cumulative Action
of a drug refers to the occurrence of a sudden and violent
effect during its medicinal administration. This may be due,
ELIMINATION OF DRUGS 5
(1) to delayed followed by rapid absorption from the aliment-
ary canal; or (2) to slow—or sudden arrest of—elimination.
The salts of lead, mercury and arsenical preparations are
eliminated slowly. Digitalis and strychnine are said to be
especially prone to produce a cumulative action. Strych-
nine may, however, be given subcutaneously in gradually
increasing doses without the likelihood of poisoning. Digi-
talis may cause a cumulative effect in being slowly oxidized
in the body or in leading to contraction of the renal vessels
aud suppression of urine-elimination. The drugs likely to
cause a cumulative action must be administered infrequently,
ouce, twice, or. thrice daily; whereas medicines which are
rapidly decomposed and eliminated (alcohol, nitrites, ete.)
may be given at very frequent intervals if desirable. The
term excretion is often used synonymously with elimination,
but, strictly speaking, a drug is not eliminated unless it has
bcen first absorbed. On the other hand, an insoluble drug
passing unabsorbed through the alimentary canal is said
properly to be excreted in the faeces.
CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION
OF DRUGS. }
Mode of Administration.
The following table gives the varions methods of ad-
ministering drugs in order of their rapidity of absorption,
beginning with the method by which absorption is most
rapid, and following with those by which absorption is less
and finally least rapid :
. Intravenous, by injection into the veins.
. By inhalation (volatile drugs).
Subcutaneous, by injection into subcutaneous tissue.
. Intratracheal, by injection into the trachea.
. Oral, by the mouth.
. Rectal, by the rectum.
. Inunction, by the skin.
aAOooPrwwre
1. Injection into the veins (usually into the jugnu-
lar) ig not so commonly practiced as the subcutaneous
method, as there is a certain minute danger of inducing
phlebitis, embolism and thrombosis. The danger is more
theoretical than real, however, as we have frequently thrown
from 52 (150 ce.) to 64% (200 cc.) of fluid extract of can-
nabis indica into the jugular, and even chloral hydrate,
a most irritating and caustic drug, in the dose of 13
(30.) dissolved in 82 (240 ec.) of water, without producing
any uutoward symptoms. No method of administration can
secure more rapid absorption, since intravenous injection 7s
absorption. This has constituted one of the theoretical
objections to the method, that the sudden entrance of a
drug might create shock. Injection into the jugular is
useful when very rapid and effective action is imperative,
as in causing immediate catharsis in cclic and intestinal
6 .
MODE OF ADMINISTRATION 7
obstruction of horses. In such cases barium chloride and
eserine sulphate are employed intravenously. The jugu-
lar is occluded with the hand and the injection is made
with the same care described below in reference to the
subcutaneous method. The intravenous use of hot normal
salt solution is frequently valuable in hemorrhage, shock
and poisoning (see p. 733).
2. Volatile drugs are absorbed with great rapidity and
effect owing to the enormous vascular surface of the lungs
in contact with the inhaled vapor. Ether, chloroform,
ammonia and amyl-nitrite are given by this method. In-
halation of medicated steam and sprays, used mainly for
their local action on the respiratory tract, are also absorbed
to some extent by the bronchial mucous membrane and
lungs. This is a convenient and effective mode of applying
local medication to horses in inflammatory troubles of the
upper air passages, including the bronchial tubes, and in
many cases may effeet a cure without the use of internal
reniedies.
3. Subcutaneous or hypodermatic injection is suitable
for soluble, non-irritating drugs of small bulk, when a sure
and rapid action is desired. The medicinal solution should
be free from solid particles and microorganisms. If the
solution is not clean, or is irritating, abscess may occur.
The syringe and needle must also be absolutely clean.
Solutions made by dropping tablets in pure drinking water
will rarely cause abscess, and the syringe may be made
aseptic by filling it with alcohol, and wiping the needle with
the same, previous to their employment. Solutions may be
preserved for hypodermatic use with boric acid (1 per cent.),
but soluble tablets are more convenient.
In practising this method the hair should be removed
from the seat of injection—preferably the thin skin under-
laid by connective tissue behind the elbow or on the abdo-
men—and the part washed; then a loose fold of skin is
picked up and held firmly between the thumb and forefinger
of the left hand, while the needle is thrust under the skin,
8 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS
but not into a vein. The syringe is slowly emptied and.
the needle withdrawn, keeping slight pressure over the.
point of injection with the thumb for a few seconds. The
use of irritating drugs—permissible in emergencies—as.
fluid extract of ergot, tincture of digitalis, ether and
ammonia, is less apt to be followed by abscess if injected
deeply into the muscular substance, but this method causes
more pain than ordinary injections. To avoid getting air
in the veins, all the air is removed from the syringe before
using, by holding it, needle upwards, and pushing in the-
plunger till a few drops of the solution are forced out of the
needle. The danger of introducing air into the blood stream
is greatly exaggerated, however, as the writer has proved by
forcing vast quantities of air into the jugular vein of a horse
without producing any untoward symptoms. The proper
quantity of a solution for subcutaneous use is 5-30 minims.
for dogs; 1-2 drachms for horses, although large amounts.
of salt solution may be injected into the subcutaneous tissue.
or muscles (hypodermoclysis) with great benefit in hemor-
rhage, ete. See p. 735.)
The minimum doses of drugs should be employed by
the subcutaneous method.
INDICATIONS FOR SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTION.
(a) To secure a rapid action, as in relieving intense pain or motor-
excitement; and to support a failing heart, respiration and vascular-
tone in severe operations, anzesthesia, or other poisoning.
(b) When administration of drugs by the mouth is inadvisable or
impossibie, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, convulsions or vomiting.
(c) When a local as well as general action is beneficial, e.g., the -
use of strychnin in roaring and other local paralyses ; atropin in local
muscular spasms ; veratrin in muscular rheumatism.
4, Intratracheal injection is a strictly veterinary pro-
cedure. The skin is incised aseptically with a sharp scalpel
midway in the neck, and a stout needle (attached to a syringe)
is thrust botween the rings into the trachea. Larger quan-
tities [H. (3 i.-ii.) (30.-60.)] and more irritating drugs are
given in this way than by the subcutaneous method, and
absorption is about as rapid; the dose is the same. There.
MODE OF. ADMINISTRATION 9
is undoubtedly danger, however, in giving irritant drugs by
this method, especially chloral, and several cases of foreign-
body pneumonia have come under our notice as the result
of this mode of administration. It is the best method of
benumbing or killing the parasites (S. flaria and micrurus)
infesting the trachea and bronchi, and has been employed
to influence the mucous membrane of the larynx and trachea
in certain inflammatory conditions.
5. Druys are usually given by the mouth and are absorbed
from the stomach and intestines. Many non-irritating and
not unpleasant drugs are taken voluntarily in the food,
gruel, milk or drinking water by animals. Cats and dogs
will often swallow medicine enclosed in a piece of meat.
Absorption is more tardy than by the subcutaneous method,
more rapid when given in solution into an empty stomach ;
slower when administered in powder, pill or ball, and on a
full stomach. Some drugs are probably absorbed from the
stomach, only to be destroyed in part by the liver, or elimi-
nated by the bile, and do not enter the general circulation
at all.
When drugs are administered for their local action
on the stomach, in ecatarrh or ulcer, they should be given
half hour to an hour before feeding; if given for their action
in or ou the intestines, they should be administered two or
three hours after meals.
6. Lectul injections of medicines (enemata or clysters) are
practised when the use of drugs by the mouth is inadvis-
able or impossible, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, con-
vulsious ; also to destroy parasites (oxyurides) in the rectum,
to influence an inflamed or ulcerated rectal mucous mem-
brane, and to remove intestinal contents (oil and glycerin).
* The dose of drugs by this method is generally twice
that by the mouth, and absorption is slower and more im-
perfect. The drug should be non-irritating, soluble, and not
too bulky, since a small amount is necessary (73 i.-2 1. dogs ;
3 ii.— viii, horses); to avoid tenesmus and expulsion. Warm
starch solution (made by boiling) or linseed tea with a little
Jaudanum is a good vehicle for medicinal enemata, and re-
10 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS
tention of enemata is facilitated by pressure on the anus
with a towel for some minutes after the injection is given.
Solids are sometimes employed by rectum in supposi-
tories. For general uses of enemata, see p. 30.
7. Drugs are absorbed very slightly by the skin, and then
only when rubbed very vigorously into the epidermis (in-
unction) with lanolin, fat or oil of some kind. Mercury,
silver and iodine are most commonly employed for absorp-
tion, but drugs are usually applied externally for their local
action only and not to influence the general system through
the blood.
Dosage.
The study of dosage is known as Posology. The action
of drugs is altered both in degree and in kind by the dose.
Thus, increasing the dose would naturally lead to an in-
crease in the intensity of a drug’s action, but it frequently
changes the entire character of the action as well.
Drugs, as opium and alcohol, acting especially on the
nervaus system, often excite in therapeutic doses, but’
depress and paralyze in toxie doses. Drugs, as digitalis,
stimulating the heart in medicinal doses, usually depress
and paralyze the organ in poisonous doses. Many drugs
promoting urinary secretion, in ordinary doses, cause inflam-
mation and urinary suppression in large doses. The best
way to determine the dose of a drug is to estimate the
amount required for each pound of live weight. This only
applies to the same species and to animals of ordinary
build. Fat is a comparatively inert tissue as far as the
action of drugs is concerned, so that a very fat horse,
weighing, for example, 1,200 pounds, would be affected
in a more pronounced manner by a dose of medicine
than would a lean horse of the same weight and taking
the same dose. In the case of young animals, and of
those either above or under the ordinary size of the
adult of any species, the dose should be proportioned—ac-
cording to weight—to the average dose for the adult animal
of that species. Thus, if the average weight of a horse is
1,000 pounds, the dose of any drug for a colt weighing
— oe ee
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY d 11
500 pounds would be half the usual dose for adult horses.
In a general way the dose for all animals from birth to a
few weeks old, is one-twentieth of that suitable for the
mature animal of the same species ; for yearlings, about one-
third of the adult dose. The dose recommended for dogs
is commonly the same as that given to man, but this rule
does not apply in the case of some powerful drugs (strych-
nine), where the dose should be adjusted to the weight, z.e.,
so much per pound, live weight.
It is impossible to calculate the dose for all domestic
animals as based on that for animals of one species, be-
cause the differences in anatomy aud physiology modify the
actions of diugs in degree and kind, but the dose for sheep
is abont one-fourth of that for the larger ruminants.
The repetition of a dose is determined to a consider-
able extent by the duration and rapidity of a drug’s action.
Ayents used for their immediate effect, as those relieving
pain and stimulating the circulation and respiration, are
repeated frequently till ‘the desired effect is attained.
Medicines improving the condition of the digestion, blood
and nutrition, as tonics of various kinds, require time for
the accomplishment of their mission, and are usually given
two or three times daily for a period of some weeks.
Anatomy and Physiology.
Certain differences in the action of medicines may be
observed as occurring in the various species of animals, and
in animals as contrasted in this respect with man.
ACTION OF DRUGS ON ANIMALS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON MAN.
From a comparative standpoint the action of drugs on
the nervous system of animals differs from that on man. —
This follows according to the “law of dissolution,” which
teaches that the more highly developed a part of the ner-
vous system is in the evolutionary scale, the more sensitive
is it to the influence of drugs. Since the cerebrum of man
is relatively larger and more highly developed, in propor-
12 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS
tion to his weight, than is the case in animals, and since the
spinal cord is larger and more highly developed in pro-
portion to the brain in animals, it happens that drugs
impressing the nervous system exert less effect on the brain,
and more on the spinal cord, of animals than they doin man,
Thus opium is more powerful in its influence on the
brain of man, and strychnin is more potent in its action on
the spinal cord of animals. Drugs are not absorbed so
rapidly or perfectly in the enormous digestive apparatus of
ruminants as in man; neither do emetics act in these animals,
nor in horses; while in none of the lower animals are agents
causing sweating so efficient as in man.
ACTION OF DRUGS ON HORSES AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON OTHER
ANIMALS.
Differences exist relative to the action of drugs on the
horse, as compared with other animals, chiefly in respect
to the digestive apparatus. i netics do not act on the horse,
as this animal does not vomit unless the stomach is greatly
distended with gas, which causes dilatation of the cardiac
outlet. Otherwise the stomach is too small to be suecess-
fully compressed by the abdominal walls, and the great
length of the cesophagus between the stomach and dia-
phragm, together with the horseshoe-like band of fibres at
its cardiac extremity, prevent the regurgitation of food. The
intestines of the horse, on the other hand, are as volum-
inous as the stomach is small, and therefore are powerfully
influenced by irritants (as purgatives), although the action
of cathartics is slow. The bowels of horses excrete vastly
more of the fluid ingested than is the case in man or dogs
—whose kidneys chiefly assume this function—and these
litter organs are said to eliminate about 15 per cent. of the
fluid ingesta in the former animals, as against 50 per cent,
in man and dogs.
ACTION OF DRUGS ON RUMINANTS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON
OTHER ANIMALS.
The capacious four-fold stomach of ruminants always
Re
TIME CF ADMINISTRATION i
contains large amounts of food in the rumen and abomasum,
while the impervious, poorly vascular and skin-like gastric
mucous membrane renders absorption feeble and imperfect
_and enforces a comparatively larger dosage than is proper
for horses of greater weight. Tuminants are also generally
insusceptible to emetics. The skin and kidneys of rumi-
nants are still less active than is the case in horses.
ACTION OF DRUGS ON DOGS AND PIGS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON
OTHER ANIMALS.
The action of medicine on dogs and pigs is similar in
_kind to that observed in man, but the former animals are less
‘sensitive to drugs as a rule, since the dose suitable for a
man weighing 150 pounds is appropriate for a dog of 40
pounds weight. As exceptions to this rule, we find that dogs
will not bear the human dose of calomel, oil of turpentine,
or strychnine. Jn fact, the ordinary tonic dose of strych-
nine (gr. 3'5) for man will throw a medium-sized dog into
-convulsions, and may kill a small animal, notwithstand-
ing that this amount is recommended as a suitable canine
dose in veterinary text books.
Contrariwise, the dog is comparatively insensitive to
many drugs powerfully influencing man,—notably aloes,
-eoloeynth and rhubarb. Most cathartics act more quickly
on dogs than is the case with the other domestic animals,
but saline purgatives are less appropriate in often causing
vomiting, and because of their bulk.
Time of Administration.
This matter has been alluded to in speaking of the
-absorption ofdrugs. Medicines readily undergoing decom-
position in the presence of other substances, as iodine and
hydriodie acid, should be given on an empty stomach; and
likewise all drugs, when aspeedy action is desired. Irrit-
ants should be administered on a full stomach; while ageuts
requiring hydrochloric acid for their solution—as iron —
14 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DIUGS
must be exhibited on the food or immediately after the time
of feeding.
Habit.—This circumstance does not have the same import-
ance in veterinary medicine which it possesses in human
practice, since we control drug habits in animals. Animals.
usually become less susceptible to the action of drugs
on their repetition, ¢.g., opium and cathartics. This rule
does not hold in the case of drugs having a cumulative
action, nor in the repeated use of irritants on the skin, for
then their action is strongly intensified.
Disease.—The action of drugs is profoundly influenced
by disease. Itis only possible to enumerate a few exam-
ples. Pain is almost an antidote to opium, and large re-.
peated doses of the drug, previously innocuous, may, on the
sudden cessation of pain, induce poisoning. Opium is also.
borne in enormous doses in peritonitis. Inflammatien end
congestion of the digestive organs hinders the absorption of
all medicines. A congested condition of the alimentary
eanal, and even of the respiratory tract in horses, contra-.
indicate the use of strong purgatives in these animals,.
since superpurgation may occur. A high temperature alters
the action of many drugs.
Opium is not so efficient as an analgesic in fevers, while
antipyretics will not lower the temperature in health.
Stimulants are not nearly so potent in depressed bodily
conditions, and counter-irritants will not produce their
characteristic actions on the skin when the circulatory
functions are at a low ebb.
Idiosyncrasy.—Individual susceptibility to drugs is
infrequent, but unfortunately cannot be anticipated. The
writer has seen simple zinc oxide (free from adulteration or
impurities) cause a frenzy of irritation when rubbed on a
dog’s skin, and a small dose of tartar emetic cause violent
vomiting in a cow. Some animals are very susceptible to
counter-irritants. Well-bred animals are commonly more
responsive to drugs than others.
s
wel aattle Be
Pts
vee an che ye nl, a PAM RADE TE
GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS.
Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs.
Sialagogues are agents increasing the secretion of saliva,
Antisialagogues are agents diminishing salivary secretion.
Among the sources of saliva—the parotid, sublingual and
submaxillary glands—the latter have received most study.
The chorda tympani, with its centre in the medulla, is one of
the two nerves supplying the submaxillary gland. It con-
tains two sets of fibres, the secretory and vasodilator.
Hence stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, whether im-
mediately or reflexly, leads, by means of its vasodilator
fibres, to dilatation of the blood vessels and enhanced vascu-
larity of the gland, and so indirectly to greater secretion;
while, through excitation of the secretory fibres, the proto-
plasm of the glandular cells is influenced and secretion
directly increased.
Reflexly the gland is stimulated by drugs exciting the
peripheral terminations of the gustatory (lingual branch of
the fifth nerve) and glossopharangeal nerves in the mouth;
the vagus endings in the stomach; by agencies sending
pleasurable impressions to the brain through the medium of
the eyes or nose; or by stimulation of other sensory nerves.
The submaxillary gland is also supplied by a branch of the
cervical sympathetic accompanying the submaxillary arter-
ies. Stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, causes vascular
constriction in the gland and inhibition of secretion.
Sialagogues are often classed under three heads. Ist,
Specific sialagogues, acting directly on the mechanism con-
cerned with secretion, 7.e., the gland cells, or nervous appara-
tus. Pilocarpine is the best example of the specific class.
It stimulates the gland cell or peripheral nerve endings.
2nd, Reflex sialagogues, exciting sensory nerve terminations
i5
16 GENERAL ACTION OF DRUGS
and indirectly or reflexsly stimulating the nervous mechan-
ism controlling secretion. As examples of this class, may be
mentioned alkalies, acids, emetics, and other agents stimu-
lating the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach.
3rd, Mixed sialagoques, acting both specifically and reflexly.
Physostigmine, nicotine or tobacco and mercury prepara-
tions may be included in this category.
Antisialagogues.—These drugs may act in various ways to
lessen salivary secretion, but atropine is most notable in this
regard. It acts by depressing the peripheral endings of the
secretory nerves. "
Usxes.—Sialagogues are not of much therapeutic value.
Some are added to the drinking water given to animals suf-
fering from fever, to relieve dryness of the mouth and thirst.
They are then called refrigerants ; as, for example, potas-
sium nitrate, diluted phosphoric and other acids. The
reflex sialagogues are sometimes employed to stimulate the
mucous membrane of the pharynx in sore throat and relaxed
condibious ; as, for example, potassium chlorate in electuary
for horses.
Kxeessive salivation produced by mercury salts or pilo-
carpine is relieved by an antisialagogue, 7.e., atropine.
Stomachics are drugs which, in therapeutic doses, mildly
stimulate the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach,
thereby increasing the secretions and vascularity of these
parts, the appetite, and, in a less degree, gastric peristalsis.
‘These agents also influence the intestines, but this effect will
be considered under carminatives.
Stomachics may be divided into.bitters, aromatics (drugs
containing a volatile oil and often very pungent), and aro-
matic bitters (drugs containing a volatile oil and a bit-
ter principle). While both the bitters and aromatics en-
hance the appetite, the action of the latter is more powerful
and fleeting. Very large doses of stomachics are distinctly
irritating, and cause anorexia, nausea, and vomiting in
animals capable of the act.
Dp DO LP I,
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 17
STOMACHICS.
BITTERS AROMATICS
Gentian Coriander
Calumba Capsicum
Quassia Pepper
Hydrastis Ginger Alcohol
Taraxacum Cardamon Ether
Fennel Chloroform
AROMATIC BITTERS Fenugreelx Alkalies (see Antacids)
Cascarilla Anise
Chamomile Calamus
Serpentaria Mustard
Spearmint
Peppermint
Uses.—Stomachics—particularly bitters—are service-
able in improving the appetite and gastric digestion in atouic
indigestion, and in enfeebled states of the digestive organs
occurring in the course of chronic diseases or during conva-
lescence from acute disorders. The aromatics are more
frequently employed for their action on the intestines, when
they are called carminatives. Bitters are contra-indicated
in irritable or inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract.
Antacids are drugs which are used to counteract acidity
in the stomach and bowels resulting from indigestion and
fermentation, or from excessive secretion of gastric juice.
Some (not ammonia compounds) are also occasionally em-
ployed to alkalize the blood and urine.
It has been commonly taught that if antacids are given
immediately before or at the time of eating, they increase
the flow of acid gastric juice, although diminishing the
secretion of alkaline saliva. They are thus said to improve
gastric digestion, especially when combined with bitters.
This fact has been substantiated by analyses of the
stomach-contents in experiments on man.
If administered several hours after eating, antacids.
counteract acidity due to fermentation and relieve pain
caused by this condition. Since fermentation is frequently
the cause of tympanites, the antacids are conjoined to advan-
tage with carminatives (sodium bicarbonate and ginger)...
18 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
The alkaline carbonates allay pain by means of the carbonic
dioxide set free in their decomposition in the digestive tract,
and the antacids are also beneficial in dissolving an exces-
sive secretion of mucus in catarrhal conditions of the alimen-
tary canal.
The antacids are synonymous with alkalies, with the
exception of the neutral vegetable salts—acetates, citrates
and tartrates—of potassium and sodium, which are some-
times classed under this head. These do not alkalize the
contents of the stomach, but nevertheless are broken up in
the body and transformed into carbonates and thus render
the urine more alkaline during their elimination. Among
those included in the following list the sodium compounds
are much less active in alkalizing the urine than the potas-
sium salts. Sodium bicarbonate is in most frequent use in
digestive disorders, but ammonium carbonate is particularly
appropriate in flatulence, because it possesses the added
power of stimulating peristaltic action and expelling flatus.
ANTACIDS.
Sodium carbonate Ammonium carbonate
Sodium bicarbonate Magnesia
Potassium carbonate Magnesium carbonate
Potassium bicarbonate Calcium carbonate (chalk)
Solution of potash Solution of lime (lime water)
Ammonia
Acids.—The mineral acids—in contradistinction to the
alkalies—lessen the secretion of gastric juice and increase
the secretion of saliva. Diminution of the gastric secretion
is undesirable, and to avoid it acids should be given two
hours after meals when gastric secretion is complete. Acids
appear to excite movements of the stomach as the normal
motility increases with the secretion of gastric juice.
Hydrochloric acid seems to be an exception and not to
Jessen gastric secretion, but even to excite the normal pro-
duction of this acid in the stomach. It should not, however,
be given until an hour or two after feeding animals, and
stimulates the formation of pepsin from pepsinogen, as well
as the amount of acid in the gastric juice.
Ef
ee a er pe yd
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 19
Carminatives include the same drugs which were men-
tioned as stomachies, including valerian, asafetida and
volatile oils generally, but the term as generally employed
refers to their effect in exciting peristaltic action, and so
expelling gas from the stomach and bowels. The aromatics
are considerably more valuable for this purpose than the
bitters. Carminatives also prevent griping caused by many
cathartics, aid digestion, and disguise the taste of disagree-
able drugs. Capsicuin and ginger are most frequently pre-
scribed in Veterinary practice.
Digestives.—Pepsin is occasionally of benefit in the
treatment of dogs and young animals in cases of enfeebled
gastric digestion resulting from acute diseases or other gen-
eral causes. It should be administered directly after eating,
and is prescribed to advantage with hydrochloric acid. As
a general proposition it is inadvisable to give agents which
merely substitute an artificial for the natural digestion, except
as a temporary expedient. A wiser course consists in re-
moving the canse of indigestion by proper feeding or by
enforcing abstinence from food, and in the use of remedies
calculated to strengthen the natural digestive functions.
Pancreatin may be given during, or immediately after,
eating, and will assist gastric digestion for some time before
sufficient acid is secreted to destroy it. In fact, some authors
(Hare) insist that this substance is more valuable in any
ease than pepsin in aiding stomach digestion, although pan-
creatin is more commouly given, several hours aiter eating,
to promote intestinal digestion. Puapain is another agent
which is employed as an artificial digestive of vegetable
origin. Its value is not yet definitely determined.
; Antiseptics.—These agents are sometimes used to pre-
veut or arrest fermentation of food in the stomach ard
bowels. Since fermentation is primarily due to indigestion,
it is essential to remove the cause by diet and other rational
means rather than to combat the effects of indigestion.
Large doses of antiseptics hinder the digestive processes
and may endanger the life of the patient, so thatit is difficult
to attain perfect antisepsis in the alimentary canal. —
20 GENERAL ACIIONS OF DRUGS
Among the drugs more commonly employed for their
antiseptic action on the contents of the digestive tract may
be mentioned :
Carbolic acid Bismuth salicylate
Creosote Bismuth subgallate
Creolin Sodium sulphite, bisulphite and
Naphtol hyposulphite
Naphtalin Hydrogen dioxide
Bismuth subnitrate ©
Fimetics are drugs which cause vomiting. The act of
vomiting proceeds from irritation of the vomiting centre in
the medulla, which is in close proximity to the respiratory
centre. This centre is either acted upon directly by drugs
circulating in the blood, or refiexly by agents stimulating
sensory nerves in various parts of the body. Thus, irritation
of the sensory nerve-endings of the mouth, throat, gullet,
lungs, heart, stomach, bowels, biliary passages, peritoneum,
uterus and kidneys, may produce vomition. Vomiting is.
occasioned by simultaneous contraction of the abdominal
walls and the diaphragm. In this process the stomach is.
squeezed between the abdominal walls and diaphragm, and
contraction of the longitudinal fibres, radiating from the
lower end of the gullet, draws the stomach towards tlie
diaphragm and so pulls open the cardiac orifice, while the-
pylorus is firmly contracted and closed. Some peculiarities
must be noted in reference to vomition in the domestic ani—
mals. Dogs, pigs and cats vomit readily and may be placed
in the same category as man in this respect. Horses rareiy
vomit and are not easily nauseated by emetics. Vomiting
is prevented in these animals by: 1. The small size of the
stomach, which is not readily compressed between the ab-
dominal walls and diaphragm. 2. The length of the gullet
between the stomach and diaphragm, which forms a valve-
like obstruction when the tube is shortened by contraction
of the longitudinal fibres at its lower extremity in attempts.
- at vomition. 3. A horse-shoe-like band of fibres at the car—
diac orifice, which hinders dilatation of this opening. Rum?-
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 21
nants are likewise comparatively insusceptible to emetics
because of the large size of their digestive apparatus, which
is not easily compressed between the parietes and diaphragm.
Therefore the vomiting centre remains probably in a state of
' non-development in the horse and ruminant, by reason of
non-use.
Cattle and horses do, however, occasionally vomit. Cat-
tle at sea frequently suffer from mal de mer, and the writer
has observed actual vomition in them following the use of
tartar emetic. Horses may vomit when the stomach is
greatly distended with gas. .
Emetics may be classed as: 1. Specific, acting on the
vomiting centre through the blood. 2. Local, by stimula-
tion of the sensory nerve-endings in the mouth, throat, gullet
and stomach. 3. Mixed, those acting in both ways.
It is impossible, in our present state of knowledge, to
apply this classification accurately to individual drugs, but
the following statements may be made: If an emetic is in-
jected into the carotid and vomiting instantly occurs, the drug
has probably acted upon the vomiting centre ; if some time
elapses before the occurrence of vomition, it is probable that
the drug has acted upon the stomach during its elimination
by that organ. Contrariwise, if, after the ingestion of an
emetic, a considerable period intervenes before vomiting
comes on, it is probable that the agent has acted on the
vomiting centre.
Again, if a larger quantity of a drug is required when
injected into the blood than when swallowed, to cause
emesis, it is fair to suppose that the agent acts on the
stomach directly or during its elimination. Finally, if an
emetic is thrown into the blood after the removal of the
stomach and substitution of a bladder in its place, and vom-
iting does not occur (Majendie’s experiment with tartar
~ emetic), it shows that the agent only acts on the stomach ;
but if vomiting does occur, it indicates that the agent acts
on the vomiting centre and causes emesis by contraction of
_ the parietes and diaphragm, with this reservation, that the
22 GHNERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
drug may have been eliminated by the cesophagus and in-
testines and have reflexly stimulated the vomiting centre
through the medium of these parts. These remarks dem-
onstrate the complexity of the subject.
EMETICS.
Specific Local Mixed
Apomorphine Tepid water Tartar Emetic
Seneva Mustard Ipecac
Squills Salt Zine Sulphate
Lukewarm water Alum Copper Sulphate
Ammonium Carbonate
Apomorphine is the only emetic given under the skin.
It also acts well by the mouth, but causes more nausea and
allied effects than drugs acting locally.
Mustard and salt, 1 teaspoonful each, in a cup of luke-
warm water, form a convenient emetic for dogs. Ipecac is
useful in respiratory diseases as an expectorant as well as
emetic, and zine sulphate is a prompt emetic in poisoning.
The other emetics are practically unimportant.
Emetics cause, beside vomition, several other pheno-
mena which are sometimes utilized therapeutically. Among
these may be mentioned,—nausea, salivation, violent respi-
ratory efforts, compression of the abdominal glands and
ducts and extrusion of their contents, passive congestion of
the head, chest and peripheral parts by reason of compres-
sion of the abdominal veins. Increased secretion of the
mucous membranes of the nose, eyes, stomach, gullet and
bronchial tubes follow passive congestion. Muscular relax-
ation always accompanies nausea, and sweating ensues from
relaxation of the skin and leaking out of the secretion. The
flow of bile is increased on account of pressure on the liver
and gall-bladder, while the secretion is also augmented.
The pulse and respiration are more frequent during
emesis, but are diminished in force and frequency after-
wards. All these phenomena are more apparent after the
use of specific emeties.
Uses.—These apply particularly to dogs.
1. To empty the stomach in case of poisoning, over-
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 23
loading of the organ, and indigestion with convulsions in
young animals :—Mustard, salt or zinc sulphate.
9. To expel foreign bodies from the fauces and gullet
(apomorphine subcutaneously); or, by the forcible expira-
tion attending vomition, to expel excessive secretion or exu-
dation from the air passages in laryngitis or bronchitis :—
Ipecac.
3. To empty the gall-bladder in catarrhal jaundice and
biliousness and to expel bile from the stomach.
4. To lower blood pressure and increase secretion in
the first stage of bronchitis :—Ipecae.
5, To stop vomiting :—Ipecac in minute doses.
Contra-indications.—Pregnancy; hernia; inflammation
of the stomach, brain or abdominal viscera; bleeding from
the stomach, bowels or lungs; aneurism and asthenia.
Gastric sedatives and anti-emetics are agents used to re-
lieve pain in the stomach and vomiting. These include:
Ice Coeaine
Hot water Cerium oxalate
Bismuth subcarbonate Lime water
Bismuth subnitrate Minute doses of arsenic
Carbon dioxide gs “Ipecac
Hydrocyanic acid ‘f. ss. *¢ alcohol
Morphine % ce 7 Jodine
Menthol Ue ‘¢ —* silver nitrate
Carbolic acid Chloroform
Creasote Chloral
Aconite Bromides
Belladonna Nitrites
Hyoscyamus
Most of these agents act locally, but opium and mor- .
phine, chloral, the bromides, prussic acid and the nitrites |
act centrally.
USES OF GASTRIC SEDATIVES AND ANTI-EMETICS IN CANINE
PRACTICE.
It must be recognized that vomiting is merely a symptom.
It is, therefore, essential to remove the cause. This may
sometimes ‘be accomplished by starving, the use of an
24 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
emetic, or tepid water. If vomiting is due to acute irrita-
tion of the stomach, as is frequently the case in dogs, ice
and bismuth subnitrate (gr. x.-xx.), with tincture of aconite
(N1.i.-ii.), form suitable remedies. When vomiting arises from
indigestion and fermentation, carbolic acid with bismuth
often act favorably. The vomiting following anesthesia is.
probably of central origin. Here enemata of laudanum
(1.x.-xxx.) and sodium bromide (gr. xx.-xxx.) are beneficial.
Tpecae, iodine, silver nitrate and the like are useful in vom-
iting dependent upon an atonic or depressed state of the
stomach. When vomiting is continuous, small quantities of
milk and lime water, equal parts, or peptonized milk
(Zii-iv.), or a drachm of cracked ice with a few drops of
brandy, should be given at half-hour intervals. It may be
rarely necessary to resort to rectal feeding.
Purgatives or cathartics are agents which empty the
bowels. They act: (1) By stimulating peristaltic action.
(2) By increasing the secretions (succus entericus) of the
intestinal glands and, perhaps, transudation of fluid from
the blood vessels in the walls of the intestines. (3) By hin-
dering absorption of secretions and fluids which normally
occurs in the lower bowels. (4) By a combination of two or
more of these methods. Purgatives may be divided into:
1. Lavatives.—These include such agents as:
Olive oil Nux vomica
Cottonseed oil Castor oil |
lld
Magnesia Linseed oil eure er
Sulphur
These drugs slightly increase intestinal action, chiefly
by stimulation of peristalsis.
2. Simple Purgatives.—These stimulate secretion and
peristaltic action. Among them may be mentioned:
Aloes Rhubarb
Calomel Senna
Linseed oil Cascara sagrada
Castor oil Frangula
3. Drastic Purgatives.—Drastics are essentially gastro-
intestinal irritants, and in large doses cause mucous and
ntti ee Wh hte
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 25
bloody diarrhcea, congestion of the mucous membrane of
the alimentary canal and severe colic. They may produce
death in poisonous doses with collapse by reason of gastro-
enteritis. Drastics greatly increase both peristaltic action
and secretion, and are contra-indicated in irritable and in-
flamed conditions of the digestive tract. They are, however,
indicated for their revulsant or derivative effect (ie., to dilate
the blood vessels in the alimentary canal and to cause an
outpouring of serum from the blood, thus relieving conges-
tion in other parts) in some acute inflammations, as in brain
diseases. Their medicinal action is often attended with
considerable and irregular peristaltic contractions, so that
griping occurs. The latter is prevented by suitable combi-
nation with other purgatives; with hyoscyamus and bella-
donna; or with carminatives, as ginger. The drastics in-
clude :
Croton oil Scammony
Colocynth Jalap
Gamboge Elaterium
4. Hydragogue Purgatives—Hydragogues are agents
which chiefly increase the fluidity of the intestinal contents.
They include :
(a) SALINE PURGATIVES
' Magnesium sulphate Sodium phosphate
Sodium sulphate Potassium bitartrate
(b) DRASTICS
Jalap Scammony
Elaterium
The salines stimulate secretion by reason of their bit-
terness, and by their irritant and specific properties. They,
moreover, hold on to the fluid thus secreted and hinder its
absorption because of their slow diffusibility. Purgation
follows, owing to the mechanical effect of the increased
fluidity in the bowels, and since the augmented bulk of the
intestinal contents excites peristaltic action. When it is
desirable to remove fluid from the blood the salt should be
given in concentrated solution, but when a speedy purgative
26 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
action only is required the saline should be administered in
considerable dilution. This happens because salines con-
tinue to cause an outpouring of fluid (succus entericus) into.
the intestines until a 5 to 6 per cent. solution of the salt is
reached. The nearer to this degree of dilution (5-6 per
cent.), therefore, the dose is given, the more quickly will it
purge.
The drastics included in this class of purgatives have
the power of markedly increasing intestinal secretion as well
as peristaltic action.
5. Cholagogue Purgatives.—Cholagogues are agents which
assist in removing bile from the body. They do this in two
ways. 1. By directly stimulating the secretion of bile.
These are called Direct Cholagogues, or Hepatic Stimulants.
2. By increasing peristalsis in the upper portion of the
small intestines, and thus hastening the expulsion of bile
from the bowels. These are called Indirect Cholagoques.
Some cholagogues are not generally considered purgatives,
but it is proper to classify all of them thus, since bile stim-
ulates peristalsis.
The functions of the liver which cholagogues influence
—more or less—are as follows:
1. Destructive Action.—The liver not only destroys the
toxicity of peptones and other poisonous fermentative and
putrefactive products of digestion, but antagonizes as well
the effect of toxins and alkaloids derived from various sources,
including those absorbed from the alimentary tract.
2. Constructive Action.—The liver completes the assimi-
lation of peptones by converting them into albumin and
globulin for immediate use. An important hepatic function
is the formation of glycogen from peptones and sugar occur-
ring as digestive products. Finally urea is produced in the
liver from products of oxidation in the body, as leucin.
3. Excretory Action.—The liver produces bile which is
both an excretion and secretion. In bile are eliminated, as
toxic matters, biliary acids (the product of liver cells), bile
pigment (the result of decomposition of red blood cells in
DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 27
the spleen), and lecithin and cholesterin (the waste pro-
ducts of nerve tissue and cellular activity). The bile pigment
and acids are rendered inert in the bowel by precipitation
in the acid chyme.
4. Secretory Action.—Bile, as a secretion, is utilized in
the intestines, where it is instrumental in the emulsification
and absorption of food-fat. Experiments on fasting, cur-
arized dogs—from which all the bile was removed through
glass tubes connected with the common bile duct—have
shown that the following drugs particularly stimulate
biliary secretion :
DIRECT CHOLAGOGUES.
*Podophyllum Ipecac
Aloes Euonymus
*Rhubarb *Nitro-hydrochloric Acid
Colchicum Corrosive Sublimate
Sodium Sulphate Sodium Salicylate
*Sodium Phosphate
These experiments may not apply to all animals owing
to the differences in food requirements and anatomy. The
drugs marked with an asterisk have been found by clinical
evidence most valuable. The purgatives above-mentioned
act most successfully as cholagogues when given in small
doses.
INDIRECT CHOLAGOGUES.
Calomel
Mercury
Most purgatives in a less degree.
The bile occurring at any time within the bowels is in
part absorbed and then re-secreted. This process may be
repeated indefinitely, but is prevented by purgatives, espe-
cially those increasing peristalsis in the duodenum and
upper part of the jejunum (calomel), because they hurry
along and expel the bile in the gut before it has time to be
absorbed.
In this way calomel and purgatives are indirect chola-
gogues in removing bile from the body; not by stimulating
its secretion, but by hastening its excretion from the bowels.
28 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
Cholagogues are serviceable in indigestion and constipation
with disordered hepatic functions, as shown by icterus, light-
colored faeces, etc. A more complete method of ridding the
blood of bile consists in the use of both an indirect chola-
gogue (to sweep it out of the bowels) and a direct chola-
gogue (to increase biliary secretion). The urea-forming
aud glycogenic functions of the liver are not influenced to
advantage by drugs, with the exception of opium, morphine
and codeine, which lessen the amount of sugar in the urine
in Diabetes Mellitus.
GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES.
1. To empty the bowels.—In this way are removed fecal
accumulations and poisonous matters resulting from bacte-
rial infection, and from fermentative and putrefactive changes
in the intestinal contents in indigestion. Foreign bodies,
bile, pathological discharges and intestinal parasites are also
expelled.
Peristaltic action is quickened in chronic constipation,
while spasmodic and painful conditions (colic) are relieved
by ridding the bowels of the source of irritation causing the
trouble.
2. To remove fluid from the body.—This effect is more
marked after the use of concentrated solutions of saline pur-
gatives and other hydragogues. Concentration of the blood
and resulting absorption of dropsies of renal and cardiac
origin, or inflammatory effusions, can be accomplished by
these agents.
3. To revulse.—That is, to cause dilatation of the blood
vessels in the intestinal walls and so withdraw blood from
remotely congested areas, as in cerebritis. The drastics are
appropriate for this service. Pain and nervous phenomena
in other regions are sometimes benefited by the counter-
irritant action of drastic cathartics.
4. To deplete. —Cathartics, particularly concentrated
saline solutions, deplete the body both locally and generally
by withdrawal of serum from the blood vessels. Purgatives
i oe he Bs
GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES 29
tend to combat inflammation (antiphlogistic action) in this
-way by lowering blood tension while they also favor reduc-
tion of a febrile temperature. Local depletion by salines is
especially indicated in diarrhoea and dysentery, and in the
first stages of acute inflammation of the digestive tract.
Plethora and obesity are often treated by a depletive method
with cathartics.
5. To eliminate.—Deleterious material in the b!ood re-
sulting from renal insufficiency, and probably from infection
in acute diseases, may be eliminated to a considerable extent
by purgatives. So also may be hzemic sources of rheuma-
matism, lymphangitis and hzemoglobinzemia.
Contra-indications.—These refer rather to the special
agent than to any disorder, for there is scarcely a condition
in which some cathartic is not permissible.
Drastics are inadmissible under the following circum-
stances: in catarrhal conditions of the respiratory and
digestive tracts, intestinal hemorrhage, collapse, anzemia,
hernia, prolapse of rectum, metritis, nephritis, pregnancy,
general debility, and in wounds of and operations upon the
pelvic or abdominal viscera.
In well-defined enteritis and peritonitis cathartics are *
to be avoided. In mechanical obstruction of the intestines
surgical interference is indicated when practicable, but where
this is impossible enemata and possibly purgatives may be
employed. The intestines, developed to an extent dispro-
portionate to the size of the stomach in the horse, are pow-
erfully influenced by cathartics, so that in catarrh of the
respiratory organs .and influenza, metastasis, or change in
the site of the inflammation may occur, and the intestines
may become involved with the occurrence of excessive
purging (super-purgation) after the ingestion of any but the
mildest cathartics, as linseed oil. Aloes is the purgative
given horses for ordinary purposes, while epsom and glauber
salts are suitable for ruminants and pigs, and calomel and
castor oil for dogs. Water assists the action of purgatives,
and its ingestion should be encouraged by supplying a liberal
30 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
quantity of common salt either with the purgative or on the-
food, and also by sweetening the drinking water with molasses.
in the case of cattle. If the action of cathartics is delayed,
it is usually advisable to give enemata.
Enemata, or Clysters.—These are fluid injections into the
rectum and are used for the following purposes :
1. To empty the lower bowels when purgatives are
inadmissible, as in intestinal obstruction, ulceration and
inflammation, feecal accumulations, debilitated conditions,
obstiaate vomiting, unconsciousness, and in inability to
swallow (sore throat and tetanus).
2. To relieve pain, spasm (of intestines and bladder),
and shock, when deep, hot enemata (105°-115° F-.) are used.
3. To save life. After severe hemorrhage, deep injec-
tions of hot normal salt solutions, 110 F°. (Enteroclysis,
see p. 703.)
4, To accelerate the action of purgatives, and as a
preparation for abdominal and pelvic operations.
5. To supply food. (See artificial feeding, p. 663.)
6. For their local effect upon inflammation of the mucous
membrane of the rectum and colon. Opium and boiled
starch solution; silver nitrate and tannic acid—in diarrhea,
dysentery, colitis and proctitis.
7. To kill intestinal parasites (oxyurides),—solutions of
quassia and common salt.
8. To administer medicines in dysphagia due to pharyn-
gitis, tetanus, unconsciousness (apoplexy, coma and convul-
sions); to obstinate vomiting and other causes.
9. To reduce temperature,—cold enemata in fever.
10. To produce diuresis, —deep injections for retention
and absorption into the blood.
11. To improve muscular tone and intestinal peristalsis
in chronic constipation,—cold enemata (55°-60° F.).
12. To overcome twist and intussusception.
13. To stimulate peristalsis, relieve congestion, and
increase the flow of bile in catarrhal jaundice,—cold, deep.
irrigations (55°-60° I’.) are here indicated.
- USES OF ENEMATA 31
Enemata are best given by allowing water to gravitate
into the bowel from a height of 2 to 4 feet. The ordinary
fountain syringe of human practice is suitable for the smaller
animals, while for deep injections or irrigations a human
rectal tube should be slipped over the hard rubber tip. In
the case of horses or cattle enemata may be siphoned
through a rubber tube or piece of small hose. This is
accomplished by filling the tube with water and compressing
it at either end to prevent the escape of water, while one end
is submerged in a pail or tub raised 2-4 feet above the
patient, and the other end is then introduced directly within
the bowel; or affixed to a rectal tube six feet long, when
deep injections or irrigations are in order. A continuous
flow is thus obtained. A still simpler method consists in
pouring water into a funnel which has been fitted to one end
of a rubber tube while the other end is passed into the
rectum. That portion of the tube which is to be placed
within the gut should always be lubricated with vaseline,
oil or soap. Manual removal of hardened feces (scybala)
must be practised in all animals before the use of enemata.
The finger or blunt curette may be utilized for this purpose
in small patients. The injection of linseed or cottonseed
oil (H.0i.; D. ii.) an hour before the use of larger enemata
assists in softening the intestinal contents.
When deep injections are indicated, the hind quarters
of the animal should be raised—small animals may be
partially inverted—and the fluid allowed to flow in slowly,
pushing in the rectal tube as the gutdistends. Such euemata
are more effective whether the object be to simply unload
the bowels, to cause retention and absorption of the fluid,
or to wash out the intestines. One to several gallons of
warm water form a suitable quantity for unloading the
bowels of large animals; one-half pint to a quart, in the
case of small patients. The injections should be repeated
until a good evacuation is secured. To increase the purga-
tive effect of enemata a cup each of soft soap, salt and
molasses are added to a gallon of water; or a tablespoonful
32 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
each toa pint. Linseed oil or cottonseed oil are also mixed
with water. Epsom salts are still more efficacious (H.tbii.
to gallon of water. (D. 3 i.—1v. to pint); while oil of turpentine
(H. 2 ii.—iv.; D.3i.-iv.) is very active and especially useful in
colic and flatulence, mixed with the enema. When clysters
are given to be absorbed they should always be deeply
injected in quantities of one-half to one gallon for horses;
or one-half to one pint for dogs. In chronic constipation
and torpidity of the bowels plain cold water (55°-60° F.)
injections are indicated.
Medicated irrigations are most serviceable in catarrhal
disorders of the bowels (dysentery, etc.), 2.e., the fluid is
allowed to flow in and out again till the solution returns
clear.
Drugs Acting on the Circulation.
J.—Actinc Upon THE Buoop.
(a) Blood Plasma.—The alkalinity of the blood plasma
can be increased by the use of the salts of the alkaline and
earth metals; 7.c., potassium, sodium, lithium, ammonium,
roagnesium and calcium compounds. This effect is of value
therapeutically in rheumatism, hemoglobinzemia and uric-
acidemia. In the former two disorders, increasing the
alkalinity of the blood plasma appears to assist in the
elimination of toxic material, while in the latter condition
the excretion of uric acid—existing in the blood as urates—
is thought to be favored by potassium and lithium salts.
These salts also alkalize the urine and increase its secretion.
Drugs which remove considerable fluid from the body, as
purgatives, diaphoretics and diuretics, necessarily alter the
composition of the blood plasma. By removing fluid from |
the plasma, these agents are useful in aiding absorption of
inflammatory exudations, dropsies and cedemas, since the
mass of fluid removed is soon replaced from that contained
in the food and tissues. In the various infectious and con-
stitutional diseases treatment is largely directed to exciting
the secretions and excretions with the purpose of eliminating
products of tissue waste and bacterial action from the blood,
DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 33
which prove detrimental to the system. This line of treat-
ment is pursued in uremia, hemoglobinemia and lymph-
angitis. Venesection, saline infusions, hypodermoclysis and
enteroclysis alter the character of the plasma and often have
a life-saving value. (See p. 728-736.)
(b) The Red Corpuscles.—The so-called blood tonies, or
hematinics influence the red corpuscles, increasing their
number and content of hemoglobin when there is a defi-
ciency of either. The effect upon the augmentation of hamo-
globin is more marked.
H4MATINICS.
Tron and its salts Corrosive sublimate
Arsenic ; Potassium permanganate
Copper salts Manganese dioxide
The first two are immensely superior to the others in
blood-making properties. Iron especially favors the forma-
tion of hemoglobin; arsenic increases the number of red
corpuscles. Certain agents possess toxicological significance
by destroying the composition of hzemoglonin. Large doses
of the coal tar products, as acetanilid, antipyrin and phen-
acetin, nitrites and potassium chlorate, convert hemoglobin
into methemoglobin, a mixture, probably, of hematin and
soluble albumin; while carbonic oxide, phosphorus, sul-
phur, arsenic, iodine, hydrogen sulphide and turpentine, in
large doses, reduce oxyhemoglobin and prevent its com-
bination with oxygen. Acetanilid, potassium chlorate and
amyl-nitrite destroy the red blood cells, if absorbed in con-
siderable amount.
(c) White Corpuscles.—It is possible experimentally to
arrest purulent exudations caused by irritation and inflam-
mation when quinine is introduced into the blood or applied
locally to blood vessels. This happens because quinine and
all cinchona salts, berberine sulphate and acetanilid—
like other poisons to amcebae— prevent the amceboid
movement or migration (diapedesis) of leucocytes through
the vessel walls. Unfortunately it is impossible to give
large enough doses in practice to realize such favorable
results in inflammatory disorders. An enormous increase
34 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
of leucocytes (leucocytosis) occurs in acute diseases accom-
panied by a local exudative process, and also in leukemia,
ete. Recent experience with nucleic acid and tallianine
(see p. 545) proves that they induce leucocytes and are
valuable in bacterial infections. Arsenic, and in some cases
quinine, appear to reduce the leucocytosis, and in leukemia
seem to thus aid recovery. Drugs altering the consistency
of the blood are: Calcium chloride and (to a less extent)
other calcium salts, gelatin and potassium iodide, which
increase the rate and degree of coagulation ; cod-liver oil,
which augments the solids in the blood; and toxic doses of
mercury, which lessen the solids and coagulation and in-
crease the fluidity of the blood.
IIl.—Druas AcTING ON THE HEART.
The mechanism controlling the heart,which is influenced
by drugs, is as follows :
1. Heart-muscle and ganglia.
2. Inhibitory apparatus, including the vagus nerve roots
originating from the medullary centre, and its fibres termi-
nating in the heart.
3. The accelerator apparatus, consisting of the accele-
rator nerve—with centres in the cerebrum and medulla—
and its fibres passing down the spinal cord to the dorsal
nerves ; from thence through the first thoracic ganglion to
the sympathetic, and so on to the cardiac plexus, with peri-
pheral terminations in the heart. The ganglia in the heart
are situated about the auriculo-ventricular groove and at the
entrance of the superior and inferior venz cave, and at the
orifices of the pulmonary veins.
The ganglia have been divided into the inhibitory,
connected with the vagus nerve; the motor; and the
accelerator ganglia; and they are supposed to be influenced
by drugs as wellas the rest of the mechanism detailed above.
Our knowledge of the functions of these ganglia is imperfect
and therefore of the action of drugs on them.
The action of drugs on the heart-muscle has been deter-
mined by estimating their influence on the lower two-thirds
Pa op
‘+. ow
DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 35
of the apex, which is comparatively free from nerve supply.
The action of drugs on the inhibitory apparatus is of more
importance than that exerted on the accelerator nerve,
and we know more about it. Drugs usually affect the roots
of the vagus nerve in the centre, or its peripheral termina-
tions in the heart, rather than its trunk. The heart is
influenced by drugs as follows:
1. Stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus leads to slowing or
weakening of the heart-beats, or to both.
2. Depression of the inhibitory apparatus results in quickening or
strengthening the heart-beats, or both.
3. Stimulation of the accelerator apparatus causes an increase in
the rate or force of the heart beats, or both.
4. Depression of the accelerator apparatus induces decrease in the
rate or force of the heart-beats, or both
5. Stimulation of the heart-muscle produces increase in the rate or
force of the heart-beats, or both.
6. Depression of the heart-muscle lowers the rate or force of the
heart-beats, or both. ~
The vagus centre is stimulated by agencies increasing
blood-pressure, or causing asphyxia. On the other hand,
agencies reducing blood-pressure depress the vagus, or
stimulate the accelerator nerve, or both. Thus, the nitrites,
-as amyl nitrite, nitro-glycerin and spirit of nitrous ether,
quicken the heart by lowering vascular tension. External
stimuli to sensory nerves reflexly stimulate the heart, as
also do many locally irritating agents taken internally; eg.,
strong alcoholic or ammoniacal preparations.
Since drugs commonly influence more than one part of
the mechanism controlling the heart, and since it is difficult
to determine the éxact physiological details in such complex
actions, we shall content ourselves with tabulating the
actions of drugs ordinarily employed for their influence on
the heart, remembering that while moderate doses produce
the effects enumerated below, poisonous doses often give
rise to diametrically opposite actions.
(a) Drugs increasing the force of the heart-beat.
Digitalis Barium salts
Strophanthus , Camphor Do not ae rate
Sparteine =| Slow the pulse physostigmine | Particularly
Squill J
36 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
(b) Drugs increasing the rate of heart-beats.
Belladonna Stramonium
Atropine Cocaine
Hyoscyamus
(c) Drugs increasing the force and rate of heart-beats.
Alcohol Strychnine
Chloroform Caffeine
Ether Quinine
Ammonia Arsenic
Ammonium carbonate
(d) Drugs decreasing the force and rate of the heart-beats.
Aconite Prussic acid
Veratrum viride Ergot
Antimony salts
The drugs most frequently given to animals for their
action on the heart are alcohol, ether, digitalis, strophanthus,
ammonia, ammonium carbonate, camphor, caffeine, strych-
nine, atropine, aconite and veratrum viride. The reader is
referred to special articles on these drugs for therapeutical
indications and other details.
III.—Drucs AcTING .ON THE BLOOD VESSELS.
The following table includes the mechanism regulating
vascular tension:
Smooth muscular fibres
1. In the walls of the vessels. { Terminationsof vasodilators and vaso-
constrictors
j Vasodilators
{ Vasoconstrictors
( Vasomotor centres in the medulla and
| subsidiary centres in the spinal
3. WeNtres...< occ) ae slere sepa isiete + cord and sympathetic system, con-
| trolling the vasodilating and con-
{| stricting nerves
2. Nerve supply of vessels....
Each vessel is governed by two sets of fibres,—the
constricting and dilating,—but we cannot discriminate
between the action of a drug on the muscular fibres and the
peripheral nerve endings in the vessel walls; nor can we
DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 37
always tell whether a drug acts to stimulate one set of
peripheral fibres or depress the other.
Vascular tension is increased not only by contraction of
vessels, but also by drugs which cause the heart to beat more
quickly, and by those making its pulsations more forcible
and complete, so that all the blood is squeezed out of the
ventricle at each contraction. Contrariwise, blood pressure
is diminished, not only by those drugs inducing vascular
dilatation, but by those reducing the rate or force of the
heart, or both.
We shall simply classify drugs influencing the vessels
according as to whether they act after absorption into the
- blood, or only when applied locally to the vessel walls.
(a) Drugs acting systemically to contract vessels.
Adrenalin Strophanthus Hamamelis
Cocaine Squill Hydrastis
Ergot Sparteine Physostigmine
Digitalis Strychnine
(b) Drugs acting systemically to dilate vessels,
Amzyl nitrite Chloral
Nitroglycerin Aconite
Spirit of nitrous ether Opium
Alcokol Belladonna (secondary action)
Ether Hyoscyamus +
Chloroform Stramonium ae
(c) Agents acting locally to contract vessels.
Cold Astringents
(d) Agents acting locally to dilate vessels.
Heat Counter-irritants
Uses.—Drugs or agencies causing general dilatation of
vessels are useful in overcoming internal congestions and
colds by equalizing the circulation; that is, by causing the
blood to be distributed more equably about the body. They
are also of benefit in morbid conditions attended with a
high, vascular tension; and are serviceable in dilating
peripheral vessels and in causing perspiration and loss of
heat in fevers (spirit of nitrous ether and alcohol). Drugs
Anducing general contraction of vessels are employed in
38 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
disorders characterized by loss of tone, as in shock and
collapse; and in heart weakness or disease (digitalis and
strychnine) ; also in internal hemorrhage and inflammations
(ergot) ; and to aid the absorption of dropsies and cedemas.
The uses of drugs locally contracting vessels will be
described under Astringents (p. 63) and of agents locally
dilating vessels under ccunter-irritants (p. 62).
Drugs Acting on the Nervous System.
T.—Druas INFLUENCING THE BRAIN.
It is impossible to classify drugs according to their
action on the various centres of the brain, because our
knowledge is insufficient. In a general way, drugs affect-
ing the nervous system fall into two groups,—the excitant
and depressant. But another difficulty arises in regard to
classification from the fact that the same drug usually both
excites and depresses. Probably all drugs influencing the
nervous apparatus possess some exciting action, and most
drugs which excite in small doses cause depression and
paralysis after poisonous quantities.
For example, alcohol, ether and chloroform are cerebral
excitants in small doses, but in large doses are depressants
(hypnotics) and paralyzants (anesthetics). Belladonna and
its congeners, on the other hand, only excite the brain in
Jarge amounts; while opium and cannabis Indica may excite
the brain in small doses, but are used for their more common
depressant action. The condition of the patient has some
bearing on the action of a drug influencing the brain. Thus
moderate doses of alcohol depress and stupefy healthy
animals while stimulating the enfeebled and ill-nourished.
The brain of the lower animals is undeveloped compared
to that of man, and, in accordance with the general fact that
the more highly a portion of the nervous mechanism is
organized the more powerfully is it influenced by drugs, it
follows that drugs acting on the brain and cord are more
DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 39
prone to affect the cord in veterinary patients, while impres-
sing the brain more potently in man. For this reason we
notice in the horse that the primary period of excitability
(sometimes seen in man) following the administration of
morphine is much prolonged and not infrequently com-
pletely obliterates the somnifacient action of the drug in
this animal.
We shall be content to classify drugs acting on the
nervous system according to their most pronounced action
in moderate doses.
(a) Cerebral Excitants.
Alcohol Caffeine
Anesthetics Quinine
Camphor Cocaine
Uses.—These drugs are rarely used simply to excite the
brain, but forsother purposes. Camphor, caffeine and quinine
are employed to generally excite the nervous system in
depressed conditions. Caffeine is a valuable antidote to the
depressing cerebral action of opium in poisoning.
(b) Cerebral Depressants.—It is fortunate that drugs
progressively paralyzing the functions of the brain follow
the so-called law of dissolution—i.e., paralyze the various
functions of the brain in the inverse order of their evolu-
tionary development. The centres last to be acquired are
the first to be paralyzed (cerebral centres); while those of
earliest origin (the respiratory, vagus and vasomotor centres)
are last to succumb to the action of cerebral depressants.
The cerebral depressants are used mostly to relieve pain,
when they are called anodynes or analgesics. Pain is due
to irritation of any sensory nerve, or the sensory tract in
the spinal cord, or of the sensory centres in the brain. Pain :
may be relieved by paralyzing any portion of this path
and destroying connection with the perceptive centres in
the brain.
(1) Anodynes, by reason of their action on the brain.
Opium Alcohol Cannabis Indica
Morphine Anesthetics Gelsemium
Codeine Chloral Bromides
40 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
(2) Narcotics.—This term is a broad and somewhat
inclusive one. Narcotics embrace drugs which depress the
brain and cause sleep (hypnotics or soporifics) and stupor
(some anodynes and anesthetics), and finally paralyze the
respiratory and circulatory functions. The following may
be included in this group:
Opium Aneesthetics Cannabis Indica Stramonium
Alcohol Chloral Belladonna Hyoscyamus
(a) Hypnotics or Soporifics (drugs causing sleep) :
Opium Bromides Paraldehyde Sulphonal
Morphine Cannabis Indica Urethrane Trional
Chloral (Of little pared seu veterinary
practice
Uses.—Hypnotics are not of much value in Veterinary
medicine by simply promoting sleep. Their general sedative
and anodyne actions are utilized in relieving motor excite-
ment (spasms) or sensory excitement (pain).
(b) General Anesthetics.
Ether Nitrous oxide Methylene bichloride
Chloroform Ethylene dichloride Schleich’s mixture
(Of slight value in veterinary medicine)
Anesthetics are agents which abolish sensation generally
or locally. It is thought that the general anesthetics act
directly on the nerve cells. Anzsthetics—like narcotics
generally—first stimulate and then depress the nerve centres,
but depression is by far their most salient and useful effect.
Anzesthetics destroy the functions of nerve centres in
the cerebrum and spinal cord, and so abolish pain, sensation
and reflex action. The law of dissolution is exemplified in
their action. Anzsthesia is commonly described in three
stages. (1) The first or stimulant stage is exhibited by excite-
ment and struggling, owing in part to fright and in part to.
stimulation, first of the higher cerebral centres, and then of
the lower cortical centres. There are also coughing and
choking in this stage, following the local irritation of the
vapor on the respiratory tract. There may be vomiting,
and the circulation and respiration are temporarily stimu-
lated. Stimulation now ceases and depression of the.
cerebrum, together with the motor, sensory and reflex spinak.
ides Ag
DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 41
centres, appears, and ushers in the (2) anesthetic stage, char-
acterized by muscular relaxation and complete abolition of
consciousness, sensation aud motion. Between these two
stages—the stimulant and anesthetic—there sometimes
occurs a transient state in which sensation is lost before
consciousness. This has been styled the anodyne stage.
Finally, the (3) paralytic stage ensues, accompanied by
depression and then paralysis of the three great vital
medullary centres controlling the circulation and respiration,
together with that of the lowest reflex centres, so that invol-
untary micturition and defecation occurs. The animal dies
of a combination of vasomotor, heart and respiratory failure.
If recovery should follow the paralytic stage, the bodily
functions return in the reverse order to that in which they
were lost; 7.e., the lower vital functions first appear, followed
finally by the higher cerebral functions.
Uses.—Anesthetics are employed in surgical operations
to prevent pain and struggling; in obstetrical operations
and in the reduction of fractures, dislocations and hernia, to
secure complete muscular relaxation ; to overcome spasms
and convulsions resulting from disease or poisons; to arrest
severe: pain in colic; and finally to destroy aged or sick and
useless animals.
For fuller details see Anesthesia (p. 299).
(c) Drugs acting on the cortical motor centres of the brain.
(1) DRUGS STIMULATING THE MOTOR CENTRES.
Strychnine Physostigmine
Atropine
(2) DRUGS DEPRESSING THE MOTOR CENTRES,
The Bromides Alcohol
Chloral Anesthetics
The action of drugs on the cerebral cortical centres has
been found by comparing the local effect of electrical stim-
ulation before and after the internal use of drugs.
Uses—The drugs depressing the cortical motor area of
the brain are valuable in convulsions and spasmodic disorders
42 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
and in motor excitement, particularly in epileptiform con-
vulsions of dogs.
II.—Drvuas ACTING ON THE SPINAL CorD.
The functions of the cord consist in the conduction of
sensory impulses forward to the brain and of motor impulses
backward to the muscles; in the origination of nervous.
force in centres controlling certain functions (sexual, sweat-
ing, etc.) ; and in reflex action by which the cord transmits
impulses from sensory to motor tract of the same side of
the body, or laterally, from sensory to motor columns on
opposite sides. ‘
While drugs probably influence the various centres in
the cord, our knowledge of their action is chiefly limited to
that exerted on the motor cells of the inferior cornua.
If a drug stimulating the motor cells of the cord is
given experimentally, slight peripheral irritation will reflexly
cause convulsions, and, if the cord is severed from the brain,
the same phenomena appear.
(A) Drugs stimulating the motor cells of the inferior cornua.
Strychnine Ammonia Opium )
Brucine Anesthetics
Thebaine
Uses.—Strychnine is employed in paraplegia resulting
from diseases of the spinal cord after irritation caused by
the lesion has passed away.
(B) Drugs depressing the motor cells of the inferior cornua.
(1) WITHOUT PRIMARY STIMULATION
Physostigmine Emetine g@ ( Antimony
Bromides Turpentine + Silver
Ergot 2 (Sodium ® ( Zine
Nitrites = »\ Potassium Saponin
Gelsemium w® ( Lithium
(2) WITH PRIMARY STIMULATION
Chloral Ether Nicotine
Morphine Chloroform Veratrine
Apomorphine Camphor Mercury
Alcohol Carbolic acid Arsenic
Ergot § Primary action.
)
DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 43
Uses.—Drugs depressing the motor cells of the cord are
serviceable as antidotes in the treatment of poisoning by
those exciting the same (chloral and bromides in strychnine
poisoning), and in convulsive and spasmodic disorders, as
chorea and tetanus.
IIIl.—Druas ActTING ON THE NERVES.
The nerve terminations, rather than their trunks, are
influenced by drugs.
(A) Drugs influencing peripheral sensory nerve-endings.
(1) Stimulating sensory nerve - terminations. — Counter-
irritants. (See p. 62.)
General Uses.—They are applied externally (mustard
and heat) to stimulate the heart and respiration in heart
failure, shock and collapse.
(2) Depressing sensory nerve-terminations.—These include
local sedatives or anodynes, which lessen sensation; and
local anesthetics, which abolish sensation.
LOCAL ANODYNES
Aconite Morphine Veratrine
Menthol Chloral Heat
Carbolic acid Prussic acid Cold
Atropine Sodium bicarbonate
LOCAL ANASSTHETICS
Cocaine Holocaine ae { Methyl-chloride
Eucaine Cold SPPY | Ether
Uses.—The local anodynes are employed to relieve pain
of an inflammatory, rheumatic or neuralgic character, and
itching. The local anesthetics are employed to prevent
pain in surgical operations.
(B) Drugs influencing peripheral motor nerve-endings.
(1) STIMULATING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS
Strychnine Aconite Pyridine
Pilocarpine Nicotine
(2) DEPRESSING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS
Curare Atropine Prussic acid
Conium Cocaine Nicotine
Amyl-nitrite Camphor and many others
44 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
Uses.—Drugs influencing the peripheral motor nerve-
endings are not of any practical therapeutical value.
LIV.—Drvuas AcTING ON THE NERVES OF SPECIAL SENSE.
(A) Drugs acting on the eye.
(1) Drugs influencing the pupil_—The mechanism countroll-
ing the pupil consists of the centres for the contraction of
the pupil (in corpora quadrigemina?), the centres for the
dilatation of the pupil (inthe medulla and aqueduct of
Sylvius ?), the third nerve, the cervical sympathetic and the
circular and radiating (latter sometimes absent) muscular
fibres of the iris. Drugs may act either centrally or locally
on these structures. The pupil is dilated by drugs (1)
depressing the contracting (oculomotor) centre, (2) the ter-
minations of the third nerve or (3) the circular fibres of the
iris; and contrariwise, by (4) stimulating the dilating centre,
(5) the terminations of the sympathetic or (6) the radial
fibres of the iris; and, finally, by a combination of these
actions.
Again, the pupil is contracted by drugs stimulating
(1) the oculomotor centre, (2) the terminations of the third
nerve or (3) circular fibres of the iris; and by depressing (4)
the dilating centre, (5) the terminations of the sympathetic
or (6) the radial fibres of the iris; and also by a combina-
tion of these actions. Drugs may act locally on the pupil
through the medium of the circulation as well as when
dropped into the eye. Furthermore, absorption and central
action may occur when drugs are dropped into the eye as
well as when entering the blood through the more ordinary
channels.
The drugs used in the treatment of the diseases of the
eye are only those acting locally. Drugs influencing the
pupil are divided into two classes: (1) those that contract
the pupil (myotics) and (2) those that dilate the pupil
(mydriatics). |
il
DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 45
(1) Mydriatics.
(a) ACTING LOCALLY,
Atropine
Homatropine
Hyoscyamine \ Paralyse third nerve terminations
Hyoscine
Scopolamine
Gelsemine J
Cocaine Stimulates sympathetic endings.
(b) ACTING CENTRALLY.
Anesthetics (late in their action)
The dilating centre is stimulated by carbonic dioxide in
-the blood, and therefore dilatation of the pupil occurs in
-asphyxia; also after irritation of sensory nerves, the sexual
organs and digestive apparatus.
Uses.—Mydriatics are useful in dilating the pupil for
-examination of the eye, and to prevent adhesions of the iris
‘in central corneal ulcers; in keratitis, to overcome photo-
phobia and blepharospasm; and in iritis, to secure rest of
‘the iris and ciliary muscles.
(2) Myotics.
(a) ACTING LOCALLY.
Physostigmine )
Pilocarpine \ Stimulate third nerve-endings
(b) ACTING CENTRALLY.
Anesthetics Opium
Uses.—Myotics are employed to prevent prolapse of the
iris in wounds and ulcers of the cornea; to antagonize the
effect of atropine ; to prevent the entrance of light in painful
disorders of the eye; to lessen intra-ocular tension in
glaucoma ; and, in alternation with mydriatics, to break up
adhesions to the iris. All the local mydriatics and myoties
‘mentioned above act on the ciliary muscle to destroy the
power of accomodation. Intra-ocular tension in glaucoma
is usually increased by atropine and other mydriatics, but is. .
-diminished by eserine.
46 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
V.—Drues ACTING ON THE FAR.
Strychnine makes the hearing (and sight) more acute ;
while salicylic acid, salicylates and quinine cause, in man,
subjective symptoms, including fulness, roaring and buzzing
noises in the ears.
Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Organs.
It is impossible to describe under this head all the
drugs influencing the respiratory tract. Thus, agents affect-
ing the circulation exert a powerful action on the blood
supply and functions of the respiratory organs. The appli-
cation of counter-irritants and heat and cold externally,
reflexly produce notable alterations in pulmonary conditions.
Emetics are indirectly serviceable in assisting the expulsion
of exudations from the upper air passages in dogs. Further-
more, medicines having a depressing action on the nervous
system are of importance in respiratory disorders in reliey-
ing cough and spasm. We shall consider here those agents.
acting on the respiratory apparatus itself.
Druacs ACTING ON THE ResprratoryY Mucous MEMBRANE.
(A) Drugs Acting Locally.
1. Stimulating the mucous membranes and causing
vascular dilatation, increased secretion and muscular con-
traction of the walls.
2. Producing a sedative action.
3. Exerting an antiseptic influence.
4, Relaxing spasm.
5. Causing a local astringent action.
6. Thinning exudations.
Errhines, or sternuatories, are drugs which are intro-
duced into the nostrils to cause irritation, coughing and.
sneezing and expulsion of secretions, parasites and foreign
bodies from the nasal chambers and upper air passages.
They are rarely of any value, and include tobacco, ipecac,.
euphorbium, ammonia, chlorine aud sulphurous anhydride.
St rae
~ wiser nia, rats
DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 4T
By inhalation (in pint of water at temp. of 140° F. or
over, unless otherwise stated).
(1) DRUGS EXERTING STIMULANT ACTION,
WATDOUCIACIC err cid eebieleisietsicleisie ic! acier sie [2a th 3.O.<
TE OSOLC ar eyeaycieteiters ses) clotareiele sie sie! eie'sietoe © 3ss.
Oilrof Cubebss foeiis.s ccs os 0's descr Bees ss.
Tincture of benzoin...... Psat eal lates Siar ss.
DUBCLULE Of UPCCAG assis he 5 a:0 oae's tile vine oh » 3ss.
OHVGE PULPCIING 2555s s/v'sn a ences ssc 00’ 5ss.—Jiiss.
RUS EEID 2a oral ape paia Realoin' widest aa 40) 58s.—5liss.
(2) DRUGS EXERTING A SEDATIVE INFLUENCE.
Diluted hydrocyanic acid............. (mM x.-xv. in 3i. cold water).
(3) DRUGS PRODUCING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION,
0) TT Lee eee gr. vii.-xii,
BIE ITC ACI: iad aio ss ie ae or cleees als 3i.
RUMEOSOLG | fi /sc es os ede wine Bh eS oA 5ss.
Compound tincture of benzoin........ .3ss.
Sulphurous anhydride gas.
Formaldehyde vapor:
SlteeENCAlY PIS. 6.cnc cleids,ercrecie sles oes TL x.-xx. (in Zii. of alcohol).
PORE ITD COS 2k ssa sleveiel albfelane oe sasts ¥ etaarere 5ss.
BONE COA ULI CT’, rc cree rae xe Sie sl vinie's: qe)e%e vies 5ss.
EMU DICEAGIOEY Gio Tae viccie Seles celoius as aise 3ix. (in 3viii. of alcohol).
Tar water, undiluted.
Potassium permanganate.............. gr. xv.-3i.
Quinine hydrochlorate................. 588.
(4) DRUGS RELAXING SPASM.
MMPMRNTIETILOS. c.002 5) vac cdteee as H. (3ss.-i.) D. (Mii.-v.) undiluted.
Extract of belladonna............ gr. li -iv.
f SHY OSCYAMIUS, Saye! cterc. = gr. Vili.-xv.
Renee ACODMIN . ioe asso ing od ores gr. viil.
(Burning stramonium leaves).
(5) DRUGS CAUSING A LOCAL ASTRINGENT ACTION.
MILT Petal at tet tots, g uterscints a7 aioie ty sitany aya tsrniaies 388
EERE EEA GS a2), sie sg hem w wiaewie ny Bee oe 58s.
Solution of ferric chloride...............+. 3i.
; SHIVER UNtrAtC mas soos dee sae aioe cereale 3ss.
(6) DRUGS THINNING SECRETION.
Sodium: bicarbonate. s. 23.) se ses Ae setess ¢ 38s.
Solution of lime, undiluted.
Ammonium chloride......... sinscyey stave’ cieichaiays 58s.
ils abd CR Ae ate Dee eee Zii.
MEE SEMEN ce ee sia ches oie eee ee CEES wa tiere%,« Zi.
48 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
Uses.—Inhalations are often beneficial in the treatment
of coryza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, tracheitis and bronchitis.
In the first stage of catarrhal inflammation of the upper air
passages, antiseptics may cut short the attack. Simple
steaming with vinegar or sodium bicarbonate moistens and
soothes the dry, irritable mucous membrane and relieves
congestion by promoting secretion. In the exudative stage,
agents stimulating the respiratory mucous membrane and
making the secretions less viscid are inorder. If the mucous
or purulent discharges are excessive, astringent sprays or
inhalations are useful ; and if they are foul-smelling, drugs
combining stimulant and antiseptic actions may be employed.
Inhalations may be given by means of a bronchitis kettle, or
by atomization, to small animals. Care must he exercised
that too large a quantity of the solution be not used Jest
absorption and poisoning ensue. Dogs may be placed over
the perforated seat of a cane-bottomed chair with the steam-
ing apparatus underneath.
A hot brick is sometimes employed to give inhalations
to horses by dropping it into a pail containing the proper
solution. The head should not usually be covered during
inhalation if the breathing is embarrassed or the respiratory
tract obstructed, since fresh air is imperative. Simple steam-
ing may be conducted for an hour. Inhalations containing
special drugs may be given for fifteen minutes.
(B) Drugs Acting Systemically.
Expectorants are agents which influence the bronchial
mucous membrane and its secretion. They aid or hinder
expectoration in man, but are much less efficient in this
respect in Veterinary medicine, because the act of expector-
ation is performed with difficulty by the lower animals.
Nevertheless, expectorants are useful in altering the character
of the secretion and lessening the irritation caused by dry,
tenacious discharges, and in stimulating the mucous mem-
branes and improving their circulation and nutrition.
Moreover, some drugs (volatile oils) exert an antiseptic
DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 49
action on the bronchial mucous membrane during their
elimination.
EXPECTORANTS
(1) INCREASING SECRETION
Depressing the heart and lowering vascular tension
(‘‘ depressing expectorants”)
Apomorphine Ipecac Antimony and potas-
Potassium iodide Pilocarpine sium tartrate
Stimulating the heart and increasing vascular tension
(‘‘ stimulating expectorants” )
Ammonium chloride Sulphur Terpin hydrate
Squill Tar Terebene
Camphor Turpentine Volatile oils
Balsams
(2) DIMINISHING SECRETION
Belladonna Stramonium Opium
Hyoscyamus Acids
Volatile oils, and drugs containing them, first increase and then decrease
bronchial secretion as a secondary effect.
(3) ALTERING THE NUTRITION OF BRONCHIAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE
Potassium iodide Cod-liver oil Sulphur
Ammonium chloride
(4) EXERTING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION
Turpentine Tar Balsam of Tolu
Terebene Ammoniacum Cubebs
Terpin hydrate Balsam of Peru Copaiba
Uses.—Expectorants are chiefly prescribed in bronchitis.
In the early or dry stage drugs increasing secretion and at
the same time depressing the circulation are often employed
in sthenic cases. These drugs possess less value in the
treatment of the horse, on account of comparative insuscep-
tibility to them, than in the case of dogs.
If exudation is excessive, then drugs lessening secretion
are indicated. When the disorder is persistent, agents alter-
ing and improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous
membrane are beneficial. Bronchitis accompanied by a
50 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
copious foul secretion is treated with volatile oils, which
exert an antiseptic action on the air passages. Expectorants
are usually administered with other agents influencing the -
respiratory tract; e.g., drugs relieving cough and spasm and
those stimulating the respiratory movements or circulation.
Drucs STIMULATING THE RESPIRATORY CENTRES,
Strychnine Stramonium
Atropine Ammonium carbonate
Belladonna Strong ammonia
Hyoscyamus
External counter-irritation and heat.
Drucs DEPRESSING THE RESPIRATORY CENTRES.
Many drugs depress and paralyze the respiratory centres
in large doses, but they are seldom used medicinally for
this purpose.
Uses.—Drugs stimulating the respiratory centres and
movements are of great value in diseases of the chest—
especially bronchitis—attended with obstruction in the air
passages and cyanosis. They promote coughing and efforts
at expulsion of secretion and facilitate the entrance of
oxygen into the blood. Some, possibly ammonia, stimulate
the movements of the ciliw lining the tracheal mucous
membrane.
Strychnine is, perhaps, the most powerful respiratory
stimulant ; atropine is indicated where exudation is abundant,
while ammonium carbonate is prescribed to increase secre-
tion. Certain drugs sometimes cause in large doses Cheyne-
Stokes breathing in animals, e.g., opium, chloral, bromides,
digitalis, ammonium carbonate and strychnine, owing to
disturbance of the respiratory centre.
Druas RELAXING SPASM OF THE BroncHtaAL Muscular
TuNIC AND RELIEVING CoUGH.
LOCALLY
White of egg Linseed tea
Mucilage Syrups r
External counter-irritation and heat
DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 51
SYSTEMICALLY.
Opium Nitrites
Codeine Chloral
Hyoscyamus Bromides
Stramonium Chloroform
Cannabis Indica Phenacetin
- Uses oF Druas ALLAYING SPASM AND CovuGH.
Coughing is a reflex act following irritation of sensory
nerve endings in any part of the respiratory tract (usually
of afferent vagal branches), in the pharynx, pleura, ears, teeth,
stomach and liver. Sensory impulses conveyed to the
reflex centre for coughing,—near the respiratory centre in the
medulla,—are there transformed into motor impulses and
result in coughing. Drugs may stop coughing by acting
locally to relieve congestion and irritation (demulcents) or
they may exert a topical sedative action on the nerve end-
ings. They also act systemically by quieting the reflex centre
for coughing, or the sensory or motor nerve endings; also
by abating congestion in promoting secretion (expectorants),
or in influencing the circulation.
Cough may be beneficial when it assists the expulsion
of exudation, but is not so when it is constant and ineffective,
as in congestion of the trachea, bronchial mucous mem-
branes, lungs or pleura; in pulmonary consolidation; and
in coughs originating outside of the respiratory tract. We
should try to arrest coughing by agents removing the cause
(congestion or irritation), such as counter-irritants, ex pector-
ants, local applications (sprays, inhalations) and heart
stimulants; but if these are inefficient and coughing is
immoderate, we may resort to the use of sedative agents.
Some preparation of opium is most frequently employed to
stop coughing, but should be avoided if cyanosis exists,
since inspiratory and expulsive efforts are weakened by the
drug. Belladonna, on the other hand, stimulates the respi-
ratory centres and arrests cough by depressing both the
afferent and efferent vagal terminations in the lungs, while—
like opinm—lessening secretion. These drugs are often
52 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
combined. When spasm of the bronchioles exists, as in
asthma, and sometimes in bronchitis, the nitrites are paitic-
ularly valuable.
Drugs Acting on the Urinary Organs.
Diuretics are drugs increasing the secretion of urine.
Three factors are concerned with the urinary flow. (1) The
composition of the blood. (2) The state of local (renal)
and general blood pressure. (3) The activity of the
renal cells. The renal mechanism influenced by drugs com-
prises :
(1) The Malpighian glomerules, which excrete water, salts
and some excrementitious matters from the blood by
osmosis. Their activity depends upon their blood suppiy,
which is increased by agents causing dilatation of their
afferent vessels, or contraction of the efferent vessels; and
by drugs increasing general blood tension. Drugs aug-
menting the mass of blood and tension in the Malpighian
bodies enlarge the surface of cubical epithelium covering
the capillary loops and promote osmosis of fluid into the
cavity of the Malpighian capsule.
(2) The nucleated polyhedral cells lining the convoluted tubes.
—These secrete the solid products resulting from the retro-
grade metamorphosis of nitrogenous bodies circulating in
the blood, as urea, together with water.
(3) The constricted tubes.—These regulate the urinary
secretion by either impeding its passage by constriction of
their walls, thus aiding absorption, or by their active
peristalsis facilitating the flow of urine.
(4) Nervous mechanism.—This governs the secretory
activity of the cells of the convoluted tubes, regulates the
tension in the vessels of the malpighian bodies, and possibly
controls the unstriped muscle of the constricted tubes. It
comprises :
:
;
|
ont _
a ee ee be
a
DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 53
(a) Four medullary centres.
Vasomotor Vasodilator centres
(controlling renal SRD ar acer centres
Secretory (Stimulating cells of convoluted tukes)
Inhibitory. (Depressing activity of renal cells)
(b) Subsidiary centres in the spinal cord, solar and renal plexus.
(c) Secretory nerve-endings in kidneys.
(@) Muscular fibre in renal vessels.
(e) Renal cells.
These structures may be either stimulated or depressed,
_or the same drug may cause diuresis in various ways by a
combination of actions.
Diuretics more commonly act in two ways. (1) By
influencing renal circulation; (2) by stimulating the secre-
tory nerve-endings in the renal cells or the cells them-
selves.
(1) Diuretics increasing general or local (renal) blood tension.
These drugs increase cardiac action in some cases, and
in others stimulate or depress the vasomotor centres, or the
terminations of the vasoconstrictors or dilators in the renal
vessels—to cause dilatation of the branches of the renal
artery carrying blood to the capillary loops in the Malpighian
bodies, or to produce contraction of the artcrial branches
conducting blood away from the Malpighian tufts—in either
way increasing local blood tension and secretion of urine.
Loeal blood tension is thought to be augmented by the
nitrites and alcohol acting on the vasomotor centre or renal
vessels to dilate the afferent vessels of the Malpighian
glomerules, in addition to stimulating the heart. Buchu,
turpentine, juniper and cantharides are said to act locally
on the kidneys to contract the efferent vessels of the Mal-
pighian bodies. Digitalis, strophanthus, squill, caffeine and’
strychnine stimulate the heart and contract the vessels
generally, while locally they are believed to cause contrac-
tion of the efferent vessels of the Malpighian bodies by
action on the vasomotor centres. The entrance of water
into the circulation increases the mass of blood, vascular
tension, and thus the flow of urine. ee te
54 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
(2) Diuretics stimulating the secretory nerve-endings or
renal cells.
Potassium nitrate Colchicum
es acetate Calomel
ms citrate Urea
5 bitartrate Theobromine sodio-salicylate
Lithium salts (Diuretin)
Salines generally Caffeine
Uses.—Diuretics are useful in removing deleterious and
waste solid matters in the blood resulting from disease or
the imperfect oxidation of albuminoid substances. In fevers
the potassium nitrate and other potassium salts are employed
with spirit of nitrous ether, alcohol and digitalis. They are
antipyretics by eliminating pyrogenic material. Tissue
waste is increased by diuretics, and they are serviceable in
plethora, rheumatism and obesity. In acute diseases of the
kidneys, salines and digitalis are indicated ; in chronic renal
disorders more stimulating agents are often used, as juniper,
buchu, ete. Diuretics remove water from the system. They
are, therefore, employed in cedema and dropsy of renal or
cardiac origin, and in chronic effusions, as in pleuritis and
pericarditis. Blood tension is lowered by withdrawal of
water from the blood, and congestion may be relieved in
various parts of the body. Diuretics lessen irritation of the
kidneys by diluting the urine when the secretion is concen-
trated or contains toxins or other irritants (uric acid, calcium
oxalate, ete.). Finaliy, stimulating diuretics (buchu, turpen-
tine, etc.), are indicated in chronic inflammatory diseases of
the kidneys and bladder, and in‘relaxed and paretic disorders
of the bladder (incontinence of urine) to excite the reflex
and motor functions of the sphincter and detrusor muscles.
Drucs INFLUENCING THE REACTION OF URINE.
In man and animals secreting an acid urine, the basic
phosphates of sodium and potassium in the blood are
decomposed by the renal cells, and acid phosphate of sodium
or potassium—being more diffusible—are eliminated, giving
the urine its characteristic reaction, while the bases remain
a
08 ee ed,
ian mas
DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 55
behind. In the case of the herbivora the urine is alkaline,
because there are larger quantities of magnesium and
calcium salts in the food, which precipitate phosphoric acid
in the stomach, and because there is an excess of alkaline
sodium and potassium salts in the blood. The urine may
best be made acid by benzoic acid, which is converted into
hippuric acid during its passage through the kidneys. Sali-
cylic acid, urotropin, the mineral acids (except nitric acid), and
large quantities of the vegetable acids and boric acid tend to
acidify the urine in a less degree. Anacid urine may be made
alkaline by alkalies, as salts of potassium, lithium, sodium and
ealcium, together with the vegetable salts, tartrates, citrates
and acetates, which circulate as carbonates in the blood.
Drugs promoting diuresis make the urine less acid because
the basic sodium phosphate in the blood is not so readily
broken up in the kidney when it diffuses through the cells
in great dilution. Nitric acid renders the urine slightly
alkaline by being converted into and eliminated as ammonia,
while ammonia fails to make the urine alkaline because it is
transformed into urea, uric and nitric acids (?).
Uses.—Benzoic acid is sometimes of benefit in acidifying
and disinfecting an alkaline decomposing urine of pyelitis
or cystitis. Recently urotropin has been used more success-
fully for these purposes. The alkalies are thought to be useful
in alkalizing the blood in certain disorders (rheumatism),
hemoglobinzmia, etc.), and the urine of carnivora, to prevent
the precipitation of uric acid in the urine or to aid its solu-
tion when already precipitated.
Druas INFLUENCING THE COMPOSITION OF URINE.
Drugs contracting efferent vessels of the Malpighian
bodies diminish the flow of blood and urea-excretion and
increase the elimination of water; while those dilating the
afferent vessels cause more blood to pass through the kidney
and promote the secretion of solids and water. Drugs
‘stimulating the cells of the convoluted tubes augment
especially the urinary solids. The composition of the urine
56 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
is also altered by most drugs eliminated in it, leading to
changes in color, odor, reaction and the appearance of blood
pigment, etc.*
; Urinary ANTISEPTICS.
Certain drugs are sometimes given with the purpose of
preventing decomposition of the urine in purulent pyelitis
and cystitis. Among these are:
Urotropin Salicylic acid Copaiba
Benzoic acid Salol Cubebs
Boric acid Buchu Volatile oils
URINARY SEDATIVES.
The foregoing list, in preventing decomposition, and :
Hyoscyamus Opivm
Belladonna Alkalies (with an acid urine)
Drugs Acting on the Sexual Organs.
(A) INFLUENCING CHIEFLY THE MALE GENERATIVE ORGANS.
The mechanism concerned with the sexual functions is
presided over by cerebral and spinal lumbar centres, Agents
may immediately excite the spinal centres or cause local.
irritation of sensory nerves in various parts of the body—
more particularly in the neighborhood of the genital organs
—and thus reflexly stimulate the lumbar centres.
* Thus blood appears in the urine after toxic doses of turpentine,
cantharides and salicylic acid; and blood pigment, in poisoning by
potassium chlorate, acetanilid, nitrites, glycerin and mushrooms (mus-
carin); and occasionally by overdoses of mineral acids, naphtol, naph-
talin and arsenic. Rhubarb and senna impart their coloring matter
(chrysarobin) to urine, which makes acid urine brown, but alkaline
urine a deep blood or purplish red. Carbolic acid, creosote, naphtalin
and other tar-products, together with gaultheria and uva ursi (due to
contained arbutin), stain the urine a greenish-brown or blackish hue.
Santonin dyes an alkaline urine cherry or purple-red, while an acid
urine is turned yellow or greenish. Logwood gives its color to acid
urine, while an alkaline urine is rendered red or violet. Poisonous
doses of sulphonal and trional give rise to a claret-colored urine, owing
to hematoporphyrin. Gamboge and carrots bestow their colors on the
urine. Turpentine is said to give urine the odor of violets, but large
doses impart the peculiar odor of the oil itself. Cubebs, copaiba, euca-
lyptus, valerian, musk, asafetida, sandal wood oil, asparagus and tur-
pentine (large doses) communicate their special odor to the urine.
Lai. SNS BGG
= DRUGS ACTING ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS 5T
pe Cow,
The cerebral centres are mainly affected by visual, nasal
or oral impressions, and also reflexly by irritation of sensory
nerve-endings, more especially those situated in the sexual
organs. —
(1) Aphrodisiacs are drugs exciting sexual desire (and
increasing sexual power in the male). They include:
DIRECT APHRODISIACS
Strychnine, Phosphorus, Alcohol (act on centres)
Cantharides (local irritant)
INDIRECT APHRODISIACS
In debility : Iron, Strychnine, Arsenic, (full diet)
(2) Anaphrodisiacs are drugs lessening sexual desire.
‘They are:
Opium, Bromides, Purgatives, Nauseants, (bleeding), (spare diet)
Uses.—Drugs directly exciting sexual appetite are of no
therapeutic value, and the local irritants, as cantharides,
are, moreover, likely to work harm by producing inflamma-
tion of the urinary tract. Loss of sexual desire and power
should usually be treated by improving the general nutrition
with tonics and good feeding and by regulating the use of
the sexual organs, unless the trouble is due to organic
disease. Drugs diminishing sexual appetite may be useful
in quieting the centres and rendering them less sensitive to
sources of local irritation. It is, however, more sensible to
remove the cause of irritation, as smegma preputii, acid
urine, urinary calculi, intestinal parasites, scybala, fissure of
the rectum, hemorrhoids, ete. Anaphrodisiacs may be
employed to subdue excessive sexual excitement and ner-
vousness (hysteria) sometimes accompanying “heat” in
the female.
(B) Influencing the female sexual organs.
(1) Emmenagogues are drugs which favor the occurrence
of “heat” (ovulation) inthe female when it is irregular or
abnormally absent. We are at present ignorant of their
exact mode of action. Some act. directly, perhaps, by stim-
ulating the centres or uterus.
58 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS ¢
ya hh DIRECT EMMENAGOGUES
Savin, Rue, Cantharides (irritants) > q
Ergot ‘
INDIRECT EMMENAGOGUES
Purgatives (Aloes)
In debility : Iron, Arsenic, Strychnine (full diet)
Uses.—The irritant emmenagogues are usually ineffectual
in medicinal doses, while they may cause inflammation of
the urinary tract and abortion (in pregnant animals) in large
doses. The use of the indirect emmenagogues is more
rational and effective. Aloes is thought to stimulate the
uterus reflexly by irritation of the large intestines, and may
also act locally on the uterus after absorption. Absence of
cestrum, ordinarily a symptom resulting from a general or
local condition, should be treated if possible by removing
the cause (debility, plethora, deformity).
(2) Ecbollics, or oxytocics, are drugs stimulating uterine
contraction during or directly after parturition. The exact
physiological details concerned in this action are unknown.
They are:
Ergot Quinine
Cotton root bark Hydrastis
Corn smut Savin
(3) Drugs restraining uterine contractions.
Anesthetics Chloral
Opium Bromides
Cannabis Indica
Uses.—Ecbollics (preéminently ergot) are used to con-
tract the uterus and arrest hemorrhage after parturition ;
or to stimulate the womb during parturition in inertia. In.
poisonous doses they may lead to abortion during pregnancy.
Drugs restraining uterine contraction (especially opium):
are sometimes given to prevent threatened abortion.
(4) Drugs influencing milk-secretion.
(a) Galactagogues are drugs increasing the flow of milk.
They include :
Pilocarpine Leaves of castor oil plant (inter-.
Alcohol nally or locally on udder as:
(Full diet) poultice).
DRUGS INFLUENCING METABOLISM 59
Drug treatment is ineffective in increasing the secretion
of milk; rich feeding is the chief desideratum. Many drugs
are eliminated in milk and may produce their characteristic
effects in animals or man drinking it. Among these are:
Opium Arsenic Copper
-All volatile oils Mercury Carbolic acid
Purgative salts Lead Colchicum
Rhubarb Zinc Euphorbium
Senna Tron Ergot
Castor oil Bismuth Salicylic acid
Scammony Neutral salts Veratrin
Jalop Ammonia Strychnine
Iodine Acids Croton oil
Potassium iodide * Sulphur Aloes
Antimony Atropin Turpentine
(b) Antigalactagoques.—Belladonna is the only efficient
drug lessening the secretion of milk, applied locally or given
internally. It paralyzes the peripheral secretory nerve-
endings and is usefulin mammitis by diminishing the circu-
latory activity in the mammary gland.
Drugs Influencing Metabolism.
(1) Alteratives.—The term “alterative” is a vague, inde-
finable word used to describe the action of certain drugs,
modifying tissue change and improving nutrition in some
disorders, which cannot easily be classified under other
heads. It is impossible here to recount the actions of
alteratives, because they probably act in various ways, and
because we are generally ignorant of their actions. The
value of altératives has been discovered by clinical expe-
rience. The following are often classed as alteratives :
Arsenic and its preparations Phosphoric acid
Mercury and its salts Colchicum
Iodine and its salts Sarsaparilla
Cod liver oil Sulphur
Uses.—Alteratives are employed in those diseases in
which experience has proved them 'to be beneficial.
60 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
’
Tonics.—The word “tonic” is another term even more
vague and all-embracing than “alterative,”’ and, therefore,
more difficult to accurately define. Tonics improve the
general nutrition and health, and, as ordinarily understood,
refer to drugs promoting appetite and digestion (bitter
tonics, as gentian) ; the state of the blood (hzmatinics, as
iron and arsenic); or the condition of certain organs (heart
tonics, as digitalis; nerve tonics, as strychnine).
Tonics are indicated in the treatment of debility (gen-
eral or special) and anzmia.
Drugs Influencirg Bodily Heat.
Antipyretics are drugs lowering the temperature of the
body in fever. The mechanism concerned with temperature
changes is as follows:
(1) Heat production.—There is a centre in the corpus
striatum for heat production. Probably this controls mus-
cular activity, which is chiefly instrumental in the production
of bodily heat.
(2) Heat loss—There is a centre for heat dissipation
situated in the medulla. This controls the vasomotors and
state of vascular tension; the activity of the sweat glands
and respiration; and, therefore, the amount of heat lost by
radiation from the blood vessels of the skin, by evaporation
of sweat, and by the act of respiration. Heat is also lost
by the passage of feeces and urine.
(3) Heat regulation.—There are heat-regulating centres
in the cortex cerebri (?) which codrdinate or adjust the
relations existing between the heat-producing and heat-
dissipating centres.
Finally, the bodily temperature is reflexly influenced by
sensory impulses originating in various parts of the body,
and conveyed by afferent nerves to the three brain-centres
controlling temperature. Agents lowering bodily tempera-
ture in fever may act to depress the heat-producing centre $
to stimulate the heat-dissipating centre ; to dilate vessels;
DRUGS INFLUENCING BODILY HEAT 6L
“to increase the secretions (particularly of sweat) ; to influence
the circulation by drugs or venesection; to physically
abstract heat, and to remove sources of fever in the digestive
-tract.
TABLE SHOWING THE PROBABLE MODE OF ACTION OF
ANTIPYRETICS.
Phenacetin
Antipyrin
Acetanilid
Quinine
Salicylic acid
Salicin
|
Depress heat-produc- {
ing centre |
L
(
(
Lessen heat ae
|
L
(
peion Aconite
| Veratrum -
7M Influence circulation + Digitalis
ao) | Antimony
a> Venesection
(em
ca 1 ({ Slightly stimulate Acetanilid
py | heat-dissipating Antipyrin
; S | centre Phenacetin
A ( Alcohol 2
| Cause sweating and [SP Eee of “nitrous
| Increase heat loss | dilate vessels | Opium
| | Ipecac
Cold, externally
| Abstract heat i and internally
| Purgatives (remove
pyrogenic material)
Antipyretics do not lower temperature in health when
-given in medicinal doses.
Uses.—Antipyretics are employed to diminish fever. It
is wiser to lessen heat production than to increase heat loss
(by diarphoretics, diuretics, circulatory depressants, bleed-
“ing, etc.), because heat production is stimulated by the latter
process. The modern antipyretics (acetanilid, antipyrin
-and phenacetin) act chiefly to lessen heat production, and
-are, therefore, most serviceable, but even these drugs should
usually be avoided unless fever is exceedingly high or long-
-continued. This follows because a high bodily temperature
is often inimical to bacterial life and growth, and because
62 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
fever is a natural protective agency, being the result of
increased oxidation, and destroys toxins and pyrogenic sub-
stances. Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin, moreover,
depress the circulation in large doses and alter the red
corpuscles so as to interfere with their oxygen-carrying
functions. Cold is the best antipyretic agency when it.
can be employed, in not only reducing temperature and in-
creasing the elimination of toxins in the urine, but in
powerfully stimulating the nervous system and vital fune-
tions. (See p. 704.)
Drugs Acting on the Skin.
(A) Drues INFLUENCING THE BLoop VESSELS OF THE SKIN.
(1) Locally dilating superficial vessels.
IRRITANTS OR COUNTER-IRRITANTS,
Cantharides Corrosive mercuric chloride
Iodine Arsenous acid
Mustard Silver nitrate
Capsicum Zinc chloride
Croton oil Carbolic acid
Oil of turpentine and other Mineral acids
volatile oils Caustic alkalies
Ammonia water Anesthetics and alcohol(when eva--
Camphor poration is prevented)
Red mercuric iodide (Heat)
Drugs are classified as follows, according to the degree.
of irritation they produce :
Rubefacients are drugs which cause vascular dilatation
and redness of the skin when locally applied, such as mus-
tard and iodine (and heat).
Vesicants are drugs producing inflammation of the skin
and exudation of serum under the epidermis (vesicles),
when locally applied, such as cantharides.
Pustulants are drugs inducing a still higher grade of
inflammation when locally applied, accompanied by migra-
tion of leucocytes from the vessels into the vesicles, forming
pustules.
DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 63
Caustics, or Escharotics, are agents which, when locally
applied, lead to so great a degree of irritation that the.
vitality of tissues is destroyed, e.g., nitric acid, caustic potash
and the white-hot iron.
-Uses.—Irritants are often called counter-irritants when.
they are used against (counter) existing irritation or inflam-
mation by reflexly causing contraction of vessels in congested
or inflamed underlying parts. Thus a blister on the chest
leads to contraction of the vessels in the inflamed pleura
and relieves pleuritis. Counter-irritants are, therefore,
employed locally to overcome internal congestion and
inflammation. Rubefacients are often applied over the
whole surface of the body (mustard and turpentine) to dilate
superficial vessels and equalize the circulation in colds,
chills and internal congestions. Vesicants are used to alter
the circulation and nutrition of adjacent parts and to secure
resolution and absorption of inflammatory products in joint
and periosteal disorders. (For details see Counter-irritants,
p- 665.)
(2) Locally contracting superficial vessels.
Astringents are drugs which, when locally applied, make
the tissues drier and denser and lessen secretions. Their
action is probably dependent on various factors: partial
coagulation of the albuminous fluids of the tissues ; coagu-
lation of morbid secretions; removal of water; and contrac-
tion of the muscular coat of the’ blood vessels. They are
local irritants with the exception of lead acetate and bismuth
salts. The astringents are:
( Lead Adrenalin -
Aluminum Tannic acid, and drugs contain-
Zine ing it :
Salts < Silver Hydrastis
Copper Cocaine
Ferric Antipyrin
Bismuth Ether t On evapora-
Hamamelis Methylene chloride tion
Ergot (Cold)
Styptics, or Hemostatics, are drugs which arrest hemor-
64 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
rhage, when locally applied, both by coagulation of albumin
of the blood and by direct contraction of the vessels and
tissues surrounding them. Adrenalin and solutions of ferric
alum, ferric chloride and subsulphate are the most powerful
styptics, although all astringents possess an hemostatic
action.
Uses.—Astringents are employed in local loss of tone
and relaxation of tissues accompanied by serous, mucous or
purulent exudation from mucous membranes or raw surfaces.
The irritating astringents are usually contra-indicated in
acute inflammatory conditions, but are thought to prevent
the out-wandering of leucocytes through the blood vessels,
which results in purulent exudation.
Styptics are employed in the treatment of hemorrhage
from mucous membranes, or in bleeding from other parts
which cannot be stopped by surgical means, heat or cold.
The coagulated blood is prone to sepsis, speedy decomposi-
tion and infection.
(B) Drucs Locatty Sorrentnc, SOOTHING AND PROTECTING
THE SKIN, OR EMOLLIENTS.
They include :
Lard . Olive oil
Petrolatum Cottonseed oil
Cacao butter Lanolin
(Fomentations—Poultices)
Demulcents are drugs exerting a soothing, protecting and
softening influence on the mucous membrane of the aliment-
ary canal, when given internally. They are mostly gums,
syrups and albuminous fluids, as:
Acacia Glycerin
Linseed infusion or tea White of egg
Liquorice Milk
Syrup Starch
Molasses Sweet oil
Honey
Uses.—Emollients are serviceable in softening the skin
when it has a tendency to be dry and fissured; also in
oa
DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 65
chafing and superficial inflammation when emollients protect
the skin from the natural irritation of the air.
Demulcents are of value in inflammation of the mucous
membrane of the digestive tract, and again in catarrh of the
mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract, because
they not only exert a direct sedative influence on the throat,
but, either reflexly or in some measure directly, act on the
bronchial tubes. Demulcents are often employed to relieve
irritation in the urinary tract, but it is difficult to understand
how they can there exert a demulcent influence after their
decomposition in the alimentary canal and absorption into
the blood, since they have never been found in that fluid or
in the secretions.
(C) Droucs INFLUENCING THE SECRETION OF SWEAT.
The mechanism controlling the sudoriparous glands and
secretion of sweat, comprises sweat centres in the spinal
cord ; secretory nerves proceeding from them with termina-
tions in the glands; the gland cells, and blood vessels of
the skin. Any portion of this mechanism may be affected
by drugs to increase or diminish sweat secretion.
(1) Drugs increasing the secretion of sweat, or diaphoretics.
They may :
(1) Stimulate the sweat centres.
(2) Excite the secretory nerve-endings in the glands.
(3) Increase the activity of the gland cells.
(4) Stimulate the vasodilators and increase the vascu-
larity of the skin. Stimulation of the secretory and vasodi-
lator nerves usually go hand in hand, since they accompany
each other in their course to the sweat glands.
DIAPHORETICS
Pilocarpine | ‘ ‘ :
Alectiol Pilocarpine stimulates the gland
td ; | cells, or secretory nerve-endings.
Spirit of nitrous ether { The others act indirectly by pro-
Heart stimulants moting the vascularity of the
External heat | skin, and thus the activity of
(Warm drinks) ; the sweat glands.
66 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
Antimony salts )
Solution of ammonium acetate
Opium Stimulate sweat centres
Camphor
Ipecac
Potassium acetate
Potassium citrate
Aconite
Action unknown
(2) Drugs diminishing the secretion of sweat, or anhidrotics.
They may depress the various parts of the mechanism
which are stimulated by diarphoretics. They are:
Atropine Acids
Belladonna Paralyze sec- inc salts ‘ .
Hyoscyamus retory nerve- Nux vomica Action unde-
Stramonium endings. Q ainine termined
(Cold externally) J Salicylic acid J
Uses.—There are two indications for the use of diapho-
retics. First, to bring blood to the surface and to cause
sweating, thus equalizing the circulation in “colds,” chills
and congestions and reducing temperature in fever by
evaporation and radiation of heat from the skin. Ammonium
acetate, alcohol and spirit of nitrous ether are commonly
used in the treatment of the disorders first noted, but
acetanilid and phenacetin are more powerful antipyretics.
Second, to eliminate morbid material from the blood in
failure of the kidneys, as urinary suppression, or uremia.
These conditions are comparatively rare in veterinary prac-
tice. The skin of the lower animals generally is much less
responsive to diaphoretics than that of man, while horses
and cattle are more susceptible to these agents than dogs,
cats or pigs.
A warm covering and atmosphere assist the dilation of
the peripheral vessels and activity of the gland cells and
should always be secured to aid diaphoresis. Anhidrotics
are of little service in veterinary medicine. Excessive
sweating is usually a sign of debility and is remedied by
rest, tonics and good feeding.
|
f
DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 67
Drugs Which Destroy Microorganisms and
Parasites.
(1) Disinfectants or Germicides are agents which destroy
the microérganisms causing infectious and contagious
diseases, fermentation and putrefaction. Examples:
Corrosive mercuric chloride Sulphurous acid
Carbolic acid Chlorine
Lime Heat
Chlorinated lime
(2) Antiseptics are agents which prevent the growth and
development of the microorganisms occasioning fermenta-
tion, putrefaction and disease ; more especially the micro-
cocci producing suppuration. Those used externally for
surgical purposes are :
Corrosive sublimate Zinc chloride Todol
Carbolic acid Zinc sulphate Boric acid
Creolin Formalin Benzoin
Lysol Todoform Thymol
Hydrogen dioxide Salicylic acid Balsam of Peru
Potassium permanganate Aristol Alcohol
Antiseptics which are given internally :
Naphtol Bismuth salicylate
Salol es subnitrate
Creolin Quinine
Carbolic acid Volatile oils and others
Deodorants, or Deodorizers, are agents which destroy or
counteract a foul odor. Those possessing any real value
are also disinfectants and antiseptics, and remove the source
of the odor.
(For further details see special article on disinfectants,
antiseptics and deodorants, p. 718.)
Anthelmintics or Vermicides are drugs which kill intestinal
worms, as the various species of tenia (tape worm); of
ascaris (round worm), and oxyuris (thread, seat or whip
worm), inhabiting the alimentary canal of the domestic
animals.
68 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS
Anthelmintics inimical to teenia are:
Aspidium (horse and dog) Calomel
Oil of turpentine Arsenic
Kousso Aloes
a Aid in expulsion:
Areca nut (sheep and lambs) Linseed, cotto of dead) gaa
seed or castor
Pumpkin seed oil J sites
Anthelmintics destroying ascarides :
HORSES.
Creolin g Tron 2)
Aloes Gentian | ToniGs
Oil of turpentine Arsenic :
Arsenic Copper sulphate |
Calomel
DOGS.
Areca nut Spigelia
Santonin
Anthelmintics killing oxyurides.
Rectal injections containing salt, solution of lime,
quassia, iron salts, alum and oil of turpentine are used to
destroy these parasites infesting the lower bowel.
Anthelmintics destroying cestri equi (“ Bots”’).
Carbon disulphide Hydrochloric acid
Chloroform Bitters
Tron + Tonics
Arsenic
Copper sulphate |
Vermifuges are purgatives (as aloes and oil) used to
expel dead parasites from the bowels after the administra-
tion of anthelmintics.
Parasiticides, or antiparasitics, are drugs which destroy
parasites, more especially those inhabiting the skin. We
may classify them as those used :
(1) Against Tinea (Ringworm and Favus).
Mercurial ointments Chrysarobin ointment Salicylic acid
Tincture cf iodine Cantharides Boric acid
Glycerite of carbolic acid Croton oil Thymol
Creolin Formalin Sulphurous acid
Creosote
or)
Je)
DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES
(2) Against Acari. (Scab, itch and mange.)
Sulphur Carbolic acid
Tar Corrosive sublimate
Peruvian balsam Salicylic acid
Styrax Cantharides
(8) Agains? Pediculi. (Lice.)
Staphisagria Carbolic acid
Oil of tar Creolin
Peruvian balsam Tobacco
Styrax Pyrethrum
Oil of- anise
(4) Against Pulex irritans. (Flea.)
Pyrethrum Oil of anise
Carbolic soap
(5) Against Actinomycosis.
Todoform
Copper sulphate
Corrosive sublimate
Tincture of iodine
Potassium iodide
Glycerite of carbolic acid
(6) Against Oideum albicans. (Thrush, aphtha, aphthous
stomatitis.) —
Boric acid
Potassium chlorate
Potassium Permanganate
Alum
Salicylic acid
Hydrochloric acid
(7) Against Strongylus micrurus and filaria. (Intra-
tracheal injections of carbolic acid and turpentine.)
(For details concerning the use of parasiticides, see
special articles on the drugs enumerated above.)
PHARMACY.
The More Important Medicinal Bodies and
Principles Contained in Drugs.
Alkaloideum, pl. Alkaloidea,—Alkaloids. Characteristics :
1. Alkaloids are nitrogenous bodies, being the active
principles of many vegetable drugs.
2. They resemble mineral bases in that they have an
alkaline reaction and unite with acids to form soluble crys-
talline salts. Hence their name, alkaloids.
3. Chemically they are ammonia compounds. One or
more atoms of H (in NH;) are replaced by various radicals.
4. They are mostly insoluble in water, but very soluble
in alcohol. Solutions y ossess a bitter taste.
5. They are similar to animal alkaloids and probably
have a like origin,—i.e., from the decomposition of albumi-
noid material.
6. Alkaloids are precipitated in solutions by tannin,
forming insoluble tannates.
7. They are usually solids and their salts are soluble
and convenient for hypodermic use.
8. Their Latin ending is ina ; English, ine ; viz.: Mor-
phina, morphine.
Examples: An alkaloid of cinchona is quinine; of
belladonna, atropine.
Glucosideum, pl. Glucosidea.—Glocosides are neutral,
non-nitrogenous organic bodies, representing the active prin-
ciples of many vegetable drugs. They yield glucose and other
substances on decomposition. Hence their name. Their
Latin ending is inum ; English, in ; viz., salicinum, salicin.
Examples: A glucoside of digitalis is digitalin; of
santoninum is santonin.
70
MEDICINAL BODIES AND PRINCIPLES CONTAINED IN DRUGS TIL
Oleum, pl. Olea.—Fixed oils are combinations of glycerin
with fatty acids; usually oleic, stearic, margaric or palmitic
acids. They are liquid at ordinary temperatures and soluble |
in benzin, chloroform and ether. Exposed to the air they
undergo acid fermentation, resulting in “rancidity.” Fixed
oils are expressed from fruits and seeds of plants and animal
tissue. They are “fixed” because they cannot be distilled.
They leave a greasy mark on paper.
Examples: Cod liver oil, castor oil, olive an linseed oil
and croton oil.
Oleum, pl. Olea.—Fats are solid, fixed oils.
Examples: Lard, cacao butter.
Oleum destillatum, pl. Olea cestillata.—Distilled oils are
obtained by the aiceaiiok of flowers, fruits, leaves or seeds
_of plants; by maceration, infusion, expression; or by
extraction with solvents. They are either liquid or solid.
and possess an aromatic odor and taste. They are lighter
than water, and soluble in alcohol, ether, and very slightly
soluble in water. Distilled oils are miscible with fatty sub-
stances and mineral oils. They do not leave a greasy mark
on paper.
Synonyms: Essential oils, volatile oils and ethereal
oils. Alcoholic solutions of these oils are known as essences.
Examples: Oil of peppermint, oil of cloves, oil of win-
tergreen.
Oleo-resina, pl. Oleo-resince.—Oleo-resins are semi-solid
mixtures of resins and volatile oils. Many are natural
products, exuding from trees, as crude turpentine, which
contains the volatile oil of turpentine and a resin, or what
is commonly termed “rosin.” They are soluble in ether.
Examples : Oleo-resin of capsicum, oleo-resin of aspi-
dium.
ftesina, pl. Resincee.—Resins are brittle, amorphous solids,
soluble in alcohol and alkalies. Theyare obtained from
oleo-resins by simple distillation, as in the case of turpen-
tine; or may be extracted from plants by means of heat or
alcohol.
72 PHARMACY
Examples: The resins of Burgundy pitch and podo-
phyllum.
Balsamum, pl. Balsama.—Balsams are oleo-resins with
the addition of either cinnamic or benzoic acids, or both.
They are sclids or liquids.
Examples: Balsam of Peru, balsam of Tolu.
Gummus, pl.Gummi.*—Gums are solid exudations from
plants. They are generally soluble in water, and their solu-
tions are precipitated by alcohol.
Example : Gum acacia.
Gum Resina, pl. Gum-Resine, are solid exudations from
plants consisting of a mixture of a gum and a resin.
Pharmaceutical Processes.
Many of the technical methods are those employed in
chemistry, but of those more especially used in pharmacy
are the following :
PROCESSES OF MECHANICAL DIVISION.
Slicing.—This prepares the drug for further reduction,
and is the first of all pharmaceutical processes.
Bruising or Contusion.—Consists in breaking the drug
by force, and is usually performed with an iron mortar and
pestle.
Rasping or Filing.—For those drugs not easily reduced.
by the former processes, as guaiae wood.
Trituration.—Performed with mortar and pestle. The
effect produced where there is a circular motion, accom-
panied by pressure. |
Grinding and Sifting—In order to exhaust drugs some.
must be ground and sifted to a finer powder than others.
To accompiish this, after grinding, we use sieves of differ-.
ent degrees of fineness, designated by numbers 20, 40, 60,
80,100. These have reference to the number of meshes
contained to the square inch. Therefore, when a 60 powder
is directed to be used, it is that which will pass through
a sieve containing 60 meshes to the square inch.
* Gummi (indeclinable noun), often used for gum or gums,
PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSES 73
Levigation.—Somewhat similar to trituration, but per-
formed with a slab and muller. -These should be made of
glass, or some non-absorbent material.
Llutriation—This consists in mixing the powder, ob-
tained by some of the former comminuting processes, with
water ; agitating it; allowing the coarser particles to settle,
and pouring off the supernatant liquid which holds the finer
particles in suspension. The powder settles from the latter
and is dried. |
MECHANICAL PROCESSES.
‘Processes by which liquids are separated from solids,
and by which active principles and soluble constituents are
separated from the inert portion of the drug.
Decantation—The process by which solids are allowed
to subside in a mixture and the supernatant liquid is slowly
poured off or decanted. Liquids which will not mix, or that
are of different Sp. Gr., may be decanted one from the other.
Filtration.—This is the process of separating a solid
insoluble substance from a liquid by passing the liquid
containing it through a porous substance called a filter. The
filter commonly used consists of unsized or bibulous paper,
although cotton, muslin, felt, earthenware, and other sub-
stances are employed.
Percolation consists in the following process: A pul-
verized vegetable drug (containing both soluble and in-
soluble constituents) is placed in a conical vessel, or per-
colator, and subjected to the action of a liquid called a
menstruum, when the soluble portion, or percolate, flows
from the lower opening. The menstruum as it descends
becomes more and more saturated with the soluble con-
stituents of the drug. The first that escapes is the strong-
est, and each successive portion of the percolate becomes
weaker until the drug is exhausted. The percolate should
not drop faster than one or two drops asecond. Percolation
is employed in making tinctures, fluid and solid extracts,
syrups and some other fluid pharmaceutical preparations.
74 PHARMACY
Clarification.—Is the process whereby cloudy substances
are made clear by the addition of some coagulable sub-
stances, as albumin or ichthyocolla. It is the adding to any
fluid, containing a sediment, a substance which will carry
down all undissolved particles, then filtering or decanting
the liquid.
CHEMICAL PROCESSES USED IN PHARMACY.
Solution.—The process by which soluble substances
assume the fluid state through the action of a liquid.
Liziviation.—Employed to separate a soluble constituent
from an insoluble porous body. The substance to be Jixi-
viated is mixed with water and placed in a conical vessel,
the bottom of which is covered with straw or coarse sand,
and, after maceration has continued sufficiently, the satu-
rated portion, called the lye, is drawn off from an opening in
the lower part of the vessel. .
Crystallization.—Is the concentration of a liquid con-
taining a soluble solid by means of heat, when on allowing
it to stand until cool, crystals form. Stirring during cooling
will produce granulation. Solution, filtration and crystalliza-
tion are the three best ways of obtaining pure salts.
PROCESSES REQUIRING THE APPLICATION OF HEAT.
Liquefaction.—Is the melting of substances which at.
ordinary temperature are hard, and when cool return to the
same condition as before heating, as resin, wax, lard, tallow.
Evaporation.—Is the conversion of a liquid into steam
or vapor. Liquids which evaporate at ordinary tempera-
ture are called volatile, as alcohol. To keep the heat
below the boiling point of water, we use the water bath,
which cannot reach a higher temperature than 100° C. To
gradually increase the heat, use the sand bath.
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS 75
Distillation—Is the vaporization of a liquid in a
retort or a still, by heat, aud conduction of the vapor
through a cooled tube, where it is condensed and passes
into a receiver and is called the distillate. Distillation is
used to purify liquids or recover a volatile liquid from a
solid, solution or mixture. Where two liquids ar2 mixed
that have different points of vaporization and are separated
in this way, the process is called rectification.
Sublimation.—Distillation of a volatile solid. When
the product is in a solid form, it is called a sublimate, as
iodine, camphor, etc.; when in flakes, it is called flowers, as
sulphur.
Maceration.—A term used to denote the action of liquids
upon drugs at ordinary temperature.
Digestion.—Same process, with heat raised to 40° C.
Menstruum.—Auy fluid substance used to dissolve a
solid body or extract its medicinal principles.
Excipient.—Any substance used to give a pill mass
proper consistency.
Exsiccate.—The process of removing all moisture, even
the water of crystallization, from a crystal, by the use of heat.
Desiccute.—To remove all excess of moisture. Heat not
usually employed in this process.
Incineration.—The combustion of a substance for its
ashes.
[eduction is employed to recover a metal in its purity,
when in a combined state.
Pharmaceutical Preparations.
The “ United States Pharmacopceia ” is an authoritative
book, including the drugs of most value, with a description
of their properties, tests for their purity, and methods for
making their preparations. It is revised each decade by a
convention of representative delegates from medical schools
‘
76 PHARMACY
and societies, schools of pharmacy and pharmaceutical asso-
ciations, with the collaboration of medical officers from the
army, navy and marine hospital service. The last edition
dates from September 1,1905. All matter occurring in the
“Pharmacopceia”’ is said to be according to the U.S. P., or
official. That occurring in the ‘“ British Pharmacopeeia ” is
marked B. P.
Official Preparations.
I.—Preparations WHOSE SOLVENT IS WATER.
Decoctum, pl. Decocta.—Decoctions are solutions of crude
drugs in water, obtained by boiling. Unless specified
otherwise, their strength is 5 per cent., and the boiling is
conducted fifteen minutes. Decoctions tend to undergo
rapid decomposition, and are only suitable in case of those
drugs whose active principle is soluble in water. They are
unsuitable when the active principle of a drug is volatile,
decomposed by heat, or when it contains much starch, which
would form an easily decomposable, thick mass.
Drugs containing hard, woody substances, especially
albumin, which coagulates in boiling and remains in the
crude drug, are those especially adapted for this method.
Infusum, pl. Infusa.—Infusions are aqueous solutions of
drugs made by maceration in boiling water without the aid
of ebullition. Maceration is done for half an hour, and the
strength is 5 per cent., unless otherwise ordered. The same
disadvantages apply in the case of infusions as with decoc-
tions, in addition to the longer time required for their
preparation. Some drugs, as digitalis or ergot, which yield
their active principles to water and are more powerful when
freshly made, are suitable for this process.
Liquor, pl. Liquores.—Solutions are preparations holding
active non-volatile principles in solution in water. They
have no uniform strength.
ie
OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 77
Aqua, pl. Aque.—Waters are aqueous solutions of vola-
tile principles. They have no uniform strength and are
mostly solutions of volatile oils or gases.
Mistura, pl. Mistwre.—Mixtures are compounds consist-
ing of a combination of fluid preparations or compounds in
-which solid substances are dissolved or held in suspension
by an appropriate vehicle. The term is thus very compre-
hensive, including most prescriptions for fluids used in
practice, but more narrowly it applies in pharmacy to insol-
uble materials suspended by suitable menstrua in water, the
-whole to be shaken before used. They have no definite
strength.
Emulsum, pl. Emulsa. —Emulsions are similar to mix-
-tures in that an oily substance in a state of fine division is
-held in suspension in a gammy or albuminous vehicle.
They have no uniform strength.
Syrupus, pl. Syrupi.cSyrups are eacatincan solutions.
~The vehicle is usually water, although vinegar and alcohol
may be used, and they are ail medicated except the simple
.syrup. They are not of uniform strength.
II.—PREPARATIONS WHOSE SOLVENT IS ALCOHOL.
Tinctura, pl. Tincture.--Tinctures are alcoholic solu-
tions of non-volatile principles, made usually by maceration
and percolation of the crude drug, They vary in strength ;
the more powerful contain 10 per cent., the weaker usually
20 per cent. of the crude drug. The alcohol in tinctures is
often an important factor in the action of the preparation.
Strong or diluted alcohol is used according to the solubility
of the active principle.
Spiritus, pl. Spiritus.—Spirits are alcoholic solutions of
volatile substances, either gases, liquids or solids. They
have no uniform strength.
Elixir, pl. Elixirs.— Elixirs are alcoholic solutions of
-drugs contaiuing sugar and aromatic substances.
III.—Preparations HAvinc WINE As A SOLVENT.
Vinum, pl. Vina.—Wiunes are weak tinctures econtainine
78 PHARMACY
a small amount of alcohol, the remainder of the solvent
being white wine. They have no definite strength.
IV.—PREPARATIONS HaAvING AS A SOLVENT DILUTED
AcETIc ACID.
Acetum, pl. Aceta.—Vinegars are solutions of the active
principles of drugs in acetic acid prepared by maceration
and percolation. They are not of uniform strength.
V.—PREPARATIONS MADE BY SOLUTION AND EVAPORATION.
Extractum, pl. Extracta. — Extracts are concentrated
preparations of the crude drug. Ordinarily alcoholic sola-
tions of the crude drug are obtained by maceration and.
percolation, and then evaporated to a pasty mass. They
are usually stronger, weight for weight, than the crude drug,,
but are not of uniform strength.
Fluidextractum, pl. Fluidextracta.— Fluidextracts are
permanent, concentrated medicinal solutions of uniform
strength. 1 ce. of the fluidextract is equivalent to 1 gm. of
the crude drug. This result is obtained by percolation
(usnally with alcohol) and partial evaporation.*
VI.—Preparations MapkE By DISTILLATION OR OCCURRING
NaTuURALLY, AS EXUDATIONS FROM TREES.
Oleo-Resina, pl. Oleo- Resine.—Oleo-Resins are officially
extracts obtained by percolation of the crude drug with
ether, and evaporation of the solvent. They have no uuni-
form strength.
Pulvis, pl. Pulveres. —Powilers are preparations of finely
pulverized drugs. Sugar of milk is frequently added, on
account of its hardness, to aid in pulverization and as a
diluent. Comparatively tasteless, non-irritating and often
insoluble drugs are given in this form. Drugs that are vo-
latile, deliquescent or irritating are otherwise administered.
Powders are used to advantage in veterinary practice, since
they are often taken voluntarily on food.
Trituratio, pl. Triturationes.—Triturates are combina-
* The last (eighth) edition of the U. S. Pharmacopeia directs that
many of the fluidextracts be assayed so that they will contain a definite
prescribed amount of the active principle.
OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 79.
tions of drugs and sugar of milk, prepared by trituration.
They occur in powder or are pressed into tablets.
Oleum, pl. Olea.—Fixed oils are usually obtained by
mechanical expression from the product of plants or the
tissue of animals.
Pilula, pl. Pilule.—Pills are preparations of drugs made
into globular form by the addition of a suitable excipient,
and should be of a convenient size for swallowing.
Massa, pl. Masse.—Masses are pasty mixtures suitable
for making pills.
Suppositorium, pl. Suppositoria. — Suppositories are
medicinal substances incorporated with cacao butter and
moulded into solid, usually conical, bodies intended for
introduction into the rectum or vagina, where they melt at.
the temperature of the body.
Confectio, p|. Confectiones.—Confections are pasty masses,
consisting of powder incorporated with syrup.
VIII.— Preparations INTENDED FoR EXTERNAL USE.
Linimentum, pl. Linimenta.—Liniments are liquid pre-
parations with an oily, alcoholic or soapy basis.
Oleatum, pl. Oleata.—Oleates are medicinal solutions in
oleic acid.
Unguentum, pl. Unguenta.—Ointments are preparations
having a fatty basis (80 per cent. of lard).
Ceratum, pl. Cerata.—Cerates are similar to ointments
but harder, owing to the addition of 10 per cent. more wax.
Glyceritum, pl. Glycerita.—Glycerites are preparations
whose solvent is glycerin.
Emplastrum, pl. Emplastra.—Plasters are solid, sticky,
supple preparations intended for application to the skin,
where they become adhesive at the temperature of the body.
In veterinary parlance they are often known as “ charges.”
Charta, pl. Charte.—Papers are fragments of medicated
paper.
Collodium, pl. Collodia.—Collodions are solutions of gun
‘80 PHARMACY
cotton in ether and alcohol, leaving a thin, dry, adhesive
coating when applied externally.
IX.—PREPARATIONS Havinc Honry AS AN EXCIPIENT.
Mel, pl. Melita. —Honeys.
X.—Non-OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS PECULIAR TO VETERINARY
PRACTICE.
Bolus, pl. Boli.—Balls are substitutes for pills. They
are of elongated, cylindrical shape, about two and one-half
inches long, and should weigh about two ounces when
intended for horses. Various excipients are used to make
a mass of the proper consistency. For immediate use,
molasses and licorice root may be employed, and brown
tissue paper is used as a covering for the balls. Gelatine
capsules may take the place of balls, and should be covered
with paper to prevent slipping through the fingers when wet
with saliva. Linseed meal is a good excipient on account of
its gum. Soap is often used, and glycerin makes a good
preservative and keeps the mass moist.
Heat is often necessary in preparing a ball mass when
the materials are resinous (as aloes) or waxy. A ball is
given to a horse by holding it in the right hand, the tips of
the fingers and thumb surrounding it in the form of a cone,
The tongue of the animal being drawn to the operator’s left
with his left hand, the right is then quickly passed along the
roof of the patient’s mouth (avoiding the edges of the back
teeth) until the back of the tongue is reached, when the ball
is dropped, the right hand rapidly removed and the tongue
released.
If the mouth is narrow or the animal unmanageable, a
balling iron or speculum is used to keep the mouth open.
The horse may be backed into a narrow stall and the head
steadied by an attendant with the assistance of a “ twitch ”
on the nose. Substances of an irritating nature may be
given in this form, and balls are also used when the disposi-
tion of the patient does not admit the giving of a drench.
OO L2AK TPN SES BOC
(OED,
OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 81
Haustus, pl. Haustus.—A drench is an extemporaneous.
fluid mixture, intended for immediate use as a single dose.
Soluble substances are best given in solution to obtain
the most rapid results, unless irritating. Even then they
may be preferabie when sufficiently diluted with water and
demulcents. Insoluble drugs may at times be given to
advantage in a mixture rather than in the form of a ball or
powder. Most official fluid preparations require dilution
before administration, but for convenience small doses of
tinctures and fluid extracts are dropped upon the tongue of
horses unless the preparations are exceptionally acrid.
Drenches are particularly applicable for cattle and sheep, as
solids are not quickly absorbed in their capacious digestive
apparatus, and drenches are given them with ease.
The amount of liquid conveniently administered to
horses is from one to two pints; to dogs, from two to four
ounces; to sheep, six to eight ounces. Cattle take readily
unlimited quantities. Care should be observed that drenches
are so diluted as to be harmless to the mucous membrane,
and, if containing insoluble drugs, that these be held in
suspension by a suitable vehicle or thoroughly shaken before
using. Drenches are best given to horses by making a loop:
on the end of a rope, passing the upper jaw through this,
the other end of the rope being passed through a pulley in
the ceiling and held by the operator or assistant. The horse
should be first backed into a narrow stall. The neck of the
bottle (which should properly be made of horn or tin) con-
taining the drench, being introduced and held in the right.
hand of the operator between the outside of the back teeth
and the inside of the cheek of the patient, the left hand is.
used to steady the nose of the animal, but the nostrils should
not be obstructed.
In giving drenches to cattle the operator stands on their-
left and passes his right arm between the horns over the
poll and down in front of the face, grasping the nasal septum
between the thumb and forefinger. The neck of the bottle
is then thrust with the left hand into the animal’s mouth..
82 PHARMACY
Dogs are given drenches with the aid of an assistant, who
holds the mouth closed with one hand, while he makes a cup
by pulling the corner of the lip away from the teeth with the
other hand, into which the medicine may be slowly poured,
the animal easily swallowing it. Small dogs may be placed
sitting upon a table. A large dog may be put upon his hind
quarters in a corner, and his head held between the knees
of the operator. Cats are given drenches by rolling them
in a heavy blanket with only the head out and the jaws held
apart by means of two loops of tape about either jaw
behind the incisor teeth. The jaws are then pulled apart
by drawing on either loop from above and below the
animal’s head.
Drenches should never be poured into animals if in an
unconscious condition, for then they are unable to swallow,
and the fluid may gravitate into the trachea. If coughing
ensues during the administration of a drench, the proeedure
should be immediately stopped.
Electuarium, pl. Electuaria.—Electuaries are medicinal
pastes intended to be smeared on the teeth of animals, where
they melt at the temperature of the body and become
absorbed. Molasses, ‘honey, glycerin, syrup or mucilage
are used as excipients. Electuaries are used for their local
action on the mouth and throat, and for convenience in
administration, if so crude a method may be thus described.
A certain specified quantity of the electuary may be weighed
by the dispenser and serve as a sample, or a domestic
utensil may be employed to measure the dose, which is
smeared with a thin, flat stick on the back teeth or tongue
-of the patient.
oni
Sea
INCOMPATIBILITY.
Before entering upon the study of prescription writing,
it is essential to consider the results of improper combina-
tion of drugs, 7.e., incompatibility.
While a knowledge of chemistry, pharmacy and the
physiological actions of drugs is necessary to avoid incom-
patibility, it is yet possible to formulate certain rules which
will assist us in escaping unfortunate combinations.
Incompatibility is conveniently divided into three
classes: J. Chemical. IJ. Physical. III. Physiological.
I. Chemical incompatibility occurs when drngs are so
mixed that an unsuitable alteration in their chemical com-
position takes place. Certain substances should usually be
prescribed alone because of the frequency with which
chemical changes arise when they are combined with other
medicines. These are:
Lead, silver and zinc salts Mineral acids
Iodine and iodides Solution of potassa and lime
Tannic and gallic acids Quinine sulphate
Liquid iron preparations Hydrocyanic acid
Corrosive sublimate
The possibilities of the following combinations must be
kept in mind to avoid incompatibility :
1. Solutions of alkaloids are incompatible with tannic
acid, alkalies, alkaline salts, and iodides and bromides,
because precipitation occurs.
2. Glucosides are decomposed by acids and are, there-
fore, incompatible with them.
3. Acids may not be added to alkalies, alkaline salts or
vegetable acid salts, because decomposition and chemical
change will ensue.
83
84 INCOMPATIBILITY
4, A mixture of salts in solution will decompose if
either an insoluble compound or double salt can be formed;
otherwise ro change will take place.
5. Chloral is incompatible with alkaline solutions,
because chloroform is generated.
6. Chloroform and potassium cyanide form prussic acid.
7. Potassium chlorate, nitrate, or permanganate liberate
oxygen and should not be mixed with readily oxidizable
substances, such as charcoal, sugar, sulphur, glycerin, car-
bolic acid, iodine, turpentine and organic materials, lest
explosive compounds be formed.
8. Lime water precipitates mercury salts.
9. Both calomel and antipyrin are incompatible with
sweet spirit of nitre.
10. Calomel may not be combined with nitrohydro-
chloric acid lest corrosive sublimate result.
11. Calomel and prussic acid form the poisonous mer-
curic cyanide.
12. Liquid iron compounds are incompatible with fluid
preparations of the vegetable bitters (except those of calumba
and quassia), because the tannic acid in them throws down
a precipitate.
13. Considerable quantities of acid are incompatible
with tinctures, since ethers are produced.
14. Water precipitates resinous tinctures.
15. Gum arabic is incompatible with lead and iron salts,
and mineral acids.
16. Strychnine is precipitated in solution by potassium
bromide.
17. Pepsin and pancreatin are mutually destructive in
fluid combination.
18. Solutions of potassium chlorate and iodide unite to
form a poisonous compound.
It is beyond our scope to attempt the enumeration of
all possible drug-incompatibilities. The special incompati-
bilities of each drug may be found under the proper heading
in the detailed description of them. Furthermore, we may
INCOMPATIBILITY 85
avoid incompatibility by (above all) simplicity in prescrip-
tion writing, z.e., the use of few drugs in combination. Water
or alcohol are generally the best solvents.
II. Physical incompatibility consists in the production
of unsightly-looking mixtures, but without necessarily any
chemical alteration of their ingredients; for example, the
addition of water to insoluble powders, oils and chloroform.
While such combinations are pharmaceutically improper,
they may sometimes be used to advantage in practice.
III. Physiological incompatibility consists in the union
of drugs possessing antagonistic physiological actions. For
instance, the combination of purgatives and astringents; of
morphine and atropine; of digitalis and nitroglycerin. Such
prescriptions may be valuable therapeutically when the
antagonism is notcomplete. This follows because, while the
deleterious action of one drug may be offset by another, its
beneficial effect may at the same time exist or be accentuated.
Thus the anodyne influence of morphine is increased by
combination with atropine, but both the depressing action
of morphine on the respiration and its constipating tenden-
cies are lessened by atropine.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING.
Words and Phrases Commonly Used in Prescrip-
tion Writing, With their Abbreviations.*
LATIN WORD. ABBREVIATIONS. TRANSLATION,
Acidum Acid. An acid
Ad To, up to
Ad libitum Ad lib, | At pleasure
Adde Add. Add (thou).
Ana A.aa. Of each
Aqua fontana Aq. font. Water, spring
Aqua destillata ** dest. ‘« distilled
Bene Well
Bis in dies Bis. ind. Twice daily
Cape, Capiat Cap. Take. Let him take
Capsula Caps. A capsule
Ceratum Cerat. A cerate
Charta (karta) Chart. A paper (medicated)
Chartula (kartula) Chart. A little paper for a
Cochleare magnum
Cochleare parvum
Cola, Colatus
Collyrium
Compositus
Congius
Confectio
Cortex
Cum
Decoctum
Dilute, Dilutus
Divide
Dividendus
Dividatur in parts equ-
ales.
Dosis
Emplastrum
Enema
Extractum
Fac, fiat, fiant
Filtrum, Filtra
Fluidus
Glyceritum
86
Coch. mag.
Coch. parv.
D. Div.
Dividend.
D. in p. xq.
Dos.
Emp.
Enem,
Ext.
F.
Fil.
1) eae
Glyc.
powder
A tablespoon -
A teaspoon
Strain, strained
An eye wash
Compound
A gallon
A confection
Bark
With
A decoction
Dilute (thou), diluted
Divide (thou)
To be divided
Let it be divided into-
equal parts
_A dose
A plaster
An enema
An extract
Make, let be made, let
them be made
A filter. Filter (thou)
Fluid
A glycerine
PRESCRIPTION WRITING
87
LATIN WORD. ABBREVIATIONS. TRANSLATION.
‘Gutta, Guttze Gtt. A drop, drops
Guttatim Guttat. Drop by drop
Haustus Haust. A draught
Hora H. Hor. An hour
In dies Ind. Daily
Infusum Inf. An infusion
Injectio Inj. An injection
Lac Milk
Libra Lb. A pound, a Troy pound
Liquor, or Liq’uor Liq. A solution
Lotio (losheo) A lotion
Magnus Mag. Large
Massa Mass A pill-mass
Misce M. Mix
Mistura Mist. A mixture
Mucilago Mucil. A mucilage
Nox, Nocte Maneque Night, at night and in
the morning
Numerus, Numero No. A number, in number
Octarius O. A pint
Pars A part (governs genitive)
artes zequales P. e. Equal parts
‘Parvus Parv. Small
Pilula Pil; A pill
Pro re nata Ber ieelis According to circum-
stances; occasionally
Pulvis Pulv. A powder
Quantum Sufficiat Q. S. (followed by | As much as is necessary
genitive)
Quaqua hora Phi: Every hour
Saturatus Sat. Saturated
Semissis Ss. A half
Semidrachma Semidr. A half drachm
Sesuncia Sesunc. An ounce and a half
Signa S. Sig. Sign
Solve, Solutus Solv. Dissolve, dissolved
Solutio Sol. A solution
Spiritus Spr. A spirit
Suppositoria Suppos. A suppository
_ Syrups Syr. A syrup
‘Talis Tals Such, or, like
Tinctura AME ee A tincture
Ter in die ike dis Three times a day
Unguentum Ungt. An ointment
Vinum Vin. A wine
Vehiculum Vehic. A menstrum
* Abstracted from Mann’s “ Prescription Writing.”
88 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
A prescription, derived from the Latin Prae, before, and
Scriptum, written, comes to us from the early custom of
physicians in writing down their advice beforehand for their
patients’ guidance. As now used it is the written formula
of the practitioner describing to the pharmacist the manner
of compounding and dispensing medicines, and to the
attendant the mode of administering them.
Formule are official when simply taken from the
‘ “United States Pharmacopeeia,” and extemporaneous when
concocted off-hand by the practitioner. Extemporaneous.
formule are simple when composed of one ingredient; a
compound prescription is composed of several parts, which
may be considered as follows:
I. Heading.
II. Names and quantities of drugs.
III. Direction to compounder.
IV. Direction to attendant.
Y. Signature of writer.
The heading, “ Recipe,” is derived from the Latin, the
imperative of the verb meaning to take, and is ordinarily rep-
resented by the sign ]i,a corruption of 9, the sign of the
Zodiac for Jupiter. After the Christian era the sign of the
Cross was used, or N. D., for Nomine Deo, in God’s name;
J. D. for Juvane Deo, meaning God helping, ete. We have
now reverted to the old sign, which is all that remains of an
appeal to Jupiter. This symbol seems to put the practi-
tioner, even if involuntarily, into a position of reverence in
thus offering a prayer in embryo (the old physicians always.
wrote one) whenever one writes a prescription. The custom
also suggests that we are not yet sufficiently sure of our
Materia Medica after all these centuries, to sacrifice the
efficacy of prayer.
In regard to the names and quantities of drugs, we find
“in the text books that one should always strive after a
classical arrangement, whereby four ingredients are essential
to accomplish any result. These include :
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 89
I. The basis, or active medicinal substance.
II. The adjuvant, or assistant.
Ill. The corrigent, or corrective.
IV. The excipient, vehicle, or menstruum.
But we shall find that while such a classical arrange-
ment may exist in the text-books, we are usually content in
practice with the basis, together with a vehicle. The
classical arrangement is essential in order that the old Latin
motto be fulfilled: ‘ Curare cito, tuto et jucunde.” Curare—
to cure (the basis) ; cito—quickly (the adjuvant) ; tuto —safely
(the corrigent) ; jucunde—pleasantly (the excipient).
In a physic ball for horses we may employ aloes as a
basis; calomel as an adjuvant; ginger as a corrective;
molasses as an excipient. More commonly in fluid prepara-
tions we prescribe several bases, or ingredients for curative
purposes, neglecting any adjuvant or corrigent and simply
using water as a vehicle. It is often of distinct advantage
to write for a combination of several drugs whose action
looks towards a common end. Yet one should always lean
to simplicity rather than complexity in the number of
ingredients. While it is difficult to avoid chemical antago-
nism, how much harder is it to prevent untoward physio-
logical combinations in the body, which we can in nowise
foretell. In olden times ignorance led practitioners to try
the effect of an enormous number of drugs, with the hope
that out of the charge one at least of the pellets in these
shot-gun prescriptions might strike the desired spot, if the
others failed to do so, But we now believe that the damage
done by all the shot which miss far surpasses the good
accomplished by the successful missile. Four hundred
different remedies are included in one of these old formule,
whereas now it is rare to find four in a prescription.
In relation to the third part of the prescription (the
directions to the compounder), we find that a few regulation
Latin phrases or words express these directions. If one is
unfamiliar with Latin, one can easily memorize these words
90 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
and phrases understandingly. The directions to the
attendant are heralded by the Latin Signa, or Signetur,
meaning label, or let it be labelled ; abbreviated, “ Sig.,” or
merely “S.,”’ and being for the use of the attendant of the
patient, are in English. The directions should be very
precise. One should not write : “ Use as directed,” or “ Give
in water,” but indicate exactly the quantity of medicine to
be administered, the precise amount of water with which it
is to be diluted, and the time at which it is to be given.
For instance: “Give one tablespoonful in half a pint of
water three times daily after feeding.”
Poisons should be marked as such. It is well some-
times to indicate that the prescription is ‘‘for a horse,” in
order to avoid mistakes and to quell the qualms of the
conscientious druggist.
Preparations which are not to be used internally should
be labelled “external use.” Under “Signature” the name
of the writer and date is included. If desirable, one may
inscribe ‘‘ Do not repeat.” Quantities used in prescription
writing are indicated by the signs of the apothecaries or
Troy system of weights for solids. For liquids, signs rep-
resenting units of the wine measure are employed. The
Troy grain and ounce are used by apothecaries as units of
weights in dispensing prescriptions. In ordering large
quantities (as pounds) the avoirdupois pound of 16 ounces
is employed, and in buying ounces of drugs without a pre-
scription the avoirdupois ounce is also utilized. The
avoirdupois ounce contains 437 grains; the Troy ounce
contains 480 grains. The grain is of similar value in both
systems.
TROY, OR APOTHECARIES WEIGHT.
Weight Sign Latin name
Pound Pe is Libra
Ounce 3 Uncia
Drachm 3 Drachma
Scruple iS) Scrupulum
Grain gr. Granum
' PRESCRIPTION WRITING 91
WINE MEASURE.
Measure Sign Latin Name
Gallon alot C ace Congius
Pint Aone O eh are Octarius
Fluid Ounce .... NS eae Fluida Uncia
Fluid Drachm.... 1 TH eee GN ae Fluida Drachma
Minim One TI Riess Minimum
A drop is often used synonymously with minim, which
is correct if the substance spoken of is water, or a liquid of
nearly similar density. If the liquid is not of similar den-
sity, then a minim, or the sixtieth part of a drachm, is far
from being a drop as measured by dropping a liquid from
any ordinary utensil. Any amount from 45 drops to 276
drops, measured in this way, may be obtained from a
drachm of fluid, according to its density, mode of dropping,
and kind of vessel from which it is dropped.
A gutta (gtt.), then, is of no fixed value, but means a
drop as dropped from a vessel; while a minim is always the
sixtieth part of a drachm.
RELATIVE VALUE OF UNITS IN THE WINE MEASURE.
C O KS 3 TL
1C = 8 = 128 = 1024 — 61,440
OS = 16 = 128 = 7,680:
2 — : = 480:
gals = 60
RELATIVE VALUE OF UNITS IN TROY SYSTEM '
tb z 3 i) Gr.
al — el = 96 = 288 = 5,760
Bib 8 = 24 = 480
Di. = 20
The abbreviation, Fl., is usually omitted in prescription
writing, as referring to fluids, the character of the prepara-
tion being sufficiently apparent. The Roman numerals are
used to express the quantities employed. The Roman
numerals are written under a horizontal line, the i’s or j’s
are dotted (they are identical in Latin) and the dot serves
to enforce and check the numbers used. Fractions are
92, PRESCRIPTION WRITING
usually expressed in ordinary Arabic characters, except $,
which is often indicated by a double s (ss), standing for
semis, the Latin for one-half.
APPROXIMATE EQUIVALENTS OF WINE UNITS IN DOMESTIC
MEASURES.
Teaspoon = Beleity = 5 Ce.
Desert spoon = 3 il. = 10 Ce.
Table spoon = Z ss. = 15 Ce.
Cup = % Iv. = 120 Ce.
Tumbler = % viii, = 250 Ce.
There are usually about six teaspoonfuls to the fluid
ounce. It is a good plan to have some regard for the size
of vials generally kept by druggists, and to write for a
quantity to fill the bottle. The bottles commonly in use in
human and canine practice are the 2 and 4 drachm; the 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounce.
The 2 drachm bottles are useful for measuring the dose
of fluid extracts for horses; the 3 ounce bottle is convenient
in writing prescriptions in the metric system for dogs, as it
holds approximately 100 Ce. The 4 ounce bottle is the
common size, employed in canine practice, containing 24
doses of one teaspoonful each. The 3 pt. and pt. bottles
are more appropriate for larger animals.
' THE METRIC SYSTEM.
The metric system will be described, because it is the
universal system employed in scientific writings, and is now
official. It is based on the fact that a uniform, unchange-
able standard is employed as the unit of all measures,
whether of weight, capacity or area. This standard is the
ten-millionth part of the distance from either pole to the
equator, and is denominated a meter (39.371 inches), and is
the standard of length. The cube of 01 of a meter is taken
as the unit of capacity and called a litre (2.1135 pints). The
weight of water at its greatest density, 4° C. (39.2° F.),
which this cube will contain, is termed a kilogram (2.2046
lbs. Avoirdupois), and is the unit of the measure of weight.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 93
METRIC DIAGRAM.
The weight of water that the small cube will contain
is one gramme. This is the unit of weight of the metric
system.
ie: vor Qne=stenth Metre Long «0.0.0.
7
pe)
So,
a
7
£
~
&
Vv
YU
ioc
2
=
U
>)
o
=
bes
°o
oO
=
=
—_
al
94 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
But for prescriptions and other small weighings lesser
units than the kilo and liter are required and therefore the
cube of one-hundredth of a meter is taken and the weight
of water which this cube holds is recognized as the unit of
weight and called a gram (15,432 grains). The quantity of
water contained in the cube of one-hundredth of a meter
is used as a unit in measuring capacity in chemical and
pharmaceutical practice and termed a cubic centimeter.
The multiples of these measures, proceeding in decimal
progression, are distinguished by Greek numerals as pre-
fixes, z.e., Deca-10, Hecto-100, Kilo-1000. The subdivisions
of the unit are represented by the Latin prefixes, as Deci-0.1,
Centi-0.01, Milli-0.001. Hence, using the gram as the unit,
we can arrange a table as follows:
Kilogram = 1.000 grams = 1,000.0
Hectogram = 100 grams = 100.0
Decagram = 10 grams = 10.0
Gram = 1 gram = 1.0
Decigram = op gram = 0.1
Centigram = ssp Gram = 0.01
Milligram = iooo Gram a= 0.001
The metric system has the advantage of being arranged
decimally, which makes the computation of percentages
easy, and the transference of a quantity of one denomination
to that of another, by merely shifting a decimal point.
There are other advantages which make it of value to
practitioners. Our present system is not uniform with that
of any other country. The English, while using the same
nomenclature for weights and measures, put a different
value upon them. The system has another value, at least
theoretically, in having one unit for weights and measures.
The unit of the fluid measure is 1 cubic centimeter of water,
which at 4° C. weighs one gram. As a matter of fact,
fluids are dispensed in the metric system by measuring
them in Ce., and if liquids were all of the same density
as water, they would be equivalent to grams of water
when measured in Ce. Unfortunately, this is not the
case. Theoretically, medicine should be dispensed by
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 95.
weight in the metric system, but as medicines, when given
to patients, are usually measured by bulk, they cannot be
dispensed by weight without producing a complication.
For example, suppose that we order chloroform in a pre-
scription in the metric system,—
R Chloroformi 30 |
S. Two teaspoonfuls in water.
JOHN SMITH.
Gicikine we are dispensing 10 grams,* for a teaspoonful
holds 5 grams of water. But as chloroform weighs } more
than water, we really have ordered 10 + 4 = 15 Gm. of chloro-
form. Therefore, in writing a prescription for chloroform with
other ingredients, weighed in Gm., we would have to add 4
of the number of Gm. of Elceaan in the prescription to the
number previously estimated in order to make the chloroform
of the same bulk as other liquids of the density of water.
In order to avoid reducing substances of density differ-
ing from that of water, to terms of equivalency with that of
water, it is the custom, and now official, to weigh solids in Gm.
and measure liquids in Ce. This is an exact method if the
doses of drugs are learned in the same way: i.e., if the doses
of solids are learned in Gm. and prescribed in Gm., and the
doses of liquids are learned in Ce. and preseribed in Ce.
In writing prescriptions in the metric system a line is
drawn perpendicularly across the right-hand side of the
blank to indicate the decimal point; multiples of the unit
being placed to the left of the line, while fractions are
written to the right of the decimal line. In using this system
we are spared the annoyance of special signs and different
tables for weights and measures. As matters now stand we
must be cognizant of both systems, and be able to convert.
the old into the new, or vice versa. One drachm is equiva-
lent to four grams, 3 i. = Gm. 4. Therefore, Gm. 1-= 3} or
Gr. 15. -Then, Gr. i. = 3, of Gm. i; or
15) Hoe (.066
100
90
*For each dose,
‘96 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
The equivalent of Gr.1 is Gm. .06. In order to determine
the equivalent of fractions of a grain in grams, we divide .06
by the denominator and multiply the result by the numerator
of the fraction of a grain. For example:
Gr. 3 = 2 of .06 Gm.; as .06 Gm. = Gr.i., then
2) .06 (.02 X 2= .04. Therefore, Gr. 2 = .04 Gm.
6
0
Again: to find the equivalent of Gr.} in Gm.
8) .066 (.008 xX 1 = .008
64
9
~
Therefore, Gr.4 = .008 Gm.
We stated that 31.=4 Gm. It follows that Zi. would
equal 32 Gm. As a fact, 3 i. apothecaries’ weight, is equiva-
lent to a trifle less than Gm. 4.; and an ounce, apothecaries’
weight, is usually considered equal to 30 Gm. (exactly 31.10
Gm.) for the sake of convenience. A fluid ounce in wine
measure is precisely equivalent to 29.57 Ce. We have here
another reason why both solid and fluid ounces should be
valued at 30 Gm. or Ce. Although it is the custom to regard
the minim of liquid as the equivalent of one grain, it is
inexact. An apothecaries’ ounce weighs 480 Gr.; a fluid ounce
of wine measure weighs 457 Gr. Multiples of grams or cubic
centimeters may be designated as such, instead of using the
technical terms. It is perfectly proper to speak of 100 Gm.
as one hundred grams, although technically equal to a
hectogram. .1 Gm. may be called one-tenth gram, although
technically a decigram. Similar remarks apply to Cc., yet
1,000 Ce. (approximately 1 quart) equal one liter, and this
term is in common use.
4, ee
PRESCRIPTION WRITING
TABLE FOR CONVERTING APOTHECARIES’ WEIGHTS AND
MEASURES INTO GRAMS AND CUBIC CENTIMETERS.*
SOLIDS. , FLUIDS.
. . Apothecaries’ :
Troy Weight. Metric. Mt eres. Metric.
Grains. Grams. Minims. Ce.
ai 001 1 .06
mi .0015 2 12
30 .002 3 18
35 .003 4 24
is 004 5 .30
is 005 6 .06
ie 006 7 42
x .008 8 50
4 910 9 59
4 016 10 60
4 02 15 72
4 03 16 1.00
1 065 20 1.25
2 13 25 1.55
3 .20 30 1.90
4 26 35 2.20
5 32 40 2.50
6 Rt!) 48 3.00
8 52 50 3.12
10 65 60 (f 3 i.) 3 75
15 1.00 72 4.50
20 (Di.) 1.30 80 5.00
1.50 90 5.60
26 1.62 96 6.00
30 1.95 100 6.25
40 2.60 12 7.50
50 3.20 160 10 00
60 (31 3.90 180 11.25
120 (3 il.) 7.80 240 (f 3 ss.) 15.00
80 11.65 f ZV 18.75
240 15.50 f 3 vi 22.50
300 19.40 f 3 vii. 26.25
360 23.30 age 30 00
420 27.20 f Zii 60.00
480 31.10 hea be 90.00
3 ii 62.20 £ Ziv 120.00
Ziv 124.40 f 2y¥ 150 00
Zvi 186.60 18 cea Al 180.00
8 viii 248.80 f 3 vili 240.00
‘98 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
METRIC WEIGHTS. EXACT EQUIVALENTS IN | APPROXIMATE EQUIVA-
GRAINS. LENTS IN GRAINS.
.001 0154 ds
.002 .0308 gis
.003 .0463 os
.004 0617 ag
.005 0771 7s
.006 .0926 Zt:
.007 .1080 py
.008 .1234 4
.009 .13889 4
.O1 1548 4
.02 .3086 4
.03 .4630 ay
.04 , .6173 it
.05 ATU & ‘
.06 .9260 Fan f
07 1.0803 1
.08 1.2847 1+
.09 1.3890 14
.10 1.543 14 ;
20 3.086 3
.30 4.630 44
a) 6.173 6
50 Ue Tales ves
.60 9.260 9
.70 10.8038 11
.80 12.347 124
.90 13.890 14
1.00 15.432 15
2.00 30 864 3 Ss.
3.00 46.296 Dili.
4.00 61.728 Bile
5 00 | 77.160 Div.
6.00 92.592 Z iss.
7.00 108.024 DVSss.
8.00 123.456 sain
9.00 1388 888 D vii.
10.00 154.320 3 iiss.
*Tables from Mann’s Prescription Writing.
Rules for Forming the Genitive Case in
Prescription Writing.
The Latin names of drugs, as we learn them, when
consisting of a single word, are in the nominative case. For
example: oleum, an oil. The genitive case of a Latin word
means of (the word), and is equivalent to the English pos-
‘PRESCRIPTION WRITING ‘ 99
sessive. Thus the Latin name Oleum Lini, consists of two
words. The first, olewm, is the Latin nominative for oil, and
the second word, lini,is the Latin genitive of the word meaning
linseed. The name signifies, then, olewm (oil) and lini (of
linseed). In writing prescriptions it is usually essential to
put the Latin name of the drug in the genitive case, follow-
- ing the use of the heading I, standing for the Latin imper-
ative Recipe, meaning in English, Take.
For example :
Potassii Mitra tis). «si. lis 0 s2%,s0)n-s 01500 wie Zab
Literally translated this means :
Take
Of potassium nitrate, ounce 1.
There is only one other case which is used in writing
prescriptions (the accusative), but this can be avoided by
using abbreviations in the few instances in which it should
be employed. The following rules can be memorized (with
their exceptions) in order to form the genitive case (singular):
(1) Latin names of drugs ending in “a” form their
genitive in ae. The only exceptions are three: Physostigma
takes the genitive in tis, physostigmatis. Folia (leaves), pl.
genitive, foliorum. Theobroma, genitive theobromatis. In
most instances the genitive of Latin nouns ending in a, can
be made in practice by dropping the nominative ending (a)
and adding ae in its place, viz.: Tinctur-a (a tincture), gen-
itive tinctur-ae (of a tincture).
(2) All pharmacopceial nouns ending in us, wm (os and on),
form their genitive ini. This genitive case can be formed
in practice by dropping the nominative ending (us or um)
and adding 7 in its place, viz.: bol-us, a ball; genitive bol-7, of
a ball. LZvtract-um, an extract; genitive extract-i, of an
extract.
The nouns ending in os and on are very few. Excep-
tions: Rhus, genitive rhois. Flos, genitive floris. Fructus,
quercus and spiritus do not change in the genitive, as it is the
same as the nominative case.
L, OF C.
~
109 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
(3) All other Latin names of drugs, of whatever ter-
mination (except those ending as described under rules 1
and 2) have their genitive in s and ‘ts.
The genitive case can be formed in practice, i in some
instances, by adding is to the nominative, as, for example,
chloral, genitive chloral-is; ether, genitive «ether-is. To
many nouns ending in the nominative in as or is, we not
only add 7s to the nominative, but also change the latter
letter of the nominative case. For instance, to sulphas
(sulphate) not only do we add 2s, sulphas-is, but we change
the latter letter, s, of sulphas into a ¢, so that the proper
genitive of sulphas is sulphat-is.
The same remark applies to all the other Latin names of
salts, as sulphis, genitive sulphit-is ; nitras, genitive nitrat-is ;
hydrochloras, genitive hydrochlorat-is; citras, genitive
citrat-is; phosphas, genitive phosphat-is; acetas, genitive
acetat-is. Cortex is not cortex-is in the genitive, but corticis.
Mas, genitive not mas-is, but maris. Adeps, genitive not
adeps-is, but adipis. Mucilago, pepo and pulvis lengthen
and change in the genitive to mucilagin-is, pepon-is and
pulver-is. Aloe, genitive not aloeis, but aloés, adding s and
not 7s.
(4) Some Latin names of drugs do not change their
ending in the genitive because indeclinable and not latinized_,
or else they belong to the fourth declension, where the
genitive case is the same as the nominative. Examples:
Spiritus, quercus and fructus, already mentioned, as excep-
tions to rule 2. Cannabis, digitalis, sinapis and hydrastis.
The genitive of these nouns is the same as the nominative.
The following are indeclinable: Amyl, buchu, catechu,
coca, curare, jaborandi, kino, phenol, salol, naphtol, thymol,
menthol, cusso, gummi, ete.
Tf the Latin names for quantities and amounts thereof.
are written out in full (instead of using signs for quantities,
and numbers for the amounts), the quantities and amounts.
in Latin must be put into the accusative case, as they are
the objects of the verb, recipe.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 101
For example :
R
Sodii Sulphatis, uncias duas.
Translated : .
Take
Of sodium sulphate, ounces two.
The Latin noun uncia (ounce) is in the accusative case,
and the adjective duas is also in the accusative, agreeing
with uncias. But to write out prescriptions in full, as above,
is not customary and would be considered pedantic.
Again: The Latin names of the ingredients should be
written in the accusative case when no noun for weight or
measure is employed. For example:
R
Pilulas catharticas compositas duas.
Translated literally :
Take
Pills cathartic compound, two, Or, take two compound
cathartic pills.
Pilulas (pills) is in the accusative, object of the verb
recipe. Catharticas, compositas, and duas are adjectives,
agreeing with pilulas. We can only write this prescription
correctly, without using the accusative case, by abbreviating
it as follows:
Pil. Cath, Co. ii.
Examples of Prescriptions for Different
Preparations.
TO WRITE A PRESCRIPTION FOR A PILL.
1. We calculate the number of pills we wish to pre-
scribe and then multiply the dose of each ingredient in the
pill by that number. We will suppose that we desire to
prescribe 30 pills to a dog, containing reduced iron, soco-
trine aloes and sulphate of strychnine. The dose of reduced
102 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
iron is gr.ii.; of socotrine aloes gr.ss.; of strychnine sul-
phate gr.,4,. Multiply each dose by 30:
REdtIC EM MILOM cites cite cleresicle=tteteeretels gr.iil. xX 30 = gr 60
IN WEarnoownnconsnouonud OOO oaodds gr.l4 xX 30= gr.15
Sirychnine yas tects aisle roieiceyecteterere tee gr.qt5 X 30 = gr. 4
The Latin of aloes socotrine is aloe, genitive aloe-s, of
aloes ; socotvina, genitive socotrin-e, of socotrine.
The Latin of strychnine sulphate is strychnina, genitive
strychnin-e of strychnine ; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is, of
sulphate.
The Latin of reduced iron is ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of
iron : reductum, genitive reduct-i, of reduced. Hence:
: W6rti TOGUCEL. oc. sts t oe teen eeas 31.
OES TSOCOLTIM EE! =a wieloclsteoisteerete gr.xv.
Strychninz sulphatis...... Bigs
Misce et divide in pilulas........xxx.
(Abbreviated) M. et div. in pil. xxx.
Signa. Give one pill three times daily.
JOHN SMITH.
The Latin names of the drugs being putin the genitive,
and the signs and numbers for the proper quantities and
amounts added, we come to the Latin directions to ‘the
pharmacist. (Misce) mix (et) and (divide) divide (in pilulas,
accusative plural) in pills xxx. This is a regulation phrase
and can be employed whenever we write a prescription for
pills, so that it should be memorized. It can be abbreviated
correctly as follows :
M. et div. in pil. xxx.
Instead of writing the prescription as just described, we
can calculate the dose needed of each ingredient in the pill,
and then write a prescription for one pill and direct the
pharmacist to make 30 pills like it.
I Wernt reduuceti. 0/2... sa seeee eee gT.il.
AGES SOCODTINGS A./cieie siete ie ew ot eee gY.ss
Strychnine sulphatis............. gr.zto
Misce et fiat pilula 1.; dispense pilulas tales numero xxx.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 103
Abbreviated) M. et f. pil. 1. Dispense pil. tales No. xxx.
Signa or S. (as before.)
Translated : (Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made
{pilula) pill 1 ; (dispense) dispense (pilulas) pills, (tales) such,
(numero) in number, xxx. Abbreviated as above, (Signa) S.
= Label.
The same prescription may be written in the metric
system: Gr.l = .06 gm. Fractions of a grain are converted
into grams, therefore, by dividing .06 by the denominator of
the fraction and multiplying the result by the numerator.
The dose of aloes (gr.$) is transformed into grams then, as
follows:
2) .06(.08 X 1 = .03
.06
00
Gr.-1_ is converted into grams thus:
120 $
120) .0600 ( .0005 x 1 = .0005 gm,
600
Solids in Gm. Liquids in Ce.
: IRGTMIUETECUICER: Jajorc Soiea)a, everson a2 « 12
FAULOES SOCOLEIT GS =: starertreiccicresss:clslave’s 03
Strychnine sulphatis............ 0005
M. et f. pil. 1; dispense pil. tales No, xxx.
Sig. (as before).
This prescription may be abbreviated in this manner: -
Th
PSPTI OG UICEP cis whe cy orci stSixt ns, 4.0" eters 12
NIGER SOG cacinh de se daaclancels.cces 03
isi CERNE Sia 0: dictates 3g. cara mise 30 0005
M.; ete.
Prescriptions for balls are calculated and written in
every respect like those for pills. We may write the above
. prescription in another form, in case we prescribe a pill or
ball mass to be made, or an official mass to be divided into
pills. Suppose we write a prescription for a physic mass,
suitable for horses. We conclude to write for a quantity
of the mass sufficient to make eight balls. Hach ball con-
104 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
tains a single dose of aloes and sufficient excipient to make
the mass of the proper consistency. The dose of aloes is.
one ounce, and we know by experience that it will take an
equal amount of molasses and one drachm of powdered
ginger to make a proper ball mass. Multiplying each of the
ingredients, then, by 8, we find we need 8 ounces each of
aloes and molasses, and 1 ounce of pulverized ginger, to.
make a mass which shall be divided into 8 balls.
The Latin names and genitives of socotrine aloes we:
have already described. Molasses is syrupus fuscus in
Latin, or brown syrup. Syrupus, genitive syrup-1, of syrup.
Fuscus, genitive fusc-i, of brown. The Latin for powdered
ginger is pulvis, powder, genitive pulver-is, of powder.
Zingiber, ginger, genitive zingiber-is, of ginger.
We will proceed to write the prescription thus:
Aloés socotrinz
SPLUP LT USC. ciate: erate wtewtsrore tes aa 3 viii.
Pulveris zingiberis............ Zant
Misce et fiat massa, in bolos viii., dividenda.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. mass., in bolos viii., dividend.
Sig. Give one ball at once.
JOHN SMITH.
The Latin directions to the pharmacist are translated =
(Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made (massa) a mass.
(in bolos, accusative pl.), in balls viii. (dividenda) to be
divided.
This is also a stock phrase and should be memorized as.
applying to pills or balls made from a mass.
The prescription is abbreviated :
i i
Aloés soc.
Sywe fuser... FODCUAOOES 6 aa 3 viii.
Puy Zin Uber As cjascsicwieineiereseele BSG
M. et f. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. (as above),
Or: Misce et divide in bolos viii.
(Abbrev.) M. et div. in bolos viii.
Translated : Mix and divide into balls 8.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 105.
Or: M. et fac bolos viii. (abbrev.) M. et f. bolos viii.
Translated : Mix and make balls 8.
Mixtures are compounds in which fluids are mixed or
solids dissolved or held in suspension by a suitable vehicle,
We must first decide upon the number of doses which we
wish to prescribe, and then the quantity of the mixture to
be given at each dose.
Suppose we wish to give sweet spirit of nitre and
quinine to a horse. We conclude to give the mixture three
times daily for several days. The dose of the nitrous ether
will be an ounce; the quinine will be dissolved in it.
Bottles are in use containing 12 to 16 ounces, or 1 pint. We
will decide upon the pint bottle. This, then, will hold 16
ounces, or 16 doses of sweet spirit of nitre. In each dose of
the nitre we want dissolved gr.20 of quinine sulphate.
fee ot 20 = er.320 = Zy. Di. Now; 5 drachms of
quinine sulphate will not dissolve in 16 ounces of sweet
spirit of nitre, so that we will add enough diluted sulphuric
acid to dissolve the quinine. We do not know how much
sulphuric acid will be required, so we write after acid sul-
phuric, Q. 8., for quantum sufticiat, 7.e., as much as suffices
(to dissolve, understood).
Again, we do not know exactly how much bulk the
quinine will take up when dissolved in the nitre; nor what
amount of acid will be required. Yet, on the other hand,
we want to fill our bottle. To get over these difficulties we
will write after sweet spirit of nitre ad, underlined (to); in
other words, we order the druggist to take of sweet spirit of
nitre enough to (make, understood) a pint.
The Latin for quinine is quinina, genitive quinin-e, of
quinine. The Latin for sulphate is sulphas, genative sul-
phat-is, of sulphate. The Latin for spirit of nitrous ether
is spiritus, genitive spiritus, of spirit; nitrosus, genitive
nitros-i, of nitrous; cether, genitive ether-is, of ether. The
Latin for sulphuric acid diluted is acidum, genitive acid-i,
of acid; sulphuricus, genitive sulphuric-i, of sulphuric;
dilutus, genitive dilut-i, of diluted.
106 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
We may now write our prescription as follows:
Quinine sulphatis....... Ronbape 3v. Di.
Acidi sulphurici diluti...,...... Q. S.
Spiritus etheris nitrosi ad...... Oi.
Misce. ae
(Furnish 2 i. bottle for measure).
Signa. Small bottleful three times daily in half a pint of water.
JOHN SMITH.
Abbreviated :
Tk
Quin. sulphisics Cazeeaieteweases ZV. Di.
Acid. ‘sulphurici dilit.2 oa. ses Q. S.
Spts. ether. nitrosi ad........ Oi.
M. ‘
S. (as above).
We will write a prescription for a mixture containing
12 doses of chloral and potassium bromide for a dog. The
quantity of the mixture given at each dose will be a tea-
spoonful. Now, there are six teaspoonfuls in one ounce.
We will order a 2-ounce bottle, which will, therefore, hold
12 doses of a teaspoonful each. The dose of chloral is gr.y.
5 X 12 = gr.60, or Zi. The dose of potassium bromide is.
gr.x. 10 X 12 = gr.120, or Zii. Then we will order enough
water to fill the bottle. The Latin for chloral is chloral,
genitive chloral-is,-of chloral; Latin for potassium bromide
is potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium; bromidum,
genitive bromid-i, of bromide; Latin for water is aqua,
genitive aqu-c, of water.
RB
Chioralis,,cu.tve ne ceaesee eae eee 31
Potassii bromidiy, 4:22, scaysae oe 3 ii
AQUES ad). coche ach tae eer 3 ii
M.
Signa. Teas. in 1 tablespoonful of water every 3 hours.
: JOHN SMITH,
A drench is a mixture which is given the horse in one
dose. We will write a prescription for a horse, containing
ether, chloroform and laudanum, to be administered as a
drench. The Latin for etheris ether, genitive cether-is, of ether;
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 107
dose, Zi. The Latin for chloroform is chloroformum, geni-
tive chloroform-i, of chloroform ; dose, 3ii. The Latin for
laudanum is tinctura opii; tinctura, genitive tinctur-e, of
tincture; opium, genitive opi-i, of opium ; dose, Zii. The
prescription reads:
At herises'. face's ts SL PIGRICCOC Oe cae
@hloroformis +... 62 ele wre saaane 3 ii.
Tincture Opil.......202 seeeeeeees % ii.
Misce et fiat haustus.
Translated: (Misce) mix, (et) and (fiat) let there be
made (haustus) a drench.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. haust.
Sig. Give at oncein one dose in pint of water.
JOHN SMITH.
In writing a prescription for powders, we may either
write for one powder and direct the druggist to dispense
several more like it, or write for the whole amount of the
ingredients and order them divided into the required num-
ber of doses or papers. In the first case we will write for a
powder containing one dose of each of the drugs.
For example, we may write a prescription for calomel
and santonin, with sugar of milk as an excipient, since the
dose of the drug is inconveniently small. This powder is
suitable for a medium-sized dog.
The Latin for calomel, or the lower chloride of mercury,
is hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of mercury ; chlori-
dum, genitive chlorid-i, of chloride ; mite, genitive mit-is, of
lower ; dose, gr.ii. The Latin for santonin is santoninum,
genitive santonin-i, of santonin ; dose, grit The Latin for
sugar of milk is saccharum, genitive sacchar-i, of sugar ; lac,
genitive lac-tis, of milk; amount, gr.x. The prescription will
read : |
Th
Hydrargyri chloridi mitis..........gr-ii.
SAMICOMIM Werte: = slaysi ne jose Liepaiay etane aamhareles gr.i.
Sacchardelachisnciem siete ccteiacies sas < gy.x.
Misce et fiat pulvis 1; dispense pulveres tales vi.
108 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
Translated: Mix, and let there be made powder 1; dis-
pense powders such vi.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. pulv. 1; dispense pulv. tales vi.
Sig. Give one powder every two hours.
JOHN SMITH.
In the second case, if we write a prescription for six
powders, we multiply the dose of the ingredients in each
powder by 6, and then order the prescription to be dispensed
in six papers.
Hydrarg: chlorid.amitis:..5.\..5 26 =< er. xii
Santonio thesis sakes 3 see eee gy.vi.
Saech. AQCvis. chev nine eas kis dine sesame Salk
Misce et divide in chartulas numero..vi.
Translated: Mix and divide into papers in number vi.
(Abbreviated) M. et div. in ch’t. No. vi.
Sig. (as before).
To write the above in the metric system. The dose of
calomel is gr.1i. = .12 gm. .12 X 6 = .72, or gr.xii. The dose
of santonin is gr.i. = .06 gm. .06 X 6 = .86 gm.,, or gr.vi.
The amount of sugar of milk used as an excipient in each
powder is gr.x. .06 X 10 = .6 gm., the amount prescribed in
each powder. The amount necessary for six powders is
.6 X 6 = 3.6 gm., approximately 4 gm.
‘ Solids in Gm. Liquids in Ce.
Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis..... | 72
Sa COMM <5 35 ire ke eat ete 36
PACH IACHIS#ie.o sc. soe ote whee G 4
M. et div. ch’t. in No.......vi.
Sig. (as before).
We will write a prescription for a horse, in the form of
a powder, containing dried iron sulphate, nux vomica and
sodium bicarbonate. The Latin for iron sulphate (dried) is
ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of iron; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is,
of sulphate; exsiccatus, genitive exsiccat-i, of dried; dose,
3i. The Latin for nux vomica is nw, genitive nuc-is, of
nut; vomica, genitive vomic-e, of vomica; dose, 3i. The
PRESCRIPTION WRILING 109
Latin of sodium bicarbonate is sodium, genitive sodi-i, of
sodium; bicarbonas, genitive bicarbonat-is, of bicarbonate.
“We will order a sufficient quantity of the ingredients to
make thirty powders. The dose of iron and nux vomica is
Zi. X 80 = Ziii., Zvi. The dose of sodium bicarbonate
meet i X 30° 3 vil.ss:
Bi
Ferri sulphatis exsiccati
Pulveris nucis vomice........44& 3 iii., 3 vi.
Sodit bicarbonatis:. ......-..:... Z vii.ss.
Misce et divide in chartulas xxx,
Translated: Mix and divide into papers xxx.
(Abbreviated) M. et div. inch’t. xxx.
Sig. Giveone powder three times daily on the food.
JOHN SMITH.
In order to avoid the expense of having powders divided
into papers, we may frequently direct one dose to be
weighed by the druggist, and a measure to be furnished
holding the quantity.
Ferri sulph. exsicc.
Pulv. nucis vom...... Bh acaree aa Ziii., 3 vi.
Sod:abicarb: a.ciierise cre sieve refateratls % vii.ss.
Misce et fiat pulvis.
Translated : Mix and let there be made a powder.
(Abbreviated) M.etf. pulv. (Furnish measure holding % ss.)
Sig. Give measureful on food three times daily.
JOHN SMITH.
To transform this prescription into terms of the metric
fayatem: 21. = Gm.30.; 21.= Gm.4. Hence fiii., 3 vi. =
-Gm.114; Z vii.ss. = Gm.225.
Ts
_ Solidsin Gm. Liquids in Ce.
Ferri sulph. exsicc.
Pulv. nucis vom........ aa 114
Sodii bicarb. .........02+.+220
M. et f. pulv., etc.
S. (as before).
110 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
Electuaries are not suitable preparations in which to
prescribe powerful drugs, as we cannot secure any degree
of accuracy in the dosage. This happens because we do not
usually know the exact amount of excipient which will be
required to make the paste of the proper consistency. We
will write for an electuary containing potassium chlorate,
licorice and molasses. The Latin for potassium chlorate is.
potassium, genitive potassi-t, of potassium ; chloras, genitive
chlorat-is, of chlorate; dose, 311. The Latin for powder of
licorice root is (powder has been given before) glycyrrhiza,
genitive glycyrrhiz-e, of licorice ; radix, genitive radic-is, of
root. The Latin for molasses is syrupus, genitive syrup-i, of
syrup ; fuscus, genitive fusc-i, of brown; dose of licorice root
and molasses immaterial. They are used as excipients.
Potassii chloratis
Pulveris glycyrrhize radicis ..a&.. 3 iv.
Syrup! fuscis 2.5. fo. sous amiss nen Q.S.
Misce et fiat electuarium.
Translated: Mix and let there be made an electuary.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. electuarium.
(Weigh 3 vi. as sample).
S. Give amount equal to sample every 2 hours smeared on teeth.
JOHN SMITH.
We cannot tell precisely what quantity of potassium
chlorate will be administered in the 3 vi. ordered in this
prescription, but we can be assured that it will not be larger
than 3 drachms, which is a small dose for the horse.
Suppositories are occasionally prescribed to dogs. The
‘excipient is cacao butter, of which about 15 grains is.
required. We will write a prescription containing iodoform
and extract of Belladonna root, to be dispensed in suppos-
itories for a medium-sized dog. The Latin for iodoform is.
todoformum, genitive iodoform-i, of iodoform; dose, gr.3.
The Latin for extract of belladonna root is belladonna,
genitive belladonn-c, of belladonna; extractum, genitive.
extract-1, of extract; radix, genitive radic-is, of root; dose,.
er.z. The Latin for cacao butter is oleum theobroma ;
PRESCRIPTION WRITING 11T
oleum, genitive ole-i, of oil; theobroma, genitive theobrom-
atis, of theobroma. The quantity of cacao butter may be.
safely left to the discretion of the pharmacist. We will
multiply the dose by ten, to make ten suppositories.
hk is
HGdOLOrMITe eats: oases chee terels gr.v.
Extracti belladonne radicis ......gr.ii.ss,
Olei theobromatis. ..............- Q.S.
i Misce et fiant suppositoria x.
Translated: Mix and let there be made suppositories x.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. suppos. x.
Sig. Introduce one into the bowel every 4 hours.
JOHN SMITI.
In writing prescriptions for ointments the degree of
dilution of the medicinal substance, or substances, must be
determined. In case the dilution is done in percentage, the
metric system is particularly useful. A five-per-cent. oint-
ment of the yellow oxide of mercury is of value in some
cases of conjunctivitis. We will write for 5 Gm.
The Latin for yellow oxide of mercury is hydrarqgyrum
oxidum flavum; hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-t, of
mercury ; ovidum, genitive owid-i, of oxide; flavum, genitive
flavi, of yellow.
The excipient will be simple ointment. Latin for simple
ointment is wnguentum, genitive unguent-i, of ointment. If
we order 5 gm. of simple ointment we can determine the
amount of mercury necessary to form a 5-per-cent. prepara-
tion with it by simply moving the decimal line forward two
places, .05, which will give a 1-per-cent. ointment of mer-
cury; and then, by multiplying by 5, .05 x 5 = .25, we
secure a 5-per-cent. ointment.
i
Solidsin Gm. Liquids in Ce.
Hydrargyri oxidi flavi...... | 25
MOM PMOMUUL 5... scec sevens 5
Misce et fiat unguentum.
Translated : Mix and let there be made an ointment.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. ung.
Sig. Use externally. JOHN SMITH.
112 PRESCRIPTION WRITING
There is nothing of special note to consider in regard
to writing prescriptions for liniments. We will write a
prescription for Carron oil as an example.
Carron oil is composed of equal volumes of solution of
lime and cottonseed oil. The Latin for oil of cottonseed is
oleum gossipii seminis ; oleum, genitive ole-7, of oil; gossyprum,
genitive gossypi-i, of cotton; semen, genitive semin-is, of
seed. The Latin for solution of lime is liquor caicis ;
liquor, genitive liquor-is, of liquor; calx, genitive calt-is, of
lime.
Liquoris calcis.
Olei gossypii seminis.......... aa % ili.
Misce et fiat linimentum.
‘Translated: Mix and let there be made a liniment.
(Abbreviated) M. et f. liniment.
Sig. Apply externally.
JOHN SMITH.
CLASSIFICATION.
PART I.
Inorganic Agents.
Section I.—Water, and Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide.
Section II.—Alkaline Metals; Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium and
Lithium.
Section III.—Alkaline Earth Metals; Calcium, Barium, Magnesium,.
Aluminum and Cerium.
Section IV.—Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprum, and Bismuthum,.
Section V.—Ferrum, Manganum,
Section VI.—Hydrargyrum.
Section VII.—Arsenic, Antimony.
Section VIII.—Phosphorus.
Section IX.—Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, Orthoform.
Section X.—Sulphur.
Section XI.—Acids.
Section XII.—Carbon Compounds.
Class 1. Carbon.
Class 2. Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform,
Class 3. Nitrites.
Class 4. Chloral.
Class 5. Antipyretics, Analgesics.
Class 6. Antiseptics.
Class 7. Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds.
PART Ii.
Vegetable Drugs.
Section I.—Drugs acting on the brain.
Class 1. Depressing the brain ; Opium.
Class 2. Stimulating the brain ; Belladonna.
Section II.—Drugs acting on the spinal cord.
Class 1. Stimulating the inferior cornua; Nux Vomica, Strychnine,
Class 2. Depressing the inferior cornua ; Physostigma, Gelsemium..
113
a ae
114 CLASSIFICATION
Section III.—Drugs acting on the spinal cord and motor nerves.
Class 1. Depressing the inferior cornua and motor nerves ; Tobacco
and Conium.
Section IV.—Drugs acting on the sensory nerves.
. ~ . ° .
Class 1. Depressing the sensory nerves ; Cocaine, Eucain, Holocain.
Section V.—Drugs acting on the secretory nerves.
~ tas
Class 1. Stimulating the secretory nerves ; Pilocarpus.
Section VI.—Drugs acting on the heart.
Class 1. Increasing the force and decreasing the frequency of the
heart ; Digitalis, Strophanthus, Convallaria and Squill.
Class 2. Decreasing the force and frequency of the heart ; Aconite,
Veratrum Viride and Album, Veratrine.
Section VIJ.—Drugs acting on the respiration.
Ipecac.
Section VIII.—Vegetable Antipyretics and Antiseptics.
Class 1. Cinchona and its Alkaloids.
Class 2. Salicylic Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of Gaultheria and Methyl
Salicylate.
“Section [IX.—Volatile Oils or Drugs containing them.
Class 1. Used mainly for their action on the skin : Turpentine, Oil
of Turpentine, Terebene, Terpin Hydrate, Burgundy
Pitch, Canada Turpentine, Resin, Tar, Pitch, Oil of Cade,
Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Tolu, Benzoin, Benzoic Acid,
Black and White Mustard, Eucalyptus, Arnica, Myrrh.
Class 2. Used mainly for their stomachic and carminative action
upon the digestive tract : Capsicum, Ginger, Peppermint,
Menthol, Spearmint, Anise, Cardamon, Coriander, Fennel,
Fenugreek.
Class 3. Used mainly for their antispasmodic action in stimulating
the nervous system: Valerian, Ammonium, Ferric and
Zinc Valerianates, Asafcetida and Ammoniacum.
Class 4. Used mainly for their stimulant and diuretic action on the
genito-urinary tract : Buchu and Oil of Juniper.
Class 5. Used mainly for its emmenagogue action on the female
generative organs ; Savin. Tallianine.
‘Section X.—Vegetable Bitters.—Gentian, Quassia, Cascarilla, Calumba,
Taraxacum, Hydrastis, Calamus.
Section XI.—Vegetable Cathartics.
Class 1. Simple Purgatives.—Aloes, Linseed: Oil, Castor Oil, Rham-
nus Purshiana, Frangula, Rhamnus Catharticus, Rhubarb
(Chrysarobin), Senna. ae,
CLASSIFICATION 115
Class 2. Drastic Purgatives.—Croton Oil, Scammony, Jalap, Gam-
boge, Elaterin, Colocynth.
Class 3. Cholagogue Purgatives.—Podophyllum, Podophyllin.
Section XII.—Tannic Acid and Drugs containing it.
Nutgall, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Pyrogallol, White Oak
Catechu, Kino, Krameria, Hematoxylon, Hamamelis.
Section XIII.—Vegetable Demulcents.
Olive Oil, Cottonseed Oil, Soap, Soft Soap, Glycerin, Linseed,
Acacia, Tragacanth, Althea, Sugar.
Section XIV.—Vegetable Drugs killing Parasites.
Class 1. Used to destroy tape worms: Aspidium, Areca Nut,
Kamala, Kouso, Granatum.
Class 2. Used to destroy round worms: Santonica.
Class 3. Used to destroy oxyurides: Quassia.
Class 4. Used to destroy lice: Stavesacre.
Class 5. Used to destroy fleas: Pyrethrum.
Section XV.—Vegetable Drugs stimulating unstriated muscle, pare
ticularly of the uterus.
Ergot, Cotton Root Bark.
Section XVI.—Colchicum.
Section XVII.—Vegetable Drugs acting mechanically.
Starch, Oil of Theobroma, Purified Cotton, Pyroxylin, Collodion,
Euphorbium, Adrenalin.
Section X VIII.—Medicinal Agents of Animal Origin.
Cantharides, Lard, Suet, Hydrous Wool Fat, Yellow and White
Wax, Spermaceti, Honey, Milk, Sugar, Pepsin, Pancreatin,
Ox Gall, Papain, Cod Liver Oil, Ichthyol, Thiol.
NOTE.
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN REFERENCE TO THE SYNONYMS IN THE
DESCRIPTIONS OF DRUGS.
B. P...British Pharmacopoeia.
Eek < English. .
P.G...German Pharmacopeeia.
Fr.... French.
Giiietes German.
Three doses of each medicine are usually given; one for horses and
cattle; one for sheep and swine, and one for cats and dogs, unless
otherwise specified. The quantities are expressed in units of the Apothe-
caries’ Weight or Wine Measure and also in the metric system. The
116 CLASSIFICATION
solids in the latter to be dispensed in grams, the liquids in cubic centi-
meters. Only those official drugs and preparations of the United States-
and British Pharmacopeeia’s will be mentioned, which are considered to
be’ of value to practitioners of Veterinary Medicine. In connection
with doses the following abbreviations are used :
1s Sar aere. Horse
Ce aseeeses Cattle
Sh. & Sw. .Sheep and Swine.
D secon Dogs .
The same dose may be given to either dogs or cats of equal weight.
PART I.
INORGANIC AGENTS.
SECTION L.
Water.
Aqua, Water. Agua Destiiiata, Distilled Water. H,O.
(The latter used in filling many prescriptions.)
Action external.—The reader is referred to special articles
on “Cold and Heat” (p. 704), “ Food and Feeding” (p. 679),
and “Counter Irritants”’ (p. 696), for details concerning the
action and uses of water, respectively, as a medium of heat
and cold, as an article of diet in health and disease, and as
a counter irritant. Cold water, externally, at first stimulates
reflexly heat production, with slight rise of temperature,
increased carbonic acid elimination and contraction of the
vessels and muscles of the skin. If the cold water applica-
tion is continued, the bodily heat falls, owing to physical
abstraction of heat. ‘‘ Reaction” follows the removal of
cold, if properly applied, with dilatation of the superficial
vessels (and sensation of warmth and exhilaration in man).
Moderate warm water (105° F.) applications stimulate cuta-
neous vascularity, favor diarphoresis, and diminish urinary
secretion. Hot water (110°-120° F.) applications act as
counter irritants in dilating the peripheral vessels, contract-
ing those in more remote parts, and relieving pain, spasm,
congestion and inflammation.
Action wmternal.—Water is quickly ahsoibed and thus.
swells the secretion of urine, and, to a less extent, that of
bile, saliva and pancreatic juice. Intestinal peristalsis is
facilitated by a considerable amount of water. Water also
inereases tissue change, and elimination of carbonic dioxide
and urea; promotes the appetite and washes out the tissues
and urinary tract, thus removing waste matters from the body.
117
Ais INORGANIC AGENTS
The elimination of uvie acid is lessened by water. Large
quantities of water, if not taken at meal time—when they
dilate the digestive juices and disorder digestion—favor the
formation of fat.
Uses external.—See ‘‘ Heat and Cold,” p. 704.
Uses internal. Healthy animals may be given as much
water as they desire, with certain restrictions in relation to
work and feeding. It is unwise to allow horses much water,
either immediately before or after severe work, or after
feeding. If water is given before severe work it increases
the bulk of intestinal contents, is apt to cause digestive
disturbance, and interferes with the movements of the
diaphragm. For these same reasons water should only be
permitted in small amount (at atime) in “heaves” of horses.
If a quantity of water is allowed horses after hard work,
eolic is very likely to occur. Working horses should,
therefore, be watered, in reasonable amount, while at work ;
and, if this is impracticable, may be allowed but a few
mouthfuls of water, or a gallon of oatmeal gruel after severe
work, with whole hay but no grain until after an hour’s rest.
When horses at rest drink much water after eating, the
contents of the stomach (which is unusually small in this
animal) are washed into the intestines and are not so
thoroughly digested. This accomplishes two bad results:
it deprives the animal of some nourishment and engenders
digestive trouble and diarrhoea.
The best plan is to give resting horses water before
eating, or to keep it at their command at all times. Cold
water is desirable, frequently and in limited quantities, in
fever, although there is a popular fear of it. Hot water
assists the action of diaphoretics; cold water that of
diuretigs. Lukewarm water is an emetic, but hot water, in
small and repeated doses, allays nausea and vomiting. Water
is restricted in ordinary diarrhoeas, obesity, and to assist the
absorption of exudations. The drinking of water should be
encouraged by a liberal allowance of salt (which in itself aids
digestion), in animals in a poor condition, to increase their
appetite and flesh. Water is valuable in diluting a con-
SOLUTION OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE 119
centrated urine from which calculi are liable to be deposited.
High rectal injections of water are absorbed, and couse-
quently flush out the kidneys.
Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide.
Agus Hyprocentt Dioxipt. Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide.
(Ue SP:)
Synonym. — Liquor Hydrogenii Peroxidi, Hydrogen
Peroxide. A slightly acid aqneous solution of hydrogen
dioxide (H,O.) containing, when freshly prepared, about
3 per cent., by weight, of the pure dioxide, corresponding to
about 10 volumes of available oxygen.
Derivation.—Add barium dioxide, 300, to cold, distilled
water, 500; agitate and keep at a temperature of 100° C.
(50° F.). To this mixture (of barium hydrate) add a solu-
tion of phosphoric acid, 96, in cold distilled water, 320, and
shake them together thoroughly. Filter, and wash the
precipitate (barium phosphate) with distilled water until the
filtrate measures 1000. Add diluted sulphuric acid to the
_ filtrate (until cloudiness disappears in a small filtered por-
tion of it; absence of barium), and starch 10. Agitate fre-
quently. Filter and refilter till the solution becomes clear,
Properties.—A colorless liquid, without odor, acidulous
to the taste and producing a peculiar sensation and soapy
froth in the mouth; lable to deteriorate by age, exposure
to heat, or protracted agitation. Spec. gr.1,006 to 1,012.
Reaction slightly acid. When exposed to the air at the
ordinary temperature, or when heated in a water bath at a
temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.) the solution
loses chiefly water. When rapidly heated it is liable to
decompose suddenly. (The value of a given sample of
hydrogen dioxide may be roughly ascertained by adding a
few drachms to a few crystals of potassium permanganate
ina test tube. The greater the amount of effervescence the
better the hydrogen dioxide.— Wallian.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.); D., 3 i-ii. (4.-8.)
Action and Uses.—Hydrogen dioxide is probably the
most powerful surgical antiseptic and disinfectant in use.
120 INORGANIC AGENTS
It is not poisonous to higher animals, and liberates oxygen
immediately in the presence of oxidizable matter, thus
destroying all bacteria and organized ferments.
The microbicidal action is transient and not persistent ;
only water remains. Therefore hydrogen dioxide is useless.
for the production of continuous antiseptic action. The
drug is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and some oxygen
may be absorbed by the blood, but this is extremely doubt-
ful. The official solution contains 10 volumes of oxygen;
that is, it yields up 10 times its bulk of oxygen gas. Most.
proprietary preparations are stronger, and contain 12
volumes of oxygen, and are more powerfully disinfectant.
Hydrogen peroxide is particularly valuable as an anti-
septic on suppurating and septic wounds, necrosed tissue,
abscess cavities, sinus’, ulcers, morbid growths and suppur-
ating mucous membranes. In fistule of the withers and poll,
hydrogen dioxide acts as an efficient cleansing and decom-
posing agent (through its oxidizing powers), and it should
be injected prior to the use of other antiseptics, stimulants
and caustics, as carbolic acid in glycerin (see p. 329).
Hydrogen dioxide is probably the best remedy we possess
in the treatment of acute catarrh of the pharynx and tonsils.
in dogs and cats when applied directly to the throat, dilutéd
with two parts of lime water, with an atomizer or brush, or
on absorbent cotton on an applicator. It is commonly
employed in full strength and only in glass, porcelain, or
hard rubber vessels or instruments. The drug should not -
be used in cavities where an outlet for the free escape of
gas is wanting. Peroxide of hydrogen decomposes pus with
effervescence, and thus is a guide to its presence or absence ;
it also destroys the pus cocci.
Hydrogen dioxide is a safe and efficient agent in disin-.
fecting drinking water, and is of some value in gastric
fermentative indigestion of dogs where the vomitus and
feeces show evidence of gas formation or frothiness, and is
absolutely safe. Recently good results have been reported
from the use of hydrogen dioxide, diluted with three parts
POTASSIUM 121
of lime water, in dysentery’ when given as high enemata
twice daily.
SECTION II.
ALKALINE Metrats—Porassium, Sopium, Ammonium, LITHIUM.
Potassium.
Potassium is not used in medicine in the metallic state.
Its compounds may .be considered in three groups: 1,
Potassa; 2, the Carbonates (acetate and citrate); 3, the
Mineral Salts.
Potassium compounds were formerly obtained from
wood ashes by lixiviation; from sea water by evaporation,
and from argol, a substance deposited in wine casks. Now
they are obtained from potassium muriate, mined in Stass-
furt, Saxony, which is thought to result from the boiling
away of sea water in past ages.
GENERAL ACTION OF POTASSIUM SALTS.
“ In lethal doses the action of all the potassium com-
pounds is very similar.
Stomach and Intestines.—The potassium salts, with the
exception of the vegetable compounds, are irritants to the
gastro-intestinal tract, if ingested in concentrated form.
Heart.—Marked depression of the heart is one of the
most characteristic symptoms of poisoning by the potassium
salts. Potassium has a direct, paralyzing action on the
heart muscle, and in lethal doses there is cardiac arrest in
diastole. Much the same action is, moreover, observed on
all the higher forms of tissue. The functional activity of
the nerves and muscles is depressed and abolished, more
especially that of the brain and cord,so that paralysis of
central origin occurs.
122 INORGANIC AGENTS
Blood.—It has been taught that the potassium salts give
up their oxygen to the blood. In the case of the nitrate
and chlorate we know that this is untrue, since they are
eliminated unchanged. When given for any considerable
period, the potassium, like the sodium salts, impoverish the
system and produce a more fluid state of the blood. Large
doses of the potassium salts are likely to occasion purging,
while small doses are apt to cause diuresis. The carbonates
and vegetable salts resemble each other in action, but that.
of the mineral salts is peculiar to the individual compound.
Porasstt Hyproxipum. Potassium Hydroxide. KOH. (U.S.P.)
Synonyms.—Potassa caustica, B.P.; potash, potassium
hydrate, caustic potash, lapis causticus chirurgorum, E.; pot-
asse caustique, Fr.; aetz kali, G; kali causticum fusum, P.G.
Derivation.—A solution of potassium hydrate is evapor-
ated; the residue is fused and run into moulds.
Properties.—Dry, white, translucent pencils or fused
masses, hard and brittle, showing a crystalline fracture;
odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and of a very acid
and caustic taste. Exposed to the air, it very rapidly
absorbs carbon dioxide* and moisture, and deliquesces.
Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.) in about 0.5 part of water, and in 2
parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling
aleohol; slightly soluble in ether.
Liquor Porassir Hyproxipt. Solution of Potassium Hy-
Hydroxide. (Ug8.-B:)
An aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH),
containing about 5 per cent. of the hydroxide.
Synonym.—Liquor potassae, B.P.; solution of potassium
hydrate, kali hydricum solutum, lixivium causticum, solution
of potash, E.; potasse caustique liquide, lessive caustique,
Fr.; aetzkalilauge, G.; liquor kali caustici, P.G.
Derivation.—Boiling a solution of potassium carbonate
*\Vhen solubility is mentioned hereafter, reference will be had to
solubility at the above temperature.
_ POTASSA ver, 1s
~with calcium hydrate leaves potassium hydrate in solution,
while calcium carbonate is precipitated.
K, CO; + Ca (OH), = 2 KOH + Ca CO,,.
Properties.—A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a
very acrid and caustic taste and a strongly alkaline reaction.
It has a soapy feel and taste.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 388.-i.
(2.-4.); D., MLv.-xx. (.3-1.3).
Porassa Cum Catcr. Potassa with Lime. (Non-official.)
(Equal parts of potassa and lime.)
Synonym.—Vienna. paste.
Properties. — A grayish-white powder, deliquescent,
having a strongly alkaline reaction; should be soluble in
diluted hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small
residue.
Action and Uses.—Potassium hydroxide, its solution, and
potassa cum calce are mainly of value as escharotics. Liquor
potasse is unfit for internal use unless greatly diluted with
water. It resembles potassium carbonate in its effects.
Caustic potash is very destructive of tissue by combining
with water and fatty matters. It is most diffusible and,
therefore, difficult to limit its action. This we may do,
however, by applving a plaster to a part, with a hole in it,
through which the caustic stick is applied. Before using
the caustic, the outside of the plaster should be covered with
oil or grease, but not the part under the aperture in it.
_ After removing the plaster the operation of the caustic may
be arrested by vinegar. Cauterization by this means is very
painful ander ordinary circumstances, but may be made
comparatively painless by incorporating one part of mor-
phine muriate with three parts of potassa cum calce, and
adding enough chloroform to make a paste.
Caustic potash is indicated where extensive destruction
of tissue is desirable, as in the treatment of the bites of rabid
dogs and of snakes. It is less commonly used for the
124 INORGANIC AGENTS
removal of warts and small growths, and as a caustic on
indolent or exuberant granulations.
Potash has been employed to form an issue, or artificial
ulcer for the production of counter irritation. Potash may
be prescribed in bronchitis, for its action, common to the
alkalies, in thinning and increasing the bronchial secretions.
An excellent mild stimulating liniment consists of:
R
Oli Terebinthineese erence 50.06
Ol Succini. ama Brat clent acetereieialel Ona o 20.00
Sa Pons pullers erie eects 10.00
PObASSe Meee eee Moen 2.00
AQUes ad): airs Sates cistca eres cues 1,000.00
M. et fiat inimentum.
The potash saponifies the oils and exerts a stimulating
action on the skin. Potassium bicarbonate is less irritating
and more suitable for the latter indication. Potash is some-
times recommended as an antacid and sedative in gastric
disorders, but is inferior to sodium bicarbonate for this
purpose.
Porassir CarBonas. Potassium Carbonate. K,Co,
(U385& BP!)
Synonym.—Salts of tartar.
Derivation.—The solution resulting from the lixiviation
of wood ashes is boiled to dryness, and the resultant mass
is the “potash” of commerce. This is purified to some
extent by burning in ovens, forming “ pearlash,” a mixture
of the hydrate and carbonate. Water dissolves mainly the
carbonate which is obtained by evaporation of the aqueous
solution.
Properties.—A white, granular powder, odorless, and
‘ having a strongly alkaline taste ; very deliquescent. Soluble
in 1.1 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.).
ape er-y.-xx. \(.3-1.3).
POTASSIUM BICARBONATE 123
PorassH Bicarponas. Potassium Bicarbonate. KHCo,
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Doppelkohlensaures kali, G.
Derivation.—Obtained by passing a stream of Co, through
a solution of the carbonate.
K,CO,. + CO, + H,O = 2 KHCo,.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms,
odorless and having a saline and slightly alkaline taste.
Permanent in theair. Soluble in 3.2 parts of water. Almost
insoluble in alcohol. Becomes converted into the carbonate
by boiling.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.);
_D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). .
Preferabie to carbonate for internal use, as it is less
irritating.
Potasstr AceTas. Potassium Acetate. KC,H,O,
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Terra foliata tartari, E.; Essigsaures kali, G.
Derivation.—Add acetic acid in excess to potassium
warbonate. Evaporate to dryness and fuse residue.
K,CO, + 2 HC,H,O, = 2 KC,H,O, + H,O + CO.,.
Properties.—A white powder, or crystalline masses of a
satiny lustre; odorless and having a warming, saline taste.
Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in 0.36
part of water and in 1.9 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—Same as bicarbonate.
Porassit Crrras. Potassium Citrate. K,C,H,O,
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Citrate de potasse, Fr.; Citronsaures kali, G.
Derivation.—Neutralize potassium carbonate with a
solution of citric acid, and evaporate to dryness.
38 K,CO, + 2 H,C,H,O, = 2K,C,H,O, + 3H,0 + 3CO,
Properties.—Transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white,
granular powder; odorless and having a cooling, saline
126 INORGANIC AGENTS
taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0.6
part of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Dose.—Same as bicarbonate.
ACTION OF THE CARBONATES AND VEGETABLE SALTS.
The carbonate is too irritating for internal use, while
the bicarbonate is more so than the similar sodium salt.
Therefore the latter is in more common use as an antacid.
Antacids neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, if
given some time after eating in large doses.
The vegetable salts (the acetate and citrate) are con-
verted into the carbonate in the blood and are non-irritating.
The bicarbonate is also absorbed into the blood as the ear-
bonate. These salts, together with the hydrate, alkalize the
blood and urine. It is thought by many authorities that
they increase oxidation within the body, as it is known that
they do so outside the body in contact with organic matter.
Not only water, but also the solids (urea and uric acid) in
the urine are increased by their administration. The
chlorate and nitrate, not undergoing decomposition in the
body, do not give up their oxygen or alkalize the blood or
urine. The carbonates are mainly useful as antacids ; the,
citrate and acetate as diuretics.
Uses.— Potassium carbonate forms a useful addition to
mixtures for application to the skin, as, through its strong
alkalinity, it removes grease and sebaceous matter, per-
mitting medicinal agents to penetrate the skin. A mixture
of potassium carbonate, 15.0 (2 ss.); sublimed sulphur, 50.0
(Zi. Zv.); and water, 12 liters (3 gallons), makes a service-
able application for the milder forms of mange and eczema.
The animal should be well washed with the mixture in a
tub every second day, and peruvian balsam, oil of cade or
tar should be applied daily. Potassium bicarbonate in
aqueous solution is serviceable in relieving itching (gr.v.- 3 i.)
While probably not so generally efficient as the correspond-
ing sodium salt, it is of benefit when given an hour after
feeding to horses subject to colic at that time. It is more
POTASSIUM NITRATE 197
useful than sodium bicarbonate in alkalizing an over-acid
urine (dogs), and in dissolving and eliminating uric acid from
the blood. Potassium citrate and acetate are indicated in irri-
tation or inflammation of the kidneys and bladder and cause
absorption of exudations (pleural effusions, for example),
through their diuretic power. They are also good uric acid
solvents. They are sometimes prescribed in fever on account
of slight diarphoretic and powerful diuretic properties, but
are rarely used in veterinary medicine, in comparison with
potassium nitrate, in this condition.
The salts under consideration stimulate bronchial secre-
tion and make it thinner, and are recommended accordingly
in bronchitis. They are less efficient than potassium iodide
for these purposes in this affection.
Porasstt Nrrras. Potassium Nitrate. KNO, (U.S. & B.P.)
Synonym.—Nitre, saltpetre, E.; nitre prismatique, azo-
tate (nitrate) de potasse, Fr.; saltpetersaures kali, kalisal-
peter, G.
Derivation.—Saltpetre is formed in the soil in certain
regions and climates and is made artificially, by the putre-
faction of animal or vegetable material, in the presence of
heat, moisture, oxygen, and alkaline or earthy bases capable.
of fixing the nitric acid set free in this process, known us
nitrification. The natural conditions for nitrification are
present in some parts of India, and saltpetre is largely
imported from Calcutta. Artificially, nitre beds are made
of animal and vegetable matter, wood ashes, and calcareous
earth or old plaster from houses, Sodium nitrate is im-
ported extensively from Chili, where it occurs as a mineral
product, and is used widely in this country in artificial
fertilizers. Chili saltpetre may be converted into nitre by
treatment with potash.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic
prisms, or a crystalline powder, odorless and having a cool-
ing, saline and pungent taste. Permanent in the air. Sol-
uble in 3.8 parts of water; very sparingly soluble in alcohol.
128 INORGANIC AGENTS
Dose.—H. & C., 3 8s.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.);
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
Action External.— Refrigerant.
Action Internal.—Stomach and Intestines.—Nitre causes,
‘in lethal doses, violent gastro-enteritis, collapse and depres-
sion of the circulation. The pulse becomes both slow and
weak. There is muscular weakness and paralysis. Potas-
sium nitrate is one of the most irritating salts of this group,
but its toxic effect depends upon its state of concentration,
and horses are not so susceptible to the local irritating °
action as man.
Blood.—Nitre passes into and out of the blood unchanged.
It has been said that.the salt diminishes fibrin in the blood
because it prevents clotting outside the body. This action
probably does not obtain within the body.
Heart.—Nitre is said to be more depressing to the heart
than the other potassium compounds. There is no basis for
this belief. Like the potassium salts generally, it exerts a
powerful, depressing action upon the heart in large doses.
Lungs.—The respiration is slowed by considerable doses
of potassium nitrate, and it exerts an antispasmodic action
by depression of the unstriped fibres of the bronchi.
Kidneys.—Potassium nitrate is eliminated unchanged
by the kidneys, and in its elimination stimulates the
epithelium of the renal tubules, increasing their secretion.
The solids are, therefore, augmented in the urine. The
local blood pressure is exalted in the Malpighian bodies and
the quantity of urine is thus increased.
Potassium nitrate is more frequently prescribed than
any other potassium salt in veterinary practice, and is com-
monly considered one of the best febrifuges. In human
medicine it is rarely employed for internal use, and is held
to be decidedly inferior to other diuretic remedies.
Skin.—Nitre is a mild diarphoretic.
Summary.—Potassium nitrate is a diuretic, cardiac
-sedative, and slight diarphoretie.
Administration.—Nitre is dissolved in a pail of drinking
-water and kept constantly at the larger animal’s disposal.
POTASSIUM NITRATE 129
The salt is rendered harmless by dilution; vascular tension
and diuresis are increased by the water, and the solution is
cooling and grateful to the taste in fever. Smaller doses
(3 ss.) may be given on the food to horses.
Uses.—Nitre, ammonium chloride, and common salt,
each one part, are dissolved in three parts water, and some-
times used for their refrigerant effect on local inflammatory
conditions. Ice poultices are more efficient. The value of
nitre is over-estimated in veterinary practice. There are
better heart sedatives (aconite), diuretics and diaphoretics
(sweet spirit of nitre). It is recommended in purpura and
rheumatism as alterative. Here again it is less serviceable
than ergot in the former, or salicylic acid and alkalies in the
latter disease. Nitre is, however, in common use in such
febrile affections as pneumonia and influenza in horses.
In laminitis, the combination of potassium nitrate (two
parts) with potassium chlorate-(one part) is of value when
given to horses in tablespoonful doses four to five times
daily on the food and in the drinking water.
Porassit Cuioras. Potassium Chlorate. KClO,.
(U. Sid B.-P.)
Synonym.—Kali oxymuriaticum, E.; chlorate de potasse,
Fr.; chlorsaures kali, G.
Derivation.—Pass chlorine into a mixture of potassium
carbonate and calcium hydrate; dissolve the result in boil-
ing water and recover the chlorate by crystallization.
K,CO, + 6 Ca (OH), + 12 Cl = 2 KCl O, + Ca CO, +
5 Ca Cl, + 6 H,0.
Properties.—Colorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or
plates, or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling,
saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 16.7 parts
of water. Insoluble in absolute alcohol, but slightly solu-
ble in mixtures of alcohol and water. Explodes readily
when rubbed with sugar, sulphur, charcoal, glycerin and
many other substances.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.)5
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
130 INORGANIC AGENTS
Action Internal.—Potassium chlorate closely resembles
the nitrate in its action. Locally, it is an irritant.
Stomach and Bowels.—Medicinal doses have no apparent
effect. Lethal doses occasion gastro-enteritis, diarrhea,
cyanosis and depression of the heart.
The Blood.—The blood is unaffected by medicinal doses,
but in poisoning the red corpuscles are broken down and
crenated. The hemoglobin is converted into methemoglo-
bin, which is probably a mixture of hematin and soluble
albumin. Hezemoglobin and disintegrated corpuscles appear
in the urine as hemoglobinuria. The blood is chocolate-
colored after death. The liver, spleen, kidneys and intes-
tines are softened and filled with disorganized blood. It
was formerly thought that potassium chlorate parted with
its oxygen in the blood, and it was (and is) prescribed in
many disorders as an oxidizing agent. It has been stated
that venous blood acquires an arterial hue under the influ-
ence of the salt. But potassium chlorate does not part with
its oxygen ; neither does it oxidize the blood, nor impart to
the venous blood an arterial color.
Heart.—The action is much the same as nitre.
Kidneys.—Action similar to nitre in therapeutic doses.
Elimination.—Potassium chlorate is eliminated by all
channels ; mainly by the urine, but also by the sweat, saliva,
ete. Acting locally as a stimulant in the mouth, and then
affecting the throat a second time by its elimination in the
saliva, potassium chlorate is frequently prescribed in diseases
of the mouth and pharynx as a topical: stimulant. It is
given in electuary, solution, or ball internally.
Summary.—Sialogogue, diuretic and heart depressant.
Uses.—Stomatitis is treated by chlorate of potassium in
saturated solution applied on a swab. The salt is valuable
in the treatment of pharyngitis in electuary. <A favorite
combination consists of fluid extract of belladonna, Zi.;
potassium chlorate, 311.; powdered licorice root, 3 v., with
sufficient molasses to make an electuary. One ounce is to be
smeared on the teeth of a horse thrice daily. An half ounce
POTASSIUM BITARTRATE 131
of a saturated solution of potassium chlorate, with a few
drops of Jaudanum, forms a useful injection for hemorrhoids
in dogs. Otherwise the salt may beeprescribed for the same
purposes as nitre.
Porasstt Birarrras. Potassium Bitartrate. KH,C,HO,
(USS: EB.)
Synonym.—Potassii tartras acida, B.P.; cream of tartar,
cremor tartari, acid tartrate of potash, E.; tartarus depura-
tus, P. G.; pierre de vin, Fr.; weinstein, G.
Derivation.—Obtained from crude tartar (argol) deposited
on the sides of wine casks during fermentation of grape
juice, by purification.
Properties.—Colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crys-
tals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder; odorless and having
a pleasant, acidulous taste. Permanent inthe air. Soluble
in about 201 parts of water; very sparingly soluble in alco-
hol. Reaction acid.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-80.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss. (15.);
D., 3ss.-1. (2.-4.).
Action internal.—Intestines.—Potassium bitartrate is a
non-irritating purgative in large doses. It is a hydragogue
cathartic and has a strong affinity for water; abstracting it
from the blood vessels in the bowels, holding the same in
solution, and thus flushing out the intestines.
Blood.—Potassium bitartrate is in part decomposed,
converted into the carbonate, and absorbed as such into the
blood. The greater part is excreted by the bowels
unchanged. <A portion of the latter may have been absorbed
and eliminated by the intestines.
Kidneys.—Potassium bitartrate is an active diuretic and
renders the urine more alkaline, but for some reason it is
not ordinarily employed in veterinary practice. Neverthe-
less, it is the best and safest diuretic which can be used by
the veterinarian in the treatment of the horse and smaller
animals.
Summary.—Diuretic in small doses. Hydragogue
132 : INORGANIC AGENTS
cathartic in large doses. It should be given in solution and
is useful in dropsies, more particularly of renal origin; also
in catarrhal jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves.
In cases where the urine of the horse is thick, stringy and >
high-colored, potassium bitartrate will cause it to regain its
normal state. It may be easily administered in either food
or drinking water, and its diuretic effect is enhanced when
the salt is given with a large amount of water.
Sodium.
(The metal is not employed in medicine.)
Sopitr Hyproxipum. Sodium Hydroxide. NaOH. (U.S.P.)
Synonym.—Soda caustica, B.P.; soda, sodium hydrate,
caustic soda, natrum causticum, 8S. hydricum, E.; soude
caustique, Fr.; natron etznatron, ce
Derivation.—It is made from liquor sodze by evapora-
tion, and run in moulds.
Properties.—Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused
masses, showing a crystalline fracture; odorless, and having
an acrid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air it rapidly
deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, and becomes covered
with a dry coating of carbonate. Soluble in 1.7 parts of
water; very soluble in alcohol.
Liquor Sop Hyproxivr. Solution of Sodium Hydroxide.
(UB & BP)
An aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, containing
about 5 per cent. of hydroxide.
Synonym.—Solution of sodium hydrate, E.; natrum
hydricum solutum, soude caustique liquide, Fr.; liquor natri
caustici, P. G.; ztznatron lauge, G.
ean, An aqueous solution of sodium carbonate
is boiled with calcium hydrate, and the supernatant liquid
is siphoned off.
Na,CO, + Ca(OH), = 2 NaOH + CaCO,.
Properties.—A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a
very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction.
SODIUM CARBONATE 133
Dose.—H. & C., %ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i.
(2.-4.); D., Mv.-xx. (.8-1.3).
Action and Uses.—Sodium hydroxide and its solution
resemble compounds of potassium, but are used chiefly for
chemical and pharmaceutical purposes.
Liquor sodii hydroxidi should be given largely diluted
with water. In poisoning by the caustic alkalies or soap
lye, use emetics or stomach pump; and give vinegar,
diluted acetic acid, lemon juice and demulcents.
Sopit Carponas. Sodium Carbonate. Na, CO, 10 H,O.
(U2 Sad BP)
Synonym.—Washing soda, sal soda, carbonas sodicus,
E.; natrum carbonicum crudum, P. G.; carbonate de soude,
Fr.; kohlensaures natron, soda, G.
Derivation.—Made by Leblanc’s process. Three steps:
Ist. Salt and sulphuric acid heated together. 2 Na Cl +
iSO, = Na, SO, + .2: HCl.
2nd. Sodium sulphate is heated with carbon. Na,SO, +
4C =Na,S + 4CO.
3rd. Sodium sulphide heated with chalk. Na, S + Ca
CO, = Na, CO,+ CaS.
Properties.—Colorless, monoclinic crystals, odorless and
having a strongly alkaline taste. In dry air the salt efflor-
esces, loses about half its water of crystallization and
becomes a white powder. Soluble in 1.6 parts of water and
in 1.02 parts of glycerin. Reaction alkaline.
Sopir Carsponas Exsiccatus. Dried Sodium Carbonate.
Na,CO, (U.S. &B.P.)
Synonym.—Natrum carbonicum siccum, P. G.; carbo-
nate de soude, Fr.; getrocknete soda, G.
Derivation.—Sodium carbonate (200 gm.) is broken into.
small fragments and allowed to effluresce in dry air. It is
then heated to drive off water of crystallization, till it weighs
100 Gm.
134 INORGANIC AGENTS
Properties.—A loose, white powder, corresponding in
‘solubility to sodium carbonate. Reaction alkaline. Action
of sodium carbonate similar to the hydrate, but infrequently
employed in medicine.
Dose. —H. & C., 3 i1-vi. (8.-24.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl.
(1.38-2.6); D., gr.v.-xx. (.8-1.3). Given in large amount of
waiter.
Sop Bicarsonas. Sodium Bicarbonate. Na HCO,.
(U5: a B2P 3)
Synonym.—Soda, baking soda, sodium sesquicarbonate,
natrum carbonicum acidulum, bicarbonas sodicus, sodium
hydrocarbonate, bicarbonate of soda, H.; natrum bicarboni-
cum, P. G.; bicarbonate de soude, sel digestive de vichy, Fr.;
doppelkohlensaures natron, G.
Derivation.—Pass CO, through a solution of sodium
carbonate. Na, CO, -+ CO, + H,O = 2 Na HOCO,.
Properties.—A white, opaque powder, odorless, and
having a cooling, mildly alkaline taste. Permanent in dry,
hut slowly decomposed in moist air. Soluble in 11.3 parts
of water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. Slight alkaline
reaction. ;
Incompatibles.—Decomposed by acid and acid salts, as
bismuth subnitrate.
Dose.—H.., Z ss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D.,
er.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
GENERAL ACTION OF SODIUM SALTS.
Sodium and its salts are not nearly so poisonous as
similar potassium compounds, because they are less depress-
ing to the circulatory, muscular and nervous systems, but
death has occurred after enormous doses. The salts possess a
local paralyzing action on nerve and muscular tissue. They
are absorbed and eliminated more slowly than the corre-
sponding potassium compounds. Sodium salts alkalize the ©
blood and urine, but are only slightly diuretic. Sodium
SODIUM BICARBONATE 135
carbonate, phosphate, and sulphate diminish the solids in
the bile and, therefore, increase its fluidity.
Sopium BICARBONATE.
Action External.—Sodium bicarbonate lessens irritability
of the skin in itching and burns.
Action Internal.—W hen sodium bicarbonate is given in
generous doses after eating it neutralizes the acid products _
of indigestion and fermentation. If ingested in small doses
before eating, sodium bicarbonate increases the secretion of
gastric juice and hydrochloric acid. The constant adminis-
tration of sodium bicarbonate weakens the digestive powers
and creates anemia, general cachexia, and scorbutic symp-
toms. Sodium bicarbonate liberates carbonic dioxide in
the stomach, and thus exerts a sedative effect. It dissolves
mucus and thins the biliary secretion. It is, therefore,
useful in catarrh of the gastro-intestinal tract.
Blood.—The blood is made more alkaline.
Kidneys.—The urine is:alkalized, but the salt is only
feebly diuretic.
Uses External.—In aqueous solution (1-50) sodium
bicarbonate relieves itching in urticaria, prurigo and chronic
eczema. It also allays the pain of shght burns and of acute
rheumatism. For this purpose cloths should be soaked in
saturated solutions and placed upon the affected parts.
Added to water (3i.-Oi.) in which instruments are to be
boiled, it prevents rusting. —
Uses Internal.—Sodium is one of the most useful reme-
dies in gastric or intestinal indigestion associated with
acidity, flatulence, and distress. It does not always remove
the cause of indigestion, however, and, therefore, should be ;
combined with agents which do: e.g., cathartics, antiseptics,
carminatives and stomachics. For this reason sodium
bicarbonate is often prescribed to dogs with bismuth sub-
earbonate, salol or beta naphtol; to horses, with gentian or
ux vomica and ginger.
Sodium bicarbonate is of value in alkalizing the blood
136 ; INORGANIC AGENTS
in acute rheumatism, when it is thought to increase oxida-
tion and tissue waste. The salt assists the action of calomel,
with which it should be generally conjoined, since it stimu-
lates the flow of bile and aids the alkaline intestinal juices
in transforming the inactive chloride into the active oxide.
Sodium bicarbonate is occasionally given in acute bronchitis,
but it is distinctly inferior to the corresponding potassium
salt in thinning and increasing bronchial secretions.
This salt is highly recommended in the treatment of
hemoglobinemia (azoturia) in horses, when given in quanti-
ties of 10-30 ounces daily. Theoretically, sodium bicarbo-
nate is of benefit in this disease, by neutralizing acid
products of metabolism which lead to solution of the hemo-
globin.
Administration._Sodium bicarbonate may be given in
solution or on the tongue or food in the pure state.
Sopi SutpHas. Sodium Sulphate. Na,SO,10H,0.
(U.S. &B.P.)
Synonym.—Glauber’s salts, sulfas sodicus (natricus),
sal mirabile Glauberi, sulphate of soda, E.; sulfat de soude,
sel de Glauber, Fr.; Glaubersalz, G.
Derivation.—Neutralize the residue left in the mannfac-
ture of HCl from salt, with sodium carbonate. 2 Na HSO, +
Na, CO, = 2 Na,SO, + CO, + H,O.
Properties.—Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic
prisms, or granular crystals, odorless, and having a bitter,
saline taste. The salt effloresces rapidly in the air, and
finally loses all its water of crystallization. Soluble in 2.8
parts of water; insoluble in alcohol; soluble in glycerin.
Dose.—C., thi.-iss. (500.-750.); H. (laxative), 3 ii.-iv.
(60.-120.); Sh., %1ii.-iv. (60,-120.).
Action Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Sodium and magne-
sium sulphate rapidly abstract water from the blood vessels.
of the alimentary canal through the intestinal glands (succus
entericus) until a 5-per-cent. solution is reached. This
solution is but slowly reabsorbed so that it sweeps out the.
SODIUM SULPHATE 137
contents of the bowels. They are hydragogue cathartics.
‘These salts also stimulate peristaltic action to some extent
by their physical properties, or through their action in aug-
menting the mass of intestinal contents. Glauber’s salt is
said to be slower in action than Epsom salts.
Liver.—Glauber’s salt increases the secretion of bile
and prevents its absorption in the bowels by expelling it
from the tract.
Kidneys.—Small doses of sodium sulphate are absorbed
_ and alkalize the blood and urine. It is a slight diuretic.
Administration.—Glauber’s salt is given to cattle in
solution with ginger and molasses.
Uses.—Sodium sulphate is a decided cholagogue and
more active in this respect than magnesium sulphate. In
human medicine, Glauber’s salts prove irritating and cause
griping, so that Epsom salts are preferred. In veterinary
practice, on the other hand, sodium sulphate acts more
effectively, and, in fact, is the best saline cathartic we
possess. Sodium sulphate is the principal ingredient of
Carlsbad salts, which have recently come into vogue with
veterinarians, although long valued in human medicine.
The formula for the artificial Carlsbad salts (Sal carolinum
Jactitium), which is the preparation commonly used, is as
follows:
_ Sodii sulphatis exsiccati.......... 40.0
OGM, DIGCATDOMALIS.. 2 6 aciny cieicpeis. ove « 39.0
OMMIAMEEDL OIC. "rater. tos cve.o v's diate. cece 15.0
Potassli sulphatis oo... scdecccss 2.0
M. et fiat pulvis.
Sig. One to two heaping tablespoonfuls on the food
two or three times daily for horses.
Sodium sulphate is thus given as Carlsbad salts or
alone in small doses as a laxative, but in constipation asso-
ciated with indigestion and malnutrition, gentian, powdered
rhubarb, iron and other stomachics and tonics are often
combined; while, in fever, small doses of Glauber’s salts
are useful in promoting the activity of the skin and kidneys,
138 INORGANIC AGENTS
and for this purpose may be given with spirit of nitrous
ether, to which diluted sulphuric acid and the compound
tincture may be added to improve appetite and digestion.
Glauber’s salts are useful in aiding the action of peristaltic:
agents, as aloes. Small doses are given to horses in their
drinking water while the aloes is acting.
Sodium sulphate is of, benefit in the treatment of diar-
rhoea, dysentery and overloaded and impacted colon of horses.
when given in frequent and repeated doses in connection
with linseed oil.
An enema, consisting of one pound of Glauber’s salts in
a quart of water, to which two ounces of oil of turpentine
and four ounces of glycerin may with advantage be added,
should be injected high into the bowel to secure rapid
purgation in horses suffering with colic.
Glauber’s and Epsom salts are the most common pur-
gatives given to ruminants. It is therefore impossible to
enumerate special indications for their employment in the
case of these animals. To assist the action, one teaspoonful
each of ginger and molasses are given with each ounce of
Glauber’s or Epsom salts, and often an equal weight of
sodium chloride. When a speedy action is desired, Glau-
- ber’s salts should be administered with a large amount of
water and thirst should be encouraged by the addition
of common salt. When, on the other hand, it is essential to
remove fluid and morbid effusions from the body, the
purgative salt should be exhibited in concentration and the
patient should be deprived of water to a considerable ex-
tent. Glauber’s and Epsom salts are not used so commonly
in canine practice as calomel and castor oil, but find more
favor with German than English-speaking veterinarians.
Sometimes salts are serviceable in irritable states of
the bowels in dogs (piles, duodenitis and intestinal catarrh)
in teaspoonful doses; and when given every second day, as
a laxative, in eczema. Vomiting, however, not uncommonly
follows the ingestion of salts by dogs.
Sodium and magnesium sulphate are antidotes to lead
SODIUM CHLORIDE 139
aud barium salts forming insoluble sulphates ; also they are
the best antidotes to carbolic acid, giving rise to the harm-
less sulphocarbolates.
Sop1r CunoripuM. Sodium Chloride. NaCl.
(U8. & B: P:)
Synonym.—Common or table salt, muriate of soda, sal
commune or culinare, chloruretum sodicum, E.; natrium
chloratum purum, P. G.; chlorure de sodium, sel commun,
sel de cuisine, Fr.; chlornatrium, kochsalz, G.
Derivation.—Mined in native state and obtained by
evaporation of brine, spring or sea water.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or
a white, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a purely
saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble in 2.8 parts of
water; almost insoluble in alcohol; insoluble in ether or
chloroform. Reaction neutral.
Dose.—Cathartic, C., thss.-i. (250.-500.); Sh. = i.-ii.
(30.-60.).
Action Hxternal.—Salt is a stimulant to the skin when
applied in concentrated solution.
Action Internal.—Salt is an essential constituent of food,
and necessary to the composition of blood plasma, from which |
it is constantly eliminated in the urine. Herbivorous‘ani-
mals require sodium chloride in addition to that contained
in their food ; for blood is rich in common salt, while veget-
ables abound more especially in potassium salts. The
potassium salts, according to Bunge, on entering the blood
bring about a chemical reaction, whereby sodium chloride
circulating in the plasma is split; the chlorine in sodium
chloride combines with potassium, while the acid set free
from the potassium salt unites with sodium, and both pro-
ducts are swept away in the urine, thus removing sodium
chloride from the blood. This is only replaced by that,
140 INORGANIC AGENTS
taken as food. Animals deprived of salt suffer from anemia,
general weakness and cedema.
Stomach and Intestines.—Salt has caused gastro-enteritis
and death in enormous doses. Large doses occasion emesis
in dogs. Salt combines with lactic acid in the stomach to
form sodium lactate, and in the process sets free hydro-
chlorie acid. Hydrochloric acid, in its turn, promotes the
formation of pepsin from pepsinogen of the gastric tubules.
Salt, therefore, improyes gastric digestion. Salt acts in the
bowels as a mild hydragogue purgative. It is unfit asa
cathartic for horses or dogs, but is useful for cattle and
sheep when combined with magnesium or sodium sulphate.
Salt creates thirst and, therefore, promotes the ingestion of
water. A large supply of water flushes the system and
removes deleterious and imperfectly oxidized matters.
Blood.—The red corpuscles are augmented by salt.
Metabolism.—Salt increases tissue change and tends to
elevate temperature. The appetite is also sharpened owing
to the ingestion of water and metabolic activity.
Summary.—Emetic, cathartic, digestive, alterative.
Us’s External.—A solution consisting of one ounce each
of salt, nitre and sal.ammoniac, in one quart of water, may
be used on bruises and sprains as a stimulant and refrig-
erant lotion. Severe hemorrhage, collapse and surgical
shock are treated most successfully by injections of hot
normal salt solution into a vein, under the skin, or into the
rectum. The solution maintains the proper sulinity of the
blood, replaces the mass of blood lost, and supplies heat.
The solution is made by alding one heaping teaspoonful of
salt to a quart of boiled water at a temperature of 100° to
105° F. From 2 to 4 quarts may be given to horses, and
from 4 to 1 pint to dogs. (See p. 732.) Salt is an efficient
antidote externally and internally to silver nitrate.
Uses Internal_—Salt is a serviceable emetic for dogs,
when zinc sulphate is not at hand, in emergencies and pois-
oning. One teaspoonful may be stirred into a cup of luke-
warm water with a tablespoonful of mustard. It is a useful
SODIUM CHLORIDE 141
addition to Epsom salts, since it increases thirst and the
ingestion of water, and assists purgation in overloaded
conditions of the first and third stomachs of ruminants.
One-half pound of salt is administered to cattle with one-
half to one pound of Epsom salts, one-quarter pound of
ginger and a pint of molasses in two quarts of water. The
habitual ingestion of salt is prejudicial to ascarides and
diminishes the secretion of mucus in which they live. It
ix even more efficacious in destroying oxyurides inhabiting
the lower bowels. Enemata containing 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls
of salt to the pint of water are employed for this purpose.
Salt should be constantly kept in the feed boxes of horses
and cattle.
Animals convalescing from acute diseases, and those
with feeble digestion, need salt particularly. Horses are
commonly given a bran mash once a week, with plenty of
salt to enhance its laxative and hygienic action. Dogs
usually procure sufficient salt in their ordinary food, but it
should be added to their diet in the treatment of obesity.
Repeated doses of salt aid the absorption of serous pleural
effusions.
Sopm Poospras. Sodium Phosphate. Na, HPO, + 12H,0.
(U.S. & BP.)
Synonym.—Phosphas sodicus (natricus), sal mirabile
perlatum, phosphate of soda, E.; natrum phosphoricum,
P. G.; phosphate de soude, Fr.; phosphorsaures natrum, G.
Derivation.—Digest bone ash with sulphuric acid.
Ca, 2PO, + 2 H, SO, = Ca H, 2 PO, (acid calcium phos-
phate) + 20a SO, Filter and add sodium carbonate to
filtrate.
Ca H,2 PO, + Na, CO, = Na, H PO, + H,O + CO +
Ca HPO,.. Evaporate, and sodium phosphate crystallizes
out. :
Properties.—Large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, odor-
less, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals
effloresce in the dry air and gradually lose 5 molecules of
142 INORGANIC AGENTS
their water of crystallization. Soluble in 5.8 parts of water;
insoluble in alcohol; slightly alkaline reaction.
Dose.—Same as sodium sulphate; D., 31.-i1. (4-8.), as
laxative and cholagogue cathartic.
The phosphate resembles the sulphate, but is a milder
purgative and more efficient hepatic stimulant. It is indi-
cated in jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves. It
is oceasionally prescribed in rickets as a source of phos-
phorus, but the calcium phosphate is more appropriate.
Sopit Sutpats. Sodium Sulphite. Na, SO, 7 H,O.
(USS) GBs PS
Synonym.—Natrum sulfariosum, sulfis sodicas (natricus),
sulphite of soda, E.; sulfite de soude, Fr.; schwefligsaures
natron, G.
Derivation. —Saturate a solution of sodium carbonate or
hydrate with sulphurons anhydride gas. Na, CO, + SO,=
Na, SO, + CO,
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms,
odorless, and having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste. In
air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxidized to sulphate.
Soluble in 4 parts of water; sparingly soluble in alcohol ;
Neutral or feebly alkaline.
Dose.—H. & C., %i. (80.); Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i (2-4); D.,
gr.v.-Xxx. (.3-2.).
Sopit Bisutpuire. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSO,. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Obtained from sodium carbonate or bicar-
bonate and sulphurous anhydride gas.
Properties.—Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular
powder, exhaling an odor of sulphur dioxide and having a
disagreeable, sulphurous taste. Exposed to the air the salt
loses sulphur dioxide and is gradually oxidized to sulphate.
Soluble in 4 parts of water and in 72 parts of alcohol ; reac-
tion acid.
Dose.—Same as sodium sulphite.
SODIUM THIOSULPHATE 143:
Sopm TurosutpHas. Sodium Thiosulphate. Na,S,O,5 H,O.
(U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Sodium hyposulphite, hyposulphate of soda,
E.; natrum subsulfurosum (hyposulfurosum), P. G.; hyposul--
phis sodicus, hyposulfite de soude, sulfite solfuré de soude,
Fr.; unterschwefligsaures natron, G.
Derivation.—Dissolve sulphur in a boiling aqueous
solution of sodium sulphite. -
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms,
odorless, and having a cooling, afterwards bitter, taste.
Permanent in air below 33° C. (91.4° F.), but efflorescent in
dry air above that temperature. Soluble in 0.65 part of
water; insoluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in oil of tur-
pentine ; reaction neutral.
Dose.—Same as sodium sulphite.
Administration.—The sulphites are given in solution, or
may be added in powder to thé food of horses.
ACTION OF THE SULPHITES.
Action External.—The sulphites are antiseptics, deodor-
izers and parasiticides externally.
Action Internal.—The sulphites are decomposed by the
acids in the stomach, and sulphur dioxide (SO,) is evolved.
The bisulphite and hyposulphite are richer in sulphur and,
therefore, are more powerful. Sulphur dioxide gas is an
antiseptic. :
Blood.—If any part of the sulphites escapes decomposi-
tion in the digestive tract, it is absorbed unchanged.
Summary.—Auntiseptics, deodorizers and parasiticides
externally. Antiseptics in the alimentary tract.
Uses.—A 15 per cent. solution of the sulphites is used
in parasitic skin diseases. The salts are indicated in indi-
gestion with fermentation, flatulence and foul-smelling feces.
They have been greatly lauded as remedies in general septic
conditions, but have proved as useless as most other drugs
in such cases.
144 INORGANIC AGENTS
The cther sodium salts are of no particular value in
veterinary practice except sodium bromide. See Bromine,
p- 240.)
Ammonium.
The metal is not employed in medicine. Ammonia
(NH;) exists in the free state as a gas, and is used in medi-
cine in solution in water or alcohol.
Aqua Ammoniz. Ammonia Water. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Liquor ammonie, B. P.; spirits of hartshorn,
E.; liquor ammonti caustici, P. G.; spiritus salis ammoniaci
causticus, ammonia aqua soluta, ammoniaque liquide, eau
(solution, liqueur) d’ammoniaque, Fr.; salmiakgeist, setzam-
moniak, ammoniakflissigkeit,G. An aqueous solution of
ammonia (NH,), containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas.
Properties.—A. colorless, transparent liquid, having a
very pungent odor, an acrid, alkaline taste, and a strongly
alkaline reaction. Spec. gr.0.960. ;
Derivation.—Evolve ammonia gas by heating ammonium
chloride with calcium hydrate, and pass it into water.
2 NH, Cl + Ca(OH), = 2 NH, + 2H,O + CaCl,
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 31-11. (4.-8.):
D., I x.-xx. (-6-1.3). ,
PREPARATION.
Linimentum Ammonice. Ammonia Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Ammonia water, 350; cottonseed oil, 600; alcohol, 50. (U.S. P.)
Aqua AmMoniz Fortis. Stronger Ammonia Water. (U.S:P3
Synonym.—Liquor ammoniz fortis, stronger solution
of ammonia, B. P.; eau d’ammoniaque forte, Fr.; starker sal-
miakgeist, G.
An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH,), containing 28
per cent., by weight, of the gas.
Derivation.—Same as aqua ammonie.
Properties.—A colorless, transparent liquid, having an
_—~. STRONGER AMMONIA WATER 145.
excessively pungent odor, a very acrid and alkaline taste,
and a strongly alkaline reaction. Spec. gr.0.901.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 31. (4); D
Tiv.-x. (.3-.6).
PREPARATION.
Spiritus Ammonie. Spirit of Ammonia. (U.S. P.)
- Synonym.—Spiritus ammoniaci caustici dyondii, ammoniated alco-
hol, E.; liquor ammoniz caustici spirituosus, P. G.; alcoolé d’ammo-
niaque, liqueur d’ammoniaque vineuse, Fr.; weingeistige ammoniak-
flussigkeit, G.”
An alcoholic solution of ammonia (NHs), contanming 10 per cent.,
by weight, of the gas.
Properties.—A colorless liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia,
and a spec. gr. of about 0.810,
This preparation combines the stimulating properties of ammonia
and alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii, (4.-8.); D., mx.-
xx. (.6-1.3).
AMMONIA PREPARATIONS.
Action External—Ammonia is a powerful irritant in
stronger solution, or gas. If it is applied for a sufficient
time, hyperzemia, vesication and sloughing ensue.
Action Internal.— Stomach.—lf swallowed in concentrated
solution death may take place instantaneously from cedema
and spasm of the glottis. Otherwise, more or less extensive
inflammation of the alimentary canal will follow, according
to the amount ingested. Diluted vinegar and lemon juice,
together with the white of egg, or sweet oil, should be
given as antidotes. ‘Tracheotomy may be indicated, if there
is glottie obstruction. Ammonia, in passing through the
mouth, throat, gullet and stomach, reflexly stimulates the
heart and respiration before absorption can occur.
Ammonia is ar antacid in the stomach, but should not
be employed in gastric irritability.
Respiratory Tract.—Inhalation of stronger ammonia
through the nostrils causes reflex stimulation of the heart.
and respiration by irritation of the nasal branches of the
fifth nerve. Care must be exercised to prevent inflammation
146 INORGANIC AGENTS
of the air passages. Ammonia stimulates the respiratory
centre when it is absorbed through any channel. —
Circulation.—Ammonia is a rapid but transient heart
stimulant, making the ventricular contractions stronger and
more frequent, by stimulation of the accelerator nerves and
heart muscle. Ammonia also stimulates the vasomotor
centre, probably, and, because of this fact, and the large
amount of blood pumped into the vessels, vascular tension
is heightened. Lethal doses paralyze the cardiac muscle.
Ammonia differs from alcohol in being more evanescent as a
stimulant, in not affecting the brain nor SUE Sca, and in
not acting as a food.
Blood tne normal blood contains ammonia, which is
supposed to aid in maintaining its fluidity. When a pois-
onous quantity enters the circulation, ammonia has a
damaging effect on the red corpuscles; not only depriving
them of their oxygen, but incapacitating them from absorbing
more. Ammonia is thought to prevent coagulation of blood
within the vessels in conditions favorable to thrombosis.
Nervous System.—An intravenous injection of a lethal
dose of ammonia occasions tetanic convulsions in animals,
owing to stimulation of the reflex and motor functions of the
cord. Medicinal doses excite the spinal reflex and motor
centres. Where ammonia is applied directly to nerve tissue
it excites in dilute solution, but paralyzes functional activity
in concentration. The brain is unaffected by the therapeutic
administration of ammonia.
Elimination.—Ammonia combines with acid in the
stomach and is absorbed into the blood. Its fate is unknown.
Probably it is oxidized in part and escapes as nitric acid,
possibly to some extent as urea and uric acid. The acidity
of urine is increased by its elimination.
Summary.—Heart and respiratory stimulant and antacid.
Externally, rubefacient, vesicant, and escharotie.
Uses.—The indications for ammonia are eee in accord
with its physiological actions.
Externally.—It is frequently used in stimulating lini-
AMMONIUM CARBONATE ' 147
ments. One part each of water of ammonia and oil of tur-
pentine, may be combined to advantage with 4 to 6 parts of
camphor liniment. Ammonia water is one of the best
remedies to relieve pain and antagonize the action of insect
bites, as stings of bees and wasps. It should be applied
directly to the poisoned part.
Internally.—Ammonia is indicated when rapid stimula-
tion of the heart and respiration is desirable. In emer-
gencies it may be given intravenously (aq. ammon. fort. 1;
water, 4 parts); or by inhalation. It is serviceable in the
treatment of prussic acid and aconite poisoning, syncope,
collapse and shock following surgical operations; also in
snake bites. The spirit of ammonia may be prescribed in
fevers as a stimulant. Ammonia is inferior to ammonium
carbonate or the aromatic spirit in the care of colic and
tympanites.
Ammontt Carponas. Ammonium Carbonate. NH, HCO,
NH,NH,CO,. (U.8.&B.P.)
Synonym.—Volatile salt, sal volatile siccum, carbonas
-ammonicus, E.; ammonium ccarbonicum, P. G.; carbonate
d’ammoniaque, alkali volatil concret, sel volatil d’Angleterre,
By.; ; fluchtige, laugensalz, reines hirchhornsalz, ei carl
ammonium, G.
Derivation—A mixture of ammonium chloride or
sulphate, and calcium carbonate, is sublimed and resub-
limed. Ammonium carbonate, so-called, is a mixture of
ammoninm carbonate and bicarbonate.
4NH, Cl + 2 CaCO, = NH, HCO, .NH,NH, CO, + 2
CaCi, + NH, + H.,O.
Properties.—White, hard, translucent, striated masses,
having a strongly ammoniacal odor without empyreuma,
and a sharp saline taste. On exposure to the air the salt
loses both ammonia and carbonic dioxide, becoming opaque,
and is finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a
white powder. Soluble in about 5 parts of water. . Alcohol
only dissolves the carbonate (NH, NH, CO,).
148
INORGANIC AGENTS
Dose.—H., ii. (8.); C., Zili-vi. (12.-24.); Sh: & Sw.,
gr.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (-2-.6); D., emetic, gr.xv. (1.).
Spiritus
PREPARATION.
Ammonic.Aromaticus. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia,
(U.S. & B. P.)
«
Synonym.—Sal volatile, alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique,
aromatischer ammoniakgeist, G.
Ammonium carbonate...... ais. aialevetons tate Sa sxeh OA
Ammonia, WATET:, sce cere e rao eke peel sseieietole tere 5. WW
OilofWemones sees a ela eererenener Persie onl)
Oil of lavender flowers......... iN teteanecnia’s 1
(OPMMope tahbnHaAVeyee Seo goudoooSUr intabe terete tees Pea |
PW crol are) MENA Oe Goon Os 5 dooon done eee OD
Distilled water to make......-..... ejatatetaters 1000
.
it
Properties.—A nearly colorless liquid when freshly prepared, but
gradually acquiring a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammo-
niacal odor and taste. Spec. gr.0.905.
Dose.—H. & C., %i.-ii. (80.-60.);
3ss.-i. (2.-4.
), well diluted.
Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.,
The aromatic spirit of ammonia nearly resembles ammo-
nium carbonate in action, but the alcohol and volatile oils
add to the stimulant qualities of ammonia and ammonium
earbonate.
Action Internal—Ammonium carbonate is decomposed
by acid in the stomach, but its ultimate fate is unknown. It
stimulates gastric secretion, vascularity and motion, and
also excites intestinal peristalsis.
achic and
doses, an emetic to dogs.
It is, therefore, a stom-
carminative. It is also an antacid, and, in large
The action of ammonium carbo-
nate is almost identical with that of ammonia water in
stimulating the heart and respiration, but it has more power
in augmen
ting the bronchial secretions.
Summary.—Cardiae and respiratory stimulant, expecto-
rant, stomachic aud emetic.
Administration. —Atmonium carbonate is given in ball,
or in solution in cold water, to avoid irritating fumes ; also,
p or gruel. It is often prescribed with other
stimulants and antispasmodies, as alcohol, capsicum, cam-
phor and asafcetida.
with syru
AMMONIUM CHLORIDE © 149
Uses.—The indications for the administration of ammo-
nium carbonate are much the same as those for ammonia
preparations. It is a more useful expectorant, however, and
it and the aromatic spirit are more serviceable in the treat-
ment of flatulence. For the latter condition in horses with
colic a ball containing ammonium carbonate 3 ii., and cap-
sicum 73i., with sufficient linseed meal and molasses to make
the proper bulk and consistency, is often efficient. We may
use ammonium carbonate alone in the case of acute or
chronic bronchitis, or it may be combined with other
stimulants, or expectorants, as ammonium chloride. In
electric shock, so common an accident in the larger cities
from “live” wires, the administration of full doses of
aromatic spirit diluted with half a pint of water will prove
a most effective heart stimulant when the animal can
swallow.
AmmMonit CHLoripumM. Ammonium Chloride. NH, Cl.
(OVS. & Br Ps)
Synonym.—Sal ammoniac, ammonia muriatica or hydro-
chloratum, chloruretum ammonicum, salammonicum, ammo-
nie hydrochloras’ or murias, muriate of ammonia, E.;
chlorure d’ammonium, sel ammoniz, muriate d’ammoniaque,
Fr.; salmiak, chlorammonium, G.
Properties.—A. white, crystalline powder without odor,
having a cooling, saline taste,and permanent in the air.
Soluble in three parts of water; almost insoluble in alcohol.
Reaction neutral.
Dose.—H., 3 ii. (8.); C., Zill-vi. (12.-24.); Sh. & Sw,
gr.xy.-xl. (1- 2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6).
Action Internal.—Sal ammoniac is a feeble hese, and.
respiratory stimulant, and is not comparable to the ammonia
compounds, or ammonium carbonate, in this respect. It is
eliminated in great part unchanged by the urine, but also
by the other channels. In its excretion it stimulates the
mucous membranes, increases their secretions generally,
150 INORGANIC AGENTS —-
and is thought to improve their nutrition. Hence it has
been termed an alterative. Ammonium chloride both
excites the secretion of the bronchial mucous membrane and
renders it less viscid in inflammatory conditions. It is
mildly diarphoretic, diuretic and cholagogue.
Summary.—Externally refrigerant, internally expector-
ant, alterative, feebly diarphoretic, diuretic, and chologogue.
Uses.—Four ounces each of nitre and sal ammoniac may
be dissolved in two quarts of water as a refrigerant lotion.
Sal ammoniac is indicated more especially in the second
stage of acute bronchitis, in chronic bronchitis, and in
chronic intestinal catarrh with diarrhea. Ammonium
chloride may be given to dogs with glycerin and chloroform
water as a cough mixture. If cough is excessive, codeine or
morphine sulphate can be added to this prescription with
advantage.
Liquor Ammonit ACETATIS. Solution of Ammonium Acetate.
(U.S. & B. PB.)
Synonym.—Spirit. of Mindererus, spiritus Mindereri,
acetas ammonicus liquidus, E.; liquor ammonii acetici, P. G.;
acetate d’ammoniaque liquide, esprit de Mindererus, Fr.;
essigsaure ammonium-flussigkeit, G.
An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NH,C,H,O,)
containing about 7 per cent. of the salt, together with small
amounts of acetic acid and carbon dioxide.
Derivation.—Ammonium carbonate is gradually added
to cold, diluted acetic acid until the latter is neutralized.
Properties.—A_ clear, colorless liquid, free from empy-
reuma, of a mildly saline, acidulous taste, and an acid
reaction.
Incompatibles.—Acids and alkalies.
Dose.—H. & C., % ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ii.-viii. (8.-30.).
Action.—Spirit of Mindererus stimulates the secretory
cells of the kidneys and sudoriparous glands. In the
stomach it exerts a mild, antacid action.
nn ee ee a
4 LITHIUM CARBONATE 15
eon %
Summary.—Externally, refrigerant; internally, diuretic,
diaphoretic and antacid.
Uses.—Liquor ammonii acetatis is an exceedingly feeble
medicine and is often employed as a vehicle with more pow-
erful agents of its class, e.g., spiritus ztheris nitrosi. It is
useful as a febrifuge.
R PLN GAC OMI ay aietn a rane tere osiare nietevere TLXXiv.
NIOMMDTOMUIGT, 5 5.4 oicPcstere's ecw eis eel 3 ii
Sp Taceuheris MIGTOSIe.. 6 s,c1s.e seins «os 2 ss.
M. Liquor. ammonii acetatis ad........ Ziv.
S. Teas. every hour.
The foregoing prescription is a good palliative combi-
nation for dogs suffering with fever and restlessness. The
solution of ammonium acetate is frequently conjoined with
sweet spirit of nitre and ammonium chloride or potassium
iodide, in the treatment of acute respiratory diseases of -
horses, e.g., influenza, bronchitis, and pneumonia. It may
be added to the drinking water without rendering it unpala-
table.
Lithium.
(The Metal is not Used in Medicine.)
Liram Carponas. Lithium Carbonate. Li, Co,.
(O78. BVP)
Synonym.—Carbonas lithicus, carbonate of lithia, E.;
lithium carbonicum, P. G.; carbonate de lithine, carbonate
lithique, Fr.; kohlensaures lithion, G.
Derivation.—Made by action of lithium chloride on
acid ammonium carbonate.
2Li Cl + NH, HCO, = Li,CO, + NH,Cl+ HCl. Puri-
fied by washing with alcohol and drying.
Properties.—A light, white powder, odorless, and having
an alkaline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 80
parts of water; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction alkaline.
Dose.—D., gr.iil.-x. (.2-.6).
152: “INORGANIC AGENTS
Lira Cirras. Lithium Citrate. Li,C,H,O,.
(U. 8S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Lithium citricum, citrate of lithia, E.; citrate
de lithine, Fr.; citronsaures lithion, G.
Derivation.—Made by action of citric acid on lithium
carbonate.
2H.C,H,O, + 3Li,CO, = 2 Li,C,H,O, + 3H,0 + 3 CO,
Recovered by evaporation and crystallization.
Properties.—A white powder, odorless, and having a
cooling, faintly alkaline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to
air; soluble in 2 parts of water; almost insoluble in alcohol
or ether. Reaction neutral.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
ACTION OF LITHIUM SALTS.
Lithium salts are said to form soluble compounds with
uric acid in the blood, and so assist its elimination in the
urine. As lithium combines more readily with acid sodium
phosphate in the blood than with. uric acid, it is doubtful
whether it is a very efficient uric acid* solvent in the body.
The lithium salts alkalize the urine and notably increase its.
secretion.
Summary.—Lithium salts are diuretics, and uric acid
solvents in some degree. The carbonate may be given in
powder or pill; the citrate in solution.
Uses.—Lithium compounds are of little value in veteri-
nary medicine. ‘They are serviceable, however, in the
treatment of dogs with a very acid urine of high specific
gravity; with uric acid calculus, or those affected with
chronic rheumatism. The salts will not dissolve calculi in
the body, but prevent their formation.
Water is extremely useful in such conditions. Lithium
citrate may be placed in the drinking water. Thirst should
be encouraged by the administration of salt on the food, and
high rectal injections may be given to create absorption of
water by this channel. Lithium salicylate is thought to be
». * Uricacid can not exist as such in blood, which isan alkaline fluid.
PREPARED CHALK 153
the better salt for rheumatism. It is probable that treat-
ment with salicylic acid and lithium citrate would be more
satisfactory. .
SECTION III.
ALKALINE EartH Metats: Catcrum,. Barium, MAGNESIUM,”
ALUMINUM AND CERIUM.
Calcium.
(The Metal Calcium is not Employed in Medicine.)
Creta Prm@paraTa. Prepared Chalk. Ca Co,.
(Urs: & Be P22)
Synonym.—Drop chalk, E.; craie préparée, Fr.; pripa-
rirte kreide, G.
Derivation—Made from chalk by levigation, elutriation
and dessication.
Properties.—A white, amorphous powder, often moulded
into conical drops; odorless and tasteless; permanent in
the air. Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol.
Incompatibles.—Sulphates and acids.
Dose.—H., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); C., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. &
Sw., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-3i. (.6-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Pulvis Cretce Compositus. Compound Chalk Powder. (U.S. P.)
Chalk, 30; acacia, 20; sugar, 50.
Dose.—D., gy.x.- 3 i, (.6-4.).
Mistura Crete. Chalk Mixture. (U.S. P.)
Compound chalk powder, 200; cinnamon water, 400; water to make
1000.
Dose.—D., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.).
Pulvis Cretcee Aromaticus. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., gr. x.-3 i. (.6-4.).
Pulvis Cretce Aromaticus Cum Opio. (B. P.)
(Contains 21 per cent. opium.)
Dose.—D.. gr. x.-xl. (.6-2.6).
154 INORGANIC AGENTS
Catcit CarBonas Przcrriratus. Precipitated Calcium Car-
bonate. CaCO, (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Calcis carbonas precipitata, B. P.; pre-
cipitated carbonate of lime, creta precipitata, carbonas cal-
cicus precipitatus, E.; calcaria carbonica precipitata, P. G.;
carbonate de chaux précipité, craie précipitée, Fr.; pree-
cipitirten kohlensauren kalk, G.
Derivation.—Obtained by precipitation of calcium chlo-
ride with sodium carbonate.
CaCl, +Na,CO,= CaCO, + 2 NaCl. Dry the precipi-
tate.
Properties.—A. fine, white powder, without odor or taste,
and permanent in the air. Nearly insoluble in water; insol-
uble inalcohol. The solubility is increased by presence of
carbon dioxide. Permanent in air.
Dose.—H.., 3 1.11. (80.-60.); C., Zii-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. &
Sw., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.- 31. (.6-4.).
CaLcIuM CARBONATE.
Action External. — Dessicant and slightly astringent
powder ; also protective.
Action Internal.— Alimentary Canal.—Calcium carbonate
is the slowest acting antacid, because of its comparative
insolubility, and is of value when it.can exert its long-
continued influence throughout the digestive tract. It
resembles bismuth in mechanically coating or protecting
inflamed or irritable surfaces. It is not so astringent nor
antiseptic as the bismuth salts, and these are generally
preferable to chalk for the smaller animals. It is excreted
unchanged in the feces.
Administration.—Caleium carbonate may be given to.
dogs in troches, pills or powder ; to other animals in powder;
balls or electuary. Chalk is commonly prescribed suspended
in flour gruel, milk or mucilage to the larger animals. The
official preparations are suitable for dogs.
Uses.—Chalk forms a dusting powder for moist eczema,
LIME 155
slight burns and intertrigo. Zinc oxide and starch (1 to 4) is,
however, a better preparation. Chalk is the most useful
antacid for diarrhoea accompanied by fermentation of the
intestinal contents, while its local astringent and protecting
influence assist in overcoming the trouble. It is especially
good for foals and calves given in flour gruel, and often
combined with catechu, ginger and opium. The following
prescription is appropriate for dogs with diarrhea:
Tine. kino, tine. catechu co. and tine. opii camphor. 4a
Zss.; mistura crete to make Ziv. §S. Teaspoonful every
three hours. A serviceable ball for horses with diarrhea
contains: Creolin, chalk and ginger, 44a 23ss.; powdered
opium, 31.
Carx!, “lime, CaO: (U:.8..& B. P.)-.
Synonym.—Burned lime, quicklime, calcaria, calx viva,
ealx usta, oxydum calcicum, E.; calcaria-usta, P. G.; chaux,
chaux vive, Fr.; kalk, gebrannter kalk, G.
Derivation.—Prepared by burning white marble, oyster
shells, or the purest varieties of natural calcium carbonate,
to expel carbon dioxide.
Properties.—Hard, white, or grayish-white masses, which
in contact with air gradually attract moisture and carbon
dioxide and fall to a white powder; odorless; of a sharp,
caustic taste. Reaction intensely alkaline. Solubie in
about 750 parts of water; insoluble in alcohol.
PREPARATIONS.
Liquor Calcis. Solutionof Lime. (U.S. & B. P.)
A saturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate.
Synonym.—Lime water, solution of calcium hydrate, aqua calca-
riz uste, aqua calcis, calcaria soluta, oxydum calcicum, aqua solutum,
E.; aqua calcarie, P. G.; eau (liquor) de chaux, Fr.; kalkwasser, G.
Derivation.—Dissolve lime in water. The percentage of calcium
hydrate [Ca (OH),] varies with the temperature, being somewhat over
0.17 per cent. at 15° C. (59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises.
Properties.—A. clear, colorless liquid without odor, and having a
saline and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs carbon dioxide from the air,
so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid.
Reaction strongly alkaline.
156 INORGANIC AGENTS
Dose.—H. & C., 2 iv.-vi. (120.-180.); Calves, 3 ii. (60.); D., 3 i.-viii.
(4.-30.).
Syrupus Calcis. Syrup of Lime. (U.S. P.)
Lime, 65; sugar, 400; water to make 1000.
Dose.—Calves and dogs, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). Well diluted with water or
milk.
Linimentum Caleis. Lime Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Carron oil.
Solution of lime and linseed oil, of each one volume.
Dose.—Foals and calves, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.).
Calcii Hydras. Slaked Lime. (B. P.)
Used as disinfectant in stables.
ACTION OF LIME AND SOLUTION OF LIME.
External.—Lime is caustic, but less so than potassium
or sodium hydrate. Itisanirritant. The dust of quicklime
will cause conjunctivitis. If inhaled, it will cause inflamma-
tion of the air passages ; if swallowed, irritation of the diges-
tive tract. The hydrate is a caustic also, but is not so active
as lime. Solution of lime is a sedative and astringent.
Internel.—Neither lime nor slaked lime (calcium hydrate)
are used internally, except in the official preparations.
Solution of lime acts as a sedative, antacid, and astringent
in the stomach. It dissolves mucous secretions. Lime
water is also a mild astringent in the bowels.
Uses.—Lime is employed outside of the body to destroy
putrefying organic matter by combining with water and
forming slaked lime, which absorbs many of the products
of decomposition. Whitewash, a mixture of slaked lime
and water, is not a disinfectant, although it covers sources
of infection. It may be made so by combination with
sufficient crude carbolic acid to make a 2 per cent. solution.
Linimentum calcis is one of the most satisfactory applica-
tions for superficial burns. Old clean cotton or linen cloths
are soaked in it and spread over the burned surface of
the body. This preparation has been facetiously called
“ carrion” instead of carron oil, because it is not germicidal.
Antiseptic applications are of course desirable in burns
giving rise to a raw surface, and the addition of two per
oe,
PRECIPITATED CALCIUM PHOSPHATE 157
cent. of carbolic acid will not only render the preparation
antiseptic, but more or less anesthetic as well. When the
burn is extensive, boric acid with vaseline (1 to 8) will be
safer. Orthoform (see p. 253) is the most comfortable
application which can be made on burns, but is expensive.
A mixture of slaked lime and charcoal, equal parts, makes a
useful stimulant, absorbent, dessicant, and antiseptic
dressing powder for wounds and ulcers in horses. Lime
water is serviceable in relieving itching in skin diseases,
and dries up moist surfaces through its astringent proper-
ties. With carbolic acid (1 to 50) lime water is most efficient
in allaying pruritus. Lime water is inimical to apthous
ulcerations and may be employed to swab out the mouth in
this disease. Hnemata of lime water destroy pin worms.
Solution of lime is one of the best remedies in the treatment
of vomiting in dogs. It is a direct sedative to the stomach,
and, mixed with milk, equal volumes, prevents the rapid
coagulation of the casein, lessens the formation of large,
tough curds in the stomach, and assists the retention and
digestion of milk. Syrup of hme is twenty-four times
stronger in calcium hydrate than lime water, and is more
astringent. It may be given to foals and calves suffering
from indigestion and diarrhoea. It should be administered
in a considerable quantity of milk.
Lime water may be given as an antidote in poisoning by
acids. Carron oil is a good, mild laxative and antacid for
horses with “heaves.” Itisgiven onthe food. Furthermore,
it is an excellent purgative for foals and calves in the treat-
ment of diarrhoea and indigestion.
Catctr PHospHas:Pracipiratus. Precipitated Calcium Phos-
phate. Ca,(PO,),. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Calcis phosphas precipitata, B. P.; precipi-
tated phosphate of lime, phosphas calcicus preecipitatus, E.;
calearia phosphorica, P. G.; phosphate de chaux hydrate,
Fr.; phosphorsaure kalkerde, G.
158 INORGANIC AGENTS
Derivation. —Obtained from bone ash (impure calcium
phosphate) by solution in hydrochloric acid and purified by
precipitation with ammonia water and by washing with water.
Properties.—A. light, white, amorphous powder; odor-
less and tasteless and permanent in the air. Almost insol-
uble in cold water; insoluble in alcohol; easily soluble in
hydrochloric or nitric acids.
Dose.—H., 3 i1.-iv. (8.-15.); C., % ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw.,
3 i-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
Syrupus Catcit LacrorHospHatis. Syrup of Calcium Lacto-
phosphate. (U.S. & B. P.)
Precipitated calcium carbonate, 25; lactic acid, 60;
phosphoric acid, 36; orange flower water, 50; sugar, 725;
water, a sufficient quantity to make 1,000.
Dose.-—Foals and calves, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., 3 i.-iv.
(4.-15.).
: CaLcium PHOSPHATE.
Action and Uses.—Iiime phosphate: is a constituent of
bone to the extent of 50 per cent. and of the soft tissue in
less amount. It is, therefore, essential to the body as a
tissue builder, and is a food rather than a médicine.
Disease cf bones (rickets) can be artificially produced by
withholding calcium phosphate from the food. Other bone
diseases (fragilitas ossium and caries) occur naturally in
animals receiving an insufficient diet. These same diseases
disappear on treatment with calcium phosphate. The value
of the salt in these disorders, therefore, appears to be
conclusive.* Moreover, in wasting affections phosphates are
eliminated in considerable amount by the urine. A reason-
able deduction would lead us to use phosphates in such
conditions. The diseases most appropriately treated with
calcium phosphate, according to the foregoing, are rickets,
* That is when lime salts are lacking, owing to an insufficient diet.
Often, however, these bone diseases are due to an abnormal condition
in which the lime ingested is unable to be appropriated by the bones.
In these cases lime medication is useless.
5
CALCIUM CHLORIDE 159°
osteomalacia, delayed union in fractures; also anemia,
malnutrition, and weakness in young animals. Here the
drug should be given with iron.
Administration.—Precipitated calcium phosphate may
be given on the food, but is more readily absorbed if it is
administered in the syrup of calcium lactophosphate.
Caton Catoripum. Calcium Chloride. CaCl,. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derwation.—Neutralize hydrochloric acid with calcium
‘carbonate and evaporate: 2 H Cl + CaCO, = CaCl, + CO,
+ H,O. Fusion at the lowest possible temperature renders
the salt anhydrous.
Properties.— White, translucent, hard fragments; odor-
less; having a sharp, saline taste, and very deliquescent.
Soluble in 1.5 part of water, in 8 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.5-20 (.3-1.3).
Actions and Uses.—Calcium chloride has been used of
late extensively both to prevent and arrest hemorrhage.
Outside of the body, calcium chloride causes blood to
coagulate more quickly and firmly than usual, and the same
kind of action appears to obtain—/.e., rendering blood more
coaguable—when the salt is given. internally. Calcium
chloride is an efficient hemostatic in hematemesis, hemo-
ptysis, purpura hemorrhagica and in all conditions giving
rise to hemorrhage. When administered by the mouth
several days before surgical operations in maximum doses
it may lessen hemorrhage in cases likely to be attended by
much bleeding. Two per cent. solutions of gelatin in normal
salt solution have been given by the mouth, rectum and
subcutaneously for the same purposes, and it is thought
that the gelatin owes its power in arresting hemorrhage to
the calcium (0.6 per cent.) contained in it. Unless gelatin
is sterilized fractionally for half an hour on three to five
successive days, tetanus may ensue when it is injected under
the skin, and numerous cases have been reported following
such use in human surgery. The simplest manner of
employing gelatin to arrest hemorrhage internally is by
160 INORGANIC AGENTS
injections per rectum; 1} ounces for small animals and 10
ounces to a pint for larger animals of the following aqueous
solution, given at body temperature after the bowel has
received a cleansing enema of boiled water. The solution
is made of gelatin to the amount of 6 per cent. and calcium
chloride to the amount of 1 per cent., to which a little
laudanum may be added to prevent expulsion. It should
be repeated every five hours as long as there is danger of
hemorrhage. Recent experiments by H. C. Wood, Jr.,
appear to show that gelatin may be given ad libitum by the
mouth and retain its hemostatic action; therefore gelatin
should be given freely in this way as well. Aqueous solu-
tions of gelatin 10 per cent. with calcium chloride 1 per cent.,
have been used locally to arrest bleeding in wounds and
cavities of the body, but considering the danger of tetanus’
and the fact that adrenalin chloride is a better local hemo-
static, such a use of gelatin is inadvisable.
GeELATINUM. Purified Gelatin. (U.S. P.)
CaLx CuatoratTa. (See Chlorine, p. 237.)
Catci SutpHas Exsiccatus. (U.S. P.) Dried Calcium
Sulphate, or Plaster of Paris, used for bandages.
Barium.
(Barium is not used in the metallic state.)
Barit CoLtoripum. Barium Chloride. BaCl,. (Non-official.)
Derivation. —Native barium sulphate is fused with
charcoal. The resulting sulphide is treated with hydro-
chloric acid. BaSO, + 2C = BaS + 2CO, BaS + 2 HCl
= BaCl, + HS.
Properties. — Occurs in colorless, lidteatiae rhombic
plates; taste bitter and disagreable ; permanent in dry air ;
soluble in 2.5 parts of cold water; reaction neutral.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv.(8.-15.); intravenously, gr.xv.-xxx.(1.-2.)
Action Internal—Barium chloride is an intense irritant
if swallowed in considerable amount and in insufficient
dilution. Large medicinal doses stimulate the muscular
coat of the bowels and cause increased peristalsis and
BARIUM 161
purging. Evacuations from the bowels follow in horses
one-half to one hour after the salt is given in drench ; in one
to two hours after administration to these animals in ball ;
in a few minutes after intravenous injection. Subcutaneous
application will occasion abscess. The drug: resembles
physostigmine in its action on the intestines.
Heart and Blood Vessels.—Barium chloride makes the
ventricular contractions of the heart stronger and slower.
The salt acts entirely on the heart muscle and does not
influence the vagi. Lethal doses are followed by slower and
slower ventricular contractions, succeeded by peristalsis of
the cardiac muscle, and, finally, by stoppage of the heart in
systole.
Barium chloride also directly excites the muscular walls
of the capillaries, and, like physostigmine, increases vascular
tension in small doses.
Muscles. — Barium chloride stimulates muscular con-
traction when it is applied locally. The potassium salts
antagonize the action of barium chloride on the circulation
and muscles.
Summary.—Circulatory stimulant, and purgative in
large medicinal doses.
Uses.—Barium chloride is a new remedy in veterinary
medicine. Many practitioners are afraid to use barium
chloride, but repeated use of the drug has convinced us that
it is absolutely safe when given in the dose of 1 gram or 15
grains intravenously, or 8 to 15 grams (2 to 4 drachms) by
the mouth in solution for the horse. The intravenous dose
of 1 gram, or the dose per orem of 8 grams, may be repeated
with safety in one hour if necessary. Barium chloride is of
the greatest value in colic and obstinate constipation of
horses. It may for the time cause some increase of pain,
but not nearly as much as follows the use of eserine or
arecoline, and it quickly passes off when the bowels are
moved. Great care should be exercised to avoid introduc-
tion of the barium solution into the connective tissue while
injecting it into the vein. The needle of the hypodermic
162 INGRGANIC AGENTS
syringe should be introduced into the jugular about midway
of the neck, and, after some drops of blood have exuded
from the vein, the syringe is attached and slowly emptied,
when the plunger is withdrawn until some blood enters the
syringe. Then the needle may be removed with safety.
It is rarely necessary to repeat the dose of barium chloride,
and small doses of fluid extract of cannabis indica may be
given to lessen colic while barium is acting, when it is given
by the mouth.
Extensive experiments of Muir* with barium chloride
lead him to conclude that the salt may be administered —
intravenously in the amount of 1.0 to 2.0 gm. (15 to 30 gr.)
in 1 to 2 drachms of sterile water; that 2 gm. is a safe dose
by the intrajugular method for a horse of ordinary weight
and fair condition; that the drug acts promptly when given
in this way, catharsis being produced within one to nine
minutes, and that even volvulus may be relieved; that there
are no unpleasant symptoms following the smaller dose
(1 gm.), and that even after the 2 gm. dose there are only
slight signs of pain and sweating; that while the passages
from the bowels are few in number the total amount of
feces is large; finally, that the drug has the advantage of
being cheap. .
That the toxic line is closely approached in giving
barium chloride in the dose of 2 gm. intravenously, is shown
by experiment 31,* in which a gelding weighing 900 pounds
received two 2 gm. doses intrajugularly about 23 hours
apart, when death occurred from heart failure in nine
minutes after the second dose.
* Jour. of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives¢s Jan. and Feb, 1899.
—
LS ——— Lf ee a
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 163
Magnesium.
(The metal is not used in medicine.)
Maanesti SutpHas. Magnesium Sulphate. MgSO, + 7 H,0O.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Epsom salt, sal amarum, sal Epsomense, sal
anglicum, sulfas magnesicus, etc., E.; magnesia sulfurica,
P. G.; sulfate de magnésie, sel d’Epsom, sel de sedlitz, sel
amer, Fr.; bittersalz, schwefelsaure magnesia, G.
Derivation. —It is obtained from native dolomite, a
double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, or magnesite
(MgCO,). MgCO, + H,SO, = MgSO, + H,O + CO,.
Properties.—Small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular
erystals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline and
bitter taste; slowly efflorescent in dry air; soluble in 1.5
parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction neutral.
Incompatibles—Lime water, alkaline carbonates, phos-
_ phoric acid, phosphates, silver nitrate and lead acetate.
Dose.—H., laxative, %ii.-iv. (60.-120.); C., purgative,
Tbi.-ii. (500.-1,000.); laxative, % iii-iv. (90.-120.); Calves,
Action Internal.—Epsom salt is the best purgative for
general purposes in the treatment of cattle and sheep. Its
mode of action is similar to that described under sodium
sulphate. Briefly, magnesium sulphate causes purgation by
increasing intestinal secretion, retarding absorption of fluid
from the bowels, and probably by stimulating peristalis.
The salt moves the bowels, in the case of the larger animals,
usually within twelve or fifteen hours. It is indirectly a
cholagogue, by sweeping bile out of the intestines.
Epsom salt is absorbed to some extent, and is eliminated
by the kidneys and sweat glands, increasing the secretions
of these organs, especially when the dose is small.
Summary. — Hydragogue and cholagogue cathartic.
Feeble diuretic and diaphoretie.
Uses.—F or uses the reader is referred to Sodium Sul-
phate (p. 136), as they are almost identical, although the
latter salt is usually preferable in veterinary medicine. ~
164 INORGANIC AGENTS
Macnesit Carponas. Magnesium Carbonate.
(MgCo,),. Mg(OH), + 5 H,O. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Magnesii carbonas ponderosa, or magnesii
carbonas levis, B. P.; magnesia alba, magnesia hydrico-
carbonica, carbonas magnesicus, carbonate of magnesia, E.;
magnesia carbonica, P. G.; carbonate de magnésie, ios
blanche, Fr.; weisse magnesia, G.
Derivation.—Mix concentrated, boiling, aqueous solu-
tions of magnesium sulphate and sodium carbonate, and
evaporate.
5 MgSO, + 5 Na, CO, + H,O = (MgCO,), Mg(OH),
+ 5 NA,SO, + CO, Purified by digestion with water,
filtration and drying.
Properties.—Slight, white, friable masses (heavy mag-
nesium), or a light, white powder (light magnesium), without
odor, and having a slightly earthy taste; permanent in the
air ; almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts
a slightly alkaline reaction ; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—Foals and calves, 31.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-3i.
(.3-4.).
Maanesit Oxipum. Magnesium Oxide or Magnesia. MgO.
(U8.5B:) |
Synonym.—Magnesia levis, light magnesia, B.P.; calcined
magnesia, magnesia calcinata, E.; magnesia usta, P. G.;
magnésie, magnésie calcinée, Fr.; gebrannte magnesia, G.
Derivation—Heat magnesium carbonate. 4 (MgCO,).
Me(OH), + 5H,O = 5MgO°+ 6H,O + 4CO,. Water
and carbon dioxide are driven off and magnesia (MgO) is left.
Properties.—A white, very light, very fine powder, with-
out odor, and having an earthy, but not a saline taste. On
exposure to the air it absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide 3
almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.-—Foals and calves, 3 i-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-3i
(.3-4.).
HEAVY MAGNESIA 165
Maanestt Oxipum PonpERosum. Heavy Magnesium Oxide,
or Heavy Magnesia. MgO. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Made from light magnesia by trituration
with alcohol, drying and pulverizing.
Properties.—A white, dense, very fine powder. Only
differs in tests from light magnesia in that it does not readily
unite with water to form a gelatinous hydrate.
Dose.—Foals and calves, 31-11. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-3i.
(.3-4.).
ACTION OF MAGNESIUM CARBONATES AND OXIDES.
Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—These salts are antacid
and neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation,
when exhibited after a meal. The carbonate also exerts
a sedative action in liberating carbon dioxide in the
stomach, and both the carbonate and oxide unite with the
gastric juice to form chlorides, lactates and bicarbonates.
These compounds are mild, saline purgatives.
Blood and Urine.—The oxide and carbonate of magne-
sium alkalize the blood and urine, and are slight diuretics.
They resemble potassium and sodium bicarbonates, as
antacids, but are milder because feebly absorbed.
Uses.—Phillip’s milk of magnesia is a good laxative and
antacid preparation for puppies. One or more teaspoonfuls
may be added to milk, which will be taken voluntarily.
Magnesia is a useful remedy for foals and calves affected
with intestinal indigestion, tympanites and acid diarrhea.
It may be given to advantage in powder: magnesia and
rhubarb, 2 drachms each; with ginger, one drachm. This
dose should be administered in milk or flour gruel. Magnesia
may give rise to intestinal concretions if its use is persisted
in for a considerable period.
Magnesium carbonate and oxide are antidotes to mineral
acids, oxalic acid, salts of mercury, arsenic and copper, and
alkaloids, by alkalizing the gastric contents and rendering
these bodies insoluble. Arsenic antidote is kept on hand
_ at drug stores and is made by adding solution of ferric
-
166 INORGANIC AGENTS
sulphate to an aqueous mixture of magnesia (see ferri_
oxidum hydratum cum magnesia, p. 196).
Aluminum,
(The metal is not used as medicine.)
Atumen. Alum. AI,K, (SO,), + 24H,O. (U.S. &B. P.)
Synonym.—Potassium alum, aluminum and potassium
sulphate, sulphate of aluminium and potassium, E.; alun,
sulphate d’alumine et de potasse, Fr.; alaun, kalialaun, G.
Derivation.—F rom alum slate, clay, shale or schist, a
native mixture of aluminium silicate and iron sulphide.
This is roasted and exposed to the air, when the sulphur is
oxidized into-sulphurie acid and combines in part with
aluminium and iron to form sulphates. The mass is
lixiviated with water, and aluminum and iron sulphates
together with sulphuric acid are recovered in solution. The
solution is concentrated and to it is added potassium
chloride. The double sulphate of potassium and aluminum
(alum) is formed, which crystallizes out on cooling, while
potassium sulphate and ferric chloride remain as _ bye-
products. Alum is purified by recrystallization.
Properties.—Large, colorless, octohedral crystals, some-
times modified by cubes, or in crystalline fragments ; without
odor, but having a sweetish and strongly astringent taste.
On exposure to the air the crystals are liable to absorb
ammonia and acquire a whitish coating. Soluble in 9 parts
of water. It is also soluble in warm glycerin; insoluble in
aleohol; reaction acid.
Incompatibles.—Iron, lead and mercury salts, alkalies,
lime, tartrates and tannic acid.
Dose.—H. & C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-3i.
(1.3-4.); D., gr.v.-x. (.8-.6); emetic, D., 31. (4).
' DRIED ALUM - 167
AtumEN Exstccatum. Dried Alum. I,K, (SO),
(U.S. P)
Synonym.—Alumen ustum, B.P.; burnt alum, E.; alum
calcine (desseché brulé), Fr.; gebrannter alaun, G.
Derivation.—Heat 100 gm. of alum moderately until
aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, and the product is
reduced to 55 gm.
Atumint Hyproxipum. Aluminum Hydroxide. Al,(OH),
CUD S:AP)
Synonym.—Aluminum hydrate, hydrated alumina, E. ;
alumine, Fr.; thonerdehydrat, reine thonerde, G.
Derivation.—Alum, 100 Gm.; sodium carbonate, 100 Gm.;
water, a sufficient quantity. Mix hot, boiling solutions of
alum and sodium carbonate. Precipitate strained, washed,
and dried.
Properties.—A white, light, amorphous powder; odorless
and tasteless; permanent in dry air; insoluble in water or
alcohol.
Dose.—Same as alum.
Atumini Sutpsas. Aluminum Sulphate. Al,(SO,),+16H,O.
(Us8) P:)
Synonym.—Sulphate of aluminum, E.; sulphate d’alum-
ine, Fr.; schwefelsiure thonerde, G.
Derivation.—Aluminum hydroxide [Al (OH),] is dis-
solved in diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution is filtered
and evaporated to dryness.
Properties.—A white, crystalline powder, without odor,
having a sweetish and afterwards astringent. taste ; perma-
nent in the air; soluble in 1.2 parts of water; insoluble in
alcohol ; reaction acid.
Dose.—Same as alum.
IGBe .) ' INORGANIC AGENTS
Action External.—Dried alum is a superficial caustic, in
contact with raw surfaces, on account of its affinity for
water. It is only used externally. Alum has no action on
unbroken skin, but applied to mucous membranes or
denuded parts it is antiseptic and astringent; coagulates
albumin of discharges; combines with albumin of the
, tissues, which it coagulates; squeezes blood out of the
vessels ; reduces inflammation and makes the part whiter,
tougher and denser. Alum is an hemostatic, stopping
bleeding by compression of the structures surrounding the
ALUMINUM SALTS.
vessels, and by causing blood to clot. Alum coagulates .
casein and gelatin in the presence of an alkali.
Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Knormous
doses of alum produce gastro-enteritis, while large doses
cause vomiting in carnivora. All the secretions are dimin-
ished in the alimentary canal, and constipation ensues,
unless the dose is excessive. Traces of alum are said to
appear in the urine, but since the salt coagulates albumin,
absorption cannot occur to any extent. Alum does not,
therefore, occasion any astringent action in the body outside.
of the digestive tract, and is excreted by the bowels.
Uses External.— Alum is employed mainly for local
surgical purposes. In arresting slight hemorrhages it may
be applied in saturated solution on absorbent cotton
pledgets, or in the form of burnt alum dusted upon the
bleeding surface. Epistaxis may be controlled by the
injection of a strong solution into the nostrils, or by insuffla-
tion of burnt alum. Alum is sometimes used on granulating
surfaces of indolent ulcers, or wounds, as a slight caustic,
stimulant and antiseptic. It can be employed alone, or as
a dusting powder, containing: alum, 1 part; charcoal, 4
parts; and salicylic acid, 2 parts. Alumen exsiccatum will
often prevent the escape of synovia from small punctured
wounds when applied to their apertures. Solutions
(gr.ili.-v. to 31.) are occasionally instilled into the eye in
conjunctivitis, but alum is not generally so satisfactory as.
ALUM 169
boric acid, zine sulphate, or silver nitrate, in this disease,
Alum crystals may be applied with profit to granular lids.
Alum is used more frequently in the treatment of stomatitis,
or apthous sore mouth. It is also beneficialin ptyalism. A
5 per cent. solution may be utilized to touch the inflamed
oral parts by means of a swab. A spray of the same strength
is serviceable for the cure of laryngitis and bronchitis in
dogs.
A 2 per cent. solution is appropriate as an injection for
otorrhoea, or canker of the ear, attacking dogs. A similar
solution will relieve leucorrhcea, pruritus vulve, and pro-
lapsus ani. The following combination, containing dried
alum, forms an excellent preparation for application to dead
tissue. It causes sloughing of the necrotic mass and is
indicated when the use of the knife is inadmissible.
B
PALWIMENIS: GXSICCALIs ss oe ec clea ec 25.0
PA CI GUL AT SET OSTanc aie) te witto cio nieie.e cl ace 15.0
PAEI Ge CAT DOL CIM ain acntesteiiiccic coc 10.0
Cerable pepe ccencnnic ck oie antec ON
M. et fiat unguentum.
Uses Internal.—Alum is a prompt, safe and non-depress-
ing emetic for dogs. It is suitable in poisoning, or when
the secretions are excessive in laryngitis or bronchitis.
Teaspoonful doses should be given in solution in syrup
every 15 minutes in these latter diseases, until vomiting
occurs. Aluminum hydroxide is an antacid and astringent.
It combines with acid in the stomach (antacid) and goes
into a soluble form when it acts as an astringent in the
bowels. It is, therefore, more applicable for internal use in
the treatment of diarrhcea and dysentery. Other astring-
ents, such as tannic acid in some form, lead dcetate, or copper
sulphate, are, however, usually more valuable in diarrhceal
disorders. Aluminum sulphate may be used interchange-
ably with alum, externally or internally.
170 INORGANIC AGENTS
- Cerium.
(Cerium is not employed medicinally.)
Cerri Oxanas. Cerium Oxalate. Ce, (C,O,), + 9 H,O.
(U.S. & B. P)
Synonym.—Cerous oxalate.
Derivation.—Precipitate a solution of ammonium oxalate.
with a soluble salt of cerium. ,
Properties.—A white, granular powder, without odor or
taste, and permanent in the air; insoluble in water, alcohol
or ether.
Dose.—D.., gy.iii.-v. (.18-.3).
Action and Uses.—The physiological details concerning
the action of cerium are unknown. It is useful in relieving
vomiting of a reflex or nervous character, and is often com-
bined with bismuth salts. Cerium oxalate is soluble in the
gastric juice.
SECTION IV.
Piumpum, ARGENTUM, ZINcUM, CUPRUM AND BISMUTHUM.
Plumbum.
(Lead is not used in the metallic state in veterinary medicine,
except as a last resort.)
Prumei Oxipum. Lead Oxide. PbO. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Litharge, E.; lithargyrum, P. G.; bleiglatte, Gx
Derivation.—Made by roasting lead in the air.
Properties.—A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow pow-
der, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On exposure
to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide.
Almost insoluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction
faintly alkaline. Lead oxide is only valuable for its prepa-
rations.
LEAD ACETATE 171
PREPARATION,
Emplastrum Plumbi. Lead Plaster. (U.S. & B. P.)
(Diachylon Plaster.)
Lead oxide, 32; olive oil, 60; water, a sufficient quantity. Basis of
other preparations.
-Promsi Acetas. Lead Acetate. Pb(OC,H,O,), + 3H,O.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Sugar of lead, E.; sel (sucre) de saturne, Fr.;
essigsaures bleioxyd, bleizucker, G.
Derivation.—Heat lead oxide in acetic acid and water.
PbO + 2 HC,H,O, + 2.H,O = Pb(C;H,O,), + 3H,0.
Lead acetate crystallizes on cooling.
Properties.—Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic
prisms or plates, or heavy, white crystalline masses, or
granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor and a
sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic, taste. Efflorescent
and absorbing carbon dioxide on exposure to the air.
Soluble in 2.3 parts of water and in 21 parts of alcohol.
Reaction slightly acid.
Incompatibles—Hard water, alkalies, mineral acids and
salts, potassium iodide, opium, vegetable astringents and
albuminous liquids.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i. (4.);Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-xx..(1.-1.3); D.,
gr.i.-il. (.06-.12).
PREPARATIONS.
Made from lead acetate in which lead exists as the subacetate,
Pb20 (C2H;Os)».
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Solution of Lead Subacetate. (US. 2s}
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Fortis, (B2P;)
Synonym.—Goulard’s extract, acetum plumbicum, acetum Saturni,
plumbum hydrico-aceticum solutum, subacetas plumbicus liquidus, E.;
liquor plumbici subacetici, P. G.; sous-acetate de plomb liquide, extract
de Goulard de vinaigre, plomb, Fr.; bleiessig, G.
Vomposition.—An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25
per cent. of lead subacetate (approximately), Pb,O (C,H;0.)s.
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus. Diluted Solution of Lead Subacetate.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Lead Water. Lead Subacetate, 3; water to make 100.
172 INORGANIC AGENTS
Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. Cerate of Lead Subacetate. (U.S. P.)
Solution of lead subacetate, 20; camphor cerate, 80.
. Ptumprt Carponas. Lead Carbonate. (PbCO,), Pb(OH)..
(Non-official.)
Synonym.—White lead, E.; céruse, Fr.; bleiweiss, G.
Derivation.—Expose lead to the action of acetic acid
vapor and air with carbonic dioxide.
4 Pb + 2 HC,H,O, + 20, + 2 CO, = (PbCo,), Pb
(OH), + Pb(C,H,0O.,)..
Properties.—A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pul-
verulent mass, without odor or taste. Permanent in air.
Insoluble in water or alcohol. Used only externally.
Pruumsi Nitras. Lead Nitrate. Pb (NO,),. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Salpetersaures bleioxyd, bleisalpeter; G.
Derivation.—Dissolve lead in nitric acid.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, octohedral crystals,
or white, nearly opaque crystals; without odor, and having
a sweetish, astringent, and afterwards metallic taste;
permanent in the air; reaction acid; soluble in 2 parts of
water; almost insoluble in alcohol. Only used externally
in 1 per cent. solution as an astringent and deodorant in
gangrenous surfaces, ete.
‘Prumei Ioprpum. Lead Iodide. PbhI. (U.S.&B.P.).
Derivation—Treat solution of lead nitrate with that of
potassium iodide.
Pb (NO,), + 2 KI = PbI, + 2 KNO, Dry the pre-
cipitate.
Properties.—A heavy, bright yellow powder, without
odor or taste; permanent in the air; soluble in about 2,000
parts of water; very slightly soluble in alcohol; used only
externally.
ACTION OF LEAD SALTS 173
2
; PREPARATION,
Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi. Ointment of Lead Iodide. (B. P.)
Employed externally to absorb glandular swellings.
ACTION OF LEAD SALTS.
External.—Lead salts act like other astringents in con-
tracting tissues and vessels, and in coagulating albumin of
exudations, but unlike other astringents, they are sedatives
and not irritents locally.
Internal.—Soluble salts of lead in concentrated solution
—and at times insoluble salts—cause gastro-enteritis in
large doses. Lead saits are absorbed in medicinal doses
whether taken ina soluble or insoluble state. The chemical
form of the lead compound at the time of absorption is
unknown. Lead is deposited in the tissues and very slowly
eliminated in the urine and intestinal mucus. Lead salts
_haye a marked astringent action on the entire digestive
canal and diminish secretions accordingly. It is doubtful
whether lead salts remotely contract blood vessels after
absorption. There are other agents—notably ergot—which
possess much greater power for this purpose.
Toxicology.— Poisoning not infrequently occurs in animals
at pasture, from eating paint, sheet lead, or products of lead
works. The drinking water may be contaminated with lead,
especially from new pipes, or lead receptacles in which
water has been standing. Hard water is not affected by lead
pipes, since an insoluble crust of lead phosphate and sulph-
ate is deposited upon the interior of the pipes. There is an
acute and chronic form of poisoning. The first is caused by
single large doses of soluble lead salts, and is characterized
by gastro-enteritis and colic; sometimes convulsions, coma,
paralysis and death. The feces are colored black with lead
sulphide ; the vomitus is white from lead chloride. Three
groups of symptoms may be briefly tabulated, which occur
to a greater or less degree in chronic lead poisoning :
174 - INORGANIC AGENTS
DIGESTIVE SYMPTOMS,
Lead line on gums. Thirst.
Colic. Abdomen retracted, or ‘‘ tucked
Constipation. up.”
Anorexia.
NERVOUS SYMPTOMS.
Paralysis of tendons—extensors— General paralysis.
of extremities. Wasting of muscles,
Animals stand on knees before. Coma.
Animals stand on toes behind. Delirium.
Convulsions. Amaurosis.
GENERAL SYMPTOMS,
Dyspnoea. C&dema.
Pulse accelerated. General debility.
Emaciation. Interstitial nephritis,
Anemia.
Animals die in chronic poisoning from paralysis of the
respiratory muscles, or in convulsions. The lead line on the
margin of the gums, at their junction with the teeth, is due
to sulphuretted hydrogen in the mouth, acting upon the
lead deposited in the gums, and forming lead sulphide.
The treatment consists in removing the cause, relieving the
symptoms and in hastening elimination. Potassium iodide
eliminates lead in a soluble form into the bowels and
kidneys. Magnesium sulphate converts lead into an insolu-
ble sulphate in the intestines and then sweeps out the salt.
The stomach pump or emetics should be employed in acute
poisoning. Alumisthe bestemetic. This treatment should
be followed by the administration of opium and Epsom salts.
Administration.—Lead acetate is given to the larger
animals in solution or ball; to the smaller patients in pill;
to young animals in solution in milk.
Uses External.—Lead acetate is useful in the treatment
of skin diseases, as weeping eczema and erythema, and in
excoriations, blistered surfaces, bruises, strains, and burns.
An efficient lotion having an astringent and sedative action
in such conditions, contains: laudanum, 1 part; Goulard’s
extract, 4 parts; and oil, glycerin or water, 16 parts. The
aall|
SILVER NITRATE 175.
“white lotion”’ of veterinary medicine is made by adding 3
drachms each of lead acetate and zinc sulphate to a pint of
water. It is a favorite astringent, sedative and antiseptic
application for strains and “scratches.” The stronger
solution of lead subacetate should not be employed exten-
‘sively on raw surfaces or mucous membranes undiluted.
The diluted solution of lead subacetate may be used as an
injection for leucorrhcea. Lead acetate should be diluted
with 20 to 40 parts of vinegar or water. Lead acetate is
not suitable for collyria, if there is any ulceration of the
cornea, because a permanent film may be deposited and
obscure the sight. Lead iodide, in 10 to 20 per cent. oint-
ment with petrolafum, has proven of service in aiding re-
solution of induration or caked condition of the udder in
acute mammitis if applied twice daily with thorough massage
before suppuration has set in.
Uses Internal.—Lead acetate is serviceable in the treat-
ment of diarrhcea, dysentery, and hemorrhage from the
stomach and bowels. It is frequently prescribed in these
diseases with opium.
Argentum.
ARGENTI Nirras. Silver Nitrate. AgNo, (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—Dissolve silver in nitric acid with heat.
3 Ag, + 6 HNO, = 6 AgNO, + 34H, Evaporate and
crystallize.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic
erystals, becoming gray, or grayish-black on exposure to
light in the presence of organic matter; without odor, but
having a bitter, caustic and strongly metallic taste; reaction
neutral; soluble in 0.6 part of water and 26 parts of
alcohol.
Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, acids
(except nitric and acetic), chlorides, potassium iodide,
astringent infusions and solutions of arsenic.
176 INORGANIC AGENTS
Dose.—H. & C., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12);
D., gr.3-3 (.008-.03).
ArGEnNtTI Nirras Ditutus. Diluted Silver Nitrate. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Argenti et potasii nitras, B. P.; mitigated
caustic, E.; argentum nitricum crystallizatum, P. G.; azotas
(nitras) argenticus, azotate d’argent, nitre lunaire, Fr.; salpe-
tersaures silberoxyd, silbersalpeter, G. ;
Derivation.—Melt silver nitrate, 30, with potassium
nitrate, 60, in a crucible at as low a temperature as possible.
Mix and east into suitable moulds.
Properties —A white, hard solid, generally in the form
of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture ; becoming
gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of
organic matter; odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste,
and neutral reaction. Each of its constituents soluble in
water and alcohol to the extent mentioned under Argenti
Nitras and Potassii Nitras. Used only externally.
ArGENTI Nirras Fusus. Moulded Silver Nitrate. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Lunar caustic, lapis infernalis, azotas (nitras)
argenticus fusus, H.; argentum nitricum fusum, P.G.; azotate
d'argent fondu, pierre infernale, Fr.; hollenstein, geschmol-
zenes salpetersaures silberoxyd, G.
Derivation.—Melt silver nitrate, 100, with hydrochloric
acid, 4, at as low a temperature as possible. Mix and pour
into suitable moulds.
Properties.—Practically same as above. Used only
externally. Silver oxide, cyanide, and iodide are official,
but unimportant in veterinary medicine.
ACTION OF SILVER NITRATE.
External.—Silver nitrate is more caustic in action than
any of the lead, copper or zinc salts (except the chloride).
‘When applied externally in the pure state to a mucous
membrane, or a raw surface, it forms a white coating of
coagulated albumin. This coating limits the further action
ACTION OF SILVER NITRATE 177
of the salt, so that lunar caustic is always superficial and
localized in its effect. Silver nitrate is the caustic in most
common use, since it produces a more healthy condition in
a granulating wound after its application and separation of
the eschar. In acting thus more favorably than other agents
of its kind, it may be said to possess a local alterative effect.
In dilution, silver nitrate is stimulant, astringent, antiseptic
and caustic, according to its strength.
Internal.—Silver nitrate is probably precipitated to a
considerable extent by the hydrochloric acid of the gastric
juice, as the chloride. Some of it is absorbed, however,
possibly in combination with albumin and peptones. Silver
is deposited in the tissues in the form of the oxide, causing
dark staining of the skin in man. These stains, occurring
when silver nitrate comes in direct contact with the skin,
can be removed by a solution containing potassium cyanide,
23 drachms ; iodine, 15 grains; and water, 3 ounces. Large
doses of silver nitrate cause gastro-enteritis with nervous
symptoms — paralysis and convulsions —and death from
depression of the respiratory centres. Common salt is the
antidote, both externally and internally, forming the in-
soluble chloride. In addition to salt, opium and demulcents
should be exhibited in acute poisoning. Silver nitrate in
medicinal doses has probably a local stimulating, astrin-
gent and alterative action. on the mucous membrane of
the stomach; to a less degree on the bowels. Elimination
occurs in part through the agency of the liver and in-
testines. A chronic form of poisoning by silver nitrate
(argyrism), is seen in man, following its continued use,
and is accompanied by pigmentation of the skin, maras-
mus, chronic indigestion, with wasting of the testes and
mammary glands. A similar condition has been produced
in animals, associated with anorexia, weakness, anzemia and
emaciation.
Uses Eaternal.—An aqueous solution (gr.ili. to J i.) is most
valuable in the treatment of catarrhal conjunctivitis, while a
stronger preparation (gr.x. to 31.) is employed for purulent.
178 INORGANIC AGENTS
conjunctivitis, as a stimulant, astringent and antiseptic
-collyrium. When strong solutions, like the latter, are used,
the eye should immediately be flooded with a solution of
common salt and water to precipitate the excess of silver
nitrate as the insoluble chloride and thus prevent further
‘irritation. Lunar caustic is applied in pencil form to
ulcerated surfaces. When these surfaces are touched lightly
the caustic stimulates sluggish granulations; when more
heavily, it destroys exuberant granulations. In 2 to 4 per
cent. solution, silver nitrate is caustic to mucous mem-
branes; in 4 per cent. solution it is stimulant and astringent
to mucous membranes.
Boils may be aborted by painting them with a saturated
solution of silver nitrate. Pruritus ani, or vulve, is relieved
by painting the parts several times daily with a 1 per cent.
solution. A solution (gr.iii. to 31.) may be used in the form
of spray in the treatment of pharyngitis and laryngitis in
the dog. In catarrh of the external ear, so common in dogs,
the canal should be swabbed with a 5 per cent. watery
solution of silver nitrate after thorough cleansing with
ether, or aleohol and naphtha, to remove dirt and sebaceous
matter.
Fissures in the skin occurring in sore teats of cows are
cured by the application of fused silver nitrate.
Uses Internal.—The crystals should only be employed
internally, to insure purity. Silver nitrate is not of much
value for internal use except in the digestive tract. Pills
containing thé silver salt are sometimes given to dogs with
diarrhoea and ulcer of the stomach. Dysentery may be
treated by enemata containing 12 grains of silver nitrate to
the ounce of water. If this treatment is followed by much
irritation, injections of salt and water should be used
afterwards.
PROTARGOL 179
Proraraou. (Non-official.)
Protargol was first introduced into medicine by Prof.
Neisser, in 1897, as a local remedy for gonorrhoea in man.
It is a fine, yellowish-brown, soluble powder, a combination
of a protein substance with silver; odorless, and possessing
a strong metallic taste.
Protargol has recently superseded silver nitrate (which
contains 63.5 per cent. of silver) to a considerable extent in
medicine because, containing less silver (8.3 per cent.),
protargol is decidedly less irritating, is not precipitated iy
albumin or solutions of sodium chloride, does not discolor
the skin and more than equals silver nitrate in certainty
and efficiency of action.
' Protargol is particularly applicable in veterinary medi-
cine as a bland but powerfully penetrating antiseptic and
mild astringent in the treatment of inflammatory conditions
of the conjunctival membranes. The drug does not cause
the pain, redness, swelling and lachrymation which follow
the use of silver nitrate; nor does it lead to the formation
of fibrinous coagula and the production of false membranes
and opacities of the cornea seen after the application of
silver nitrate.
A 10-per-cent. solution of protargol induces less flushing
of the eye and discomfort than a 1-per-cent. solution of
silver nitrate, and the irritation of a 2 or 4 per cent.
solution is not, as a rule, more than would be produced
_ by a one-half grain to the ounce solution of zinc sulphate
. (Cheney).
Protargol is indicated in acute catarrhal and purulent
conjunctivitis in from one-half to 10 per cent. aqueous solu-
tions; usually in one-half per cent. solution in the catarrhal
form, two or three times daily, applied with a camel’s hair
brush or by instillation ; and in the purulent variety, in 2 or
4 per cent. solution rat a pledget of absorbent cotton on a
probe, or with a camel’s hair brush, in conjunction with
frequent boric acid irrigations. This new silver combina-
180. INORGANIC AGENTS
tion has also been used with reported success (and the use
might apply to canine practice) in human medicine as a
non-irritating astringent and ‘antiseptic agent internally in
.5 gm. doses, twice or thrice daily, in pills, for the relief of
hemorrhages and ulcerations of the alimentary canal, in
diarrhoea and in purulent inflammation of the genito-urinary
tract.
ARGYROL.
Argyrol represents one of the latest of the numerous
organic silver compounds, this preparation containing as
much as 30 per cent. of the metal combined with a proteid
substance obtained from wheat. It occurs as a brownish
powder, soluble in less than its own weight of water, forming
dark-brown solutions which stain clothing black, but the
stains may be removed by ordinary laundry processes. Like
protargol, it is not precipitated by the salts of the tissues,
nor does it coagulate albumin, so that its action is not
neutralized by the tissues—as is the case with silver nitrate,
and thus, unlike the latter, it possesses a penetrating power
when applied locally. Argyrol is used in from 2 to 20 per
cent. aqueous solutions for the same purposes to which
protargol is adapted. It bids fair to supersede the latter,
however, since it contains more silver and is therefore a
more powerful antiseptic and yet non-irritating.
SoLUBLE SILVER.
Soluble silver, known also as Colloidal Silver, or more
commonly as Collargol, is an allotropic form of metallic
silver wholly soluble in water, and discovered by Lea about
1890. It may be used intravenously, subcutaneously, by
inunction (as Crede’s ointment, see below), and by the
mouth, if first dissolved in the proportion of five parts of
collargol with one part of white of egg in one hundred parts
of water; or it may be given in pill with sugar of milk.
When given intravenously—which is the most effective
mode of administration—one. injection may suffice, but if it
SOLUBLE SILVER 181
does not cause immediate improvement in the symptoms,
several doses may be thus given at six-hour intervals.
Soluble silver has recently proven successful in many cases
of general infection, where it appears to either kill or inhibit
the growth of staphylococci and streptococci. It is cer-
tainly worthy of trial in veterinary medicine in this field,
where it has accomplished noteworthy results.*
Puerperal septicemia, mastitis, extensive ‘cellulitis,
fetid bronchitis, pneumonia, influenza, endo and pericarditis,
deep suppurations, phlebitis, suppurating nasal sinusitis,
empyema and other bacterial infections have yielded to the
systemic and local influence of soluble silver in human
medicine. Its expense is the only objection to its free
employment in animal practice, and this applies to all the
new organic silver compounds. A rigor often occurs from
one to four hours after the injection of collargol, but no
other ill effects have been noted. When the silver can be
used locally (in local infections) it is also effective and may
or may not be at the same time given intravenously, its
desirability by the latter mode depending on the degree of
general infection. The dose intravenously is 34-1 (2.-4.)
for horses; dogs, gr.1-2 (0.6-0.12), given in 2 to 5 per cent.
aqueous solution. It is injected into the tissnes as in
abscess, in 1 per cent. solutions. It is soluble in 20 parts of
water, which should be distilled or boiled, and solutions in
water may be kept for months in brown bottles. Solutions,
from having a clear, brown color, become gray and turbid
when decomposed. 1-3000 aqueous solutions are appro-
priate for use on mucous membranes or cavities of the body.
Crede’s Ointment, made by incorporating collargol with
lard and wax to the extent of 15 per cent., has given good
results when rubbed for thirty minutes into the skin (which
has previously been scrubbed with soap, water and alcohol)
in the treatment of local and even general infections. It
often arrests the formation of boils, threatened suppuration
of glands, lymphangitis, phlebitis, cellulitis and mastitis.
The dose by inunction is } to 1 ounce for horses, } to 1
* Since writing the above collargol has been gaining headway in veter-
inary practice. Dieckerhoff recommends it as a daily intravenous injection
of 2») cc. of a 2 per cent. solution in purpura in the horse, and Wyman of
Ohio speaks very favorably of its action in catarrhal diseases of the upper
air passages and in septic <ellulitis and lymphangitis in the horse.
182 INORGANIC AGENTS
drachm for dogs. Collargol appears to be non-toxic when
given intravenously or by inunction, if used with reasonable
care.
Zincum.
(Zinc is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.)
Zinct CHLtoripuM. Zine Chloride. ZnCl, (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—Dissolve zine in hydrochloric acid by boil-
ing. The solution contains the zinc chloride with chlorides
of iron and lead as impurities. These are precipitated’ by
adding first nitric acid then zinc carbonate. Filter and.
finally evaporate. Zn, + 4 HCl = 2 Zn Cl, + 2 H.,.
Properties.—A white, granular powder, or porcelain-
like masses, irregular or moulded into pencils ; odorless; of
such intensely caustic properties as to make tasting danger-
ous unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it has
an astringent, metallic taste ; very deliquescent; reaction
acid; soluble in about 0.3 part of water; very soluble in
alcohol.
Liguor Zinct Cutorm1. Solution of Zine Chloride.
(U:8.& B. P)
Derivation.—Made as above with the addition of water.
It contains about 50 per cent.,.by weight, of zinc chloride.
Properties.—A. clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a
very astringent, sweetish taste and an acid reaction. Spec.
er, about 1,535 at 15° C. (59° F-.).
Toxicology.—Zine chloride is a powerful irritant if swal-
lowed in any degree of concentration, and will, therefore,
produce gastro-enteritis. Emetics or the stomach pump
should be used, followed by demulcents and sodium bicar-
bonate.
Uses.—Zine chloride is employed in a paste made into
small pieces with flour; or on lint soaked in a saturated
ZINC SULPHATE 183
solution, dried, and introduced under the skin about the
base of tumors to cause their destruction by sloughing. lt
is employed in the form of pencils on unhealthy, granulating
surfaces, as in “foot rot,” and injected in strong’ solution
into fistulous tracts to destroy their walls. It is not used
internally.
Zrnct SutpHas. Zine Sulphate. ZnSo, + 7 H,O.
(0.5.4 BoB)
Derivation.—Prepared by dissolving zine in sulphuric
eee an 2 SO, — 9: 7nSO2-+ 2 H,.
Tron and tin exist as impurities, and are removed by
chlorine solution and zine carbonate.
Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals,
without odor, and having an astringent, metallic taste.
Efflorescent in dry air; reaction acid ; soluble in 0.6 part of
water, in 3 parts of glycerin; insoluble in alcohol.
Incompatibles.—Lead acetate, silver nitrate, lime water,
alkalies and carbonates, vegetable decoctions or infusions,
and milk.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 1-11. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3);
Zinct Carponas Praworriratus. Precipitated Zine Carbonate.
(U-B.P:)
Synonym.—Zinei carbonas, B. P.; precipitated zinc car-
bonate, kohlensaures zinkoxyd, G.
Derivation.—Solutions of nearly equal weight of sodium
carbonate and zine sulphate are boiled together; dry pre-
cipitate. 3 ZnSO, + 8 Na,CO,-+2H,O = 2 (ZnCO,), Zn
(OH),? (hydrated basic zine carbonate) + 8 Na,SO, + 2
CO,. This salt is in reality a mixture of zinc carbonate and
oxide,in varying proportions, with water of. crystallization.
Properties.—An impalpable white powder, of somewhat
variable chemical composition, without odor or taste; insol-
uble in water or alcohol.
184 INORGANIC AGENTS
Zinct Oxipum. Zine Oxide. ZnO. (U.S. & B. P)
Derivation.—Heat the carbonate to redness.
2 (Zn CO,), Zu(OH), = 8 ZnO + 2 H,O + 6 CO,.
Properties.--Au amorphous, white powder, without odor
or taste. It gradually absorbs carbon dioxide from the air.
Insoluble in water or alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
PREPARATION,
Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. Ointment of Zinc Oxide. (U.S. P.)
Zine oxide, 200; benzoinated lard, 800. (U.S. P.) ;
Unguentum Zinci. 15 per cent. of zinc ointment. (B. P.)
Zinct Acetas. Zine Acetate. Zn (C,H,O,), + 2 H,0.
(US. eB. es)
Derivation.—Dissolve zine oxide in diluted acetic acid
and boil.
ZnO + 2 HC,H,O, = Zn (C,H,O,), + H,O. Evaporate
and crystallize.
Properties.—Soft, white, six-sided monoclinic plates, of
a pearly lustre, having a faintly acetous odor, and an astrin-
gent metallic taste. Exposed to the air the salt gradually
effloresces and loses some of its acid; reaction acid ; soluble
in 2.7 parts of water and in 36 parts of alcohol.
Incompatibles.—Same as sulphate.
Dose.—Same as sulphate.
ACTION OF THE ZINC SALTS.
External.—The salts of zinc (except the chloride) have.
an astringent action on raw surfaces and mucous membranes,
- notably the sulphate and acetate. Absorption is not followed
by poisoning. They resemble other astringents, but do not
possess the sedative qualities of the lead salts, nor the local
alterative properties of silver nitrate.
Internal.—In the alimentary tract very large doses of
the sulphate or acetate may induce gastro-enteritis, which
is to be treated with demulcents and alkaline carbonates in
USES OF ZINO-SALTS |. ° 185
order to form insoluble compounds. Vomiting will relieve
earnivora ; otherwise the stomach pump must be resorted to.
Zine salts apparently produce no remote effects upon
the body in medicinal doses, although in man chronic
poisoning is said to occur among workers in zinc. The
condition is manifested by digestive disturbances, nervous
symptoms and paralysis. In therapeutic doses the zine
salts are astringent, diminishing secretion in the digestive
tract.
USES OF ZINC SALTS.
Faxternal.—Zine sulphate is in common use as an astrin-
gent collyrium for subacute conjunctivitis (gr.ss.-ii. to = i.).
It is also employed in the treatment of canker of the ear
in dogs (gr.x. to 3i.), or as “white lotion” (see Plumbi
Acetas), in this affection.
The salt is likewise serviceable as a stimulant and
astringent solution (gr.ii.-v. to Zi.) in moist eczema, ulcers,
atonic inflammations of mucous membranes and leucorrheea.
Zine carbonate is a much milder astringent than zine
sulphate or acetate. The impure carbonate (calamine) is an
ingredient of the popular astringent and antiseptic, “ pink
ointment” of veterinary medicine used for the cure of
“scratches” in horses.
R Zinci carbonatis (impure)............. il.
SRUNEEOTUISS taces de Nonte soo iaaea cide) ae ohckG Z iss,
Calcii carb. precip........ DODOUDOD Ode eid
Creasoti
Cer flavi.....2.%: pes S340 Be reer aa 3 iss.
MERLEDIS: O04 2 sic: CO ODO CED OSCAR Mere % Xv.
M.
S. External use.
The lard and wax are first melted together and then the
other ingredients are stirred in. Calamine in the form of a
lotion is a more cleanly application for house dogs and pets
than in ointment or paste. The following is useful in
dermatitis, erythema and moist eczema attended with itch-
ing. The carbolic acid may be omitted when the lotion is
186 y INORGANIC AGENTS
applied over a large surface to avoid poisoning by absorp=
tion or from the acid being licked off by ae patient.
“s A CIA CANDOLICE.S ©. .c4% os) «2 “4.0 erixy:
CANCEL MORAG, s saieiSis sic .ets ain nvelers 15:0 2s.
Calaminade .iici..6% os ciniw ciewiot 5.3 gr.80
GLVICOMIME.). 1. 8:50 doses Bree 30.0 Zi.
Liquoris calcis ad..... S cinars, A001 3 aval,
M. et fiat lotio (shake).
Sig. External use.
Zine ointment is used externally in the form of a dust-
ing powder, ointment or paste. In eczema, erythema and
scratches, the zine oxide ointment is valuable and can be
combined with carbolic acid (gr.x. to Zi.) to great advan-
tage, when itching is a prominent symptom. Still better
than zine ointment is a paste containing zinc oxide, 2 parts;
starch and vaseline, each 3 parts. Zinc acetate can be used
in all cases as a substitute for zine sulphate.
Internal.—Zine sulphate is the best and most prompt
emetic for dogs in many conditions, as poisoning. It should
be given in tepid water. Zine oxide is occasionally pre-
seribed in diarrhoea, and empirically as a tonic and anti-
spasmodic in chorea and epilepsy. It has also been
recommended for its remote astringent action, to prevent
excessive sweating and profuse bronchial secretion. Zine
oxide may be given in powder, pill, or dissolved in alkaline
solutions.
Cuprum.
(Copper is not used in the metallic state in Medicine.)
Cupri SutpHas. Copper Sulphate. Cu So, + 5 H,O.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Cupric sulphate, blue vitriol, blue stone,
sulfas cupricus, cuprum vitriolatum, E.; cuprum sulfuricum
purun, P. G.; vitriol bleu, sulfate de Cuivre, Fr.; kupfervit-
riol, blauer-vitriol, schwefelsaures kupfer (kupferoxyd), G.
COPPER SULPHATE 187
Derivation.—Boil metallic copper and sulphurie acid
together. 2 Cu + 2H, SO, = 2 CuSO, + 2 H. Dissolve
product in hot water and crystallize.
Properties.—Large, transparent, deep blue, triclinic
crystals ; odorless, of a nauseous, metallic taste; slowly
efflorescent in dry air; soluble in 2.6 parts of water ; almost
insoluble in alcohol ; reaction acid.
Incompatibles.—Mineral salts (except sulphates), alkalies.
and their carbonates, iodides, lime water and vegetable
astringents.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i-ii. (4-8); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl.
(1.3-2.6); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); Emetie, D., gr.vi-xx. (.36-1.3).
ACTION OF COPPER SULPHATE.
External.—-Copper sulphate is stimulant, astringent or
caustic to mucous membranes or raw surfaces, according to
the strength applied.
Internal.—In poisonous doses copper sulphate causes
salivation, vomiting, gastro-enteritis, aud nervous symptoms
(convulsions, paralysis and delirium), and finally, respiratory
arrest. The blood corpuscles are broken down, and there
is fatty degeneration of the liver and hemoglobinuria. The
treatment consists in emptying the stomach in animals
which cannot, or do not, vomit, and the use of yellow prus-
siate of potash, together with demulcents andopium. Large
doses are emetic to the dog, but should not be used except
in phosphorus poisoning. Smaller doses are astringent in
the digestive tract.
Uses eaxternal.—Copper sulphate is employed in the
solid, crystalline form in granular conjunctivitis, by rubbing
‘the stick over the affected surfaces of the lids.
A solution (gr.ss.-il. to 31.) is dropped into the eye for
simple conjunctivitis. Copper sulphate is similar in action
to zine sulphate, but more powerful. On ulcerated and
granular surfaces it is used as a stimulant and astringent,
as in the following mixture, a combination of cupric sul-
phate and zine sulphate, of each 2} drachms (10 gm.), with
188 INORGANIC AGENTS
solution of lead subacetate, 5 drachms (20 gm.), which is of
value in thrush and as an application for chronic sores and
unhealthy, indolent granulating surfaces. It may also be
applied locally with an equal part of dried alum in the form
of powder for the treatment of thrush. The disappearance
of the moisture and foul odor will soon herald recovery.
Uses internal.—Copper sulphate is prescribed for its
local effect with opium in diarrhoea, and injected into the
bowel in 2 per cent. solution in ulcerated conditions of the
rectum. Copper sulphate is not a safe emetic, as it may
cause poisoning if it is not quickly expelled. The sulphate
of copper is a tonic remedy in anzemia and nervous condi-
tions. It is thought to resemble arsenic and to stimulate
loeally the tissues, heart and bloodvessels ; thus increasing
the number of corpuscles, firmness of flesh and amount of
fat. Copper sulphate is often used as a tonic in the treat-
ment of lumbricoid worms and ozcena, combined with iron.
Copper sulphate in 1 drachm doses (4.0 gm.), with powdered
charcoal and fenugreek, of each 1-1} drachms (4.0-6.0 gm.),
given to the horse night and morning for eight to ten days
and followed by a brisk cathartic of aloes and linseed oil,
will cause the expulsion of ascarides. It is recommended
in purpura, and is given to dogs in the form of arsenite of
copper for chorea and epilepsy. Glanders and farey are ~
treated with copper sulphate, but these diseases are rarely
curable and are too dangerous to the community to warrant
drug treatment.
Cupri Acetas. Copper Acetate. (Non-official.)
Synonyms.—Verdigris, cupric subacetate, E.; acetate de
cuivre, vert-de-gris, F.; grunspau, G.
Derivation.—Exposure of copper plates to pomace or
residue resulting from expression of juice from grapes in
wine making, or to immersion in pyroligneous acid.
Properties.—Pale-green masses of minute, acicular crys-
stals, sometimes of bright blue hue. Verdigris is the
COPPER ACETATE 189
impure article; the pure salt is known as Crystals of Venus.
The taste is coppery and odor vinegar-like. Soluble in
water. ;
Dose —H. & C., gr.15-30 (1.-2.); Sh. & Sw., gr.5-10
(.3-.6).
Action External.—It is astringent, stimulant and eschar-
otic according to the strength and whether applied to the
unbroken skin or to mucous membranes or raw surfaces.
Action Internal.— This salt is an efficient vermifuge for
the expulsion of ascarides from the horse. It should be
given in doses of gr.15-30 (1.-2. gm.) twice daily with pow-
dered gentian and charcoal, 1 drachm of each (1.0 gm.), for
a week and then be followed by a cathartic dose of aloes.
It is a poison in large doses, causing gastro-enteritis, con-
vulsions and death. The antidotes are milk, raw eggs and
soap.
Bismuthum.
(Bismuth is not envployed medicinally in the metallic state.)
Bismurui Suscarsonas. Bismuth Subcarbonate. (BiO),CO
+H,O? (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Bismuthi carbonas, B. P.
Derivation —Made by dissolving pure metallic bismuth
in diluted nitric acid, precipitating with ammonia water,
and redissolving in nitric acid. This colution is treated with
ammonium carbonate, or a solution of sodium carbonate.
2 Bi (NO,), + 3 Na,CO, + H,O = (BiO), CO, + HO
+ 2CO, + 6NaNO,. The precipitated bismuth subcarbo-
nate is filtered and washed.
Properties.—A white, or pale yellowish-white powder,
of somewhat varying chemical composition ; odorless and
tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or
alcohol, but completely soluble in nitric or hydrochloric
acid, with copious efflorescence.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
3°
190 INORGANIC AGENTS
Bismutut Susyirras. Bismuth Subnitrate. BiO NO, + H,O?
(U.S. & B. P)
Synonym.—Bismuthum subnitricum, P. G.; bismuthum
hydriconitricum, magisterium bismuthi, subazotas (Ss. sub-
nitras) bismuthicus, sous-azotate de bismuth, Fr.; basisches
salpetersaures bismuthoxyd, G.
Derivation.—Dissolve pure metallic bismuth in diluted
nitric acid. First reaction—Bi, + 6 HNO, = 2 Bi (NO,),
+ 3H,. Final reaction—Bi (NO,), + H,O = BiONO, + 2
HNO,. Evaporate; add water; wash and dry precipitated
bismuth subnitrate.
Properties.—A. heavy, white powder of somewhat vary-
ing chemical composition ; odorless and almost tasteless,
and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water and
insoluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in nitric or hydro-
chloric acid.
Dose.—Same as subcarbonate.
BismutTu1 SupsaLicyLas. Bismuth Subsalicylate. (U.S. P.)
Bismurui Sauicytas. Bismuth Salicylate. (B. P.)
Properties.—White, soft powder; insoluble in water,
ether, alcohol or chloroform; soluble in acids.
Dose.—D., gy.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Bismuru1 Susaauuas. Bismuth Subgallate. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Dermatol.
Properties.—A fine, yellow powder; permanent in the
air and odorless ; used externally as a substitute for iodo-
form; it is antiseptic and astringent; occasionally given
internally.
ACTION OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE AND SUBCARBONATE.
External.—The insoluble salts of bismuth have a pro-
tecting, sedative, astringent and antiseptic action on raw
pa ACTION OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE 191
a
surfaces. If applied over very extensive areas for a consid-
erable length of time, they may cause absorption and
poisoning. Bismuth has no action on the unbroken skin.
Internal.—The salts of bismuth are absorbed and elim-
inated to some extent. When administered continuously in
enormous doses, they have produced poisoning characterized
by stomatitis, colic, diarrhoea, general weakness, black dis-
colorations of the mucous membrane beginning in the-
mouth, sometimes nephritis, and death from exhaustion.
An odor of garlic appears in the breath after the continuous
exhibition of bismuth, owing to traces of tellurium con-.
tained in the bismuth.
Medicinally used, the salts of bismuth are absolutely
harmless, although formerly poisoning was not infrequent
from their contamination with arsenic. The tongue and
feeces are stained black by bismuth salts, which are trans-
formed into the sulphide. Bismuth, locally and mechan-
ically, by reason of its weight and insolubility, protects and
coats the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and thus
exerts a sedative, astringent and antiseptic action through-
out the canal. Bismuth must, therefore, be given, to be
effective, in large and frequent doses, and when the stomach
isempty. For this reason the drug is not of much value in
the treatment of the horse, as a suflicient quantity cannot
be used economically.
USES OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE AND SUBCARBONATE.,
External.—Bismuth subnitrate is a very good dusting
powder on sores, and for moist skin diseases and ulcerated
surfaces. It may be combined with zinc oxide and salol, or
used in the form of an ointment in the proportion of 1 to
4. The following is an effectual combination to apply to-
superficial wounds and raw surfaces attended with much
secretion :
R Bismuthi subnitratis........ 50.0 Zi. ZV.
AGIAN TEADICL 545 6: 710:5)2 00 0 << 25.0 3 vi.
ligikas coral ABA eno cso OOOO 15.07 Siv.< |
Carlo Ligni......sscccdenccs se’ 100.0 iii. 3 ii.
M. et fiat pulvis.
Sig. Dust on surface.
192 INORGANIC AGENTS
It may be employed to advantage in coryza and ozena, by
insufflation into the nostrils. Dermatol (bismuth subgal-
late) is even more efficient than the subnitrate alone as an
antiseptic and astringent dusting powder.
Internal.—Bismuth is one of the bést agents to relieve.
vomiting in dogs, owing to the soothing and sedative effect,
upon inflamed mucous membranes. It may be given alone
upon the tongue or in combination with oxalate of cerium.
It is also a very efficient agent in diarrhoea in the dog, being
astringent, sedative and antiseptic. Its use should be
preceded by the administration of oil or calomel, in diarrhea.
Bismuth is given for diarrhcea in powder with salol; or in
suspension with gum arabic and water, with one drop of
carbolic acid to each dose of bismuth ; or better, in capsules,
dispensing one grain of carbolic acid and five grains of
bismuth. The sedative effect upon the stomach is increased
by giving the subcarbonate of bismuth with bicarbonate of
sodium, while the sedative effect upon the bowels is
enhanced by combining morphine with bismuth subnitrate.
It is generally immaterial whether the subnitrate or sub-
curbonate of bismuth be selected in any given case.
Bismuth salicylate is more powerful as an antiseptic than
the other salts. It is useful in diarrhoea, intestinal fer-
mentation and indigestion of dogs. The drug should be
given in capsules.
SECTION V.
Ferrum.
Metallic iron is official in the form of fine, bright and
non-elastic wire, from which are made iron preparations and
reduced iron.
Ferrum Repuctum. Reduced Iron. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Ferrum redactum, B. P.; iron by hydrogen,
Quevenne’s iron, ferrum hydrogenio reductum, ferrum ope
hydrogenii paratum, E.; ferrum redactum, P. G.; fer réduit
par ’hydrogéne, Fr.; reducirtes eisen, G.
FERROUS SULPHATE 193
Derivation—Hydrogen gas is passed over freshly made
and carefully washed ferric oxide in a hot and closed tube.
Fe,O, + 3 H, = Fe, + 3 H,0.
Properties.— A very fine grayish-black, lustreless powder,
without odor or taste; permanent in dry air; insoluble in
water or alcohol.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii (4.-8.); C., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw.,
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.i-v. (.06-.3).
Ferri SurpHas. Ferrous Sulphate. Fe So, + 7 H,O.
(U..8:.4 Be EB?)
Synonym.—Copperas, green vitriol, vitriolum martis
purum, sulfas ferrosus, ferrum vitriolatum purum, E.; ferrum
sulphuricum purum, P. G.; sulfate de fer, sulfate ferreux,
Fr.; schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G.
Derivation.—Ivon wire is dissolved by boiling in diluted
sulphuric acid. Fe, + 2H,SO,= 2 Fe SO, + 2 H.,.
Properties. — Large, pale, blueish-green, monoclinic
prisms, without odor, and having a saline, styptic taste ;
efflorescent in dry air. On exposure to moist air the crystals
rapidly absorb oxygen and become coated with brownish-
yellow, basic ferric sulphate; soluble in 1.€ parts of water ;
insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—H., 31.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3 i1-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw.,
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.i-v. (.06-.3).
Ferri Suupsas Exsiccatus. Exsiccated or Dried Ferrous
Sulphate. 2 FeSO,+3H,0. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Ferrum sulfuricum siccum, P. G.; sulfate de
fer desséché, Fr.; entwasserte schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G.
Derivation.—Allow ferrous sulphate, 100, to effloresce at
a temperature of 104° F. Then heat on a water bath till
the product weighs 65.
Properties.—A grayish-white powder, soluble in water.
Dose.—Same as sulphate.
194 ‘INORGANIC AGENTS
‘Ferri SutpHas Granunatus. Granulated Ferrous Sulphate.
FeSO, + 7 H,O. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—Dissolve ferrous sulphate, 100, in distilled
water, 100, and add sulphuric acid, 5. Evaporate till the
product weighs 150. Pour alcohol, 25, upon it and dry.
Properties.—Pale, bluish-green, crystalline powder.
Dose.—Same as sulphate.
FErri CaRBONAS SaccHARATus. Saccharated Ferrous Carbo-
nate. (U.S bakes)
Synonym. —Ferrum carbonicum saccharatum, P. G.;
carbonas ferrosus saccharatus, saccharure de proto-carbon-
ate de fer, Fr.; ziickerhaltiges kohlensaures eisen, G.
Derivation.—Ferrous sulphate, 50 ; sodium bicarbonate,
35; sugar and distilled water. Made by solution, precipita-
tion and washing.
Properties. — Greenish-brown powder, without odor;
sweetish taste ; becomes oxidized on exposure to the air.
Dose.—Twice that of iron sulphate.
Massa Ferri Carponatis. Mass of Ferrous Carbonate.
(UJSSP)
Dose.—D., gv.i.-v. (.06-.3) in pill.
*Syrupus Ferri iopipr. Syrup of Ferrous Todide.
(U.S. a5. P.)
Contaius 5 per cent., by weight, of ferrous iodide (Fel,).
Froperties.—Trausparent, pale green liquid; sweet, fer-
ruginous taste.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30. ec.); D., Tv.-xxx (.3-2.).
Ferri Cuitoripum. Ferric Chloride. Fe;Cl, + H,O.
(OS: P.)
Synonym. — Ferrum sesquichloratum, P. G.; ferrum
muriatum oxydatum, chlcridum seu chloruretum ferricum,
a
FERRIC CHLORIDE 195
ferri perchloridum, sesquichloride (perchloride) of iron, E.;
perchlorure de fer, chlorure ferrique, Fr.; eisenchlorid, G.
Derivation.—Iron, 15 gm.; hydrochloric acid, nitric acid
and water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution
with heat.
Properties._Orange yellow, crystalline pieces, odorless,
or having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, and a strong
styptic taste; deliquescent; soluble in water and alcohol;
reaction acid ; not used internally.
Liquor Ferri Cuioripi. Solution of Ferric Chloride.
(U2 S:.P:) ;
Synonym.—Liq. ferri perchloridi, B. P. An aqueous
solution of ferric chloride (Fe, Cl,) containing not less than
29 per cent. of the anhydrous salt, or about 13 per cent. of
metallic iron.
Derivation.—Dissolve iron wire, 125, in hydrochloric
acid, 680, nitric acid and water to make 1,000. U.S. P.
First reaction.—Fe, + 4 HCl = 2 Fe Cl, + 2 H..
Second reaction.—6 FeCl], + 6 HCl + 2 HNO, = 3 Fe,
Cl, + 2NO + 4 H,0.
Properties.—A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor
of hydrochloric acid ; an acid, strongly styptic taste and an
acid reaction.
Dose.—H. & C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., Mx.-xx.
(6.-1.3); D., TL ii.-x. (.12-.6).
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. Yincture of Ferric Chloride. (U.S. P.)
Solution of ferric chloride, 250; alcohol to make 1,000.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 1 xx.-xxx, (1.3-2.); D.,
TLv.- 3 i. (.3-4.)
Contains 13.6 per cent. of the anhydrous salt, or 4.69 per cent. of
metallic iron.
Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi. Tincture of Iron Perchloride. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as Tinctura Ferri Chloridi, U.S. P.
196 INORGANIC AGENTS
Liquor Ferri SupsutpHatis. Solution of Ferric Subsul-
phate., (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Solution of basic ferric sulphate, FeO (SO,),,
Monsel’s solution, solution of persulphate of iron, E.; liquor
hémostatique de Monsel, Fr.; basischschewefelsaures eisen-
oxydlésung, Monsel’s eisenlosung, G. Contains about 13.6
per cent. of metallic iron.
Derivation.—Ferrous sulphate, 675; sulphuric acid, 65 ;
nitric acid and distilled water, of each a sufficient quantity
to make 1,000.
Properties.—A. dark, reddish-brown liquid, odorless, or
nearly so; of an acid, strongly styptic taste and an acid
reaction ; miscible with water and alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss. (15.); Sh. & Sw., TI x.-xx. (.6-1.3);
D., TI ii.-x. (.12-.6).
It has no value for internal use.
Frrri Hyproxipum Cum Maenusit Oxipo. Ferric Hydroxide
with Magnesium Oxide. (U.S. P.)
(Arsenic Antidote.)
Solution of ferric sulphate, 40 cc.; water, 125 ce.
Magnesia, 10 gm.; water, q.s. Keep solutions separate till
ready for use; then mix.
Uses.—This preparation is used as a chemical antidote
to arsenic, whereby the arsenic mass is mechanically en-
wrapped and converted into the insoluble arsenite. The
administration of the arsenic antidote should be followed
by emetics, or the stomach pump.
Dose.—ULarge quantities should be repeated frequently
ad libitum.
Ferri et Porassu Tartras. Iron and Potassium Tartrate.
CU Ssh)
(Potassio-Ferric Tartrate.)
Synonym.—Ferrum tartaratum, B. P.; tartarus ferratus,
IRON AND AMMONIUM CITRATE 107
P. G,; ferri potassio-tartras, ferrum tartarizatum, tartras
ferrico-kalicus, etc., E.; tartrate de fer et de potasse, tartre
martial, Fr.; weinsaures eisenoxyd-kali, eisenweinstein, G.
Derivation.—Solution of ferric sulphate, 100 Ce.; tartaric
acid, 29e¢m.; distilled water, 200 Ce.; ammonia water and
water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution and
precipitation.
Properties. —Thin, transparent scales, varying in color
from garnet-red to reddish-brown ; without odor, and having
a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste ; slightly deliquescent
in the air; very soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Ferri er AmMmontt Cirras. Iron and Ammonium Citrate.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Ferrum citricum ammoniatum, P. G.; ferri
ammonio-citras, ferro-ammonium citricum, ammonio-citrate
of iron, E.; citrate de fer et d’ammoniaque (de fer ammo-
niacal), citrate ferrique ammoniacal, Fr.; citronensaures
eisenoxyd-ammonium (ammoniak), G.
Derivation.—Solution of ferric citrate, 100 Ce.; ammonia
water, 40 Cc. Evaporate. U.S. P. ;
Properties.—Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, with-
out odor, and having a saline, mildly ferruginous taste ;
deliquescent in moist air; soluble in water; insoluble in
alcohol.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Ferri ET Qomntn® Cirras. Iron and Quinine Citrate.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Chininum ferro-citricum, P.G.; citras ferrico-
quinicus, citrate de fer et de quinine, Fr.; citronensaures
eisen chinin, G.
Source-—Ferric citrate, 85 gm.; quinine, 12 gm.; citric
acid, 3 gm.; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 gm.
a 3, P.
198 | INORGANIC AGENTS
Properties.—Thin, transparent scales, of a reddish-
brown color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly
ferruginous taste ; slowly deliquescent in damp air; slowly
but completely soluble in cold water and but partially
soluble in alcohol.
FERRI ET QvUININe Cirras Soxvusiyis. Soluble Iron and
Quinine Citrate. (U.S. P.)
Occurs in thin, greenish-yellow, transparent scales.
‘Very rapidly and completely soluble in cold water.
Dose.—D.., gy.v.-x. (.3-.6). |
GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS.
External.—Soluble salts of iron, especially the chloride,
sulphate, subsulphate and nitrate, are strongly astringent.
They contract tissue when applied to raw surfaces or mucous
membranes, by coagulating albumin, and through this means,
by compressing the blood vessels from without and plugging
them from within with clotted blood, arrest hemorrhage.
Jron—in the form of liquor ferri chloridi or liquor ferri
subsulphatis—is the most powerful of the metallic hemo-
static agents we possess.
Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—Iron is a food rather than
a medicine. It exists as a natural constituent of vegetable
foods and of the body, and is found particularly in the
hemoglobin of the blood—to the extent of about half an
ounce in that of the horse. There is a sufficient quantity in
the food to support healthy animals. If iron is given to a
normal animal, it has little effect unless continued for a long
time in considerable quantity, when it may produce indiges-
tion and constipation.
The iron salts and iron itself have practically the same
physiological action, but some preparations are more
irritating and astringent in the digestive tract than others.
Ferric chloride and ferrous sulphate are particularly consti-
GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 199
pating; while reduced iron, the oxide, carbonate, and salts
of the vegetable acids, are slightly so. Iron may blacken
the tongue from formation of the sulphide. In the stomach
all forms of iron are converted into ferric, and, to a slight
extent, ferrous chloride, by the gastric juice. Strongly acid
salts are decomposed and the combined acid in the salt is
set free, owing to the formation of the chloride. This acid
may prove irritating to the mucous membrane of the ,
stomach. Acid salts, as the sulphate, are, therefore, more
suitable for the horse than for the dog, as the latter is more
susceptible to the irritating action. Ferric salts being
astringent, so all the iron salts possess some astringency
when they are converted into ferric chloride in.the stomach.
.But those preparations most astringent outside of the body,
are also most astringent in the digestive canal, from the
fact that probably only part of the dose is changed in the
stomach.
The iron salts, on entering the bowels, come into con-
tact with an alkaline medium. Ferric chloride coming from
the stomach is converted into ferric oxide—which is held in
solution by organic compounds in the intestines—and
ferrous chloride is transformed into soluble ferrous car-
bonate. In the lower bowels, owing to the presence of
nascent hydrogen, sulphides and tannie acid, these com-
pounds are converted into ferrous sulphide and tannate and
excreted as such in the feces, which are by them colored
black. Iron is naturally absorbed from the organic com-
pounds of the metal existing in the nucleoalbumins of food,
but it is probable that the inorganic salts given as medicine
are taken up from the digestive tract in minute quantities
by the leucocytes of the blood and stored in the spleen,
lymph nodes, bone-marrow and liver, in which latter organ
it is utilized in the formation of hematin and similar bodies
and eventually transformed into hemoglobin, the essential
~ component of the red corpuscle. It is in this way that
inorganic iron administered as medicine becomes of benefit.
The numerous compounds of iron now manufactured by
200 — - "INORGANIC AGENTS
pharmaceutical concerns under the name of albuminates
and peptonates, and supposed to imitate the natural organic
forms of iron found in the blood and liver, have not proved
superior to the inorganic salts, but, on the contrary, many
are practically worthless.
Blood.—In anemia, iron indirectly increases the amount
of hemoglobin in the blood, and also the number of red
corpuscles. The latter effect is not so marked as with
‘arsenic. In regard to iron increasing the number of cor-
puscles, we may say that the blood-forming organs, especi-
ally the red marrow, are stimulated, or supplied with
blood-making material by iron. Iron increases the power
of the red corpuscles to hold and carry oxygen from the
lungs to the tissues, and to transform it into ozone. Iron is
then indirectly an oxidizing agent, stimulating tissue change
and vital activity. On account of the astringent properties
of iron, when applied externally to the tissues, it is thought
that its tonic action internally depends, in part, upon its
stimulating the contractility of the muscles and vessels, and,
therefore, improving tone.
Elimination.—Iron is chiefly excreted by the intestinal
mucous membrane, however administered, yet it is also
eliminated to a slight extent by the urine, bile, saliva, sweat
and tears.
Summary.—Iron is essentially a blood tonic and restor-
ative, increasing the number of red blood corpuscles, the
amount of hemoglobin, and aiding nutrition. Externally it
is an astringent, styptic and stimulant.
Uses Eaxternal.—Liquor ferri chloridi and liquor ferri
subsulphatis are frequently used to stop bleeding from
wounds or natural cavities of the body. They may
be injected, applied by swab, or on absorbent material,
which is packed into the wound or cavity. As a local
application in pharyngitis, we use 1 part of the solu-
tion of ferric chloride with 4 parts of glycerin. In
the same strength, diluted with water, the chloride may
be injected into the uterus to stop hemorrhage. Again, a
GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 201
solution, in the strength of 2 drachms to the. pint of water,
is employed as an enema to destroy ascarides. The objec-
tion to these solutions of iron is that they form heavy, nasty,
tenacious clots, when employed to arrest hemorrhage, and
the clots are apt to decompose and favor sepsis. Therefore
they should not be used if other means, as ligature, pres-
sure, heat or cold, or adrenalin chloride can be utilized.
Internal.— Reduced iron is one of the best preparations
for dogs. It is commonly administered in pill, and often
‘with other tonics, as strychnine, quinine, and arsenic.
Reduced iron is non-irritating, non-astringent, and non-
constipating. It may be placed on the tongue in the form
of powder.
Ferrous sulphate is one of the two most valuable forms
of iron which can be prescribed to the larger animals. The
other form is the tincture of ferric chloride. The sulphate
_ is more astringent and irritating than some of the other iron
salts, but does not usually cause constipation in the horse.
Indeed, when constipation is due to loss of tone in the lower
bowel, small doses, by their local stimulant action, may
actually assist peristalsis. The dried ferrous sulphate is
prescribed to horses in anemia, and is the most common
constituent of tonic powders. It is frequently combined
with powdered gentian, nux vomica, arsenic, and bicarbonate
of sodium. Sodium bicarbonate is useful in indigestion and
lessens the astringent action of sulphate of iron in neutral-
izing the acid set free from the salt. Nux vomica relieves
constipation. A common and useful preparation for the
horse is as follows:
Sodii bicarbonatis.
Puly. nucis vomice........ Beare fee aa 3 ii.
Merri sulphatis €xsicc, 2.04... ..!e005 = % 31.
M. et f. pulv. 1. Dispense pulv. tales no. xxx.
S. Give one powder on the feed three times daily.
Ferrous sulphate is given in anzemia secondary to chronic
202 INORGANIC AGENTS
indigestion, intestinal parasites, leucorrhoea, ozcena, albumi-
nuria, and in convalescence from acute diseases. Ferrous:
sulphate is in itself an anthelmintic, but, to get its full
effect when used for this purpose in the treatment of round.
worms in the horse (ascarides), it should be given twice
daily on the food for ten days, and then a pint of linseed oil
containing three ounces of oil of turpentine is to be admin-
istered to complete the cure. In convalescence, iron may
well be preceded by alcohol and bitters. Large doses of
iron sulphate are indicated in hemorrhage from the bowels,
if unassociated with acute inflammation, asin purpura. In
the latter disease, sulphuric acid is a synergistic remedy.
The saccharated ferrous carbonate may be given horses
if they will not voluntarily take the sulphate of iron on
their food. It is a useful, mild, non-astringent preparation
for dogs, and may be given in powder, or the mass may be
dispensed in pills.
The iodide of iron is thought to be of benefit in man in
scrofulous conditions, but as these states do not commonly
occur in horses and dogs, the drug is chiefly of value, in the
form of the syrup, in rickets, and acts almost as a specific
in that form of polyuria afflicting horses during hot weather,
and also in mild cases of anasarca and dropsy. The syrup.
should be preseribed undiluted and water should be added
just before administering the preparation. If prescribed
with water, the syrup will undergo decomposition if allowed
t> stand for any length of time. The syrup must be a fresh
preparation, else free iodine is formed in it, which will
blacken the buccal mucous membrane. When the action of
iodine and iron is desirable, it is often better to prescribe
them separately.
The tincture of ferric chloride is a very powerful
preparation. It contains free hydrochloric acid. Alcohol
constitutes three-quarters of its bulk, and there are also
some traces of ether. It was formerly thought to be hydro-
chloric ether, arising from the action of the contained
muriatic acid on the alcohol of the preparation; but Weir
MANGANUM Sr aa 203:
Mitchell has shown it to be nitrous ether. Ferric chloride
is of itself diuretic, apart from any action of nitrous ether
in the tincture. The free acid aids digestion in the stomach.
The tincture of ferric chloride is locally stimulant and.
astringent, and generally aids digestion; is diuretic, and in
large doses, owing to the alcohol which it contains, is
somewhat stimulating. The tincture is, accordingly, partic-
ularly valuable in anzemia, dependent upon chronic indiges-
tion in horses and cattle, and in that occurring in convales-
cence from acute -diseases. In such conditions, the
preparation stimulates appetite, digestion and renal activity.
When given by the mouth, the tincture of the chloride of
iron is of local benefit in pharyngitis, combined with chlorate
of potash, glycerin and water. It is also prescribed in
intestinal hemorrhage (dried ferric subsulphate or Monsel’s
salt given in 1-2 drachm doses in gelatine capsules is more
effective for this purpose in the larger animals), but there is
no remote astringent or styptic effect exerted upon the
vessels or tissues. Small doses of the tincture of ferric
chloride may be safely dropped, undiluted, upon the tongue
of horses or cattle from a small bottle used a measure. It
is frequently conjoined with alcohol and mineral acids.
Tron and ammonium citrate and iron and potassium
tartrate are mild, non-astringent preparations, suitable for
dogs and given in pill.
Iron and quinine citrate is a useful combination for
dogs, dispensed in pill. It is often employed in canine
distemper and chorea.
Manganum.
(Manganese is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.)
Porassit Permaneanas. Potassium Permanganate. KMn0O.,.
(U;.6..d¢ Bo P:)
Synonym.—Kali hypermanganicum crystallisatum, P. G.;
_hypermanganas potassicus 8. kalicus, permanganate of
204 INORGANIC AGENTS
potash, E.; permanganate de potasse, Fr.; uebermangan-
saures kali, G.
Derivation.—Caustic potash, chlorate of potassium and
black oxide of manganese are fused together. 6 KHO +
KCIO, + 3 MnO, = 3 K,MnO, + KCl + 3 H,O. The
manganate of potassium is boiled with water till the color
changes to purple and the permanganate is formed. 3 K,
MnO, + 2 H,O = 2 KMnO, +4KHO+ MnO,. The liquid
is neutralized with carbonic dioxide gas and evaporated.
Properties.—Slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark purple
color, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but after-
wards disagreeable and astringent; permanent in dry air;
soluble in 16 parts of water; undergoes decomposition with
alcohol; reaction neutral.
Incompatibles.—It is very readily deoxidized in the pres-
ence of organic matter.
Dose.—H., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.8) in one pint. of water; D.,
gr.i.-il. (.06-.12), in pill, or tablet, with kaolin.
ACTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE.
|
External. — Potassium permanganate, like hydrogen
dioxide, is a powerful oxidizing agent. It quickly parts
with its oxygen in contact with organic matter, largely in the
form of ozone, and is broken up into black oxide of manga- ~
nese and potassa. Solutions, which are of a purple hue,
change into a dark brown color when this transformation
occurs, and are no longer of any medicinal value. This
action is exceedingly rapid and transient, and its effects
correspondingly so on the tissues. For this reason, and
because bacteria are so combined with organic matter in the
tissues, its action is largely exerted on the latter, and
potassium permanganate is, therefore, a better antiseptic
than disinfectant. Outside of the body, permanganate of
potash is a disinfectant, but it is too expensive for general
purposes. In powder it is slightly caustic, owing to the
potassa set free in its decomposition; and in solution is
stimulant to the tissues. A solution of permanganate of
4
<= ligpeatldlD quits, Samay
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE 205
potash is a deodorizer when in contact with putrid and
decomposing matter, but is not of the slightest value as a
deodorizer and disinfectant to premises when simply stand-
ing in vessels, as frequently advised, ‘There is no danger
from absorption of potassium permanganate when applied
to the body.
Uses Internal. Potassium permanganate is occasionally
used in human medicine in dyspepsia and flatulence, for its
antiseptic action, aud in obesity. It is supposed to resem-
ble iron in its effects, and has been used in ammenorrhea
“associated with anemia. Moor, of New York, has shown
that potassium permanganate is the best chemical antidote
for morphine or opium, chemically destroying them by oxi-
dation ; 10 to 15 grains may be given to dogs in 8 ounces of
water immediately after poisoning. Horses may be given 2
drachms of permanganate of potash in 5 pints of water. In
case morphine has been swallowed, solutions of potassium
permanganate should be accidulated with vinegar, or diluted
sulphuric acid, in order to form soluble compounds in the
digestive tract. After morphine or opium have been ab-
sorbed into the blood, it is said that potassium permanganate
is also antidotal when injected subeutaneously. It is difficult
to see, theoretically, how this can be the case, and practically
has been proven not to be so.
Uses External.—Potassium permanganate is a valuable
antiseptic and deodorizer in solutions, varying in strength
from one-tenth of 1 per cent. to 4 per cent., and is used in the
treatment of sores, wounds, ulcers, abscess, caries, gangrene,
fetid ozcena, otorrhcea, and leucorrhcea. In the stronger
solution it is stimulant, as well as antiseptic. It is a useful
agent in stomatitis and sore throat, when applied locally by
means of a swab. The powder is employed as a caustic
upon ulcers. Potassium permanganate is one of the
best agents with which to sterilize the hands before operat-
ing. A saturated solution is to be recommended for this
purpose, and the stains may be removed from the hands,
206 INORGANIC AGENTS
by washing them in a saturated solution of oxalic acid, or in
a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid.
Potassium permanganate is a test for impure water in
changing color in the presence of organic matter. Two
ounces of a 1 per cent. solution will clarify and deodorize
100 gallons of stale and putrescent rain water.
SECTION VI.
Hydrargyrum.
Mercury. Quicksilver.
Synonym.—Mercurius vivas, argentum vivum, E.; mer-
cure, vif-argent, Fr.; quecksilber, G.
Derivation.—Cinnabar, the native sulphate, is roasted or
distilled with lime, and condensed.
Properties.—A shining, silver-white metal, without odor
or taste; liquid at ordinary temperatures, and divisible into
spherical globules ; insoluble in the ordinary soivents ; boils |
at 675° F., and is completely volatilized; spec. gr., 13.5584.
When cooled to 88.88° F., it forms a ductile, malleable mass.
PREPARATIONS CONTAINING METALLIC MERCURY.
I—Hydrargyrum cum Creta. Mercury with Chalk. (U.S. & B. P.)
Mercury, 38 gm.; honey, 10 gm.; prepared chalk, 57 gm.; water,
sufficient quantity to make 100gm. (U.S. P.) _
Mercuric‘oxide becomes developed by keeping, making the powder
more active.
Properties.—A. light gray, rather damp powder, free from gritti- -
ness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. Contains
mercury in fine division by shaking the ingredients together.
Dose.—Foals and calves, gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.); D., gr-i.-x. (.U6-.6).
I1.—Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Pilula hydrargyri, B. P.; blue mass, blue pill, pilulz
coerulez, E.; pilule de mercure, Fr.; mercurial pillen, G.
Mercury, 33 gm.; glycyrrhiza, 5 gm.; althzea, 25 gm.; glycerin, 3
gm.; honey of roses, 34gm. Contains 33 per cent. of mercury in a state
of fine division. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., gr.i,-x. (.06-.6).
RED MERCURIC OXIDE 207
II.—Unguentum Hydrargyri. Mercurial Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
(Blue Ointment.)
Synonym. — Pommade mercurielle,, pommade Napolitaine, Fr.;
graue quecksilbersalbe, G.
Mercury, 500 gm.; lard, 250 gm.; suet, 280 gm.; oleate of mercury,
20 gm. Contains 50 per cent. of mercury. (U.S. P.)
HyprarGyri Oxipum Rusrum. Red Mercuric Oxide. HgO.
(Us; & B.P:)
Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum rubrum, P. G.;
hydrargyri-nitrico-oxydum, mercurius corrosivus (precipi-
tatus) ruber, oxydum hydrargyricum, peroxide of mercury,
red precipitate, mercuric oxide, E.; deuto-oxyde (peroxyde)
de mercure, oxyde mercurique, précipité rouge, poudre de
Jean de Vigo, Fr.; rothes quecksilberoxyde, rother pricipi-
tat (quecksilber-pracipitat), G.
Derivation.—Dissolve mercury in diluted nitric acid.
3 Hg, + 16 HNO, = 6 Hg (NO,),. (Mercuric nitrate)
+4NO + 8H.0.
Rub mercuric nitrate with metallic mercury and heat.
2 He (NO,), + Hg, = 4 HgO + 2N,0,.
Properties.—Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a
erystalline powder; odorless, and having a somewhat
metallic taste ; permanent in the air; almost insoluble in
water ; insoluble in alcohol.
PREPARATION.
Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. Ointment of Red Mercuric Oxide.
(Unis1é& BSP.)
Synonym.—Red precipitate ointment, red mercuric oxide, 10; cas-
tor oil, 5; ointment, 85. (U.S. P.)
Hyprareyri Oxipum Fiavum. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. Hg0O.
(U. Sk Bi. P.)
Synonym.—Hydrargyrum oxydatum via humida para--
tum, P. G.; hydrargyrum oxydatum precipitatum (vel
‘208° INORGANIC AGENTS
flavum), precipitated oxide of mercury, E.; oxyde de mercure
jaune (précipité), Fr.; pracipitirtes (Gelbes) quecksilber-
oxyde, G.
Derivation.—Precipitate an aqueous solution of mercuric
chloride, 100, with caustic soda, 40: HgCl, + 2 NaOH =
HgO + 2 NaCl + H,0O.
Properties.—A. light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy,
impalpable powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat met- —
allic taste; permanent in the air, but turning darker on
exposure to the light ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble
in alcohol.
PREPARATIONS.
Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. Ointment of Yellow Mercuric
Oxide. (U.S. P.) B. P. 2 per cent.
Yellow mercuric oxide, 10; ointment, 90.
Oleatum Hydrargyri. Oleate of Mercury. (U.S. P.)
Hydrargyri Oleas. (B. P.)
Yellow mercuric oxide, 25; oleic acid to make 100. (U.S. P.)
HyYDRARGYRI CHLoRIDUM Corrosivum. Corrosive Mercurie
Chloride. Hg Cl, (U.S. P.)
(Corrosive Chloride of Mercury, Corrosive Sublimate.)
Synonym.—Hydrargyri perchloridum, B. P.; hydrargy-
rum birchloratum corrosivum, P. G.; hydrargyrum muriati-
cum corrosivum, hydrargyri bichloridum, sublimatus cor-
rosivus, sublimatum corrosivum, mercurius sublimatus
corrosivus, chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyricum, per-
chloride of mercury, bichloride of mercury, E.; Deuto-
chlorure de mercure, sublimé corrosif, chlorure mercurique,
Fr.; etzendes quecksilberchlorid, ztzender quecksilbersub-
limat, G.
Derivation.—Heat a mixture of mercuric sulphate, 20;
sodium chloride, 16; manganese dioxide,1. Hg SO, + 2
NaCl + MnO, = HegCl, + Na,SO,+ MnO,. The bichloride
sublimes and is condensed.
Properties.—Heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crys-
|
!
;
:
.
MILD MERCUROUS CHLORIDE 209
talline masses; odorless, and having an acrid and persistent
metallic taste ; permanent in the air; soluble in 16 parts of
water and in 3 parts of alcohol.
Incompatibles.—It is incompatible with most substances.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.v.-vii. (.3-.5); Sh: & Sw.,, gr.ii. (.12);
D., gr.3i; - + (.002-.008).
Hyprareyrt Catoripum Mirr. Mild Mercurous Chloride.
Bache (8. 82)
| (Calomel, Mild Chloride of Mercury.)
Synonym.—Hydrargyri subchloridum, B. P.; hydrargy-
rum chloratum mite, P. G.; hydrargyri chioridum, hydrar-
gyrum chloratum (muriaticum) dulce, mercurius dulcis,
calomelas chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyrosum, sub-
chloride (protochloride) of mercury, E.; protechlorure (sous-
muriate) de mercure, caloméle, Fr.; quecksilberchlorir,
calomel, G.
Derivation. — Heat mercurous sulphate and sodium
chloride. Calomel sublimes. Hg, SO, + 2 NaCl = Hg,
Cl, + Na, SO,.
Properties.—A white, impalpable powder ; odorless and
tasteless; permanent in the air; insoluble in water or
alcohol. When strongly heated it is wholly volatilized
without melting.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); C., 3 v.-vi. (20.-24.); D., gr.ss.
(.03), in divided doses; D., gr.iii.-v. (.2-.3) in single doses.
PREPARATION.
Pilule Cathartice Composite. Compound Cathartic Pills. (U.S. P.)
Compound extract of colocynth, 80; calomel, 60; extract of jalap,
30; gamboge, 15; water, Q. S. to make 1,000 pills.
Dose.—D., pill 1 to 3.
Hyprareyri lopipum Rusrum. Red Mercuric Iodide. HeI,.
60: 8. & B.P.)
(Binodide of Mercury, Red Iodide of Mercury.)
Synonym. — Hydrargyrum biiodatum rubrum, P. G.;
210 INORGANIC AGENTS
deutoioduretum (biniodidum) hydrargyri, mercurius iodatus
ruber, iduretum hydrargyricum,. E.; deut-iodure (bi-iodure)
de mercure, iodure mercurique, Fr.; rothes jodquecksilber,
-quecksilberjodid, G.
Derivation.—Mix aqueous solutions a corrosive mercuric
chloride, 40gm., and potassium iodide, 50gm. The red
iodide is precipitated. Filter, wash and dry. HgCl, + 2KT
= Hel, + 2K Cl.
Properties.—A scarlet-red, amorphous powder ; odorless
and tasteless; permanent in the air; almost insoluble in
water; soluble in 130 parts of alcohol.
Unauentum Hyprareyrt Nirratis. Ointment of Mercurie
Nitrate (Citrine Ointment) (U.S. & B. P.) )
Mercury, 70 gm.; nitric acid, 175 gm.; lard oil, 760
om... (U2 8:)
Properties.—A lemon-yellow ointment.
Hyprarcynum AmMoniarum. Ammoniated Mercury. NH,
He Ck (U.S. &B.P.)
(White Precipitate, Mercuric Ammonium Chloride.)
Synonym.—Hydrargyrum precipitatum album, P. G;
hydrargyrum amidato-bichloratum (ammoniato-muriaticum),
hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, mercurius precipitatus
albus, E.; oxychlorure ammoniacal de mercure, mercure pré-
cipité blanc, Fr.; weisse quecksilber-pracipat, quecksilber-
chloridamidid, G.
Derivation.—Mix an aqueous solution (1- 20) of corrosive
mercuric chloride, 200, with ammonia water, 15.
HgCl, + 2 NH,OH = NH, Hg Cl + NH,Cl + 2H,0.
Filter, wash with diluted ammonia water (1-20), and dry the
precipitated ammoniated mercury.
Properties. —White, pulverent pieces, or a white, amor-
phous powder, withoué odor, and having an earthy, after-
wards styptic and metallic, taste ; permanent in the air;
almost insoluble in water or in alcohol.
GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS yA Gt
PREPARATION,
Unguentum Hydrargyrt Ammoniati. Ointment of Ammoniated Mer-
eury,: (U. 5. & B..P_)
Synonym.— White precipitate ointment. Ammoniated mercury,
10; benzoinated lard. 90. (U.S. P.)
GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS.
External.—The salts of mercury are germicidal, irritant,
and,-in some cases, caustic, when applied externally.
Corrosive sublimate is the most powerful antiseptic in
general use. It unites with albuminous fluids in, or on, the
tissues, to form insoluble albuminates of mercury, and its
antiseptic properties are then lost. This action is prevented
by adding 5 parts of tartaric acid to 1 part of corrosive
sublimate, and such combination is provided in the tablets
manufactured for surgical purposes.
Hydrochloric acid, or salt, may be employed to obtain
the same result. Corrosive sublimate is a more powerful
germicide than carbolic acid, yet it cannot be used to disin-
fect metallic instruments, as the bichloride is decomposed
and mercury deposited upon them, The salts of mercury
killthe lower forms of animal as well as vegetable life, and
are valuable in the treatment of parasitic skin diseases. As
a rule, antiseptics relieve itching, and the mercury salts are
often used to combat this condition. Mercury and its salts
are absorbed when rubbed into the unbroken skin, particu-
larly when in combination with oil or grease.
Metallic mercury and its salts (notably the iodide), when
rubbed well into the skin with fat, are thought to aid the
absorption of inflammatory exudates in underlying parts.
Internal.—The irritant salts of mercury, as the bichloride,
lodide, nitrate, and some of the oxides, in large doses,
produce gastro-enteritis, vomiting, colic, bloody diarrhoea,
collapse and death. The white of egg is an antidote to
corrosive sublimate, forming an insoluble albuminate.
912 ae INORGANIC AGENTS
Emetics, or the stomach pump, should be used in case
vomiting is not spontaneous.
The use of mercury, or any of its compounds, if con-
tinued for any considerable time, either internally or exte:-
nally, in such a way as to lead to absorption, may cause a
chronic form of poisoning or mercurialism. This condition
is characterized by fetor of the breath and soreness of the
gums, making mastication painful. The gums are swoilen
and bleed easily ; the tongue swells and salivation ensues.
‘The teeth become loosened, the salivary and parotid glands
enlarge, the temperature is elevated, and if the condition
continues, there are: ulceration of the mouth (mercurial
stomatitis), necrosis of the jaw, general weakness, a watery
condition of the blood, cedema, anzemia and cachexia, pros-
tration and death. Local poisoning, as exhibited by paralysis
of the hand and forearm, has occurred in a man who applied
the ointment of red iodide of mercury to cattle. There isa
tendency for mercury to accumulate in the system, when
given in large doses, or in smaller doses when continued for
a considerable period.
The prevailing fashion of administering calomel in small
and repeated doses, may lead to mercurialism if purgation
does not occur.
Stomach and Intestines.—Mercury and the mercurous
salts, especially calomel, are mildly irritant and act as pur-
gatives. The upper part of the intestinal tract, notably the
duodenum, is influenced, and peristalsis and secretion are
stimulated so that the bile is hurried along together with
the other ingesta, and expelled. Calomel aud mercury are
called cholagogus cathartics, yet they do not increase the
amount of bile secreted, but diminish it by retarding its
absorption in the bowels. Corrosive sublimate, on the
other hand, isan hepatic stimulant and augments the amount
of bile secreted.
The purgative action of calomel and mercury in the
small intestines 1s assisted by salines, which increase the
amount of fluid in the bowels, and aid in the expulsion and
a - _
GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS 2138
prevent the absorption of mercury. The saline should be
given four hours after the adminisinalipn of calomel to
cattle.
Blood.—Mercury is generally thought to circulate in the
blood as an albuminate. It is stated that metallic mercury
is absorbed unchanged and circulates in this condition in the
blood; while it is also held that corrosive sublimate finds
its way into the blood as an albuminate of the oxide of
mercury, in combination with sodium chloride. It will be
perceived that there is no exact knowledge concerning this
matter. Itis supposed that mercury diminishes ‘the fibrin
in the blood, and the production of exudations, especially in
connection with inflammation of serous membranes, and
even hastens the absorption of inflammatory deposits.
Mercury is, therefore, said to be antiphlogistic in combating
the effects of inflammation. A part of this result may be
attributed to the antiseptic action of the salts of mercury in
the intestines by preventing fermentation and absorption of
toxic material. For want of a better term to explain the
beneficial actions of mercury on the tissues, that vague term
“alterative’”’ is frequently applied. Mercury (and calomel
in particular) is somewhat diuretic, stimulating the secreting
cells, or nerves of the kidneys, and increasing the amount of
urine.
Elimination. — Mercury is eliminated slowly by the
kidneys, liver, salivary glands, and, in fact, by every con-
ceivable channel. Iv thus stimulating the eliminative
activities of the various glands, mercury has been termed a
deobstruent. It has been surmised that its alterative effect
depends, in part, upon this action in stimulating—to use the
_ old term—the emunctories. .
SUMMARY OF ACTIONS OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS.
External.—Antiseptic, germicide, irritant, caustic, para-
siticide, antipruritic and sorbefacient.
Internal.—Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo-
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel).
O14 G INORGANIC AGENTS
Interndl.—Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo-
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel).
TOXICOLOGY.
(See action internal.)
USES OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS.
Hydrargyrum cum creta is similar to calomel in its
effects, but very much milder, unless it contains the black
oxide of mercury, when its action is much intensified. The
same may be said of massa hydrargyri. Hither preparation
may be given dogs as a laxative in indigestion with vomiting
and diarrhoea ; or to foals and calves with intestinal indiges-
tion and diarrhcea, particularly if-accompanied with jaundice.
The oleatum or unguentum hydrargyri are rubbed into the
skin to cause resolution of chronic inflammatory swellings,
and also to kill animal and vegetable parasites. As the
former action is due to absorption, large quantities will lead
to poisoning when applied over an extensive surface. We
can use other and safer remedies, as creolin, tar or sulphur
ointment, for parasiticides. It is to be remembered in this
connection that grease alone will kill lice and other parasites
on the skin. On account of their sorbefacient properties,
the oleate and blue ointment of mercury are applied over
chronically enlarged glands, swollen joints, and thickened
tendons. In view of their parasitic action, these preparations
are employed to kill the fungus of favus and ringworm, and
‘to destroy lice and the acari of mange, when inhabiting
circumscribed areas. Itching in skin diseases, as chronic
eczema and psoriasis, is relieved by either blue ointment or
the oleate of mercury.
HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, OR FLAVUM.
The official ointments of the red and yellow mercuric
oxides are prescribed, as stimulant and antiseptic prepara-
tions, in chronic conjunctivitis, granular lids and scaly skin
diseases. They are also employed on indolent ulcers,
ere,
ee
atime aaa
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM 215
swollen glands and old granulating surfaces. When used on
mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, the official ointments
should be diluted with equal parts of lard.
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM.
_External.—Corrosive sublimate is of value mainly as
an antiseptic on the unbroken skin. It is germicide in
solutions containing 1 part to 500, or 1,000, of water. .
Applied to mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, it is anti-
septic in solutions varying in. strength from 1-10,000
to 1-1,000.
In the larger cavities of the body, as the vagina, solu-
tions should not be used in strength greater than 1-5000 or
1-3000. Recent experiments by Harrington and Walker go
to show that corrosive sublimate is much less active than
commonly believed. A 1-1000 solution requires more than
ten minutes’ contact to kill common forms of pus cocci, so
that dipping the hands for a few seconds in such solutions
does more harm than good in inducing a false security
which does not exist. They conclude by saying that, as
the result of their experiments, “ corrosive sublimate in any
of the strengths commonly employed is a much overrated
disinfectant, and under the best of conditions is so uncer-
tain in its action that it would be of advantage to abandon
its use altogether in surgery.” These men are known to be
eareful and trustworthy investigators and their findings
agree with the results obtained by many great surgeons.
In view of the ease with which corrosive sublimate combines
with albumin, it is best not to rely upon this agent for
wound disinfection, but to employ normal salt solution for
cleansing, followed by hydrogen dioxide. For hand disin-
fection, alcohol in 60 to 70 per cent. strength is much more
effective.
Mercuric bichloride, even in the weaker solution, is too
damaging to the serous membrane of the peritoneal cavity,
and there is too much danger of absorption to warrant
us in using it in intra-abdominal operations. As a caustic,
216 "INORGANIC AGENTS
saturated solutions ere injected into fistulous tracts: e.g.,
fistulee of the withers, “ quittor” and “ poll evil,” to destroy
their so-called pyogenic membranes, and hasten repair.
There is not much danger of absorption when used in this
way.
Corrosive sublimate is very useful as a parasiticide, in
destroying lice, ringworm and the fungus of favus, in solu-
tion (1-500) on the unbroken skin. It also relieves itching
in pruritus, prurigo and urticaria, but is generally inferior
to carbolic acid in this respect. Bichloride solutions may’
be used in the septic uterus (after removing placental -or
membranous remains, with the hands, forceps or curette),
in the strength of 1-3000 or 1-5000. Apart from the body,
corrosive sublimate in solution (1-500 or 1-1000) is one of
the cheapest and most effective disinfectants for premises
infected with the contagion of glanders, anthrax, ete. The
walls and floors of stables (after thorough cleansing and
washing with soft soap and boiling water), clothing and all
paraphernalia, not metallic, can be disinfected by washing
or soaking in solutions of bichloride. Before operations,
the operative field should be sterilized by scrubbing with
green soap and then with Harrington’s solution* after the
hair has been shaved from the part. The operator’s hands
ean be also sterilized to best advantage with 60 per cent.
solution of alcohol in water. During an operation, irri-
gation with corrosive (1-3000) solution or boiled normal
salt solution is commonly practised. In epizéotie abor-
tion, in addition to quarantining the diseased animals,
their discharges and the premises should be disinfected,
and both the well and sick female animals should
be washed twice daily about the genital regions with
a solution of corrosive sublimate. Yellow wash, made by
* Harrington’s solution consists of : Commercial alcohol (94 per
per cent.), 640 c.c.; commercial hydrochloric acid, 60 c.c.; corrosive
sublimate, 0.8 gm. It is the most powerful preparation for skin disin-
fection known, rendering the skin sterile in most cases after applica~
tion for two minutes.
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE 217
the addition of 30 gr. of mercuric bichloride to 1 pint of
lime water, is sometimes employed as a stimulant applica-
tion in chronic eczema, and to relieve itching. It contains
the yellow oxide of mercury. In purulent conjunctivitis,
frequent irrigation with a 1-1000 solution of corrosive subli-
mate is of the greatest service.
Internal.—Corrosive: sublimate is of value in minute
doses as a blood tonic, and is recommended as an antiphlo-
gistic agent in diminishing fibrinous exudation in inflamma-
tory diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, meningitis,
and arthritis. It is probably inferior to calomel for this
purpose. We at least know that calomel is an efficient
cathartic in inflammatory diseases.
Mercuric bichloride is employed as an eae anti-
septic and hepatic stimulant, in the treatment of dysentery
and diarrhoea with mucous or vile smeliing discharges. In
these conditions, irrigation of the rectum with a 1-5000
solution is of advantage. This solution should be drained
off through the rectal tube and followed by an injection of
plain boiled water.
Administration.—Corrosive sublimate is given in the
form of a pill or ball. If exhibited in solution to the large
animals, it must be diluted with 2 quarts of water.
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE.
External.—Calomel is of use in chronic eczema when
applied over small patches in its pure state, or as “ black
wash.” The latter consists of one drachm of calomel in one
pint of lime water, forming the black oxide of mercury, and
is a very efficient preparation to relieve itching and promote
recovery in chronic eczema, by mild stimulation. Calomel
is of benefit when blown into the eye once or twice a week,
stimulating and hastening absorption of opacities of the
cornea following keratitis. It ig the best agent to arrest
thrush when worked up into the commisure of the hoof,
between the frog and the bars, and retained in place ki
oakum packing.
218 INORGANIC AGENTS
Interndl.—Calomel is a purgative, intestinal antiseptic,,
cholagogue, diuretic and alterative. It is also used for its.
remote antiphlogistic effects. It is particularly adapted to
dogs, and is given in a single dose, or often, to better advan-
tage, in half-grain doses, repeated every two hours till
purgation occurs. For diarrhoea or vomiting in dogs,.
calomel is useful in removing the source of irritation, in
being antiseptic and easily borne by an irritable stomach.
Calomel is partially transformed, by the alkaline secretions.
of the bowels, into the mercurous oxide, and it is to this salt
that its purgative action is due. Combination with sodium
bicarbonate assists in this transformation, and is commonly
practised. The administration of calomel should be followed
by oil, salines or other cathartics, if purgation does not
occur within twenty-four hours after its ingestion, otherwise
mercurialism may occur.
In heptogenous jaundice, with light-colored faces, owing
to hepatic congestion, gastro-duodenitis or constipation,
calomel is a valuable remedy for dogs, followed by the use
of nitro-muriatic acid. In the jaundice occurring as a form
of influenza in horses, nitro-muriatic acid is more effective.
Calomel is one of the best remedies for the treatment of
dysentery, unless there is great’ weakness. It should be
continued in repeated small doses till the character of the
discharge changes. Foals and calves, with indigestion and
diarrhoea, may be given calomel to advantage to remove the
source of irritation in the digestive tract. Calomel must be
combined with a small dose of aloes, or with linseed oil, to:
form an effective cathartic for the horse. As aloes acts on
the large, and calomel on the small, intestines, the above
combination secures a general purgative influence.
Cattle are given calomel, followed by the administration
of salines, to produce free catharsis. As aremedy for round
worms, } to 4 grain each of santonin and calomel, with 5
grains of sugar of milk, are administered to dogs four times,
at half hour intervals, and followed by castor oil. Lumbri-
coid worms in the horse, may be treated by conjoining 2
ee ee ce | ee
HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM 219
drachms of santonin with 1 drachm of calomel, given in the
form of a ball to the fasting animal, and repeated once on
the following day if necessary. Calomel was formerly very
frequently used, and is occasionally prescribed to this day
in the treatment of pleuritis, meningitis, peritonitis, pericar-
ditis, and iritis, for its antiphlogistic and alterative action in
diminishing inflammatory exudations.
At the present time these actions are very much ques-
tioned, and any beneficial effects accruing from the use of
calomel in inflammatory diseases are now ascribed to its
action as a purgative and intestinal antiseptic in destroying
and eliminating toxins from the bowels.
Calomel is of value in inflammatory diseases when given
at the onset of the attack. In dropsy (ascites of dogs),
calomel sometimes acts as a useful diuretic, when combined
with digitalis and squill in pill form.
Administration.—Calomel is given to cattle on the tongue
or in gruel ; to horses in ball, on the food, or on the tongue ;
to dogs in pill, tablet or on the tongue. The compound
cathartic pill is a good purgative preparation for occasional
use. ‘Two to three pills for large dogs; one to two pills for
smaller animals.
HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM.
The red mercuric iodide is a favorite remedy in
veterinary practice. It causes absorption of morbid exuda-
tions through its counter-irritant, local absorbent and alter-
ative effect, in combining the action of iodine and mercury.
It is employed with 8 to 10 or 12 parts of lard or vaseline,
and is of value in the treatment of periostitis with osseous
deposits, especially for splints. Spavin and ringbone are
treated with red iodide of mercury alone, but are generally
cured more effectively by rest, firing, and blistering. The
red iodide of mercury ointment is also of use for enlarged
glands, chronic swelling about tendons, joints or burse;
and applied about the throat in chronic laryngitis and
“roaring.” The ointment is rubbed on splints every third
220 INORGANIC AGENTS
day, or until vesication is produced, and the hair begins to
drop out, when its use is stopped fora time. Like other
mercury preparations, the red iodide must not be employed
in large quantities over an extensive surface. It is much
more irritant locally than blue ointment.
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS.
Citrine ointment is similar to unguentum hydrargyri
ammoniati (white precipitate ointment), but more. power-
ful, and should be diluted with equal parts of lard. These
preparations are used for their stimulant action in granular
lids, chronic eczema, psoriasis, pityriasis, and for their
anti-parasitic effect in ringworm.
SECTION VII.
A~senuri.
Arsenic is not used in the metallic state in medicine.
Arsenr Trioxipum (U.S. P.)
Actpum Arsrnosum. Arsenous Acid. As,O
ne
3
Synonym.—Acidum arseniosum, B. P.; acidum arsenic-
osum, P. G.; arsenic trioxide, white arsenic, arsenicum
album, arsenic, arsenious anhydrid, E.; acid arsenieux,
arsenic blanc, fleurs d’arsenic, Fr.; arsenicsdure, weisser
arsenic, G.
Derivation.—Arsenical ores are roasted and purified by
sublimation.
Properties.—A heavy solid, occurring either as an opaque,
white powder, or in irregular masses of two varieties; the one
amorphous, transparent and colorless, like glass ; the other
crystalline, opaque, or white, resembling porcelain. Both
are odorless and tasteless. The glassy variety dissolves
slowly in 30 parts of water; the porcelain-like in.80 parts
of water. Arsenous acid is sparingly soluble in alcohol, but
soluble in glycerin, hydrochloric acid and solutions of the
fo eemgpemmamn en
in “7 “see et
SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM ARSENITE get
alkali hydrates and carbonates. When heated to 424° F.,
arsenous acid is completely volatilized without melting.
Incompatibles.— Lime water, salts of iron and magnesia.
Des2.—H., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-il. can mei
D., Brest (ome. (on
Liquor Yorasi ARSENITIS. Solution of Potassium Arsenite.
(USS Ps)
(Fowler’s Solution.)
Synonym.—Liquor arsenicalis, B. P.; liquor kali arseni-
cosi, P.G.; solutio arsenicalis Fowleri, kali arsenicosum
solutum, arsenical solution, E.; liqueur arsenicale de Fowler,
Fr.; Fowlers’che tropfen, G. Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; potas-
sium bicarbonate, 20 gm.; compound tincture of lavender,
30 Ce.; distilled water to make 1000 Ce. Strength, 1 part
of arsenous.acid in 100.
Dose.—H. & C., 311-31. (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii.
{4.-8.); D., Til.-x. (.12-.6).
Usual dose for H., 3 ss. (15.).
Liquor AcipI ARSsENOsI. Solution of Arsenous hye
(Wis-49. 22.)
Synonym.—Liquor arsenici hydrochloricus, B.P.; hydro-
chloric solution of arsenic, E.; liqueur ar senicale i ochlo-
rique, Fr.; chlorarsenik-losung, G.
Be ante acid, 10 gm.; diluted hydrochloric acid, 50 Ce;
distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Ce.
Strength, 1 part of arsenous acid in 100.
Dose.—Same as Fowler’s solution.
ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS.
External.—Arsenous acid acts as a caustic on raw sur-
faces and mucous membranes. It produces considerable
‘pain, and may lead to poisoning.. In frogs poisoned by
999, INORGANIC AGENTS
arsenic the epidermis peels off very readily, owing to
degeneration of its lower layers.
Internal.— Digestive Tract. —Arsenic, when given in
minute doses, improves the appetite, and increases both the
motion and secretions of the stomach and duodenum. In
larger amounts, arsenic is an irritant, causing loss of appetite,
nausea and digestive disturbance. In toxic doses arsenic
produces gastro-enteritis.
Blood.—Arsenic is absorbed into the blood, and in some
forms of anemia increases notably the number of red
corpuscles, and to some extent the hemoglobin.
Circulation.—It is said that arsenic stimulates the pulse
rate when given in minute doses. In large doses it has a
local depressing action on the heart—and probably a local
action on the vessels—lowering the force and frequency of
the heart and reducing blood pressure. The nerve endings,
ganglia, and muscle of the heart are alike paralyzed, and
this action takes place when the heart is removed from the
body.
Respiration.—In small doses arsenic stimulates the
respiratory centre, and probably the peripheral vagi ; whereas
in lethal amounts it is said to paralyze only the latter.
Nervous System.—The nervous apparatus is powerfully
influenced by arsenic. Toxic doses cause paralysis of the
spinal tracts, in frogs, with loss of sensation, motion, and
reflex action. There is conflicting testimony relating to
which centres succumb first. The nerve trunks are affected
in the higher animals. There is peripheral neuritis and
trophic changes occur. Medicinal doses of arsenic are
stimulant to the nervous system generally.
Metabolism.— Therapeutic doses probably diminish
tissue change and the elimination of urea and carbonic
dioxide. Large doses, on the other hand, increase metabolic
processes and the escape of nitrogenous waste.
Elimination.—Arsenic is eliminated slowly by most
channels. It is found in the urine, feces, milk, sweat, tears
and saliya. It exists in, amd can be recovered from, the
ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 025:
bodies of animals years after their death from toxic amounts.
of arsenic.
Summary.—Arsenic is unfortunately one of the drugs
whose physiological action—so far as we know it—does not
throw any light, in many instances, upon its therapeutic
effects. In altering the condition of the patient for the.
better, in some diseases, it is described by that vague and
otherwise indefinable term, “alterative.”
Toxicology.—The lower animals, as the horse and cow,
are proportionately not nearly so susceptible to the poisonous
effects of arsenic as the human subject. Two grains is the
smallest fatal dose reported in man. Amounts larger than
a drachm appear to be required to cause death in the horse,
although much smaller quantities have produced death when
repeated a number of times. Mild toxic action is seen
following therapeutic doses of arsenic when the physiological
limit is reached. This condition is characterized by loss of
appetite (nausea and vomiting in dogs), watery discharge
from the nose and eyes, puffiness of the eyelids, indigestion
with mild colic, and diarrhoea. The pulse may be accelerated
and harder than normal.
Acute Poisoning begins with bilious, mucous, or bloody
purging and colic. There is vomiting in dogs. Thirst is
excessive ; the urine is high-colored and albuminous; the
pulse is feeble, small and frequent ; the respiration is rapid
and difficult from abdominal pain; the extremities are cold,
and there is great weakness of the limbs. Collapse, with
convulsions and coma, often close the scene in from five to
twenty hours to three days.
A sub-acute form of poisoning occasionally occurs after
a remission from the acute attack, only to be followed by
death in from two to five days. In the interim, cutaneous
eruptions may appear. Rarely, death takes place within
an hour or two, in coma, collapse or convulsions.
Chronic Poisoning, such as is seen in the human subject
living in apartments furnished with arsenical wall paper or
fabrics, or in those working in arsenic, is rarely observed.
294. INORGANIC AGENTS
in animals and would not be likely to occur save in those
living in the immediate vicinity of chemical works. In this
condition there are symptoms similar to those noted above
as occurring in the milder form of arsenic poisoning, together
with gradual loss of strength and flesh, local paralysis or
paraplegia, and anesthesia. Fatty degeneration of the liver,
kidneys, heart, stomac ‘th and muscles, in cases of ‘chronic
arsenical poisoning, is found'after death. . ,
- The post-mortem changes observed after acute poisoning,
are as follows: The gastric mucous membrane, especially
the villous portion in horses, is swollen, softened and covered
with patches of a deep crimson or dark brown color. There
is rarely ulceration. The upper portion of the small
intestines, and in horses sometimes the whole of the intes-
tinal tract, is similarly affected with that of the stomach.
‘There is generally a wide-spread fatty degeneration of the
internal.organs and muscles.
The treatment of acute poisoning depends mainly upon
the use of the official freshly prepared arsenic antidote
(ferri oxidum hydratum cum magnesia) in large quantities.
If this can not be obtained, an antidote can be prepared by
precipitating Monsel’s Solution, or the tincture of the
chloride of iron, with sodium bicarbonate or ammonia.
Dialyzed iron may be precipitated with an alkali. In either
case the precipitate should be washed in a filter of muslin
and given in large amounts. If vomiting has not occurred,
zine sulphate should be given, or the stomach pump or
siphon resorted to, and the stomach well washed out. The
after-treatment is carried out with castor oil, demulcents,
opium and external heat. Sweet spirit of nitre is to be
prescribed, with considerable water, to flush out the kidneys.
Uses External.—A paste containing. 1 part each of
arsenous acid and gum arabic, with 5 parts of water, is
used to destroy warts and morbid growths. Arsenous acid,
diluted with 5 parts of lard, may be employed to slough out
fistulous tracts. In any case, there is danger of poisoning
through absorption, if a sufficient amount of arsenic is used ;
USES OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 225
but, on. the other hand, the danger is slight if a large enough
quantity is applied to cause rapid sloughing. Arsenic is the
principal constituent of so-called “sheep-dips”’ employed
to kill ticks and other parasites in the wool. Finlay Dun
recommends 23 lbs. of arsenous acid with an equal
amount of pearl ash, soft soap, and sulphur, dissolved in 10
gallons of boiling water and added to 90 gallons of cold
water. This quantity will suffice for dipping 100 sheep.
The sheep are submerged, except their heads, for a few
seconds, and placed on a grating to drain into a tub, from
which the water flows back into the first receptacle. The-
excess of water in their fleeces is squeezed out with the
hands aud a scraper. Sheep have been poisoned after
dipping, by eating grass and fodder on which they have
drained ; therefore the sheep should always be kept on clean
floors or yards in the open air and sunlight until they have
become thoroughly dry. Sulpho-naphtol (1-100) or ecreolin
are preferable for this purpose, since they are as effective
and safer.
Uses Internal.—Arsenic is of the greatest service in the
treatment of indigestion in horses associated with malnutri-
tion and staring coat. In this condition, arsenous acid is
often combined with sodium bicarbonate and nux vomica,
and may be given in powder on the food. It is also of value
in .atonic diarrhoea, and is used in both the serous and
dysenteric varieties. In diminishing tissue change, and in
‘acting as a blood tonic, arsenic is believed to improve the
condition, endurance, and wind in horses, and is popularly
prescribed by dealers and others.
The classical case of the arsenic-eating peasants of
Styria seems to corroborate this view. These people appear
to be very robust and healthy. Five grains of arsenic was
given experimentally to one of them without producing any
untoward effect. Arsenic seems to influence favorably
diseased mucous membranes of the respiratory tract, to
improve their nutrition, and hasten absorption and repair
in diseases of the air passages. Coryza, ozcena, chronic
‘O26 INORGANIC AGENTS
-cough, asthma, emphysema and “ broken wind” are greatly
benefitted by a course of arsenic, and in chronic conditions
the treatment should be sustained for months in small
-doses.
“Thick wind” and convalescence from acute bronchitis,
pneumonia or influenza are favorably influenced by arsenic.
Arsenic is one of the best agents we can prescribe in general
debility and anemia and may be conjoined with bitters or
‘iron. :
In dry, scaly skin diseases, arsenic is the most successful
internal remedy, but should not be prescribed in moist con-
ditions associated with a proliferation of new celis, or
exudate of serum or other liquid. It is particularly useful
in psoriasis ; also in chronic squamous, or papular eczema,
lichen, acne and chronic urticaria, when given for a con-
siderable length of time in small doses.
In the human subject, arsenic is almost a specific in
chorea, but does not seem to yield such good results in that
disease in dogs, usually associated with distemper. Fowler’s
‘Solution should be given to dogs with chorea, in doses of
two or three drops three times daily, and gradually increased
till the physiological limit is reached. Large single doses
of arsenous acid (3 ss.) are sometimes given with calomel
(3i.) and aloes (Ziv.), in a ball to horses to kill round
worms.
Administration.—Arsenic is given to horses as Fowler’s
‘Solution, or arsenous acid, on the food. If continued for a
long time, arsenic must be prescribed in small doses once
daily, or in larger doses once in two or three days. Arsenic
is exhibited to dogs in tablet or pill, and as Fowler’s
Solution. The administration of Fowler’s Solution
secures more rapid and accurate results than that of white
arsenic. |
ANTIMONY SULPHIDE 227
Antimonium.
(The metal antimony is not used in medicine.)
AnTImMonIr SuLpHipuM. Antimony Sulphide. Sb.,S..
(Non-ofiicial.)
Synonym.—Antimony trisulphide, E.; stibium oxydatum,
oxydum antimonicum vel stibicum ; pvyde d’antimoine, Fr.;
antimonoxyd, G.
Derivation.—Native antimony sulphide, purified by
fusion, and as free from arsenic as possible.
Properties.—Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a
striated, crystalline fracture, forming a black, or grayish-
black, lustreless powder; without odor or taste, and per-
manent in the air. Insoluble in alcohol or water.
ANTIMONII SuLpHIpuM Puriricatum. Purified Antimony
Sulphide. Sb,S,. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Autimonium nigrum purificatum, B.P.; puri-
fied antimony trisulphide, E.
Derivation.—Antimony sulphide, 100 ; purified by macer-
ation in ammonia water, 50; washing and drying. U.S. P.
Properties.—A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder ;
without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Insoluble
in water or alcohol.
Dose.—The antimony sulphides should not be used in
medicine. Dose would be twice or thrice that of tartar
emetic.
ANTIMoNIuM SuLPHuRATUM. Sulphurated Antimony.
(Bo P:)
Synonym.—Kermes Mineral. Chiefly antimony trisul-
phide (Sb,S,), with a very small amount of antimony
trioxide.
Derivation.—Boil purified antimony sulphide, 100, with
solution of soda, 1200. (U.S. P.) Sb,S,+4Na OH =Na
228 INORGANIC AGENTS
SbO, + Na,SbS, + 2 H,O. Strain and add sulphuric acid
to the hot liquor as long as precipitation occurs. NaSbO, +
Na,SbS, + 2 H,SO, = Sb,S, + 2 Na,SO, + 2 H,0O.
- Properties. — An amorphous, reddish-brown powder,
becoming lighter in color on exposure to the light, and
having neither odor or taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol.
GOLDEN SunpHur. (Non-official.)
A yellow, insoluble powder, is another compound of
antimony, consisting of a mixture of antimony trisulphide
and trioxide,
Dose.—Neither kermes mineral nor golden sulphur are
suitable for internal use. The dose would. be twice or
thrice that of tartar emetic. .
AntimoniI Oxipum. Antimony Oxide. Sb,O,. (Non-official:)
(Antimony Trioxide.)
Derivation.—Pour a solution of chloride of antimony
into water. The oxychloride of antimony is precipitated.
Sb Cl, + H,O =Sb O Cl + 2H Cl.
The precipitate is treated with carbonate of sodium,
and the result is washed and drie? 2SbO Cl + Na, CO:
= $b, O, + 2 NaCl + CO..
Properties—A heavy, grayish-white powder, without
odor or taste, and permanent in the air, Almost insoluble
in water and insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—Would be twice that of tartar emetic, but the
oxide is inappropriate for internal use.
Antimonit ET Portassit Tartras. Antimony and Potassium
Tartrate. 2 K (SbO) C,H,O; + H,O. (U.S: PB)
Synonym.—Antimonium tartaratum, B.P.; tartar emetic,
tartarated antimony, tartarus emeticus, stibio-kali tartaricum,
E.; antimonii potassio-tartras, antimonium tartarizatum,
tartarus stibiatus, P.G.; tartrate de potasse et d’antimoine
émétique, tartre stibié, Fr.; brechweinstein, G. |
—————————e SS
ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM 229°
Derivation.—Make a paste with cream of tartar, anti-
mony trioxide, and water. Set aside 24 hours, boil in water
15 minutes and crystallize. 2K HC,H,O, + Sb,O, = 2K
(SbO) C,H,O, + H,0.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent crystals of the rhom-
bic system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to the
air; or a white, granular powder, without odor, and having
a sweet, afterwards disagreeable, metallic taste. Soluble in
17 parts of water; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.); emetic, pigs, gr.iv.-x.
(.24-.6); D., gr.<5-4. (.006-.03) ; emetic, D., gr.i-ii. (.06-.12).
PREPARATIONS.
Vinum Antimonii, Wine of Antimony. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Vinum antimoniale, B.P.
Antimony and potassium tartrate, 4 gm.; boiling distilled water,
65 Ce.; alcohol, 150 Cc.; white wine to make 1000 Ce. (U.S. P.)
Dose for Dogs.—tv.- 3 i. (.3-4.).
Syrpus Scillee Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Hive syrup. Fluid extract of squill, 80 Ce.; fluid extract
of senega, 80 Cc.; antimony and potassium tartrate, 2 gm.; precipitated
calcium phosphate, 10 gm.; sugar, 750 gm.; water to make 1000 Cc.
Dose for Dog.—Mv.-xxx. (.3-2.)
e
ACTION OF ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS.
Tartar emetic is the only antimony compound suitable
for internal use. The sulphide and oxide of antimony are
insoluble, save in the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice,
and are not so certain or reliable in their action as tartar
emetic. Kermes mineral and golden sulphur, containing
variable amounts of antimony trisulphide and trioxide, are
even more uncertain and unreliable than autimony sulphide:
or oxide,
Heternal.—Tartar emetic is irritant, and when rubbed
into the skin produces a pustular eruption and often slough-
ing and destruction of tissue.
Internal.—Stomach and Bowels.—Tartar emetic is a
gastro-intestinal irritant, causing salivation and nausea in
230 INORGANIC AGENTS
small doses, vomiting and diarrhoea in large quantities ;
while toxic amounts are followed by vomiting (in carnivora),
serous or bloody purging, great depression of the cir-
culation and respiration, muscular weakness, collapse and
death.
Uneasiness, nausea, colic and death have been reported
in horses only after enormous doses of tartar emetic by the
mouth. The horse, and ruminants are comparatively insus-
ceptible to the action of tartar emetic. The writer has
observed a cow, however, in which nausea and actual vomi-
tion occurred, following a therapeutic dose of kermes
mineral in electuary.
Tartar emetic is a powerful but slowly acting emetic
(attended with a good deal of nausea) in dogs. Tartar
emetic has been recovered in the first vomitus following its
intravenous injection. It also expels the contents of a
bladder artificially replacing the normal stomach: These
results go to show that tartar emetic acts both as a specific
emetic upon the vomiting centre, and locally as an emetic
upon the mucous membrane of the stomach. Tartar emetic
is eliminated in great part by the mucous membrane of the
alimentary canal.
Circulation.—The principal action of antimony is exerted
upon the heart and vessels. The heart muscle is weakened
and vascular tension markedly lowered by large doses of
tartar emetic. This action depends upon the influence of
antimony on the cardiac muscle itself,and possibly upon the
vagus nerve-endings in the heart. Whether the action upon
vascular tension is due to a centric or peripheral vasomotor
depression, or is owing to relaxation of the vessel walls
themselves, remains undecided. The pulse is reduced in
force and frequency by large doses of tartar emetic. Follow-
ing lethal amounts, the heart becomes flabby and relaxed,
and death occurs in diastolic arrest. The preceding remarks
apply only to the action of tartar emetic upon carnivora.
Antimony was formerly a very popular drug when
general depressant and depletant treatment was in vogue,
———— ———
ACTION OF ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 2aL
because of its powerfully depressing action upon the circu-
lation. |
Respiratory Organs.—Small doses of antimony increase
secretion of bronchial mucus. Toxic amounts weaken the
respiratory movement by lowering the functional activity of
the respiratory and vagus centres, and cause a copious
outpouring of serous and mucous secretion into the
bronchial tubes, which has the effect of drowning an
animal in his own secretions. This action is only seen
in horses after intravenous injection of toxic quantities of
tartar emetic.
Nervous System.—Large doses of antimony depress the
functional activity of the brain and sensory tract of the
spinal cord. Larger doses produce loss of reflex action and
anesthesia, owing to the influence of antimony upon the
sensory side of the cord; while in toxic amounts, antimony
is a general paralyzant to all the spinal centres and to the
motor nerves. This action applies to man and carnivora,
_and not to horses or ruminants.
Muscles—In carnivora and man, antimony lessens
muscular strength and relaxes spasm through its depressing
action upon the motor nerves and muscular tissue,
Elimination—Antimony is mainly eliminated by the
bowels, but also by the kidneys, bronchial mucous membrane,
and other channels.
Toxicology.—The symptoms are those described under
“Action on the Stomach and Bowels.” The pulse is first
slow and then rapid and weak. The fecal discharges in
man are copious and of the rice water appearance character-
istic of Asiatic cholera. If vomiting.is not free, zinc sulphate
should be given, or the stomach washed out. Tannic acid °
should be administered as a chemical antidote, together
with the use of external heat, alcohol, strychnine and mor-
phine subcutaneously, and demulcents by the mouth.
Uses External.—Tartar emetic is used in ointment, in
the strength of 1-4, over chronically enlarged and rheumatic
joints of cattle. Itis also employed over the sides of the
232, INORGANIC AGENTS
chest in cattle, to produce counter-irritation and pustulatiom
in the strength of 1 part to 12 of lard.
Internal.—The therapeutic value of tartar emetic is.
limited mainly to canine practice. Antimony is still pre-
scribed largely by the Germans as a general and circulatory
depressant and expectorant for horses. General depressant,.
or anti-stimulant treatment is not ordinarily indicated in
inflammatory affections, and even if it were, antimony does.
not exert such an action in any considerable degree upon.
horses or ruminants.
Aconite is a much more valuable and efficient circulatory
depressant than antimony for the horse. There are three.
indications for antimony in canine practice: Ist, as an,
emetic; 2nd, as a general depressant in inflammatory
diseases and in strong patients; 3rd, as an expectorant in.
acute bronchitis. The first indication is generally attained
more promptly and safely by zine sulphate. The second
and third indications may be combined by prescribing
antimony in the first, or dry stage of acute bronchitis in
dogs, in the form of hive syrup. For example:
Syr. Scillse Co.
Sp't'sAtther: NIGnOSi.s thiscs aisha seestatare aa 3 ss.
M. , Lig. Ammon. Acetatis 1.5 sen aes oe eee ad 3 iv.
Ss. Teaspoonful every 2 hours.
Antimony may be employed as an emetic in bronchitis
to clear the stomach and upper part of the respiratory tract
of secretions, and to reduce the force and frequency of the
heart. Ipecac is, however, a better and safer agent for this
purpose, and antimony is generally counter-indicated in the
second, or exudative stage of bronchitis.
The Germans prescribe tartar emetic very commonly
to horses as a parasiticide against round worms and tap
worms. Four or five drachms are given in aqueous solution
to the fasting animal, and followed by the administration o:
a dose of oil.
PHOSPHORUS 233
SECTION VIII.
Phosphorus.
PuospHorus. Phosphorus. P. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—Digest bones in sulphuric acid, or treat
‘bone ash with sulphuric acid; filter and evaporate. Ca,
(PO,), (bone ash) + 2 H,S O, = Ca H, (PO,), (acid calcium
phosphate) + 2 Ca So,.
Heat acid calcium eae charcoal, and sand to-
gether, and distil over phosphorus into water.
Heat breaks up Ca H,(PO,), into Ca (PO,), (calcium
metaphosphate) + 2 H,O.
Then: 2 Ca (PO,), + 2 SiO, + 10 C = P, + 2 Ca Si O,
+10CO0.
Properties.—A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a
waxy lustre, having at ordinary temperature about the con-
sistency of bees’ wax. By long keeping, the surface becomes
red and occasionally black. It has a distinctive but dis-
agreeable odor and taste. It should not be tasted except in
a state of great dilution. When exposed to the air it emits
_ white fumes which are luminous in the dark, and have an
_ odor somewhat resembling garlic. On long exposure to the
air, it takes fire spontaneously. Insoluble in water, or
nearly so ; soluble in 350 parts of alcohol, in 80 parts of ether,
in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloro-
_ form and carbon disulphide. Besides the official form there
_ are several other allotropic forms of phosphorus, including
, the red, or amorphous, the black, and the crystallized
_ metallic phosphorus.
Red phosphorus is non-poisonous, and although it has
_ been commonly taught that it is inert, some recent experi-
) ments have tended to show that its therapeutic value is
» equal to that of the yellow sb ts ae
) Sw., stechy-s'y (.0006-.003); D., grzi pay (.0006-. 003).
234 INORGANIC AGENTS
PREPARATIONS.
Oleuwm Phosphoratum. Phosphorated Oil. (B. P.)
Phosphorus, 1 gm.; expressed oil of almond and ether, of each a
sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. (U.S. P.)
Properties.—A clear, yellowish liquid, having the odorof phosphorus.
and ether, The ether in this preparation evaporates in time and the
strength is proportionately, and perhaps dangerously, increased,
Pilulae Phosphori. (U.S. P.)
Each pill contains gr. 4, of phosphorus,
Pilula Phosphori. (B. P.)
2 per cent. phosphorus.
Dose.—D., pills, i.-ii.
ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS.
‘ Internal.—All that is certainly known of phosphorus.
concerns its effect upon the growth of bone. It has been
proven experimentally that phosphorus stimulates the
formation of bone, making the spongy tissue in the long and
short bones thicker, and the compact tissue denser. If lime
is abstracted from the food, the new growth of bone is of a
gelatinous consistency.
Phosphate of lime increases more markedly the earthy
constituents of bone. Phosphorus exists to a considerable.
extent as a component part of nerve tissue, as well as bone,
and is to a less degree a constituent of other tissues. It is.
thought that phosphorus acts as astimulant to the nutrition
of those tissues of which it is a constituent part. In man,
large therapeutic doses of phosphorus frequently occasion
sexual excitement, increased force and rapidity of the pulse,
mental exhilaration and capacity for work. There is
abundant clinical evidence to indicate that phosphorus is a.
nerve stimulant and tonic, but whether it is a general
diffusible stimulant is not so certain. The therapeutic
action of phosphorus differs decidedly from its toxic effect.
Phosphorus enters the blood in part as phosphorus, in the
ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS 235.
form of vapor, and in solution with fatty matters obtained
in the digestive tract. It has everywhere a tendency to
unite with oxygen, both within and without the body. It is
probably converted in part in the intestines and blood
vessels into phosphoretted hydrogen, and becomes further
oxidized into phosphoric acid, so that after the ingestion of
phosphorus, phosphoretted hydrogen, phosphoric acid and
phosphorus may be found in the blood. Neither phosphoric
acid, the phosphates nor hypophosphites represent in any
sense the action of phosphorus. Phosphoric acid is said to
stimulate gastric digestion and resembles in action the
phosphates, to which, however, it is therapeutically inferior.
The hypophosphites are probably converted in the digestive
tract into phosphates. The phosphates generally differ
from phosphorus in not being so stimulant to the nervous
system, but serve as restoratives in supplying the constitu-
ents essential for the well-being of the various tissues.
Phosphate of iron is a constituent of the blood corpuscles,
sodium phosphate of blood plasma, potassium phosphate
of nerve tissue, magnesium phosphate of muscular tissue,
and calcium phosphate of bone. They tend to promote
growth and nutrition of these tissues. .
Toxicology.—The symptoms of poisoning do not ordin-
arily appear until some hours after ingestion of toxic doses.
Then abdominal pain, nausea and vomiting (in those animals
in which it is possible) and purging occur. The breath,
vomitus and fecal discharges may be luminous, and have
the odor of phosphorus. There is fever, anorexia and thirst.
This condition is followed by an intermission in which the
patient appears to be recovering, only to be succeeded by
jaundice, nervous symptoms, as delirium, coma and con-
vulsions, and death. The urine rarely becomes albuminous
in animals, but contains leucin and tyrosin.
Phosphorus is largely eliminated in the urine as hypo-
phosphoric acid. There is general fatty degeneration of the
viscera and muscles. The blood is disorganized, and there
are widespread ecchymoses. Jaundice follows closure of
236 INORGANIC AGENTS
the common, or hepatic duct, or smaller biliary tubules, and —
disorganization of the blood. There is rapid atrophy of
the liver, and phosphorus poisoning in man is often indis-
tinguishable during life from acute yellow atrophy of the
liver. Chronic poisoning, attended with necrosis of the jaw
and other symptoms, and occurring among workers in phos-
phorus, is unlikely to occur in the lower animals. Acute
poisoning is treated by emptying the stomach with a stomach
tube or copper sulphate; the latter forming an insoluble
phosphide of copper. Cathartics should also be administered.
Permanganate of potash or hydrogen dioxide should be em-
ployed as antidotes, for their oxidizing action. Old turpen-
tine is usually recommended as the antidote, but only the
French variety is of any value, and that is generally unob-
tainable. Demulcents and opium are in order after evacuant
and antidotal treatment has been carried out, but oil should
never be given in phosphorus poisoning, as it assists the
solution and absorption of the poison.
Uses.—Phosphorus is indicated as a stimulant to the
growth of bone in rhacitis and osteomalacia, as a nerve
stimulant and tonic in conditions of nervous exhaustion and
impaired vitality, due to excessive activity of the sexual
organs or otherwise. It is used empirically in treatment ©
of boils, acne, and psoriasis, and has been prescribed ~
with alleged advantage as a general stimulant in pneu- |
monia.
Administration.—Phosphorus may be given in pill or ~
ball, with cacao butter, or in the official preparations to
dogs, and in a saturated alcoholic solution to horses.
Phosphide of zine represents the action of phosphorus,
and yields phosphoretted hydrogen in its decomposition in -
the body. It may be given to dogs (gr.;4;) in the form of —
pills.
CHLORINE 237
SECTION IX.
Chlorine.
Cuitorum. Chlorine. Cl.
The gas is not official.
Liquor Cuatori Composirus. Compound Solution of
Chlorine, Chlorine Water. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Aqua chlori, chlorum solutum, aqua oxy-
muriatica, solution of chlorine, E.; aqua chlorata, P. G.; eau
chlorée, chlore liquide, Fr.; chlor-wasser, G.
An aqueous solution of chlorine (Cl), containing at least
0.4 per cent. of the gas.
Derivation.—Generate chlorine gas with hydrochloric
acid, 18; potassium chlorate,5; and water to make 1000.
Heat in flask.
Properties.—A. clear, greenish-yellow liquid, having the
suffocating odor and disagreeable taste of chlorine, and
leaving no residue on evaporation. Incompatible with salts
of silver and lead. The preparation deteriorates on keeping.
Dose.—Not used internally.
Catx Cutorrata. Chlorinated Lime. Ca CT.O4 CaCl,
(U..8..4 BP.)
Synonym.—Calx chlorata; calearia chlorata, P. G.;
chloris calcicus, chloruretum calcis, calcii hypochloris, chlo-+
ride of lime, hypochloride of calcium, bleaching powder, E.;
chlorure de chaux, poudre de Tenna)jt, ou de Knox, Fr.;
chlorkalk, bleichkalk, G.
A preparation often improperly called ‘“ chloride of
lime.” It should contain not less than 3& per cent. of avail-
able chlorine.
Derivation.—Pass chlorine gas over calcium hydrate,
938 INORGANIC AGENTS
when chlorinated lime, a mixture of calcium chloride and
hypochlorite, results. 2 Ca O,H, + 2 Cl, = Ca Cl,0,, Ca
Cl, + 2H,O. It may also be regarded as a mixture of lime
and chlorine. 2 Ca O,H, + 2 Cl, = 2 Ca O,2 Cl, + 2 H,O.
Properties.—A white, or grayish-white granular powder,
exhaling the odor of hypochlorous acid, having a repulsive
saline taste, and becoming moist and gradually decompos-
ing on exposure to air. In water or in alcohol it is only par-
tially soluble. It evolves chlorine on exposure to the air or
on addition of an acid. Chlorinated lime possesses an
alkaline reaction and bleaching properties.
Dose.—Ouly of value externally.
PREPARATION.
Liquor Calcis Chlorinate. Solution of Chlorinated Lime. (B. P.)
This solution should yield about 3 per cent. of chlorine.
Liquor Sop® CaLorinate. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. -
(U.S: @ Be 2.)
Synonym. — Liquor sod chlorinate, Labarraque’s
solution, E. An aqueous solution of several chlorine com-
pounds of sodium, containing at least 2.6 per cent., by
weight, of available chlorine.
Derivation.—A solution of sodium carbonate, 150; chlo-
rinated lime, 75; in water to make 1,000.
Properties.—A clear, pale, greenish liquid, having a
faint odor of chlorine and a disagreeably alkaline taste.
Dose.—Only of value externally.
ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE.
Chlorine gas, in the presence of organic matter and
moisture, unites with the hydrogen of water and sets free
nascent oxygen. When chlorine comes in contact with sul-
phuretted hydrogen, it removes and destroys the compound.
Chlorine is thus a powerful oxidizing disinfectant agent
and deodorizer. One-quarter of 1 per cent. of chlorine in
solution is an effective germicide. When chlorine gas is -
ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE 239°
inhaled undiluted, it is an irritant to the respiratory tract,
producing sometimes spasm of the glottis, or severe bron-
chitis, and at other times a condition of narcotism, with
death from paralysis of the respiratory center. In dilute
form it is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant in relation to
the body. Chlorine gas may be generated from salt and
black oxide of manganese, 1 part each; with commercial
sulphuric acid and water, 2 parts each.
Bacteria are killed after three hours’ exposure to a
moist atmosphere containing 1 per cent. of chlorine gas.
Chlorine may be used to advantage in this manner as a sub-
stitute for sulphur fumigation. Chlorine water is employed,
well diluted, for the same purposes and with the same
results as the solution of chlorinated soda. Chlorinated
lime varies much in strength. To be of any value it should
be so irritating to the eyes that it cannot be held near the
face. It owes its medicinal value to the hypochlorite of
lime which it contains. If the compound is very moist, it is
because calcium chloride preponderatés.. Chlorinated lime
is often employed as a deodorizer, standing about premises.
in vessels, but is of no practical value unless it comes
directly in contact with bacteria or sulphuretted compounds
which it is desirable to destroy. It is the best and cheapest
germ destroyer we possess for disinfecting premises and
other appurtenances, apart from the body, as walls and
floors of buildings, fecal and other discharges, sewers,
privies and cesspools. A 10 per cent. solution is to be em-
ployed on the floors, walls and other parts of buildings.
The pure compound may be mixed with manure and dis-
charges. Even al per cent. solution is germicidal, and may
be employed to wash blankets, harness and other parapher-
nalia. It is said not to harm woolen or cotton fabrics, in
the latter solution. One or two pounds of chlorinated lime
is a useful disinfectant when put in privy vaults once a
week.
One or two ounces of chlorinated lime will render
drinkable 65 gallons of putrid, bad smelling water, after a. -
‘9.40 INORGANIC AGENTS
few hours have elapsed for precipitation following the use
of the compound. Upon the body, a 2 or 3 per cent.
solution of chlorinated lime is employed as a stimulant,
deodorant, and antiseptic, for decubitus, foul-smelling and
gangrenous sores, severe burns and indolent ulcers. It is
used in 10 per cent. solution as a parasiticide in ringworm
and scabies. A 1 per cent. solution forms a valuable wash in
ulcerative stomatitis. Chlorinated lime may be prescribed,
with an equal amount of lard, upon ulcers when a stimulat-
ing action is desired. Its internal administration is undesir-
able. The solution of chlorinated soda is a slight caustic,
deodorizer and antiseptic preparation ou indolent, sloughing,
foul-smelling surfaces. It may be prescribed in sore throat,
or ozcena, as a spray, or injected into the uterus, vagina or
rectum. It is commonly diluted with 8 to 10 parts of water.
Bromine.
Bromum. Bromine. Br.
Derivation.—F rom seaweed and mineral springs.
Properties.—Heavy, dark, brownish-red liquid, volatiliz-
ing with the production of an irritating vapor. Soluble in
30 parts of water, and readily soluble 4 alcohol and ether.
Of no value in veterinary medicine.
Porassit Bromipum. Potassium Bromide. K Br.
(USS) BE
Synonym.—Kalium bromatum, P.G.; bromkalium, G.
Derivation.—Obtained from liquor potasse, bromine,
and charcoal by the same process described in making —
potassium iodide (p. 247).
Properties. -— Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or
granules ; odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste.
Permanent in the alr. Soluble in about 1.6 parts of water
and in 200 parts of alcohol.
ACTION OF THE BROMIDES 241
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., Zii.-iv.
(8.-15.); D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4.).
*Sopit Bromipum. Sodium Bromide. NaBr. (U.S.&P.B.)
Synonym.—Bromure de sodium, Fr.; bromnatrium, G.
Derivation.— Similar to potassium bromide. Liquor
sode is used instead of liquor potassz.
Properties.—Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or a
white, granular powder; odorless, and having a saline,
slightly bitter taste. From air the salt attracts moisture
without deliquescing. Soluble in 1.2 parts of water, and in
13 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—Same as potassium bromide.
ACTION OF THE BROMIDES.
External.—None.
Internal.—In a large, single dose, the bromides cause in
horses muscular weakness, dulness and staggering gait.
The pulse is weakened and the respiration slowed. The
urine is increased in quantity and sexual desire diminished.
Bromism may be produced in man, or the lower animals, by
the continuous administration of the bromides. This condi-
tion is characterized by geveral weakness and unsteady gait,
mental dulness, indigestion, fetid breath, cutaneous anews-
thesia, loss of sexual power, and occasionally an acneform
eruption. Death has never been caused in man by the
bromides.
Nervous System.—The bromides are essentially depres-
sant to nerve tissue. Therapeutically, this depressing action
is seen particularly in relation to the motor centres of the
cerebral cortex, and in lessening reflex action. The whole
nervous system is depressed, but the motor tract in the
brain and the sensory nerves are the first to succumb to the
influence of the bromides. Intellection is clouded, and dul-
ness and mental apathy are observed in man after large
* Ammonii bromidum, lithii bromidum, calcii bromidum and strontii
bromidum are also official. These salts are given in the same doses as
sodium bromide.
‘QAP, INORGANIC AGENTS
amounts. Reflex action is diminished owing to the depres-
sing effect of the bromides upon the afferent nerves and
reflex centres. Finally, with the continuous administration
of large doses the motor area of the spinal cord, the motor
nerves, and muscles fall under the depressing action of these
agents. ;
Circulation.—Potassium bromide is a powerful depres-
sant to the heart in toxic doses. In the smaller animals,
therapeutic amounts exert no appreciable effect upon the
circulation. The depressing action of potassium bromide
upon the heart is due partly to potassium and partly to
bromine. The other bromides are less depressant, and it is
safer to administer sodium bromide when large doses of
these salts are desirable. The old idea that the beneficial
action of the bromides, in relieving nervous excitability and
in causing sleep, was due to the production of vasomotor
spasm and cerebral anzemia, is now exploded.
-Temperature-—The temperature falls, following the
action of toxic amounts of the bromides, owing to vasomotor
paralysis, vascular dilatation, and conséquent loss of heat.
Kidneys.—Both the amount of urine and the quantity
of urea are increased by large doses of bromides.
Sexual Organs.—The bromides diminish sexual desire
and power. In so doing they either act upon the spinal
centres or lessen peripheral sensibility of the genito-urinary
tract.
| Metabolism.—Carboniec dioxide elimination is notably
decreased by the action of large doses of potassium bromide,
while nitrogenous elimination from the kidneys is increased.
Tt is therefore doubtful whether tissue change is increased
or diminished.
Elimination.—The bromides are eliminated unchanged
by all channels and are found in the sweat, urine, milk,
saliva, intestinal secretions, ete. |
Uses Internal.—The bromides, being particularly useful
in the treatment of functional nervous diseases, do not pos-
sess nearly the value in veterinary medicine that they have
IODINE . 243
in human practice. Moreover, their use is limited mainly
to canine disorders, as bromides have little influence upon
diseases of horses.
Bromides are especially indicated in irritation of the
motor area of the cerebral cortex (convulsions), in general
nervous excitability, and in conditions due to exalted reflex
action in dogs.
The bromides are indeed the best agents we can use to
cure fits or convulsions in dogs. They should be combined
with chloral and given, if necessary, per rectum. The
bromides are useful in canine chorea, in connection with
Fowler’s Solution. With chloral the bromides are antidotes
to strychnine poisoning. Sexual excitement in dogs may
be allayed by the bromides. The bromides are occasionally
of value in reflex cough, palpitation of the heart, and asthma,
but are inferior to other agents in these disorders.
Potassium bromide is recommended in the treatment of
tetanus of the horse, but opium, belladona and cannabis
indica are generally more effectual. If the bromides are
used they should be given with chloral.
Iodine.
Iopum. Iodine. I: (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—lodinum, U.S. P. 1870; iodum, P. G.; iode,
Pe; j0d., G.
Derivation.—Iodine is a non-metallic element, existing
in combination in the animal, vegetable and mineral king-
doms. It occurs in seaweed, from which it is obtained by
distillation. It is also mined in the form of iodates: and
iodides.
Properties.—Iodine occurs in heavy, bluish-black, dry
and friable rhombic plates, having a metallic lustre, u
distinctive odor, and sharp, acid taste. It is soluble in
5,000 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol; very
soluble in ether and in solutions of potassium iodide.
Iodine volatilizes on heating, with the formation of a
944 INCRGANIC AGENZ3
a purple vapor. With starch, iodine forms an insoluble
blue compound.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx-
(.6-1.3).
Not often used in solid state.
PREPARATIONS,
Liquor Iodi Compositus. Compound Solution of Iodine.
(Lugol’s Solution.) (U.S. P.)
Todine, 5; potassium iodide, 10; water to make 100. (1-20).
Dose.—H. & C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.) D., Mlii-x. (.12-.6). Should be
given in one quart of water to the larger animals.
Tinctura Todi. (See)
Iodine, 70; alcohol to make 1,000.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D. Mi.-v. (.06-.3).
Tinctura Ilodi. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as U.S. P. tincture,
Unguentum Jodi. 1-25. (U.S. & B. P.)
Too weak for most veterinary purposes.
Action External.—lIodine is an irritant upon the skin
and mucous membranes. The yellow stain produced by
iodine may be removed by ammonia water, alkalies and
sodium hyposulphite. It is exceedingly doubtful whether
iodine is absorbed through the unbroken skin, but it is
thought to have a special resolvent and alterative action
over and above that of other counter irritants. Whether
this be true or not, its easy mode of application makes it a
very convenient irritant for local uses.
Action Internal.—lodine produces gastro-intestinal irri-
tation and inflammation in large doses; and in toxic quanti-
ties induces colic, vomiting—ir animals capable of the act,
—purging and salivation. The pulse becomes rapid and
weak; there is often suppression of urine, and occasionally
nephritis. Widespread fatty degeneration has been found
after fatal poisoning in the lower animals. If there is much
starchy material in the bowels, the fecal discharges may |
IODINE 945°
be of a bluish color. Aphrodisiac action has been noted in
man, following small doses of iodine. The treatment of
acute poisoning is embraced in the use of starch by the
mouth, or raw eggs, external heat; strychnine, alcohol, and
atropine subcutaneously. Chronic poisoning by icdine, or
iodism, in man, commonly causes symptoms analogous to a
severe cold in the head, with pain over the frontal sin:.s,
sore thoat, running at the eyes and nose, gastric indigestion,
together with an acneform, and occasionally purpuric, or
furuncular eruption.
These more frequent symptoms of iodism occur as well
after the administration of potassium iodide as after that of
iodine, but other rarer effects, such as wasting of the testes
and mammary glands, and nervous disorders, e. g., neuralgic
pains and convulsions, are hardly ever observed following
the use of potassium iodide. It is evident that the physio-
logical effects of iodine and potassium iodide are somewhat
different; and clinical experience shows that the therapeutic
value of the metalloid differs in some respects from that of
the salt. It is not definitely known in what form iodine
exists in the body, after its ingestion, although it is usually
taught that it is converted into an iodide. Both iodine and
potassium iodide are readily absorbed from mucous mem-
branes, and are found in all the tissues and fluids of the
body. Jodine*is eliminated, to a great extent as an iodide,
probably of sodium, by the usual channels, as well as by the
mucous membranes. The kidneys eliminate the greater
amount, but iodine is found in the saliva and gastric juice
after it has ceased to be present in the urine. Experiments
concerning the action of iodine upon the kidneys and circu-
lation, yield conflicting results, although the nitrogenous
elements in the urine usually appear to be increased by its
administration.
Uses External.—tlodine is of most value applied exter-
nally, or locally, while potassium iodide is administered
internally because it is not irritating to the digestive organs.
Although potassium iodide does not exactly represent the
246 INORGANIC AGENTS
action of iodine, yet it is usually preferable for the reason
just stated. Potassium iodide renders iodine soluble and
prevents its precipitation in fluids within and without the
body; it is therefore combined with iodine, when concen-
trated solutions are desirable. Six parts of potassium iodide
and twelve parts of iodine are added to one hundred parts
of water, or ointment, to.make a suitable counter-irritant
preparation for the horse. A useful tincture for veterinary
purposes contains 15 parts of iodine and 18 parts of potas-
sium iodide in 100 parts of alcohol. Iodine is employed in
aqueous and alcoholic solution, or in ointment, as above,
either painted upon or rubbed into the skin over enlarged
glands, rheumatic swellings about the joints, or upon the
chest in chronic pleuritis. It is also of value in strains,
bruises, periostal inflammation and muscular rheumatism.
In the horse, severe sprains and inflammation of joints,
bones, and periosteum are treated more satisfactorily by
blistering agents. Jodine is a valuable disinfectant and
parasiticide, particularly in ringworm and favus in dogs,
when the tincture is applied locally. Jodine is appled
externally, in the form of the tincture, on patches of chronie¢
mange, eczema, and psoriasis.
Todine is often recommended for erysipelas, but is infe-
rior to ichthyol for this purpose. Iodine is injected into
joints, synovial sacs, abscesses, and cavities of the body to
promote healing through its antiseptic and irritant action ;
to cause adhesive inflammation, and in this manner to close
cavities and to prevent the accumulation of fluids in them.
The ofticial tincture is commonly used for injections.
The tincture of iodine may be injected undiluted directly
into the substance of enlarged glands, in amounts varying
from 15 to 30 drops, to assist their absorption. If the tine-
ture is injected into the subcutaneous tissue, abscess may -
ensue. Ozcena may be treated to advantage by irrigation
with a solution containing one drachm of the tincture of
jodine to the pint of normal salt solution. In inflammation
of the upper air passages, iodine is sometimes beneficial as
POTASSIUM IODIDE 247
a stimulant and antiseptic inhalation, whick is produced by
-adding one-half a drachm of iodine to the pint of boiling
water. |
Uses Internal.—Iodine is thought to act more satisfac-
torily than potassium iodide in the treatment of diabetes
insipidus or polyuria of the horse, in which it often appears
to be a specific.
_ Administration—Iodine may be combined with gentian
and iron in the form of a ball, as recommended by Finlay
Dun, or better, as Lugol’s Solution, which is less irritating
and more active.
Porasstt Ioprpum. Potassium Iodide. KI. (U.S.&B.P.)
Synonym.—Jodkalium, G.
Derivation.—lodine is dissolved in hot liquor potasse.
®6®1+6KOH =—5KI+ KI0O,+.3H,0.- The evapo-
rated residue is heated with charcoal to remove O from K I
O, (Potassium Iodate). KIO, +3C= KI+3CO0O. The
result is purified by crystallization.
Properties.— Potassium iodide occurs in colorless, trans-
parent or translucent, cubical crystals; or as a white, gra-
nular powder, having a slight odor of iodine, and a bitter,
saline taste. Permanent in dry air, but slightly delique-
‘scent in moist air. It is soluble in 0.75 part of water; in 18°
parts of alcohol, and 2.5 parts of glycerin.
Dose.—H., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); C., Zvi. (24); Sh. & Sw.,
QY.Xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6).
PREPARATION,
Onguentum Potassii lodidi. (U.S. & B. P.)
10 per cent., U.S. P.
Unimportant in veterinary practice.
Sopit Iopipum. Sodium Iodide. NaI. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Llodure de sodium, Fr.; jodnatrum, G.
Derivationn—Made from sodium hydrate in the same
manner as potassium iodide.
ES INORGANIC AGENTS
- Properties.—Oceurs in colorless, cubical crystals, or as
a white, crystalline powder, without odor, and having a
bitter, saline taste. Soluble in .6 part of water and in 3
parts of alcohol.
Dose.-—Same as potassium iodide.
Syrupus Acipt Hypriopict. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid.
(USB)
Contains 1.3 per cent. of H I.
Derivation.—Potassium iodide, 13; potassium hypophos-
‘phite, 1; tartaric acid, 12; water, 15; diluted alcohol and
syrup, of each a sufficient quantity to make 1,000.
Properties.—A colorless, odorless, syrupy liquid, of a
sweet, acid taste.
Dose.—D., N1xv.- 31. (1.-4.)
Action External.—Potassium iodide is not absorbed un-
less rubbed into the skin with fat, and is not a local irritant,
and therefore posseses very little value as an external appli--
cation. .
Action Internal.—Potassium iodide and iodine are both
described by that unsatisfactory term, alterative. In certain
diseases, as in rheumatism, iodine and the iodides alter
nutrition and cause absorption of exudates in some unknown.
manner; hence the term alterative. In addition to this
action, potassium iodide forms soluble compounds with the
lead and mercury salts, and hastens elimination in poison-
ing by these metals. It is often taught that potassium.
iodide liberates iodine in the tissues, and that the latter
forms soluble compounds with albumin, which are then
readily eliminated ; thus explaining the effect of potassium
iodide in aiding resolution of morbid exudation and inflam-
matory thickenings. This action has yet to be definitely
determined, and we do not know certainly how either iodine
or potassium iodide exert their influence upon nutrition.
Potassium iodide is absorbed and eliminated within a few
minutes.
SYRUP OF HYDRIODIC ACID 249
Uses Internal.—Potassium iodide is useful in causing ab-
sorption of enlarged, lymphatic glands, and its action should
be assisted by the application of iodine or red mercuric
iodide externally. Potassium iodide, in small doses, dimin-
ishes congestion and increases the fluidity and amount of
secretion in acute laryngitis, acute and subacute bronchitis,
and appears to possess an alterative action in improving the
condition and nutrition of the bronchial mucous membranes.
It resembles ammonium chloride in the latter respect. It is
also of value in chronic bronchitis, unassociated with copious
secretion. Chronic pleuritis, pericarditis, and ascites are
treated with potassium iodide, which assists absorption, and
occasionally exerts a diuretic effect. Tardy resolution of
pneumonic consolidation is hastened by potassium iodide.
Endocarditis with cardiac hypertrophy is said to be bene-
fited by potassium iodide and digitalis.
Champignon, or scirrhus cord of horses, is sometimes
cured by the sorbefacient powers of potassium iodide
in full doses. “Roaring” and “thick wind” may be
cured by the administration of potassium iodide. Potassium
iodide is the best remedy known for actinomycosis. It
should be given to the larger animals in doses of 3 drachms
daily, or in the same dose as. Lugol’s Solution, until iodism
appears, when the dose may be reduced to one-half this
amount. Potassium iodide is one of the many remedies
prescribed in chronic rheumatism.*
Summary.—Iodine and potassium iodide resemble one
another in many respects. Iodine is a local irritant, potas-
‘sium iodide is not. The known physiological action of
potassium iodide and iodine does not explain their medi-
cinal uses.. In combating certain diseases, in an inexplic-
able manner, they are known as alteratives. In man, iodine
is superior to potassium iodide in the treatment of scrofula.
In the horse, iodine is considered of more value in the
treatment of diabetes insipidus; while in both man and
* Potassium iodide has given good results in the treatment of periodic
ophthalmia in horses with the first attack. They are given one ounce daily
for 2 to 3 days, and kept in the dark with cold compresses over the eyes.
‘250 INORGANIC AGENTS
the lower animals, potassium iodide is regarded as more
valuable in chronic rheumatism. The action of iodine in
benefiting local disorders, when applied externally, is due
to its counter irritant effect, rather than to absorption.
Administration.—Potassium iodide is given in solution.
Sodium iodide and syrup of hydriodic acid are simply sub-
stitutes for potassium iodide.
Toporormum. Iodoform. CHI, (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—Alcohol, potassium carbonate, iodine, and
water are heated together. C,H,O + 2 KHCO, + 8I= 2
CHI, + 2 KI + 2CO, + 3 H,0O.
Todoform contains over 90 per cent. of iodine.
Properties.—Small, lemon-yellow, lustreless crystals of
the hexagonal system ; having a peculiar and very penetrat-
ing persistent odor, somewhat resembling that of saffron
and iodine, and an unpleasant and slightly sweetish and
iodine-like taste. Very slightly soluble in water; soluble in
52 parts of alcohol, and in 5.2 parts of ether. Very soluble
in chloroform, benzine, fixed and volatile oils.
PREPARATIONS.
Unguentum Iodoformi. Ointment of Iodoform (1-10). (U.S. & B. P.)
Suppositoria Iodoformi. — (B. P.)
(Each containing 3 grs. of iodoforin.)
Action External.—Iodoform is an antiseptic, local anzs-
thetic, stimulant, protective, and dessicant agent. While
many forms of bacteria will grow in iodoform, it 1s never-
theless a very valuable antiseptic. The antiseptic properties.
seem to be brought out by its decomposition when iodine is.
set free, and this decomposition goes on more readily in the
presence of bacterial growth—in animal tissues and fluids—
attended by the formation of toxins. Iodoform is particu-
larly useful in septic and suppurating wounds. When
applied over extensive surfaces absorption and poisoning
may oceur. The symptoms of iodoform poisoning are most
diverse. The writer has had the fortune, or misfortune,
IODOFORM m51
to observe a case of fatal poisoning following abdominal
section and packing of the pelvic cavity with iodoform
gauze.
Symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation are seen in
poisoning in dogs, as vomiting and diarrhea, together with
nervous symptoms, as convulsions, stupor and sleep. The
pulse may be very rapid or infrequent; the temperature
high or normal. Iodine is eliminated in the urine in iodo-
form poisoning and can easily be discovered by the starch
test. General fatty degeneration of the internal organs is
found after death. The local dessicant effect of iodoform
on raw surfaces assists the antiseptic action, and the local
anesthetic properties combine to make iodoform the best
antiseptic powder we possess, barring the odor. '
Action Internal.—The internal action of iodoform pos-
sesses no therapeutic value. Care must be observed to
prevent animals licking off icdoform from the surface of the
body. One drachm will poison a dog weighing ten pounds.
Elimination.—lodoform is eliminated in the form of
iodine, iodates, and iodides, by all the secretions.
Uses External.—Iodoform is chiefly of value applied
over suppurating and septic surfaces, sores, and ulcers,
where it hinders the growth of bacteria, stimulates un-
healthy granulations, relieves pain, possibly neutralizes
toxins, and certainly produces a vile odor. For this reason
one of its substitutes should be employed when an antisep-
tic powder is desirable for use upon dogs living in or about
dwellings. Iodoform is commonly employed in its purity.
It may. be mixed in any proportion with borie acid, or with
tannic acid (1-8), for its astringent effect. Combined with
collodion (1-15), it forms a useful dressing for sealing small
wounds or abrasions upon the hands. The anesthetic
action of iodoform is taken advantage of to relieve pain in
fissure of the rectum, and hemorrhoids. Zuill reeommends
‘the following combination by insufflation in the early stages
of inflammation of the frontal sinuses:
Iodoform, Magnesia, Silver Nitrate—equal parts,
252 INORGANIC AGENTS
Three grains may be used in suppositories for the
amaller animals. Iodoform may cause healing in abscess—
injected into the cavity with glycerin—(1-10), using 2-4
drachms of the mixture for smaller animals, or 1 ounce for
the larger animals. Jodoform is very efficacious in the
treatment of local tubercular lesions. Jodoform combined
with lard or oil (1-10), is an excellent agent for burns which
are not so extensive as to endanger the patient through
absorption and iodoform poisoning.
Topetum.. Jodol.."CiZ NH. (U25.24)
Synonym.—Tetraiodopyrrol.
Derivation.—Action of iodine on pyrrol in solution in
aleohol. Contains 88.9 per cent. of iodine.
Properties.—Crystalline, shining, light, grayish-brown
powder. Tasteless and odorless. Practically insoluble in
water; soluble in 9 parts of alcohol, and in ether and fatty ~
oils. The surgical use of iodol has led to poisoning through
absorption, but the latter is so slow that the danger is
exceedingly slight. Iodol is suitable for all purposes in
_ which iodoform is indicated. Itis too expensive for general .
use, but is preferable for application to dogs, on account of
its lack of odor.
Anistotum. Aristol. C,, H,, O, I,
(Non-official.)
Synonym.—Dithymol diiodide.
Devivation.—Made by the action of thymol in a solution
of sodium hydroxide, on iodine, dissolved in a solution of
potassium iodide. Contains 45.8 per cent. of iodine. ;
Properties.—Light reddish, or tawny-brown crystalline
_ powder. Possesses peculiar iodine-like odor, and is insol-
uble in water, soluble in ether, fats, and slightly soluble
in alcohol. Aristol is inferior as an antiseptic to either
ORTHOFORM 953
jiodoform, or iodol. It is used with some benefit in dry
skin diseases, as psoriasis, in powder or ointment. Other
antiseptic dusting powders include acetanilic, bismuth sub-
nitrate, salol and boric acid. Acetanilid has been shown
to be a good antibacterial agent. It is cheap and may be
applied pure, and it is an efficient substitute for iodoform.
A few cases of poisoning have been reported following its
extensive surgical use. Bismuth subnitrate and salol may
induce poisoning when used over large surfaces. They are
dessicants and feeble antiseptics. Boric acid is harmless
and mildly antiseptic.
OrtrHororm. Orthoform.
Orthoform is the methyl-erster of meta-amido-para-
oxy-benzoic acid. It occurs as a white or dirty yellow, light
powder, sparingly soluble in water and alcohol but more
so in glycerin and solntions of the mineral acids. It may
be combined with iodoform, aristol, boric acid, salicylic
acid, carbolic acid, turpentine and iodine without incom-
patibility.
Action.— Externally, orthoform exerts a powerful anes-
thetic effect on raw surfaces, but has little action on intact
mucous membranes and none on the unbroken skin. It is
also a mild antiseptic, of about the same value as boric acid.
It is but feebly toxic and poisoning does not occur unless
large quantities are applied over abraded surfaces. In the
dog, 15 grains per 2 pounds of body weight have proved
toxic when given by the mouth; and 7} grains per 2 pounds
of live weight are required to induce fatal poisoning. It
appears to be a cerebro-spinal paralysant in these large
doses. The anesthetic action of medicinal doses is usually
prolonged, varying from a few hours to two or three days.
Orthoform has been used extensively in human medicine for
the past few years, and cases of poisoning have been of rare
occurrence and none fatal, although as much as two or
three ounces have been applied on ulcerated surfaces in a
954 INORGANIC AGENTS
week’s time. Occasionally the drug produces an erythema
or dermatitis owing to peculiar susceptibility of the patient.
On the other hand, orthoform has been used successfully in
the treatment of dermatitis following ivy poisoning in the
human.
Uses.—Orthoform is valuable chiefly for its power in
' relieving pain when applied to raw surfaces. It is an
- excellent application for burns. In superficial burns, ortho-
form may be combined to advantage with ichthyol, of each
10 per cent., in lanolin. In burns of the second and third
degree, the use of orthoform and boric acid, equal parts,
forms an excellent remedy. Orthoform is serviceable in
relieving pain and irritation of ulcers, hemorrhoids and
fissures of the rectum. In human practice it is largely
employed in connection with diseases of the nose, ear and
throat to arrest pain after operations, and in ulceration and
inflammation of these parts, as sore throat. Nasal gleet
in horses should be benefited if not cured by the in-
sufflation of the powder. Orthoform is commonly used
in ointment containing 10 to 20 per cent. of the drug. It
may be blown pure into cavities or applied as a saturated
solution in collodion. It may be sprayed on a part with an
atomizer in 5 per cent. solution with equal parts of alcohol
and water. It has been injected into the bladder in cystitis
mixed with water. In ulceration and other painful affec-
tions of the stomach, orthoform will give relief owing to its
local anesthetic action. It may be administered mixed with —
water and syrup in the dose of 0.5-1.0 (73-15 gr.) for dogs.
It is an expensive drug at present.
SULPHUR 255
SECTION X.
‘Sulphur.
OFFICIAL VARIETIES.
SutpHus Susiimatum. Sublimed Sulphur. S.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. — Flowers of sulphur, flores sulphuris, E.;.
fleurs (créme) de soufre, Fr.; schwefelblumen, schwefel-
bluthe, G.
Derivation—Obtained from native sulphur by sublim-
ation.
Properties.—A fine, yellow powder, having a slightly
characteristic odor and a faintly acid taste. Insoluble in
water; slightly soluble in absolute alcohol; more readily
soluble in benzine, benzol, oil of turpentine and many other
oils; also in ether, chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous
solutions of alkaline hydrates.
PREPARATIONS.
Sulphur Lotum. Washed Sulphur. S. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Sulphur depuratum, flores sulphuris loti, P. G.; soufre
lavé, Fr.; gereinigte schwefelblumen, G.
Derivation.—Obtained from sublimed sulphur which is treated
with diluted ammonia water to wash out sulphurous and sulphuric
and other impurities.
Properties.—A fine, yellow powder, without odor or taste. Solu-
bility, same as sublimed sulphur.
Pulvis Glycyrrhize Compositus, Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza.
(UGS: P.)
Senna, 180; glycyrrhiza, 236; washed sulphur, 80; oil of fennel, 45.
gugar, 500.
Dose.—ldogs (laxative), 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.).
Unguentum Sulphuris. Sulphur Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Washed sulphur, 150; benzoinated lard, 850 (U. S. P.)
“956 INORGANIC AGENTS
Sulphur Preeipitatum. Precipitated Sulphur. S. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. — Lac (magisterium) sulphuris, milk of sulphur, E.;
soufre précipité, lait de soufre, F'r.; Schwefelmilch, G.
Derivation.—Obtained from a solution of sublimed sulphur, 100;
in boiling calcium hydrate, 50; by precipation with hydrochloric acid.
Calcium sulphide and hyposulphite are formed. 128 + 8 Ca O.H, =
2CaS,;, + Ca 8.0; + 3 H,O. Then: 2 CaS; + CaS, O; + 6H Cl=
3 Ca Cl, + 12S + 3 H.0.
Dose (of sublimed, washed or precipitated sulphur).—-
H. & C., Zii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 31-ii. (30.-60.); D.,
3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.).
Larger doses laxative; smaller for constitutional action.
Precipitated sulphur is the best preparation for inter-
nal use, as it occurs in a finer state of division and is more
readily acted upon by the digestive juices. It may contain
‘traces of sulphides or sulphuretted hydrogen, owing to the
method of preparation.
Action External.—Sulphur has no action upon the skin
when applied in the pure state. The ointment is the most
effective agent in destoying acari which produce mange,
grease, and scab. Sulphur does not kill acari as readily as
a sulphide which is formed by the addition of an alkali.
When sulphur ointment is rubbed into the skin it causes
considerable irritation and an artificial eczema. Sulphur
is converted into sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphurous
acid by living tissue, and this transformation may occur
to some extent when sulphur.is rubbed into the skin
with fat. |
Action Internal.—Digestive Organs.—Sulphur is not
acted upon by the stomach, but is somewhat dissolved by
the alkaline intestinal juices, and converted in part into
sulphides and sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphides,
together with sulphuretted hydrogen, are absorbed into the’
blood. Minute traces of sulphuretted hydrogen are eli-
-minated by the lungs and skin, while oxidation of sulphur
SULPHUR B57
also occurs in the body, as there is an increased secretion
of urinary sulphuric acid and sulphates. The sulphides.
and sulphuretted hydrogen act as laxatives, and in all
probability sulphur itself exerts a mild, mechanical irritation
upon the bowels. Peristaltic motion and intestinal secre-
tions are both slightly increased. The fecal discharges are
soft and pasty, and offensive flatus containing sulphuretted
hydrogen escapes from the intestines after the administra-
tion of sulphur.
Constitutional Action.—Sulphur acts remotely during its
elimination in stimulating the functions of the skin and
respiratory mucous membranes,—so-called alterative action.
Sulphur causes disorganization of the blood, and depresses
and paralyzes nervous and muscular tissue after the
continuous administration of colossal doses. Ordinary
therapeutic quantities of sulphur have no effect of this
kind.
Uses External.—Sulphur is mainly of service externally
as a local stimulant and parasiticide in skin diseases. The
female acarus, which produces mange (acariasis), bores under
the epidermis and lays her eges in the burrows, while the
_ male insect remains upon the surface. It is essential, there-
fore, to remove the epidermis in order to expose the ova
and female to the action of sulphur. The hair should: be
first shaved and the parts soaked and scrubbed with green
soap and water. All cloths or brushes used in this opera-
tion should be burned or disinfected by boiling. Sulphur
acts most efficiently in ointment, as fat fills up the burrows
and deprives the insects of air. The official ointment is
used in mange, but a combination with an alkali is more
serviceable, unless there is active irritation of the skin, or
eczema. The following ointment is reeommended :
PUP rd Sia vee clvins, co Sct shee yee:8d 2 parts.
Potassium Garbonate. 9s. .0.osoaees 2s 1 part.
AMA MeN aida oss Suis a, a ote Phase a coke bare 8 parts
In obstinate cases of ringworm:or mange, the prepara-
tion mentioned by Brunton is of value. This consists of
958 INORGANIC AGENTS
one part each of sulphur and oil of cade, with two parts
each of green soap and lard. True mange in the dog, if
extensive and of Jong duration, is practically incurable
by any drug. Sulphur ointment is of benefit in chronic
eczema and acne, for its local stimulant and alterative
action.
Uses Internal.—Sulphur is commonly used for its laxa-
tive action in the treatment of young animals and dogs
suffering with constipation and hemorrhoids. It may be of
service in chronic bronchitis with copious secretion. Sul-
phur is frequently prescribed internally for its action in
chronic diseases of the skin, and is thought to exert a bene-
ficial alterative action. Sulphur is also recommended in
chronic rheumatism.
Disinfectant Action.—When sulphur undergoes combus-
tion, sulphurous anhydride (SO), is evolved, and the latter
combining with water forms sulphurous acid. SO, + H,O
= ESO;
Sulphurous acid, and, in a less degree, sulphurous
anhydride, are germicidal, and are in common use as disin-
fectants. Bacteriological experiments, however, show that
. sulphur fumigation, as ordinarily employed for disinfection,
is of little worth for destroying disease germs. Disinfection
by formaldehyde or chlorine gas is to be preferred. Sole
reliance should never be placed upon sulphur fumigation,
but premises should be treated as recommended in the
section on antiseptics and disinfectants (p. 718).
In employing sulphur as a disinfectant, animals must
be removed from the premises and communication with the
outer air should be excluded as far as possible. Three
pounds of roll or flowers of sulphur, mixed with 2 ounces
of aleohol, should be employed for every 1,000 cubic feet of
air space to be disinfected. The premises which are being
disinfected should be closed for six hours. Alcohol is
employed to ignite the sulphur and also to form steam by its
combustion. The latter unites with sulphurous anhydride
to make the more potent sulphurous acid.
SULPHUROUS ACID 259
If steam can be introduced into the apartment, together
with sulphur fumes, the effect is vastly more efficient. The
sulphur and alcohol may be placed in an iron or earthen-
ware vessel, floating in a tub of water to avoid danger of
fire. The sulphur not infrequently fails to burn freely, and
combustion is secured more certainly by placing flowers of
sulphur with alcohol in an iron vessel which should rest
upon a stand in a large iron pot. A lighted alcohol lamp is
then put under the smaller iron vessel, containing the sul-
phur, and the lamp is ignited. The lamp insures complete
combustion of the sulphur and the outer iron pot prevents
the surrounding premises from catching fire.
Sulphurous anhydride has been employed for its local
antiseptic and stimulant action, in inflammatory diseases of
the upper air passages in horses. For this purpose it is
burned in such quantities that the vapor is capable of being
inspired because largely diluted with air. With such dilu-
tion the antiseptic action is lost, and there is danger of
producing considerable irritation, and the procedure is of
doubtful value. The same treatment has been pursued in
verminous bronchitis of lambs and calves, caused by the
Strongylus filaria and S. micrurus. Local treatment, with
tracheal injection, is more efficient.
Actipum SoLpHurosum. Sulphurous Acid. H,SO,.
(Ur Sod Bs Ps)
Synonym.—Acide sulfureux, Fr.; schwefelige saiure, G.
Derivation.—Charcoal, 20, and sulphuric acid, 80, are
heated together and the sulphurous anhydride evolved is
passed into water. 4H,SO,+2C=4S80, + 2C0,+4
H,O. 4S0, + 4H,O = 4H,SO,.
Properties.—A colorless liquid of the characteristic odor
of burning sulphur, and of a.very acid, sulphurous taste. It
should contain not less than 6.4 per cent., by weight, of sul-
phurous anhydride, and not more than 93.6 per cent. of water.
260 INORGANIC AGENTS
Dose.—H. & C., %1.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh: & Sw., Zi-ii. (4.- 8);
D., 388.-ii. (2.-8.).
Actions and Uses.—Sulphurous acid decomposes organic
matter, abstracts oxygen, and is transformed into sulphuric
acid. The amount of sulphuric acid formed from the medi-
cinal solution is not sufficient to interfere with its action in
or upon the body. Sulphurous acid is a deodorant, deoxi-
dizer, parasiticide and disinfectant externally. Solutions
(1-4) are used as local stimulant and antiseptic applications
to wounds, ulcers, or sores with foul discharges, and to kill
the fungus growths producing ringworm.
Sulphurous acid is employed as an antiseptic in indi-
gestion, associated with flatulence, and has the same effect
and value as the sulphites and hyposulphites which are
used for the same purposes.
Porassa SutpHuraTA. Sulphurated Potassa. (U.S. & B.P.)
Synonym.—Potassil sulphuretum, potassii sulphidum,
liver of sulphur., E.; foie de soufre, Fr.; kalischwefel-
leber, G.
Derivation.—Powdered and dried potassium carbonate,
200, is mixed with sublimed sulphur, and heated in a ern-
cible. Potassa sulphurata is a mixture of potassium hypo-
sulphite and sulphide. 3 K,C O, + 8S = K,S,O, + 2 K,S,
+ 3 CO,
Properties. — Irregular pieces of a liver-brown color,
which by exposure to the air gradually absorb moisture,
oxygen, and carbonic dioxide, and change to greenish-yellow
aud finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate,
hyposulphite and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor
of hydrogen sulphide, and a bitter alkaline taste. Soluble
in 2 parts of water, with the exception of a small residue.
Dose.—H..& C., ‘3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6).
Action Internal. —Sulphurated potassa has practically
the same action as sulphur, internally and externally,
although more stimulating locally. Large doses have caused
gastro-intestinal inflammation, and the remote effects ob-
SULPHURATED POTASSA 261
served after repeated enormous doses of sulphur: 7., dis-
organization of ‘the blood and paralysis of nerves and
muscles. It has been administered internally as a substi-
tute for sulphur, but is only of value externally.
Action and Uses External—Sulphurated potassa is one
of the most serviceable agents we possess in the treatment
of chronic forms of skin diseases, as psoriasis, lichen, but
particularly eczema of the horse and dog. It is locally
stimulant, alterative (?), and parasiticide. There is only one
drawback to its general use, which is its exceedingly dis-
agreeable odor. Peruvian balsam is frequently substituted
for this reason in the treatment of skin diseases in dogs. A
solution, “yellow lotion,” is used in different strengths (1-8
to 1-15), according to the amount of stimulation which the
skin will endure. The “yellow lotion,” is a good agent for
killing lice upon the skin. The following prescription will
be found of benefit in canine practice.
2 Potusses Sulphurate. 1.006... ccc ccc ee che 3 il.ss.
iiealince ne tad fede ae ee daiad nthe? te 3 88.
PME big cet sk clans Stax aya rac sae wu geen Y's TILii
PAGES Cie ore aitloa's ctaiacdidutdied suied weedeaiee 4 Ziv
M
S. External use.
The chloral relieves itching and the anise disguises to
some extent the odor of hydrogen sulphide.
262 ~~". INORGANIC AGENTS a i
SECTION XI.
Acids.
Acipum Hyprocutoricum. Hydrochloric Acid. .H Cl.
(UW: Bade Po)
( Muriatic Acid.)
Synonym.—Acidum hydrochloratum, S. chlorhydricum,
E.; acide chlorhydrique S. muriatique, Fr.; salzsaire, G.
A liquid composed of 31.9 per cent., by weight, of abso-
lute hydrochloric acid, and 68.1 per cent. of water. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Distil together sulphuric acid, sodium
chloride and water. The resulting hydrochloric acid gas is
passed into distilled water, while acid sodium sulphate
remains in the retort and is further acted upon by sodium
chloride. 2 Na Cl + H,S O, = H Cl + Na HSO,; then:
Na HSO, -+ Na Cl = H Cl + Na,SO,.
Properties.—A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent
odor and an intensely acid taste. Spee. gr., about 1.163 at
15° ©. (59° F.) Miscible, in all proportions, with water
and alcohol.
Incompatibles.—Alkaline and other carbonates, and lead
and silver salts.
PREPARATIONS.
ACIDUM HyYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM, ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM,
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM. DILUTUM.
Acidum Rydrochloricum Dilutum, Diluted Hydrochloric Acid.
(U..18.&. BP)
(Diluted Muriatic Acid.)
Derivation.—Hy drochloric acid, 100; distilled water, 219. Diluted
hydrochloric acid contains 10 per cent. of absolute hydrochloric acid.
(U.8.P)
Properties.—It does not fume in the air and is without odor.
Spec. gr., 1.050. Otherwise corresponds to hydrochloric acid. (U.S. P.)
Dose,—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.)3
Sw. & D., ™x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
SULPHURIC ACID ; 263
Acipum SutpHuricum. Sulphuric Acid. H,SO,.
CUS). 65 5.2.)
Synonym.—Oil of vitriol, E.; acide sulphurique, huile
de vitriol, Fr.; schwefelsaiure, vitriolél, G.
A liquid composed of not less than 92.5 per cent. by
weight of absolute sulphuric acid, and not more than 7.5 per
cent. water.
Derivation.—Sulphurous anhydride (U.S. P.), generated
by roasting iron pyrites, or sulphur, is passed into leaden
chambers. Nitric acid is introduced with steam, and the
sulphurous anhydride undergoes oxidation and hydration.
2 HNO, + 2S0, + H,O = 2H,SO, + N,O,
The nitrous acid combines with oxygen and water in
the air, and is re-transformed into nitric acid, acting con-
tinually as a carrier of oxygen to sulphurous anhydride.
Properties.—A colorless liquid, of oily consistence, ino-
dorous, and very caustic and corrosive. Spec. gr. not below
1.835. Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol,
with evolution of so much heat that the mixing requires
great caution. (U.S. P.)
Incompatibles. — Alkdlies and carbonates, calcium and
lead salts.
PREPARATIONS,
AciIDUM SULPHURICUM DILUTUM, ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM.
Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. Dilated Sulphuric Acid.
(UA xk Be P-)
Derivation.—Sulphuric acid, 100 gm.; distilled water, 825 gm.
Properties. — Diluted sulphuric acid contains 10 per cent., by
weight, of absolute sulphuric acid. Spec. gr. about 1.070. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh:, 3ss.-i, (2.-4.);
‘Sw. & D., ™x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Tinctura aromatica acida, P. G.; elixir vitrioli Myn-
‘sichti, elixir of vitriol, E.; élixir vitriolique, teinture (alcool) aromatique
-sulphurique, Fr.; saéure aromatische tinctur, Mynsicht’s elixir, G.
264 INORGANIC AGENTS
Derivation.—Sulphuric acid, 111 Cc.; tincture of ginger, 0 Ces
oil of cinnamon, 1 Ce.; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. (U.S. P.)
Properties.— Aromatic sulphuric acid contains about 20 per cent.,
by weight, of official sulphuric acid, partly in form of ethyl-sulphuric-
acid. Spec. gr. about 0.939. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., Mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.)>
Sw. & D., tv.-xv. (.3-1.).
Acipum Nitricum. Nitric Acid. HNO, (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Acide azotique, Fr.; salpetersiure, G.
A liquid composed of 68 per cent., by weight, of abso-
lute nitric acid, and 32 per cent. of water.
Derivation.—Seven parts of sodium or potassium nitrate.
are distilled with four parts of sulphuric acid and water.
KNO, + H,SO, = KHSO, + HNO.
Properties—A. colorless, fuming liquid, very caustic and
corrosive, and having a peculiar, somewhat suffocating odor.
Spec. gr. about 1.414. (U.S. P.)
Incompatibles.—Alkalies and carbonates, iron sulphate,
lead acetate and alcohol.
PREPARATIONS.
AcipuM Nirricum Ditutum, ActbuM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM,
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM.
I, Acidum Nitricum Dilutum. Diluted Nitric Acid. (U.S. & B. P.y
Derivation.—Nitric acid, 100; distilled water, 580. Diluted nitric
acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute nitric acid. Spec. gr.
about 1.057. . (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3-ss.-i. (2.-4.):
Sw. & D., Mv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
II. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. Nitrohydrochloric Acid. (U.S. P.).
(Nitromuriatic Acid.)
Derivation.—Nitric acid, 180; hydrochloric acid, 820. Chemicak
composition uncertain.
Properties.—A golden yellow, fuming and very corrosive liquid, ©
having a strong odor of chlorine. The strong acid should always be
freshly prepared and should be used in preference to the diluted acid.
It may be made off hand by mixing 4 parts of nitric acid with 16 parts:
PHOSPHORIC ACID 265
of hydrochloric acid. The mixture should remain in an open bottle not
amore than half full, until the fumes pass off.
Dose.—H., ™xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); D., Miii.-v. (.2-.3).
JIT. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. Diluted Nitrochloric Acid,
(U.S. & B. P.)
(Diluted Nitromuriatic Acid.)
Synonym.—Acidum chloro-nitrosum, P. G.; aqua regia S. regis, —
acide chloro-azotique S. chloro-nitreux, eau Regales, Fr.; salpetersalz-
sdure, k6nigswasser, G.
Derivation. — Nitric acid, 40; hydrochloric acid, 180; distilled
water, 780.
Properties.—A colorless, or pale yellowish liquid, having a faint
-odor of chlorine and a very acid taste. Completely volatilized by heat.
o..5..P.)
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3ii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 35.-i. (2.-4.)s-
Sw. & D., Mv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
ActipuM PxospHoricuM. Phosphoric Acid. H,P O,.
(U.S. & B.P:)
A liquid composed of not less than 85 per cent., by.
weight, of absolute orthophosphoric acid (H,P O,), and not
more than 15 per cent. of water. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Heat phosphorus with diluted nitric acid
till nitrous fumes cease. P, + 5HNO, + 2H,O = 3H,
=o, + 5 NO.
Properties.—A colorless liquid, without odor, but having
a strongly acid taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.710. Miscible,
in all proportions, with water or alcohol. (U.S. P.)
PREPARATION,
Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum. Diluted Phosphoric Acid.
(U8. & B:-P.)
_ Derivation.—Phosphoric acid, 100; distilled water, 750. (U.S. P.)
Diluted phosphoric acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute
sorthophosphoric acid. Spec. gr. about 1057.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., Zii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3ss,-i. (2.-4.)s
D., v.-xxx. -(.3-2.)
266 INORGANIC AGENTS
Acipum Aceticum. Acetic Acid. H C,H,0O,.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Acetum purum, — acetum destillatum, P.G.>.
acide acétique dilué, Fr.; reiner essig, G.
A liquid composed of 36 per cent., by weight, of absolute
acetic acid, and 64 per cent. of water.
Derivation.— Distillation of dry sodium acetate with
sulphuric acid and erystallization of the distillate. Na C,
WO, + H,S0, = HC, H; 0, > Naso,
Properties.—A clear, colorless liquid, having a strong,
vinegar-like odor, a purely acid taste and a strongly acid
reaction. Spee. gr. about 1.048. Miscible with water or
alcohol in all proportions.
PREPARATION,
Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. Diluted Acetic Acid. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Acetum concentratum, — acide acétique, Fr.; ver-
diinnte essigsdure, G.
Derivation.—Acetic acid, 100; distilled water, 500. Diluted acetic
acid contains 6 per cent., by weight, of absolute acetic acid. Spec gr.
about 1008. Not employed internally except in the form of official
aceta. Vinegar is impure diluted acetic acid, made by destructive
distillation of wood, or by acetous fermentation and oxidation of alco-
holic solutions, as cider. -
C.H;,O H + O, = HC.H;0, + H.O. A temperature of 80° F., and
the presence of the ferment or mould (Mycoderma aceti), are necessary.
Actpum AcETICUM GLACIALE. Glacial Acetic Acid. H C,H,O,.
(U. 52% 'B. By
Synonym.— Acidum aceticum, P. G.; acidum aceticum
concentratum, acetum glaciale, — acide acétique concentrée,
esprit de vinaigre, vinaigre glacial, Fr.; essigsdure, eissesig, G.
Derivation.—Same as acetic acid.
_ Properties.—A clear, colorless liquid of a strong vinegar-
like odor, and a very pungent, purely acid taste. Contains
about 99 per cent. of absolute acid. Not used internally.
TARTARIC ACID: 267
Acrpum Tarraricum. Tartaric Acid. H,C,H,O,.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Sal essentiale tartari,— acide tartrique,
acide de tartre, Fr.; weinsdure, weinsteinsaure, G.
Derivation. — Boil acid potassium tartrate or argol
(incrustation in wine casks) with chalk to form calcium
tartrate. 2K HC,H,O, + CaCO, = CaC,H,O, + K,C,H,O,
+ H,O + CO,. Add calcium chloride, which precipitates
more calcium tartrate, and decompose with sulphuric acid.
fs ©, + Ca C.H.0, = 0,C,8,0, + CaS O,.
Evaporate solution. Calcium sulphate crystals separate
and are removed, while tartaric acid crystallizes on further
evaporation.
Properties. — Colorless, translucent, monoclinic prisms,
or crystalline crusts, or a white powder; odorless, having a
purely acid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in
about .8 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of alcohol. Not
commonly used in Veterinary medicine.
Dose.—H., 3 11.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Acipum Crirricum. Citric Acid. H,C,H,O, (U.S. & B.P.)
Synonym.—Acidum citri 8. limonum, S. limonorum, —
acide citrique, acide du citron, Fr.; citrouensaure, G.
Derivation—Usually prepared from the lemon (Citrus
Jemonum), or lime (Citrus bergamia). Boiling lemon juice
(containing 7 per cent. of citric acid) is treated with chalk
to form calcium citrate. 2 H,C,H,O, + 3 CaCO, = Ca,
(C,H,O,), + 8 C O, + 3 H,0.
Calcium citrate is boiled with sulphuric acid and the
resulting citric acid is obtained by filtration, evaporation
and crystallization. Ca, (C,H,O,), + 3H, S O, = 2 H,C,H,
O, + 3 CaS O,
Properties. — Colorless, translucent, right - rhombic
prisms; odorless, having an agreeable, purely acid taste;
efflorescent in warm air and deliquescent when exposed to
268 INORGANIC AGENTS
moist air. Soluble in 0.63 parts of water and in 1.61 parts
of alcohol.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3).
PREPARATION.
Syrupus Acidi Citrici. Syrup of Citric Acid. (U.S. P.)
Citric Acid, 10; water, 10; spirit of lemon, 10; syrup to make 1000.
Dose.—Ad lib.
\
Acipum Lacticum. lactic Acid. H C,H,O,,.
| (U. 8. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Acide lactique, Fr.; milchsiure, G.
An organic acid, usually obtained by subjecting milk-
sugar or grape-sugar to lactic fermentation. Composed of
75 per cent., by weight, of absolute lactic acid, and 25 per
cent. of water.
Properties.—A. colorless, syrupy liquid, odorless, of a
purely acid taste. Spec. gr. about 1.213. Freely miscible
with water, alcohol, or ether.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., Wxxx.- 31. (2.-4.).
Other acids to be found in other sections.
Action External.—The concentrated mineral acids are
powerful escharotics, but in dilution are stimulant, astrin- +
gent, rubefacient, or vesicant, according to their strength.
Acids have a great affinity for the alkaline juices of the
tissues and blood, and weak acid solutions are thus neutral-
ized. Strong acids coagulate albumin, probably by combin-
ing with alkalies which hold albumin in solution, forming
dense compounds with the albuminoids of the tissue. When
mineral acids are present in abundance the albumin first
coagulated is afterwards dissolved (except nitric acid), and
the corrosive action of the acids is extensive. Acids further
destroy tissue by combining with water, for which they have
also a great affinity, particularly sulphuric and phosphoric
acids. The former withdraws water to such an extent that
the tissues are carbonized and blackened. Sulphuric acid
is more destructive of tissue and acts more extensively than
ACTION OF ACIDS 269
the other mineral salts. Nitric acid is less caustic, and
hydrochloric acid is the least corrosive. Nitric acid stains
the parts yellow, and hydrochloric, white. The vegetable
acids, as citric and tartaric acids, are slightly caustic, but
are irritant to the skin, and still more so to raw surfaces and
mucous membranes. An ounce of tartaric acid has caused
death in man through its local effect. The action of the
caustic alkalies is more widespread than that of the mineral
acids. Diluted sulphuric and nitric acids are astringents,
because of their power of condensing tissues, and also
hemostatics in causing compression of blood vessels by
contraction of the tissues about them. Nitric acid is com-
monly employed externally, because its effect is limited by
its own eschar, which is not dissolved by an excess of acid.
Hydrochloric acid has no astringent effect and is not
used externally for its caustic properties. The acids are
antiseptic, but are less appropriate than other agents in
most cases, on account of their irritant action.
Action Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—Acids stimulate
the normal alkaline secretions in the body, particularly
those entering the mouth and intestines. The flow of
saliva, bile and intestinal juices is therefore increased.
Diluted acids are called refrigerants in imparting a sense
of coolness to the skin and mucous membrane of the
mouth, and, by augmenting the secretion of saliva, relieve
thirst in fever. In opposition to the action of acids in
stimulating alkaline secretions, exists the fact of their
checking acid secretions,* such as the gastric juice and
sweat, and if the administration of acids is prolonged for
several weeks, gastric digestion may be impaired in conse-
quence, unless the gastric juice is abnormally deficient. The
acids exert a local stimulant and astringent action upon the
intestinal canal. Nitric acid is particularly a stimulant,
sulphuric acid an astringent, while nitric and nitrohydro-
chloric acids are especially cholagogues. Hydrochloric acid
assists digestion in supplying a deficiency in the normal
hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, in aidiug tlre conver-
* Wth the exception of hydrochloric acid.
270 INORGANIC AGENTS
sion of proteids into peptones by pepsin, and in stimulating
the formation of the latter. Mineral acids are essentially
digestive tonics, promoting gastric digestion (H Cl), increas-
ing the secretion of the liver and intestinal glands, and
improving the tone and blood supply of relaxed intestinal
mucous membrane.
Constitutional Action. —Acids are absorbed, and in consi-
derable doses make the blood less alkaline, the urine more
acid, and appear to exert a slight astringent action upon the
skin and mucous membranes during their elimination. We
possess no knowledge to explain the remote effects of the
acids. Some authorities state that the acids are converted
into salts in the blood, as sulphates, nitrates and phosphates,
which are eliminated by the urine, skin and bowels. Others
teach that much of the acid is eliminated in the urine in the
form of ammonia compounds. Brunton says that the acids
cause a modification of tissue change in the liver so that the
production of urea is lessened by the passage of the acids
through that organ, and that the ammonia furnished by the
acids is not converted into urea, as normally happens, but
is eliminated in the urine as such. Both these suppositions
are apparently fallacious, because if the acids were trans-
formed into salts they would not produce remote astringent
effects, and if they were converted into ammonia compounds
they would not acidify the urine. The probable explana-
tion is that in small doses acids are more prone to decom-
position, while large doses are eliminated in part unchanged
by the kidneys, bowels and skin, and so acidify the urine
and exert a remote astringent action.
Acidity of the blood causes death in depressing the
heart, and because an alkaline or neutral medium (normal
blood) is essential to carry away carbonic dioxide from the
tissues. Vegetable acids are thought more especially to
lower the force of the heart, which they certainly do in
poisonous quantities, and possibly iu medicinal doses. In
considerable amount, the vegetable acids increase the acidity
of the urine, but in small doses alkalize this secretion by
USES OF ACIDS O71
undergoing decomposition in the blood with the production
of alkaline carbonates. The vegetable acids are infrequently
used in veterinary medicine.
Diluted phosphoric acid relieves thirst and forms an
agreeable cooling drink in fevers. It is extremely doubtful
whether phosphoric acid acts either as a tonic or reconsti-
tuent, by supplying phosphates to the blood or tissues.
Poisoning.—If acid is spilled on the skin, alkalies should
be applied, and in case of sulphuric acid the excess of acid
should first be rebbed off, and then large quantities of very
dilute alkaline solutions or soapsuds should be employed
to avoid evolution of heat when the acid combines with
water. When acids are swallowed, there is excoriation and
sloughing of mucous membranes, difficulty in swallowing,
vomiting of dark brown material and mucus (in animals
capable of the act), severe colic, pain on movement, consti-
pation, or, rarely, bloody diarrhoea. Ovcasionally some acid
flows into the laryux during deglutition and cedema and
suffocation rapidly ensue, There is inflammation of the
upper part of the digestive caual, thirst, and collapse, with
weak pulse and cold extremities. Softening, sloughs,
hemorrhage and perforation of the mucous membrane of
the mouth, gullet and stomach and small intestines are
found post mortem.
Treatment.—Soapsuds, sodium bicarbonate, lime water,
magnesia, or other alkalies. Demulcents, as milk, white of
egg, gum arabic and linseed tea. Opium and stimulants.
Wash out the stomach with a large amount of alkaline
solution.
Uses External. — Strong mineral acids are used as
caustics. One part of sulphuric acid is mixed with three
parts of sulphur, or asbestos, to form a paste for the destruc-
tion of morbid growths.
The application of sulphuric acid is somewhat dan-
gerous, as it is difficult to limit the action, and it is not by
any means the best escharotic, nor so good as nitric acid,
which produces less extensive destruction of tissue, and is a.
Oa INORGANIC AGENTS
useful agent for the removal of tumors, for the cauterization
of bites inflicted by rabid animals, and for the treatment of
foul, sloughing wounds or foot rot.
The action of nitric acid may be limited by surrounding
the part to which the strong acid is applied with oil, or by
washing the acid off with soapsuds. Glacial acetic acid is
frequently employed to remove warts and small excres-
eences. It is not so powerful as sulphuric or nitric acid.
- The acids in weak solution (73 i.-Oi.) are useful in relieving
irritation of the skin, as in urticaria, for their astringent
action upon piles,‘and to stop slight hemorrhages. Vinegar —
diluted with 3 parts of water may be used for the same
purposes. Nitric acid (])|v.-xxx. to 71. of water) is a good
antiseptic, stimulant and astringent application to indolent
ulcers, wounds, or, in the mouth, for ulcerative or mercurial
‘stomatitis.
Uses Internal.—The acids are all of value in digestive
disorders. Hydrochloric acid is useful in fever, to relieve
thirst and aid digestion, when a few drops may be put in
the drinking water. Hydrochloric acid is especially indi-
cated for gastric indigestion with deficiency in the secretion
of gastric juice, and for fermentation and tympanites in
chronic yastritis. Hydrochloric acid should be given
after feeding, and is often combined with bitters. It acts
as an antiseptic in addition to aiding digestion. Hyper-
secretion of hydrochloric acid, or hyperchlorhydria, is said
to be characterized by acid reaction of the secretion in the
mouth, and a desire to lick alkaline earthy matters. It is
best treated by alkalies after feeding. All the acids are
serviceable in the treatment of diarrhoea and intestinal indi-
gestion. Aromatic sulphuric acid (with opium) is more
particularly valuable as a remedy for watery purging.
Nitric and nitrohydrochloric acids are of more use in
diarrhoea with indigestion, jaundice, and disordered hepatic
functions. The latter acid is often combined with nux
vomica in the treatment of intestinal indigestion, and is a
valuable remedy in catarrhal jaundice of dogs.
BORIC ACID 273)
Sulphuric acid is utilized in acute lead poisoning, as an
antidote, to form insoluble sulphates in the bowels. The
acids are given for their remote astringent action in arrest-
ing or preventing hemorrhage (purpura) from internal
organs, and in diminishing excessive sweating and mucous
discharges; but are inferior to other agents in the treatment
of these conditions.
Administration. —The acids should all be thoroughly
diluted with water for internal use.
Actpum Boritcum. Boric Acid. H,BO, (U.S.&B. P.)
Synonym.—Boracic acid, E.; acide borique, Fr.; acidum
boracicum, sal. sedativum Homberegu, birsadure, G.
Derivation.—Made by evaporation and crystallization of
solutions obtained by passing steam issuing from rocks in
voleanic regions of Italy, through water; or by the action
of hydrochloric or sulphuric acids upon borax. Na, B,O,
(borax) + 10 H,0 + 2H Cl=4H,B O,+2NaCl + 5H,0.
Recovered by filtration and recrystallization.
Properties.—Transparent, colorless scales, of a some-
what pearly lustre, or, when in perfect crystals, six-sided
triclinic plates, slightly unctuous to the touch; odorless,
having a faintly bitterish taste, and permanent in the air.
Soluble in 25.6 parts of water and in 15 parts of alcohol;
also soluble in 10 parts of glycerin. It is feebly acid.
Dose.—Foals and calves., gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.).
PREPARATION.
Glyceritum Boroglycerini. Glycerite of Boroglycerin. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Glycerinum acidi borici, B. P.; glycerite of glyceryl
borate, solution of boroglyceride. . Boric acid, 310; glycerin to make
1,000. Solution prepared by heat (302° F.) .
Unguentum Acidi Borici, (10 per cent.) (U.S. & B. P.)
Sopit Boras. Sodium Borate. Na,B,O, (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Borax, B.P.; natrum biboricum, boras, boras
sodicus, E.; borate de soudre, Fr.; borsdures natron, G.
O74 INORGANIC AGENTS |
Derivation.—Natural deposits of the crude article occur
as incrustations on shores of lakes in Nevada and California,
which are purified by calcination and crystallization. Borax
is also made by boiling boric acid with sodium carbonate.
4 H,B O, + Na,C O, = Na,B,O, + CO, + 6 H, O.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms,
or a white powder, inodorous and having a sweetish, alka-
line taste. Slightly efflorescent in warm, dry air. Soluble
in 16 parts of water at 59° F., and in 0.5 part of boiling
water; insoluble in alcohol. At 176° F. it is soluble in one
part of glycerin. Borax is slightly alkaline.
ACTION OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX.
Boric acid and borax are essentially mild, non-irritating
antiseptics. These agents are practically harmless, as ordi-
narily employed, yet death in man has been reported from
absorption of a 5 per cent. solution of boric acid used for
irrigation of the large cavities of the body, and fatalities
have resulted from the ingestion of quantities of boric acid.
Three drachms of boric acid may be given daily to dogs,
without causing any untoward effect. In man, boric acid
poisoning has been exhibited by feeble pulse, subnormal ~
temperature, vomiting, erythema and swelling of superficial
parts, involuntary evacuations, coma, and disordered respi-
ration. Boric acid is eliminated by the urine, sweat. saliva
and feces. It is said to be diuretic, and, in large doses, to
induce acute parenchymatous nephritis.
Boric acid and borax, like other antiseptics, relieve
itching and destroy parasites upon the skin. Borie acid
exerts an antiseptic action upon the contents of the digestive
tract and upon the urine. It is thought to possess some
emmenagogue action.
USES OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX.
The value of boric acid and borax is chiefly surgical.
They are employed more commonly upon the mucous mem-
USES OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX 275
branes of the eyelids, mouth, nose, vagina, urethra and
bladder, for their non-irritating, antiseptic properties, and
also to relieve itching and to destroy parasites upon the
skin. Boric acid is in more frequent use than any other
agent in simple catarrhal conjunctivitis, and may be com-
bined to advantage with cocaine as follows:
a GCocammas Hy drochlors., ais...) 405550 +08 gr.v.-x.
MSN OEE No sate ais ae mate w syein sie’ vicsia, # Or. x, -xx,
PROPER A sie esa sivate a prece'e aele ocvovetteloleiabavere ies Zan
M.
S. Eye lotion.
Borax is perhaps more appropriate in the mouth, being
alkaline. It is applied by swab, in saturated solution, for
aphthous and other forms of stomatitis. A saturated solu-
tion (4 per cent.) of boric acid is useful as an injection for
ozcena, cystitis and vaginitis. Borax in saturated solution
assuages pruritus ani and vulve, and is employed as an
application for ringworm. Boroglyceride is indicated for
burns aud wounds.
A serviceable antiseptic dressing is made by soaking
gauze in a boiling saturated solution of boric acid. The
dried gauze contains boric acid, which crystallizes upon it as
the solution cools. One part of boric acid in combination
with four parts of zinc oxide forms a soothing, protective
dusting powder for chafed surfaces, intertrigo, erythema and
moist eczema in dogs. Boric acid is occasionally prescribed
in 10 per cent. ointment for eczema and psoriasis. It is
perhaps the best remedy for canker of the ear in dogs (otitis
externa). The ear should be syringed out with a 2 per
cent. solution, dried with absorbent cotton, and powdered
with pure boric acid. The internal uses of boric acid are
unimportant. It has been recommended and given as an
emmenagogue, and as an intestinal antiseptic in fermenta-
tive diarrhoea of foals and calves. Boric acid is often
administered in human medicine to acidify the urine and
disinfect the genito-urinary tract, although not so efficient
as urotropin.
276 INORGANIC AGENTS
SECTION XII:
Class 1.—Carbon.
Carbon is represented officially as follows:
Carzo AniMALIS. Animal Charcoal. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Bone black, E.; charbon, Fr.; thier (or)
knochen-kohile, G.
Derivation.—Bones freed from fat are exposed to great
heat in close iron cylinders till ammoniacal vapors pass
off. The resulting charcoal is pulverized and contains
about 10 per cent. of carbon and 88 per cent. of calcium
phosphate and carbonate.
Properties. —Dull, black, granular fragments, or a dull
black powder; odorless, nearly tasteless, and insoluble in
water or alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., %i.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii-iv.. (8.-
15.); D., gr.xx.-3 1. (1.3-4.).
PREPARATION,
Carbo Animalis Purificatus. Puritied Animal Charcoai. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Animal charcoal, 100, is boiled with hydrochloric
acid, 300, and water to remove ash. Result filtered and residue on
filter paper washed and dried.
Properties.—A dull, black powder, odorless and tasteless; insoluble
in water, alcohol or other solvents
Dose.—Same as above.
Carso Lieut. Charcoal. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.— Wood charcoal.
Derivation.—Soft wood is charred by piling it in heaps,
igniting, and covering it with sand and turf to prevent rapid
combustion.
Properties:—A black, odorless and tasteless powder, free
from gritty matter. Insoluble in water or alcohol.
Dose.—Same as animal charcoal.
Action External.—Charcoal is an oxidizing antiseptic
CHARCOAL QT7
and deodorizer. It has the power, when dry, to absorb
liquids and gases, condensing the latter within its pores. It
thus both absorbs oxygen and gives up oxygen when in
contact with oxidizable substances.
In dessicating and oxidizing decomposing organic mat-
ter, charcoal deprives germs of their proper moisture and
food requirements for growth, but is not a true germ
destroyer or disinfectant. Charcoal absorbs noxious and
foul-smelling gases, and is thus a deodorant.
Action Internal.—Charcoal has proved serviceable in
certain digestive troubles. Since charcoal loses its absorp-
tive properties so soon as it becomes thoroughly wet, it
seems probable that the beneficial action in such conditions
is due to the charcoal scraping off mucus from the walls of
the stomach and bowels, or to increasing their vascularity
and peristalsis, rather than to its absorbing gases. If
administered continually in large quantities charcoal may
produce mechanical obstruction in the bowels, and it is
therefore employed in conjenction with laxatives.
Uses External—Charcoal is applied as a dusting powder
with astringents and antiseptics upon ulcers, galled and raw
surfaces. The following combination is useful: charcoal, 4
parts; salicylic acid, 2 parts; burnt alum, 1 part. It is also
used in flaxseed meal poultices upon foul, sloughing parts.
Animal charcoal is better than wood charcoal as an absor-
bent, although the unpurified bone black is said to be more
efficient, since the mineral matters separate the carbon par-
ticles and aid its absorptive power.
Uses Internal.—Charcoal is employed occasionally in
indigestion, chronic gastric and intestinal catarrh, tympa-
nitis and diarrhoea, accompanied by mucous discharges.
Charcoal possesses the power of attracting and holding
alkaloids in its subtance, and so may be used in large doses,
as an antidote in poisoning by alkaloidal drugs, as opium,
nux yomica and aconite. Its action is slow, and other
means, as tannic acid, emetics and the stomach tube, are
more efficient.
278 INORGANIC AGENTS
CaRBONEI DisuLpHIpuM. Carbon Disulphide. C§,.
(U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Carbonii bisulphidum, bisulphide of carbon,
carbon sulphide, E.; carboneum sulphuratum, alcohol sul-
furis, P. G.; sulfure de carbone, Fr.; schwefelkohlenstoff, G.
Derivation. — Obtained from: carbon and sulphur by
distillation.
Properties.—A clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid;
very diffusive, having a strong, characteristic, but not fetid
odor, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Soluble in 535 parts of
water; very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and fixed
volatile oils. Spec. gr. 1.268 to 1.269. Carbon disulphide
vaporizes readily and is highly inflammable.
Actions and Uses.—Carbon disulphide is a rapid and
powerful anesthetic when inhaled, and also locally, when
applied in spray upon the skin. It produces muscular
weakness, coma, and, rarely, convulsions in toxie doses.
It has been used as a counter-irritant in the fotm of
vapor, to cause absorption of enlarged lymphatic glands.
Favorable results have been reported by Perroncito, with
carbon disulphide given in gelatine capsules to horses to
destroy the larvee of the bot fly (distrus equi). Three cap-
sules, containing 10 grams each, for a horse, or 8 grams
‘each for a colt, should be given at hour intervals, and
followed in 12 hours by a pint of oil.
Class 2.—Alcohol, Ether and Chloroform.
Auconot. Alcohol. C,H,OH. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Spiritus rectificatus, B. P.*; spiritus vini
rectificatissimus, alcohol vini, rectified spirit, E.; alcool, Fr.;
weingeist, G.; spiritus, P. G.
* Rectified spirit (B. P.) cantains 90 per cent. of pure alcohol by vol-
ume (85.65 per cent. by weight). There are four official dilutions in the B,
P, containing 70, 60, 45 and 20 per cent. of alcohol by volume respectively.
ALCOHOL 279:
Alcohol is derived directly from fruit sugar, and indi-
rectly from starch. The grains, as wheat, rye, corn; and
potatoes, supply starch most economically. The starch in
these substances is converted into glucose by heating with
very dilute sulphuric acid, or by fermentation with malt.
Glucose is further acted upon by yeast containing the Torula
cerevisiz, which converts 15 per cent. of glucose into alcohol
and carbonic dioxide. C,H,,0, = 2C,H,O H +.2C O.,.
The weak alcohol resulting is subjected to repeated
distillation until sufficiently pure and concentrated. In the
natural fermentation of {fruit sugar in grape juice, during
the formation of wine, the amount of alcohol is self-limited
to 15, rarely 20 per cent., since the ferment is killed by an
amount of alcohol greater than this.
Derivation.—The official alcohol is derived from rectified
spirit, by maceration, first with anhydrous potassium car-
bonate, then freshly fused calcium chloride, and finally by
distillation.
Properties.—A liquid composed of about 92.3 per cent.,
by weight, or 94.9 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol
(C,H,O H), and about 7.7 per cent., by weight, of water (U.
S. P.) A transparent, colorless, mobile and volatile liquid,
of a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning
taste. Spec. gr. about .820 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible
with water in all proportions and without any trace of
cloudiness. Also miscible with ether or chloroform. It is
readily volatile at low temperatures, and boils at 78° C.
(172.4° F.). It is inflammable and burns with a blue flame.
Dose.—H. & ©., 3i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii-iv.
(8.-15.); D., 31.-i1. (4-8).
PREPARATION.
Alcohol Dilutum. Diluted Alcohol. (U.S. P.)
A liquid composed of about 41 per cent., by weight, or about 48.6
‘per cent., by volume, of absolute ethyl alcohol (C. Hs O H), and about
09 per cent. of water. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Alcohol, 500; distilled water, 500.
‘280: INORGANIC AGENTS
Atconot AgsoLutum. Absolute Aleohol. ©,H,O H.
(US: 2655. AP2)
Ethyl alcohol, containing not more than 1 per cent., by
weight, of water. .
Derivation.—Percolation of the purest alcohol through
quicklime, out of contact with the air, and redistillation in
vacuo. .
Properties.—Transparent, colorless, mobile and volatile
liquid, of a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a
burning taste. Very hydroscopic. Spec. gr. uot higher
than 0.797 at 15° C. (69° F.)
AtcoHoL Droporatum. Deodorized Alcohol.
(Non-ofiicial.)
A liquid composed of about 92.5 per cent., by weight,
or 95.1 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol (C,H, O H),
and about 7.5 per cent., by weight, of water.
Derivation.—Distillation of aleohol with about 2 per
per cent. of pure fused sodium acetate.
Properties.—Similar to alcohol, except as regards odor..
Spiritus Frumenti. Whisky. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Hau-de-vie de grains, Fr.; whiskey korn-
branntwein, G.
Derivation—An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil-_
lation of the mash of fermented grain (usually of mixtures.
of corn, wheat and rye), and at least two years old.
Properties.—An amber-colored liquid, having a distine-
tive odor and taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Its specific:
gravity should not be more than 0.930, nor less than 0.917,
corresponding, approximately, to an alcoholic strength of
44 to 50 per cent., by weight, or 50 to 58 per cent., by
volume. Contains no more than traces of fusel oil. The
alcoholic liquors owe their flavor or bouquet to ethers which
are only developed in course of time. The amylic alcohol,.
ALCOHOL 281
or fusel oil in whiskey is therefore converted into ethers,
which give the characteristic flavor to whiskey.
Dose.—H. and C., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii.
(30.-60.); D., 31.-iv. (4.-15.).
’ Spiritus Vint Gautuicl. Brandy. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Spirit of French wine, E.; eau-de-vie, cognac,
Fr.; Frantzbranntwein, G.
Derivation.—An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil-
lation of the fermented unmodified juice of fresh grapes, and
at least four years old.
Brandy is somewhat astringent and is often not made
from the distillation of wine, but is a factitious preparation.
Native brandy is said to be purer, but is usually inferior in
flavor to that of foreign manufacture. Brandy contains 39-
47 per cent. of absolute alcohol by weight; 46-55 per cent.
by volume.
Dose.—Same as that for whiskey.
Sprrirus JuNrPERI Composirus. Compound Spirit of Juniper.
(O28. -P:)
Derivation.—Oil of juniper, 8; oil of caraway, 1; oil of
fennel, 1; alcohol, 1,400; water to make 2,000.
Compound spirit of juniper is similar to gin in its thera-
peutic action. Contains about 15 per cent. more alcohol.
Gin is made by distillation of fermented malt and juniper
berries. Gin differs from the other alcoholic preparations
therapeutically in being more diuretic.
Dose.—Same as that for whiskey.
Rum. (Not official.)
Rum is made from a fermented solution of molasses by
distillation. It contains, by weight, from 40 to 50 per cent.
of absolute alcohol. Rum does not differ physiologically
from alcohol. There is no authoritative Latin name for rum.
Dose.—Same as that for whiskey.
282 INORGANIC AGENTS
Vinum Atpum. White Wine. (U.S. P.).
Derivation.—An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting:
the juice of fresh grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera (nat. ord.
vitacez), free from seeds, stems, and skins.
Properties. — A pale amber or straw-colored liquid,
having a pleasant odor, free from yeastiness, and a fruity,
agreeable, slightly spirituous taste, without excessive sweet-
ness or acidity. The Pharmacopceia directs that the wine.
should contain from 7 to 12 per cent., by weight, of absolute
aleohol. California Hock and Reisling, Ohio Catawba,
Sherry, Muscatel, Madeira and the stronger wines of the
Rhine, Mediterranean, and Hungary, come within the phar-
macopceelal limits. Wines containing more than 14 per cent.
of alcohol, are usually fortified, 7. e., have alcohol or brandy
added to them, and much imported Sherry and Madeira
contain 15 to 20 per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol.
Vinum Rusprum. Red Wine. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting
the juice of fresh colored grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera
(nat. ord. vitaceze), in presence of their skins.
Properties.—A deep-red liquid, having a pleasant odor,
free from yeastiness, and ‘a fruity, moderately astringent,
pleasant and slightly acidulous taste, without excessive
sweetness or acidity. Should contain not less than 7, nor
more than 12 per cent., by weight, of alcohol. Native Claret,
Burgundy, Bordeaux, and Hungarian wines may be included
within the pharmacopeeial limits of vinum rubrum. Port
(vinum portense) is fortified with brandy during fermenta-
tion, and contains 15 to 25 per cent., by weight, of absolute
alcohol. Port is.astringent from tannic acid in the grapes,
skins and stalks, or the astringency may be due to logwood.
Red wines are said to be rough, contain tannic acid and.
therefore are astringent. Dry wines are those which con-
tain little sugar. The wines develop ethers with age, and
these improve their flavor and action.
ALCOHOL 283
Champagne contains about 10 per cent. of absolute
alcohol and carbonic acid gas, which acts as a local sedative
upon the stomach. Ale, stout and beers contain from 4 to
8 per cent. of alcohol, together with bitters and malt extracts.
Cider contains 5 to 9 per cent. of absolute alcohol. Imported
Sherry (vinum xericum, B. P.), 15 to 20 per cent. of absolute
alcohol. Alcohol is the solvent most commonly employed
in pharmacy, dissolving alkaloids, resins, volatile oils, bal-
sams, oleo-resins, tannin, sugar, some fats and fixed oils.
Action External.—Alcohol is a germicide. When applied
in dilution to mucous membranes, raw surfaces or wounds,
alcohol is a stimulant, antiseptic and local anzesthetic; while
in concentration, it is irritant and even caustic, coagulating
mucus and albumin. If alcohol is allowed to evaporate
from the unbroken skin, cooling of the surface and contrac-
tion of the superficial blood vessels ensue, with diminished
secretions of sweat; but when alcohol is rubbed into the
skin, it is absorbed, takes up water, hardens the integument
and causes temporary vasular dilatation. Alcoholic aqueous
dilutions containing 60 to 70 per cent. of absolute alcohol
are among the most valuable skin disinfectants. Absolute
uleohol, or the undiluted commercial aleohol, have no ger-
micidal action on dry bacteria, and alcohol in less than 40
per cent. strength is too weak.
Action Internai.—Alcohol acts locally upon the mucous
membrane of the alimentary canal, as described above, and
if swallowed in concentration it produces congestion and
white patches in the mouth by coagulating albumin upon
the mucous membrane. The secretion of saliva is increased.
In small doses the more powerful alcoholic liquors, as whis-
key and brandy, aid digestion by stimulating locally the
gastric circulation, secretion, movement and appetite.
During and immediately after ingestion of undiluted
stronger alcoholic liquors, and before there is time for
absorption to occur, the heart is reflexly stimulated by the
irritant action of the alcohol upon the sensory nerve endings
in the mucous membrane of the mouth, gullet and stomach.
284. INORGANIC AGENTS
In large amounts, alcohol destroys the action of the peptic
ferment, causes inflammation of the walls of the stomach
and perverts the normal secretion into a mucous discharge.
Alcohol in physiological doses may be slightly decomposed
in the stomach with the formation of aldehyde and acetic
acid, which may precipitate some of the proteids, peptones
and pepsin. This action is not sufficient to interfere with,
the stomachic effect of alcohol. Alcohol is slightly astrin-
gent in the digestive tract, and may relieve pain by its local
anesthetic action upon the stomach, and spasm, by stimu-
lating the nervous mechanism controlling the stomach and
bowels, and so coordinating the peristaltic movements.
Circulation.—Alcohol is absorbed into the blood and
undergoes decomposition in the pody. When alcohol is
mixed with blood, outside of the body, coagulation occurs,
and separation of hemoglobin from the corpuscles. The
blood does not, under these circumstances, yield its oxygen
readily to reducing agents. In rapid alcoholic poisoning
the corpuscles have been found shriveled and containing
a yellow precipitate of hemoglobin in their substance.
Alcohol diminishes oxidation in the body by hindering
the oxyhemoglobin from giving up its oxygen, but this
action does not occur until large quantities have been
absorbed.
Alcohol makes the heart beat more forcibly and rap-
idly, and also increases blood pressure, despite the
fact that normally alcohol causes dilation of the arte-
ricles.* It is evident, however, that the vascular dilation
is not general, for if it involved the splanchnic area so
much blood would be diverted to this region that the
skin would be pale instead of flushed, as can be seen in
man. In weakened bodily conditions, with vasular relaxa-
tion, aleohol may increase vascular tonicity and diminish the
rate of the heart-beat by stimulation of the cardiac inhibi-
tory apparatus. The heart and blood vessels are paralyzed
by poisonous doses of alcohol, and blood tension falls tre-
mendously. Evidence is contradictory in relation to the
* Recent researches show that alcohol is not a heart stimulant when given in
dilution. It only stimulates the heart reflexly when alcohol is ingested in con-
centrated form. So respiratory stimulation is only due to peripheral irritation of
. strong alcoholic solutions on the stomach.
ALCOHOL 285
exact physiological action of alcohol upon the nervous
mechanism controlling the heart and blood vessels. The
action upon the heart is thought by some experimenters
to. be due to the stimulation’ of the accelerator nerves
(Dogiel); by others to stimulation of the cardiac motor
ganglia; while Wood refers the action to excitation of
the heart muscle. It is also uncertain whether the action
upon the vessels is due to the effect of aleohol upon
the vasomotor system entirely, or in part to direct
action upon the vessel walls. The fact that the heart is
reflexly stimulated by the irritant action of large doses
of concentrated alcoholic hquors upon the stomach, his
already been noted. Primary vascular contraction may fol-
low the reflex stimulation of alcohol before absorption and
vascular dilatation occur.
Tespiration.—The respiratory centre is stimulated by
medicinal doses, but depressed and paralyzed by toxic
amounts of alcohol.
Temperature. — The temperature, both in health and
fever, may be lowered by alcohol, because of its action in
hindering the ozonizing functions of the red blood corpuscles
and thus diminishing oxidation in the body, and becanse
alcohol causes relaxation of the peripheral blood vessels
‘ and loss of heat by radiation from the skin. The larger the
quantity of alcohol ingested, the greater the fall of tempera-
ture. In alcoholic narcosis, vasomotor paralysis leads to
great loss of heat, particularly if the animal be at the same
time exposed to cold. In small doses, aleohol may some-
times increase the temperature by stimulating the heart,
but the sensation of warmth perceived in man following the
use of alcohol is generally fallacious, and is simply due to
flushing of the vessels of the skin and stomach. Some of the
lowest temperatures ever observed have been in drunken
persons exposed to cold.
Tissue Change-—Metabolism is diminished by alcohol.
Experiments conducted to determine quantitatively the
elimination of carbonic dioxide are conflicting in their
286 INORGANIC AGENTS
results, after the ingestion of small doses of alcohol, but
when considerable quantities have been absorbed the elimi-
nation of carbonic dioxide is decidedly diminished. The
explanation of the preceding is clear when it is considered
that many other circumstances may obscure the action of
small amounts of alcohol upon carbonic dioxide elimination.
The nitrogenous products in the urine, particularly urea
resulting from tissue change, are also lessened by alcohol.
Nervous System.—Moderate doses of alcohol stimulate,
while excessive quantities depress and paralyze the nervous
system. This action is similar to that exerted upon the
circulatory organs. The local effect of alcohol upon the
peripheral nerves resembles the action after absorption
upon the system generally. The nervous system is affected
in nearly the same order and manner as by anesthetics, and
the same stages may be observed. The stages include the
stimulant, depressant and paralytic. The law of dissolution.
is demonstrated by alcohol, as the more highly organized
centres, and those more recently developed in the process
of evolution, are the first to succumb, and following out this
order the medulla, the first of the higher centres to be
developéd, is the last to be influenced by the drug. In
accordance with this law the cerebrum is first acted upon.
The period of excitement is brief and is due in a consider-
able degree to the increased cerebral circulation and flushing
of the brain. It is essential to emphasize the fact that by
far the most apparent and decided action of alcohol is one
of depression upon the nervous. system as a whole.* The
stimulating influence of alcohol upon the spinal centres is
more marked in the lower animals than in man, because the
brain is proportionately small and poorly developed in the
former. The primary stimulating effect of alcohol is shown
in man by increased mental activity and apparent brilliancy,
but acute reasoning and judgment are not enhanced, and in
many cases there is almost immediate mental confusion and
drowsiness induced. In man there is emotional excitement
and the functions of speech and imagination are stimulated
*Many authorities—as Schmiedeberg and Bunge—affirm that alcohol acts
only as a depressant to the nervous system from the very start. They offer verv
convincing experiments to prove their assertion, but other investigators get con-
tradictory results, as above.
ALCOHOL 287
in the primary stage, but depression is soon noted in the
loss of judgment and reasoning power, emotional control,
decent restraint and speech. The patient cries, shouts,
sings or laughs and talks incoherently. In the lower
animals the stimulation of the higher and sensory psychical
cerebral centres, with exhilaration, is rarely observed, but:
depression is seen in stupor and muscular incodrdination.
Stimulation of the cerebral motor centres is shown by motor
excitement. .
In man, following the symptoms described above, there
is incodrdination of muscular movements, first of those more
highly and recently organized, such as are employed in
writing, and then the muscular movements more remotely
developed are affected, and the person is unable to walk,
and finally there is complete paralysis of the motor centres
and muscles. The staggering and uncertain gait of drunken
people occurs not only because the cerebral motor and
cerebellar centres are depressed by alcohol, but also because
of loss of sensation and touch, or muscular sense, which is
essential in maintaining the equilibrium. In relation to the
spinal cord, primary stimulation of the reflex centres is
more marked in animals than in man, as has been pointed
out. In animals this stimulation causes’ motor excitement,
so that the patient trembles, jumps about, or strikes out
with the feet. Depression of the reflex centres occurs in
the latter stage of poisoning, and is exhibited by involuntary
defecation and micturition; sensation and voluntary motion
are lost. The motor nerves and muscles are not generally
paralyzed, except by the local action of alcohol. The
medulla finally becomes depressed and paralyzed, so that
respiration, which is first stimulated, now fails, and the
heart muscle becomes paralyzed and stops beating.
The action of aleohol upon the nervous system may be
summarized with a fair degree of accuracy, as stimulation
and then depression of the parts enumerated below, and in
the following order :
'288 INORGANIC AGENTS
Cerebral psychical centres. Spinal centres.
Cerebral sensory centres. Sensory, reflex and motor.
Cerebral motor centres, Medullary centres.
Cerebellum. Vasomotor (early depression),
Respiratory.
Horses and dogs are comparatively susceptible to alco-
hol, ruminants slightly so. An amount of alcohol equivalent
to a pint cf whiskey has killed a sound horse, while four
ounces of whiskey will cause death in dogs if vomition be
prevented by ligature of the cesophagus.
Primary motor excitement is followed by unsteady,
staygerivg gait, and coma in fatal cases.
Skin.—Alcohol dilates the peripheral vessels, and there-
fore brings more blood to the sudoriparous glands, and
excites their functional activity. It is thus a diaphoretic.
Kidneys. — Alcohol acts as a diuretic by increasing
general blood tension, and probably by augmenting local
vascular tension in the kidney in dilating the afferent vessels
supplying the Malpighian bodies.
Nutrition.—Alcohol is a food, and, like other carbohy-
drates, supplies heat and energy in its decompesition, but
does not directly furnish tissue elements. We are ignorant
of the fate of alcohol after absorption, but we do know that
the greater portion is decomposed and is not eliminated.
Alcohol is most advantageous as a food in fever, or in condi-
tions associated with weak digestion, since it is readily
absorbed and assimilated. Alcohol causes dulness and
lessened power for mental or physical work in man, and in
normal conditions is not a desirable food unless there is a
deficiency in the ordinary diet. In diminishing oxidation in
the body, alcohol assists the accumulation of fat.
Elimination. —When alcohol is ingested in ordinary
doses it is practically all consumed, and none but the most .
trivial amount is eliminated, 7. e., two to three per cent.
The greater the quantity absorbed the larger the amount
eliminated by the urine, breath, sweat and fzeces, both rela-
tively and absolutely; but under no circumstances after the
most enormous doses does the elimination exceed 25 per
cent. of the quantity ingested.
ALCOHOL 289
Summary.—Alcohol is externally refrigerant, astringent,
anhidrotic and antiseptic, and if applied so that absorption
occurs, it is rubefacient. On raw surfaces it is slightly
anesthetic. Alcohol is internally a stomachic, carminative
- and slight local anesthetic in the digestive tract. It stimn-
lates the heart reflexly before and directly after absorption,
and excites the respiratory centre. Alcohol is a narcotic,
first stimulating and then depressing the nervous system,
Alcohol forms a compound with hemoglobin which gives up
oxygen less easily, and so diminishes oxidation and tissu
change. It supplies force and is a food. Alcohol is a
diuretic, diaphoretic, and antipyretic in lessening tissue
change and dilating peripheral vessels, and in causing
sweating.
Acute Poisoning.—In coma and muscular relaxation, the
treatment consists in the external application of heat and
counter-irritants; while strychnine, digitalis and atropine
should be given. subcutaneously and followed un with
ammonia by the mouth.
Uses Kxternal.—Alcohol is applied to the unbroken skin,
on cotton or lint, to bruises, for its local refrigerant and
astringent action in relieving pain and congestion. Diluted*
to 70 per cent. strength, alcohol forms an antiseptic
and local anesthetic application to wounds, and like most
antiseptics, relieves itching, particularly when combined
with 1 to 2 per cent. of carbolic acid.
Uses Internal. — Digestive Tract.— Alcohol is a useful
remedy tc promote appetite and assist digestion. The drug
should be given immediately before eating or with the food,
‘properly diluted, and often advantageously with egg and
milk during fever or convalescence from acute diseases.
‘Aleohol is frequently combined with bitters, as compound
tincture of gentian, when employed as a stomachie.
Acute Diseases.— Alcohol finds its greatest field of useful-
ness in the treatment of febrile diseases, notably influenza
* Alcohol diluted with one-third part of water makes one of the:
best known agents for hand-disinfection. It is relied upon entirely in
some of the best hospitals in the country, in addition to thorough scrub-
bing in soap and water.
290 - INORGANIC AGENTS
and pneumonia in horses. In such conditions it overcomes
the paralysis of the splanchnics caused by the toxins and.
flushes the vessels of the skin, in this way equalizing the
circulation and allowing the heart to receive more blood.
A high temperature does not contra-indicate the use of
alcohol, but it is not desirable in the first stages of acute
inflammatory disorders. Alcohol is particularly service-
able in asthenic diseases and in continued fevers asso-
ciated with general depression, as septiczeemia.* Alcohol
is more readily burned up in fever, aids digestion, Jessens
oxidation and tissue waste, supples force and is a food.
Alcohol stimulates the nervous system and bridges over
a period when artificial stimulation is necessary. This
drug may reduce temperature, but larger doses are needed
for this purpose (ie, to cause vasomotor depression
and interference with the ozonizing functions of the
blood) than is generally desirable, since the respiratory
centre and heart may be depressed and digestion retarded.
In certain conditions, however, as septicemia, alcohol exerts
a decided antipyretic action. Alcohol furthermore favors
antipyresis through its diarphoretic and diuretic properties,
in causing increased radiation of heat and elimination of
toxic products. The most essential action of alcohol in
acute diseases consists in stimulating the heart and respira-
tion, in equalizing the circulation by overcoming internal
congestions through the action on the heart, combined with
that causing vascular dilatation. Alcohol naturally increases
the force and frequency of the normal heart, and may act
likewise in fevers. This effect is undesirable, and for this
reason alcohol is contra-indicated in the first stage of sthenie
diseases, but in fevers associated with weakness of the heart,
aleohol often decreases its rapidity by stimulation of its
inhibitory apparatus, although increasing the cardiac force.
This action may be due to invigoration of the weakened
organ, Since alcohol does not always act uniformly
upon the heart in febrile conditions, we must be guided
by its effect in each case. The pulse, respiration, skin
*The results of recent researches cause clinicians to rely less on the tse of
alcohol in disease. It has been shown that it is neither a direct heart or respira-
tory stimulant. In acute disease alcohol has value as a nerve sedative ; as a food;
He dilate peripheral vessels and equalize the circulation; and to improve the
digestion.
ALCOHOL 291
and nervous system are our guides, and the object is to
bring the functions into a more normal condition. Alcohol
should therefore reduce the frequency of the pulse and
respiration, when they are too rapid, and should make the
skin moister and the animal quieter. If these results are
obtained, the use of the drug should be persisted in; if
otherwise, administration should be stopped. Small and
repeated doses are more appropriate in, fever.
Alcohol is one of the most valuable agents at our com-
mand in the treatment of surgical shock, collapse, exhaustion,
severe hemorrhage, and following exposure to cold. In
these conditions it should be given hot and only slightly
diluted. In poisoning by drugs which depress the circula-
tion, or by toxines resulting from bacterial infection, aleohol
is an invaluable remedy. Alcohol is a chemical antidote in
earbolic acid poisoning, and besides overcomes the shock
produced by the latter; whiskey or brandy may be used.
Administration.— Veterinary practitioners are fortunately
exempt from any moral considerations in relation to their
medicinal use of aleohol. Rum,’gin and whiskey are more
commonly employed than the other alcoholic prepara-
tions, althongh diluted alcohol is practically as valuable.
Gin is indicated when a diuretic action is important.
Brandy, being more astringent, is given to dogs with diar-
rhoea, and, combined with cracked ice in small quantities,
relieves vomiting. Sherry may also be administered to dogs
with advantage. The dose of the various alcoholic liquids
depends upon the quantity of alcohol contained in them.
Animals will usually take alcoholic preparations volun-
tarily if largely diluted with water, milk or gruel. Whiskey
should be diluted with about 4 parts of water when given in
drench, unless the reflex action is desired, when it is admin-
istered in considerable doses with an equal amount of hot
water.
Diluted alcohol, undiluted whiskey or brandy are
injected subcutaneously when a rapid action is imperative.
292, INORGANIC AGENTS
rner: Ether. (C,H,),0. (U: 8. PB.)
Synonym. — Aither purus, B. P.; «ther fortior, pure
ether, E.; éther hydrique pur, Fr; reiner ether, G.
A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of
absolute ether or ethyl oxide [(C,H,),O], and about 4 per
cent. of alcohol containing a little water. .
Derivation.—Obtained by distillation of alcohol with
sulphuric acid. There are two steps in the production of
ether; sulphovinie acid and water are formed in the first
step... H,S O, + C, H,0 H = C,H, 1S 0, 7H Ofer.
phovinie acid is then further acted upon by alcohol.
CH. ES 0,4 C,H, 0. f= (GH), 04+ BS Oe
distillate is freed from water by agitation with calcium oxide
and chloride, and subjected to redistillation.
Properties. — A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid,
having © characteristic odor and a burning and sweetish
taste. Spee. gr. .725 to .728 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10
times its volume of water at 59° F. Miscible in all propor-
tions with aleohol, chloroform, benzine, benzol, fixed and
volatile oils. Ether boils at about 37° C. (98.6° F.), and it
should therefore boil when a test tube, containing some
broken glass and half filled with it, is held for some time in
the hand. Ether is highly volatile and inflammable; its
vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently.
The color of light blue litrus paper moistened with water
should not be changed when the paper is immersed in ether
for 10 minutes. Upon evaporation ether should leave no
residue. Ether is a solvent for fats, oils, alkaloids, resins,
gutta percha and gun cotton. Ether vapor is heavier than
air, and, consequently, etherization should never be done
above a light or fire.
Dose.—H. & C., % 1.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.);
D., Tx.- 3 i. (.6-4.).
PREPARATIONS,
Aither Purificatus. (B. P.)
(Ether freed from most of its alcohol and water.)
Spiritus Aitheris. Spirit of Ether. (U.S. & B. P.)
Ether, 325; alcohol, 675. (U.S. P.) Dose—Same as for ether.
ETHER ; 293
Spiritus Atheris Compositus. Compound Spirit of Ether.
(GS. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Hoffman’s anodyne. Ether, 325; alcohol, 650; etherial
oil, 25. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Same as for ether.
Action External—kEther evaporates rapidly from the
skin, and abstracts so much heat in the process that the
superficial parts are cooled, benumbed, and even frozen.
This action is taken advantage of in spraying ether from an
atomizer upon the skin (with or without cocaine injection)
to cause local anzsthesia in minor surgical operations, as
opening abscesses. The spray should not be applied more
than a few minutes, or freezing, damage to the tissues, and
retardation of the healing process will ensue. If ether is
applied with friction, or if evaporation from the skin is
prevented by bandaging, it will act as a rubefacient.
Action Internal.—Digestive Organs.—Ether is an irritant
to the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and should
be given only when considerably diluted with water. Ether
stimulates secretion, motion, and increases local blood
supply of the stomach. Ether, in concentration, resembles
alcohol and ammonia in stimulating the heart refiexly, by
its irritant action upon the alimentary canal, before it has
time to be absorbed. It relieves pain and spasm in the
digestive tract by coordinating or restoring nervous control
over the stomach and bowels.
Circulation.—Kther stimulates the motor ganglia of the
heart, and increases its force and frequency. It also excites
the vasomotor centres and increases vascular tension. In
poisonous doses, or after prolonged inhalation, the circula-
tion becomes depressed and weak.
Nervous System.— Ether exerts a primary, transient,
stimulating action upon the brain and lower nervous centres,
but rapidly succeeding this, ether depresses and abolishes
the functions of all the great nerve centres in the following
order, and with the following results :
, 1. The cerebrum (with loss of consciousness).
294 INORGANIC AGENTS
2. Sensory spinal tract (loss of sensation).
3. Motor spinal area (loss of motion and partial loss
of reflex action).
3. Sensory medullary centres.
5. Motor medullary centres (failure of respiration).
Ether does not affect the nerves or muscles when
inhaled or ingested. [Ether depresses the action of the
nerves, however, when applied locally.
Respiration. —The respiratory centre is stimulated by
inhalation or ingestion of therapeutic quantities of ether.
Paralysis of the respiratory centre occurs in the last stage
of ether poisoning. Ether vapor is irritant to the respira-
tory mucous membrane, and causes coughing and choking
during inhalation. It is not an appropriate anesthetic,
therefore, in inflammatory conditions of the respiratory
tract. TEther vapor excites the peripheral ends of the trifa-
cinl nerve in the face, and the vagus nerve in the lungs, so
that temporary arrest of respiration often occurs when a
fresh supply of ether is added during inhalation.
Temperature.— The temperature of the body may be
raised during the stage of excitement and struggling, bnt
protonged etherization leads to loss of heat, owing to evapo-
ration of ether from the luangs,and general depression of the
nervous system,
Llimination.—Ether is eliminated principally from the
lungs, and to some extent by the kidneys. Recent experi-
ments indicate that ether causes contraction of the renal
arteries, with diminution in the size of the kidneys, sup-
pression of urine and albuminuria.
Uses.—Apart from its value as an anesthetic, ether
is mainly of service for two purposes. First: in col-
lapse, syncope, or “sinking spells,’ due to poisoning, or
natural causes. Ether may be given by the mouth, or sub-
cutaneously into the muscular tissue, to avoid abscess. It
is to be compared with, and is an efficient substitute for,
nitroglycerin, or amyl nitrite, as a rapid, circulatory stimu-
Jant. Ether should not be given as a stimulant, however,
CHLOROFORM 295
when such an agent is required during or following anzs-
thesia. Second: In spasmodic, or mild, flatulant colic, ether
relieves pain, spasm and flatulence. The following prescrip-
tion will be found useful for the horse:
PUN OT IS eetatere ciate sctevelal stages acacaiee stotere e oi ejate ¢ 2
Chloroform. 7s. i0.% os ie ckine s fae ESR See 311
PRARTC VOOERS aco = atts adie aide he ais clea Shien ale eve Zale
M. et f. haustus,
S. Give at once in a pint of cold water.
Ether is a good antispasmodic remedy for hiccough
or “thumps,” in the horse, and has a narcotic action upon
tape and lumbricoid worms. When used for the latter pur-
pose, ether should be followed by a purge. Ether may be
employed in enema to narcotize and remove the Oxyuris
curvula of the horse.
Administration.—Ether should be given in gelatine cap-
sules; mixed with two parts of cracked ice and water; or
with equal parts of brandy or whiskey, to avoid undue
irritation of ether and its vapor upon the mucous membranes
during deglutition.
CxtLororormum. Chloroform. CH Ol, (U-S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Chloroformum purificatum, purified chloro-
form, E.; chloroformium, P. G.; formylum trichloratum,
chloroforme pur, Fr.; reines chloroformum, G.
A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 per cent., by weight, of
absolute chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per cent. of alcohol.
Derivation.— Alcohol and water are heated in a still to
37.7° C. (100° F.), when chlorinated lime is added and ,
chloroform is evolved. The chemical action is very compli-
cated. Chloroform, free from chlorinated compounds, is
also made from acetone and chlorinated lime by distillation.
“Calcium acetate, hydrate and chloride result as bye products.
“2 C,H,0 + 6° CaOCl = 2 CHCl, + Ca (C,H,O,),
—_ 2 Ca O,H, + 3 Ca Cl,.
296 INORGANIC AGENTS
For tests and purification, vid. U.S. P.
Properties.—A. heavy, clear, colorless, mobile and diffus-
ible liquid, of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning,
sweet taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.490 at 15° C. (59° F.).
Soluble in about 200 times its volume of cold water, and in
all proportions in. alcohol, ether, benzol, benzine and the
fixed and volatile oils. Chloroform is volatile even at a low
temperature, and boils at 60° to 61° C. (140° to 141.8° F.).
‘Jt is not inflammable, but its vapor in the presence of a
naked flame undergoes decomposition with the formation of
noxious gases, chiefly chlorine. This has caused death
during chloroform inhalations. Chloroform is a solvent for
fats, resins, oils, balsams, gutta percha, wax and many alka-
loids.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4-8.); Sh. and Sw., Txx.-xxx.
(1.8-2.); D., Wii.-xx. (.12-1.3).
PREPARATIONS,
Aqua Chloroformi, (U.S. & B. P.)
(Saturated Solution.)
Used as vehicle in cough and diarrhoea mixtures for dogs,
Linimentum Chloroformi. (U. SiGG eee.)
Chloroform, 300; soap liniment, 700. (U.S. P.)
Spiritus Chloroformi. (U.S. & B. P.)
Chloroform, 60; alcohol, 940, (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., Zi-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.,
3 ss.-i, (2.-4.).
Action External.—Chloroform acts as a rubefacient if
rubbed ‘into the skin, or prevented from evaporation by
bandaging. In evaporating from the surface it produces.
mild refrigeration. Chloroform penetrates the skin more
easily than many other agents, and is employed for this.
reason to aid the absorption of belladonna and other drugs.
used in liniments. Chloroform possesses some local anzs-
thetic action upon mucous membranes, raw surfaces, or
when rubbed into the skin.
CHLOROFORM 297
Action Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Chloroform is an irri-
tant in concentration, but, properly diluted, stimuiates the
flow of saliva and increases the secretions, motion, and blood
supply of the stomach. Chloroform has a local anzxsthetic
and antiseptic action in the alimentary canal, and by its
stimulant effect in restoring the normal state of nervous and
muscular tissue, relieves spasm, pain and flatulence in the
stomach and small intestines.
Circulation.—Chloroform, unlike ether, does not stimu-
Jate the heart and vasomotor centres, except for a very brief
period. On the contrary, ignoring the primary and transi-
tory stimulant action just noted, chloroform exerts an ever
increasing depressing influence upon the heart muscle, its
ganglia, and the vasomotor centres.
Vasomotor depression Jeads to dilatation of the arte-
rioles and leaking of blood into the veins, with consequent
venous engorgement (particularly of the abdomen), and
arterial anemia. Failure of respiration in chloroformization
is secondary to cerebral anemia, and chloroform kills,
primarily by vasomotor depression. (Leonard Hill and
Hare.)
The ventricles dilate and all cardiac muscular contrac-
tility is lost in fatal poisoning. Death, however, occurs
almost invariably in healthy animals during chloroform
inhalation from respiratory failure associated with cireula-
tory depression. The heart usually continues to beat after
cessation of breathing. Death from syncope occurs ocea-
sionally, and circulatory depression is greater and occurs
more suddenly than with ether. As chloroform anesthesia
proceeds, the pulse becomes rapid from the depressing
effect of chloroform upon the yagus centre.
Respiration.—Chloroform does not markedly affect the
respiration, when inhaled for an ordinary period, or when
ingested in small doses, but after long continued inhalation,
or when large quantities have been swallowed, depression
and paralysis of the respiratory center ensues. Since
asphyxia leads to inhibition and heart failure — besides
298 INORGANIC AGENTS
being dangerous in itself—the respiration should always be
watched as carefully during chloroform as in ether inhala-.
tion.
Nervous System. — Chloroform influences the nervous.
system as described under ether; that is, the cerebrum,
sensory and motor spinal tract, and sensory and motor —
centres of the medulla. Chloroform, although generally
following the order noted, affects the nervous system —
more rapidly, irregularly and persistently than ether, and
therefore is more dangerous. It occasionally happens that.
some of the reflexes are abolished by chloroform before
sensation has been annulled, and irritation of a sensory
nerve produced during operation may reflexly stimulate the
inhibitory centres (instead of increasing vascular tension as.
in health), and so cause heart failure. Operations should
never be performed, therefore, under chloroform until com-
plete anesthesia is secured. The nerves are not influenced
by the constitutional action of chloroform, although the
latter is a local irritant and anesthetic to them.
Temperature.—The temperature is reduced by the con-.
tinual inhalation of chloroform through its depressing
action on the heat producing centres, and because heat loss.
is increased by evaporation of chloroform from the lungs.
Antiseptic Action.—Chloroform prevents the growth of
micro-organisms, but does not influence that of the unorgan-
ized digestive ferments. Chloroform’s antiseptic properties
may be utilized in preserving solutions for subcutaneous
injection. Saturated aqueous solutions are used for this.
purpose.
Elimination. — Chloroform is eliminated by the lungs
and kidneys, but is also decomposed in part in the body.
Uses External.—Chloroform is employed in liniment to
relieve pain and produce counter-irritation in muscular
rheumatism and strains.
Uses Internal.—Chloroform is of service internally in the
treatment of four conditions: 1. Intestinal colic. 2. Flatu-
lence. 38. Diarrhoea. 4. Cough. Chloroform alleviates
NESTHESIA 299
pain in colic by restoring the functions of the nervous and
anuscular mechanism of the bowels, by relieving spasm, and
also by its local anesthetic action. It stimulates motion
and secretion ; it is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and,
in these ways, overcomes flatulence.
Chloroform should be combined with opium in diar-
rheea and colic. It is administered in spirit or water to
assuage cough.
Administration —Chloroform may tis administered in 3
parts of glycerin ; in emulsion with white of egg or accacia;
or as the spirit, diluted with water.
ANAISTHESIA.
Anesthesia is commonly divided into three stages: the
stimulant, anesthetic and paralytic. The so-calied “law of
dissolution” is illustrated by anzsthetics, as the more highly
organized (cerebral) centres are the first to succumb, while
the lower centres (medulla) are the last to be affected. The
aveesthetics resemble other narcotics in producing a primary
condition of stimulation of the nervous system, which is
followed by depression. In the first stage of anesthesia
there is often struggling and excitement. This j is partly due
to the fa lnsical action of the drug and partly to fright.
In this stage the functions of the brain are stimulated and
then depressed. The higher functions are the first to be
excited, and the effect produced is very similar to that of
beginning alcoholic intoxication. The lower motor functions
are next stimulated, inducing struggling and motor excite-
ment. In the first stage of etherization, the local irritant
action of the vapor causes choking and cougliing, and also
induces struggling. The respiratory and cardiac centres
are temporarily stimulated, the pulse and respiratory move-
ments are increased in foree and frequency, and blood
tension is raised. The smaller animals may vomit during
the first stage of anesthesia. A sub-division of the first
stage, sometimes described as the anodyne stage, occurs
when sensation is lost, before consciousness and voluntary
300 INORGANIC AGENTS
motion. Short operations, as extraction of teeth, have been
done by men upon themselves in the anodyne stage of anzs-
thesia, without pain. The anesthetic stage is that condition
characterized by absence of consciousness, sensation, motion,
and partial loss of reflex action, and is that state suitable
for operations. The stimulating action of the anesthetic
has ceased and there is now depression of the cerebral
functions, the motor and sensory tract of the cord, and, to a
partial extent, the reflex centres. The muscles are com-
pletely relaxed, and the patient lies absolutely motionless.
The conjunctivee fail to respond to irritation, ¢.e., winking is
not produced when the conjunctival membrane is lightly
touched with the finger. Occasionally the muscles are seen
to be rigid and twitching during this stage of etherization,
although sensation and consciousness are absent. The
respiration and pulse should not be particularly altered
during the anesthetic stage, unless danger threatens. In
the last stage, narcosis, or poisoning, is beginning, and there
i. depression of the three great medullary centres, controlling
the heart, respiration and vascular tension, and also the
lowest reflex centres of the cord, so that the urine and feces
are passed involuntarily. Micturition frequently occurs in
the first stages of anzesthesia and should not of itself be con-
sidered a danger signal. The pulse becomes rapid, feeble
and irregular; the breathing is at first stertorous, and then
the respiratory movements become shallow and weak, with
considerable intervals intervening between them. The
pupils are often dilated. The pupil is said to be a guide
during anesthesia, especially with chloroform, since it is
contracted during the anesthetic stage and dilates quickly
when danger approaches. Death, however, occurs in animals
with either dilated or contracted pupils. With the former,
probably from asphyxia; with the latter, from syncope; and
the pupil should not be regarded as an unfailing sign. The
foregoing stages are conventional, and are not in any case
so clearly defined in practice as they are described theoreti-
cally upon paper. The first stage may be either absent or
prolonged, and the last stage should not be reached at all.
AN ZESTHESIA
301
COMPARISON OF ETHER WITH CHLOROFORM.
ETHER.
More diffusible.
Inflammable.
Irritating ; may induce bronchitis
and nephritis.
Administered slightly diluted with
air.
‘Stimulant to heart, except in enor-
mous quantities.
Stimulant to vasomotor centres,
except as above.
Respiratory centres not so easily
depressed as by chloroform.
Larger quantity required.
Less rapid; stage of struggling
and excitement longer.
More expensive.
Fatal from respiratory failure,
CHLOROFORM.
Vapor heavier.
Less irritating.
Not inflammable.
More danger from shock during
imperfect anesthesia.
Depresses powerfully, heart, res-
piratory and vasomoter centres
in large doses.
Acts more quickly, profoundly,
and persistently.
Smaller quantity required.
Cheaper.
Proportion of deaths to inhala-
tions, 5 times greater than with
ether.*
Death occurs from respiratory fail-
ure combined with circulatory
depression.
Iecasionally fatality results from
syncope.
It will be seen that all the advantages are in favor of
“Ether is more expen-
(Edes.)
ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANZSTHESIA.
chloroform, except that of safety.
sive than chloroform, but cheaper than a funeral.”
Respiratory failure and asphyxia may occur from giving
too much of the anesthetic and from mechanical obstruc-
tion in the air passages. The tongue may fall back upon
the epiglottis and prevent the free entrance of air. The
latter accident is obviated by pulling the tongue forward
with the hand, or, in the case of the smaller animals, by
means of forceps, or suture passed through the tongue.
Mucus, blood or vomitus may obstruct the mouth, pharynx,
larynx, or trachea, and should be removed if possible by
swabbing with absorbent cotton. To prevent excessive
secretion of mucus in the air passages, it is wise to give
atropine subcutaneously fifteen minutes before etheriza-
tion. The head should be extended and the lower jaw
of the patient held forward during anesthesia, and no
impediment to the free movement of the chest is allow-
* Mortality about 1 in 3,500 chloroformizations, about 1 in 20,000
-etherizations in human practice.
302 INORGANIC AGENTS
able. Struggling is to be avoided, as far as_ possible,
since it leads to irregular respiration and asphyxia, and
causes the anesthetizer to push the inhalation, strains the
heart, and favors cardiac dilatation, with chloroform. .
Struggling may be prevented to some extent by giving the
anesthetic well diluted with air at the outset. Asphyxia
results also from tetanic fixation, or relaxation of the res-
piratory muscles. The signs of asphyxia include cyanotic
mucous membranes, muscular twitchings, shallow, feeble,
slow and irregular breathing, with long intervals between
the respiratory movements, and dilation of the pupils. If
death occurs, the heart continues to beat after the breath-
ing stops. The condition of the diaphragm during etheriza-
tion is an important guide. At first the contractions of the
diaphragm are so vigorous that the viscera are forced
backward, and the abdominal wall bulges outward during
inspiration. As the inhalation is prolonged the diaphragm
becomes flaccid and powerless, the respiratory movements
are shallow, and the breathing thoracic. The abdominal
contents may then be drawn forward during inspiration.
into the thoracic cavity, so that the abdomen is retracted
(Hare). When the latter condition is seen, etherization
should be stopped instantly.
Heart failure occurs more frequently with chloroform,
but does occasionally result from the action of ether upon
animals with a fatty or otherwise weak heart. Cardiac
depression is shown by a weak, irregular and rapid pulse,
and pallor of the mucous membranes. The respiratory
movements are sustained after the heart ceases to beat in.
fatal cases. Operations should never be done under
chloroform before the patient is fully under the influence
of the anesthetic, as irritation of a sensory nerve caused.
by even a slight surgical procedure may cause death by
reflexly stimulating the vagus and inhibiting the heart.
Such an accident is not likely to occur with ether, and
minor operations are often done with safety during the
first stage of anesthesia (primary anesthesia) when con-
ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANESTHESIA 303°
sciousness and sensation are lost and the muscles begin to
relax. .
Shock from hemorrhage, or prolonged and severe sur-.
gical operations, may lead to fatalities during anesthesia,
and it sometimes occurs when an operation is begun before-
the patient is fully under the infiuence of an anzsthetic—
particularly chloroform—as described above. In practice,
these causes. of danger, 7.e., respiratory failure, circulatory
depression and shock, are usually combined.
We have already seen that asphyxia leads to circulatory
disorder, and both may be associated with surgical shock.
The following embraces the proper treatment of all these
conditions, and should be followed in every case where
danger threatens during anesthesia :
1, Remove the anesthetic and allow plenty of fresh air.
2. See that there is no mechanical obstruction to the
movements of the chest, or to the free entrance of air.
Pull forward the tongue and lower jaw and extend the
head.
3. Invert small animals, particularly with chloroform,
to allow blood to flow to the brain.
4. Use forced, artificial respiration with bellows and
rubber tube introduced into larynx. Practice ordinary
artificial respiration in small animals by carrying the fore-
legs outward and forward till they meet in front of the
head, and then bring them back till they touch, and com-
press the sides of the chest. These movements should be re-
peated twenty times a minute. Artificial respiration may be
done in the horse by two persons compressing intermittently
one side of the chest with the knees and hands. Rhythm-
ical traction of the tongue, at intervals of five seconds, has
proved successful in restoring respiration. Dash hot or
cold water or ether upon the chest and epigastrium ; or use
the faradic battery to stimulate respiration by moving the
electrodes over the chest and abdomen. Stretch the
sphincter ani apart by placing the thumbs in rectum and
separating them with foree. This is a powerful reflex
stimulus to heart and respiration.
304 INORGANIC AGENTS
5. Give subcutaneous injections of strychnine and digi- |
talis. Administer nitroglycerin on the tongue, or inhalation
of amyl nitrite. In chloroformization, give strychnine and
atropine hypodermatically ; and, in shock, saline infusion
as below. Do not use aleohol or ether as stimulants, for
their action resembles that of the anzsthetics.
6. Use hot (115° F.), high, rectal injections of salt
solution (one heaping teaspoonful to the quart) in case of
surgical shock with feeble pulse and subnormal temperature |
resulting from hemorrhage or other cause. Two to four
quarts for large animals, and one pint to one quart for —
smaller animals. Saline infusion is still more efficient.
(See “Saline Infusion,” p. 732.)
CHOICE OF AN ANASTHETIC.
Ether and chloroform are the only anesthetics of any
importance in veterinary medicine. The A. C. E. mixture,
containing alcohol (one part), chloroform (two parts), and
ether (three parts), possesses no particular value, and is not
so safe as ether. While chloroform is inferior to ether in
the matter of safety, it may be given to horses by an
experienced and careful persor without much danger. It
is commonly the most suitable anesthetic for the horse,
for the following reasons: It is less expensive; whereas
several pounds of costly ether are required to produce
aneesthesia, a few ounces of chloroform will accomplish the
same result. Chloroform inhalation is much easier of
administration, more rapid, and causes less struggling. It
may be used without any special inhaler, and may be given
to animals in the upright position.
Chloroform may be employed for all animals during
parturition, as it is less dangerous in this condition and
because only enough is needed to produce relaxation of
parts to relieve pain, to assist dilatation of the os and
manual operations done to rectify faulty position of the
foetus.
Chloroform is indicated in all cases where the actual
bis
PRACTICAL ANZSTHESIA 305
cautery is used in the neighborhood of the mouth. Ether
is the most suitable anesthetic for cats and dogs, unless the
animal is suffering from bronchitis, emphysema or asthma,
when chloroform is more appropriate. Chloroform, being
more rapid and less irritating, may in any case be employed
to begin anesthesia, which should then be maintained by
ether.
PRACTICAL ANAISTHESISA.
The horse should be starved for twelve hours, and
should receive a cathartic twenty-four hours before anzs-
thetization, in order to afford more room for the respiratory
movements and prevent accidents in casting.* A specially
constructed inhaler, or nose bag, strapped about the head,
may be employed for convenience. Harger recommends
placing a sponge wrapped loosely in flannel, in the upper
nostril, as the animal lies upon his side upon the ground,
and after a few minutes a similar sponge is introduced into
the lower nostril.
Chloroform is then administered in continuous drop
doses from a bottle haviug a cork nicked upon the side
sufficiently to allow the anesthetic to flow out in this small
quantity. The nostrils should be previously smeared with
vaseline to afford protection from the irritation of the
chloroform. If the operation is prolonged, anesthesia may
be carried on with ether. It is not essential to cast a horse
before chloroformization, but the animal should be con-
trolled with side lines, and a twitch should be placed upon
the nose, unless an inhaler is used. Since there is com-
monly more or less struggling, it is, however, more satisfac-
tory to cast an animal before anesthesia is begun. The
writer has given chloroform in several instances to horses
in the standing position until they fell or were pushed over
upon a straw bed, with the aid of only one assistant. In
thus producing anesthesia, a sponge covered with a towel
was used, and this was saturated with about half an ounce
* Hypodermic injections of atropine fifteen minutes before anesthesia is
begun lessens mucous secretion and is often combined to advantage with mor-
phine, which diminishes excitement and allows of the use of a smaller amount of
the anesthetic. It is very important that all preliminary procedures should be
done—as casting, preparation of the operative field, etc.—before the chloroform is
begun, to lessen the necessary amount of the anesthetic. A drachm or two of
chloroform may be placed on each sponge as an initial dose, to hasten the anzs-
thesia, while after this the method of constant dropping is to be preferred.
INORGANIC AGENTS 306
of chlorcform, and held at first three inches from the
animal’s nose, in order that the vapor should be thoroughly
diluted with air. From half a drachm to a drachm of
chloroform should be added from time to time, always
allowing plenty of air, and inhalation may be continued for
an hour with comparative safety.
The anesthetizer should give his whole attention to the
work, and watch carefully the respiration, pulse and pupil,
for any sign of danger. If any arise, the anesthetic should
be removed and treatment pursued as recommended in the
previous section.
Dogs should be fasted for twelve hours before etheriza-
tion, in order to avoid vomiting during anesthesia. It is
necessary to muzzle dogs before anesthesia is begun. This
may be done by tying a strong tape about the nose, bringing
both ends up between the ears, over the top of the head,
and then tying them together in a knot, and finally carrying
the ends down, one on either side of the neck, and fastening
them underneath. A wire muzzle may be used to control
the dog more conveniently, and the ether is then poured
upon a sponge within the muzzle and the muzzle is covered
with cloth to keep out the air.* If the extemporaneous tape
muzzle is employed, ether is administered by means of a
cone made out of stiff cardboard, or newspaper covered with
a towel, or a straw cuff may be utilized. The cone should
be tight, and the’ether is then poured upon a sponge, or
absorbent cotton, and introduced within the cone. If the
muzzle obstructs the breathing, it can be loosened after
anesthesia is secured. While it is essential to obtain a free ©
supply of air in chloroform inhalation, it is as desirable
that air should be somewhat excluded by means of the cone
during etherization. One-half ounce, or more, of ether is
added from time to time as required. If larger quantities
are employed, it is wasteful, but not dangerous, as with
chloroform.
Dogs may also be anesthetized by placing them in a
covered pail, tight box or barrel, or by driving them into
* More recently the writer has found the following method and appliance
most suitable for dogs and small animals. A thin metal cone open at both ends
(rolled over to present smooth edges) and tapering—to fit the general outline of an
animal’s nose+is used. Inside this is a second cone made of coarse wire mesh, and
between the two are placed several layers of gauze or towelling. Ether is given
by the drop method. That is,a wedge-shaped piece is cut from the cork of the
ether bottle or can, and a little piece of gauze is laid in this, which acts like a
wick and allows a continual dropping when the bottle is inverted. This is the
safest method and requires the least ether, and is that coming into general use in
human medicine,
USES OF ANAISTHESIA 307
their kennels, and dropping in cloths, sponges, or absorbent
material saturated with chloroform, while excluding the
outer air. The smailer animals can be destroyed in a
humane and satisfactory manner by this method.
USES OF ANZSTHESIA.
Anesthetics are not employed as frequently as is
desirable in veterinary medicine. Anesthesia entails skilled
assistance, increased expense, and danger; but, on the
other hand, faciiitates rapidity and asepsis during opera-
tions by lessening struggling, and should be employed to
relieve suffering where a local anesthetic is impracticable.
The owner of an animal should be made to understand the
extra risk and expense attending operations under anezsthe-
sia, and his consent should be secured before using ether
or chloroform.
The general indications for. anesthetics embrace all
severe, prolonged, and delicate operations. The more
special indications are as follows: In abdominal opera-
tions, as ovariotomy, herniotomy and reduction of hernia.
In operations for retained testicle, scirrhus cord, castration,
and in dystocia to cause dilatation of a rigid and otherwise
urdilatable os, to assist the operator in remedying faulty
positions of the foetus by relaxation of the parts, and to
facilitate instrumental delivery in bitches. Anzsthesia is
also indicated in removal of tumors, in arytenectomy,
excision of the eyeball or parts of the hoof, extraction of
teeth, reduction of dislocations, setting of fractures, and to
relieve severe pain in colic, and to overcome spasm in
chorea, or convulsions due to poison or natural causes.
Chloroform is used to destroy sick, injured or aged
horses, but is not so rapid, convenient, or effective as the
44 calibre revolver, or rifle. The bullet should be directed
toward a point upon ‘he forehead at the intersection of two
imaginary lines drawn from either eye up to the root of the
opposite ear.
308 INORGANIC AGENTS
Class 3.—Nitrites.
Spiritus AirHeRiIs Nirrost. Spirit of Nitrous Ether.
(U..8.& BP)
Synonym.—Sweet spirit of nitre, spiritus nitri dulcis,
spiritus nitrico-zthereus, H.; éther azoteux alcoolisé,
liqueur anodine nitreuse, Fr.; versiisster sallpetergeist, G.
An alcoholic sclution of ethyl nitrite (C,H,NO,), yield-
ing, when freshly prepared, not less than 11 times its own
volume of nitrogen dioxide (NO).
Derivation.—Dissolve sodium nitrate, 770, in water;
add deodorized alcohol, 550; introduce sulphuric acid, 520,
previously diluted with water; distil in flask and condense.
Wash distillate with ice water to remove alcohol, with cold
solution of sodium carbonate to remove traces of acid;
agitate with potassium carbonate to remove traces of water ;
filter, and add sufficient-deodorized aleohol to make the
mixture weigh 22 times the weight of the nitrous ether to
which it was added. ;
Froperties. — A clear, mobile, volatile, inflammable
liquid, of a pale-yellowish or faintly greenish-yellow tint,
having a fragrant ethereal and pungent odor, free from
acidity, and a sharp, burning taste. Spec. gr. 0.820.. Mixes
freely with water and alcohol.
Dose.—H. and C., % i.-iv. (30.-120.); Sh. and Sw., 3 ii.-iv.
(8.-15.); D., Nx.- 31. (6-4).
Smaller doses every two hours, diarphoretic. . Larger
doses, repeated three times daily, diuretic.
Amyuis Nirris. Amyl Nitrite. C,H,,NO, (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Amy] nitris, B.P.; amylum nitrosum, amyl-
zether nitrosus, amylo-nitrous ether, E.; azotite d’amyl, Fr.;
amylnitrit, G.
A liquid containing about 80 per cent. of amyl (prin-
cipally iso-amyl) nitrite, together with variable quantities
of undetermined compounds.
«
SPIRIT OF GLONOIN 309
Derivation.—Obtained through distillation of nitric acid
and awylic alcohol. Distillate purified hy sodium carbonate.
HNO, + ©,H,, OH = O,H,,NO,; + 2 H,O.
Properties.—A. clear, yellow or pale-yellow liquid, of a
‘peculiar ethereal, fruity (banana) odor, and a pungent,
aromatic taste. Spee. gr. 0.870 to 0.880.
Dose (by inhalation).—H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., Tii.-v.
(.12-.3).
When given internally the smaller doses should be
used dissolved in alcohol.
Spiritus GuyceryLis Nirratis. Spirit of Glyceryl Trinitrate,
Spirit of Glonoin. C,H, (N O,), (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Liquor trinitrini, B.P.; spiritus glonoini,
propenyltrinitrate, glonoin trinitrate, spirit of nitroglycerin,
trinitrate of glyceryl, trinitin, E.
An alcoholic solution containing one per cent., by
weight, of nitroglycerin. It is probably decomposed in the
blood with the formation of potassium and sodium nitrite.
Derivation. — Nitvoglycerin is obtained by dropping
pure glycerin upon a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids,
kept cool by ice, and purified by washing with water. The
official one per cent. solution is not explosive unless is
becomes concentrated by evaporation to an extent exceedins
10 per cent.
Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the
odor and taste of alcohol. Caution should be exercised iu
tasting it, since even a small quantity is liable to produce a
violent headache. Spec. gr. .826 to .832.
Dose.—H., 388.-1. (2.-4.); D., Ni.-ii. (.06-.12).
ACTION OF THE NITRITES.
External.—Spirit of nitrous ether, like ether, produces.
a cooling and local anesthetic action, owing to its evapora-
tion upon the skin. Amyl nitrite has a slight depressing
action upon the peripheral ends of the sensory nerves.
Internal.—The actions of spirit of nitrous ether, amyl
$10 ee aS INORGANIC AGENTS
nitrite and nitroglycerin are essentially the same. Spirit
of nitrous ether should contain 4 per cent. of ethyl
nitrite. Analyses of 68 samples taken at random from drug
stores, resulted in showing that a teaspoonful of the best
specimen contained as much ethyl nitrite as a pint of the
worst, with all manner of variations between these extremes.
To be of value as a nitrite, sweet spirit of nitre should be
freshly prepared by a reliable chemist,
Circulation.—The im portant action of the nitrites centres
upon the heart and blood vessels. The arterioles all over
the body become relaxed and blood tension is lowered by
the nitrites. This action is no doubt peripheral, but whether
due to the impression upon the vasomotor ganglia or mus-
cular fibres in the walls of the vessels is uncertain. The
heart beats more rapidly in consequence of the lessened
vascular resistance and direct depression of the inhibitory
centre and because a diminished blood pressure indirectly
depresses the vagus centre and often stimulates the
accelerator. The a:terioles being dilated in the heart, as
elsewhere, there follows an increased cardiae blood supply,
nutrition and force. It is probable that the nitrates also
stimulate the cardiac ganglia, and increase the force as well
as the rapidity of the heart. This is shown by the fact that
in small doses blood pressure is raised by the nitrites,
despite the vascular dilatation.
Nervous System.—The nitrites depress, especially, the
spinal motor centres, and, in a less degree, the activity of
the motor nerves. Reflex excitability is thus lessened.
Muscles—Awy] nitrite paralyses muscular tissue when
applied locally; and the nitrites, when administered inter-
nally, relieve spasm of muscular tissue by their depressing
action upon the motor nerves and muscles.
Kidneys.—The nitrites augment the amount of urine by
dilating the afferent branches of the renal arteries which
supply the glomeruli, and so increase the tension within
them. The other functions of the body are not affected in
any degree by medicinal doses.
ACTION OF THE NITRITES 311
Blood.—In poisoning by the nitrites, the oxidizing power
of the blood is lost. Both the venous and arterial blood
become of a chocolate hue from the conversion of the normal
oxy-hemoglobin into meth-hzemoglobin. The latter yields
up oxygen very sparingly.
. Respiration. — The respiratory movements may be
increased both in force and frequency by medicinal doses
of nitrites, but paralysis of the respiratory centre and .
asphyxia occurs in fatal poisoning.
oummary.—The nitrites dilate arterioles, increase the
rate of the heart-beat, depress the spinal motor area, and
lessen reflex action. They relieve spasm and increase the
secretion of urine.
Poisoning. — Fatal poisoning is extremely rare as an
accidental occurence. Recovery from a quantity 120 times
greater than the normal dose of nitroglycerin, has been
reported in human practice. The physiological effects of
the nitrites are more noticeable in man, owing to his bare
skin. Immediately following the inhalation of amyl nitrite,
the face becomes extremely flushed, and throbbing of the
vessels of the head, with a feeling of tremendous pressure
and headache, ensue. These symptoms are due to vascular
dilatation. There is dizziness, the heart is rapid and violent,
and the pulse full, frequent and easily compressible. The
respiratory movements are increased. These symptoms
occur after a full medicinal dose.
In poisoning there is pallor, vomiting in man, trembling,
weakness, cyanosis and failure of respiration and _ heart.
The treatment is included in the administration of ammo-
niacal and alcoholic stimulants, together with the subcuta-
neous injection of ergotin, strychnine and atropine, to *
restore the vascular tone.
The nitrites differ sufficiently to call for a word con-
cerning their individual characteristics. It is important to
emphasize the fact that their action, as a whole, is transient.
Amy] nitrite diminishes vascular tension, as shown by the
sphygmograph, within a minute of its inhalation, and this
312 INORGANIC AGENTS
condition lasts for 2 to 4 minutes, with variations of from
10 to 80 minutes. The same action of nitroglycerin occurs.
within 6 minutes and lasts from half to, rarely, an hour and.
a half.
Good spirit of nitrous ether lowers tension from 45 to.
60 minutes. In addition to this difference in degree, spirit
of nitrous éther differs somewhat in kind of action. It is.
more stimulant to the heart, and more diuretic, owing to
the ether it contains. For the same reason sweet spirit of
nitre increases the secretions and motion of the upper part
of the digestive tract, relieves spasm and is of some value in
indigestion and mild colic. In stimulating the activity of
the sweat glands, following its action in dilating peripheral
vessels, sweet spirit of nitre is a useful diarphoretic and
mild febrifuge.
It has been pointed out that spiritus ztheris nitrosi is
far from being a reliable preparation as a nitrite, and there-
fore nitroglycerin or amyl nitrite are preferable where
rapid and certain vascular dilatation is essential.
USES OF THE NITRITES.
Internal.— Respiratory Diseases.—No drug is more effi-
cient than spirit of nitrous ether, in the treatment of acute
diseases of the respiratory tract, as coryza, pharyngitis,
laryngitis and bronchitis. Its value lies in its power of
dilating peripheral vessels, equalizing the circulation and.
preventing local congestions.
In assisting diarphoresis and diuresis, sweet spirit of
nitre hastens elimination of toxines and cools the body; and
in both ways is useful in abating fever. The following
prescription may be of service in canine practice in febrile.
conditions :
x BRING WACOUALL: oo cick cide aan 20 ole ene see ae TLXX1V.
Spinitus setheris mribrost 025 eces. soc ee sees 3 vi.
POtasSilbrOnal dis. sieieerice sreittieie asia circle Z ss.
- Lig. Ammonii acetatis ad ..........-.000- Z iv.
Sig. Teaspoonful in water every 2 hours.
USES OF THE NITRITES 313
In asthenic and febrile diseases, as influenza, sweet
spirit of nitre is of worth, combined with tonic doses of
quinine and alcohclic stimulants.
The nitrites are the most successful remedies in reliev-
ing dyspnoea, when due to spasm of the bronchial tubes, or
congestion of the lungs. They relax the bronchioles and
avert congestion by vascular dilatation and equalization of
the circulation. Thus the dyspnoea occurring in pneumonia,
acute pulmonary cedema, asthma and chronic bronchitis, are
advantageously treated by half-hourly or hourly doses of
nitroglycerin.
Cardiac Diseases.—These are comparatively rare in the
lower animals; but, in general, it may be said that no
remedy is more useful for its transient action in the severe
‘dyspnoea of cardiac diseases than nitroglycerin. The pas-
sing engorgement of the right heart and lungs is relieved
by nitroglycerin, which tends to distribute the blood about
the body in its proper channels, and thus takes the load off
the heart temporarily.
Nervous Diseases.—Nitrite of amyl] is invaluable in ward-
ing off epileptic seizures in man, when warning of their
approach is given the patient. As this warning cannot be
detected in the lower animals, the nitrites are of less value,
but may be combined with the bromides as prophylactic
agents. The nitrites exert their favorable effect in this
condition by preventing cerebral vasomotor spasm, which
is thought to occur in epilepsy.
Diseases of Urinary Organs.—Spirit of nitrous ether is
useful as a diuretic in carnivora, when the urine is concen-
trated and irritating to the bladder. It is also a valuable
remedy, for the same reason, in acute cystitis of all animals,
when it may be combined to advantage with potassium
citrate, or acetate and tincture of aconite.
Summary.—We may summarize the therapeutical indi-
cations for the nitrites as follows:
1. To dilate peripheral arterioles and equalize the
circulation in internal congestions.
314 INORGANIC AGENTS
2. To stimulate the heart.
8. To relieve spasm of vascular, nervous, or muscular
origin.
4. To increase the secretion of urine.
Administration.—Sweet spirit of nitre is given by the
mouth, diluted with water, and often combined with alco-
holic stimulants (whiskey ), diarphoretics (liq. ammon.
acetatis), diuretics (potassium nitrate), and bitters (quinine).
Amyl uitrite is administered usually by inhalation to.
the larger animals, from a sponge; or two or three drops.
are given by inhalation from a bit of linen or cotton to the
smaller animals. It may be given internally on sugar to
the smaller animals, or in spirit to the larger patients. The
spiritus glonoini is the only preparation of nitroglycerin
in use. It may be dropped undiluted upon the tongue of
the conscious or unconscious animal. ‘The tongue of the
smaller animals may be frequently moistened with a small
stick dipped in the solution, or it may be given in pill or
tablet.
Class 4.—Chloral.
CutoraLum Hypratum. (U.S. P.)
CHiLoraL Hyprate. Chloral. C,H Cl,O + H,O.
Synonym.—Chloral hydras, B. P.; hydrate of chloral, E.;
chioratum hydratum crystallisatum, P. G.; hydrate de chlo-
ral, Fr.; chloralhydrat, G.
A crystalline solid, composed of trichloraldehyde, or
chloral with one molecule of water.
Derivation.—Dry chlorine gas is passed into absolute
alcohol until the latter is saturated. Aldehyde and hydro-
chloric acid first result, C,H,O H + 2Cl = C,H,O + 2H CL.
The chlorine gas then acts upon the aldehyde, abstracting 3:
atoms of hydrogen and replacing 3 atoms of chlorine, and so
forms chloral. C,H,O + 6Cl = C,H Cl,O + 3H Cl.
Chloral is purified first by distillation with sulphuric
acid, and then with lime, and when mixed with water forms
chloral hydrate (C,H Cl,O + H,0).
CULORAL i 315:
Propertics.—Separate, rhomboidal, colorless and trans-
parent crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating and slightly
acrid odor, and a bitterish, caustic taste. Slowly volatilized
when exposed to the air. Freely soluble in water, alcohol
or ether; also in chloroform, benzol, benzin, carbon disul-
phide, fixed and volatile oils. It liquifies when triturated
with about an equal quantity of camphor, menthol, thymol
or carbolic acid. Chloral is decomposed by caustic alkalies,
alkaline earths and ammonia, chloroform being formed, and
a formate of the base produced.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 31.-i1. (4.-8.);
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
Action External.—Chloral is a strong irritant applied
locally in concentration to the skin and mucous membranes,
and if injected under the skin may cause abscess and
sloughing. It is a powerful antiseptic, and relieves itching,
especially in combination with camphor.
Action Internal.—Alimentary Canal. —Chloral produces
severe irritation of the mucous membrane in concentrated
solution (20 per cent. or over), and large doses may cause
vomiting in dogs. The writer has seen intense glossitis and
stomatitis follow the breaking of a gelatine capsule, contain-
ing chloral, in the mouth of a horse.
Blood.—Chloral is absorbed into the blood unchanged.
It was formerly thought that the action of chloral was due
to chloroform produced by the decomposition of the former
in the alkaline blood. C,H ClO + KHO=CHCI, +
K C HO, (formie acid).
It is now known that the blood is not sufficiently alka-
line to decompose chloral, and that chloroform is not found
in the blood, tissues or excretions, except in the case of the
urine, when it is strongly alkaline. Moreover, chloral acts
as usual upon a frog when the blood of the batrachian is
replaced by a neutral saline solution.
Heart and Blood Vessels—Chloral in large doses depres-
ses the action of the heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and
the vasomotor centres. It also produces local paralysis of
the vascular walls. Blood pressure is therefore lowered.
316 INORGANIC AGENTS
In small medicinal doses the circulation is not influenced
materially, but in poisoning the pulse at first is accelerated
and then becomes slow, weak and irregular, and the heart
is arrested in diastole.
Nervous System—The salient action of chloral is exerted
upon the brain and cord. Like other narcotics, the depress-
ing effect may be preceded by a transient and unimportant
excitation of the brain and cord; but this commonly passes
unnoticed, and the prominent action of chloral consists, in
ordinary doses, in depressing the higher functions of the
brain, and in larger doses, the motor tract of the cord.
Moderate therapeutic doses cause, therefore, dulness and
sleepiness (with contracted pupils) in the lower animals,
while doses approaching the toxic point produce inseusi-
bility, coma, paralysis of the inferior cornua, with loss of
reflex action and muscular power, so that the animal
falls; paraplegia, dilated pupils and anesthesia. Theso
symptoms may occur and be followed by recovery. The
anesthesia is of spinal origin. Neither the sensory nerves,
motor nerves, nor muscles are affected except in the later
stages of poisoning.
Insensibility to pain is said, by Brunton, to follow the
action of chloral upon the gray matter of the cord, by pre- -
venting the transmission of painful sensations through this
tract. Itis uncertain whether chloral acts as an hypnotic by
its direct depressing influence upon the brain tissue, or by
inducing cerebral anemia in causing the blood to be with-
drawn from the cerebrum into the dilated peripheral arte-
rioles. —
Respiration.—The respiration is not interfered with by
moderate medicinal doses of chloral, but toxic quantities
depress and paralyze the respiratory centre. The respira- ,
tory movements become deep, regular, accelerated (26) and
full, with large therapeutic doses, but with toxie doses,
slow, irregular and shallow. -Death occurs more common!y
from arrest of respiration, yet primary heart failure, or bot!
combined, may lead to a fatal result.
CHLORAL ole
Temperature.—The temperature may be elevated at first,
but soon falls, owing to diminished heat production and
increased loss, through beart failure and vascular. dilatation.
Llimination.—Chloral is eliminated by the urine, in part
unchanged and in part in an altered condition.
Summary.—Chloral is a local stimulant and antiseptic,
and relieves itching. It is a powerful depressant to the
-cerebrum, vasomotor and respiratory centres, inferior cor-
nua, heart muscle and its ganglia.
Acute Poisoning. — Large doses produce insensibility,
coma, and complete loss of muscular power, so that the
animal falls. There is general anesthesia, and the pupils
dilate. The pulse is weak, at first frequent, later infrequent
and irregular. The respiration may be primarily quickened,
but subseqently becomes slow, shallow and irregular. The
animal sweats, sways, gapes and trembles and sometimes
falls to the ground, the sphiscters are relaxed and involuntary
defecation occurs, but recovery commonty follows. With
doses greater than 4 ounces, horses die in a generally anes-
thetic and paralyzed state. In man, death has followed the
ingestion of 10 grains of chloral, and several fatalities have
occurred after doses of 20 or 25 grains, although these are
exceptional cases. The fatal dose for dogs is said to be
from 2 to 6 drachms.
Treatment.—Kmetics and the stomach tube, shouting at
and beating the animal, external heat. Five times the ordi-
nary dose of strychnine and atropine subcutaneously.
Strong, hot coffee and alcohol by the rectum. Amy] nitrite
inhalations.
Administration.—Chloral has been given intravenously,
subcutaneously, and intratracheally, as well as by the mouth
and rectum. The common way of administering it is in
solution per orem or rectum. It may cause abscess if
injected under the skin, or thrombi when thrown into a vein.
Experiments of Dr. Muir* appear to show that chloral may
* Jour. Compar. Med. and Vet. Archives, Apri’, May, 1900.
318 INORGANIC AGENTS ey)
be safely given intrajugulariy; one ounce dissolved in two
cunces of sterile water and repeated once in an hour if de-
sirable. If given in ball, the chloral may prove too irritating
in the digestive tract. It should be diluted at least 10 tmes,
and is given by the mouth with glycerin and water, or weak
syrup, or with boiled starch solution by the rectum.
Uses External.—Chloral may be employed as a stimu-
lant, antiseptic, and slight local anzsthetic, in solution (1 to
4),upon ulcers and wounds. It may be used with an equal
part of camphor diluted with 8 parts of ointment, to relieve
itching. A 4 to 8 per cent. aqueous solution forms an
excellent antiseptic preservative for anatomical specimens,
and chloral may be added to urine for this purpose.
Uses Internal.—Chloral is used for three purposes in
veterinary practice :
1. First and foremost, to relieve spasm.
2. To assuage pain.
3. To procure sleep.
In human medicine chloral is mainly employed as an
hypnotic, but a purely soporific action is rarely required for
the lower animals. The spasmodic conditions benefited by
chloral include colic, convulsions, chorea, epilepsy, asthma,
‘canine distemper, spasmodic cough, rigidity of the uterine
os in the first stage of labor, hysteria, tetanus, and strych-
nine poisoning. In spasmodie colic, chloral is inferior to
opium as an anodyne, but has the advantage of not inducing
constipation. It may be employed in colic, by the rectum,
combined with morphine given under the skin, as recom-
mended for procuring anesthesia. It is the best remedy we
possess for the treatment of convulsions in dogs, apart from
anzesthetics. Ether may be administered during the con-
vulsion, and ehloral given simultaneously, or between the
attacks, in gr.v.-xx., per rectum, and repeated if necessary.
Chloral is only indicated in chorea when the movements are
so severe that the animal cannot secure sleep or rest. In
distemper in dogs, chloral is used for the same purpose,
when there is excessive cough and restlessness. Chloral is
ACETANILID 319
given per rectum in tetanus, so as to keep the animal conti-
nually narcotized, and may be employed in conjunction with.
tetanus antitoxin.
Spasm of the os uteri is relieved by chloral when given
per rectum in frequently repeated doses, until the safe
physiological limit is reached. Chloral is inferior to ether
or chloroform as an anesthetic, because it is not so safe, nor
is the anesthesia so complete, but it relieves pain effectually,
and is more easily administered. It is combined, in order
to produce anesthesia, with small doses of morphine, which
decidedly enhance the anodyne action of chloral.
To prepare a horse for surgical operation, 3 grains of
morphine sulphate and 1 grain of atropine sulphate may be
injected under the skin, and followed in 10 minutes by
an enema containing 1 ounce of chloral.
Class 5.—Antipyretics and Analgesics.
AcETANILIDUM. Acetanilid. C,H,N HC,H,O. (U.S.& B.P.)
Synonym.—Phenylacetamide, antifebrin.
An acetyl derivative of aniline.
Derivation.—Glacial acetic acid and auiline are distilled
together, and the residue is purified by repeated erystalliza-
Gere. F.C. 1.0,.-+- C.A,N H, = .C,H.N B. CLH,O + 0.
Properties.— White, shining micaceous crystalline lami-
ne, or a crystalline powder, odorless, having a faintly
burning taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 194
parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; also soluble in 18
parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform.
Dose.—H., 3i.-11. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D.,
gr.lil.-vii. (.2-.5).
ACETPHENETIDINUM, ACETPHENETEDIN. Phenacetin.
C,,H,,N O, (177.79). (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Phenacetinum, B. P.; para-acetphenetidin,
C,H,O C,H,N H C,H,O + H,O (178.63).
BSA) INORGANIC AGENTS
Derivation.—OWtrined by the action of glacial acetic
acid upon paraphenetitin, a phenol derivative.
H C,H,O, + C,H,O C,H,N H = C,H,O C,H,N HC,H,O
+ H,O.
Properties. — Glistening, colorless, tasteless, odorless,
sealy crystals. Practically insoluble in water (1-925),
soluble in 12 parts of alcohol, and in glycerin, chloroform
and acetic acid.
Antipyrina. Antipyrin. C,H, (C H,), C,H N,O.
(UFS3P;)
Synonym.—Phenazonum, B. P.; phenyl-dimethyl-pyra-
zolone.
Derivation.—Phenyl-hydrazine is acted upon by aceto-
acetic ether, when phenyl-monomethyl-pyrazolone, ethyl
alcohol and water result.
HUN NH C,H—+-C H,COC H,COOCA, =
(OC H,) C,H.N,O + C,H,O H + HO. Then CR (Ge
C,H,N,O + C H, 1 (methyl iodide) = C,H, (C H,), C,H N,O
+ HI.
Properties. —Colorless, odorless, scaly crystals, of a bit-
terish taste and alkaline reaction. Soluble in about its own
weight of water, alcohol and chloroform.
Incompatibles.—Spirit of nitrous ether, iron sulphate,
chloride and iodide; salicylates, tannin, chloral, calomel,
and a large number of drugs.
Dose.—H. & C., Ziii-iv. (12.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 31. (4.)s
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN,
External. — Acetanilid and antipyrin are antiseptics.
Solutions of the latter contract vessels and exert a haemo-
static action.
Internal.—These substances exert no action upon the
digestive tract, but acetanilid possesses a decided antiseptic
influence upon bacteria within the alimentary canal.
ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 321
Blood.—These agents have no influence upon the blood,
in moderate medicinal doses, but in large doses they dimin-
ish the ozounizing power of the blood, reduce the hemoglobin
of the red corpuscles, change it to methemoglobin, and
alter the color of the blood to a brownish-red hue. In
large toxic quantities, administered continuously, they cause
disintegration of the red corpuscles and elimination of the
blood-coloring matter in the urine.
Heart and Blood Vessels.—In ordinary therapeutic doses
these drugs do not alter the normal condition of the heart
or blood vessels, but in large medicinal doses they depress
the force of the heart by action (probably) upon the heart
muscle. Phenacetin is the least, and acetanilid the most
depressant. Antipyrin is said to stimulate the heart and
increase blood pressure in minute quantities. These three
antipyretics decidedly diminish blood tension in large medi-
cinal doses, owing to depression of the vasomotor apparatus.
Nervous System.—Usual therapeutic doses of these sub-
stances exert a sedative action upon the sensory nerves and
sensory tract of the spinal cord. They are therefore anal-
gesics, although not comparable in this respect to opium.
Poisonous quantities of these drugs diminish muscular
power, lessen reflex action and cause paralysis. Experi-
ments apparently show that acetanilid paralyzes the motor
nerves, antipyrin the motor nerve endings, while motor
depression seems to be of spinal origin in the case of
phenacetin. The brain is undoubtedly influenced by these
agents, as evidenced by coma and convulsions in poison-
ing, but exact knowledge is wanting in relation to the action
upon the brain. The functions of the cerebral cortex are
thought to be depressed by antipyrin, and the special senses
to be first stimulated and then paralyzed by this drug.
Temperature.—Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin are
essentially antipyretics. While they do not invariably lower
temperature, even in large doses in normal animals, they do
so very materially in animals suffering from fever. They
apparently depress the activity of the calorefacient centres
B22 INORGANIC AGENTS
(probably in the corpora striata), and therefore diminish
heat production. Testimony is at variance in regard to
their action upon heat loss.- They frequently induce diar-
phoresis, but it is generally accepted that heat dissipation
is increased to a greater extent than would be accounted for
by sweating, and that it occurs even when diarphoresis does
not take place. Wood teaches that these agents act solely
by lessening heat production, and this is no doubt their
main action.
Respirationn—The respiratory functions are unaffected
by therapeutic doses of these medicines. In lethal doses
respiration is quickened, owing to the greater work thrown
upon the respiratory centre by the altered condition of the
blood, and this vital centre is ultimately paralyzed.
Kidneys.—The drugs under consideration produce slight
diuresis in moderate medicinal doses. In poisoning, the
urine may become dark-colored by the hematin escaping
from the disintegrated red blood corpuscles. Antipyrin
lessens the nitrogenous products of tissue waste in the
urine, and also diminishes the amount of that secretion.
Acetanilid, on the other hand, increases the excretion of urea.
Elimination.—Antipyrin is rapidly eliminated unchanged
in the urine. Acetanilid escapes in part unchanged, and in
part in the same manner as aniline, 7. e., para-amido-phenol-
sulphate, while phenacetin is chiefly eliminated as such.
Poisoning.—Toxice doses of these drugs cause, in the
lower animals, nervous excitement and convulsions, and
sometimes coma, loss of consciousness, staggering gait,
muscular failure, sweating, rapid, feeble respiration, weak
pulse, cyanosis, occasional vomiting in dogs, fall of tempe-
rature and general paralysis.
Treatment.—External heat, alcoholic stimulants by the
mouth, rectum, or under the skin; strychnine, and atropine
subcutaneously.
Administration.—Antipyrin is given in solution by the
mouth, rectum, or under the skin. Acetanilid and phen-
acetin can be administered in powder, tablet, pill or ball; or
ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 323
in solution in alcoholic liquor. Acetanilid is to be preferred
for horses on account of its much greater cheapness. The
average dose of acetanilid is one drachm for a horse, and
three to five grains for a dog; and the dose of phenacetin is
twice, and of antipyrin three times greater than that of
acetanilid.
Uses External_—Acetanilid is employed as an antiseptic
dusting powder undiluted. A ten per cent. solution of anti-
pyzin may be applied as a hemostatic upon bleeding surfaces.
Uses Internal.—There are three indications for the use
of these agents: 1. To lower temperature in fever. 2. To
relieve pain. 3. To lessen motor excitement and spasm.
They are not so valuable in veterinary practice as in
human medicine, since the lower animals rarely suffer from
neuralgic pain, which is the special variety of suffering
alleviated by these drugs.
Phenacetin is the most serviceable for dogs, as it is less
toxic, more sedative, and more permanent in its antipyretic
action than antipyrin or acetanilid. Dogs suffering from
distemper are greatly relieved by small and repeated doses
of phenacetin, which lessen fever, cough and restlessness.
In acute diseases, as pneumonia, these antipyretics may be
occasionally employed to advantage when the temperature
rises above 104° Far., and remains-there any length of time.
They are generally inadvisable in asthenic, febrile diseases,
since they are too depressant in their action upon the heart
and have no effect in removing the cause of the disease.
The hyperpyrexia of insolation may be treated with these
agents, in combination with cold, externally and per rectum.
For the relief of pain their scope is limited in veterinary
practice to that of a rheumatic character. Motor distur-
bances, including convulsions, chorea and spasm, may be
abated by the antipyretics, but they are usually inferior to
chloral, opium, or other antispasmodies.
Phenacetin, combined with codeine or heroin, in powder
or tablet, is a useful remedy for cough in dogs.
324 INORGANIC AGENTS
Class 6.—Antiseptics.
Actpum CARBOLICUM CRrupUM. Crude Carboliec Acid.
Synonym.—Acide phénique cru, Fr.; rohe carbolsaiure, G.
Derivation.—A liquid consisting of various constituents
of coal tar, chiefly cresol and phenol, obtained by fractional
distillation at a temperature between 302° F. and 392° F.,
and twice rectified at a temperature between 338° F. and
374° F.
Properties.—A nearly colorless, or reddish-brown liquid
of a strongly empyreumatic and creasote-like odor, having
a benumbing, blanching and caustic effect upon the skin or
mucous membrane, and gradually turning darker on ex-
posure to the air and light. Soluble in 15 parts of water.
‘The aqueous solution has a slight acid reaction. “ey
PueEnou (U.S. P.)
*Acipum CarBoLicum. Carbolic Acid. C,H,OH. (B. P.)
Synonym.—Phenie acid, phenol, phenyl alcohol, pheny-
licum crystallisatum, E.; acide phénique, acide carbolique,
hydrate de phényle, Fr.; carbolsdure, phenylsiure, phenyl
alkohol, G.
Derivation. — Obtained from crude carbolic acid by
agitation with caustic soda, heating to 338° F., and adding
hydrochloric acid. Then by agitation with sodium chloride,
digestion with calcium chloride, aud distillation at a tempe-
rature between 336° F. and 874° F., and finally by crystalli-
zation.
Properties.—Colorless, interlaced, or separate, needle-
shaped erystals, or a white crystalline mass, sometimes
acquiring a reddish tint; having a characteristic, somewhat
aromatic odor, and when copiously diluted with water, a
sweetish taste with a slightly burning after-taste. Delique-
scent on exposure to damp air. Soluble in about 15 parts
of water, and very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform,
glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Faintly acid reaction.
*The U.S. P., 1905, recognizes only ‘‘Phenol” as the official name for car-
bolic acid.
———E
CARBOLIC ACID 325
Phenol crystals melt when heated, but solidify again on
cooling. A 95 per cent. solution of carbolic acid crystals,
in alcohol, remains fluid at the ordinary temperature. The
crystals are also liquified by the addition of about 8 per
cent. of water.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x.
(.8-.6); D., gr.ss.-i. (.03-.06).
PREPARATIONS.
Unguentum Acidi Carbolici. Ointment of Carbolic Acid. (B. P.)
Unguentum Phenolis. (U.S. P.)
Phenol, 3; ointment, 97 (U.S. P.); 4 per cent., B. P.
Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. (B. P.)
Glyceritum Phenolis. (U.S. P.)
Phenol, 20; glycerin, 80.
Acidum Carbolicum Liquefactum. MLiquified Carbolic Acid. (B. P.}
Phenol Liquefactum. (U.S. P.)
Carbolic acid liquified by addition of 10 per cent. of water.
Dose.—Same as acidum carbolicum.
Action External. —Carbolic acid causes burning pain
when applied to the skin or mucous membranes, and this
action is followed by local anesthesia and the production of
a dry white spot. If used in sufficient quantity, it leads to
sloughing, but the escharotic effect is superficial, since the
acid coagulates albumin, which forms a protective coating
to the underlying parts. Carbolic acid is an antiseptic and
disinfectant, and, in proper solution, acts as a sedative upon
the peripheral sensory nerves, and is one of the most
efficient agents in relieving itching. It checks the growth
of both organized (bacteria) and unorganized (digestive)
ferments. Strong solutions (1-2 per cent.) kill most bacteria,
but a considerable time is required to destroy the organisms.
of certain diseases and those relating to putrefaction. Some
hours are required to kill anthrax spores, by even a 5 per
cent. solution. Two per cent. solutions destroy the digestive
ferments. The lower forms of vegetable parasites, growing
upon the skin, perish by the application of carbolic acid.
326 INORGANIC AGENTS
Action Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—Carbolic acid exerts
a local, anesthetic action upon the sensory nerve endings
in the stomach, and may act to a certain extent in the diges-
tive tract as an antiseptic, hindering abnormal fermentation,
but is, in this respect, inferior to creolin, napthol and nap-
thalin. It is probably converted into a sulpho-carbolate in
the stomach. In concentration, carbolic acid is a powerful
gastro-intestinal irritant.
Blood.—Carbolic acid is absorbed into the blood and
probably circulates in part as an alkaline carbolate of
sodium and potassium.
Heart and Blood Vessels.—Phenol, in poisonous doses,
paralyzes the vasomotor centre and later depresses the heart.
The effect upon the vessels is the more important and promi-
nent, but neither action is observed after medicinal doses.
Respiration.—Therapeutic doses do not influence the
respiratory functions, but toxic quantities make the respira-
tory movements rapid and shallow at first, owing to stimula-
gion of the respiratory centre and peripheral vagi, while
death occurs after lethal amounts from paralysis of the
respiratory centre.
Nervous System.—TVhe brain is depressed by toxic doses
of carbolic acid, and suapor and coma occur. The convul-
sions appearing in carbolic acid poisoning are due to pri-
mary stimulation of the spinal motor area, which is finally
depressed and paralyzed. When locally applied, carbolic
acid depresses and paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves.
Temperature.—Carbolic acid, in medicinal doses, slightly
lowers temperature both in health and fever, but is not suffi-
ciently antipyretic to be suitable for such a purpose in prac-
tice. It depresses heat production and increases heat loss.
Elimination.—Carbolic acid is eliminated by all ordinary
channels, but mainly by the kidneys. The urine becomes
dark colored—a very characteristic sign—even after large
medicinal doses. The sole cause of this urinary coloration .
has not yet been fully determined. Phenol normally occurs —
in small quantities in the urine of man and animals. Three -
‘CARBOLIC ACID 327
grains have been recovered from the urine passed in 24
hours by a horse, and is thought to be a product of intes-
tinal fermentation. In large toxic doses some carbolie acid
is eliminated in the urine unchanged. In smaller quantities,
part of the acid is decomposed, and part eliminated as sul-
phocarbolates of potassium and sodium, and a substance
-ealled glycuronic acid, while a portion is oxidized in the
‘system into two bodies, hydroquinone and pyrocatechin. |
‘The latter accounts, in part, for the dark coloration of the
urine, for pyrocatechin can only exist in an alkaline urine.
‘The normal sulphates are absent in the urine following
carbolic acid poisoning.
Toxicology.—Carbolic acid ranks as one of the most
powerful poisons—together with prussic acid and _nitro-
benzole—in existence. Several cases of death in man have
occurred after the ingestion of one-half an ounce of carbolic
acid ; and the smallest fatal human dose on record appears
to be about one drachm. One or two drachms are fatal to
-dogs, and a dose as small as 15 grains is said to have caused
|the death of a dog, while the lethal amount for the horse is
about one ounce. Many eases of accidental poisoning have
occurred from absorption of carbolic acid when applied
externally for surgical purposes in dressings or solutions
upon raw surfaces. The symptoms are the same as when
absorption occurs from the digestive tract. Extensive
jocal sloughing, after continuous treatment with moist
earbolic applications, is occasionally seen. Dogs and cats
are particularly susceptible to the action of phenol. The
milder symptoms of poisoning include dulness, loss of
appetite, muscular weakness and trembling, and dark-colored
urine haying the odor of carbolic acid. After lethal doses
‘death may be instantaneous through respiratory arrest, the
heart continuing to beat for a time. The mcre ordinary
‘symptoms in severe poisoning in all animals are: trembling,
rarely vomiting and purging, restlessness, salivation, loss of
muscular power (animal reels and falls), diminution of
‘Sensibility, anesthesia, dyspnoea; the breathing is rapid,
&
328 INORGANIC AGENTS
shallow and stertorous; the pulse is weak, irregular, and.
usually frequent; the temperature is‘lowered, and there are
the usual symptoms of collapse, with insensibility, coma,
loss of reflex action, general paralysis, occasional convul-
sions and death. Sometimes hematuria, albuminuria and
hemoglobinuria have been observed. The condition resem-
bles apoplexy, but the mucous membrane of the mouth is.
stained white in patches after ingestion of pure acid, dark
with crude acid, and the odor of the poison lingering about:
the animal, together with the dark, green-colored urine, are
characteristic of phenol poisoning. The urine may be clear
when first voided, but becomes dark on standing.
The absence of carbolic acid in the urine affords certain.
evidence that the case is not one of poisoning by this drug.
Post-mortem examination reveals hard, whitish or brownish.
or black patches and sloughs upon the mucous membrane.
of the mouth, gullet, stomach, and even the small intestines.
The blood is dark from asphyxia, and imperfectiy coagu-
lated. There is occasionally fatty degeneration of the liver
and kidneys. The odor of the acid remains not longer than
twenty-four hours.
Treatment.—Emetics are usually valueless on account of
the anesthetic condition of the mucous membrane of the
stomach. We use, therefore the stomach pump or tube,
and, as antidotes, pure whisky or brandy, to avert the local
escharotic effect and as a stimulant, also Epsom or Glauber’s.
salts, forming insoluble and harmless sulphocarbolates in
the digestive tract and blood; and these are indicated in
every stage of the poisoning. For collapse, heart and res-.
piratory failure, digitalis, strychnine, atropine, ether, brandy
subcutaneously, are to be employed, together with heat ex-.
ternally. Mucilaginous drinks are also useful. The local
caustic action of carbolic acid on the skin or mucous mem-
branes can be prevented by the immediate application of
strong (96 per cent.) alcohol to these parts. Of late years.
alcohol has also been regarded and widely given as a phy-.
siological and chemical antidote in carbolic poisoning. In
CARBOLIC. A.3ID - 329
experiments, cited by Thornton,* on dogs with mixtures of
toxic doses of carbolic acid and alcohol, and with the ad-
ministration of poisonous doses of the acid followed by
alcohol, the results go to show that alcohol does not in any
way lessen or alter the poisonous effect of carbolic acid
except in preventing the corrosive action on the stomach,
His conclusions are somewhat weakened, however, by the
fact that doses of alcohol were used which in themselves
might be toxic (4 to 9 ounces). It is certainly well to give
‘pure whiskey or brandy in a large dose by the mouth after
earbolic acid has been swallowed, for two reasons: to pre-
vent the corrosive action of the acid on the mucous mem-
branes, and to act as a circulatory stimulant, even if there
is not any other specific effect produced.
Administration.—Carbolie acid is commonly given in-
ternally, diluted several hundred times with water.
Uses External.—A solution of carbolic acid (1-20) is
frequently used in surgery to disinfect the unbroken skin,
while a weaker solution (1-50) is more suitable as an
antiseptic upon raw surfaces and mucous membranes.
While corrosive sublimate has enjoyed chief popularity as a
surgical antiseptic for many years on account of its cheap-
ness and supposed superior bactericidal properties, recent
experiments (see p. 215) have shown that the value of cor-
rosive sublimate is much over-estimated, so that carbolic
acid has again resumed almost the importance it originally
had in Listerian days in surgical work. Pure earbolie acid
is occasionally used as a caustic to destroy small growths,
as warts, and the lining membrane of fistulze of the poll,
withers, or lateral cartilages; to swab out a septic uterus,
and as a local anesthetic upon the skin. A drop of pure
acid, or a line drawn with a brush along a proposed path of
incision, may render a hypodermic puncture or superficial
incision painless. Carbolic acid with glycerin (1-16) is one
of the most excellent preparations for applying to sluggish
Se Progressive Medicine, p. 345, Dec., 1901.
330 INORGANIC AGENTS
ulcers and old sinuses and fistule. The glycerin appears:
to entirely offset the corrosive action of the acid, and the.
result is a stimulation of the pyogenic membrane and pro-
motion of healing which often can not be obtained by
any other remedy. Injection of ten to thirty drops of a two.
per cent. solution into the substance of boils, glandular
swellings, erysipelatous inflammatory patches, poisoned
wounds, joints affected with chronic synovitis, and inflamed
burs, will often assist recovery and may abort the lesion.
In acute inflammation, the injections are made twice
daily ; in chronic conditions, once every other day; and if
there is a large extent of surface involved, several injections.
are done at one time.
Bacelli’s treatment of tetanus with carbolic acid has. ~
met with remarkable success of late. One drachm of the
pure acid in solution (5 to 10 per cent.) should be injected
in the region of the neck and shoulders of the horse every
two hours during the first 32 hours, and less frequently
afterward. As much as 36 drachms may be given to the
horse in 24 hours, for there appears to be a special tolerance.
for carbolic acid acquired in tetanus.
One of the best agents which can be used in the treat-
ment of septic wounds is carbolie acid in } to } of 1 per
per cent. aqueous solution. Aseptic gauze or absorbent
cotton are wrung out in the solution and applied to the part
and covered with oil paper, silk or other waterproof material
and so kept continuously wet.
Instruments are frequently placed in carbolic acid
solution (1-40) during surgical operations, although it is:
sufficient to boil them in water for ten minutes and keep.
them in the boiled water, or place them in a pure atmos-
phere upon boiled towels. Carbolized gauze is prepared.
from unbleached cotton gauze medicated with half its.
weight of a mixture consisting of carbolic acid, 1; ‘resin, 33.
and paraffin, 4 parts. Plain gauze, sterilized by baking at a.
temperature of 140° C. for two hours, is preferable, and
avoids the danger of absorption and poisoning. The gly-
CARBOLIC ACID 331
eerite of carbolic acid is employed as a local application in
stomatitis, upon the ulcerations of actinomycosis with
iodine, and also upon the skin to destroy ringworm. It is
inferior, however, to tincture of iodine for the latter pur-
pose. Two per cent. solutions are recommended to kill
lice and the acari of scab and mange. Carbolic acid is the
most serviceable remedy we possess to relieve itching.
Two per cent. solutions may be employed upon the un-
broken skin, but the strength should not be greater than
half this amount upon excoriated surfaces. In sub-acute
moist eczema of dogs, carbolic acid with zine ointment
(gr.5- 31.), or the following prescription, will be found of
value in relieving itching and promoting recovery:
B
(CRIGIGIITRE Aemec CORED OES oo CCE TC eer trie Zss
JANG Gp a6 Tee GA Shee AM riCc Bc DOC OE CMOS ca cIdGce 3i1
ING Led Giird 010) he tae ORSON G SEO SOC OOOO OROET oT sex
MEA | es OeARGNS ACL 2 4 a) aol esSiailel of eis Bidio'a si c'e oie aleisein= me Ziv
M.
Sig. External use. (Shake.)
Care should always be taken not to apply carbolic
preparations over any considerable extent of raw surface,
and to muzzle dogs in the event of an opportunity being
afforded them to lick off any undue amount of the acid.
A solution (1-50) in boiling water forms an efficient anti-
septic and sedative inhalation for horses suffering from
eatarrh of the upper air passages. One of the most
excellent remedies for burns consists of a two per cent.
solution of carbolic acid in carron oil. It relieves pain and
lessens suppuration, although carbolic acid in oil possesses
little antiseptic property. Good results have been reported
with intratracheal injections in verminous bronchitis of
foals and calves, consisting of the following:
&
ALCL CINCATIOONICI lysate raisins cas bre oimtela sie ele sie: TILXX.
Ol. terebinthinae........... Sat ct aie vce eters 3 ii.
GVOTFGLOV MI ey. oisineis. elo eeielee s arete wiclele|sie seis 3 ss.
M.
Sig. Give at one injection intratracheally.
—
332 INORGANIC AGENTS
Crude carbolic acid may be used to disinfect infected
buildings and their contents, and, in two per cent. solution
with whitewash, can be applied to walls after cleaning.
Uses Internal.—Evidence has been accumulating of late as
to the value of carbolic acid in general diseases of bacterial
origin. Not only has Bacelli’s treatment proven successful
in many cases of tetanus, but in human medicine numerous
favorable reports have been made upon the use of carbolic
acid when given in large doses in dilution by the mouth in
the treatment of surgical sepsis, influenza, erysipelas, ete.
Moreover, the subcutaneous injection of 2 drachms (8 ee.) of
a 3 per cent. aqueous solution of carbolic acid every ten
days into all pregnant cows during the prevalence of epi-
zootic abortion is a valuable prophylactic measure. Locally,
carbolic acid may exert an antiseptic and anesthetic action
in the stomach. Carbolic acid is sometimes of service in
relieving vomiting and gastric pain caused by flatulence
in dogs, and in counteracting intestinal fermentation and
diarrhoea in all animals. In diarrhoea of dogs, grain doses
are combined to advantage with bismuth subnitrate in
powder, capsule, or pill.
CREOSOTE 333
Creosotum. Creosote. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Kreosotum, P.G.; kréosote, Fr.; kreosot, G.
Derivation —A mixture of phenols, chiefly guaiacol and
-cresol, obtained during the distillation of wood tar, prefer-
ably of that derived from the beech, Fagus sylvatica Linné.
(Nat. ord. cupuliferz.)
Properties.—An almost colorless, yellowish or pinkish,
highly refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating, smoky
odor, and a burning, caustic taste. Usually becoming
darker in tint on exposure to the light. Spee. gr. not below
1.070 at 59° F. Soluble in about 150 parts of water, but
without forming a perfectly clear solution. Freely soluble
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic acid, fixed and volatile
oils.
Dose.—H.., V1 xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C., 3ss.-i. (2-4); Sh. and
Sw., TiLv.-xv. (.3-L.); D., Tlss.-ii. (.03-.12).
Action and Uses.—The action of creosote upon animals
is practically the same as that of carbolic acid, both in
therapeutic and toxic doses. The antidotes (soluble sul-
phates) and treatment of poisoning are also similar.
Externally, creosote is as effective a germicide as ecarbolic
acid, but the latter is usually preferred, being much cheaper.
Creosote may be applied in the same strength for its local
antiseptic, parasiticide, and local anesthetic action. Inter-
nally, creosote is administered, as is carbolic acid, to check
vomiting and to act as an intestinal antiseptic. Outside of
of the body, creosote is employed in inhalation in inflam-
matory diseases cf the upper portion of the respiratory
tract, and to kill parasites in the air passages. Intra-
tracheal injection may be substituted for inhalation in the
latter condition.
CrEoLInuM. Creolin. (Non-official).
Derivation.—Obtained from soft coal by dry distillation.
Composition very complex. Is said to contain cresol and
higher homologues of phenol.
334 INORGANIC AGENTS
Properties.--Dark-brown, syrupy, alkaline liquid, of a
tarry taste and odor. Nearly soluble in alcohol; soluble in
chloroform and ether. When added to water, creolin forms
a white emulsion containing in suspension as much as 12
per cent. of the drug. .
Dose.—H. and C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-80.), in single dose. For
continuous use—H. and C., 31.-1i. (4.-8.); D., Mi.-v. (.06-.3).
. Action External.—Creolin is a powerful and useful dis-
infectant, antiseptic, and parasiticide. It forms a slippery
coating upon the skin. Strong solutions are not caustic,
but may cause a dermatitis when continuously applied.
Creolin generally represents carbolic acid, but is much
more efficient as a germicide, less irritating, and does not
endanger animal life from absorption.* Aqueous solutions
(emulsions), containing from } to 1 per cent., are employed
for antiseptic purposes.
Action Internal.—Creolin is eliminated by all channels,
giving the secretions a tarry odor, and coloring the urine
brown. One or two drachms of creolin (a lethal dose of
earbolie acid), when given daily to dogs for weeks at a time,
produce no bad effects. It is a good intestinal antiseptic,
and better than carbolic acid.
| Uses.—Creolin is employed mainly outside of the body,
and is a useful general antiseptic for surgical purposes in 1 ©
per cent. solution. Antiseptic poultices, so valuable upon
septic sloughing parts, are best made by soaking clean
gauze in a 3 per cent. aqueous solution of creolin, and
applying the same, covered by a waterproof protective. .
Creolin solutions are not to be recommended for instru-
ments during operations, as the fluid is so turbid that
they cannot be seen by the operator. A 2 per cent. solution
is useful for a vaginal or uterine injection; a 1 per cent.
solution for irrigation of the bladder in cystitis, or eye in
keratitis and conjunctivitis; and a 3 per cent. solution for
intestinal irrigation in dysentery. As a parasiticide, 2 per
cent. solutions, or 10 per cent. ointments or soaps, may be —
used to kill lice and acari of scab and mange.
* Creolin, to avoid toxic effects, should be pure. That made by Merck is
a reliable article.
LYSOL 335
Sheep are dipped to advantage in 2 per cent. solutions,
to destroy ticks, instead of the more dangerous arsenical
liquids. Creolin (of Merck) may be used internally, as an
intestinal antiseptic and anthelmintic. One ounce given on
an empty stomach, in a quart of water, is one of the most-
effective vermifuges for the horse.
Lysotum. Lysol.* (Non-official.)
Derivation—From that part of tar oil which boils -
between 190° and ‘200° C., by dissolving in fat and saponi-
fying in alcohol.
Properties. — A clear, brown, oily liquid, of a feeble,
creosote-like odor. Soluble in water, forming a clear, frothy,
soapy fluid, and in alcohol, chloroform, and glycerin. Lysox
contains 50 per cent. of cresol.
Lysol is used as a substitute for creolin, in 3 to 2 per
cent. aqueous solution. It is a powerful antiseptic, and is
stated to be more efficient and half as poisonous as creolin,
and only } as toxic as carbolic acid. Lysol solutions do
not obscure instruments, nor damage the hands of the
operator. The drug is undoubtedly a very useful one.
Naputot. Naphtol. C,H,OH. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Beta naphtol.
A phenol occurring in wood tar, but usually prepared
artificially from naphthalin.
Derivation.—Naphthalin is treated with strong sulphuric
acid. B-naphthalin sulphonic acid is formed (C,,H, H SO.,).
The latter acid is dissolved in water with milk of lime, and
the resulting calcium salt is recovered by crystallization.
The crystals are then dissolved in water and treated with
sodium carbonate, when sodium naphthalin-sulphonate (C,,
H,SO,Na) results. The latter is mixed with fused sodium
-hydroxide, when sodium naphtol (C,, H, O Na) and sodium
sulphite are obtained. Hydrochloric acid is added to the
* A preparation, Liquor Cresolis Compositus (U.S. P.), is now official and re-
presents lysol. It has the advantage of being cheaper than lysol.
336 INORGANIC AGENTS
former, and naphtol results, which is further purified by
sublimation and recrystallization. |
Properties. — Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining,
crystalline lamine, or a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline
powder; having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and
pungent but not persistent taste. Permanent in the air.
Soluble in about 1,000 parts of water, and in 0.75 parts of
alcohol; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions
of caustic alkalies.
Actions and Uses.—Naphtol is a powerful disinfectant,
antiseptic and parasiticide. It is a useful application exter-
nally in 10 per cent. ointment, for mange and ringworm.
Internally it is employed to kill round and tape worms,
and as an antiseptic in intestinal fermentation. It should
be given in keratin coated pill (to avoid irritating the
stomach), or capsules, to dogs, and in ball to horses.
NapHTHALENUM. Naphthalene. C,,H, (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Naphtalin.
Derivation.—A hydrocarbon obtained from coal tar by
distillation between 356° F. and 482° F. The impure naph-
talin resulting is treated with sulphuric acid and sodium.
hydroxide, and is further purified by distillation with steam,
and then by mixture with strong sulphuric acid, and finally
by redistillation.
Properties. — Colorless, shining, transparent lamine,
having a strong characteristic odor resembling that of coal:
tar, and a burning aromatic taste; slowly volatilized on!
exposure to the air. Insoluble in water; soluble in 15 parts
of alcohol; very soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disul-
phide, and fixed and volatile oils.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.i.-xx. (.06-1.3).
Actions and Uses.— Naphtalin, like other coal tar pro-
ducts, is an antiseptic and parasiticide. It may be used as
an antiseptic dressing powder upon wounds, or in 10 per
RESORCIN 337
cent. ointment for parasitic skin diseases. Naphtalin is
almost insoluble in the digestive tract, and acts as an anti-
septic, therefore, throughout this canal. It is of service in
intestinal fermentation, diarrhoea, dysentery, and, as a ver-
micide, in combination with castor oil. Naphtalin is
administered to dogs in starch wafers or gelatine capsules ;
and to horses in ball or electuary.
Resorcinot. Resorcin. O,H,(OH), (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Resorcinum. Metadioxybenzol.
Derivation.—A diatomic phenol formed by the action of
fuming sulphuric acid upon benzine, whereby benzine meta-
disulphonie acid [C,H,(HS O,),] results. The latter is
neutralized by milk of lime; calcium sulphate is expressed,
and sodium carbonate is added. The process is continued
by filtration, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The
residue is heated with sodium hydrate, with the formation
of sodium resorcin [C,H, (O Na), ].
Sulphurous acid is driven off from sodium resorcin by
boiling, and the result is extracted with ether; impure
resorcin is recovered by distillation, and is purified by: sub-
limation or by recrystallization from water.
Properties.—Colorless, or faintly reddish, needle-shaped
erystals, or rhombic plates; having a faint, peculiar odor,
and a disagreeable, sweetish, and afterward pungent taste.
Resorcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint on exposure
to light and air. Soluble in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5
part of alcohol; readily soluble in ether or glycerin, and
very slightly soluble in chloroform.
Dose.—H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.)3.
D., gyr.ii.-v. (.12-.3).
Action and Uses.—Resorcin was originally prtployed as
an antipyretic, but is not now used for this action, being too
depressing to the heart. It is an efficient antiseptic, exter-
nally and internally; possesses a slight local anesthetic
effect, and is not nearly so irritating topically as phenol.
338 ) INORGANIC AGENTS
Externally it is of value in scaly skin diseases, as psoriasis,
in solution (1-4), in glycerin. Internally, resorcin is of worth
in fermentation and indigestion, given in a large amount of
water an hour or two after eating
ForMALDEHYDE. C HOH.
(Non-official.)
Synonym.—Formic aldehyde.
Derivation.—Obtained by partial combustion of wood
alcohol, without ignition, by evaporation of the spirit in
contact with a hot, platinized, asbestos plate. 2CH, OH
+0,=2CHOH + 2H,0.
Properties.—Formaldehyde is a pungent gas, having a
spec. gr. of 1.6; soluble in water, forming a clear, colorless,
stable solution when kept in glass-stoppered bottles, but
volatilizing on exposure to the air. Formalin is the com-
mercial name for an aqueous solution containing 40 per
cent. of formaldehyde gas. |
PREPARATION,
Liquor Formaldehydi, (U.S. P.)
Formalin. Containing not less than 87 per cent. of formaldehyde
gas.
Action and Uses.—Formaldehyde and formalin are
powerful microbicides. A 1 per cent. solution of formalin
will kill Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus in about an hour;
B. typhosus in 40 to 50 minutes; B. coli communis in 30
to 40 minutes; B. anthracis and S. cholere in less than 15
minutes. Clothes soaked in cultures of B. typhosus, 8. cho-
lerze and Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus, and then for 24
hours in a t per cent. solution of formalin, were found to be
completely sterile (Slater). Trillat and Robinson have
apparently shown that formaldehyde gas has wonderful
disinfectant and penetrating properties, destroying all
pathogenic bacteria in ordinary rooms containing the micro-
organisms buried under mattresses, between blankets, in
in clothing and other articles, in the air, dust, and morbid
secretions. Harrington has proved, however, that the pene-
FORMALDEHYDE 339
trating power of formaldehyde is nil in the case of moist
substances, and that sterilization is not always complete
when micro-organisms are imbedded in, or covered by, dry
pervious material. Still, formaldehyde is the best practical
disinfectant now known for the sterilization of infected pre-
mises. It is as yet comparatively expensive. The gas is
most effective between 60° and 70° F., but will act at other
temperatures. It is not so operative in damp air, and the
premises should be closed tight from the outer air, in order
that the disinfection may be thorough. One-half a liter
(about one pint) of pure wood alcohol will yield a 2} per
cent. formaldehyde atmosphere in 1,000 cubic feet of air
space, and this is the proper proportion of alcohol necessary
for disinfection. The premises containing the gas should
be sealed from 4 to 24 hours. Formaldehyde vapor is
extremely pungent and irritating to the mucous membranes,
causing running of the nose and eyes in those exposed to
‘its influence; but some experimenters have subjected ani-
mals to formaldehyde vapor (of disinfectant strength) for
hours without causing their death. In Harrington’s experi-
ments two rabbits were killed by formaldehyde in the disin-
fection of a room, and exhibited the following post-mortem
appearances: Congestion and hemorrhage of the buccal
mucous membrane; intense bronchitis with hyperemia, and
consolidation of the lung with a purulent and slightly fibri-
nous exudate. There was also congestion of the abdominal
organs, including the liver, kidneys and spleen. As death
may occur, it is certainly unwise to attempt the disinfection:
of premises with formaldehyde, when inhabited by men or
- animals. The smaller insect pests and animal parasites are:
sometimes killed by formaldehyde disinfection, but not in-
variably so.
Formic aldehyde vapor is not injurious to plants, cloth-
ing, metals, or other like articles, as are sulphurous anhy-
dride or chlorine gas, and it bids fair to supersede all other
agents for the gaseous disinfection of premises infected with
pathogenic bacteria. Formalin may be diluted with 3 of its
340 INORGANIC AGENTS
bulk of water and evaporated by heat to generate forma¥!s-
hyde gas, without any special apparatus.
Harrington states that the evaporation of 110 ec. of
formalin is sufficient to kill all pathogenic micro-organisms
within 23 hours, in 1,000 cubic feet of air space. Sheets
saturated with formalin will efficiently disinfect premises
when reasonably air-tight, by simple evaporation, the sheets
being hung up and sprinkled with formalin through an
ordinary watering pot. The objection to this method is the
discomfort and irritation which the gas produces on the
eyes and breathing apparatus, even though the process be
conducted as rapidly as possible. A better procedure con-
sists in the evaporation of formalin from a vessel—as a still
—placed over a lamp outside of the premises to be disin-
fected, the vapor being conducted through a key-hole or
other aperture. By either method, eight ounces of formalin
are required for each 1,000 cubic feet of air space in the
room or building to be disinfected.
It is necessary to employ a generator or special ap-
pliance to convert wood alcohol into formic aldehyde, but
these are not expensive.
Formalin, in } to 2 per cent. solution, is perhaps the
most powerful antiseptic that has been used for surgical
purposes, but, when used in such strength upon raw sur-
faces aud mucous membranes it produces pain and irrita-
tion and coagulates albumin so as to shut off the underlying
parts from participating in the antiseptic action. These
stronger solutions, although formerly employed for surgical
uses, should be confined to skin disinfection or where an
escharotic action is desired on sloughing tissues. Ordinarily
the strength of an aqueous solution should not exceed
1-2000, or at most 1-1000, for application to raw surfaces or
mucous membranes, and even in this dilution applications
sometimes produce considerable pain.
Catarrhal inflammations of the mucous membrane of
the nose, eyes, mouth, urethra and other parts are some-
FORMALDEHYDE 341
times much benefited by formalin. Success is reported
from the use of formalin on sloughing surfaces of malignant
growths and foul ulcers. A 4 per cent. solution is increased
to 10 per cent. and finally to pure formalin, the solutions
being applied on cotton saturated with the drug and re-
sained on the part for thirty minutes each day. A 5 per
cent: solution of formalin is serviceable for sterilizing
catheters, instruments and sutures, for the preservation
of pathologic specimens, for the disinfection of stables, and
in the treatment of canker of the feet in horses.
PREPARATIONS. j
Hexamethylenamina, Hexamethylenamine. Cs Hi. Ns. (U.S. P)
(Urotropin. )
Urotropin occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, soluble in 1.2
parts of water and in 14 parts of alcohol; odorless, of a sweet, afterward
bitter taste, and slight alkaline reaction. It is made by combining solu-
tions of ammonia and formaldehyde, and was first introduced into
medicine by Nicolaier in 1895. Urotropin appears to be decomposed in
the kidneys with the liberation of formaldehyde, and thus disinfects
the urinary tract. It is, in fact, considered the best urinary antiseptic in
human medicine and has been used with the greatest success in the
treatment of all infectious diseases of the urinary passages, especially
acute and chronic pyelitis and cystitis. It renders normal a putrid
urine containing pus or mucus, is a solvent for uric acid and is slightly
diuretic. These actions should be of value in similar diseases of animals,
especially of dogs. The drug may be given in from 3 to 5 grain doses
thrice daily in solution, in canine practice. It should now be bought
more cheaply under its official name than by its trade name, urotropin.
Glutol (Formalin Gelatin).
Glutol is a coarse, white powder, without odor or irritating pro-
perties, and is prepared by dissolving gelatin in water and drying the
solution in formalin vapor. It is a most valuable antiseptic powder in
liberating formaldehyde gas in contact with living cells. Glutol forms
a scab when dusted over fresh wounds, preventing infection, and is
serviceable in the treatment of infected wounds, abscesses, boils (after
paracentesis), sinuses and other surgical conditions. It was first
brought into use by Dr. C. L. Schleich, in 1896.
342 INORGANIC AGENTS
Class 7.—Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds.
Actpum Hyprocyanicum D1ILuTumM.
Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, HCN. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. —Prussie acid, acidum hydrocyanatum, s.
borussicum, E.;* acide cyanhydrique, s. hydrocyanique, Fr.;
ceyanwasserstoffsiure, blausiure, G.
Derivation. —A liquid composed of 2 per cent., by
weight, of absolute hydrocyanic acid, and 98 per cent. of
water. Obtained by distillation of potassium ferrocyanide,
20; sulphuric acid, 8; and water, 65; into distilled water.
The following reaction first occurs: K, Fe C,N, + 2H,8S
O,=2K,S 0, + H, Fe C,N,; then on the application of
heat, the hydroferrocyanic acid resulting in the first reaction
reacts with the remaining potassium ferrocyanide and sul-
phuric acid, as follows: H, Fe OC, N, + K, Fe C,N, + H,S
0O,=6HCN+K,S80, + K, Fe (Fe C, Nj).
Diluted hydrocyanic acid can also be made by mixing
hydrochloric acid, 5; with distilled water, 55 ; silver cyanide,
6. Shake together in a glass-stoppered bottle. Ag CON +
HCl= HCN+AgCl. When the precipitate of silver
chloride falls, pour off the clear, supernatant fluid.
Properties.—A. clear, colorless liquid, of a characteristic
taste and odor, resembling those of bitter almond. It is
very unstable and is apt to be inert as obtained from ordi-
nary drug stores. It should be kept in inverted glass-stop-
pered dark bottles.
Incompatibles.—Salts of iron, copper and silver; sulphides
and red mercuric oxide.
Dose.—H. & C., I)xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); Sh., Mx.-xv. (.6-1.) ;
Sw., TLit-v. (.12-.3); D., Wi.-ili. (.06-.2). .
Action External.—Prussie acid is absorbed to some
extent through the unbroken skin; paralyzes the peripheral -
sensory nerves, and acts as a local anesthetic. If the finger
* Scheele’s prussic acid contains 4 to 5 per cent. of the pure hydro-
cyanic acid.
nF
DILUTED HYDROCYANIC -ACID un
as held over a bottle containing the acid, it soon becomes
sanesthetized. Upon mucous membranes, or raw surfaces,
prussic acid is rapidly absorbed and exhibits its usual con-
‘stitutional action.
Action Internal.— Alimentary Canal.—Hydrocyanic acid
exerts a sedative effect upon the mucous membrane of the
stomach and upper portion of the digestive tract. It is
absorbed into the blood, but we are ignorant of its fate or _
mode of elimination.
Blood.—In poisoning, the blood becomes first of a bright
arterial hue, and later assumes a dark, venous color. The
first condition is due to the fact that the blood does not
give up its oxygen for some reason. Brunton suggests that
it is because the blood is hurried so rapidly through the
dilated peripheral vessels that it does not have time to yield
up its oxygen. The dark color of the blood is probably
“owing to asphyxia and accumulation of carbonic dioxide,
following the paralytic action of prussic acid upon the
respiratory centre. A substance called cyanohemoglobin
is formed outside the body by hydrocyanic acid when
‘shaken with blood. The acid appears to deoxydize the
normal oxyhzemoglobin, and blood thus treated has no ozon-
‘izing property. Cyanohemoglobin was thought to account
for the action of prussic acid, but it does not exist within
‘the body in the blood of poisoned animals. The red blood
corpuscles are altered in shape by the action of prussic acid
upon blood withdrawn from the vessels. They generally
become rounder, then granular, and finally disintegrate and
liquefy. But these changes do not occur in the blood during
life. The general action of prussic acid is altogether inde-
‘pendent of any influence upon the blood, since the same
toxic effect is produced upon the bloodless, or “salt frog”’
(vessels containing normal salt solution), as upon the normal
batrachian.
Nervous System and Muscles.—Prussic acid has an essen-
tially depressing action upon the nervous system as a whole.
“The brain, cord and nerves become paralyzed by large doses.
|
344 INORGANIC. AGENTS
The convulsions occurring in poisoning are shown by expe-
riments to be due probably to altered cerebral circulation,
although they have been attributed to the direct influence
upon the brain substance, and,to asphyxia. They are, how-
ever, present during that period of poisoning when the blood.
is of a bright arterial hue. The spinal cord is paralyzed at
a period after coma and convulsions have appeared. The
, peripheral nerves and muscles are paralyzed directly by
toxic doses, and not through the mediation of the central
nervous apparatus. This is proved by shutting off the blood
supply containing the drug, from a frog’s leg, and leaving
the nervous connections intact, when no effect of prussic-
acid is observed upon the limb.
Heart and Blood Vessels. — Death sometimes occurs.
instantaneously from large lethal doses of prussic acid,
owing to diastolic arrest of the heart. This action is due.
probably to paralysis of the heart and its contained ganglia,
and also to irritation of the vagus centre. Moderate non-.
toxic doses stimulate the vagus centre of the medulla, and
slow the pulse without diminishing the force of the heart.
When the vagi are previously divided, this action does not.
occur, but after large doses slowing of the heart is observed.
whether the vagi are cut or not; thus showing that the.
heart muscle, or its ganglia, are directly influenced. Mode-.
rate doses of prussic acid first stimulate, and then depress.
the vasomotor centre. Arterial pressure is therefore prima-
rily raised considerably, but this is followed by a fall to, or
below, the normal.
Toxic doses stimulate the vasomotor centre very briefly,
and this action is succeeded by profound depression and
paralysis of the centre, accompanied by a great diminution.
of blood tension.
Respiration. —Inhalation of the pure acid will cause.
death in a confined atmosphere, and even inhalation of the
medicinal solution will induce the physiological symptoms.
of the drug. The respiratory centre is usually depressed.
from the beginning, by prussic acid, and the respiratory-
DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 345
movements are therefore lessened in frequency throughout
the period of its action. Rarely, there is a primary transient
stimulation of the centre, so that the breathing is increased
in frequency. In the latter stage of poisoning, the breathing
is feeble and shallow, and only occurs at long intervals.
If death does not supervene immediately from diastolic
arrest of the heart, it comes on more slowly by asphyxia.
‘The respiratory movements become less frequent and
forcible, the animal giving an occasional gasp, until finally
the breathing ceases altogether, while the heart continues to
beat for a time.
Summary.--Prussic acid in any considerable dose exerts
a general paralyzant action upon the system, including the
brain, spinal cord, nerves, muscles, and the three great
medullary centres controlling the heart, respiratiop and ves-
sels. Topically applied, hydrocyanic acid also paralyzes
nerves and muscles, and acts therapeutically as a local
sedative and anesthetic.
Toxicology.—Prussic acid is one of the most powerful
poisons in existence. Death may be instantaneous, or life
may be prolonged for over an hour after a lethal dose.
More commonly the animal survives for a few minutes, and
we observe the following symptoms in dogs: The animal
falls, froths at the mouth, the respiration is of a gasping
‘character and occurs at infrequent intervals. There is un-
consciousness, the pupils become dilated, there are muscular
tremblings, and clonic or tonic spasms. Defsxcation and
micturition occur, and erections often ensue in the male.
Respiration ceases before the cardia¢ pulsations.
Three stages may be distinguished in fatal poisoning.
First: a very short period elapses before the symptoms
appear. There are giddiness, diffieult breathing, and slow.
pulse in this stage. Second: the pupils dilate, vomiting
amay occur, and the animal utters loud cries. Spasmodic
defecation, micturition and erectious may be present, with
convulsions and unconsciousness. Third: the last stage is
characterized by collapse, spasms, general paralysis and
346 INORGANIC AGENTS
death. The subacute form of poisoning may ensue and
prove fatal, or, owing to the volatile character of the drug,
complete recovery may take place within one-half or three-
quarters of an hour. Occasionally dogs continue to be
paralyzed for several days and get well. The minimum
fatal dose recorded in man ‘is ;* of a grain of pure acid, or
about 50 drops of the medicinal solution. Four to five .
drachms of the diluted acid frequently, but not invariably,
cause subacute poisoning and death, in horses, within an
hour. One to two drachms of the pharmacopceial prepara--
tion usually kills dogs within ten minutes.
Prussic acid is commonly used to destroy the domestie
animals. Two to four drachms of the medicinal acid are to.
be given to dogs and cats of the ordinary size, and certain,
painless, and rapid death will occur if a fresh preparation
of the drug can be obtained. The unopened, half-ounce
vial, kept by druggists, is recommended. Big dogs, horses,
and the other larger animals are not killed rapidly, nor-
sometimes at all, by great quantities of the diluted acid.
Hence, shooting is a more humane and preferable mode of
death for them. In the experience of the writer, one to two.
drachms of prussic acid saturated with potassium cyanide,
failed to kill a horse, when injected directly into the jugular
vein. The odor of the acid lingers about the animal for a.
few hours after death; the eyes are fixed and staring; the
pupils dilated; the teeth are clinched tight and covered
with froth, while the blood is of a very dark color. The
treatment embraces emptying the stomach by large doses.
of promptly acting emetics, or by the stomach tube, or
pump; atropine, ether, and brandy subcutaneously, and
inhalations of ammonia, together with artificial respiration,
and hot and cold douches upon the chest.
Uses.—Prussic ‘acid is indicated for three therapeutic
purposes :
1. To relieve gastric pain and vomiting, by its paralyz~
ing action upon the peripheral sensory nerves of the
stomach.
POTASSIUM CYANIDE 347
2. To stop coughing.
3. To allay itching by means of its local, sedative action
upon the cutaneous sensory nerve-endings.
It is mainly useful in veterinary practice as a cough
remedy, when the symptom is of reflex origin, or is caused
by chronic or verminous bronchitis; and the acid is often
conjoined with chloroform, or opium, in some form. Prussic
acid is a dangerous remedy to apply to the skin, as absorp-
tion may occur, or the acid may be lapped off by the patient.
Solutions containing, of the diluted acid, 3ss.-i. to Zi.
of water, are, however, sometimes employed to relieve
pruritus.
Potasstt CyanipuM. Potassium Cyanide. KON.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Cyanure de potassium, Fr.; cyankalium, G.
Derivation.—Made by heating together potassium ferro-
cyanide and carbonate.
Properties.—White, opaque, amorphous pieces ; or a
white, granular powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but
in moist air exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Taste
sharp and alkaline, and in moist air the salt deliquesces.
Reaction very strongly alkaline. Solutions stain and destroy
clothing. Soluble in about 2 parts of water; sparingly
soluble in alcohol.
Dose.—H., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.s4; (.006).
Action and Uses.—Potassium cyanide is transformed, in
the stomach and blood, into prussic acid, and resembles the
latter in its action, but is much slower. Death has been
caused in man by 5 grains of the salt.
ARGENTI CyanipuM. Silver Cyanide. AgCN. (U.S. P.)
A white, insoluble, tasteless, odorless powder, used for
making prussic acid.
348 INORGANIC AGENTS
Prunus Virciniana. Wild Cherry. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Kcorce de cerisier de Virginie, Fr.; wild-
kirschenrinde, G. ;
The bark of the wild cherry, indigenous in the United
States, contains a ferment (emulsin) which, in the presence
of water, acts on a glucoside (amygdalin, C,, H,, N O,,) con-
tained in the bark, with the formation of hydrocyanic acid,
glucose and a volatile oil. A fluid extract, infusion and ~
syrup of prunus virginiana are official. The latter prepara-
tion is sometimes employed in cough mixtures for dogs, on
account of its sedative action. The entire value of the drug
depends upon the minute amount of prussic acid formed
in it. The official hydrocyanic acid is more reliable, but
syrupus pruni virginiane (U.S. P.) may be used as a vehicle
for more efficient remedies.
Perrotatum. (U.S. P.)
(Three varieties.)
1.—Perrrotatum Liquipum. Liquid Petrolatum. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the
marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the
residue when it has the desired consistence.
Properties.— A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily,
transparent liquid, without odor or taste; or giving off, when
heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Spec. gr. about 0.875 —
0.945. Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or hot
alcohol, or cold absolute alcohol; but soluble in boiling
absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform,
carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and
fixed and volatile oils.
2.—PerroLatum Moiie.* Soft Petrolatum. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.— Vaseline, cosmoline.
Derivation.—A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the
* The 1905 edition of the U.S. P recognizes simply Petrolatum, which now*
includes both the Petrolatum Molle and Spissum.
HARD PETROLATUM 349
-‘marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the
residue when jit has reached the desired melting point.
When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further
specification, soft petrolatum is dispensed.
Properties.—A fat-like mass of about the consistence of
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow;
‘more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being
melted; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous,
and without odor or taste; or giving off, when heated, a faint
odor of petroleum.
The melting point of soft petrolatum ranges about 40°
and 45° C. (104° and 113° F.). In other respects soft petro- —
latum has the characteristics of liquid petrolatum.
3.—PrrroLtatum Spissum. Hard Petrolatum. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—A. mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the
marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the
residue when it has reached the desired melting point.
Properties.—A fat-like mass of about the consistence of
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow;
more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being
melted; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous,
and without odor or taste; or giving off, when heated, a
faint odor of petroleum. The melting point of hard petro-
Jatum ranges about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125° F.). In
other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of
liquid petrolatum.
Action and Uses.—Petrolatum is a valuable emollient.
It soothes, protects and softens parts to which it is applied,
and is superior to animal and vegetable fats and oils in not
becoming rancid, and therefore irritant and malodorous.
Petrolatum may be used alone, or as an excipient in the
preparation of ointments, but does not aid the absorption of
-drugs (as do alcohol, glycerin, chloroform, and animal oils
350 INORGANIC AGENTS
and fats), for it is not itself absorbed even when adminis-
tered internally. Petrolatum exerts a demulcent action
upon the mucous membrane of the alimentary tract, and.
may be prescribed in electuary or capsule in inflamma-
tion thereof. Petrolatum is sold universally under the
proprietary names of vaseline and cosmoline, and is often
combined with antiseptics for medicinal and surgical pur-
poses in skin diseases and upon inflamed mucous mem-.
branes, blistered and abraded surfaces and sores. It is one-
of the most useful agents in lubricating instruments, pro-
tecting metal from rust, preserving leather, and is sometimes.
employed as a vehicle for electuaries.
RHIGOLENE. (Non-official.)
Rhigolene is a petroleum product prepared by repeated
distillation until the liquid boils at 64.4° F. It evaporates.
at a lower temperature than any other substance, except
cymogene, and is employed as a spray to induce numbness .
and local anesthesia of a part in minor surgical operations,
such as paracentesis of an abscess or the use of the actual _
cautery.
PART II.
VEGETABLE DRUGS.
SECTION IL—DRUGS ACTING UPON THE BRAIN.
Class 1.—Depressing the Brain.
Opium. Opium. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—The concrete, milky exudation obtained by
incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linné
(Nat. ord. Papaveracez), and yielding in its normal, moist
condition, not less than 9 per cent. of crystallized morphine,
when assayed by the official process (U.S. P.) Opium is
procured from Turkey, Asia Minor, Persia, India and Egypt.
The Smyrna, or Turkey opium is the more common variety
used in the United States. It occurs in irregular, globular
masses, covered with poppy leaves and capsules of a species
of dock, weighing from 4 to 1 pound.
Properties.—Irregular, or sub-globular cakes, with the
remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a species of rumex
adhering to the surface; plastic, or of a harder consistency;
chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining; internally
showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It
has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste. It
yields its medicinal properties to water, alcohol, and diluted
acids, forming dark brown solutions. Ether extracts its
principles in part.
Constituents.—There are nineteen or more alkaloids; the
three first are used in human medicine, but narceine is of
no vaiue in veterinary medicine.
Morphine. 2.5—22.8 per cent. Thebaine. .15— 1. per cent.
Codeine. ey ee a Narcotine. 1.3: —=10,..-) 64
Narceine. a ae ee Papaverine. 1. Si ae
351.
By VEGETABLE DRUGS
In addition to these, the following exist in minute quan-
tity, but some are merely “pharmaceutical curiosities ”:—
Protopine. Organic Acids,
Cryptopine. Meconie Acid.
Oxynarcotine. mae Acid.
Hydronarcotine. ectin.
Laudanosine. Gum. 50. _ per cent.
_Laudaine. oe
Phoeadine. lucose.
Codamine, Fixed Oils.
Meconodine A Volatile Oil.
Gnoscopine i Odorous Bodies.
Tanthonne. Caoutchouc.
Water. 15.—25. per cent. Rese s ee
Neutral Bodies. alcium: Palts.
Meconin. Magnesium Salts.
Meconoisin.
Impurities.—Starch, molasses, leaves, fruit, stones and,
water.
Incompatibility.—Solutions of lead acetate and sub-
acetate, and of copper and arsenic salts, precipitate mecon-
ates, sulphates and coloring matters, but the opium remains
physiologically active. Ferric chloride produces a deep red
color with opium, by its union with meconic acid. Tannin
compounds precipitate codeine tannate. Alkalies, their car-
bonates and ammonia precipitate morphine and narcotine.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3ii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., gr.x.-
xxx, (.6-2.); Sw., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.ss.-ill. (.03-.2).
Opmt Putvis. Powdered Opium. (U.S. P.)
Opium dried at a temperature not exceding 85° C.
(185° F.), and reduced to a fine powder. Powdered opium,
for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed
should yield not less than twelve (12) nor more than twelve
and a half (12.5) per cent. of crystallized morphine. Any
powdered opium of a higher percentage may be brought
within these limits by admixture with powdered opium of a
lower percentage in proper proportions. Only those are
mentioned here which are applicable to veterinary practice.
at POWDERED OPIUM 353.
Dose.—Same as for opium, but preferable to the crude
drug.
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Opii. Extract of Opium. (U.S. & B. P.)
Powdered opium, 100: ‘istilled water, 1000; sugar of milk, a
sufficient quantity. Made by trituration, filtration, and evaporation.
Assayed to contain 20 per cent. of morphine. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—About one-half that of powdered opium. H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4. a
Reg.-t) (4.-8.) 5 “Sh. griv.-xvi(.3 1.)3. Sw., gr.iiss.-x, (.15-.6); D.,
gr.14-i.ss. (.015-.09).
Pulvis Ipecachuanhe et Opii. Powder of Ipecac.and Opium. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.— Dover’s powder, E.; pulvis ipecacuanhz opiatus, s.
pulvis Doweri, P. G.; poudre de Dower, Fr.; Dower’sches pulver, G,
Ipecac, 10; powdered opium, 10; sugar of milk, 80. The most
diarphoretic compound of opium.
Dose.—H., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.iii.-xv. (.2-1.).
Tinctura Ipecacuanhe et Opii. Tincture of Ipecac and Opium.
OE Se ee
Synonym.—Liquid Dover’s powder.
Tincture of deodorized opium, 1000; fluid extract of ipecac, 100;
diluted alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make 1000. Made by evapora-
tion and filtration.
Dose.—Same as Dover’s powder.
Tinetura Opii. Tincture of Opium.* (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Laudanum, tinctura meconii, tinctura thebaice, E.;
tinctura opii simplex, P. G.; teinture d’opium, teinture thébaique, Fr.;
einfache opiumtinktur, G.
Powdered opium, 100; alcohol, 400; water, 400; diluted alcohol
to make 1000. Made by trituration, maceration with precipitated cal-
cium phosphate, and eee a Ss. peat
(8.-24.); D. iM mii. -XX. ( 2- 1. 3).
Tinectura Opit Camphorata, Camphorated Tincture of Opium.
(U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Tinctura camphore composita, B. P.; paregoric, elixir
paregoricum, paregoric elixir, E.; tinctura opii benzoica, P.G.; élixir
' parégorique, Fr.; benz6esaurehaltige opiumtinktur, G.
* Both the tincture and deodorized tincture of opium are standardized to.
y contain 1.2-1.25 gm. of morphine in 1U0 Ce. (U.S. P.)
B54 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Powdered opium, 4; benzoic acid, 4; camphor, 4; oil of anise, 43
glycerin, 40; diluted alcohol to make 1000. Made by maceration and
filtration. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.).
Opium Deodoratum. Deodorized Opium. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Opium denarcotizatum.
Powdered opium (containing 12-12.5 per cent. of morphine), 500 ;
purified petroleum benzin, q.s. Made by repeated maceration, agita-
tion and percolation with purified petroleum benzin. The petroleum
benzin removes narcotic and odorous principles, which cause nausea
and disagreeable after-effects in opium. Contains 12-12.5 of morphine.
Dose.—Same as powdered opium.
The eighth (last) edition of the U.S. P. has introduced Opium
Granulatum (granulated opium); made by drying opium at a tempera-
ture not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.) and reducing it to a coarse (No. 20)
powder. It should not yield less than 12 nor more than 12.5 per cent.
of crystallized morphine. Dose, same as deodorized opium.
Tinctura Opii Deodorata. Tincture of Deodorized Opium. (U.S. P.)
Granulated Opium, 100; purified petroleum benzin, 75; alcohol,
200; water to make 1000. Made by percolation with water, agitation
with purified petroleum benzin, and evaporation.
Dose.—Same as tincture of opium, but less nauseating.
Extractum Opii Liquidum. (B. P.)
(Contains 34 per cent. of morphine.)
Dose.—Same as laudanum.
Vinum Opit. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Same as laudanum.,
Morpnina. Morphine. C,, H, NO, + H, O.
(U/SieG"Be P:)
Derivation.—An alkaloid obtained from opium.
1. Macerate opium in cold water, forming a solution of
morphine meconate. 2. Add calcium chloride to precipitate
calcium meconate and resins. 3. Evaporate solution remain-
ing, which contains morphine hydrochlorate, till it erystal-
lizes; press in flannel to remove narcotine and coloring
matter; redissolve; filter; evaporate and crystallize repeat-
edly. 4. Decolorize by digestion with charcoal. 5. Preci-
pitate with ammonia and wash, when pure morphine is
separated from codeine.
Properties.—Colorless or white, shining prismatic crys-
tals, or fine needles, or crystalline powder; odorless and
MORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE 355
having a bitter taste ; permanent in the air; soluble in 4,350
parts of water. .
Dose.-—Same as salts of morphine, but the latter are
preferable on account of their solubility.
Morpuin& Hyprocatoripum. Morphine Hydrochloride.
CoN OE Cl:-2 3.H.0:.- (U: §. & B:-P:)
Derivation. —Morphine is stirred with hot distilled
water, to which hydrochloric acid is gradually added. Mor-
phine hydrochlorate crystallizes out on cooling.
Properties.—W hite, feathery needles of a silky lustre;
or minute, colorless, needle-shaped crystals; odorless and
having a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 24
parts of water and in 62 parts of alcohol. Very slightly
soluble in ether or chloroform.
Incompatibility.—Incom patible with all agents containing
tannin, alkaline carbonates, lime water, salts of copper, mer-
eury, zine and lead; and with Fowler’s solution of arsenic.
Dose.—H. & C., gy.iii.-x. (.2-.6); Sh., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12) ;
Sw., gr.;1-4 (.006-.03); D., gr.t-£ (.008-.03).
Subcutaneously.—H., gr.ili.-iv. (.2-.24); D., gr.3-1 (.008.-
-02).
124 parts of morphine hydrochloride correspond to
100 parts of morphine.
MorpHin® AcetTas. Morphine Acetate.
CHW O/6:4,0, 4-3 HO... (U..8:.4.B. P.)
wWerivation.—Morphine is dissolved in acetic acid and
water, and the solution evaporated and crystallized.
_ Properties. —A white, or faintly yellowish-white, crystal-
line, amorphous powder, having a_ faint, acetous odor and
bitter taste. It slowly loses acetic acid on exposure to the
air, and should: be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stop-
‘pered vials. Soluble, when freshly prepared, in 2.5 parts of
water, and in 47.6 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—Same as morphine hydrochlorate.
356 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Morruin® Suutpsas. Morphine Sulphate.
(C,,H,,N O,); 8 0, +5 0,0. (8. wae sD
Derivation.—Morphine is stirred into boiling distilled.
water; diluted sulphuric acid is added until neutralization
is attained, and the sulphate crystallizes out on cooling.
Properties.—White, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky
lustre; odorless and having a bitter taste. Permanent in
the air. Soluble in 21 parts of water, and in 702 parts of
alcohol.
Dose.—Same as hydrochlorate. 125 parts of morphine
sulphate correspond to 100 parts of the pure alkaloid.
The official salts of morphine may be used interchange-
ably. The acetate is more soluble, but less stable, than the
sulphate, which is sufficiently soluble for practical purposes,
and is in more common use.
Liquor Morpuin® Hyprocatoripi. (B. P.)
One per cert.
Dose.—H., 3 vi.- 3 ii. (24.-60.); D., Ti_x.-3i. (.6-4.).
Liquor Morpuin® Aceratis. (B. P.)
Same strength and dose as above.
InsecTIO MorpHin% Hypopermica. (B. P.)
One per cent.
Dose.—Same as liquor morphini hydrochloridi.
Suppostror1a Morpuine. (B. P.)
(Gr.4 morphine.) :
Dose.—Dog, 1 per rectum.
CopEtna. Codeine. OC,,H,,NO, + H,O. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—An alkaloid obtained from opium by evapo-
ration of the ammoniacal liquid, after the precipitation of
HEROIN 357
morphine. The residue is added to water, precipitated by
potassium hydrate, and redissolved in ether, from which
codeine crystallizes out on evaporation.
Properties.—White, or nearly transparent, orthorhom-
bic prisms, or octohedral crystals; odorless, and having
a faintly bitter taste; slightly efflorescent in warm air.
Soluble in 80 parts of water, and in 8 parts of alcohol;
also soluble in 30 parts of ether and in 2 parts of
chloroform.
Dose.—D., gy.}-ii. (.015-.12).
HEROIN.
(Diacetylmorphine.)
This remedy, derived from morphine, was first intro-
duced by Dreser, in 1898, and is now used extensively in
human medicine as a substitute for morphine and codeine.
Heroin occurs as a white, odorless, crystalline powder,
possessing a slightly bitter taste and alkaline reaction.
Practically insoluble in water, but readily soluble in weak
acidulous solutions.
Heroin hydrochloride is a white, crystalline, odorless
powder, soluble in 2 parts of water. Heroin surpasses both
morphine and codeine therapeutically in many ways. It
increases markedly the inspiratory and expiratory force,
while lessening the number of the respiratory movements,
and exerts a special sedative influence on the respiratory
mucous membranes. The drug acts also as a general motor
depressant hypnotic and analgesic, but is not comparable
to morphine in these respects. The after-effects of
small medicinal doses (nausea, constipation, ete.) are
slight. Heroin is particularly valuable in the treatment of
all varieties of cough affecting the human subject, and
should prove useful in canine practice.
Heroin may be administered in powder, pill or tablet,
the hydrochloride in solution, every few hours.
The dose of either is, tor the dog, gr.z!;-+ (.0025-.01).
~
358 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Opium AND MORPHINE.
The action of morphine and opium is practically the
same, with some exceptions to be noted.
Action External—Opium may be absorbed to a slight
extent from the unbroken skin, and causes a mild, anodyne
action. Absorption readily occurs from mucous membranes
and raw surfaces, with resulting characteristic effects.
Action Internal.— Digestive Tract.— Opium diminishes
the two principal activities of the digestive organs, namely,
secretion and motion. Secretions all over the body are
decreased, except that of sweat. The action upon the ali-
meutary tract in lessening secretion, is partly a local one
and partly constitutional, following the absorption of the
drug. The mouth is made dry, thirst is increased and appe-
tite impaired. Opium is absorbed rather slowly from the
stomach and bowels, and stimulates the splanchnic nerve
centre of the sympathetic system, which inhibits the move-
ments of the stomach and intestines, and thas lessens peri-
staltic action of these organs. Opium is directly opposed
to belladonna in this respect, as the latter drug paralyzes
the intestinal inhibitory apparatus (splanchnic endings), and
so increases peristalsis.
In diminishing both secretion and motion, opium causes
constipation in health, but is most useful in relieving
vomiting and diarrhoea. In toxic doses, opium may induce
diarrlicea from paralysis of the splanchnic inhibitory centre.
Blood and Elimination. — Morphine cireulates in the
blood as such. The greater part of opium is decomposed:
in the body, a portion being destroyed by the liver, while
some is probably burned up in the blood. The smaller
part is eliminated, chiefly by the kidneys, but also in the
other secretions. It is found in the gastric juice after hypo-
dermic injection, and therefore washing out the stomach
assists elimination and recovery in opium poisoning.
Nervous System.—The most important action of opium:
is exerted upon the nervous system. It is necessary ta
OPIUM AND MORPHINE 359
‘study the drug from the comparative standpoint in order to
obtain a full understanding of its effects. The brain of man,
being more highly developed and sensitive, in comparison
with other parts of the nervous system, than the brain of
the lower animals, it follows that this organ is more power-
‘fully influenced in man, while the spinal cord is often
‘mainly impressed in the lower animals.
We may take the action of opium on the frog, at one
-end of the scale, as exhibiting the most active spinal symp-
‘toms; while in man, at the other end of the scale, cerebral
phenomena predominate. The other animals occupy. an
intermediate position; the action upon the horse and rumi-
nants is something between that exerted upon the frog and
man, and the influence upon dogs approaches more nearly
‘that seen in human beings, only that a relatively greater
dose is required to produce the same result, as the brain is
not so highly organized or sensitive to the action of medi-
eines. The brain of the horse is only one-twelfth as large,
‘in proportion to their respective body-weights, as that of
‘man, and it follows that the spinal cord of the horse is more
readily affected by opium, in accordance with the general
law that the more highly developed a part is, the more
~easily is it influenced by therapeutic agents.
Opium exerts first a stimulating, and then a depressing
action upon the brain and spinal cord, and in studying the
‘action comparatively it will be noted that the influence
upon the cord in the frog, horse, ruminant, and to some
extent in the dog, preponderates frequently over the effect
-of the drug upon the brain, for the reasons stated above.
Action Upon the F'rog.—In minute non-poisonous doses,
sleep is produced, followed by a period of reflex excitement.
“Toxic doses of one or two grains of morphine, injected under
the skin, cause at first a condition where convulsions occur,
if the animal is artificially irritated; later they come on
“spontaneously. This state is followed by general paralysis,
respiratory failure and death. The convulsions are shown
‘to be due mainly to irritation of the spinal reflex centres,
369 VEGETABLE DRUGS
partly to action upon the motor tract of the brain, and
finally proceed from direct local stimulation of the motor
nerve endings and muscles.
Action Upon Horses.—Three grains of morphine, injected
subcutaneously, occasion sometimes drowsiness, and at.
other times produce no visible effect. Four to six grains,
given in the same way, cause restlessness, a rapid pulse, and.
moisture of the skin. The animal paws the ground and
walks in arhythmical manner about the stall. The pupils
are dilated. Large doses (12 grains) are followed by in-
creased excitement aggravated by noises, sweating, ptyalism,
muscular rigidity, staggering gait, trembling and delirium;
while still larger doses (four drachms of the extract of opium)
cause violent trembling, convulsions, insensibility to pain
and external irritation, without coma; or (morphine, gr. 36
under the skin), rarely, stupor for several hours (3 hours),
dilated pupils and blindness, followed by delirium and rest-
lessness, continuing for a longer time (7 hours) and ending
in recovery. Horses have recovered from an ounce of
opium, but 2} ounces of the drug, and 100 grains of mor-.
phine have proved fatal. The action of opium upon the
horse differs from that upon man and dogs in the more.
frequent occurrence of restlessness and motor excitement.
due to stimulation of the cerebral and spinal motor centres 5
and in dilatation instead of contraction of the pupil.
The rationale of the latter phenomenon has not been
discovered.
Action Upon Ruminants—These animals are compara-.
tively insusceptible to opium. Ounce doses of the drug
cause, in cattle, restlessness, excitement, hoarse bellowing,
dry mouth, nausea, indigestion and tympanites. Sheep are
affected in much the same manner. One to two drachms of’
morphine have led to fatality in cattle. Fifteen to thirty
erains of the alkaloid comprise a lethal dose for sheep.
Swine are variously influenced; sometimes excited, some-
times dull and drowsy.
Action Upon Birds.—Birds, as represented by chickens, .
ducks and pigeons, are exceedingly insusceptible to opium..
OPIUM AND MORPHINE 361
Pigeons cannot be given enough opium ly the mouth to
cause death, but 8 to 10 grs. of morphiue per orem, or 2 or
3 grs. hypodermatically, will prove fatal. The toxic symp-
toms in birds are exhibited by unsteadiness, difficult
breathing and failure of respiration, convulsions and death.
‘The pupils are unaffected, and sleep does not ensue.
Action Upon Dogs.—When 8 or 10 grains of morphine
ure given to a moderate sized dog, coma comes on, from
which the animal may recover. One half a grain injected
under the skin of a dog weighing 25 lbs., causes nausea,
vomiting and perhaps purging, sleep deepening into coma,
contracted pupils, and shallow breathing; the condition
lasting for several hours and followed by recovery. Opium
rarely exerts an hypnotic action upon cats, but rather motor
excitement. Lethal doses (average, 4 grains of morphine
‘sulphate subcutaneously to the pound, live weight, for dogs;
2 to 3 grains sometimes kill small dogs), increase the
frequency of the pulse, cause vomiting, unsteadiness, con-
tracted pupils, motor excitement, as twitching of the limbs
and convulsions, followed by coma, respiratory failure and
death. Recovery from full doses of opium is accompanied
an dogs by general physical and mental depression and
lassitude, as in man. There are muscular weakness, loss of
natural spirit, timidity, and nausea, lasting for several hours.
The action of opium upon dogs differs from that upon man
ouly in degree. The dose required is proportionately larger.
‘There is often more preliminary excitement and symptoms
‘of reflex irritation, as muscular twitching. These animals
do not sweat, and the pupils are not so continuously con-
tracted in poisoning. Failure of the drug to produce sleep,
und the presence of nausea, retching, dreams, delirium,
hallucinations, occasionally observed in dogs, are common
to man. Convulsions rarely occur in either men or dogs.
Action Upon Man.—In man, a small dose of morphine
(4 gr.) causes usually a sense of well-being, together with
itching of the nose, and later, of the skin generally, dryness
of the mouth (occasionally there may be nausea, vomiting
362 VEGETABLE DRUGS
and faintness), followed by sleep, or a pleasant, dreamy state.
After-effects may be absent, or consist of nausea, headache,
coated tongue and constipation. If the dose is larger, sleep-
comes on quickly, the pupils are contracted, the respiratory
movements and pulse become slow, and the skin is moist.
With lethal doses, sleep deepens into coma, from which
the patient can at first be aroused; the coma becomes pro-
found, the pulse feeble and rapid, the respiration stertorous,.
slow and imperfect. The mucous membranes are cyanotic,
the face livid, the pupils dilate, and the surface is covered
with clammy sweat. Death occurs from respiratory failure,
occasionally preceded by convulsions. One-eighth of one
grain of morphine is the smallest fatal human dose recorded.
The action of opium upon man, as compared with that upon
the horse and ruminants, is characterized by its predominant
depressing effect upon the higher mental functions. The
motor centres of the brain and cord are only slightly
influenced.
General Action of Opium Upon the Nervous System.—The
action of opium upon the nervous system may be summar—
ized in primary central stimulation, followed by depression
and paralysis. In man and the dog, the cerebral depression.
is more prominent; in the horse, the stimulant action upon
the motor centres of the brain and spinal cord is more
marked; while considerable depression only appears in the
later stage of poisoning.
Opium illustrates the law of dissolution in the order of
its action, 7. e., in the more highly organized functions being
the first to succumb; while the lower centres are the last to-
be influenced. Stimulation of the cerebrum is exhibited by
exalted intellectual power in man; by motor excitement in
animals. This stage, comparatively short in man and dogs,
is succeeded by depression of the intellectual functions and,
to a less extent, of the cerebral motor centres. Depression
is exhibited by sleep and insensibility to sound, light, exter-
nal irritation and pain. Relief of suffering often occurs:
without sleep, and is due to the depressing action of tha
——eDUh Ss, Lee le ——
9
ee ee ee eee ee ee eee
—_
OPIUM AND MORPHINE 303
‘drug upon the brain, and not to any direct influence upon
the sensory nerves, which are unaffected except in the later
stage of poisoning. The unique and inestimable value of
opium depends upon its anodyne action. Depression of the
brain in relation to the cortical centres, is not sufficient to
cause paralysis in man, except in poisoning. Muscular
weakness is present in man and dogs, but even this evidence
of depression may be absent in horses and ruminants, yet
pain be effectually relieved. Contraction of the pupil, in
man and dogs,is due to stimulation of the oculomotor
nerve, probably through excitation of the pupillary centre.
Dilatation, which occurs in poisoning, is due to para-
lysis of this centre. Initial stimulation of the vomiting
centre may cause emesis; but, as depression of the centre
rapidly ensues, the act becomes later improbable. The
motor tract of the spinal cord is first stimulated and reflex
excitability increased. This action, brief and slight in men
and dogs, is more prolonged and prominent in horses and
ruminants. Depression of the spinal motor cells succeeds
excitation, and reflex action is abolished. The excitability
of the motor and sensory nerves is slightly increased, but
otherwise the nerves are not affected except in poisoning,
when the sensory, and later the motor nerves are paralyzed.
The muscles remain uninfluenced. Depression of the
medulla closes the scene, with paralysis of the respiratory
centre.
Respiration.—Opium does not influence the respiratory
functions in small therapeutic doses, but large doses make
the respiratory movements slower and feebler, and death
occurs from the direct depressing and paralyzing action of
the drug upon the respiratory centres in the medulla.
Circulation.—Small doses commonly produce little effect
upon the heart. Large doses first increase the force and
freauency of the heart’s action, while toxic quantities depress
the organ. This result is due to a two-fold action upon the
circulation, including the heart muscle (or its ganglia) and
the inhibitory apparatus. The cardiac muscle is primarily
364 VEGETABLE DRUGS
stimulated, with acceleration of the pulse, but depression
soon follows more or less synchronously with stimulation of
the vagus centre and endings, so that the pulse becomes
infrequent. Finally, before death, depression of the inhibi-
tory apparatus occurs, and this, coexisting with depression
of the heart itself, produces a feeble, rapid pulse, character-
istic of the last stage of opium poisoning. Death occurs
with diastolic arrest of the heart owing to failure of the
cardiac muscle, although fatality is mainly due to the
more powerful effect of the drug upon the respiratory
centre.
The action of opium upon the vasomotor system is
unimportant. Immediately after the administration of large
doses there is a slight primary stimulation, followed in the
toxic stage by some depression of the vasomotor ceutres
in the spinal cord and medulla. .
Pupil.—The pupil of the horse is widely dilated by
large doses of opium. The pupil in the dog occasionally
remains unchanged, and often dilated before undergoing
contraction. Contraction of the pupil is a charactistic
physiological effect of large doses of opium in man and the
dog. In birds the pupil is unaffected. These various con-
tradictory phenomena are at present inexplicable.
In man, contraction of the pupil is brought about by
stimulation of the pupillary centre in the floor of the
aqueduct of Sylvius, and through it, the oculomotor nerves.
Dilatation, preceding death, occurs from depression of the
centre.
cidneys and Metabolism.—The excretion of urea appears
to be increased by opium in man, but varies greatly in
animals. Temporary retention of urine may follow the
administration of a considerable dose of opium, owing to
diminished sensibility of the bladder. The amount of urine
voided may be greater or less than normal; more commonly
the latter. Opium lessens the secretion of bile. —
The elimination of carbonic dioxide is diminished by
the hypnotic action of opium, but is increased if there is
OPIUM AND MORPHINE 365
general excitement and muscular activity following the use
of the drug.
Skin.—Opium induces mild diarphoresis in man; occa-
sionally sweating occurs in horses, but not at all in dogs.
Temperature.—The bodily temperature may be slightly
increased by large medicinal doses of opium, but is dimin-
ished by toxic quantities.
Toxicology.—The symptoms of poisoning have already
been sufficiently described in previous sections. The treat-
ment embraces irrigation of the stomach, or the use of
emetics, as apomorphine hydrochlorate under the skin,
and the subcutaneous injection of strychnine, ene-
mata of hot, strong, black coffee; Jeading the animal
about, slapping him, or using the faradic current.
Dr. Moor, of New York, has apparently found in
potassium permanganate the most efficient antidote for
opium and morphine. Ten to fifteen grains, dissolved in
eight ounces of water, should be given by the mouth, to
large dogs. One to two drachms of potassium perman-
ganate may be administered to horses in two or three pints
of water. Permanganate solution oxidizes and destroys
morphine, and should be acidulated with a little vinegar or
diluted sulphuric acid, after the ingestion of morphine galts.
The antidote has been recommended to be given subcutan-
eously after absorption, or hypodermic injection of morphine,
but this is not of the slightest use.
Morphine Contrasted with Opium.—Opium is more con-
stipating, more sudorific, and more apt to disturb the
digestion than morphine. Morphine is more anodyne and
soporific; more readily absorbed and more suitable for use
under the skin.
Synergists.—Belladonna aids the action of opium and
yet is antagonistic to it. It assists opium in its anodyne
action and lessens nausea, indigestion, and constipation
following the action of the latter drug. Belladonna and
atropine are antagonistic to opium in stimulating the brain
and respiration, and increasing peristalsis. Small doses of
366 VEGETABLE DRUGS
belladonna combined with opium do not interfere with the
soporific action of the latter, notwithstanding the exciting
influence of the former upon the brain. The bromides also
promote the sedative and hypnotic action of opium, and
lessen the depression and nausea following its administra-
tion. Opium often acts profoundly when combined with
chloral, and this combination is occasionally used to induce
aneesthesia (p. 301). Chloroform and ether are frequently
prescribed with opium to secure an additional antispasmodic
and anodyne action in colic. The astringents and mineral
acids enhance the effect of opium in diarrhoeal disorders.
Codeine.—Codeine in large doses causes motor excite~
ment and convulsions in dogs and cats, but physiological
experiments conducted by various observers have otherwise:
yielded diverse results. This is explicable, since so-called
codeine is frequently in part morphine. Codeine is inferior
to morphine as an anodyue and hypnotic, but is a useful
sedative in relieving bronchial irritation and cough, and in
the doses commonly employed does not induce indigestion,
nausea or constipation. The writer would particularly
- recommend it for dogs suffering with bronchitis, combined
with phenacetin in powder or tablet. The other alkaloids
of opium are not of sufficient therapeutic value to warrant
their consideration in this work.
Administration. —Morphine sulphate is employed under
the skin where an immediate effect is required. The prepa-
rations more frequently used in veterinary practice include
laudanum and the deodorized tincture, powdered opium,
extract of opium, and the salts of morphine. One-quarter
grain of the latter is equivalent to one grain of opium.
Paregoric is useful in canine practice for cough mixtures.
Dover’s powder combines the expectorant and diarphoretic
action of ipecac with the sedative, antiphlogistic and sudo-
rific influence of opium, but the former drug has little effect
upon the horse. The preparation may be serviceable, how-
ever, in the first stage of catarrhal affections of the respira-
tory tract in dogs.
a
“awe
ae
INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 367
Fluid preparations are generally desirable in secaring
more rapid absorption, but opium produces the best result
in diarrhoea, when given in pill or ball. Enemata composed
of thin, boiled starch solution and laudanum at the body
temperature are to be recommended in diarrhoea of the
young, dysentery and pain arising from strangury or disease
of the genito-urinary organs. Opium suppositories are of
value in canine practice for the same purposes, and will
relieve irritation and pain caused by piles.
Uses External.—Opium is applied externally in various
ways. In the form of laudanum it is sprinkled on poultices
and prescribed in liniment (laudanum and soap liniment,
equal parts) for its anodyne action, but has probably little
medicinal virtue upon the unbroken skin. On raw surfaces,
sores and ulcers, opium does relieve pain, and for this pur-
pose laudanum may be conjoined advantageously with lead
water (1-25).
INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM.
1. To relieve pain and spasm.
‘2. To lessen secretions.
3. To allay motor excitement, diminish muscular action,
and prevent hemorrhage.
4, To abort inflammation.
5. To act as a stimulating and supporting agent.
The sudorific action of the drug upon the lower animals
is slight and comparatively unimportant. Among the pre-
ceding indications the first three naturally follow from the
physiological action of opium, while the latter two are
deduced solely from clinical experience.
1. Although the anodyne and sedative action of opium
is not so marked in its influence upon veterinary patients
as in human subjects, yet it is by far the most valuable
agent we possess for relieving pain of any description, parti-
cularly when combined with atropine. In spasmodic colie
of horses, opium arrests pain by preventing irregular and
violent peristaltic action. It may be given as morphine
368 VEGETABLE DRUGS
(with atropine), subcutaneously; or as laudanum, with ether
and chloroform in a drench, simultaneously with an aloes
ball. In this affection opium actually assists the action
of the purgative by overcoming spasm. Pain directly
antagonizes the effect of opium, and repetition of the dose
is both justifiable and necessary until relief is obtained.
Hypodermic medication is therefore safer when the dose
has to be repeated, in enabling the practitioner to decide
that failure to relieve pain is due to insufficient dosage
rather than to delayed absorption from the digestive canal.
Opium is indicated in all forms of pain, unless it be
caused by congestion or inflammation of the brain substance
(cerebritis). The pains and spasmodic contractions result-
ing from acute or traumatic meningitis are benefited by
opium; also neuralgic and rheumatic pains. The after-
pains of parturition are relieved by opium in causing
relaxation of the unstriped uterine muscle. The spasms of
tetanus are eased when opium is combined with chloral
in enema, or when morphine is injected under the skin.
Clonic spasm of the diaphragm in horses (“Thumps”) is
also treated successfully with opium.
2 and 3. Opium is invaluable in lessening secretion,
motion and pain in various digestive disorders. Gastric
digestion is inhibited by the action upon secretion and
motion, and opium should not be administered immediately
after the ingestion of food, unless the demand for it at that
time is imperative.
Excessive vomiting in dogs may be combated with
opium and bismuth, or with morphine hypodermatically.
Opium quiets peristalsis and secures rest of the canal in
gastritis and gastro-enteritis. In superpurgation and in all
forms of diarrhoea and dysentery, opium is the remedy par
excellence. (Laudanum in dose of 5-10 drops for large birds is
an efficient remedy for diarrhoea in poultry). Its administra-
tion in these disorders should be accompanied, or preceded,
by an oleaginous (horse), saline (herbivora), or mercurial
(horse and dog) purgative; and its action may be assisted
INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 369
by astringents, alkalies, mineral acids, and intestinal antisep-
tics in various combinations suited to.the particular case.
Peritonitis, enteritis, and acute obstruction of the bowels
are treated most successfully with opium, which quiets the
bowels, relieves pain and facilitates the vis medatrix nature,
besides acting as an antiphlogistic in the first-mentioned
diseases. By preventing muscular activity and allaying
general excitability, opium is the most effective hzmostatic
in all internal hemorrhages.
Cough, as a symptom of irritation within the res-
piratory tract, is more commonly treated by some form of
opium than by any other drug. When cough is irrita-
tive or excessive, and is not remedial in removing secre-
tion, then it is very properly controlled by opium. If,
on the other hand, respiratory movements are weak, or
cyanosis threatens from retained secretions, opium is dis-
tinctly contraindicated, since it depresses the respiratory
centres and lessens the irritation produced by the secre-
tions in the bronchial tubes, which would otherwise cause
coughing and expulsion of the exudate.
Opium, especially when combined with belladonna,
notably diminishes secretions, so that this combination is
peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of cough and exuda-
tion, and it is only when increasing moist rales are found to
exist during this medication that it should be stopped.
Pleuritic cough causes intense pain and accomplishes
nothing, so that opium here affords great relief without
inducing bad results.
4. Opium possesses antiphlogistic action in aborting
and combating inflammation. Reflex excitability is less-
ened by opium, and therefore irritation of nerve centres,
which would otherwise cause vascular dilatation, stasis, and
inflammation, is prevented-by the drug. This is at least
the theory. Opium and quinine are the two remedies having
the most popular clinical reputation for aborting colds and
inflammation, and the latter agent also diminishes reflex
axcitability. Inflammation of serous membranes is thought
370 VEGETABLE DRUGS
to be that form most favorably influenced by opium, as peri-
tonitis, enteritis und meningitis, for which purpose the drug
is frequently combined with calomel. But opium is also an
extremely useful antiphlogistic remedy in coryza, bronchitis,
pneumonia and pleurisy, and in inflammations of the mucous
coat of the digestive canal, as gastritis and dysentery. A
single full dose should be given at the earliest possible
stage of these disorders, and the patient should be kept as
quiet as possible to secure the best result.
5. Opium stimulates and supports the system in a
manner not explicable on physiological grounds. It often
conserves life in a remarkable way in patients weakened by
loug continued disease, and in those suffering from loss of
blood following surgical operation, ee or other
natural causes.
Contra-indications.—In respiratory diseases associated
with cyanosis or excessive exudation, in cerebritis, in very
high fever and obstinate constipation. The drug must be used
with caution in the treatment of the aged and very young.
APOMORPHINE Hyprocsatoripum. Apomorphine Hydrochlo-
ride. C,H,NO,H Cl. (U.S. & B. P.)
Derivation.—The hydrochloride of an artificial alkaloid,
obtained by heating morphine (or codeine) in hermetically
closed tubes, with an excess of pure hydrochloric acid. The
morphine thus loses one molecule of water; C,,H,,N O, =
C,,H,,N O, + H,0.
Properties. — Minute, grayish- white, shining, acicular
crystals, without odor, having a faintly bitter taste, and
acquiring a greenish tint upon exposure to light and air.
Soluble in about 45 parts of water, and about 45 parts of
slcohol; very little soluble in ether or chloroform. It should
be kept in small, dark, amber-colored vials. (U.S. P.)
Dose.— Emetic.—D., gr.345-qy (.002-.006), oe :
D., by the mouth, gr-t-4 (.008-.012); D., expectorant, gr.¢>
(.0015-.0024), by the mouth.
APOMORPHINE 371
PREPARATION.
Injectio Apomorphince Hypodermica, (B. P.)
One per cent.
Dose.—Mv-x (.3-.6).
Action Internal.—Small doses (gr.;,-3!;) cause vomiting
in dogs, while larger doses produce salivation and trembling
in addition to vomition. Very large quantities (gr.4-5) occa-
sion first great excitement; the dog howls, runs and jumps
about, the pupils are dilated and the slightest noise excites
great alarm. Then the animal weakens in the hind legs,
becomes paraplegic, falls and goes into convulsions. The
breathing, at the beginning rapid, becomes weak and slow.
Death ensues from respiratory failure.
Nervous System.— The drug primarily stimulates the
~ brain and induces delirium and excitement, but secondarily
causes cerebral paralysis. The origin of the convulsions is
not ascertained. Apomorphine is a direct local paralyzant
to the muscles, acting upon their substance or upon the
motor nerve endings.
Circulation.—Medicinal doses do not alter the force, but
may increase the rate and tension of the pulse by stimula-
tion of the cardiac accelerator nerves and vasomotor centres.
Toxic doses paralyze the heart muscle and lower blood
pressure.
Respiration. —The respiratory movements are at first
markedly increased by large doses of apomorphine. The
reason for this is uncertain. Lethal doses depress and
paralyze the respiratory centre. The breathing then be-
comes feeble and infrequent. The agent causes a copious
outpouring of a watery fluid from the blood vessels of the
respiratory mucous membrane, and is, therefore, an expec-
torant.
Vomiting Centre.—This is stimulated by therapeutic
-doses of apomorphine, but paralyzed by toxic doses, so that
vomiting may not occur in poisoning. Apomorphine does
not act locally upon the stomach.
372 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Uses.—Apomorphine is a reliable, prompt and powerful
emetic. The alkaloid is generally given under the skin and
ean be administered along with zinc sulphate or other emetic
in poisoning. In narcotic poisoning, as with chloral or
opium, apomorphine—like other emetics—may fail to act
efficiently. In the first stage of acute bronchitis, apomor-
phine is useful in canine practice, and again in the later
stage, when the animal becomes choked with exudation.
The drug, in a mild emetic dose, will aid recovery by causing
violent expiratory efforts during vomition, and these tend to
expel secretions, which is furthermore assisted by the action
of the alkaloid in rendering the secretions less viscid.
Chronic dry bronchitis of dogs is likewise benefited by
apomorphine.
The alkaloid decomposes in crystal, and rapidly in solu-
tion, becoming toxic and of a green hue. Solutions should
be freshly prepared and are said to be preserved by the
addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid.
Class 2.—Stimulating the Brain.
BELLADONNE Fouta. Belladonna Leaves. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Deadly nightshade, E.; folia S. herba bella-
donne, feuilles de belladonne, Fr.; tollkraut, tollkirschen
blatter, wolfkirschen-blatter, G.
Derivation. —The leaves of Atropa Belladonna Linné
(Nat. ord. solanacez). Leaves from 10 to 15 cm. long, from
5 to 10 cm. broad; broadly ovate, equilaterally narrowed
into a petiole, tapering at the apex. entire on the margin,
smooth, thin; the upper surface brownish-green, the lower
surface greyish-green; both surfaces whitish punctate;
odor slight; taste bitterish, disagreeable.
Constituents.—T wo alkaloids; 1, atropine, the chief one,
representing the action of belladonna; and, 2, hyoseyamine..
Atropine is now considered to be an artificial product
of hyoscyamine, and therefore the latter to be the natural
BELLADONNA ROOT 373
alkaloid. Belladonna leaves contain about 0.46 per cent.
atropine.
Dose.—H. & C., 3% ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Belladonne Foliorum. Extract of Belladonna Leaves.
(U.S. & B. B.)
Made by percolation and evaporation to pilular consistence. Used
in preparing the unguentum belladonne. Contains 1.4 per cent. of
mydriatic alkaloids.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii.-iv. (.12-24.);
D., gr.4-4 (.008-.03).
Tinctura Belladonne Foliorum. Tincture of Belladonna Leaves.
(Wis S:16a085 BS)
Belladonna leaves, 100, diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made by
maceration and percolation. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., Tiv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
Unguentum Belladonne. Belladonna Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Extract of belladonna leaves, 10; diluted alcohol, 5; benzoinated
lard, 85. (U.S. P.)
BELLADONNE Raprx. Belladonna Root.
Synonym.—Racine de Belladonne, Fr.; wolfskirschen-
wurzel, tollkirschen-wurzel, G.
Derivation.—The root of Atropa Belladonna Linné (nat.
ord. solanaceze). In cylindrical, somewhat tapering, longi-
tudinally wrinkled pieces, 10 to 25 mm. or more in thickness ;
externally brownish-gray, internally whitish; fracture nearly
smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing medullary rays
in the thicker roots, only in the layer near the bark; nearly
inodorous, taste sweetish, afterwards bitterish and strongly
acrid.
Constituents.—Same as leaves. Contains 0.2 to 0.6 per
cent. atropine.
PREPARATIONS,
Fluidextractum Belladonne Radicis. Fluidextract of Belladonna Root.
(WS; B:)
Made by percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation.
One cc. of the extract = one gm. of belladonna root. Standsrizcd so
that 100 cc. of the fluidextract contain 0.5 gm. of mydriatic alkaloids.
The most reliable preparation.
374 VEGETABLE DRUGS
(.6-1.); D., Mi.-iii, (.06-.2).
Linimentum Belladonne. Belladonna Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Camphor, 50; fluidextract of belladonna to make 1,000. (U.S, P.)
Atropina. Atropine. C,,H,, N O,.
(UlS2e-b Es)
An alkaloid obtained from belladonna. As it occurs in
commerce, it is always accompanied by a small proportion
of hyoscyamine extracted along with it, from which it cannot
readily be separated.
Derivation.—Atropine is obtained from a strong tincture
of the root. Slaked lime is added, which splits up atropine
malate and precipitates lime malate. The excess of lime is
precipitated by sulphuric acid, and coloring matters by
potassium carbonate, which also sets free atropine. The
atropine is dissolved in chloroform, recovered on evapora-
tion, and purified by digestion with warm alcohol and char-
coal.
Properties.—W hite, acicular crystals, or a more or less
amorphous white powder; without odor, having a bitter,
acrid taste, and gradually assuming a yellowish tint on
exposure to air. Soluble in 130 parts of water, 3 parts of
alcohol, 16 parts of ether, 4 parts of chloroform, and about
50 parts of glycerin. At about 108° C. (226.4° F.) it melts,
forming a colorless liquid. At about 140° C. (284° F.) it
begins to give off white, acrid fumes, and when ignited,
it is consumed without leaving a residue. It has a
markedly alkaline reaction; its saturated aqueous solu-
tion acquires a pink color upon the addition of a drop of
phenolphtalein.
Incompatibles. —Decomposed by sodium or potassium
hydrate.
Dose.—H.., gr.ss.-iss. (.03-.09); average dose, gr.i. (.06) ;
C., gr.i-ii (.06-.12); Sh. & Sw., gr.st-7 (.003-.005); D.,
or.zdo-gy (.0005-.001).
ATROPINE SULPHATE ols
Arropine SurpHas. Atropine Sulphate. (C,,H,.NO,), H,SO,
(U.S. & B. PB.)
Derivation. — Atropine is dissolved in sulphuric acid
and treated with ether, when the insoluble sulphate settles
out.
Properties. — A white, indistinctly crystalline powder,
without odor; having a very bitter, nauseating taste, and
permanent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 parts of water, 6.2
parts of alcohol, 2,270 parts of ether, or 694 parts of chloro-
form. At 187° C. (309° F.) the salt melts, forming a brown-
ish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it chars, emits acrid vapor,
-and is completely consumed. The salt is neutral to litmus
paper.
Dose.—H., gy.i.-iss. (.06-.09) ; C., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh. &
Sw., gr.44-44 (.004-.005) ; D., gr.z4,-31, (.0005-.002), average
-dose, gr.;1, (.0006).
ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE.
External.—Belladonna is ordinarily not absorbed from
the unbroken skin, but when applied to raw surfaces and
mucous membranes, or, to a less extent, when rubbed into
the skin with camphor (linimentum belladonnz), chloroform,
alcohol, etc., it depresses the sensory nerve endings and
produces a local anodyne action. Thus applied it also
depresses the peripheral motor nerve fibres, and is some-
times injected into spasmodically contracted muscles for
relief of spasm. The vessels are said to be first contracted
~ and then dilated by the local action of the drug, and the
secretions of the skin are diminished.
Internal.—Digestive Tract.—The action of belladonna, if
- any, on the secretory functions of the stomach and bowels
i
—
ec"
-is unknown. Small doses of the drug depress the peripheral —
terminations of the intestinal inhibitory nerve (splanchnic),
- $0 that peristalsis is increased by the normal stimuli. It is
_ stated that both minute and large doses apparently lessen
--intestinal peristalsis; the former by primary stimulation of
376 VEGETABLE DRUGS
the splanchnic nerve endings, the latter by direct depressant
action upon the unstriated muscle of the intestinal wall.
Circulation.— Belladonna is readily absorbed into the-
blood, but has no particular action upon this fluid within.
the body. Dilute solutions of atropine paralyze and stop.
corpuscular movement in the blood withdrawn from the
vessels. The characteristic action of belladonna upon the
circulation consists in depression of the peripheral pneumo-
gastric fibres in the heart, so that the frequency of its.
pulsations is increased. There is also, probably, a slight.
stimulation of the cardiac muscle, or its contained ganglia.
Belladonna is therefore a heart stimulant, by increasing
the number of its beats without diminishing their force.
Large doses sometimes give rise to primary slowing of the
pulse, owing to stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus.
Blood pressure is exalted synchronously with the increased
frequency of the heart, and is due to cardiac stimulation
and also to stimulation of the spinal and medullary vaso-
motor centres, with constriction of blood vessels.
In poisoning, vascular tension is considerably lowered
because of paralysis of the vasomotor centres, smooth
muscles (or ganglia) of the vessel walls (with vascular
dilation), and the heart muscle itself,
Nervous System.— Cerebrum—Belladonna is classed as a.
delirifacient by some authorities,—notably Wood. It stim-
ulates the brain incodrdinately, and large doses produce
restlessness, nervous excitement and delirium in man, and
occasionally delirium in the lower animals. Stimulation is
succeeded by exhaustion and some depression, with stupor
rather than coma.
Spinal Cord—Belladonna appears to exert a double.
action (stimulant and depressant) upon the spinal cord.
The spinal vasomotor and respiratory centres are stim-
ulated. Large doses cause complete loss of motion and
reflex action in the frog, lasting for several days, and
followed by reflex excitability and convulsions. Poisoning-
in mammals is exhibited by less paralyzant action accom-.
ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 377 |
‘panied by more convulsive movements. Various explana-
tions have been offeretl to reconcile these phenomena. The —
prevalent theory is that, following complete paralysis of the
spinal cord, the motor and sensory tracts recover before the
inhibitory centres, so that normal stimuli pass through the
jatter unrestrained and result in convulsions.
Nerves—The action of belladonna upon the nerve end-
ings is extremely important, and represents, to a consider-
able degree, the therapeutic value of the drug. The —
peripheral motor nerve terminations, and, to a less extent,
their trunks, are depressed and paralyzed. This is never
so complete, however, but that there is some voluntary
power left in an animal fatally poisoned. Depression and
loss of function of the afferent nerves come on more slowly,
and exist to a less degree. Belladonna, then, when applied
locally or given internally, is an anodyne, but is far inferior
in this respect to opium; and, whereas opium acts centrally,
belladonna acts peripherally. The terminations of all secre-
tory nerves are also depressed and paralyzed by belladonna,
and secretions are therefore diminished.
Secretions.—Dryness of the mouth is one of the first
physiological symptoms following the administration of
belladonna. This is due to paralysis of the peripheral
terminations of the secretory nerve (chorda tympani) of the
submaxillary gland, and of the secretory nerve endings of
the other salivary and mucous glands in connection with
the mouth. Another characteristic effect of belladonna
consists in the production of dryness of the skin, which
follows the action of the drug in paralyzing the peripheral
nervous filaments supplying the secretory cells of the
sudoriparous glands. In the same manner the tracheal
and bronchial secretions are diminished, and also the
secretion of milk (anti-galactagogue action), by depression
of the terminations of the secretory nerves. The drug does
not exert any decided influence upon the secretions of the
digestive tract, as before stated. The amount of urine is
sometimes increased after the ingestion of small doses of |
378 VEGETABLE DRUGS
belladonna, but is considerably lessened, or suppressed, im
poisoning by the drug. Experiments upon man show that
the urinary solids are increased: urea and uric acid to a.
slight extent; sulphates and phosphates to a considerable-
degree.
Muscles and their Nerves.—Atropine is an antispasmodic-
in its effect upon involuntary muscle. It depresses both
the unstriped fibres and their motor nerve endings. Toxic
doses cause paralysis of the smooth muscles. Voluntary
muscles are not affected by any doses of atropine, although
the motor nerves controlling them are depressed by toxic:
amounts of the alkaloid. In regard to the effect of the drug
upon the intestines, experimental and clinical evidence.
appear to yield quite contradictory results. It seems.
probable that any dose of atropine will depress, to a greater
or lesser extent, the activity of the intestinal muscle, but, as.
there is at the same time depression of the inhibitory nerve
endings (splanchnics), there is also a tendency to increased
peristalsis through the greater sensitiveness of the gut to
stimuli. As the result of careful experiments, it appears
that minute doses of atropine stimulate the splanchnics
and lessen peristalsis; that moderate doses increase
markedly peristalsis by paralyzing the splanchnics; and
that large doses stop all movement of the bowel by
paralyzing the intestinal musculature. Other experiments.
by reliable men and clinical experience negative these
conclusions.
Atropine has been used successfully to produce three.
diverse actions on the bowel: (1) to quiet intestinal move-
ment in inflammation of the bowels; (2) to relieve spasm in
colic and spastic conditions generally; (3) very commonly
to aid catharsis in sluggish states of the intestines. In
practice, small doses will often move the bowels effectively,
while, on the other hand, enormous doses (gr.1-12, instead
of the usual dose of gr.1-100) have recently proved success-.
ful in moving the bowels in obstinate constipation (im
ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 379
human patients) due to obstruction,* when all other means
jailed. Conversely, it is, and has been, the common practice
to give atropine with morphine to prevent peristalsis in
peritonitis and with apparently satisfactory results. It 1s at
present impossible to reconcile these apparently conflicting
facts, but it is readily conceivable that the resultant of the
opposing actions of atropine on the bowels in either stimu-
lating peristalsis by depression of the inhibitory apparatus,
on the one hand, or, in lessening peristalsis by depression of
the muscle, on the other, may depend as much upon the
condition of the gut as upon the dosage, and that, according
to the physiological or pathological state, one or the other
of these opposing actions will preponderate.
The action upon the inhibitory nerve of the heart is
similar to that exerted upon the inhibitory nerve of the
bowels. The pneumogastric terminations are depressed in
the heart by moderate doses, while the heart muscle is
paralyzed by large quantities of belladonna.
A like depressing influence is believed to be exerted
upon the efferent nerve endings of the unstriped muscles of
the bladder, urethra, uterus and vagina, as well as upon the
muscles of these organs. Belladonna acts medicinally as
an antispasmodic in relation to the muscles.
Respiration.—Small doses of atropine do not affect the
respiration. Large therapeutic doses make the respiratory
movements quicker and deeper, by stimulation of the
medullary and spinal respiratory centres. Fatal doses
produce respiratory failure and asphyxia, owing to paralysis
of the respiratory centre and the peripheral vagus filaments
concerned with the respiratory movements. Belladonna also
paralyzes.the peripheral fibres of the pneumogastric nerve in
the bronchial tubes and acts therapeutically as follows:
1. As a respiratory stimulant; the drug is generally inferior
to strychnine in this respect. 2. As an antispasmodic, by
* It 1s probable in these cases that the obstruction w<s due to
spasm, and not mechanical.
380 ; VEGETABLE DRUGS
depressing the efferent vagus endings in the bronchial
tubes and relaxing spasm of the smooth muscle of their
walls. 3. As a sedative, by depressing the afferent vagus
fibres and diminishing the irritation produced by secre-
tion, so that cough is allayed. 4. As an agent lessening
secretion.
Temperature.—Moderate doses of belladonna cause a
rise of temperature, while fatal doses lessen bodily heat.
The first phenomenon is produced by stimulation of the
spinal thermogenic centres, while the latter effect follows
the vasomotor paralysis which occurs after lethal doses.
An elevation of 2-5.4° F. has been noted in dogs after
full doses of atropine, while a greater fall of temperature
has been observed in the same animal in fatal poisoning.
Elevation of temperature is accompanied by increased heat
loss, caused by radiation from the dilated cutaneous vessels.
This latter condition is evidenced by a scarlatina-like erup-
tion in man.
Lye.—The action of belladonna upon the eye affords
another illustration of the depressing action of the drug
upon the nerve terminations. The oculomotor nerve end-
ings are paralyzed by belladonna, and therefore dilation of
the pupil ensues. The mydriatic action is exhibited,
whether the drug be given by the mouth or dropped ~
directly into the eye. In the former case, the drug does
not act through the nervous system, but lacally upon the
peripheral filaments of the third nerve through the medium
of the blood. The muscular fibres of the iris are unaffected
by belladonna. The terminations of the sympathetic and
and the trigeminus may be stimulated, which would also
produce dilation of the pupil. These latter actions are not
definitely determined, while it is known that the dominant
effect consists in depression of the oculomotor nerve end-
ings, as before stated. Paralysis of accommodation follows
paralysis of the terminations of the third nerve in the
ciliary muscle, and therefore vision is disturbed. Intra-
ocular tension is increased by large and continuous dosage
PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA 381
of belladonna, and an artificial glaucoma may be thus
produced. |
Elimination.— Belladonna is probably eliminated en-
tirely by the kidneys.
Summary.—lt will be observed that belladonna, gener-
ally speaking, first stimulates and then depresses the nerve
centres, while it chiefly paralyzes the motor nerve termina-
tions, including the inhibitory (vagus and splanchnic), the
secretory (chorda tympani, etc.), and, to a less extent, the
sensory nerves. Secondary depression of the cerebrum is
not so profound as that of the great medullary centres,
especially the respiratory centre, and there is sometimes a
slight and brief stimulation of the motor nerves of the
smooth muscles, viz., vagus, splanchnic, and possibly vaso-
motor nerves.
Full medicinal doses depress the peripheral filaments
of the inhibitory and secretory nerves and the motor
nerves of the unstriped muscles, as well as tue muscles
themselves, lessen the functional activity of the volun-
tary motor system, and, to a less degree, that of the
afferent nerves. The pulse becomes quickened because of
paralysis of the peripheral vagus endings and stimulation of
the heart or its ganglia; the blood tension is augmented
because of the increased cardiac action and stimulation of
the vasomotor centres; and the respiration is accelerated
because of excitation of the respiratory centres. The
temperature is elevated owing to the circulatory exaltation
and stimulation of the heat-producing centres. Slight
delirium may be present from the exciting action of the
drug upon the cerebral motor centres.
The spinal cord is unaffected by therapeutic doses.
Locally applied, belladonna is a direct paralyzant to nerves,
muscles, vessels and cells.
PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA TO OTHER DRUGS.
A medicinal dose of atropine stimulates, while morphine
depresses, the brain, respiratory functions, and intestinal
peristalsis. This antagonism ceases when poisonous doses
382 VEGETABLE DRUGS
of the two drugs are combined, and therefore atropine
should be given with caution in the treatment of opium
narcosis, so as not to aggravate the already existing central
nervous depression, particularly of the respiration. Mor-
phine relieves pain, causes sweating, and contracts the
pupil centrally. Atropine dilates the pupil, produces dry-
ness of the skin, and depresses the functions of sensory
nerves through its peripheral action. Atropine antagonizes:
physostigma in so far as the latter stimulates the peripheral
oculomotor nerve fibres, the vagi, diminishes blood pres-
sure, depresses the respiratory centres, and stimulates the
unstriated muscle of the intestines, and the secretions of
the stomach, bowels and bronchial tubes.
Atropine is antagonistie—in part—to pilocarpine, which
stimulates secretory nerve terminations in the sweat and
salivary glands, the peripheral oculomotor filaments, and
the nerve endings in the involuntary muscle of the heart,
stomach, intestines and uterus. Atropine counteracts the
influence of aconite and muscarin (the poison of fungi) upon
the heart, and the action of the latter principle in producing
spasm of the pulmonary vessels.
Toxicology.—Toxic doses of belladonna cause in animals.
dryness of the mouth, increased frequency of the pulse and
respiration, elevation of temperature, dilation of the pupil
and partial blindness, restlessness, nervousness, delirium,
twitching of the muscles (occasionally erythema), and fre-
quent micturition. These symptoms are succeeded, in
fatal poisoning, by fall of temperature, retention of urine,
muscular weakness, staggering gait, partial anesthesia,
convulsions and paralysis (one preponderating over the
other), weak, slow, irregular respiration, feeble, rapid pulse,
paralysis of the sphincters, stupor and death. Death occurs.
mainly from asphyxia, but is due in part to cardiac failure.
The physiological test consists in placing a drop of the
urine (secreted by the poisoned animal) into the eye of a
healthy animal, when mydriasis should follow if the case be
one of belladonna poisoning. Three-quarters of a grain of
USES OF BELLADONNA 385
atropine under the skin has proved fatal to dogs. Two
grains of atropine produce mild toxic symptoms in the
horse. Small dogs are slightly poisoned by gr.,{; of atro-
pine ; medium sized dogs by gr.;45, given hypodermatically.
Cattle are as susceptible as horses, although herbivora are
not.so easily influenced as carnivora. The pulse in dogs is
greatly accelerated, sometimes as high as 400, while the
pulse rate of the horse is not generally more than doubled.
Rodents, as guinea pigs and rabbits, and pigeons, are parti-
cularly insusceptible to belladonna, in regard to its effect
upon the pupil, circulation, ete.
The treatment of poisoning includes the use of the
stomach pump, emetics, cardiac stimulants, and pilocarpine
under the skin. Also external heat, general faradism and
artificial respiration.
Post-Mortem Appearances.— These are not generally
characteristic, except of asphyxia. The blood is dark and
poorly coaguable. There is congestion of the lungs, general
passive hyperzmia, and sometimes ecchymoses in the brain,
cord, and their membranes. Congestion of the retina is said,
however, to be pathognomonic of belladonna poisoning.
Administration.— The fluid extract of belladonna root is
the official preparation more commonly used for horses.
The alcoholic extract of the leaves is given in pill or suppo-
sitory to dogs, and in electuary to horses. Atropine sul-
phate is employed under the skin when a rapid effect is
desired.
Uses External.—Local application of belladonna is more
effective when combined with internal medication of the
same drug. Belladonna is the best remedy for mammitis,
applied by massage in the form of liniment, and given by
the mouth. It relaxes spasm, contracts the blood vessels,
and lessens inflammation and congestion ; paralyzes the
secretory nerves and so diminishes the amount of milk,
vascular tension, pain and glandular activity. In fissure of
the rectum, and in hemorrhoids, belladonna (with opium)
in ointment or suppository, allays spasm and pain. Lini-
384 VEGETABLE DRUGS
ment of belladonna is useful in rheumatic or neuralgic pain,
and rubbed upon the throat, in cases of pharyngitis and
laryngitis, affords a serviceable application, when combined
with the internal administration of the drug.
Uses in Connection With the Eye.—In examination of the
fundus of the eye, the media, or lens, for cataract, the pupil
may be dilated to advantage with a weak solution (gr.s4- 3 i.)
of atropine sulphate. A drop will suffice, and no trace of
its effect will remain after the second day. A strong solution
er.iv.- 21.) 1s essential to completely paralyze the iris and
ciliary muscle. In the normal animal, accommodation is
paralyzed and vision disturbed for 8 or 12 days after the
use of this solution. Atropine is particularly useful in
keratitis and iritis. In the former disease, photophobia and
blepharospasm are diminished by the paralyzing action of
atropine upon the trigeminus, and pain, congestion and
inflammation are diminished by contraction of the peri-
pheral blood vessels. In central perforating ulcer of the
cornea, with protrusion of the iris, atropine, by dilating
the pupil, draws the iris away and prevents its permanent
adhesion (anterior synechia) to the cornea, while the per-
foration is becoming filled with lymph and the anterior
chamber is being restored. Strong solutions of atropine
instilled at frequent intervals, are useful in iritis by (1)
paralyzing and securing rest of the iris and ciliary muscles;
(2) in lessening local blood supply, congestion and inflam-
mation, and in preventing adhesions of the posterior sur-
faces of the iris to the anterior capsule of the lens (posterior
synechiz), Which both limits the normal variation in the
pupillary diameter and interferes with the nutrition of the
lens, and so predispose to cataract. Atropine is contra-
indicated in glaucoma.
Uses Internal.—The general indications follow directly
from our knowledge of the physiological action of the drug.
They are as follows:—1. To stimulate the respiration and
circulation. 2. To diminish secretion. 38. To relieve spasm
and pain.
USES OF BELLADONNA 385
1, Acute diseases, as pneumonia, bronchitis, influenza,
cerebro-spinal meningitis, etc., are frequently treated at the
outset with belladonna, with the intent of cutting short the
inflammatory process by producing general vascular con-
‘traction. There does not seem to be sufficient physiological
or clinical evidence to warrant this practice (except in pha-
ryngitis and laryngitis), and there are other drugs (ergot)
which accomplish the purpose, were it desirable, more effi-
ciently. In the second stage of acute diseases, as pneu-
monia, belladonna is a valuable agent in combination with
strychnine, to stimulate respiration, prevent effusion and
vasomotor and cardiac depression. Belladonna is of service
also as a respiratory, cardiac and vasomotor stimulant
in poisoning by various drugs, including opium, chloro-
form, ether, aconite, prussic acid, physostigma and pilocar-
pine. Recent experiments by Reichert (Therapeulic Monthly,
May, 1901) and others show that atropine, while stimulating
the respiratory centre exerts a powerful depressing action
on the pulmonic motor fibres of the vagi, and that in opium
poisoning atropine, instead of strengthening, actually lessens
respiratory power. Strychnine undoubtedly is a much
better antidote in this condition. In surgical shock, with
low temperature, owing to vasomotor paralysis and vascular
dilatation, atropine is a most potent remedy, combined with
digitalis. ste
2. Belladonna is employed therapeutically to diminish
excessive sweating and salivation, mercurial or otherwise.
It is recommended in serous, or watery diarrhcea. Cidema
of the lungs is combated most successfully with atropine
(combined with strychnine) subcutaneously. In the second
stage of acute respiratory diseases, as bronchitis, influenza,
canine distemper, and pneumonia, belladonna diminishes
secretion, irritability and cough, and stimulates the heart
and respiration. It may be associated with opium to in-
crease the sedative effect.
3. Belladonna does not have much influence over spasm
of the voluntary muscles, unless injected (atropine) into their
386 VEGETABLE DRUGS
substance. Rheumatic lameness. and cramps and spasm
due to injury of nerves, may be treated in this manner.
Spasm of involuntary muscle is, however, more easily over-
come, and this action is of exceeding therapeutic importance.
Intestinal spasmodic colic of horses succumbs most readily
when atropine is given with morphine under the skin. In
peritonitis and enteritis, full and repeated doses of atropine,
with morphine, assist in paralyzing the smooth muscular
fibres of the intestines, and in quieting peristaltic move-
ment. Paradoxical as it may seem, large doses of atropine
have been recently used in human medicine, and with re-
markably good results, in the treatment of intestinal ob-
struction from impacted feces, and even in invagination and
twist, on the assumption that the inhibitory splanchnic
fibres of the gut are paralyzed by these large quantities
given under the skin (see ‘“‘ Action on Muscles and Nerves”’).
Cough, stridulus breathing, and spasm, associated with
acute pharyngitis and laryngitis, are influenced favorably by
belladonna, in the first stage. The drug acts locally to
paralyze the ends of the motor nerves in the throat, relieves
spasm, and also contracts the peripheral vessels and over-
comes congestion and inflammation. It may be given to
horses in electuary, and also applied in liniment or oint-
ment externally. The following prescription is suitable for
horses suffering from pharyngitis or laryngitis.
he
Extract. Belladonneze Rad. Fl,............. zi,
Pulv. Potassii'Chloratis,..c.0.0@m ©. <2 200 Galle
Puly. Glycyrrhizae: cca shee oes eeieek sere avg
Sy PUP URE ccicic lat aweaee eee oreedevete Q. S.
M. et f. electuarium.
Sig. Give + ounce every two hours. (Furnish } ounce
for sample dose.)
In bronchitis and asthma, belladonna also allays spasm
and lessens secretion, irritation and cough. Other spasmo-
dic conditions benefited by belladonna are, “thumps,” lead
colic, spasm of the rectum owing to fissure or other causes,
HYOSCYAMUS 387
and incontinence of urine due to spasm of the neck of the
bladder. Palpitation of the heart is relieved by the sedative
action of the mydriatic upon the unstriated cardiac muscle.
Tetanus is favorably influenced by extract of belladonna
given in electuary. In this section may be included the
effect of small doses of belladonna in paralyzing the inhi-
bitory (splanchnic) nerve terminations in the bowels, and
thus assisting the action of peristaltic stimulants, as aloes
and strychnine. Pills containing aloin (gr.), extractum
belladonne alcoholicum foliorum (gr.}), and extractum cas-
care sagradee (gr), form a useful laxative combination in
chronic constipation of dogs.
Hyoscyamus. Hyoscyamus. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Hyoscyami folia, B. P.; henbane, herba
hyoscyami, E.; feuilles de jusquiame noire, Fr.; bilsen-
krant, G.
The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus niger
Linné (nat. ord. solanaceze), collected from plants of the
second year’s growth.
Habitat. — Indigenous to England, the Continent, and
Asia, and naturalized in the northern part of the United
States.
Description —lLeaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25
em. long and 10 em. broad; sinuate-toothed; the teeth large,
oblong or triangular, grayish-green, and, particularly on the
_ lower surface, glandular-hairy ; midrib prominent; flowers
nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five-toothed calyx, and a
_ light yellow, purple-veined corolla; odor heavy, narcotic;
taste bitter and somewhat acrid.
Constituents.—Two alkaloids: hyoseyamine C,,H,,N O,,
and hyoscine. The first resembles atropine in composition
and action. Impure, amorphous, commercial hyoscyamine
is a dark-brown fluid and contains as its active principle
mainly hyoscine.
Incompatibility.—Incompatible with caustic alkalies and
383 ViGhTABLE DeUGS
vegetable acids, lead aeetate and silver nitrate. Hyoscyamus
may be given in pill with the two nae mineral salts.
Dose.—H. & C., Zss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Hyoscyami. Extract of Hyoscyamus. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation to pilular consistency. The extract should contain 0.3 per
cent. of mydriatic alkaloids.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.xx.- 3.1. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.08- 12).
Fluidextractum Hyoscyami. Fluidextract of Hyoscyamus.
Made by maceration, percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of hyoscyamus. Each 100 ce. of
fluidextract contains 0 075 gm. of alkaloids from hyoscyamus.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., Mv.-xv. (.3-1.).
Tinctura Hyoscyami. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. (U.S. & B. P.)
Hyoscyamus, 100; diluted alcohol to make 1000. Made by mace-
ration and percolaticn. Standardized to contain 0.007 gm. of mydriatic
alkaloids in each 100 ce. of the tincture. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 31.-iv. (4.-15.).
The dose of hyoscyamus preparations is generally two to four
times that of similar belladonna preparations.
Succus Hyoscyami. Juice of Hyoscyamus. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as tincture.
HyoscyaMIn® SutpHas. Hyoscyamine Sulphate.
(C,,H., N O,), HS O,.
The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo-
scyamus.
Derivation.—Hyoscyamine is derived from hyoscyamus
seed. The latter are treated with ether to extract fat, and
then distilled with alcohol and sulphuric acid. The liquid
residue is neutralized with caustic soda and precipitated
with tannic acid. The precipitate is mixed with lime and
extracted with alcohol. The resulting alcoholic solution is
first treated with sulphuric acid, then with caustic soda, and
HYOSCAMINE HYDROB:.OMATE 5389
finally with ether, which dissolves the alkaloid. The latter
is recovered by distillation.
Properties.—W hite, indistinct crystals, or a white pow-
der, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste. Deli-
quescent in damp air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water, and
in 2.5 parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or
chloroform.
Dose.—H., gy.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.gy - sty (-001-.002).
HyoscyaAMIN® HypDROBROMIDUM.
Hyoscyamine Hydrobromide. C,,H,,N O,H Br. (U.S. P.)
The hydrobromide of an alkaloid obtained from hyo-
seyamus.
Properties. — A yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like
mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when damp,
a tobacco-like odor, and an acrid, nauseous and bitter taste.
Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in about 0.3
part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3,000 parts of ether, or 250
parts of chloroform.
Dose.—H., gyr.i.-1i. (.06-.12); D., gr.g4)-3!5 (.001-.002).
Hyoscina: Hyprospromipum. Hyoscine Hydrobromide.
C,H, oO Br). (U2 82P. &BrP.)
The hydrobromide of an alkaloid obtained from hyo-
scyamus.
Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals ;
odorless and having an acrid, slightly bitter taste. Perma-
nent in the air. Soluble in 1.9 parts of water, and in 13
parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or chloro-
form.
Dose.—H., gr.4-} (.001-.015); D., gr.z45-+1, (.0004-.0006).
Action Internal.—The action of hyoscyamus is a resul-
tant of that of its two alkaloids, hyoscine and hyoscyamine.
The latter is practically atropine, except that its mydriatic
action is shorter. Hyoscine, in poisonous doses, is a power-
390 VEGETABLE DRUGS
ful depressant to the cerebrum, respiratory centre, spinal
reflex centres, and motor tract. It differs from atropine in
being a cerebral sedative, and in its greater’ paralyzant
action upon the spinal cord. The tetanic stage succeeding
spinal paralysis, observed in atropine poisoning, does not
ensue with hyoscine. The latter alkaloid slightly depresses
and slows the heart, and does not paralyze the vagus termi-
nations, nor depress the motor and sensory nerves or
muscles. The circulation is but slightly influenced, and
vasomotor depression only occurs in the latter stage of
lethal poisoning. Death occurs from paralysis of the respi-
_ ratory centres. Poisoning in animals is exhibited by loss of
muscular power, slowing and failure of respiration, dryness
of the mouth, stupor and asphyxia. The pulse may be
infrequent, the pupils are dilated and the skin is moist,
rather than dry. Delirium and convulsions sometimes
occur in man. The effect of the combined action of hyoscy-
amine and hyoscine in hyoscyamus is shown when we com-
pare the drug with belladonna. Hyoscyamus is more of a
cerebral sedative and hypnotic, and less of a heart and
respiratory stimulant. It is said to possess more power in
overcoming spasm, and griping of cathartics, and in aiding
intestinal movement. Hyoscyamus is also thought to exert
a more pronounced antispasmodic action than belladonna
upon the smooth muscles of the bladder and urethra.
Uses.—Hyoscyamus is generally applicable in the same
disorders for which belladonna is indicated. In relieving
some sorts of spasm, hyoscyamus is more efficient than
belladonna, as in spasmodic colic, spasm of the bladder, and
eriping caused by cathartics. Tetanus, chorea, and epilep-
tic convulsions in dogs, are benefited by henbane, but the
drug does not possess a curative action. Hyoscyamine may
be combined to advantage with strychnine, subcutaneously,
in impaction of the bowels in horses. The former drug
depresses the inhibitory nerve endings (splanchnic), and
assists the stimulant action of strychnine upon the intestinal
muscle. Repeated small doses of oil will facilitate peristal-
i
INDIAN CANNABIS 391
sis in this condition. Hyoscine hydrobromide is indicated
in spasmodic affections and in nervous and sexual excite-
ment. It is a powerful drug and should be employed at the
‘outset in small doses. To avoid contamination with hyo-
scyamine is difficult, and the preparation of Merck is to be
recommended.* Hyoscine has not been employed to any
extent in veterinary practice. It is used in human medicine
as a hypnotic and sedative in mania and delirium of the
insane. It causes no unpleasant after-effects.
CannaBis Inpica. Indian Cannabis. (U.S. & B. PE)
The flowering tops of the female plant of the Cannabis
sativa Linné (nat. ord. urticacez), grown in the East Indies.
Synonym.—Indian hemp, E.; chanvre indien, Fr.; indi-
scher hanf, G.; herba cannabis indice, P. G.
Haschisch is a confection of the drug. Arabian habi-
tués of this preparation are frequently impelled by its
influence to deeds of violence. They are called “ hascha-
schins”’; hence the English, assassins. Gunjab, or ganga, is
the dried plant used in India for smoking. Churrus is the
resin and epidermis scraped off the leaves. Bhang consists
of the young leaves, flowering and fruiting tops and resin
resulting from the first season’s growth.
Habitat.—The official cannabis is indigenous to Asia,
but the common hemp plant (Cannabis sativa) grows in
America and many other parts of the world.
Description.—Branching, compressed, brittle, about 5
em. or more long, with a few digitate leaves, having linear-
lanceolate leaflets, and numerous, sheathing, pointed bracts,
each containing two small pistillate flowers, sometimes with
the nearly ripe fruit; the whole more or less agglutinated
with a resinous exudation. It has a brownish-green color,
a peculiar narcotic odor and a slightly acrid taste.
Incompatibility.—Water precipitates the active resinous
principles. Lemon juice and other vegetable acids are the
most efficient antidotes.
* Scopolamine is identical with hyoscine and is so named because ob-
tained from Scopola atropoides. Scopolamine, or hyoscine, with morphine
under the skin (after Korff) have been employed to some extent as general
anesthetics in human surgery to replace ether or chloroform. Korff injects
subcutaneously in three doses, 24, 14, and 4 hour before operation, scopola-
mine with morphine, giving, in all, gr.4 of morphine and gr.?, of scopola-
mine. Scopolamine and hyoscine are somewhat unstable, and therefore to
that extent unreliable. As many as 260 operations have been done by one
- surgeon, however, without a death attributable to this method, which
should be particularly worthy of trial by veterinarians,
392 ViGEDLBLE D2UCS
Constituents.—Resins, including: (1) canuabin and (2)
cannabinon; the first is stated to be very active; (3) teta-
nocannabine (in which is contained a substance, choline,
C,H,,N O,), and, with alkalies, forms (4) cannabine. None
of these substances is a practical substitute for the crude.
drug.
PREPARATIONS,
FExtractum Cannabis Indice, Extract of Indian Cannabis,
(UsSré& BaP)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and by evapora-.
tion to a pilular consistence.
Dose.--H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.14-i. (.015-.06),
Fluidextractum Cannabis Indice.
Fluidextract of Indian Cannabis. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation. The alcohol is distilled off
from the last part of unc percolate, and the residue is dissolved in the
first part (700 Cc.), and enough alcohol is added to make 1 Ce. of the-
fluid extract equal 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H., 3 iv.-vi.-(16 -24.); D., Mii.-x. (.12-.6),
Administration.—The extract is given in ball, pill, electuary or-
suppository ; or the fluid preparations may be used.
Tinctura Cannabis Indice. Tincture of Indian Cannabis,
(GAS 76q0B- BS)
Indian cannabis, 100; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. Made by macera< ~
tion and percolation. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 1xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.).
Action Hxternal.—Cannabis indica exerts a considerable-
irritant action when applied to mucous membranes. This
is followed by local anesthesia.
Action Internal.—Indian hemp is a distinct depressant
to the functions of the brain and cord in poisonous doses, .
although therapeutically stimulating these organs in small,
quantities, and producing in man a kind of intoxication and
mild delirium. The reflex activity of the spinal cord is
primarily increased, but this is succeeded by diminution of
reflex movement, and, after large doses, by anzesthesia and.
loss of voluntary motion. The sensory tract (centres and_
INDIAN CANNABIS 393
merves) is depressed by considerable therapeutic doses.
Our knowledge of the detailed physiological action of the
drug is imperfect. The action of cannabis comes on slowly
and continues for a long time. A horse receiving, under the
direction of the writer, at the Harvard Veterinary Hospital,
3 ounce of the solid extract, became drowsy. Sleep after a
few hours deepened into stupor, and. stupor into coma.
The respiration became slow, the pulse slightly accelerated,
and the animal so anesthetic that amputation of the penis
was done on the following day without producing the slight-
est pain or struggling. The animal had to be supported in
slings, and only recovered after three days. Frequently
neither constipation, anorexia, or other deleterious after-
effects follow the action of this drug.
The following are extracts from experiments of Muir*
with cannabis indica:
Gelding, 8 years old; condition poor. Gave two doses of fluid
extract (Park & Davis, normal liquid) undiluted of 12.5 cc. each (about
3 drachms) intrajugularly, twenty minutes apart. Became rapidly
nervous and excitable, increased by sounds or touch. In half an hour
from first dose he became sleepy and stupid. A third dose of 15 cc.
(4g ounce) was injected into the jugular about an hour after the first
and caused sweating and a sleepy condition, in which the animal jerked
and twitched his head as if dreaming. The temperature dropped to
96° F., and the sleepy state, alternating with excitement when annoyed,
lasted three hours, when delirium supervened and continued for six
hours, at which time all the symptoms disappeared.
~~
Pony, 575 pounds; condition fair. Received 15 cc. (4g ounce) of
the fluid extract intravenously. In two minutes became delirious: in
ten minutes was asleep against stall: In half an hour fell to floor and
slept there for eighteen hours and could not be aroused. Temperature
fell to 925° F. Respiration regular; pulse from 42 to 30 during
experiment.
Gelding. 1050 pounds; in good condition. Given 45 cc. of fluid
extract intravenously. In three minutes rearing, kicking, snorting
and going on like one mad. He ran back and forth along one side of
his stall like a caged tiger with sweat rolling off him and cutting and
bruising himself, being apparently anesthetic. He endeavored to bite
* Jour. Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, April and May, 1900.
394 ; VEGETABLE DRUGS
or strike anyone approaching and remained delirious and excitable fur
twelve to twenty-four hours.
Gelding, 650 pounds. 30 cc. of fluid extract injected into jugular..
In four minutes became unsteady; in twelve minutes he was asleep ;.
in half an hour he fell and so slept for eighteen hours. Temperature
dropped to 91.8° F. from normal; the pulse was accelerated and the,
respiration slightly so.
Muir deduces from his experiments that as much as.
50 ce. (Ziss.) of the fluid extract may be given with safety
intravenously.
In the human being, cannabis induces very peculiar
mental phenomena, including hallucinations, a sense of
double consciousness, and great prolongation of time, so
that minutes are drawn out into hours, and hours into days.
Sometimes sexual excitement, exaltation, and hilariousness
are exhibited; at other times a dreadful premonition of im-
pending death seizes the human subject. The drug is not
fatal, except in colossal doses, but the effects may appear
alarming. Intrajugular injection into a small dog, of five
drachms of the fluid extract (10 minims of which proved
active in man) only caused death after several hours.
(Hare). Preparations of Indian hemp vary greatly in
strength, many being entirely inert, and this fact constitutes.
one of the principal objections to its use. The practitioner
is recommended to experiment until he secures a reliable
preparation, and use no other thereafter.
Uses.—Cannabis is indicated for the relief of: 1, pain;
2, spasm; 3, nervous irritability. It is not comparable to
morphine as an analgesic, on account of the uncertainty and.
slowness of its action, and because anzsthesia is only pro-
duced by an unwarrantably large dose. It is only superior
to opium in not causing constipation, anorexia and indiges-
tion, and is therefore sometimes given in colic to horses,
for the relief of pain and spasm. The permanency of the
action of Indian hemp suggests its use in conditions of long
continued pain or spasm. In thirty-five cases of tetanus
in the human being, treated with cannabis, twenty-one
recovered and fourteen died. The results reported in veter-~
CAFFRINE 395
inary practice have been almost as favorable ; over half the
cases have recovered when subjected to this medication.
Medication has, however, usually very little influence in
tetanus. Jtecovery appears to be largely a matter of chance,
even with antitoxin. Cannabis Indica is oeccasicnally em-
ployed as a sedative for irritable cough, and to relieve the
spasms of chorea.
CaFFEINA. Caffeine. OC,H,,N,O, + H,O.
(USca BP.)
Synonym.—Theine, guaranine, E.; coffein, G.; caféine, Fr.
A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the
dried leaves of Thea sinensis Linné (nat. ord. ternstroemia-
cee), or from the dried seeds of Coffea arabica Linné (nat.
ord. rubiacese), and found also in other plants.
Habitat.—Indigenous to Africa, and cultivated in other
tropical countries.
Derivation —Crushed coffee is treated with successive
portions of boiling water, and the resulting solution is
precipitated with lead acetate and filtered. Hydrogen sul-
phide decomposes the excess of lead acetate remaining in
the filtrate. The latter is then concentrated by evaporation
and neutralized with ammonia water. Caffeine crystallizes
on cooling. The alkaloid is purified by charcoal and recrys-
tallization.
Properties.—Fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crys-
tals, possessing a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter
taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of
water, 33 parts of alcohol, 555 parts of ether, or 7 parts of
chloroform. Also soluble in about 2 parts of boiling water,
and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Caffeine is neutral to
litmus paper. Caffeine exists, curiously enough, as the
active principle of the national non-alcoholic beverages in
use all over the world. Coffee contains .6-2.2 per cent. of
caffeine, together with glucose, fat, vegetable casein, tannic
acid, and an empyreumatic oil developed by roasting, 7. e.,
396 VEGETABLE DRUGS
caffeone. Tea contains 1.36-3. per cent. of caffeine, or theine,
and also a volatile oil and tannic acid. Guarana (the seeds
of Paullinia cupana) contains 4 tc 5 per cent. of caffeine;
maté, or Paraguay tea (the leaves of Ilex paraguayensis),
contains .45-1.2 per cent. Caffeine is found in kola nut (the
fruit of Sterculia acuminata), used as a beverage in Africa,
and now as a nervous stimulant in human medicine, and is
allied to theobromine, occuring in chocolate beans, and to
cocaine, existing in coca leaves.
| Incompatibility.— Caffeine is incompatible with mercury
salts, potassium iodide and tannic acid.
Dose.—H., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2), accord-
ing to size.
CarreIna Cirrata. Citrated Caffeine. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Dissolve citric acid (50) in hot, distilled
water (100); add caffeine (50) and evaporate the resulting
solution, on a water bath, to dryness, constantly stirring
towards the end of the operation. Reduce the product to a
fine powder and transfer it to well-closed bottles.
Properties.—A white powder, odorless, having a purely
acid taste and acid reaction. One part of citrated caffeine -
forms a clear, syrupy solution, with about 3 parts of water. -
Upon dilution with water this yields a white precipitate
(caffeine), which redissolves when about 25 parts of water
have been added. It is also soluble in a mixture of two
volumes of chloroform and 1 volume of ether.
Dose.—-H.., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.i-vi. (.06-.36).
Action Internal.—Caffeine has no particular action upon
the digestive tract, except in large quantities, when it may
cause gastro-intestinal irritation. The effect of caffeine and
raw coffee is identical, but when the latter is roasted, aroma- —
tic oils, or an empyreumatic oil, are developed (caffeone).
It is impossible to separate completely the action of caffeine
from caffeone in boiled coffee. Recent investigations appear
to show that the oil (caffeone), of which there is from one to
CAFTEINE Ot
one-half drachm in a cup of the beverage, has no physiolo-
gical action except to disturb digestion and cause bilious-
ness. This result is not in accord with the general belief,
and it is probable that caffeone possesses a transient acticn
in stimulating intestinal peristalsis, the cerebral functions,
-and in lessening vascular tension.
Circulation.— Caffeine increases blood pressure by mak-
ing the heart beat more forcibly and rapidly. The systolic
contractions are longer and stronger. Experimental evi-
lence concerning the physiological details of its action upon
the heart is contradictory. The vasomotor centres are not
influenced by the drug except in poisoning, when both the
heart muscle and vasomotor system are depressed, and the
heart stops in diastole after cessation of respiratiou.
Nervous System.—Caffeine is a certain and direct stimu-
lant to the cerebral cortex. It produces wakefulness and
restiessness, and stimulates the reasoning and imaginative
faucuities in man. In the lower animals caffeine often causes
the most intense cerebral excitement and mania in large
doses. The alkaloid also stimulates the spinal motor area,
and toxic quantities produce restlessness, increased reflex
excitability and convulsions in the lower animals. It is
undetermined whether the convulsions are of cerebral or
spinal origin. The motor and sensory nerves are unaffected
~ by medicinal doses. Alcohol and opium stimulate the brain,
but do so incodrdinately. This is nct the case with caffeine.
Kidneys.—The kidneys primarily contract for two or
three minutes with corresponding diminution in the flow of
urine, after the subcutaneous injection of small doses of
caffeine. This effect is independent of the general vascular
condition, and is followed by an increase in the volume of
the kidneys, with accompanying augmentation of the urinary
secretion, as shown by experiments with Roy’s oncometer.
The renal cells are directly stimulated. The drug is there-
fore a local diuretic and one of the most efficient and
powerful.
ftespiration.—The respiration is not affected to any
393 VEGETABLE DRUGS
considerable extent by caffeine, save by toxic doses, when
it is depressed. ‘
Metabolism.—The action of caffeine (and coffee) upon
tissue change is inconstant. Sometimes it restrains nitro-
genous consumption with corresponding diminution of urea
elimination. Caffeine is entirely decomposed in the body,
unless ingested in large quantities, when it is eliminated in
part in the urine.
Toxicoloqgy.—Caffeine is a spinal and muscle poison to
the frog. Tetanic convulsions occur in the batrachian
similar to those produced by strychnine, but there is also
muscular rigidity. These phenomena follow the direct
stimulation of the spinal motor tract and muscles, and are-
succeeded by paresis. In man, stimulation of the cerebral
cortex occurs, while both stimulation of the brain and cord
are observed in the domestic animals. The symptoms of
poisoning in dogs, cats and mammals generally, are restless-
ness, occasionally vomiting in dogs, rapid breathing, primary
reduction followed by rise in temperature, clonic or tonic
convulsions, muscular weakness, and general paresis. Death
occurs from respiratory failure. The minimum fatal dose
is about 1 gr. to 1 Ib. of live weight in the cat.
Administration. — Caffeine and its ordinary salts are
decomposed by water and therefore should not be given
subcutaneously. The alkaloid is best administered in solu-
tion with sodium salicylate, or benzoate, for use under the
skin as follows :—
Cafteinge, ... 8c bekisterspoieaeseeuraneiete siaeleiele ememels
OMIT Salve ylabisy. x= Abe winre'¥ xiavaistctaue erareieters (9 O'S.
YN QUEG re, cis o:5, os igh sia) s as 4 yee arm theta eer eters) ee 31
M.
S. Give fifteen drops hypodermically to horse.
Three drops to dog.
or -—
Ti
CRTC GD: cscehe ete tere eicinic eee ote aratermatevers.© 5
Hod Henzomabisie eater rece aa gr.xv.
SANGHURES ciate lotaletelate = ereietate oe eietetare ater iebaret ere fae TLxlv.
M.
S. Give one-half, under the skin, to horse.
CAFFEINE oe 399
The soluble citrate may be given internally, but it 1s
not a definite or reliable preparation, and inferior to caffeine,
which may be administered in solution with a little citric
acid, or as above.
Uses.—Three indications for the use of caffeine may be
deduced from our knowledge of its physiological action.
1. To stimulate the brain. 2. To stimulate the heart.
3. To cause diuresis.
1. Its application as a cerebral stimulant is very limited
in veterinary medicine. It acts thus as an antidote to opium
poisoning. One and a half grains of caffeine will save cats
poisoned by the minimum fatal dose (gr.1Z) of morphine.
2. Caffeine possesses particular value in the treatment
of dropsy of cardiac origin in dogs, because of its diuretic
action, as well as stimulant effect upon the heart. The
therapeutic indications are much the same as for digitalis,
but caffeine differs from digitalis in the following particulars:
Does not prolong diastole. Is not cumulative.
Does not slow the heart. More transient in its effect.
Nor regulate the heart.
Caffeine, in combination with acetanilid and other
modern coal tar products, is useful in preventing their
depressing action upon the heart. Furthermore, caffeine,
tea and coffee are serviceable in the treatment of acute
asthenic diseases in the horse (influenza), dog (distemper),
and in foals and calves, acting as nervous and cardiac stimu-
lants and perhaps restraining tissue waste.
3. The diuretic property of caffeine renders it appro-
priate in aiding the absorption of pleuritic effusion, ascites,
and dropsies, particularly of cardiac and renal origin, and
in the hepatic form as well.
400 VEGETABLE DRUGS
SECTION II.—DRUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL
CORD.
Class 1.—Stimulating the Inferior Cornua.
Nux Vomica. Nux Vomica. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Semen nucis vomice, poison nut, Quaker
button, E.; noix vomique, Fr.; krihen-augen, brechnuss, G.
The seed of Strychnos nux-vomica Linné (nat. ord.
Loganiacez).
Description. — About 25 mm. in diameter, orbicular,
grayish, or greenish-gray, soft, hairy, of a silky lustre, with
a slight ridge extending from the centre of one side to the
edge; internally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough,
with a large circular cavity into which the heart-shaped,
nerved cotyledons ea It is inodorous and persistently
bitter.
Constituents.—Two alkaloids. 1. Strychnine, 0.2-0.6 per
cent. 2. Brucine (C,,H,,N,O,), 0.5-1.0 per cent. Similar in
action to strychnine, but weaker and slower. Both alkaloids
exist in combination with igasuric acid. Brucine occurs in
rectangular octohedral crystals; is soluble in alcohol, in
7 parts of chloroform, and possesses a bitter taste. With
sulphuric and nitric acids a beautiful blood-red color is
developed. Nux vomica should yield not less than 1.25 per
cent. of strychnine (U.S. P.)
Dose—H. & C., 31.-i1. (4.-8.); Sh., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3+2.6);
Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12).
PREPARATIONS,
Eetractum Nucis Vomice. Extract of Nux Vomica. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration with alcohol, water and acetic acid; percola-
tion with alcohol and water, and evaporation. Standardized to contain
5 per cent. of strychnine. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); Sh., gr.iiss.-v. (.15-.3); Sw.,
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.4-+ (.008-.016).
STRYCHNINE 401
Fluidextractum Nucis Vomicce. Fluidextract of Nux Vomica.
CG. Ss Pe)
Made by digestion and percolation with alcohol, water and acetic
acid. The alcohol is distilled off and the solution evaporated. Alcohol
and water are added so that the fluidextract shall contain 1 per cent. of
strychnine.
Dose—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., ™xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); Sw., ™Mx.-
xx, (6-1.3); D., Mi-ii. (.06-.12).
Tinctura Nucis Vomice. Tincture of Nux Vomica. (U.S. & B. P)
Made by solution of the extract of nux vomica, 20, in alcohol, and
water to make 1,000. (U.S. P.) Contains 0.1 per cent. strychnine.
Dose,—D., Tv.-x. (.3-.6).
SrrycHnina. Strychnine. C,, H,,N,O, (U.S. & B. P.)
An alkaloid obtained from nux vomiea, and also obtain-
able from other plants of the natural order Loganiacez.
Derivation. — Nux yomica seeds are powdered and
strychnine is extracted with water acidulated with hydro-
chloric acid. The solution is concentrated and strychnine
precipitated with lime. It is then redissolved in boiling
alcohol and the crystals are deposited upon concentration
of the solution.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent, octohedral, or pris-
matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder; odorless, and
having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in even highly
dilute (1 in 700,000) solution. Permanent in the air.
Soluble in 6,700 parts of water, and in 110 parts of aleohol;
in 2,500 parts of boiling water, and in 12 parts of boiling
alcohol; also soluble in 7 parts of chloroform, but almost
insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving
no residue. No coloration is produced with nitric or sul-
phuric acid, but a drop of the latter and a grain of potassium
bichromate, added to a crystal of strychnine upon a porce-
lain plate, yields a beautiful violet, changing into purplish-
red and cherry-red, and finally to orange or yellow.
Dose.—Same as strychnine sulphate or nitrate (minimum
quantities), which are preferable on account of their greater
solubility.
402 VEGETABLE DRUGS
*STRYCHNINE SutpHas. Strychnine Sulphate.
(C,,H,,N;0,), EES O, 4.10 EO. (0. 5. Pp)
Derivation—Made by the action of sulphuric acid on
strychnine.
Properties.—Colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, odor-
less, and having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in
highly dilute (1 in 700,000) solution. Efflorescent in dry air.
Soluble in 50 parts of water and in 109 parts of aleohol; 2
parts of boiling water and in 8.5 parts of boiling alcohol.
Almost insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed,
leaving no residue. On adding potassium or sodium hydrate
to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is
thrown down, which should conform to the test for strych-
nine.
Dose.—H., gr.ss.-i.ss. (.03-.09); C., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18); Sh.,
er.4-3 (.015-.03); D., gr.zd5-qy (.0005-.0015).
The dose of strychnine should be proportioned to the
weight in the case of all animals, but more particularly dogs.
Otherwise, convulsive attacks or:a fatal result may occur.
The dose c2n be accurately determined, according to Feser,
by the following data:
Dose per kilo (2lbs. 30z. 119.9gr. avoirdupois) live wee
Horse, sheep and cattle.... .0001-.0002 (gr.;4,-315)
WIIG iya are eeierciicac lores sere ter eae ee 0002-.0003 (gr.sho-sip)
DOE Sia team etter erent 0001 (gr.gtz)
In accordance with the foregoing figures, dose for
Horse weighing 1,000 Ibs. is .045-.09 (gr.?-14)
Dog = 100 0045 or. iz) =
Oy se “50 Ss OS SU(N (gr-3i5) bd
6“ 66 95 «© 00112 (gr ae)
te ts 10“ « [00045 (eri,
Moreover, these doses may be given every three hours
without producing poisoning by their cumulative action.
Notwithstanding the foregoing figures, caution should be
exercised in prescribing strychnine to dogs, as these animals
* Strychnine Nitras—Strychnine Nitrate, occurring in colorless,
odorless, glistening needles, is now official. Has very bitter taste; soluble
in 42 parts of water. Dose same as Strychnine Sulphate. Strychnine
Hydrochloridum (B. P.). Dose same as Strychnine Sulphate.
STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 403
appear sometimes extremely susceptible to strychnine, and
it is therefore advisable to begin with a minimum dose
(gr.z4,) in small animals.
The dose of one grain should not be ordinarily exceeded
in the case of horses, as one and one-half grains proved fatal
in an exceptional case. If animals are depressed by disease
or shock, they will often bear much larger doses than could
ordinarily be administered with safety.
Action External.—Strychnine is a powerful antiseptic,
but is of no practical value on account of its poisonous pro-
perties. Brucine is a local anesthetie.
Action Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Strychnine and nux
vomica act as bitter stomachics in increasing vascularity,
appetite, gastric secretion and motion. In addition to this
they improve the local tone of the alimentary canal; prob-
ably by exciting the various spinal centres. Strychnine
also stimulates the intestinal muscular tunic and therefore
increases peristaltic action.
Circulation—Strychnine excites the heart muscle and
motor ganglia, and thus makes the cardiac pulsations more
forcible. Large doses diminish the frequency of the frog’s
heart, and produce diastolic pauses. Blood tension is
heightened by medicinal doses, through stimulation of the
medullary vasomotor centres. Toxic quantities cause vaso-
_motor paralysis and fall of arterial tension. Experiments
conducted with blood (Harley) containing strychnine, shaken
with air for 24 hours, resulted in the blood yielding about
one-third more oxygen and one-half less carbonic dioxide,
than blood, minus strychnine, similarly treated. Harley
concluded that strychnine arrests oxidation in the body,
but there is no physiological evidence that such is the case
in life.
Nervous System and Muscles.—Strychnine is essentially
a spinal stimulant. Many ingenious experiments conclu-
sively prove that the principal effect of strychnine (convul-
sions) is produced by direct stimulation of the cells of the
inferior cornua. The alkaloid also appears to cause dilata-
tion of the arterioles in the spinal cord.
404 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Two experiments only may be presented. The first
proves that the action of strychnine in producing convul-
sions is of spinal origin; the second that the alkaloid acts
upon the inferior cornua.
1. When strychnine is placed directly upon the spinal
cord of a frog, after the blood has been withdrawn from the
body, and allowed to diffuse through its substance, convul-
sions occur. These are limited, at first, to those muscles
whose nerves have their insertion nearest the point of
application of the poison, and then they progress as the
wlkaloid continues its path of absorption through the cord.
2. When every part of a frog below the second cervical
yertebra has been removed, save the nerves, muscles and
bones, and the inferior cornua be cut under the third cervi-
cal vertebra and the tissues entirely separated, so that the
fore part of the frog is connected with the hind part only by
the superior columns, then strychnine dropped in the mouth
produces tetanic spasm solely in the fore legs. This shows
that the cells of the inferior columns only were those affected.
Furthermore, it is probable that other centres of the entire
spinal tract, including the medulla, are stimulated to a less
degree. Thus the respiratory centres, the vasomotor centres,
as well as the reflex and trophic centres, are excited ; but
the medullary cardiac centre is but slightly, if at all, affected
by moderate doses. The cerebrum is not influenced by the
drug, as consciousness is retained throughout the period of
poisoning until asphyxia supervenes. The muscles and sen-
sory nerves are unaffected by any dose of strychnine. But
the motor nerves are paralyzed at once by enormous doses of
the alkaloid; or are paralyzed in the later stages of poisoning
by less amounts. Therefore, convulsions do not appear at
all, or cease when this condition is reached. An experiment
performed upon a frog, poisoned with strychnine, in which
all the tissues of one hind leg were previously ligated, except
the sciatic nerve, showed that stimulation of the intact leg
caused spasms only of the ligated leg, since in the latter
the motor nerve fibres had not been reached by the drug
STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 405
(because of the ligation), and therefore were not paralyzed
us were those in the limb left intact.
Respiration.—It is probable that strychnine, in thera-
peutic doses, is the most reliable and powerful respiratory
stimulant at our command. The breathing is quickened and
deepened by the stimulating action of the alkaloid on the
medullary respiratory centres.
Organs of Special Sense.-—The eye-sight and hearing are
rendered more acute by strychnine.
Elimination. —Strychnine escapes to some extent un-
changed in the urine, while a portion of it is converted into
strychnic acid. The alkaloid is found in the urine within
half an hour of its ingestion, and is said to be entirely elim-
inated within forty-eight hours. Strychnine is one of the
drugs that is supposed to possess a cumulative action, 7. ¢.,
which exhibits sudden and powerful effects after its con-
tinuous administration. This is said to be due to the fact
that it is not eliminated as rapidly as it is ingested, owing
to contraction of the renal vessels, and that it accumulates
in the spinal cord. The cumulative effect is not seen when
the drug is given subcutaneously; on the contrary, the sys-
tem becomes so habituated to it that ordinarily poisonous
doses can then be given with safety. Therefore, when a
cumulative action is observed, it is probably owing to
delayed absorption.
Administration.—For toni¢ purposes, strychnine may be
given to dogs in pills or tablets, and to horses in solution
dropped on the tongue. Nux vomica is given to horses upon
the food in the form of powder, or in fluid extract upon the
tongue; while the tincture is more appropriate ‘for dogs.
When large doses of strychnine are used, or an immediate
action is desired in acute diseases and emergencies, the
alkaloid should be given under the skin.
, Toxicology. —One-twentieth of a grain of strychnine
nitrate, injected subcutaneously by the writer into a dog
weighing 25 lbs., caused uneasiness and excitement, with
protrusion of the eye-balls, and in the space of ten minutes,
406 - VEGETABLE DRUGS
tetanic convulsicns. The breathing was shallow and almost |
imperceptible, the pulse rapid and irregular, the lips were
covered with foam, the tail was stiff and extended, the ears
laid back, and there was general muscular rigidity, the
animal lying on his side in a state of opisthotonos. This
condition lasted about three minutes, and was feslowed by a
period of relaxation. But the slightest noise or irritation of
the skin brought on convulsions. The convulsions became
less frequent and violent, and ceased altogether within half
an hour. The same animal was given er.7, of the aikaloid
on the following day, but without producing any aporeciabla
result. One-tenth of a grain, given on another Gay and in
the same manner, caused immediate uneasiness ana restless-
ness, and in ten minutes induced a severe convulsion, lasting
for three minutes, in which the animal was so rigid that he
could be lifted bodily without bending. The ears were
drawn back, the limbs were extended and stiff, the tail was
straight and rigid, and there was twitching of the muscles
of the jaw and limbs.. The corners of the mouth were drawn
back (risus sardonicus), the mouth was covered with foam,
and there was some trismus. The breathing was nearly
suppressed, owing to tetanic spasm of the respiratory
muscles. Following this convulsion, the jaw dropped, the
muscles relaxed and another attack could not be produced
by noises or external irritation. Some twitching of the
temporal muscles persisted. Evidently the second stage of
poisoning had ensued, and the motor nerves and cells of the
inferior cornua had become paralyzed. eath occurred in
general paralysis within half an hour, and without any
recurrence of convulsions or tetanic condition. Death takes
place more commonly in strychnine poisoning from asphyxia,
during a convulsion, and is caused by spasm of the respira-
tory muscles, or, more rarely, by spasm of the glottis.
Sometimes a fatal result ensues from exhaustion, between
the paroxysm, and occasionally death appears to follow the
intense action on the nervous system, and depression of the
heart.
STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 407
The lethal dose for dogs has been set at gr.t-gv.4
(Kaufmann). This is much too large, as evidenced by the
experiment mentioned above. The fatal amount varies
greatly in accordance with the weight of an animal; probably
less than gr.z4, would kill toy terriers, and cases are reported
where they have been destroyed by gr.,'; of the alkaloid.
The therapeutic dose should therefore be proportioned as
advised, to the weight of the animal. Five to eight grains
of nux vomica will kill dogs.
The minimum fatal dose of strychnine for man is one-
half a grain. Usually four to seven grains constitute a
lethal quantity, but recovery has ensued following the inges-
tion of 22 grains, after a full meal.
Fiorses.—The toxic symptoms in horses resemble those
‘already described in the dog. They do not appear for some
time (20 minutes to 6 hours), depending on the rapidity of
absorption when the drug is swallowed, and include excite-
ment, muscular spasm and convulsions, increased frequency
of the pulse, and difficult respiration. Death occurs in con-
vulsions or in the interim between them. The minimum
fatal dose of strychnine, when given under the skin, is about
14 to 3 grains, and when swallowed, 3 to 5 grains of the
alkaloid, or 1 to 2 ounces of nux vomica.
Cattle are similarly affected with horses and dogs.
There are exhibited muscular spasms, frequent pulse, dif_i-
cult respiration, sensitiveness to light, sounds and external
stimuli, protrusion of the eye-balls and convulsions. The
fatal dose, by the mouth, varies greatly owing to difficulty
-of absorption in the complicated and capacious digestive
apparatus of these ruminants. This is true of all medicines.
When given under the skin, the lethal dose is a little larger
‘than that for horses. The fatal dose for swine is said to be
from gr.4-gr.j. Chickens are comparatively insusceptible;
also guinea pigs and some monkeys.
Strychnine poisoning differs from tetanus in the fact
“that muscular rigidity is continuous in the latter, but disan-
wo
‘pears to a considerable degree, if not completely, in the ,
408 VEGETABLE DRUGS
periods between the convulsions, in the case of strychnine
poisoning. Moreover, in tetanus the body and limbs are
less, and the jaw more affected ; while in strychnine poison-
ing the condition is reversed.
Treatment.—The treatment embraces the use of chemical
antidotes, as iodine or its salts, or tannic acid; animal char-
coal and emetics or the stomach tube, before absorption has
occurred. The best physiological antidote is chloral in
large doses per rectum. Chloroform and nitrite of amyl
may also be given by inhalation, and quiet and rest enforced.
Artificial respiration is of no service on account of the mus--
cular spasms, unless air be forcibly driven into the trachea.
through a canula. Calabar bean and gelsemium both
depress the inferior cornua, but neither are of much value
in strychnine poisoning.
Post-Mortem Appearances.—These are simply those of:
asphyxia, with the usual congestive lesions and dark fluid
blood, except that sometimes spinal hyperemia is ob-.
served.
Uses Internal.—The indications for the employment of
strychnine may be directly deduced from its physiological
actions. The indications are as follows:
1. To stimulate the heart and.respiration.
2. To stimulate the spinal cord; more particularly the.
motor cells of the inferior cornua.
3. To stimulate appetite, digestion, and intestinal peri-.
stalsis in atonic conditions.
1. Strychnine is the best remedy we can employ to.
stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous system, and to
promote appetite and digestion in acute diseases. No better-
drug can be used in the treatment of pneumonia and influ-.
enza in horses. Strychnine should not be used continuously, -
but only to bridge over a period of weakness or collapse.
It may be combined in the first stages of pneumonia with
nitrites, as spirit of nitrous ether, or nitroglycerin. The
latter dilate arterioles, equalize the circulation by prevent-.
ing venous stasis, and engorgement of the right heart; while.
STRYCHNINE PGISONING 409
strychnine is preferable to digitalis as a heart stimulant,
‘because it does not so powerfully contract the arterioles.
Strychnine is useful in influenza by counteracting nervous
depression and improving the appetite and digestion. In
collapse and shock, following surgical operations, or in ether
and chloroform poisoning, strychnine is invaluable as a
cardiac and respiratory stimulant, given in large doses
subcutaneously. In chronic heart disease, strychnine is a
useful remedy. The alkaloid has proved extremely service-
able in chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and in that combi-
nation of these disorders, often associated with asthma and
known as “broken wind” or “heaves,” in horses.
The beneficial effect in these diseases is explained by
the stimulating action of the drug on the respiratory centres,
and the favorable influence exerted on digestion.
2. In mild cases of chorea in dogs, strychnine is pre-
scribed to advantage with Fowler’s solution. In accordance
with its physiological action, strychnine is indicated in
various paralyses of spinal origin, but should not be used
where there is irritation or inflammation of the spinal motor
tract. It is employed in hemiplegia and paraplegia, result-
ing from hemorrhage, after the lapse of several weeks, when
irritation produced by the clot has passed away. Strychnine
is sald to be efficacious in the after-treatment of cerebro-
spinal meningitis of horses, and also in the paraplegia of cattle
(from parturient fever), and that of dogs resulting from various
aud often undiscovered causes. Strychnine is serviceable
in the paralysis of lead poisoning, and in that form caused
by traumatism or toxemia following influenza, distemper in
dogs, aud rheumatism. When injected into the muscular
dissue, the alkaloid is believed to stimulate the peripheral
nerves aud muscular fibres, and is employed with benefit in
localized paralyses affecting groups of muscles before atro-
phy has occurred, as in “roaring” in horses.
Hither retention or incontinence of urine, resulting from
atony or paralysis of the bladder, may be relieved by strych-
nine; also prolapse of the rectum induced by similar causes.
410 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Strychnine has proved curative in some cases of amaurosis,
when injected in the region of the temple.
3. Strychnine or nux vomica, associated with iron and
-arsenic, form the most generally satisfactory tonic combina-
tion for the horse and dog, particularly with reference to.
the digestion. Atonic forms of indigestion and constipation,
the accompaniments of anzmia, are those amenable to the
influence of the drug, which stimulates peristalsis, and there-
fore hinders fermentation, prevents relaxation, and so over-
secretion from loss of vascular tone.
Strychnine is a valuable remedy in overloaded rumen.
and chronic tympanitis of cattle; or in overloaded and im-
pacted large intestines of the horse. It should’ be given
subctitaneously in these conditions, and trequently in com-
bination with pilocarpine and eserine.
Constipation, and, on the other hand, diarrhcea, are
benefited by strychnine when they are due to atony of
the intestinal muscular coat. It is more commonly in
the former disorder that the drug finds its usefulness.
The aloin, strychnine and belladonna pills, with cascara.
sagrada, are useful in habitual constipation in dogs, but the
weaker formula, containing gr.,4, of strychnine, should be
employed. The value and application of strychnine in ano-
rexia and atonic digestive disorders has been sufficiently
treated above.
Class 2.—Depressing the Inferior Cornua.
Puysostiama. Physostigma. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Physostigmatis semen, B. P.; Calabar or
ordeal bean, faba physostigmatis, 8. faba Calabarica, KH.
The seed of Physostigma venenosum. Balfour (nat. ord.
leguminosz).
Habitat.—Calabar and the region of the mouth of the
Niger, in Western Africa.
Description.—About 25 to 30 mm. long, 15 to 20 mm.
PHYSOSTIGMA 411
broad, and 10 to 15 mm. thick; oblong and somewhat reni-
form; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black
groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge.
Embryo with a short, curved radicle and two large, white,
concavo-convex cotyledons; inodorous; taste bean-like.
Constituents.—The principal constituent is the alkaloid
physostigmine, or eserine. There are also the alkaloids
ealabarine, a product resulting from the decomposition of
eserine, and eseridine, similar in action to eserine, but
weaker; and a neutral principle, physoterin, resembling
cholesterine.
Culabar Bean Dose.—H., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.d-i.
OLS <6).
The official preparations are the extract and _tinc-
ture of physostigma, but physustigmine is solely used in
veterinary medicine, since it is more certain and generally
free from calabarine, which produces, in toxic doses, a
tetanic condition followed by paralysis.
PuysostigMIn® SaticyLas. Physostigmine Salicylate.
CBN O.C 0. (Us Sa)
Synonym.—KHserine salicylate. The salicylate of an
alkaloid obtained from physostigma.
Derivation.—Physostigmine is obtained from the alco-
holic extract of Calabar bean by dissolving the extract in
water, adding sodium bicarbonate, shaking the mixture with
ether, and evaporating the ethereal liquid. The salicylate
of the alkaloid—the most stable salt—is made by adding
physostigmine to a solution of salicylic acid in boiling
distilled water, when the salt crystallizes on cooling.
Properties.—Colorless, or faintly-yellowish, shining, aci-
cular, or short, columnar crystals; odorless, and having a
bitter taste. Soluble in 150 parts of water, and in 12 parts
of aleohol; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in
boiling alcohol. (U.S. P.)
Dose. —H. & C., gr.iss.-iii. (.09-.18); D., gr.cio-3'r
(.0006-.002).
412 VEGETABLE DRUGS Se
Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously tu,
horses.
PuysosticmMin& SunpHas. Physostigmine Sulphate.
(U8.:& BoP!)
Synonym.—Hserine sulphate.
The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma.
Properties.—A. white, or yellowish-white, micro-crystal-
line powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It is very
deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns
reddish by exposure to air and light. Very soluble in water
and in alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.iss.-ii. (.09-.18); D., grity-ay
(.0006-.002).
Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously to
horses.
PHYSOSTIGMINE.
Action Internal.— Alimentary Tract.—The flow of saliva
is at first stimulated, whether by direct excitation of the
salivary cells or not, is undetermined. Salivation ceases
when the gland is deprived of blood by general vascalar con-
traction. The peristaltic action of the stomach and bowels .
is increased by the direct local action of the alkaloid on the
muscles or ganglia of their walls. There are three stages, in
reference to this action, observed in poisoning. First there is °
stimulation of peristaltic action, then tetanic contraction and
diminution of the intestinal calibre, and finally relaxation
and dilatation of the bowels. The secretions in the digestive
tract are augmented with the expulsion of considerable
mucus per rectum. When the alkaloid is given to horses, ~
under the skin, within the trachea or intravenously, defee-
cation and expulsion of gas commonly occurs in the space
of half an hour, occasionally in a few minutes, and is often
considerable in amount (11-20 Ibs. of faeces).
Circulation.—Hserine is readily absorbed, but exerts no
PHYSOSTIGMINE 413
influence on the blood. Moderate doses render the cardiac
pulsations slower and more forcible, and increase vascular
tension. Large toxic doses cause the heart to beat more
rapidly and less forcibly. The first effect is due probably
to stimulation of the peripheral vagi and heart muscle, and
possibly the involuntary muscular fibres in the vessel walls.
The second phenomenon follows depression of the heart and
peripheral vagi, and terminates in cardiac paralysis and
diastolic arrest. The action on the circulation is entirely
subordinate to the influence of the drug upon the nervous
system, and is unimportant from a therapeutical stand-
point. —
Nervous System and Muscles.—The essential physiologi-
eal action of physostigmine consists in depressing the cells
of the inferior cornua. This has been abundantly and
directly proved by application of the alkaloid to the spinal
cord; and, indirectly, by dividing the posterior from the
inferior portion of the cord, by stopping the blood supply
to the latter part, when the drug caused loss of motor power
and abolition of reflex action in the inferior portion, while
reflex phenomena were undisturbed in the superior portion
(Frazer). The superior columns are finally depressed; per-
ception of pain is wanting, but that of touch persists. The
sensory nerves are not affected, and the motor nerve trunks
but slightly. The muscular tremors are due to stimulation
of the voluntary muscles themselves, or to the motor nerve
endings. These are characteristic of physostigma poisoning
in animals—not in man—and are probably due to calabarine,
which should not be present in pure physostigmine. The
involuntary muscles throughout the body are stimulated,
including those of the stomach, intestines, bronchial tubes,
heart, blood vessels (?), spleen, uterus, bladder and iris. In
the case of some of these organs, it has not been decided
whether the muscles themselves, or the motor nerve termi-
nations, are affected.
Respiration.—The respiration is not disturbed by medi-
cinal doses. Toxic quantities at first quicken, and then
414 VEGETABLE DRUGS
retard the respiratory movements, and death occurs from
asphyxia, before cessation of the heart, owing to paralysis
of the medullary and spinal respiratory centres. The accel-
eration of breathing is due to the stimulation of the pulmo-
nary vagal endings, and possibly to constriction of the
unstriped muscle of the bronchial tubes.
Secretions.—Secretion is generally increased, including
that of the salivary, gastric, intestinal, sudoriparous and
lachrymal glands. In this respect eserine is antagonistic to.
atropine.
Eye.—Physostigmine is a myotic, applied locally or
administered internally. Intraocular tension is diminished
and there is spasm of accommodation. In all probability
contraction of the pupil is brought about by stimulation of
the oculomotor nerve endings simultaneously with paralysis
of the terminations of the sympathetic nerve in the iris.
Eserine is thus directly antagonistic to atropine in its effect
upon the eye, but they resemble each other in that they.
both exert a local action and do not affect the irides of birds.
Enormous doses of physostigmine paralyze the oculomotor
nerves and dilate the pupil.
Elimination.—Kserine is rapidly absorbed and elimin-
ated, mainly by the urine, but also in the other secretions.
Tvxicoloyy.—Physostigma has been called “ordeal bean,”
because native Africans suspected of crime are given the
crude drug. Vomiting it, they are proved innocent and
survive the ordeal. Retaining it, they die, and so are pro-
perly and primitively punished. Animals poisoned by Cala-
bar bean exhibit museular tremors which continue through-
out the toxic period, and are often so violent as to simulate
convulsions. Soon there is loss of muscular power and the
animal falls or lies down. The respiration becomes rapid,
labored, and stertorous; the pulse is increased in frequency
by large toxic doses, and the temperature slightly elevated.
There are salivation and sweating. The pupil is sometimes
contracted and, when enormous lethal doses have been
injected, dilated. Vomiting occurs in animals capable of
PHYSOSTIGMINE 415
the act, and loud peristaltic noises are heard, followed by
the expulsion of feces, mucus and flatus, with colicky pains
and tenesmus. Reflex action is diminished or abolished,
but sensation is preserved until late in the toxic period.
The muscles are completely relaxed and powerless, notwith-
standing the tremors which afflict them. The breathing
becomes weak and irregular, and death occurs from res-
piratory failure.
Tn experiments of Winslow and Muir conducted inde-
pendently and at different times the following cases may be
of interest :
A healthy gelding, weighing 1,050 lbs., was strapped upon the dis-
secting table and given three grains of eserine sulphate intrajugularly.
Within a few minutes slight muscular tremors appeared in the neck;
the pulse rose to 120, the respiration was 24, and the temperature nor-
mal. There was slight sweating. The pulse soon fell to 60, and was
strong and hard, while the respiration became rapid and labored. No
other symptoms developing within twenty-five minutes after the first
dose, three grains of the alkaloid were administered in the same man-
ner as before. The pulse became more frequent (78), the respiration
(48) was difficult, and the muscular tremors increased in violence till
they resembled convulsions. Sweating was profuse, while saliva
dropped freely from the mouth. The respiration and pulse were now
reduced in frequency and became weaker. The pupils were unaffected,
but the eyes were staring. Half an hour after the second dose in-
creased peristaltic action was evidenced by loud noises and the expul-
sionof gas and dung. Recovery began in two hours from the exhibi-
tion of the second dose. It is possible that the severe muscular tremors
were caused by contamination of the eserine with calabarine, as the
former was not a fresh preparation. An aged express horse, suffering
for a week from impaction of the colon, was given twelve minims of a
commercial extract of calabar bean. He fell down almost immediately,
perspired freely, exhibited muscular tremors, and expired within a few
minutes. The writer is unable to state the minimum fatal dose for
horses, but eserine should be used with caution in weak subjects.—
‘WINSLOW.
416 VEGETABLE DRUGS
A gelding, 800 lbs., poorly nourished, temperature normal, pulse 60,
was given physostigmine sulphate gr.11¢ (0.1) in 1g drachm of water
intrajugularly. Muscular tremors and colic came on in seven minutes;
in eleven minutes defecation occurred, the heart became more rapid
and colic increased. Passages from the bowels were frequent for two
hours—about fifteen in all—the feeces weighing twenty pounds in the
aggregate. All symptoms abated after three hours from the time of
receiving the drug.—MUIR.*
A gelding, thirteen years old, in good condition and weighing 1,205
lbs., temperature and pulse normal, was given 3 grains (0.18) of eserine
sulphate under the skin. After thirty-two minutes elapsed, defecation
began and continued with the expulsion of considerable mucus and
flatus until six passages had occurred within one hour and twenty
minutes. During this time the pulse had increased in frequency and
the animal was restless and pawing the ground. An hour and a half
after the first dose, a second dose of 3 grains (0.18) was given in the
same way. In twenty minutes muscular tremors and weakness became
marked, for the first time, and great distress was evident, the patient
appearing to be in much pain; the respiration short, jerky and labored,
znd nostrils distended and working. The evacuations continued until
twenty-three had been passed from the time of receiving the first dose
and until one and one-half hours after the second dose. The feces were
quite liquid and contained much mucus and during passage were
attended with considerable straining. The weight of faces aggregated
17 lbs. Four hours after the last dose all symptoms disappeared.—
Muir.*
Summary. — Full medicinal doses of physostigmine
(gr.13-3), given subcutaneously or intravenously, produce
slight to considerable colic, increased peristalsis and mucous
secretion, muscular tremors and weakness, and frequent
defsecation—beginning in ten to twelve minutes after intra-
venous use, about thirty minutes or more after injection
under the skin—and being twice as copious when the
* Jour. of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb., 1899.
PHYSOSTIGMINE 417
former mode of administration is employed than after the
latter. Moreover, the disagreeable accompaniments of
purging last twice as long (five hours) after the hypodermic
method than after the intravenous injection (two and a half
hours). Muir deduces from his experiments that physos-
tigmine is a safe and active cathartic for the horse and is
free from evil after-effects; that along with increased peris-
talsis and mucous evacuation from the bowels there are
colic and more rapid pulse-rate with muscular tremors and
weakness; that eserine acts more quickly and effectively
when injected into the external jugular vein, and that it
may be safely given in this manner in a dose of 3 grains
dissolved in 30 minims of water, to horses in fair con-
dition and of average weight.
The toxic line is closely approached, however, when
physostigmine is used in this way, and we should be
careful not to cross it by exceeding the dose. Barium
chloride acts as rapidly and without the unpleasant accom-
paniments of purgation caused by eserine, so that the
former is generally preferable as a cathartic for use by the
intravenous method.
The minimum fatal dose is stated to be from gr.;.-1,
for dogs, and gr.,,-31, for cats. The treatment should be
pursued with emetics, or the stomach pump, and the anti-
dote, atropine. The latter will prevent death in rabbits
when given five minutes after the administration of three
times a minimum fatal dose. Atropine should be given
under the skin, together with alcoholic stimulants, digitalis,
and ammonia by the mouth. Artificial respiration should
be practised and external heat applied. The essential action
of atropine in antagonizing eserine, consists in stimulation
of the respiratory centres, while it depresses the peripheral
cardiac vagi, and so, to a certain extent, counteracts the
primary influence of eserine on the heart. Large doses of
atropine may only exaggerate the secondary depression of
eserine upon the peripheral vagi in the heart, and so hasten
418 VEGETABLE DRUGS
a fatal result. Strychnine is antagonistic to eserine in stimu-
lating the respiratory centres and inferior cornua.
Uses Eaxternal.—Physostigmine has been injected empir-
ically, but it is asserted with good results, into chronic
dropsical effusions of joints and bursz of tendons in horses,
after removal of the fluid by aspiration. From .05-.1 gm. is
used, dissolved in 5.-10. gm. of sterile water; and this treat- —
ment is followed by cold applications for several days after- -
wards.
Uses Internal.—Three physiological actions of eserine
are put to therapeutical uses.
1. The myotic action on the eye.
2. Stimulation of the involuntary muscles.
3. Depression of the inferior cornua.
1. Eserine is useful, in alternation with atropine, to
break up adhesions to the iris and to lessen intraocular -
tension in glaucoma, and, by this action, to prevent prolapse
of the iris and staphyloma, after wounds and ulcers of the
cornea. It is also employed to contract the pupil and shut
out the light in photophobia, and to antagonize the influence
of atropine on the eye. The action of eserine is, however,
not nearly so powerful or persistent as that of atropine on
the eye, and is somewhat painful. It is employed in 1 per
cent. solution.
2. Physostigmine is mainly of value for its action in
rapidly stimulating the unstriated muscles of the alimentary
canal. In obstinate constipation ot horses it is particularly
useful; 1 gr. of eserine sulphate being given intravenously
with 3 grs. of pilocarpine sulphate; the latter to increase
the intestinal secretions. Strychnine sulphate (gr.1) may
be added to counteract the depressing action of eserine on
the respiratory centres and inferior cornua.
Physostigmine is prescribed in obstruction of the
bowels, from twist or intussusception in the horse, and
while there is danger that the condition may be aggravated
by the increased intestinal movement, yet it may be
employed when high rectal injections and elevation of
PHYSOSTIGMINE 419
the hind quarters of the patient fail. The alkaloid, in com-
bination with pilocarpine, is serviceable for its speedy
action in flatulent colic and impaction of the cecum, colon,
and rectum in horses, and has been employed to expel
calculi and foreign bodies from the intestines.
Physostigmine is contraindicated in spasmodic colic, °
when it may increase the trouble by exciting intense peri-
staltic contractions. Its employment is also attended with
some danger in overloaded or greatly distended stomach
or bowels, in view of possible rupture of these organs. The
drug, like other purgatives, may aggravate the damage pro-
duced by twist or intussusception.
Tn atonic conditions of the stomach and bowels, and in
indigestion due to chronic intestinal catarrh, small and
repeated doses of eserine are sometimes of benefit. There
have recently been reported many successful cases of partu-
rient apoplexy in cows treated with eserine. One or two
grains are injected intravenously or subcutaneously to
cause a rapid movement of the bowels. In these patients
the drug is followed by strychnine subcutaneously to combat
paralysis (see p. 409).
Eserine bas been employed in chronic bronchitis, asth-
ma and emphysema, to improve the tone of the bronchial
mucous membranes and expel secretions.
3. Eserine is one of the drugs commonly used in the
treatment of tetanus in human and veterinary practice, with
only a moderate degree of success. It must be employed
early, given every three or four hours, and pushed to the
physiological limit. Chorea and epilepsy have been treated
with eserine without any pathological basis, as far as epil-
epsy is concerned, and with little therapeutic advantage in
either instance. In some cases of paraplegia, resulting from
myelitis, a favorable effect has been obtained in man.
serine is an appropriate purgative (hypodermatically) in
acute encephalitis.
Physostigmine and pilocarpine are the two best anti-.
dotes in atropine poisoning. Eserine has been used in
420, VEGETABLE DRUGS
strychnine poisoning, but is “inferior to chloral, bromides
and anesthetics, and while it is antagonistic to a certain
extent, aud alters the character of strychuine convulsions,
yet animals die more quickly when poisoned by both strych-
nine and eserine, than by strychnine alone.
GELSEMIUM. Gelsemium. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.— Radix gelsemii, yellow jessamine, E.; racine
de jasmin jaune, Fr.; gelber jasmin-wurzel, G. The rhizome
or roots of Gelsemium sempervirens (Linné) Persoon (nat.
ord. Loganiacee).
Habitat.—Southern United States.
Description.—Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly
from 5 to 15 mm. and occasionally 3 em. thick, the roots
much thinner; externally light yellowish-brown, with pur-
plish-brown longitudinal lines; tough; fracture splintery;
bark thin, with silky bast-fibre closely adhering to the pale,
yellowish, porous wood, which has fine medullary rays, and
in the rhizome a thin pith; odor aromatic, heavy; taste
bitter.
Constituents.—The most important is the first alkaloid.
1. Gelsemine, C,,H,,.N,O,,. A colorless, crystallizable, bitter
principle, soluble in alcohol and ether, and slightly in
water. 2. Gelseminine, a brown, amorphous, bitter alkaloid.
3. Gelseminic acid. 4. A volatile oil.
Dose.—H., 31.-i1. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Gelsemti. Fluidextract of Gelsemium. ”
(U. 5: PD
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Ce.
= 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., Mv.-x. (.3-.6).
Tinctura Gelsemii. Tincture of Gelsemium. (U.S. & B. P.)
Gelsemium, 100; alcohol and water to make 1,000. Made by
maceration and percolation. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., Mxv.- 31. (1.-4.).
GELSEMINE 421
Gelsemina. Gelsemine.
(Non-official and uncertain in strength.)
Dose.—H., gr. 4-4 (.015-.03); D., gr.a5-s'5 (.001-.002),
Action External.—None.
Action Internal.—Gelsemium exerts no action on the
digestive apparatus, or on the blood, after its absorption;
neither does it affect the circulation in medicinal doses, but
in toxic quantities it directly depresses the heart. The
- influence of the drug on the vasomotor system is unknown.
Nervous System and Muscles.—The prominent effect of
gelsemium is directed on the nervous system, as evidenced
by paralysis and convulsions after large doses. Both the
convulsant and paralyzant action are of spinal origin. That
the convulsions are not cerebral is shown by the fact that
they occur below the point of section in mammals (under
the influence of the drug), with divided spinal cord. That
they are not peripheral is proved by their occurrence in the
hind extremities when the posterior aorta is tied before the
animal is poisoned. The paralyzant action of gelsemium is
due to direct depression of the cells of the inferior cornua,
and this is followed, in the later stages of poisoning, by
depression of the spinal sensory tract and general anes-
thesia.
The cause of the secondary convulsions is undeter-
mined. A tetanizing principle in gelsemium, antagonistic to
gelsemine, such as we find in physostigma, has been thought
to be the cause of the convulsions. The muscles, motor
(except those of the face) and sensory nerves are unaffected
by gelsemium.
fespiration.—Gelsemium, in toxic doses, progressively
weakens and paralyzes the medullary and spinal respiratory
centres, and death occurs from asphyxia.
Hye.—In poisoning, in animals, there is dilatation of the
pupil produced in the latest stages of the toxic period. In
man, there is, in addition to this, paralysis and drooping of
the eyelids (ptosis), and paralysis of the recti muscles with
422, VEGETABLE DRUGS
strabismus. These symptoms have been attributed with
apparent reason to paralysis of the motor cells in the floor
of the fourth ventricle and aqueduct of Sylvius, since they
are a prolongation of the spinal motor tract. As the pupil
is dilated, however, by the application of much, smaller
doses than are required by the mouth, it seems probable
that mydriasis results from local paralysis of the oculo-
motor nerve endings.
Toxicology.—Poisoning in animals is exhibited by mus-
cular weakness, especially in the fore legs, staggering gait
and falling. These symptoms are followed by convulsive
movements of the muscles of the head, fore legs, and some-
times of the hind legs. The respiration is slow and difficult,
the pulse feeble; temperature is reduced, and there is
sweating. Consciousness is preserved until the occurrence
of asphyxin. Death takes place from respiratory failure,
with «almost simultaneous cardiac arrest. Morphine sub-
eutancously has proved a successful antidote. Respiratory
aud heart stimulants should be employed in poisoning by
gelsemium, such as strychnine, atropine, alcohol, and digi-
talis, together with artificial respiration, after evacuation of
the stomach.
Uses.—Gelsemium possesses little value in veterinary
medicine. There is no therapeutic use to which it has been
put that cannot be filled to better advantage by some other
remedy. Thus, gelsemium has been employed as a cardiac
depressant and antipyretic in acute diseases (pneumonia
and pleurisy), but its other actions are disadvantageous and
it is inferior to aconite, veratrum viride, or the modern anti-
pyretics. In spasmodic diseases, irritable cough, vesical irri-
tation, tetanus, chorea, etc., it is less satisfactory as a motor
depressant than opium, belladonna, chloral, and bromides.
Zuill, however, reports very successful results in horses from
gelsemine (.08 Gm.) in tetanus. The dose should be given
under the skin every half hour till muscular relaxation
occurs. The drug has been used considerably to relieve
rheumatic and neuralgic pains, but these succumb more
TOBACCO ; 493
readily to opium, coal tar products, ete. As a mydriatic,
-gelsemine is not to be compared with atropine for general
purposes, but its action is more transient. A solution (gr.8-
31.) is instilled (in man) in drop doses every fifteen minutes
for one hour, and then every thirty minutes for two hours,
to secure wide dilatation of the pupil; or discs, containing
gr.z4, of gelsemine (with gelatine) are used for application
to the eye.
SECTION IIL—DRUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL
CORD AND MOTOR NERVES.
Class 1.—Depressing the Inferior Cornua
and Motor Nerves,
Tapacum. Tobacco.
Synonym.—Tabaci folia, B. P.
The commercial dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum
Lhinné (nat. ord. solanacez).
Habitat.—Tropical America. Cultivated in various tem-
perate and tropical parts of the earth.
Description.—The leaves are up to 50 Cm. long, eval or
ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, brown, friable, glandular-
hairy, of a heavy, peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter and
acrid taste.
Constituents.—Chiefly nicotine, C,, H,,N, (0.7-5.-10 per
cent.). A colorless, volatile, oily alkaloid, resembling tobacco
in odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol and ether;
less so in water. Nicotine is decomposed by heat and
therefore tobacco smoke contains none of it, but in its stead,
pyridine C, H, N, and various allied alkaloids, viz.: picoline,
C,H, N; lutidine, C,H, N; rubidine, C,, H,,N; coridine,
C,, H,, NN; parvoline, C,H,,N; and collidine, C, H,, N;
together with small amounts of sulphur, creosote, acetic
and hydrocyanic acids and carbon compounds. Pyridine
resembles nicotine in depressing the spinal motor tract and |
we
424 VEGETABLE DRUGS
in paralyzing respiration, and is said to be formed more im
pipe smoke, while, in the smoke of cigars, the less harm-
ful collidine is produced by dry distillation. Nicotine.
exists to a very slight degree in Turkish tobacco.
Dose.—Nicotine, H. & C., gr.g45-s'; (.001-.003).
ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE.
Action External.—Tobacco is a local anodyne, antiseptic.
and parasiticide.
Action Internal. — Digestive Tract.—The physiological
effect of tobacco is due to nicotine. Nicotine increases peri-
staltic action and, in large doses, causes tetanic spasm of
the intestines, even when it is injected into the blood. In
toxic quantities nicotine is a powerful gastro-intestinal irri-
tant, and produces the usual symptoms of pain, vomiting.
(in animals capable of the act), purging and collapse.
Circulation.—When nicotine is added to blood recently
withdrawn from the body, this fluid assumes a dark hue,.
and the corpuscles quickly disintegrate. The blood, in
poisoning, becomes dark colored, owing to asphyxia, but.
regains its arterial tint when removed from the body and
shaken with air. It is only in poisoning by enormous quan-.
tities that changes in the red blood corpuscles can be.
detected microscopically, although the spectrum of hemo-.
globin is altered in poisoning, proving that the corpuscles.
are in some way affected. Experiments with nicotine upon
frogs show that there is produced a primary fall in blood
pressure and pulse rate, followed by a rise in both, only to.
be succeeded by a return to the original depressed condition.
caused by the alkaloid.
The exact physiological data accounting for these cireu--
latory phenomena have not been worked out, although they
are probably dependent upon stimulation followed by
depression of the inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor sys-.
tem.
Nervous System and Muscles.—Nicotine first stimulates, .
and then paralyzes the cells of the inferior cornua and motor-
ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE 425
merves, so that in poisoning convulsions are succeeded by
paralysis. The cerebrum is unaffected; likewise the
muscles, but the function of the sensory nerves is somewhat
“depressed.
Respiration.—The respiration is depressed in some un-
‘known manner. \
Eye.—Nicotine, in moderate toxic doses, or when applied
locally, contracts the pupil. This action is exceptional for
a member of the solanacee. Myosis is produced in the eye,
recently removed from the head, so that the action must
be a local one. It is due to paralysis of the endings
‘of the cervical sympathetic nerve and, probably, to
stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor nerve termination
as well. Pa eny.
Elimination.—Nicotine is eliminated in the urine, which
is increased in amount thereby.
Toxicology.—Nicotine is one of the most powerful and
rapidly acting poisons. When swallowed, it causes, in ani-
mals, local irritation and pain in the throat and stomach;
muscular tremors and weakness, on account of which the
animal falls. These symptoms are followed, first, by severe
tonic and clonic convulsions, and then by abolition of volun-
tary motion and quietude. The pupils are contracted, and
there is vomiting (in the case of some animals), purging and
micturition. The respiration is at first shallow and rapid,
but becomes weaker and slower, and death occurs from
respiratory failure and general collapse. The pulse is
primarily slow and intermittent, but later becomes rapid.
The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of the
stomach ; the use of tannic acid; respiratory and heart
stimulants, as strychnine, atropine, and alcohol; together
with external heat and artificial respiration. The minimum
Jethal dose is about one drachm of tobacco, or one minim of
nicotine, for small dogs. For horses, five to ten drops of
nicotine or one-half pound of tobacco.
Uses.—Tobacco is not a particularly valuable medicinal
agent. Its internal action is often violent, and causes great
426 VEGETABLE DRUGS
nausea. Absorption and poisoning may follow its external
application in the smaller animals. The drug may be em~
ployed for four purposes, as follows:
1. As a local sedative.
2. As a parasiticide.
3. As a motor depressant.
4, As a cathartic.
External.—1. Tobacco is an efficient sedative in decoc-
tion (1-40), for relieving pruritus ani and vulve. It must be-
remembered that absorption and poisoning may occur when.
larger amounts are used externally than can be administered
with safety by the mouth.
2. The latter remark applies also to the use of tobacco:
decoctions in killing parasites on the skin, such as the
acari of mange and scab, together with lice and fleas.
There are other agents which are as efficient and less dan-
gerous (creolin). A decoction can be made by boiling
tobacco (2.5) with water (130), salt (5), and wood ashes (10),
for three hours, as recommended by Ostertag.
Internal.—3. Tobacco has been employed as a motor
depressant in spasmodic disorders, such as asthma, tetanus.
(given by the rectum or under the skin), and strychnine
poisoning, but it is inferior to, and more dangerous than,
other drugs.
4. The Germans prescribe tobacco to stimulate peri-
stalsis in ruminants, in doses of 2 ounces, with one-half
pound of common salt and one pound of Glauber’s salts for
cattle; and for sheep, } ounce, with 2 ounces of salt and 3.
ounces of Glauber’s salts. Tobacco was given formerly in.
colic and intestinal obstruction, but this use is obsolete..
The decoction (1-2 per cent.) may be injected into the
rectum of horses, in non-toxic quantities, to kill oxyurides.
and ascarides, and to excite peristalsis and relieve spasm.
in colic.
Tobacco smoke is sometimes used in the same manne®
to destroy worms in the lower bowels.
CONIUM 427
Coxtum. Conium.
Synonym.—-Conii folia, B. P.; hemlock fruit, E.; fruits
de grande cigué, Fv.; schierlingsfrichte, G.
The full grown fruit of Conium maculatum Linné (nat.
ord. umbelliferze), gathered while yet green.
_ Habitat.—Indigenous to Europe and Asia, but natura-
lized in the United States.
Description.—About 3 mm. long; broadly ovate; later-
ally compressed; grayish-green; often divided into the two
merical ps, each with five crenate ribs, without oil-tubes, and
containing a seed which is grooved on the face; odor and
taste slight. When triturated with a solution of potassium
or sodium hydrate, conium gives off a strong, disagreeable,
mouse-like odor. Conium fruit resembles carraway and
anise seed, but these have oil-tubes or vitte.
Constituents. —There are two essential principles in
conium: conine, or coniine, and methyl-coniine.
1. Couiue, C, H,, N, is a yellowish, oily, volatile liquid
alkaloid, of an odor resembling that of mouse urine, and
acrid taste. It 1s freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and
is soluble in 100 parts of water, with which it forms a
hydrate. It undergoes decomposition when exposed to air
und heat, and becomes first brown aud then resin-like. For
this reason the alkaloid is uncertain in its physiological
action, but its salts (the hydrobromate and acetate) are
more stable and reliable. Conine may be obtained by dis-
tillation of the fruit with an alkaline water.
2. Methvl-coniine, C, H,, C N, is a colorless liquid.
3. There :s also a nearly inert and crystalline alkaloid,
conhydrine.
Incompatibility. Vegetable acids, caustic alkalies and
astringents are incompatible with conium.
Conium Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-
xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.ii-v. (.12-.3).
Conincee Hydrobromas.—H. & C., gr.}-11 (.045-.1); Sh.
& Siv., gr.t-2 (.012-.024); D., gr.A,-2; (.001-.002).
Dissolved in alcohol.
428 VEGETABLE DRUGS
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Conti. Fluidextract of Conium. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with acetic acid and diluted
alcohol, and evaporation so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Standarized to contain 0.45 gm. of coniine in each 100 ce. of the fluid-
extract.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., ™x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D.,
Mii.-v. (.12-.3).
Succus Conii (B. P.).—D. & C., 3 i.-ii.
Tine. Conii (B. P.).—D. & C., 3s.-i.
Ung. Conii (B. P.).
ACTION OF CONIUM AND CONINE.
Exterral.—Conine is an irritant applied to mucous
membranes. Conium is thought to act as a local sedative
upon raw surfaces. Physiological experiments show that
the sensory nerves are but slightly depressed.
Internal.—Circulation.—Conium has little effect upon
the digestive apparatus, except in toxic doses, when it may
cause irritation, vomiting and diarrhoea. It is absorbed and
produces primary acceleration of the pulse, probably owing
to paralysis of the pneumogastric, followed by a fall in the
pulse rate. The action on the circulation is insignificant
compared to that on the nerves.
Nervous System and Muscles.—The predominant action
of conium consists in paralyzing the voluntary and in-
voluntary muscles, with loss of motion but without loss
of consciousness or sensation. That this effect is due
to paralysis of the motor nerves has been proved by
poisoning frogs with conium after ligature of the aorta, so
that the blood supply to the hind legs was cut off. Failure
of motion and reaction to galvanism occurs in the fore legs,
bnt irritation of the paralyzed fore legs causes reflex con-
traction of the posterior extremities. This experiment shows
that the motor nerves are paralyzed in the fore legs, but
that the sensory nerves and spinal cord retain their func-.
tional activity. The afferent nerves are somewhat depressed
by enormous doses. The brain and spinal cord are slightly
ACTION OF CONIUM AND CONINE 429
affected by conium. The convulsions occurring in conium
poisoning appear, nevertheless, to be of cerebral origin,
although consciousness is retained until the stage of asphy-
xia. The special senses are somewhat interfered with (sight).
‘The motor cells of the inferior cornua are slightly depressed
by methyl-coniine, which influences the cord as well as the
motor nerves, but it is considerably less active than conine.
‘The muscles are primarily unaffected.
Eye.—The pupil is dilated (not constantly) and ptosis
is observed in poisoning by conium, owing to paralysis of
the oculomotor nerve endings. If conine is dropped into
the eye, primary contraction, due to reflex irritation, is soon
succeeded by dilatation of the pupil.
Respiration. — The spinal and medullary respiratory
centres are finally depressed by lethal doses of conium, and
this result, together with paralysis of the respiratory muscles,
causes death by asphyxia.
Elimination.—Conine is excreted by all channels, but
maiuly in the urine.
Toxicology.—The minimum fatal dose of conium is un-
certain, owing to the proneness of the alkaloid to decompo-
sition, and to the volatility and the variable amount con-
tained in the crude drug. <A few drops of the alkaloid will
kill small cats and dogs. Herbivora, as goats, sheep and
horses, are less susceptible than carnivora-
The domestic animals occasionally become accidentally
poisoned by eating hemlock at pasture. The symptoms
exhibited are dulness, loss of muscular power (at first in
the hind legs), stumbling and falling, or lying down. We
observe, also, nausea, salivation (sometimes amaurosis),
dilatation of the pupil and ptosis, sweating, and often mus-
cular tremors and clonic convulsions. The pulse becomes
slow and feeble, the breathing faint, the surface cold and
clammy, and the animal often lies as still as though dead, so
complete is the paralysis. Death finally occurs from asphy-
xia, frequently associated with coma. The respiration ceases
before the heart-beat. The urine of poisoned animals may
430 VEGETABLE DRUGS
be used as a physiological test in frogs, to decide doubtful
cases. The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of
the stomach and the use of tannic acid, artificial respiration,
external heat, and respiratory and cardiac stimulants, as.
strychnine, atropine and alcohol. The post-mortem appear-
ances are those of asphyxia, with sometimes evidences of
gastro-intestinal irritation.
Administration.—Conium is best given in the form of
the fluid extract or hydrobromate of the alkaloid. The.
English use the succus conii, of which the dose for the horse
is Zii-iv.; dog, 3ss.-1.; but itis inferior to the fluid extract.
and often inert. The initial dose of any preparation should.
be small, on account of the variation in strength, but.
should be rapidly increased until physiological effects are
evident.
Uses Hxternal.—Conium. is occasionaliy apphed extern-.
ally as a poultice of the leaves, or in ointment (equal parts.
of cerate and extract of conium), to relieve pain of sores,
ulcers, malignant growths, rheumatism and neuralgia. It is.
thought to be both resolvent and curative on cancers and
tumors, but without sufficient basis. It relieves pain when
pain is due to spasm.
Uses Internal. —Conium is rarely used in veterinary
medicine on account of the uncertainty of its preparations
aud natural therapeutic limitations. Conium has been em-
ployed as a motor depressant in many diseases, but should
only be prescribed for spasm due to irritation cf nerve
trunks or endings; not for spasmodic conditions of central
origin. In tetanus and strychnine poisoning, it is valueless,
and is not wholly antagonistic (tremors and convulsions) in
convulsive disorders. When an animal poisoned with strych-
nine is given paralytic doses of conium, the tetanic spasms.
of strychnine still persist. The drug has been prescribed in.
chorea, however, and with temporary benefit, when the con-
vulsive movements were so severe as to threaten life.
COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 431
SECTION IV.—DRUGS ACTING ON THE
SENSORY NERVES.
Class 1.—Depressing the Sensory Nerves.
Cocain® Hyprocutoripum. Cocaine Hydrochloride.*
Caen Oc: -(UsS5& BrP)
The hydrochloride of an alkaloid obtained from coca
(or cuca) leaves. These are derived from the Erythroxylon
coca Lamarck (nat. ord. Lines). Cultivated in Peru and
Bolivia and introduced into medicine by Koller in 1884.
Derivation. — Cocaine hydrochloride is recovered by
agitating an acidulated alcoholic solution of coca leaves with
ether. The ethereal liquid is made alkaline with sodium
carbonate and evaporated. The residue is purified, decolor-
ized, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and finally crystal-
lized.
Description.—Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white,
erystalline powder ; without odor ; of a saline, slightly bitter
taste, and producing upon the tongue a tingling sensation,
followed by numbuess of some minutes’ duration. Perma-
nent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 part of water, and in 2.6
parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling
alcohol; also soluble in 2,800 parts of ether, or in 17 parts
of chloroform. The prolonged application of heat to the
salt, or to its solution, induces decomposition. The salt is
neutral to litmus paper.
Dose.—H., gr.v.-x. (.5-.6); D., gr.4-3 (.008-.045).
Action External.—Solutions of cocaine (4-10 per cent.),
applied to mucous membranes, produce perfect local anzs-
thesia by paralyzing the sensory nerve endings. The
functions of the nerves of special sense are abolished before
those of ordinary sensibility. Stronger solutions paralyze
the motor nerve terminations. The local application of
cocaine causes pallor of the mucous membrane, which is
succeeded by redness and congestion. The first condition
* These are also official :
Oleatum Cocaine (5 per cent.) U.S. P.
Tnguentum Cocaine (4 per cent.) B. P.
Injectio Cocaine Hypodermica (10 per cent.) B. P.
432 VEGETABLE DRUGS
follows constriction of the superficial blood vessels, which
is said to be due to tonic contraction of the smooth muscular
fibres of the vessel walls. The secondary vascular relaxa-
tion, and tendency to congestion in parts subjected to
cocaine anesthesia, lessens the resistance of the tissues
(especially of sensitive structures, as the eye) to the irri-
tation of antiseptics and bacterial products. Therefore,
surgical operations performed under cocaine anesthesia are
somewhat more prone to be followed by inflammation.*
Action Internal.— Digestive Tract.—Cocaine exerts a local
anesthetic action upon the gastric mucous membrane, and
in this way lessens the appetite and sometimes stops vomit-
ing. Intestinal peristalsis is increased by moderate doses,
but is decreased and destroyed by the paralytic action of
large doses of cocaine.
Nervous System.—Ordinary medicinal doses produce no
marked effect upon the nervous system, except some mental
exhilaration. Full doses of cocaine stimulate the psychical
functions of the brain and cause intoxication, which is fol-
lowed, in poisoning, by stupor and convulsions. The con-
vulsions are mainly of cerebral origin, but may be due in
part to irritation of the spinal reflex centres, These latter
centres are first stimulated by toxic doses, but depression
and paralysis of the spinal cord follows; the sensory before
the motor tract. The sensory nerves are paralyzed and the
motor nerves depressed by toxic doses. The voluntary
muscles are stimulated by medicinal doses of cocaine, and
the alkaloid relieves fatigue and, experimentally, more than
doubles the response to stimuli in wornout muscles. Volun-
tary muscles are paralyzed by the local application of large
quantities of cocaine.
Oirculation.—The action of cocaine upon the heart and
vessels is not very marked, except in poisoning. The alkal-
cid is, however, a slight cardiac stimulant in moderate doses,
increasing the pulse-rate and tension. The action upon the
heart is caused by depression of the cardio - inhibitory
centres, and sometimes as well by depression of the cardiac
* Refers to use of strong solutions.
COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 433
inhibitory ganglia. Vascular tension is increased because
of stimulation of the medullary vasomotor centres, smooth
muscle of the vessel walls, and becanse of the increased
action of the heart. Ou the other hand, both minute and
large doses may diminish the pulse rate.
Respiration. — Cocaine is a respiratory stimulant in
medicinal doses, but a paralyzant in toxic amounts.. The
respiratory centres are first stimulated and the breathing is
made deeper and quicker. Depression and paralysis of the
respiratory centres follow; cyanosis supervenes, and the
respirations are shallow and irregular. Death occurs from
asphyxia.
Temperature.—The body heat is elevated, sometimes to
an excessive degree, by poisonous doses of cocaine. Medi-
cinal doses do not affect the temperature. The rise of tem-
perature is said to follow increased heat production.
Kidneys.—The greater part of the cocaine absorbed is
oxidized within the body. The smaller part is eliminated
by the kidneys. Experimental evidence concerning the
influence of the alkaloid upon the secretion and composition
of the urine is conflicting and indefinite.
Toxicology.—Moderate doses produce in dogs mental
exhilaration and joyousness, so that they bark and jump
about with ‘delight. Poisoning with large doses (gr.4 of
cocaine to 2 lbs. of live weight) may be divided into three
stages. In the first stage, there is restlessness, anxiety and
terror, with rhythmical movements. Noises frighten the
animal and he fails to recognize his master. The second
stage is characterized by a joyous condition, in which dogs
bark, dance about and lick people’s hands. In the third
stage, weakness and nervous phenomena appear,—as mus-
cular twitching, rhythmical movements, a pendulum-like
motion of the head, convulsions and stupor. There is dys-
pnoea, feeble pulse and failing respiration. In an experiment
upon a Newfoundland dog, weighing about 100 lbs., con-
ducted by the writer, there were no symptoms produced by
3 grains ‘of cocaine under the skin, except dilation of the
434 VEGETABLE DRUGS
pupils and a constant lapping with the tongue. In man, an~
amount of cocaine exceeding gr.j should not be employed
under the skin, or upon mucous membranes, and death has
occurred in susceptible patients from even smaller doses.
The most powerful action follows the use of cocaine in very
vascular parts, as about the face. One-half a grain of cocaine
given subcutanecusly to a girl eleven years old, was followed -
by a fatal result in 40 seconds, and the writer has seen
violent convulsions produced by the instillation of a few
drops of a 2 per cent. solution into the eye of a man. On
the other hand, spontaneous recovery has obtained in the
human subject after the ingestion of 22 grs. of the alkaloid.
In the horse, a toxic dose of cocaine (3i.) causes restless-
ness and excitement, dilated pupils and salivation, culminat-
ing within an hour in a state of acute mania and intense
excitement. These symptoms are followed by gradual
recovery after the lapse of a few hours. Three grains of
cocaine given under the skin, will sometimes induce nervous
excitement in susceptible horses. The treatment of danger-
ous forms of cocaine poisoning, with respiratory and heart
failure, consists in the use of opium and rapidly acting
stimulants, as morphine sulphate under the skin, nitro-
glycerin upon the tongue, and strychnine, atropine and
brandy subcutaneously.
Uses External.—Cocaine and its synthetic chemical sub-
stitutes are the most valuable agents we possess to canse
complete Jocal anesthesia for surgical purposes.* The
operations most suitable for the He eee apphenie
of cocaine are included in the following :
Removal of tumors. Opening of abscess.
Docking and pricking the tail. Injuries and operations upon the
Tarsal tenotomy. eyeballs and eyelids.
Firing. Operations about the feet in horses.
Plantar neurectomy. Operations upon mucous membranes.
The alkaloid may also be employed to dilate the pupil
for examination of the eye, and to detect lameness. In a
case of doubtful foot lameness in the horse, injection of
* Cocaine in surgery can often be combined most advantageously with
adrenalin. (See p. 639.)
COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 435
cocaine into the plantar nerve trunk, on either side of the
Jeg and a little above the point of selection for plantar neu-
rectomy, will often completely abolish sensation in the foot.
This fact may be determined by pricking the soft parts
above the hoof. If there is complete anesthesia of the foot,
and the seat of lameness be situated therein, the horse will
go sound while the anesthesia lasts. This method may be
taken advantage of in the diagnosis of localized lameness
elsewhere. If cocaine is injected over an area (suspected to
be the cause of lameness), und the animal goes sound while
the cocaine anesthesia lasts, the site of lameness becomes
certain.
It has been discovered that injections of powerful
cocaine solutions into a sensory nerve trunk will paralyze its
sensibility throughout its peripheral distribution (regional
anesthesia). When ligation of a limb, or part, can be
secured between the operative field and the heart, the
anesthetic action of cocaine is more profound and toxic
symptoms are less liable to occur, since the drug is drained
away in the blood during the operation. Many operations
can be performed under cocaine, as neurectomy, firing,
tenotomy, etc., without casting the horse. In using cocaine
for the removal of tumors, or opening of abscess, the solu-
tion is injected at several points in a circle about the base
of the tumor or abscess, and not in the inflamed tissue of
the latter. Following the first injection, the succeeding
applications may be made painless by inserting the needle
within the areasmade anesthetic by the previous injection
(circumferential anzsthesia).
The amount of cocaine solution to be injected is of
importance. This depends upon the strength of the solu-
tion, the weight and species of the animal, and the seat of
application. A solution stronger than 4 per cent. is irritat-
ing to the eye. The stronger cocaine solutions (5 to 10 per
cent.) are more powerful paralyzants to the sensory nerves,
and are advisable when they can be used with safety, but a
4 or 2 per cent., or even a much weaker solution, will ordin-
436 VEGETABLE DRUGS
arily produce anesthesia when introduced under the skin.
In the horse, subcutaneous injection of a 5 or 10 per cent.
solution may be made to the amount of 2 drachms of the
former, or 1 drachm of the latter solution (cocaine, gr.6).
Larger doses may induce restlessness, excitement, ete,
which, although not indicative of danger, may interfere with
operative procedures. When larger quantities are desirable,
3 drachms of a 4 per cent. solution, or 5 drachms of a 2 per
cent. solution, may be employed (equivalent to 6 grs. of the
alkaloid), or Schleich’s solution may be utilized. Not more
than 7 to 15 drops of a 10 per cent. solution should be
injected into dogs. This is equivalent to gr.$ and er.13 of
the alkaloid. Three-quarters of a grain of cocaine is a safe
limit of dosage for small dogs. Ifa 2 or 4 per cent. solution
is employed, 30 M. of the former, or 15 M. of the latter
solution (equivalent to gr.3 of cocaine) may be injected.
When larger amounts of the anesthetic solution are in-
dicated for dogs, Schleich’s method of infiltration is appro-
priate (infiltration anesthesia).
This method depends upon the fact that the pressure
of saline solutions injected into the tissues causes a benumb-
ing of the sensory nerves, and also upon the anesthetic
action of minute doses of cocaine and morphine. Schleich’s
solution may be used in any amount and can be made con-
veniently from the tablets prepared by chemists. The
ordinary solution contains:
1 part of cocaine hydrochloride.
2 parts of common salt.
0.1 part of morphine hydrochloride.
In 1,000 parts of sterile water.
Nore.—Since writing the above, it has been found that the morphine in
Schleich’s solution is an irritant rather than a local anesthetic, and when large
quantities of cocaine or eucaine are to be used under the skin—or danger is, for
any reason, to be anticipated—the writer would strongly advise the employment of
a normal salt solution (4 grains sodium chloride to 1 drachm of water), containing
from 1-10 to 1 p. c. of cocaine (or eucaine, 1 p. c.). These weaker solutions will
usually cause complete and safe local anesthesia. The solutions should always be
warm—at body temperature—and not over twenty-four hours old, as acid develops
which interferes with the anesthetic action. They are most conveniently made
by solution of cocaine tablet; in salt solution at the time of operation.
COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE A5T
Local applications to mucous membranes may be reaj-
plied, once or twice, at intervals of five minutes, to secure
perfect anzsthesia. A larger quantity of cocaine than re-
commended above for hypodermatic use, should not be
employed. Cocaine, as already stated, produces a primary
astringent action, followed by secondary irritation and
vascular relaxation ; yet, when properly diluted and applied
in the first stage of inflammation, it may prove a valuable
abortive and sedative agent.
Hemorrhage from mucous membranes can be arrested
by its topical application ; coryza aborted, and hemorrhoids
relieved by this method.. Pruritus, about the anus and
vagina, 1g allayed by cocaine. In relation to the eye, 5 to
10 drops (horse) of cocaine solution (1 to 4 per cent.) are
employed for various purposes, embracing examination,
removal of foreign bodies, operations, and the relief of
suffering in acute inflammation resulting from natural causes
or mechanical irritation. The following prescription is of
value in superficial inflammatory and painful conditions of
the eye:
Th
CocainzsihyGrochlor so ivan. wos rele wees eiclerm gr.v.
Aen, DOT is im:sinin’ Sieve Bemeherpigt osaalokal sveteloveners rex
PN eCLESU mel Ula tre crayersrernle sain stehs wife ate st oeie ee arches Zi
M.
S. Instil a few drops into the eye hourly.
Injection into the eyeball is preferable to instillation
for enucleation. '
Solutions of cocaine should be freshly made, and must
not be sterilized by boiling, although they should be made
with sterile water, or, better, normal salt solution. The
tablets supplied by pharmaceutical chemists are convenient
for hypodermatic use. Ten grains of boric acid will pre-
serve an ounce of cocaine solution for a month.
Uses Internal.—Cocaine may be administered in aqueous:
solutions for the relief of persistent vomiting in dogs.
Otherwise, the drug finds no indication in veterinary medi-
eine. The alkaloid is occasionally used as a stimulating
438 VEGETABLE DRUGS
and supporting agent in asthenic fevers and adynamic con-
ditions of the human patient. Y
The most wonderful recent advance in surgery consists
in the production of anesthesia in the lower (posterior) half
of the body by injection of cocaine solution into the lumbar
region of the spinal canal.* This method has been success-
fully used in men and dogs in a large number of eases,
rendering parturition and operations on the abdominal and
pelvic organs and lower (posterior) extremities painless.
The anesthesia lasts one to five hours, and, in man, from
gr. to gr.t of cocaine hydrochloride in aqueous solution are
injected into the spinal canal between the fourth and fifth
lumbar vertebre. The procedure is not devoid of danger,
and in man is frequently followed by headache, vomiting,
sweating, slight chills and rise of temperature. The injection
must be conducted with absolute aseptic precautions.
Evcain® Hyprocatoras. Eucain Hydrochlorate.
C,, H,, NO,H Cl. (Non-official.)
This is a laboratory product, formerly known as eucain
Hydrochlorate “B.” Eueain is used in 2 per cent. aqueous
solution in the eye, and in 10 per cent. on mucous mem-
branes, and is said to be harmless in any ordinary amount.
It is employed as a substitute for cocaine in the same
manner and for the same purposes, but with the following
advantages: Safer, 5 times less toxic; cheaper; does not
decompose on keeping in solution; can be sterilized by
‘boiling; less irritating; does not dilate the pupil; is a
slight antiseptic.
Ophthalmologists find that the drug does dilate the
pupil after several instillations, and that it does irritate the
already inflamed eye. It, moreover, does not contract vessels”
when locally applied, and does sometimes produce poisoning
like cocaine, but much less frequently.
* Rudolf Klapp (Deutsche Zeitschr. f. Chir. 1904, Vol. xxi, p. 187)
has experimented upon animals with spinal injections for the production of
anesthesia, and finds by combining gelatin, adrenalin and cocaine, the
toxic effect of the latter is wholly averted and that this combination is a
safe and perfect anesthetic for dogs. This method demands practical trial
in veterinary surgery, as it bids fair to supersede general anesthesia on
account of its simplicity and safety. The intradural injection is made
through a special fine trocar sold for the purpose by dealers in surgical,
(human) instruments. The point of selection is between the first and second
lumbar spines, about a thumb’s breadth from the middle line. The injee-»
tion is made at an angle of 60 downward and. toward the median line. —
When the needle enters the dura the resistance ceases and'a few drops of
PILOCARPUS 439
Ho.ocatn.
This is a synthetic compound allied to phenacetin, and
‘it is claimed to be superior to cocaine for application to the.
eye. The anesthetic effect appears within fifteen seconds,
cand lasts fifteen minutes. Itis stated that holocain produces
no local irritation of the eye, nor dilatation of the pupil, and.
<loes possess an inherent antiseptic action. One to two
‘drops of a one per cent. solution are employed to anesthe- :
tize the eye. Holocain is too toxic for hypodermatic applh-
cation.
SECTION V.—DRUGS ACTING ON THE
- SECRETORY NERVES.
Class 1.—Pilocarpus and Pilocarpine.
Pritocarpus. Pilocarpus. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Jaborandi, B. P.; the leaflets of Pilocarpus
Jaborandi Holmes, or of Pilocarpus microphyllus Stapf.
(Fam. Rutacez), yielding not less than 0.5 per cent. of
alkaloids.
Habitat.—Brazil, in the neighborhood of Pernambuco.
Description—About 10 to 15 em. long, and 4 to 6 em.
broad ; short stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire and slightly
revolute at the margin, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at
the base, dull green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly
smooth; when bruised, slightly aromatic; taste somewhat
bitter and pungent.
Constituents.—1. Pilocarpine, C,,H,,N,O, (.25-.5 per cent.),
is the alkaloid to which jaborandi owes its principal effect.
2. Jaborine, C,,H,,N,O,, an alkaloid resembling atropine in
its action on the heart, pupils, intestines and salivary glands.
It occurs occasionally as an impurity in commercial pilocar-
pine, to which it is antagonistic. It is soluble in alcohol.
8. Pilocarpidine (C,,H,,N,O,), an alkaloidal product of the
spinal fluid are permitted to escape to prove entrance into the spinal canal.
Five cc. of a sterilized 10 per cent. aqueous gelatin solution, containing
10 m. of adrenalin (1-1000 solution) and 0.02 to 0.04 gm. of cocaine, are then
injected through the ticcar and the puncture sealed with iodoform collodion.
‘
440 VEGETABLE DRUGS
decomposition of pilocarpine, which it resembles in action,
but is weaker. It is soluble in alcohol. 4. Jaborandine is.
another alkaloid resulting from the decomposition of pilo-
carpine, and is similar to atropine. These atropine-like
principles are never present in sufficient quantity to wholly
wntagonize the predominant action of pilocarpine in jabor-
andi. 5. A peculiar acid. 6. A volatile oil.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.<i. (2.-4.)5.
> D,, B2.N.-= 51. (o-4):
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Pilocarpi. Fluidextract of Pilocarpus. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. Each 100 ce. of
the fluidextract contains 0.4 gm. of the alkaloids from pilocarpus.
Dose-—H.-& C., 3ii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw.) 3654. Cate
TLv.- Zi. (.4-4.).
Extractum Jaborandi Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose same as above for fluidextract.
PirocarPInz Hyprocuioripum. Pilocarpine Hydrochloride.
Ca NO, E.Cl.. (0s SB)
Derivation—The hydrochloride of an alkaloid obtained
from pilocarpus, with alcohol and hydrochloric acid by dis-.
tillation and evaporation. The residue is dissolved in a
slight excess of ammonia and chloroform, shaken with water,
and neutralized with hydrochloric acid. Crystals of the
hydrochloride form on evaporation. The salt is purified by
recrystallization.
Properties.—Small, white crystals, odorless and having:
a faintly bitter taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air.
Very soluble in water and in alcohol; almost insoluble in.
ether or in chloroform.
Dose.—H., sialogogue, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); cathartic, gr.il.-v..
(.12-.3); C., cathartic, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); H., diarphoretic,,
gr.vi-xii. (.386-.72), dangerous; Sh., gr.i. (.06); D., gr.'5-%.
_(.006-.02).
ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE 441
Pitocarpin# Nirras. Pilocarpine Nitrate. (U.S. & B. P.)
Colorless, odorless, faintly bitter-tasting crystals,
soluble in four parts of water. _
Dose.—Same as for hydrochloride.
ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE.
Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Pilocarpine increases
enormously salivary secretion, and, in a less degree, the
gastric and intestinal secretions. It stimulates peristaltic
action of the stomach and bowels as well, and acts as a pur-
gative. Salivation is due to direct excitation of the secre-
tory nerve (chorda tympani) endings and the gland cells.
Salivation occurs when pilocarpine is injected into the gland
and prevented from entering the general circulation; also
when the secretory nerves are severed. The action on the
salivary glands is set aside by atropine. The parotid, sub-
maxillary, and sublingual glands, become somewhat tense
and tender under the influence of pilocarpine, and the saliva
is rich in salts and ptyaline, and contains a slight excess of
urea. The unstriped muscle of the stomach and intestines
is stimulated by pilocarpine through its action on the effer-
ent nerve endings and muscular tissue.
Circulation. — Pilocarpine is absorbed, but exerts no
action on the blood. In toxic doses the alkaloid is a heart
depressant, but in moderate amount slows the pulse rate.
In man the pulse is quick and the blood tension lowered.
The effect on the domestic animals is probably due to
stimulation of the peripheral vagi or inhibitory cardiac
ganglia, although Ringer’s experiments proved that the
ventricular contractions of the frog’s heart were slowed by
pilocarpine when freed from the inhibitory ganglia, and he
attributes its action to stimulation of the heart muscle and
motor ganglia situated therein. In poisoning, the heart is
-enfeebled and slow, and there is vasomotor paralysis. Atro-
pine antagonizes the action of pilocarpine on the heart.
Respiration.—The respiration is not directly affected by
the drug, but the bronchial secretions are greatly increased,
4492, VEGETABLE DRUGS
and in poisoning there are, in consequence, cedema of the
lungs and dyspnea.
Nervous System and Muscles.—Medicinal doses do not.
cause any functional disturbance of the nervous system, but
very large doses excite the spinal motor tract and reflex.
centres and cause convulsions in frogs, succeeded by spinal
depression and paralysis. The latter is due in part to an
influence on the muscles themselves. Tremors occur occa-
sionally in man and the domestic animals in poisoning.
The nerves escape unscathed. The involuntary muscles are.
stimulated throughout the body, owing to the direct action
of the drug upon them and their motor nerve terminations.
Skin. —Moderate doses of pilocarpine stimulate but
slightly the secretion of sweat in the lower animals, but in
man the secretion is enormous (1 pt.). The salivary secre-
tion appears to supplant that of the skin in the domestic
animals, unless very lawge doses are employed (H., gr.vii.-
xli.), which cause diarrhoea, salivation and loss of body
weight (40 to 60 Ibs.), and may entail pulmonary cedema.
and heart failure. The secretory nerve terminations and
glandular cells are both stimulated. The secretion of tears,
nasal mucus and milk are slightly increased in the same
manner, and the growth of hair is rendered more luxurious.
Temperature.—The temperature is reduced by evapora-
tion from the skin, if there is much sweating.
Genito-Urinary Organs.—Pilocarpine exerts a slight and
uncertain oxytocic action on the pregnant uterus and has.
sometimes precipitated parturition in pregnant animals at
full term. The unstriped muscle of the spleen and bladder
is stimulated, and micturition is frequent. Pilocarpine, in
repeated small doses, augments the flow of urine and prob-
ably increases tissue waste and the excretion of urea by its.
general action on the secretions. It is eliminated unchanged.
in the urine.
Eye.—Pilocarpine contracts the pupil when applied to-
the eye; it also increases tension of the eyeball and impairs.
the sight temporarily, owing to action on the retina. The.
myosis is due to stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor
ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE 443
nerve endings. When the alkaloid is given internally it
may contract the pupil, but jaborandi, or the fluid extract,
are less likely to do so on account of the opposing alkaloid
(jaborine), which tends to dilate the pupil.
Summary.—Pilocarpine possesses two important actions.
1. To increase secretions (stomach, intestines, salivary glands,
‘sudoriparous, lachrymal and mammary glands, kidneys,
bronchial and nasal mucous membranes, and ear). 2. To
stimulate the involuntary muscles (stomach, intestines,
heart, uterus, bladder, spleen, vessels and iris ). Both
actions are peripheral and are probably exerted on the
gland cells and muscle fibres, as well as on the efferent
nerye terminations.
Administration.—Pilocarpine is given usually when an
immediate effect is desired. Therefore the hydrochlorate
or nitrate are employed subcutaneously. If prescribed in
combination with eserine, the sulphate of both alkaloids
may be used, or eserine sulphate and pilocarpine hydro-
chlorate may be injected separately.
Toxicology.—Symptoms appear in five or ten minutes
after the subcutaneous injection of pilocarpine, and in fifteen
to twenty minutes after the injection of jaborandi. Saliva-
tion alone occurs after small doses, but with toxic quantities
there are present salivation, accompanied by more or less
sweating, intestinal colic, purging and perhaps vomiting, a
slow, weak pulse, and dyspnoea. Muscular tremors are
observed sometimes in man, and convulsions in frogs, but
spasmodic movements are uncommon in the domestic ani-
mals. Dogs have been killed by gr.j of pilocarpine. The
administration of an amount larger than 5 ers. of the alkal-
oid to horses, subcutaneously, is attended with danger.
Atropine is the physiological antagonist of pilocarpine in
relation to the heart, secretions, pupils, and, in large doses,
probably to the intestines.
Atropine should be given along with alcoholic stimu-
lants, or ammonia, in jaborandi or pilocarpine poisoning.
Uses Internal.—The chief value of pilocarpine in veteri-
nary medicine consists in its use as a purgative to stimulate
444 VEGETABLE DRUGS -
secretion, and, to a certain extent, peristaltic action—in
combination with physostigmine (vid. “ Physostigmine’’)—in
obstinate constipation of horses. It is also given in colic,
and in obstruction from twist and intussusception, with
physostigmine.* The alkaloid is a good substitute for eserine
for application to the eye (in 1 or 2 per cent. solution), and
is less painful. Pilocarpine is the most efficient antidote to
atropine, and should be administered in amount equal to 4
times that of atropine. Jaborandi is employed to remove
waste matters from the blood and system (urea and effu-
sions), but is of little value in veterinary practice, compared
with its efficiency in human medicine, on account of its
feeble sudorific action. It has been recommended in dropsy
of cardiac origin, not uncommon in dogs, but is dangerous,
since it tends to produce pulmonary cedema and heart weak-
ness. For the same reason it is inadvisable in pleuritie
effusions and renal dropsy, and in all three conditions it is
inferior to purgatives. Pilocarpine is highly recommended
by the Germans in cerebral and spinal meningitis, to assist
absorption of effusion. Pilocarpine stimulates the skin in
its elimination, and is sometimes of service in chronic ec-
zema, psoriasis, prurigo, and chronic urticaria. It is reecom-
meuded in chronic rheumatism as an eliminative, and in
acute inflammation of the brain, and in laminitis without
rational basis. Small doses of pilocarpine have been em-
ployed successfully to stimulate a failing milk secretion, and
to prevent excessive sweating in general debility. Jaborandi
relieves dry throat and excessive thirst. Obesity, in robust
dogs, may be treated with pilocarpine under the skin, in
one-half grain doses daily. Success sometimes attends this
method. The drug is contraindicated when there is impair-
ment of the respiratory functions, a weak or fatty heart, and
in unconsciousness, when excessive secretion may obstruct
the air passages.
* The lacter use of the drug is attended with danger of increasing the
obstruction, if not successful.
DIGITALIS 445
SECTION VIL—DRUGS ACTING ON THE HEART.
Class 1.—Increasing the Force and Decreasing the
Frequency of the Heart.
Dicirauis. Digitalis.
Synonym. — Digitalis folia, B. P.; foxglove, digitalis
leaves, E.; digitale, feuilles de digitale pourprée (de grande
-digitale), Fr.; fingerhutkraut, G.
The leaves of Digitalis purpurea Linné (nat. ord. scro-
‘phularinez), collected from plants of the second year’s
growth.
Description.—F rom 10 to 50 em. long; ovate or ovate-
oblong, narrowed into a petiole, crenate, dull green, densely
and finely pubescent, wrinkled above, paler and reticulate
beneath, midrib near the base broad; odor slight, some-
what tea-like; taste bitter, nauseous.
Constituents.—The active principles of digitalis are four
glucosides; the three first represent its stimulant action.
1. Digitoxin, the most poisonous and active. Said to be
cumulative. It occurs in erystals, soluble in alcohol and
chloroform, slightly in ether, and insoluble in water. 2.
Digitalein, an amorphous, bitter substance, soluble in water
and alcohel and non-cumulative. Dose.—H., gr.3-} (.008-
015); D., gr.-1, (-0006).
3. Digitalin, a bitter, crystalline body, soluble in alcohol,
and sparingly soluble in water and ether. 4. Digitonin,
C,, H,, O,,, resembling, or identical with, saponin of senega.
Soluble in water. It is a heart depressant, muscular para-
lyzant and powerful irritant, besides being antagonistic to
digitalis. In addition to these principles, there are:
5. Digitin, an inert body. 6. Digitalic and antirrhinic
acids. 7. Tannin, coloring matters, starch, sugar, gum, a
volatile oil, salts, etc., common to most vegetables.
Two substances are found in commerce: 1. Nativelle’s
digitalin, C,,H,,O,,, occurring in white crystalline tufts com-
posed of needles. It is bitter, and soluble in alcohol and
446 VEGETABLE DRUGS
chloroform; insoluble in water or ether. It contains digi-
toxin, digitalin, digitalein and digitonin, but mainly digi-
toxin, and is cumulative. Dose.—H.. & C., gr.3-3 (.015-.03).
D., gr.-qg-gty (.001-.002).
2. Homolle’s or Quévenne’s digitalin, an amorphous,
whitish powder, or small scales; very bitter, inodorous, and
soluble in 2,000 parts of water. It is composed largely of
digitalin, with a little digitoxin. Dose.—H. & C., gr.4 (.015)
= gr.221 of digitalis leaves; D., gr.gy-3y (.001-.002) =
er.14-3 of digitalis leaves.
Neither Nativelle’s nor Homolle’s digitalin form a com-
plete substitute for digitalis, and their use is not recom-
mended. Schmiedeberg’s digitalin* is, however, said to be a.
reliable substitute, by eminent authority.
Incompatibility.—Digitalis is incompatible with tannic
acid, lead acetate, cinchona and ferric salts.
Digitalis Folia Dose.-—H., gr.x.-31. (.6-.4); C., 3 8s.-Lss.
(2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.); D., gr.ss.-iil. (.03-.2).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Digitalis. Extract of Digitalis. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water; dis-
tillation of the alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.8); D., gr.4-1. (.008-.06).
Fluidextractum Digitalis. Fluidextract of Digitalis. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose,—H., ™x.- 31. (.6-4.); C., 3ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., Mv.-xv..
(.3-1.); D., Mss.-iii. (.03-.2).
Tinctura Digitalis. Tincture of Digitalis. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of powdered digitalis (100),.
with sufficicient alcohol and water to make 1,000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-vi, (8.-24.); Sh. & Sw., ™xxx.-3i-ss. (2.-6.)5:
LD ull weeee.6:<5, (GG 25)
Infusum Digitalis. Infusion of Digitalis. (U.S. & B. P.)
Digitalis, 15; alcohol, 100; cinnamon water, 150; boiling water,
500; cold water to make 1,000. By maceration. (U.S. P.)
* This preparation is made by Merck, and may he given in the same doses as-
Homolle’s, digitalin. No one glucoside of digitalis represents the action of the
whole drug, as obtained by use of the tincture or fluidextract.
ACTION OF DIGITALIS 447
Dose.—H. & C., Zii.-vi. (60.-180.); Sh. & Sw., %ss.-i. (15.-30.);
D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.)*
ACTION OF DIGITALIS.
External.—None.
Internal.— Alimentary Caine — Digitalis 1 in large doses is
a gastro-intestinal irritant, and in poisoning causes nausea,
colic, purging, and vomiting in animals capable of the act.
Circulation.—The dominant action of digitalis is ex-
pended upon the heart and blood vessels. After medicinal
doses we find the pulse becomes: 1. Slower. 2. Fuller and
stronger. 3. More regular in rhythm, if previously irregu-
lar. In poisoning, these phenomena are reversed and the
pulse is: 1. Rapid. 2. Weak. 3. Irregular. The thera-
peutic effects following moderate doses are due to: 1.
Stimulation of the heart muscle, and perhaps its con-
tained ganglia (pulse stronger and somewhat less frequent).
2. Excitation of the vagus centre and the vagus cardiac
terminations (pulse infrequent). 38. Stimulation of the mus-
cular walls of the vessels and vasomotor centres (increased
vascular tension). The tension is also augmented by the
greater force of the heart.beat, and, on the other hand,
the heart is slowed in overcoming the increased resistance
in the vessels. In consequence of the action on the heart
the ventricular contractions are complete and forcible, and
the diastolic period is lengthened; therefore, mere blood
enters the viscus and more is squeezed out with each con-
traction. The systolic period is unaltered. Furthermore,
the nutrition of the heart is thought to be promoted by:
1. Inerease of its blood supply during the prolonged dia-
stole. 2. Stimulation of the trophic nerves (vagi?) of the
heart. As diastole is the rest period of the heart, increasing
it conserves the strength of the organ. In poisoning, the
symptoms noted above follow: 1. Paralysis of the peri-
pheral vagi (pulse rapid). 2. Insufficient filling of the vessels.
and paralysis of the vessel walls (low tension). 3. Forcible
contractions contending against prolonged dilatation of the
* The infusion contains chiefly digitonin and digitalein, on account, of their
solubility in water, and therefore is lacking in the most stimulating principles.
448 VEGETABLE DRUGS _
ventricles (pulse irregular). At one time the heart beats
slowly and weakly because the heart muscle can scarcely
overcome the tendency of the excited vagi to cause ventri-
cular dilatation ; at another time the heart beats rapidly and .
strongly, when powerful systolic contractions overmaster the
inhibitory influence of the vagi. The heart, during this
irregular toxic period, is seen to be unequally affected, in
that one portion (the apex) may be firmly contracted while
the rest of the ventricle is dilated. Moreover, the auricles.
and ventricles do not act synchronously and the heart
assumes various peculiar shapes (hour-glass, etc.). Death
usually occurs from cardiac arrest in systole, in which con-
dition it remains pale, firm and contracted, and unresponsive
to mechanical or electrical stimulation. Rarely (men and
dogs) the heart stops in diastole. The action of digitalis on
the heart is more pronounced in dogs and sheep than in
horses and cattle. The characteristic effect of digitalis is
observed when it js applied locally to the isolated nerve-
free apex, or when the vagi are previously cut or paralyzed
by atropine, and when the spinal cord is destroyed. These
facts show that the heart muscle is influenced. That the
peripheral vagi are stimulated, is shown by the fact
that an amount of galvanic stimulation of the vagi,
ineffective before poisoning, will, after exhibition of digi-
talis, cause diastolic arrest of the heart. In regard to the
vessels, experiments conducted on the terrapin exhibit the
fact that when the vessels are deprived of their nerve
supply, the heart excised, and an artificial circulation sub-
stituted, even then vascular contraction and retardation of
flow will occur under the influence of digitalin added to the
factitious blood. The resultant of the various actions of
medicinal doses of digitalis is increased work of the heart,
so that more blood is pumped throughout the body in any
given unit of time.
Respiration. —The respiratory centres are unaffected
save by toxic doses, and then through insufficient blood
supply, when the respiration becomes weak and imperfect.
ACTION OF DIGITALIS 449
Nervous System and Muscles.—These are not influenced
‘by therapeutic doses of digitalis. Toxic quantities cause
loss of reflex action, muscular weakness, and convulsions in
the frog. The first two phenomena are due to primary
stimulation of the inhibitory reflex centres of Setschenow in
the medulla, followed by general paralysis of the spinal
cord, and direct depression of the motor nerves and muscles;
while the convulsions are caused by circulatory changes in
the base of the brain dependant upon the embarrassed
heart.
Temperature.—The temperature is unaffected by medi-
cinal doses. Toxic doses reduce temperature. Fever is
lowered by large doses of digitalis, but it is rarely safe to
use the drug as an antipyretic. Moreover, digitalis is some-
times inoperative as a heart stimulant in fever, because the
functional activity of the vagus centres and peripheral
terminations is depressed and insensitive to the action of
the drug.
Kidneys.— Metabolism and Elimination.—The influence of
digitalis on the amount of urinary secretion is uncertain. It
has no special action upon the mucous membrane or secret-
ing cells of the kidney. If general vascular tension is low-
ered (cardiac disease), digitalis will exert a diuretic action
in consequence of increasing blood pressure. As a rule, it
‘may be stated that if digitalis increases the systemic vascular
-tension more than that of the kidney, diuresis follows. The
effect of digitalis on tissue waste is uncertain and the mode
of its elimination is unknown. Experiments relative to the
composition of the urine are conflicting. The smooth muscle
of the uterus is said to be stimulated to contraction by digi-
‘talis.
Cumulative Action.—Digitalis and strychnine are said to
be cumulative in their action. Evidence is stronger in the
case of the former drug than in that of the latter. By cumu-
lative action is meant sudden transition from a therapeutic
to a toxic effect. This may be due to three causes. 1. Tardy
“absorption. 2. Increasing susceptibility. 3. Delayed elim-
450 VEGETABLE DRUGS
ination and accamulation of the drug in the system. The
cumulative action of digitalis is chiefly due to the latter
cause. It should never be administered in full medicinal
doses. uninterruptedly for any considerable length of time.
Toxicology. — Poisoning may occur from large single
doses within 3 to 10 hours of their ingestion, and last for 16
or more hours with a fatal result; or may appear suddenly
after the administration for several days of large medicinal
doses (cumulative action). A minimum fatal dose for the
horse is about 3 vi. of digitalis, or gr.i.ss. of Homolle’s digi-
talin. For dogs, 31. of digitalis, or gr.t of digitalin. The
symptoms exhibited are chiefly concerned with the digestion
and circulation. They consist in dulness, lassitude, loss of
appetite, nausea, flatulence, diarrhoea, infrequent, full pulse
(reduced 6-10 beats in the horse), and contracted pupils.
There is vomiting in dogs. In fatal cases these symptoms
are followed by severe colic and tympanites; rapid, feeble,
dicrotic, irregular or intermittent palse (120-140 in horses),
while the heart may be heard and felt beating wildly and
strongly, and a systolic blowing murmur can frequently be
detected. This is due to mitral or tricuspid regurgitation
caused by irregular contraction of the columne carne. The
pulse is imperceptible because of the failure of the heart
to fill the vessels. The extremities are cold, the eye is pre-
truding, and salivation occurs. Bloody diarrhcea is very
often present and the urine may be suppressed. The breath-
ing finally becomes difficult and death ensues within a few
hours, or as late as several days.
Treatment. — Evacuation of the stomach and bawsi
Tannic acid, as a chemical antidote, aleohol, opium, and
aconite, which is the physiological antagonist in depressing
the action of the heart and lowering blood tension. In
addition, external heat should be applied and ont
quiet and rest secured.
Administration. —In view of its slow absorption ant
elimination digitalis should not be given oftener than once
in six, eight, or even twelve hours. Very large doses may ~ @
USES OF DIGITALIS 451
be given, however, repeatedly, in case of threatened heart
failure, by the subcutaneous method. The appearance of
indigestion, nausea or dulness, and a decided fall in the
pulse rate, should be a warning to stop the administration
at once. The best preparations are the tincture, infusion,
and fluid extract. The former may be injected deep into
the muscle to avoid abscess.
Uses External.—Digitalis is occasionally employed as a
poultice of the leaves, applied over the loins to promote
diuresis, or in local inflammation, to contract vessels.
Uses Internal.—Digitalis is a heart stimulant, although
sometimes classified as a heart depressant. It may,
however, exert a sedative effects upon a weak, rapid,
irregular heart, by increasing the inhibitory and mus-
eular power. Digitalis is indicated: (1) In all conditions
where the heart is weak, irregular or intermittent, and the
circulation sluggish; (2) as a diuretic, chiefly in dropsy
secondary to cardiac disease, but also in that of renal
origin; digitalis has also been used (3) as a hemostatic in
internal hemorrhage, and (4) to reduce temperature in
fever; but, in both of the last two instances, with question-
able advantage.
1. In syncope following disease, shock, injury or poison-
ing (aconite), digitalis is invaluable when injected subcutan-
eously together with alcoholic stimulants. In acute diseases,
digitalis is one of the most generally serviceable stimulants:
The drug is peculiarly applicable in the second stage of
pneumonia, because it strengthens the right ventricle, forces
the blood through the obstructed lung, and prevents sys-
temic venous engorgement and arterial anemia. In other
words, it equalizes the circulation. Moreover, in stimulating
the peripheral vagi, digitalis improves the tone of the
bronchioles aud prevents collapse of the air vesicles, and,
by the same action, steadies the rhythm of the breathing.
The drug is likewise an efficient circulatory stimulant in
influenza of horses and distemper of dogs. Digitalis is
frequently prescribed in chronic bronchitis and emphysema,
452 VEGETABLE DRUGS
to strengthen the heart and obviate passive pulmonary con-
gestion and cough. Valvular disease of the heart, in its
various phases, is the most common field of usefulness for
digitalis in human medicine, but in veterinary practice these
disorders are rarer and the exact lesion difficult or impos-
sible to diagnose. In mitral stenosis and regurgitation and
aortic stenosis, with lack of compensatory hypertrophy of
the heart and evidence of circulatory disturbances, digitalis
is clearly indicated. In these conditions the drug enables
the heart to pump more blood into the arteries and prevents
engorgement of the right heart and veins and the occurrence
of dropsy. Digitalis is counter-indicated in aortic insuffi-
ciency, because in prolonging diastole it allows more time
for the blood to flow back from the aorta through the leaky
valve into the ventricle. As a general proposition, digitalis
is inferior to aconite in simple cardiac hypertrophy. But
this does not apply when enlargement of the heart is insuffi-
cient to compensate for valvular lesions.
Digitalis is extremely successful in palpitation of the
heart (horses) following over-exertion, but is not appropriate
in palpitation due to nervcusness (dogs), or to indigestion.
Digitalis may be exhibited to advantage in rheumatic fever
and in endocarditis or pericarditis to quiet the heart and
secure rest by prolonging diastole.
2. Digitalis is a valuable diuretic in dropsy of cardiac
origin (dogs), by stimulating the heart and overcoming
venous stasis in the kidneys and elsewhere. It is often
desirable to combine iron preparations with digitalis. Tur-
bidity results from the action of iron on the tannic acid
contained in digitalis when in solution, but this can be re-
moved by the addition of a little diluted phosphoric acid.
3. Since digitalis contracts the uterus and blood vessels,
it has been prescribed in uterine hemorrhage, and to stop
bleeding from other internal parts ; but it is inferior to ergot
on account of the general rise of blood tension. Heemoptysis,
due to passive congestion of the lungs in mitral disease, is
relieved by digitalis.
ip “SST
Sera
STROPHANTHUS An3
4. The use of digitalis in large doses as an antipyretic
in fevers is not without danger and is inadvisable.
SrropHaNtTuts. Strophanthus.
(U.S. & Bef.)
The seed of Strophanthus Kombé Oliver (nat. ord.
Apocynacez), deprived of its long awn.
Habitat.—Tropical Africa. There are eighteen species,
and the seeds from at least two are found in commerce.
This has led to some confusion, as the chemical and physio-
logical properties of their different products vary to some
extent.
Description.—About 15 Mm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. broad ;
oblong-lanceolate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish-
green, covered with appressed, silky hair, one side with a
ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end; kernel
white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two
thin cotyledons, and surrounded by a thin layer of peris-
perm; nearly inodorous; taste very bitter.
Constituents.—The chief one is (1) Strophanthin, C,, H,,
O,, (8-10 per cent.), a glucoside occurring in white or faintly
yellowish crystalline powders, and having a very bitter
taste. Soluble in water and alcohol, and insoluble in
chloroform or ether. Decomposed by sulphuric acid into
glucose and strophanthidin. Strophanthin is said to be
contained only in S. Kombé. It varies in composition and
strength and decomposes in solution. (2) Kombic acid.
(3) An alkaloid, Ineine. (4) Tanghinin, occurring in rhombic
prisms.
PREPARATION.
Tinctura Strophanthi. Tincture of Strophanthus. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by digestion and percolation of strophanthus (100) with
alcohol and water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., mii.-x. (.12-.6). The minimum
doses should be used at first, since preparations vary in strength.
454 VEGETABLE DRUGS
STROPHANTHINUM. Strophanthin.
(5.°R3)
Dose.—H., gr.t-} (.012-.03); D., gr.<tj-', (.0006-.001).
The glucoside is not always pure and the dose is uncertain
and must be given with caution.
Action External.—Strophanthus is a local anesthetic.
Action Internal.—Strophanthus is a gastro-intestinal
irritant in large doses, like digitalis, and produces violent
purging and sometimes vomiting. On account of its bitter
qualities it may act in small medicinal doses as a stomachie,
improving appetite and stimulating gastric secretion and
motion.
Circulation.—The action of strophanthus on the cireula-
tion is very similar to that of digitalis, but it is a more
powerful and uncertain heart stimulant and produces less
vascular constriction. By its influence the heart beats are
made more forcible, infrequent and regular. Diastole is
prolonged and systole is strengthened but unaltered in time.
Arterial tension is raised and the pulse wave is increased in
volume and force. The physiological details are not so well
ascertained as are those of digitalis, but it is known that -
strophanthus directly stimulates the heart muscle in moder-
ate doses. The vessels are slightly contracted, but not
nearly as much so as by digitalis. Increased blood pressure
results mainly from the augmented heart’s action. In
poisoning, the peripheral vagi are paralyzed and vascular
tension falls, owing probably to tetanic contraction of the
ventricles. The heart is arrested in systole or diastole.
Nervous System.—Muscles and Lespiration.—Strophan-
thus is a powerful muscle poison. Therapeutic doses
increase muscular activity and tone, while toxic quantities
paralyze voluntary muscles. Medicinal doses, not only
stimulate the voluntary muscles, but also the unstriped
muscle of the heart, and to some extent that of the vessel —
walls. The nerve centres and trunks are unaffected except
by the local application of strophanthus, which paralyzcs
CONVALLARIA 455°
the sensory nerve endings and muscular tissue. The respira-
tion is uninfluenced by therapeutic doses of strophanthus,
‘but in poisoning death sometimes takes place from
‘respiratory failure following paralysis of the respiratory
‘muscles.
Kidneys.—The kidneys are irritated by large doses of
-strophanthus and the urine is albuminous. Inflammation of
the renal tubules with minute hemorrhages are found post
mortem. The renal vessels are not dilated, and the oncometer
shows that the size of the kidney is not increased. The
drug stimulates the secretory cells of the renal tubules and
causes diuresis directly as well as indirectly by increasing
‘general blood pressure. The active principle is eliminated
in the urine. A cumulative action in the lower animals and
in man has been noted by several observers.
Uses Internal.—In general, it may be stated that the
indications for strophanthus are identical with those for
-digitalis, but the former is not so certain in its effects. Itis
-of value as a substitute for digitalis when this medicine is
not well borne, and to replace digitalis temporarily in order
to avoid its cumulative action. On account of the stimulant
and diuretic properties: of strophanthus, it is useful in
mitral disease, cardiac dropsy, pericardial and pleural effu-
sions, pulmonary cedema, and chronic nephritis; but in
heart disease digitalis should be tried first.
ConvVALLARIA. Convallaria. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—lLily of the Valley, E.; muguet, Fr. The
rhizome and roots of Convallaria majalis Linné (nat. ord.
Liliacez).
Habitat.— United States, in the Alleghany Mountains,
Europe and northern Asia.
Description. — Of horizontal growth and somewhat
Ddranched ; about 3 Mm. thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, whitish,
marked with few circular scars; at the annulate joint with
-about 8 or 10 long thin roots; fracture somewhat fibrous,
| a
456 VEGETABLE DRUGS
2 \
white; odor peculiar, pleasant; taste sweetish, bitter and
somewhat acrid.
Constituents—Two glucosides ; (1) Convallamarin (C,,H,,
O,,), the active principle. A white powder, having a sweet,
bitter taste, and soluble in water and alcohol. (2) Conval-
larin (C,,H,,O,,), occurring in prismatic crystals, soluble in.
alcohol], sparingly in water, and insoluble in ether. A.
_ purgative.
PREPARATION,
Fluidextractum Convallarie. Fluidextract of Convallaria. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., Mv.-x. (.3-.6).
Action and Uses Internal.—Convallaria, by virtue of
convallamarin, resembles digitalis in its action on the heart,
vessels and kidneys, but is not so reliable and powerful.
The indications for its use are the same as those for digitalis.
In some cases it is successful where the latter drug has
failed. Occasionally purging has resulted owing to the con-
vallarin in convallaria. The fatal dose of convallamarin is.
stated by Marmé to be gr. § to 3, (.015-.03) for dogs, and yet
the dose recommended in veterinary text books is gr. $ to 2.
(.03-.12). The glucoside is not a pure principle and there-.
fore varies in strength. For this reason the dose is uncertain.
and its use undesirable.
Soma, Squills (U.S Be.)
Synonym.—Squills, E. ; meerzwiebel, G. ; scille, squille,.
Fr.; bulbus scille, P. G.
The bulb of Urginea maritima (Linné) Baker (nat. ord.
Liliaceze), deprived of its dry, membranaceous outer scales,
and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected.
Habitat—Southern Europe, on the shores of the Medi-.
terranean.
Description.—In narrow segments about 5 cm. long,
slightly translucent, yellowish-white or reddish, brittle and
SQUILL 457
pulverizable when dry; tough and flexible after exposure to
damp air; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, bitter and acrid.
Constituents. — Various active principles have been
recovered, but it is doubtful if any completely represent the
action of the drug. All possess some poisonous properties.
Merck sells three substances derived from squill: (1) Scil-
litoxin, a glucoside. (2) Scillipicrin. (3) Scillin. In addi-
tion, the drug contains mucilage.
Squill Dose—H., 31.-i1. (4.-8.) ; C., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh.,
gr.xv.-xxx. (L.-2.); D., gr.i-v. (.06-.3).
PREPARATIONS,
Fluidextractum Sceille. Fluidextract of Squill. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water,
and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C., 3ii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. Mxv.-xxx.
41.-2.) ; D., Mi.-v. (.06-.3).
Tinctura Scille. Tincture of Squill. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of squill, 100; with alcohol and
water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 vi.- 3 i.ss. (24.-45.); C., 3 i.ss.-iii, (45.-99.) ; Sh., 3 i-ss.-iti.
{6.-12.); D., MWv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
Syrupus Scille. Syrup of Squill, (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by boiling and filtering vinegar of squill, 450; adding sugar,
800 ; straining and adding water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 388. (15.); D., 388.-i. (2.-4.).
Incompatible with ammonium carbonate.
Syrupus Scillee Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Coxe’s Hive Syrup. Flnidextract of squill. 80; fluid-
extract of senega, 80; antimonium and potassium tartrate, 2; purified
talc, 20; sugar, 750; water to make 1000.
Dose.—D., Mv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
Pil. Ipecachuanhae cum Scilla. (B. P.)
Contains 5 per cent. opium. Dogs, gr.ii.-viii. The compound
‘syrup (U.S. P.), or the pill of ipecac with squill (B. P.), are good
‘cough remedies for dogs.
Action Internal.—Gastro-intestinal Tract.—Therapeutic
doses do not exert any effect, but toxic quantities cause
458 VEGETABLE DRUGS
vomiting and purging in dogs, with fall of temperature,
stupor, intermittent paralysis, convulsions, suppression or
scanty secretion of bloody urine, and death within 12 or 15
hours. Lesions of gastro-enteritis and congestion of the
kidneys are found after death.
Circulation.—The action of squill on the heart and
vessels is practically identical with that of digitalis.
Respiration.—Clinical experience, rather than physio-
logical experiments, has shown that squill acts as an expect-
orant during its elimination from the bronchial mucous.
membrane, thereby increasing secretion and vascularity.
Kidneys.—Squill is eliminated mainly by the kidneys,
and in its excretion directly stimulates them and increases
the amount of urine. In toxic doses it produces acute
parenchymatous nephritis and urinary suppression. Squill
is a more powerful diuretic than digitalis.
Uses Internal.—Squill is useful in ascites of dogs, result-
ing from valvular lesions or otherwise, to stimulate the
heart and cause diuresis. It may be given to advantage in
pill with digitalis, calomel, and extract of hyoseyamus—one
grain of each. Small doses of squill are often exhibited to
dogs in the second stage of acute bronchitis, and occasion-
ally to horses, as an expectorant; and in large doses as an
emetic for dogs in the form of the simple or compound
syrup. The drug is indicated in bronchitis with scanty
secretion, or when exudation is excessive to improve the
tone of the bronchial mucous membrane.
Class 2.—Decreasing the Force and Frequency
of the Heart.
Aconitum. Aconite.
Synonym.—Aconiti radix, B.P.; racine d’aconit, Fr.;
tubera aconiti, P.G.; eisenhutknollen, G. The tuber of
Aconitum Napellus Linné (nat. ord. Ranunculacez).*
Habitat.—Northwestern North America, Europe and
Asia in mountainous regions, and cultivated in the United
States for its showy flowers.
* Should yield not less than 0.5 per cent, of aconitine.
ACONITE 459
Description—From 10 to 20 Mm. thick at the crown 3;
- eonically contracted below; from 50 to 75 Mm. long, with
sears or fragments of radicles ; dark brown externally,
whitish internally, with a rather thick bark; the central
axis about seven-rayed ; without odor ; taste at first sweetish,
soon becoming acrid and producing a sensation of tingling
and numbness which lasts for scme time. ;
Constituents.—The alkaloid representing the action of
the drug is aconitine (C,,H,,NO,,), which is precipitated by
ammonia from an aqueous solution of an alcoholic extract
of the root of various species. It is a colorless, crystalline,
or amorphous, gray powder, almost insoluble in water, and
soluble in 22 parts of alcohol, in 44 parts of ether, and 1
part of chloroform. Its salts are soluble in water.
Commercial preparations vary in purity and strength,
and since it is extremely poisonous (an Tndian arrow poison)
its internal administration is undesirable. Pseudo-aconitine
(C,,H,,NO,,), aconine (C,,HNO,); and other alkaloids in com-
bination with aconitic acid (C,H1,0,), have been obtained frou:
aconite, but their identity and chemistry are uncertain.
Aconite Dose.—H. & C., py.ili-xx. (.2-1.3) ; D., gr.qy-il
(.006-.12).
Aconitine Nitras. (Squibb.) Subcutaneously.
H., gr. (002) ; D., grgho rT (.0003-.0006).
Aconrmna. Aconitine. (U.S. & B. P.)
Occurs in colorless or white rhombic tables or prisms,
possessing no odor, and permanent in the air. Almost
insoluble in water. :
Aconitine often contains a considerable proportion of
aconine and benzaconine, and so varies in activity, which is
a great objection to the use of one of the most powerful
drugs known. (Vid. supra).
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Aconiti. Tincture of Aconite. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Teinture de racine d’aconit, Fr.; eisenhuttinktur, G.
Made by maceration and percolation of aconite, 100; with alcohol and
water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., ™Mxx.-3i. (1.8-4.);. C., Zss.-i.ss. (2.-6.); Sh. & Sw.,
Tx.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., Tii.-x. (.12-.6).
460 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Fluidextractum Aconiti. Fluidextract of Aconite. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water; and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., Miii.-xx. (.2-1.3); D., M25-i1. ra 006-.12).
Unguentum Aconitine. (B.P.) (2 per cent.)
Linimentum Aconiti. (B. P.)
Fleming’s Tincture. (Non-official.) (79 per cent.)
Dose.—H., Mvii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., ™4-ii. (.015-.12).
ACONITE AND ACONITINE.
Action External.—Aconite or aconitine applied to mucous
membranes, raw suriaces or the unbroken skin, irritates and
then paralyzes the nerves of touch and temperature. This
is evidenced in the human subject by a sensation of tingling
and burning, followed by numbness and local anesthesia.
Action Internal.— Digestive Tract.—Aconite in medicinal
doses has no special effect on the digestive organs. Toxic
doses produce nausea and retching, and, in animals capable
of the act, vomiting.
Circulation.—The chief therapeutic value of aconite
depends upon its influence over the heart and vessels. It
reduces both the force and frequency of the cardiac pulsa-
tious and lowers blood tension. The physiological details
accounting for this action are not positively known. It is
probable that the slowing of the heart is primarily due to
stimulation of the vagus endings in the heart, inhibitory
centre in the medulla, and cardiac motor ganglia; but
soon both the heart muscle and its contained ganglia are
progressively depressed, and, by lethal doses, paralyzed.
This local action of aconite on the heart is exhibited when
the drug is applied directly to the organ in situ, or to the
cut-out heart, when its pulsations are diminished in force
and frequency.
The vasomotor system is only indirectly influenced by
depression of the sensory nerves, so that the normal peri-
pheral stimuli do not reflexly stimulate the vasomotor centre
and contract the arterioles. Therefore blood pressure is
ACONITE 461
lowered for this reason and because of the lessened heart’s
action. In poisoning, the pulse is weak, irregular and inter-
mittent; first slow and then rapid. There is ultimately
paralysis of the peripheral vagi, heart muscle and _ its
ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. The heart is arrested
in diastole, but death immediately results from respiratory
failure.
Nervous System.—The most striking effect of aconite
on the nervous system consists in loss of sensation
and temperature sense after large medicinal doses. This
phenomenon is due to depression of the sensory nerve
terminations, and possibly to depression of sensory percep-
tive centres in the brain, and sensory side of the cord. The
drug is not comparable with opium, since doses large enough
to produce a general anodyne action are dangerous.
Poisonous doses of aconite cause loss of motor power
as well as loss of sensation. This latter effect follows
paralysis of the motor nerve endings and perhaps the spinal
motor tract. There is some disturbance of the brain, as
exhibited by occasional delirium and convulsions. The
latter are supposed to follow interference with the circula-
tion at the base of the brain. Furthermore, in man, dizzi-
ness, blindness, deafness and loss of speech sometimes occur
in lethal poisoning.
Respiration.—The breathing of animals under the influ-
ence of aconite resembles that observed after section of the
vagi. The respiration is slow; the expiration is prolonged,
and is succeeded by a considerable interval before the next
inspiration. This condition is brought about by depression
of the medullary respiratory centres and terminations of the
afferent vagi in the lungs.
Temperature.—The bodily heat is reduced by aconite in
fever, after medicinal doses, and in poisoning by the drug.
Vascular dilatation, retarded circulation, and therefore heat
dissipation, probably explains the antipyretic action.
Skin.—Aconite sometimes produces slight diarphoresis.
The cause of this action is unknown.
462 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Kidneys and Etimination.—The urinary flow is some-
what increased, especially in fever. The cause is also
uncertain; neither is the mode of elimination understood.
Toxicology.—The minimum fatal dose of aconite is about
31. for the horse ; gr.xx. for medium sized dogs ; and gr.v.-vi.
for cats. The smallest fatal dose recorded in man is a tea-
spoonful of tincture of aconite, equivalent to about gr.xxx. of
the crude drug. The minimum lethal quantity of aconitine
is gr), for man, and about the same for cats. For dogs it
is from gr.f to gr.3. The writer has found that cats will
live from fifteen minutes to half an hour after receiving the
smaller deadly doses under the skin, but large doses produce
death immediately by paralyzing the heart. Large thera-
peutic doses cause, in horses, restlessness, pawing the
ground, shaking of the head, champing of the jaws, increased
secretion of salivary mucus, and attempts at swallowing,
probably owing to the peculiar sense of irritation produced
by the drug in the throat. Nausea and retching are observed
in all animals, while vomiting occurs in dogs and cats. The
pulse and respiration are weakened and generally retarded.
After lethal doses these symptoms are intensified. We
observe violent retching, frequent and difficult attacks of
swallowing, ejection of frothy mucus from the mouth,
copious sweating in horses; pulse first weak and infrequent,
later rapid, running and almost imperceptible ; respiration
slow, interrupted, and shallow, and reduction of tempera-
ture. Death is preceded by muscular twitchings in the
horse and loss of strength, so that the subject falls and is
unable to rise; or in the case of cats and rabbits, the animals
jump vertically into the air, topple over backwards and go
into convulsions, lying helpless on their side. The labial
muscles are retracted and the lips drawn back, showing the
teeth covered with foam. The face is anxious, the eyeballs.
are retracted or protruded, and the pupils more commonly
dilated. Death takes place usually from asphyxia, occasion-
ally from syncope. The post-mortem appearances are:
simply those resulting from asphyxia.
—"
ACONITE 463
Treatment.—Evacuate the stomach by pump or siphon.
Emetics are contraindicated as disturbing the heart. Car-
diae and respiratory stimulants are to be given subcutane-
ously, as alcohol, ammonia, ether, and tincture of digitalis,
in addition to inhalation of amyl nitrite. The patient must
-be kept quiet, and artificial respiration done if practicable
and necessary.
Experimental and clinical evidence abundantly prove
the antagonism of digitalis as an antidote in stimulating
the heart, even when it has stopped beating, in aconite
poisoning.
Uses External.—Aconite may be applied in the official
liniment (fluid extract of aconite, 40; chloroform liniment,
60) to relieve pain of an inflammatory, neuralgic, or rheu-
matic character; or as aconitine in ointment (2-4 per cent.)
for the same purposes. Aconitine is very expensive, how-
ever. Care must be exercised to prevent undue absorption
and poisoning.
Uses Internal.—Aconite fills certain indications which no
other drug does. It is useful in fever because:
1. It diminishes the force and frequency of the heart.
2. It causes arterial relaxation and equalizes the circu-
lation ; 7.e., it allows the blood to flow away from congested
areas into dilated peripheral vessels. It is not so powerful
as veratrum viride.
3. It lowers temperature and produces sweating and
diuresis.
4. It relieves pain and restlessness to some extent.
Aconite is particularly applicable, conjoined with sweet
spirit of nitre, in the first stages of febrile diseases ; in those
attacking the young; and in those of self-limited and short
duration, viz., coryza, laryngitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis,
bronchitis and pneumonia uncomplicated with influenza.
It is also indicated in the initial period of acute muscular
rheumatism, enteritis and peritonitis (combined with opium),
and in mammitis, lymphangitis, and laminitis. Spasmodic
and painful disorders, as colic, are relieved more success-
464 VEGETABLE DRUGS
fully by powerful anodynes and antispasmodics (opium and
belladonna).
Tn chronic or long continued fevers, the use of aconite
should not be persisted in, but it should be given at the very
outset of fevers and repeated frequently in small doses.
Tixv. for the horse, and Mii. for the dog, every fifteen min-
utes for two hours, and afterwards | xxx. for the horse and
Nili. for the dog, hourly, being governed, however, by the
condition of the pulse and temperature and the physiolo-
gical effects. Aconite is a useful sedative in some cardiac
disturbances. It quiets nervous palpitation, and that form
resulting from hypertrophy of the heart. It can be admin-
istered to advantage in the first stages of acute pericarditis
and endocarditis.
VERATRUM. Veratrum.
Synonym.—Veratri viridis rhizoma, B. P.; veratrum
viride, American hellebore, green hellebore root, Indian
poke root, E.; gruner germer, G.
The rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride Aiton or
Veratrum album Linné (nat. ord. Liliacez).
Description—RKhizome upright, obconical, simple or
divided, from 3 to 8 Cm. long and 2 to 4 or 5 Cm. thick;
externally blackish-gray, internally grayish-white ; showing
numerous short, irregular wood-bundles. Roots emanating
from all sides of the rhizome, numerous, shrivelled, light
yellowish-brown ; about 10 to 20 Cm. long and 2 Mm. thick.
Tnodorous, but strongly sternutatory when powdered ; taste
bitterish and very acrid.
Constituents.—1. Jervine (C,,H,,NO,), a pure alkaloid,
occurring also in veratrum album. 2. Veratroidine or ceva-
dine; an impure alkaloid, non-crystallizable, composed.
chiefly of rubijervine in combination with resin and other
bodies. It is said to be identical with veratrine. 3. Pseu-
dojervine. 4. Traces of rubijervine. 5. A resin, nearly
inert, but a gastro-intestinal irritant.
Veratrum Dose.-—H. & C., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw.,
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.5-i. (.006-.06).
VERATRUM 465
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Veratri, Fluidextract of Veratrum.
(U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation,
xo that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 s8.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., Wxx.-xxx. (1.3.2.); D.,
My-i. (.006-.06).
Tinctura Veratri. Tincture of Veratrum.
(GS SerBe Pi)
Made by maceration and percolation of veratrum viride, 100; and
alcohol to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., %ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.
TiLv.-xv. (.3-1.)
>
JERVINE.
Action Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Large doses cause
salivation, but have little effect on the stomach or bowels.
Circulation.—Jervine is a powerful depressant to the
heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and the vasomotor
centres. Large doses, therefore, weaken and slow the pulse
and lower vascular tension.
fespiration.—The alkaloid is also a profound respira-
tory depressant, and death occurs from asphyxia in poison-
ing, the heart continuing to beat after cessation of breathing.
Nervous System.—In poisoning by jervine, animals
exhibit muscular tremors and weakness, and finally fall
from loss of muscular power. Lying prostrate on the
ground in a paralytic state, they are attacked by clonic con-
vulsions. The paralysis is attributable to depression of the
cells of the inferior cornua, while the convulsions are due to
disturbanee of the cerebral circulation, or stimulation of the
cerebral motor tract. The muscles and nerves are unaffected
by jervine, but there is partial anesthesia of spinal origin
observed just before death.
VERATROIDINE.
Action Internal.—The alkaloid is a decided gastro-intes-
tinal irritant and produces vomiting in animals capable of
the act, and often purging.
466 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Circulation.—Veratroidine mainly influences the cardiac
inhibitory apparatus. Whenartificial respiration is practised,
so that the effect of the substance on the respiratory centres
will not overcome the action on the circulation, it is found
that the alkaloid slows the heart’s action in moderate doses
by stimulating the pneumogastric centres. Large toxic
doses, on the other hand, paralyze the vagus nerve endings
in the heart, and the cardiac pulsations therefore become
very frequent. The vasomotor centres are uninfluenced by
ordinary quantities of veratroidine.
Respiration.—The depressing action of veratroidine on
the respiratory functions is more marked than that exerted
on the heart, so that, unless artificial respiration is sustained,
asphyxia supervenes, and this leads to vasomotor spasm and
great rise of blood pressure. Death ensues from respiratory
failure.
Nervous System.—The influence of veratroidine upon
the nervous system is similar to that of jervine, but the
spasmodic phenomena are not so prominent.
VERATRUM.
Action Internal.—The action of the drug is a resultant
of the action of jervine and veratroidine.
Circulation—The most noteworthy therapeutic value of
veratrum viride depends upon its effect on the circulation.
It first lowers the force (jervine), and, if continued, the
frequency (veratroidine and jervine) of the pulse, and also
reduces vascular tension. Veratrum is considerably more
powerful than aconite, which depresses the action of
the heart, but does not directly lessen arterial action.
Veratrum is, however, inferior to aconite for general pur-
poses, as it does not possess the anodyne, diarphoretic, or,
diuretic properties peculiar to the latter drug.
The temperature is reduced several degrees by large
doses of veratrum viride.
Towxicology.—The symptoms exhibited in veratrum
poisoning are: salivation, vomiting, or attempts at vomiting,
VERATRUM 467
purging, abdominal pain, muscular weakness, difficulty in
progression, loss of power and general paralysis, muscular
tremors and spasms, and occasionally convulsions. The
pulse is unaltered in rate at first, but later becomes infrequent
and compressible and finally rapid, thread-like and running.
The respiration is shallow, the temperature reduced, the
skin is cold and clammy; there is semi-consciousness, loss
of sight and death from asphyxia.
' Treatment should be pursued with cardiac and respira- |
tory stimulants, as amyl nitrite (by inhalation), alcohol,
strychnine and atropine ; tannic acid as a chemical antidote ;
opium to subdue pain; and demulcents to relieve local irrita-
tion of the digestive tract. Warm water should be given the
smaller animals to wash out the stomach and to assist vomi-
tion, and quietude should be enforced. In man, fatal poison-
ing is rare, since the drug is spontaneously vomited. The
same would probably apply to dogs. Recovery has ensued
in horses after ingestion of two ounces of veratrum root.
Administration.—It is advisable to give small doses of
the tincture or fluid extract hourly. In the case of the
smaller patients, the dose should be preceded by the ad-
ministration of a correspondingly small dose of laudanum
(Nv.-x.) to prevent vomiting.
Uses Internal—The alkaloids of veratrum are difficult
to obtain in their purity, and are not used in practice.
The drug is applicable as a circulatory sedative at the
outset of sthenic diseases afflicting strong, plethoric ani-
mals. Veratrum bleeds an animal into its own vessels by
causing vascular dilatation. The indications are similar
to those applying to venesection, and are therefore limited.
In some eases of acute diseases, included within the limits
defined above, it may prove of the utmost service to cut
short or even abort the attack.
In this list may be placed sthenic pneumonia, cerebritis,
Jaminitis, puerperal fever, and, when veratrum is combined
with opium to obviate stimulation of peristaltic action,
468 VEGETABLE DRUGS
enteritis, peritonitis, and abdominal wounds and injuries.
Veratrum is said to relieve pain, lower temperature and
lessen the duration of acute rheumatic fever.
VERATRUM ALBUM.*
Synonym.—Veratri albi rhizoma, white hellebore root, EH.
Habitat.—Europe (used on the continent).
Constituents.—1. Jervine. 2. Veratralbine, which is
allied to veratrine. Veratrum album generally resembles
veratrum viride, but it is a more powerful gastro-intestinal
irritant. The Germans recommend it to be given as an
emetic to swine, in milk, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3), and as an emetic
to cattle, 3 iv.-vi. (16.-24.). Its use is, however, attended
with some danger in these doses.
VeERATRINA. Veratrine. (U.S. & B. P.)
A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the seed of
Asagrea officinalis (Schlechtendal et Chamisso) Lindley
(nat. ord. Liliacew). (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Obtained from the seed by alcohol, which
is recovered by distillation, and the residue is treated with
water to precipitate resins ; filtered, and veratrine is precipi-
tated from the filtrate by ammonia. Itis further purified by
solution in water, decolorization, and reprecipitation.
Properties.—A. white, or grayish-white, amorphous, or
semi-crystalline powder; odorless, but causing intense irri-
tation and sneezing when even a minute quantity reaches
the nasal mucous membrane ; having an acrid taste, and leav-
ing a sense of tingling and numbness on the tongue. Per-
manent in the air. Very slightly soluble in cold or hot
water; soluble in 3 parts of alcohol, and very soluble in
boiling alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 2:
parts of chloroform.
Dose.—H., gyr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12); C., grii-v. (.12-.3); D.,,
gr.3'5-q1; (.0012-.006).
The smaller doses to be given subcutaneously.
* Veratrum (U.S. P.) now includes both Veratrum viride (American Helle~
bore and Veratrum Album (White Hellebore).
VERATRINE 469
PREPARATIONS.
Oleatum Veratrine. Oleate of Veratrine, 2 per cent. (U.S. P.)
Unguentum Veratrine. (U.S. & B. P.) (4 per cent., U.S. P.)
Action Internal.—Veratrine is a powerful irritant. If
inhaled in minutest quantity it causes sneezing and a mucous,
or bloody discharge. When injected under the skin, vera-
trine occasions suffering and restlessness. Rubbed into the
skin or applied to a mucous membrane or a raw surface, it
produces redness and pain followed by local anesthesia.
Action Internal.—Here again veratrine is an intense irri-
tant. After ingestion of large doses, there are salivation,
violent vomiting, in animals capable of the act; often severe
purging, pain, collapse, fall of temperature and other symp-
toms common to gastro-enteritis.
Nervous System and Muscles—Veratrine is a direct
poison to the motor and sensory nerves and muscles, first
exalting and then depressing and paralyzing their functional
activity. The cerebrum, and probably the spinal cord, escape
its influence. Spasms and convulsions occur in veratrine
poisoning, in the stage of motor excitement, while paralysis
follows depression of the nerves and muscles. The action of
the substance begins and ends sooner in the nerves than the
muscles. The effect of veratrine on voluntary muscle is
peculiar. A tracing of a muscle during contraction shows
that the latent period, and that of ascent, is unaltered ; but
the amount of contraction is much augmented, as shown by
the increased height of the curve; and the time of relaxation
is greatly prolonged.
Circulation.—Veratrine affects the heart muscle mucl:
as it does the striped muscle, and the vagus nerve similarly
to the spinal nerves. The cardiac muscle and vagus nerve
(central and peripheral), and probably the vasomotor
centres, are primarily stimulated and secondarily depressed.
and paralyzed. Three conditions have been noted in rela-
tion to the pulse, corresponding to different stages in the
action of veratrine. 1. A small dose may induce a temporary
470 VEGETABLE DRUGS
rise of pulse rate, force and tension, by stimulation of the
cardiac muscle and vasomotor centres. 2. Large doses are
followed by slowing and weakening of the pulse. The
vagus is stimulated and the heart muscle depressed. 3.
Towards the end of fatal poisoning the pulse becomes weak,
thread-like, rapid and irregular from paralysis of the heart
muscle, inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor centres. It
sometimes happens, however, that the pulse remains weak
and slow in this stage because the paralyzing influence of
the substance on the heart muscle prevents quickening of
the heart even after the removal of inhibitory control. The
heart is dilated and irresponsive to galvanism, after death, as
are also the voluntary muscles.
Respiration Lethal doses paralyze the respiratory
centres and death occurs from respiratory arrest. The
breathing may be quickened by small doses of veratrine,
owing to transient stimulation of the respiratory centres and
vagus nerve endings in the lungs.
Toxicology.—The symptoms of poisoning are referable
to the action of veratrine on the digestive, nervous and
muscular apparatus, heart, and respiratory organs. They
include nausea, salivation, clammy sweating, excessive vomit-
ing in dogs, cats and cattle, attempts at vomiting in the
horse, abdominal pain, severe purging, muscular twitchings
or convulsions (excited by external stimuli), loss of muscular
power and paralysis. The pulse, at first weak and infrequent,
becomes thready, rapid and irregular. The temperature is
reduced and the respiration is weak and slow. Death occurs
in convulsions or paralysis. One-sixteenth of a grain has
caused alarming symptoms in man.’ The minimum fatal
dose is about one grain for dogs. One grain subcutaneously,
or five to six grains by the mouth, produce poisonous
symptoms in horses.
Treatment.—External heat; respiratory and cardiac
stimulants should be employed subcutaneously. Potassium
carbonate and demulcent drinks are to be given in-
ternally.
IPECAC A471
Uses External.—Veratrine is of trivial value, since its
‘therapeutic application is narrowly limited. It is occasion-
ally useful in the official ointment, or in greater strength ~
{gr.x]. to 31.) for its local anesthetic action applied over
rheumatic joints. It may be employed also as a simple
rubefacient. An aqueous solution of veratrine sulphate, or
an alcoholic dilution of the pure alkaloid, is reeommended by
Ellenberger and other noted Germans in shoulder lameness,
myalgia, and chronic rheumatic affections of the horse, to be
injected every alternate day, or oftener, into the muscular
tissue over the seat of the trouble. The animal should be led
about for fifteen or thirty minutes while the pain of the
treatment lasts. The initial dose is gr.? (0.4 Gm.), to be
increased to gr.13 (0.1 Gm.).
Uses Internal.—Veratrine has been employed asa cardiac
sedative and antipyretic in pneumonia, acute rheumatism,
and in other sthenic disorders, but it is inferior for these
purposes to aconite or veratrum viride, and its other effects
are undesirable. The remedy is lauded by foreign authori-
ties as an emetic and cathartic for cattle in impaction of the
third stomach, and in conditions where it is desirable to
quickly unload their digestive apparatus.
P. Cagny advises veratrine, grs.2}-3 (.15-.20), subeutane-
ously, to be followed if necessary by daily doses of grs.5-73,
(0.3-0.5 Gm.) in mucilaginous drinks by the mouth. The
same writer finds the drug useful in “broken wind.”’ Vera-
trine stimulates intestinal secretion and peristalsis in the
horse, but is inferior to eserine and pilocarpine in that
animal as a quickly acting cathartic.
SECTION VII.—DRUGS ACTING ON THE
RESPIRATORY ORGANS.
IpEcACUANHA. Ipecac. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. —Ipécacuanha, racine brésilienne, Fr.;
brechwurzel, ruhrwurzel, G..
-
472 VEGETABLE DRUGS
The root of Cephaélis Ipecacuanha (Brotero) A.
Richard (nat. ord. Rubiacez).
Habitat.—South America from Brazil to Bolivia, and)
New Grenada. Cultivated in India.
Description.—About 10 Cm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. thick ;-
mostly simple, contorted, dull grayish-brown or blackish,.
finely wrinkled, closely and irregularly annulated, and often.
_ transversely fissured; bark thick, brittle, brownish, easily
separated from the thin, whitish, tough, igneous portion ;.
odor slight, peculiar, nauseous ; taste bitterish, acrid,
nauseating.
Constituents. —1. The alkaloid Emetine (C,,H,,NO,),.
existing to the extent of 1-2 per cent., and representing in
the main the action of the crude drug. It is a white, odor—
less, unerystallizable powder, with a bitter, burning taste,
and soluble in alcohol and chloroform ; less so in ether, and.
very slightly in water, turning yellow on keeping. The-
impure commercial alkaloid occurs in. brownish-red trans-
parent and deliquescent scales, very soluble in water. 2.
An amorphous, bitter glucoside. 3. An astringent, ipecac-
uanhic acid. 4. A volatile oil, starch, gum, tannin, coloring.
matter, ete. Hemidesmus exists as an impurity, itis cracked,
not annulated; also bitter almond powder, which exhales
the odor of prussic acid when wet. Emetine (non-official) is.
rarely used.
Dose of Powdered Root.—H., 31.-i1. (4.-8.); C., 3 iL-iv..
(8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12).
Emetic.—D. & Sw., gy.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Ipecacuanhe. Fluidextract of Ipecac. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, evap~
oration of a portion of the percolate, solution of the residue in the
reserved portion of the perculate, and addition of alcohol and water, so
that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. The fluidextract should contain.
1.75 per cent. of alkaloids from ipecac.
Dose.—Same as powdered root.
Extractum Ipecacuanhe Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose.—One-half that of the U.S. P. fluidextract.
IPECAC 473
Syrupus Ipecacuanhe. Syrup of Ipecac. (U.S. P.)
Fluid extract of ipecac, 70; acetic acid, 10; glycerin, 100; sugar,
- ‘700 ; water to make 1000.
Dose.—D. (expectorant), Mxv.- 3 i. (1.-4.).
Vinum Ipecacuanhe. Wine of [pecac. (U.S. & B. P.)
Fluid extract of ipecac, 100; alcohol, 100; white wine, 800.
qU.S. P.)
Dose.—Same as syrup of ipecac.
Pulvis Ipecacuanhe et Opit. (U.S. & B. P.) (See opium. )
Tinctura Ipecacuanhee et Opii. (See opium )
Action External.—Ipecac, and still more emetine, are
decided irritants when applied to mucous membranes, raw
‘surfaces, or even to the unbroken skin; causing, variously,
hyperemia, vesication, pustulation, and ulceration, according
to their strength and the mode of application. Ipecac is
‘said to possess some antiseptic properties not resident in
-emetine.
Action Internal.— Digestive Tract.—Ipecac is naturally a
Joeal irritant in the alimentary canal as well as externally,
It increases the flow of saliva and gastric juice, besides
‘dilating the blood vessels of the stomach. Small doses are
stomachic, improving the digestion and tone of the gastric
mucous membrane, and, in some cases, minute quantities are
anti-emetic in allaying vomiting. Large doses, on the other
hand, cause a little nausea and free vomiting. Itis probable
that emetine is not, as frequently stated, a specific emetic;
‘that is, it does not act directly on the vomiting . centre,
although vomiting is produced, when emetine is thrown into
the blood, by means of its elimination through the stomach.
‘This is substantiated by the following facts: (1) Emetine is
recovered in the first vomitus after its subcutaneous injec-
tion. (2) Vomition does not occur so rapidly, and more
-emetine is required, when the alkaloid is injected in place of
being ingested. (3) Furthermore, when the vagus is pre-
viously divided, vomiting does not follow hyperdermic medi-
cation of emetine. The act does, however, follow the admin-
astration of apomorphine and tartar emetic under. similar.
AT4 VEGETABLE DRUGS
conditions. Therefore it is probable that in whatsoever way
ipecac is exhibited, vomiting proceeds from direct irritation
of the stomach or the vagus endings situated therein. Ipecae:
and emetine do not act so promptly as zine sulphate or
apomorphine (under the skin). The latter are accordingly
preferable as evacuants in poisoning. Compared with tartar
emetic, ipecac is less persistent and prostrating in its effect.
It is probably the mildest emetic at our command. Ipecac
and emetine increase secretion and cause hyperemia and
purging, sometimes of a bloody character, in their passage
through the bowels. Gastro-enteritis may follow the admin-
istration of large quantities to dogs. Experimental evidence
has shown that ipecac is an hepatic stimulant (cholagogue),
increasing the secretion of bile.
Circulation.—Medicinal doses have no influence on the
circulation. Lethal doses paralyze the heart muscle. The
act of vomiting, nevertheless, may slightly depress the
heart.
Respiratory Organs.—The lungs are often found intensely
hyperemic after death by ipecac poisoning. Not only this ;.
portions are seen to be collapsed and consolidated. In
therapeutic doses the pulmonary mucous membrane is stimu-
lated during its elimination and is made more vascular ; the
secretion of bronchial mucus is increased and cough is
reflexly excited. Ipecac is thus strictly a stimulating expect-
orant in so far as its action on the bronchial mucous mem-
brane is concerned; but it is, perhaps unfortunately and
misleadingly, classed by some (Brunton) as a depressing
expectorant because of the side influence on the circulation.
Skin.—Ipecac is mildly diarphoretic in addition to.
and independent of this action common to nauseants in
general. |
Toxicology.—The following toxic phenomena are exhib-.
ited by animals: vomiting, loss of muscular power and
paralysis, increased, followed by diminished reflex activity,
failure of heart and respiration, and post mortem evidences.
of congestion and inflammation of the lungs and intestines.
IPECAC AGS
Three ounces of ipecac have killed a horse, and two grains
of emetine have proved fatal to a dog.
Uses. —The indications for the therapeutic employment.
of ipecac may be described under the following heads:
1. Emetic and anti-emetic.
2. Expectorant.
3. Diarphoretic.
4. Empirically in dysentery and chronic diarrhea.
1. Powdered ipecac is a good agent for dogs, cats and
pigs, given in luke-warm water, in repeated doses if neces-
sary, to empty an overloaded stomach. Also in acute
bronchitis and laryngitis of dogs and cats, when the patient
is endangered by accumulation of secretion, ipecac, by the
forcible expulsion attending vomiting, removes secretion
from the upper respiratory tract and clears out the stomach
of any secretion which may have been swallowed. Ipecac is
efficacious in stopping vomiting in cases of acute catarrh of
the stomach in dogs, and is given as the wine with tincture
of aconite, one drop each in a drachm of ice water, at half
hour intervals. The drug is also of service in reflex vomit-
ing, and that due to an atonic or depressed condition of the
stomach. Therapeutically, ipecac should only be of value in
the latter disorder, but it nevertheless is often efficient in the
vomiting of irritative dyspepsia, as noted above.
2. Ipecac is prescribed in the first stage of acute bron-
chitis, when the secretion is scanty, and again in bronchitis of
long standing, to stimulate the bronchial mucous membrane.
It may be given to dogs and cats in repeated expectorant
doses of the wine or syrup, with other expectorants, diarpho-
retics and diuretics, as syrup of squill and spirit of nitrous
ether, or as Dover’s powder, to all animals.
3. Ipecac is a feeble diarphoretic, and inferior to sweet
spirit of nitre, aconite, alcohol or external heat, for general
sudorific purposes. The combination of opium and ipecac,
in Dover’s powder, is an appropriate mixture to relieve pain
and cause diarphoresis in acute rheumatism, and may cut
short attacks of acute inflammation of the respiratory tract.
476 VEGETABLE DRUGS
4, Ipecac is probably the best single remedy for the
treatment of dysentery. It should be given in the form of
powder, bolus, or pill every four hours, combined with
opium to prevent nausea or vomiting. Extemporaneous
decoctions are likewise useful given in the form of enemata,
and may take the place of the drug by the mouth in
dysentery or chronic diarrhoea. Ipecac has been used
successfully in the treatment of anthrax, in man, by dusting
the powdered drug over the external lesion and giving it
internally every two hours.
SECTION VIII.—ANTIPYRETIC AND ANTISEPTIC
ORGANIC AGENTS.
Class 1.—Cinchona and its Alkaloids.
CrncHona. Cinchona. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Cinchone cortex, B.P.; cortex chine, E.;
quinquina, Fr. ; chinarinde, G.
The bark of Cinchona calisaya Weddell, Cinchona
officialis Linné, and of hybrids of these and of other species °
of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacez), yielding when assayed not
less than 5 per cent. of total anhydrous cinchona alkaloids,
and at least 4 per cent. of ether-soluble alkaloids.:
Habitat.—Indigenous in South America on the east ~
slope of the Andes, and northwards into: Colombia; south-
wards to the lower part of Bolivia, at altitudes varying from
5,000 to 10,000 ft. Cultivated in India, East Indies, Jamaica,
and to some extent in South America.
Description —In quills or incurved pieces, varying in
length, and usually 2 or 3 or sometimes 5 Mm. thick. The
outer surface covered with a gray or brownish-gray cork,
usually slightly wrinkled, marked with transverse, and also
with intersecting, longitudinal fissures (C. Calisaya), and
sometimes with scattered warts and slight, longitudinal
CINCHONA - ATT
ridges; inner surface light cinnamon-brown, very finely
striate ; fracture short and granular in the outer layer, and
finely fibrous in the inner layer; powder, light brown or
yellowish-brown ; odor slight, somewhat aromatic; taste
bitter and somewhat astringent.
Constituents.—(a) Four chief alkaloids and three artificial
products.
(1) Quinine (C,,H,,N,O, + 3-H,O). Solutions
‘of its salts are fluorescent. Turns plane of
polarization to left. Gives green color with
ammonia and chlorine water. Precipitated
from its salts as hydrate. ;
(2) Quinidine (C,,H,,N,O,). Solutions of its
salts fluorescent. Differs from quinine in turn-
ing plane of polarization to right, and in being
| insoluble in ammonia except in excess.
* Tsomers
(Quinicine is an artificial amorphous alkaloid, probably not occur-
ring naturally, and obtained from quinine by heat and excess of a
mineral acid. Quinoidine is a cheap brown amorphous substance
obtained from the mother liquor after quinine sulphate has crystallized
out, and contains a mixture of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine.)
| (3) Cinchonine (C,,H,,N,O). Is not fluores-
cent. Turns plane of polarization to right.
| Does not assume a green color with ammonia
*Tsomers { or chlorine water.
(4) Cinchonidine (C,,H,,N,O) is slightly
fluorescent. Turns plane of polarization to
| left.
Cinchonicine is an artificial alkaloid obtained from cinchonine by
eat and an excess of a mineral acid.
Some other alkaloids of no particular importance are :
Quinamina (Ci9H2sN2O2).
Paricina (Cis6HisN20O).
Aricina, etc.
* Isomers are bodies composed of the same elements, in the same
proportions, but possessing different chemical or physical properties.
473 VEGETABLE DRUGS
(6) Less Important Constituents.—(5) Kinic, or quinic
acid (C,H,,O,), occurs in colorless prisms. Related to benzoic
acid and eliminated in the urine as hippuricacid. Found in
coffee beans and other vegetables. _
The alkaloids in cinchona are naturally united with
kinic or kinovic acid, and salts of this combination are used.
in medicine ; 7.¢., quinine kinate, which is soluble and may
be employed subcutaneously.
(6) Kinovie, or quinovic acid (C,,H,,O,), a white, amor-
phous substance allied to kinovin.
(7) Kinovin, or quinovin (C,,H,,O,), a glucoside readily
decomposed into glucose and kinovie acid.
(8) Cincho-tannic acid, or kino-tannic and kinovi-tannic
acid (2-4 per cent.). The astringent principle of cinchona.
Distinguished from tannic acid in. yielding green color with
ferric salts.
(9) Cinchona red, the coloring matter of cinchona bark.
Nearly insoluble in water.
(10) A volatile oil existing in minute amount.
(11) Starch, gum, resin and salts common to other
vegetable matters.
Incompatibility. Cinchona is incompatible with lime
water, ammonia, metallic salts or gelatin.
Dose.—-H., 3 i1.-iv. (8.-15.); C., 31-11. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D. & C., gr.x.- 31. (.6-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Cinchone. Fluidextract of Cinchona.
(U.35, 2.)
Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin, alcohol and
water; evaporation of the last portion of the percolate, and addition of
the residue to first portion, with enough water and alcohol to make
1 cc. = 1 gm. of crude drug. Contains 4 per cent. of alkaloids.
(UZS<£;)
Dose.—Same as cinchona.
Extractum Cinchonee Liquidum. (B. P.)
Contains 5 per cent. of alkaloids.
Dose.—Same as cinchona.
RED CINCHONA 479
Infusum Cinchone Acidum. (B. P.)
Dose.—H., Oi. (500.); D., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.).
Tinctura Cinchone. Tincture of Cinchona. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of cinchona, 200, with
glycerin, 75; and alcohol and water a sufficient quantity to make 1000.
0.75 gm. alkaloids in 100 ce. of tincture. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
CrincHONA Ruspra. Red Cinchona.
Cinchonez rubre cortex, B. P. The bark of Cinchona
succirubra Pavon (nat. ord. Rubiaceze), containing not less
than 5 per cent. of anhydrous cinchona alkaloids.
Habitat.—Ecuador, west of Chimborazo.
Description.—In quills or ineurved pieces, varying in
length, and from 2 to 4 or 5 Mm. thick ; the outer surface
covered with a grayish-brown cork, more or less rough from
warts and longitudinal, watery ridges, and from few, mostly
short, transverse fissures; inner surface more or less deep
reddish-brown and distinctly striate ; fracture short-fibrous
in the inner layer; powder reddish-brown; odor slight;
taste bitter and astringent.
Constituents.—Same as cinchona.
Dose.—Same as cinchona.
PREPARATION,
Tinctura Cinchone Compositus. Compound Tincture of Cinchona.
(US8; & BPs)
Made by maceration and percolation of red cinchona, 100; bitter
orange peel, 80; serpentaria, 20; with glycerin, 75; and alcohol and
water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.).
*QuININE SULPHAS. Quinine Sulphate.
(GC) ENO), ELSO, +7 HO; (U. 58. & B, P.)
Synonym.—Chininum sulfuricum, P.G.; sulfas quinicus,
disulphate or basic sulphate of quinia, E.; sulphate de
quinine, Fr.; schwefelsaures chinin, G.
* Tine. Quinine Ammoniata (B. P.), from the sulphate. Dose—
H., %ss.-i. D., 3ss.-i.
480 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Derivation.—Prepared by boiling cinchona bark with
hydrochloric acid and adding lime to the filtered decoction
to precipitate alkaloids and coloring matter. The precipitate
is washed and digested in boiling alcohol to dissolve quinine
and cinchonine. The alcohol is distilled off and the residue
dissolved in diluted sulphuric acid, boiled with animal char-
coal, filtered, and quinine sulphate crystallizes, leaving
cinchonine sulphate in solution.
Properties.—White, silky, light and fine needle-shaped
crystals ; fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light
and easily compressible mass; lustreless from superficial
efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air ;
odorless, and having a persistent and very bitter taste. The
salt is hable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb
moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to
light. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, and
in 65 parts of alcohol; in 30 parts of boiling water; also in
40 parts of glycerin; in about 680 parts of chloroform, and
freely in dilute acids.
Incompatibles.—Alkalies and their carbonates, iodine, and
tannic acid.
Dose.—H. (tonic), gr.xv.- 31. (1.-4.); C., 3ss.-iss. (2.-6.) 5
Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.i.-il. (.06-.12). Anti-
pyretic Dose—H. & C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., gr.xxx.-xl.
(2.-2.6) ; Sw., gr.xv.-xxv. (1.-1.6); D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
QuintInzZ BisuLPHas. Quinine Bisulphate. C,,H,,N,O,
HSO,-- 7 HO: (Use Bak)
Derivation.—Made by the action of sulphuric acid on
quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration and crystal-
lization.
Properties.—Colorless, transparent or whitish, ortho-
rhombic crystals or small needles ; odorless, and having a
very bitter taste ; efflorescing on exposure to the air ; soluble
in 10 parts of cold water and in 32 parts of alcohol; very
soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol.
Dose.—Practically same as quinine sulphate, but theo-
QUININE HYDROBROMIDE 481
retically it should be slightly larger. The salt is very soluble,
but is commonly made extemporaneously by adding diluted
sulphuric acid (Q. 8.) to quinine sulphate in preparing
solutions for medicinal use. The salt is serviceable for
administration in pill; or for hypodermic injection, when
it should be given in about one-third smaller dose than that
of quinine sulphate by the mouth.
Qumninz Hypropromipum. Quinine Hydrobromide.
CHiN, On Be -F ALO, | (U.S: P.)
Derivation. —Made by the action of barium bromide, in
solution, on quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration,
evaporation, and crystallization.
Properties.— White, light, silky needles; odorless, and
having a very bitter taste. The salt is likely to lose water
on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble in 54 parts of
cold water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol; very soluble in
boiling water and boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of
ether and in 12 parts of chloroform.
Dose.—Same as quinine sulphate.
*QuInIn= HyDRocHLoRIDUM. Quinine Hydrochloride.
Cui NO) Ch 2 HO (U0. 8.e BP.)
Derivation.—Made by the action of hydrochloric acid
on quinine, and by crystallization.
Properties.—W hite, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped
crystals ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt
is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble
in 34 parts of cold water, and in 3 parts of alcohol; in 1 part
of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also
soluble in 9 parts of chloroform.
Dose.—Same as quinine sulphate.t
* Tinctura Quinine (B. P.), from the hydrochloride. Dose—H.,
Zss.-i. D., 3s8.-1.
+ Quinine Salicylas, Quinine Salicylate (U.S. P.). Soluble in 7?
parts of water. Occurs in colorless needles, Dose as for sulphate.
482 VEGETABLE DRUGS
QuInIn& VALERIANAS. Quinine Valerianate.
C,,H,,N,0,C,H,,0, + H,0:: (U.S:& B. P.)
Derivation.—Made by decomposition of quinine sulphate
with ammonia, followed by the immediate action of valerianic
acid, and crystallization from a cold solution.
Properties.—White, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous,
triclinic crystals, having a slight odor of valerianic acid, and
a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 parts
of cold water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 40 parts of
boiling water, and in 1 part of alcohol.
Dose.—D., gy.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Three times daily as tonic.
Quintin# BimvriatTis CarBamas. Double Muriate of Quinine
and Urea. (Non-official.)
Very soluble and contains about 61 per cent. of quinine.
Dose.—Same as quinine sulphate, but used subcutane-
ously in 50 per cent. aqueous solution.
CHINOIDINUM OR QurNoIpINUM. Chinoidine or Quinoidine.
Brown, resinous mass, containing mixture of quinidine,
cinchonine and cinchonidine. A cheap substitute for quinine
sulphate.
Dose.—Three or four times that of quinine sulphate.
QuUINIDINE Sutpuas. Quinidine Sulphate. (C,,H,,N,O,),
H,SO, + 2,H,0., (G&S. P-)
The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the
bark of several species of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacez).
Synonym.—Sulfate de quinidine, Fr.; schwefelsaures
chinidin (cinchinin), G.
Derivation.—Recovered from quinoidine, or from the
mother liquors after the crystallization of quinine sulphate,
by the same method as for quinine.
Proper ties. —White, silk x needles, odorless, and having
CINCHONINE SULPHATE 483
a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble in 100
, parts of cold water, and in 8 parts of alcohol; in 7 parts of
boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also in
14 parts of chloroform and in acidulated water; almost
‘insoluble in ether.
Dose.—One-third larger than quinine sulphate.
CINCHONINE® SuLtpHas. Cinchonine Sulphate. (C,,H,,N,O),
| H,SO, +2H,0. (U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Obtained from the mother liquors after the
erystallization of the sulphates of quinine, quinidine and
cinchonidine, by precipitation with caustic soda, washing
with alcohol to free it from other alkaloids, solution in
sulphuric acid, and by purification with animal charcoal, and
crystallization.
Properties.—Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals,
without odor, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in
the air. Soluble in 66 parts of cold water, and in 10 parts
of alcohol ; in 13.59 parts of boiling water, and in 3.25 parts
of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 78 parts of chloroform,
but almost insoluble in ether.
Dose.—One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate.
CINCHONIDINE SutpHas. Cinchonidine Sulphate.*
(C,,H,,.N,O), H.SO, + 3H,O. (U.S. P.)
Derivation. —Procured from the mother liquors, after
the crystallization of quinine sulphate, by further con-
centration. Purified by crystallization from alcohol, and
finally from hot water.
Properties.—W hite, silky, Releatar crystals, without odor,
and having a very bitter taste; slightly efflorescent on ex-
posure to air. Soluble in 70 parts of cold water, and in 66
parts of alcohol; in 1.42 parts of boiling water, and in 8 parts
* Elixir Ferri, Quinine et Strychnine Phosphatum (U.S. P.), and
Syrupus Ferri Phosphatis cum Quinina et Strychnina (B. P.), (dose—
D., 3i.), are good tonic preparations for dogs.
484 VEGETABLE DRUGS
of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 1316 parts of chloroform,
and almost insoluble in ether.
Dose.—One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate..
CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS AS REPRESENTED BY QUININE.
Action External.—Quinine is a powerful antiseptic and
microbicide. A solution (1 to 250) of the alkaloid or its
salts are poisonous to the fungi of fermentation and putre-
faction. A one per cent. solution quickly destroys bacteria
and vibrios, but spores may live in it for some days. Quinine
and its salts cause irritation of the denuded skin, or mucous
membranes, but exert no effect upon the unbroken skin.
Action Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Quinine, in thera-
peutic doses, acts as a simple bitter (stomachic), and there-
fore promotes appetite and gastric digestion. It stimulates
the gustatory nerves in the mouth and gastric nerves in the
stomach, thus reflexly increasing the flow of saliva and
gastric+juice, and the vascularity and peristaltic motion of
the stomach together with the appetite. Large doses,
particularly if the stomach be irritable, may cause vomiting.
Quinine becomes dissolved in the gastric juice and is con-
verted into the chloride. A portion unabsorbed finds its way
into the bowels and is there precipitated by the alkaline
juices and bile, whose acids form insoluble salts with quinine,
unless the bile is in great excess. For this reason it is often
customary in practice to give a cholagogue cathartic to expel
bile before the administration of quinine.
Blood. —Quinine is absorbed into the blood, and would
naturally be precipitated in this alkaline fluid; but this is
not the case, and it has been shown that quinine is probably
*:eld in solution by the loosely combined carbonic dioxide
gas in the blood. Quinine possesses several well-defined
and important actions in relation to the blood.
1. White Blood Corpuscles.—Quinine in great dilution
lessens the amoeboid movements of the white corpuscles in
blood removed from the body. When a frog receives large
doses of quinine and its mesentery is irritated, the white.
ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 485.
corpuscles do not collect in the arterioles or migrate through
their walls (diapedesis). Again, when inflammation has
already begun in the mesentery, quinine stops the trans-
migration of leucocytes and disperses those already ac-
cumulated in the blood vessels. Moreover, large doses
appear to actually lessen the number of white corpuscles
in the blood. The foregoing actions should make quinine
invaluable in checking inflammation. How great this influ-
ence may be, when quinine is given in medicinal doses, it is
impossible to determine.
2. Red Blood Corpuscles.—Therapeutic doses increase
the number of red corpuscles. The latter diminish in size
in febrile conditions, but, under the action of quinine (and
other antipyretic agencies), regain their normal condition,
This follows the effect of quinine in lowering temperature,
and is not due to any specific power of quinine exerted on the
corpuscles themselves.
3. Oxidation.—Quinine hinders the red corpuscles from
serving as carriers of. ozone and also prevents them from
yielding it to the tissues. In this way functional activity of
tissue cells is diminished and metabolism decreased. Quinine
also lessens the ozonizing power of vegetable juices. The
alkaloid prevents the development of acidity in blood outside
the body, which is thought to be the product of oxidation.
Heart and Blood Vessels—Quinine in moderate doses
does rot affect the heart or vessels appreciably. It is some-
times stated that small doses reflexly stimulate the heart (in
stimulating the stomach), or that they indirectly stimulate
the heart and vessels by stimulating the whole system.
Quinine, in very large doses, is a depressant to the circula-
tion, decreasing the pulse rate, force, and tension. When
injected into a vein or directly applied to the cardiac muscle,
quinine causes diastolic arrest of the heart by paralyzing
the cardiac muscle or its contained ganglia. In poisoning
by quinine there is vascular dilatation and great fall of
blood pressure preceded by a temporary rise. This pheno-
menon follows direct action on the blood vessels. Although |
486 VEGETABLE DRUGS
the pulse is at first slowed, the vagus becomes finally para-
lyzed in poisoning, and the pulse is rapid and imperceptible
in the later stages.
Nervous System.—Toxie doses of quinine injected into
the carotid artery cause meningitis by direct irritation.
Large doses will also produce congestion and extravasation
of blood into the middle ear and labyrinth, and will give rise
to epileptiform convulsions in the lower animals. In man,
ringing in the ears, fulness in the head, and slight deafness
commonly follow a large medicinal dose (cinchonism).
There is some clinical evidence that quinine in medicinal
doses is a cerebral stimulant, but there is no experimental
proof of the fact.
Spinal Cord and Nerves.—Quinine, as shown by experi-
ments conducted on the frog, lessens reflex activity after
small doses. This condition disappears on section of the
medulla. Large doses, however, cause permanent loss of
reflex excitability. The same alkaloid first excites and then
paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerve endings. Muscular
contractility is also diminished by large doses of quinine.
Uterus.—Quinine is thought by many to be an abortifa-
cient. There is no sufficient warrant for this conclusion.
There is, nevertheless, considerable testimony affirming that
the alkaloid stimulates uterine contractions in inertia during
parturition, but at the same time increases the likelihood ot
metrorrhagia.
Kidneys, Metabolism and Elimination.—Quinine lessens
the secretion of uric acid and, to a somewhat less extent,
that of urea. Tissue waste must therefore be reduced. This
is in accordance with our knowledge of its power to lessex
oxidation and protoplasmic activity. It is curious to note
in this connection that the excretion of carbonic dioxide by
the lungs is not notably decreased. Quinine is eliminated
chiefly by the kidneys, but more or less is unabsorbed and
passes away in the feeces. While its excretion in the urine
begins soon after its ingestion, and lasts for some days, the
greater amount escapes within forty-eight hours. Quinine is
- <“ 4 SS ere Ss ST
ACTION AND USES OF QUININE AST
found in minute amount in the bile, tears, saliva, milk, etc.,
after its administration.
Antipyretic Action.—Quinine does not alter the normal
temperature of a healthy animal, but does reduce tempera-
ture in fever. The amount of reduction depends upon the
cause of the fever. An explanation of the antipyretic power
of the alkaloid may include:
1. The antiseptic property of quinine. This is most .
marked in the case of the plasmodium malaria, which is
destroyed by the alkaloid, and the malarial fever is therefore
overcome.
9. In lessening reflex excitability. Whatever may be the
cause of fever, the nervous system is the potent instrumen-
tality in its production.
3. In diminishing oxidation, activity of cellular proto-
plasm and heat formation.
4. Direct depressing action on the cerebral calorificient
centres.
Administration.—Quinine sulphate is usually given to
horses in aqueous solution with sufficient diluted sulphuric
acid to dissolve the salt. It may also be administered to
these animals in ball, gelatine capsule, enema or subcutane-
ously. Quinine is exhibited to dogs in pills, solution or
suppositories. The alkaloid is not commonly injected under
the skin, because local irritation and abscess may follow;
but this does not frequently happen in the horse. The
bisulphate, hydrobromate and ‘hydrochlorate are most suit-
able for hypodermic use. The first salt is more soluble, but
the latter two are less irritating.
At a temperature of 45° C, (118° F.) 4
Quinine bisulphate is soluble in......... 8.8 parts of water.
Quinine hydrobromate is soluble in.....45.02 “ “ “
““ 6e
Quinine hydrochlorate is soluble in.....21.4 9‘
‘This temperature may be used for subcutaneous injection,
but the salts should be thoroughly dissolved and one grain
of tartaric acid should be added to each five grains of quinine
isulphate, in order that precipitation may not occur in the
ut.
488 VEGETABLE DRUGS
tissues. The dose by the subcutaneous method is one-third
less than by the mouth.
The sulphates of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine
are similar in action to quinine, and their relative antipyretic
effect is said to be: quinine, 100; quinidine, 90 ; cinchonidine,
70; cinchonine, 40. The cinchona compounds a are indicated
for tonic and stomachic pur poses.
Uses Euxternal.—Quinine is too expensive for general
antiseptic employment externally.
Uses Internal.—It is impossible to draw definite deduc-
tions as to the therapeutic indications for quinine founded
on physiological experiments, since these are only sugges-.
tive and not conclusive. For the sake of convenience, we
may classify the uses of quinine under the following heads :
1. Tonic Action.—Quinine is of unquestionable value as
a tonic, more particularly in relation to digestion, but prob-
ably also by increasing the number of red corpuscles and
stimulating the nervous system generally. It is in those
cases of anorexia and atonic dyspepsia secondary to exhaus-
tion, overwork, anemia, or following acute diseases, that the
drug is indicated. Here, combination with iron is often of
service, and the tincture of the chloride is a good preparation
because it contains sufficient free muriatic acid to dissolve
any of the salts of quinine. The compound tincture of
cinchona is a prime, bitter tonic for dogs ; or quinine may be.
given in a pill with reduced iron and arsenic as a tonic.
Chorea in the human patient has been treated successfully
with quinine, but this remedy has failed in dogs. Neverthe-
less, the alkaloid is an excellent tonic in canine distemper
with its accompanying anemia, but should be combined with |
iron and arsenic. Quinine is a good tonic for purpura in
horses. ,
2. Antiseptic and Antiphlogistic Effect Quinine possesses.
much less antipyretic power than phenacetin, antipyrin
and acetanilid. It acts more favorably with a falling than
a rising temperature, and should be given two or three hours.
before the probable time of maximum temperature. Quinine.
ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 489
is employed in many acute diseases, such as influenza,
bronchitis and pneumonia of horses. In full, doses, at the
outset of colds or inflammatory diseases of the respiratory
tract, quinine may prove abortifacient. Later in these
diseases the drug may be given as an antipyretic and anti-
phlogistic (without much benefit probably), but in the con-
-valescent stages quinine, in small doses, becomes of great
worth as a tonic. Some experiments involving the injection
of putrid material into the blood of dogs, appeared to indi-
cate that quinine had a restraining influence on the resulting
septic state, and, in some cases, saved life.
Puerperal fever and erysipelatous inflammation yield
somewhat to quinine, and the drug should be tried in these
infections. The alkaloid does not lower the temperature or
prove destructive to the micrococci of pyemia. A vast
number of cases of rheumatic fever have been treated with
‘quinine in human practice, but the results are inferior to
those obtained by salicylates. In subacute and chronic
muscular rheumatism quinine is sometimes useful. It has
been injected into the affected muscles in this disorder, in
horses, with favorable results.
The alkaloids of cinchona may be used as antipyretics in
all acute diseases with the exception of meningitis, cerebritis,
gastritis, nephritis and cystitis, where they produce too
much irritation. They are also contra-indicated in epilepsy
‘and middle-ear disease.
3. Specific Properties.—Quinine stands preéminent in the
treatment of malaria, as it is the only drug which can be
relied upon to kill malarial organisms. While periodicity
in the febrile attacks is characteristic of malaria, an absolute
diagnosis can only be made by the discovery of Laveran’s
plasmodium in the red blood corpuscles. Malaria but rarely
affects the lower animals in this part of the country (New
England), although exceedingly common among human
beings. Cases are said to occur not infrequently among
horses and cattle in India. A single full antipyretic. dose of
quinine, if given from twelve to six hours before a promised.
490 r VEGETABLE DRUGS
malarial attack, will usually prevent it. A single large dose.
should be given once daily for several days thereafter. When
the disease is severe, treatment may also be pursued by the
rectal and hypodermic methods at the same time that
quinine is given by the mouth. A purge of aloes and calomel
should be exhibited prior to the administration of quinine in.
the treatment of malaria.
Class 2.—Salicylic Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of
Gaultheria and Methyl Salicylate.
Actpum Saticyticum. Salicylic Acid. HC,H,O,.
CUINS. 8: 7P2)
Synonym.— Acid salicylique, Fr. ; salicylsatire, G.
An organic acid, existing naturally in combination im
various plants, but chiefly prepared synthetically from car-
bolic acid.
Derivation.—Made by passing carbonic dioxide through.
sodium carbolate at a temperature of 428° F. (220°C).
2 Na C,H,O (sodium carbolate) + CO, = Na,C,H,O, (sodium
salicylate) + C,H,O (phenol). Sodium salicylate is treated
with hydrochloric acid, when salicylic acid is precipitated.
Na,C,H,O, + 2 H Cl = HC,H,O, + 2 Na Cl.
Properties.—Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or a
light, white, crystalline powder; odorless, having a sweetish,
afterward acrid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in
about 450 parts of cold water, and in 2.4 parts of alcohol ;.
in 14 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling
alcohol. Also soluble in 2 parts of ether,2 parts of absolute.
alcohol, and 80 parts of chloroform.
Incompatible.—Spirit of nitrous ether.
Impurities.—In artificial salicylic acid, metacreosotic and.
orthocreosotic acids. ,
Dose.—H. & C., 311-31. (8.-30.); Sh., 3i-iv. (4.-15.) =
Sw., 2ss.-1. (2.4.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATION.—Unguentum Acidi Salicylici (2 per cent.), B. P.
SALICIN 491
Saticinum. Salicin. C,,H,,O,. (U.S. & B. P.)
A neutral principle. (glucoside) obtained from several
species of Salix and Populus (nat. ord. Salicacez).
Habitat.—Europe, but cultivated in North America.
Derivation.—Obtained from a decoction of willow bark.
Salicin crystallizes on evaporation, after removal of tannin
by agitation with lead oxide. It is purified by repeated
solution and crystallization.
Properties.—Colorless, or white, silky, shining crystal-
line needles, or a crystalline powder ; odorless, and having
a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 28
parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; almost insoluble
in ether or chloroform.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ii.-3%i. (8.-30.); Sh., 3i-iv. (4-15.) ;
Sw., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
*Sopm Saticyzas. Sodium Salicylas. Na O,H,O,
(U. 8. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Silicylate de soude, Fr.; natrium salicyli-
cum, G.
Derivation —Made by the action of salicylic acid on
sodium carbonate. 2 HC.H,O, + Na,CO, = 2 Na C,H,O, +
H,O + CO,. The solution is filtered, and heated to expel
carbon dioxide.
Properties. —A white, amorphous powder ; odorless, and
having a sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air.
Soluble in 0.9 part of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol; very
soluble in boiling water or alcohol; also soluble in glycerin.
Dose.—Same as salicin.
PHENYLIS Saticynas. Phenyl Salicylate, C,H,C,H,O,
.S.2.)
Synonym.—Salol, B. P.; salicylic ether of phenol.
Derivation—Made by heating salicylic and carbolic
acids with phosphorus pentachloride.
Properties.—A white, crystalline powder; odorless, or
* Strontii salicylas and lithii salicylas are now official. Strontium
salicylate is less irritating to the stomach and lithium salicylate com-
bines action of lithium salts. Dosessame for both as for the sodium salt.
492 VEGETABLE DRUGS
having a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Per-
manent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 15
parts of aleohol; also soluble in 0.3 part of ether, and
readily in chloroform and in fixed or volatile oils.
SALICYLIC ACID, SALICIN, SODIUM SALICYLATE AND PHENYL
SALICYLATE OR SALOL.
Action External.—Salicylie acid, salicin and salol are
powerful antiseptics. A solution of salicylic acid (1-60) is
equivalent to a solution of carbolic acid (1-22) in destroying
some bacteria, but is not generally as useful. Salicylic acid,
sodium salicylate and salicin are irritating to the unbroken
skin or raw surfaces. Salolis not. The salicylates are not
antiseptic, but actually favor fermentation.
Action Internal.—Salicylic acid is an irritant in the
digestive tract and in large doses causes nausea and vomit-
ing in dogs. It is converted into salicylates by the alkaline
intestinal juices, and is absorbed in this form, chiefly as
sodium salicylate. For this reason, and because the latter
salt is less irritating than salicylic acid, sodium salicylate is
preferred to the acid when a constitutional action is desired.
Salicin splits up in the bowels into salicylic acid, salicylous
acid (HC,H,O,), salicylurie acid (HC,H,NO,), and glucose.
Salol is decomposed by the pancreatic juice into salicylic
acid (64 per cent.) and carbolic acid (36: per cent.) After
large doses the urine takes on the characteristic smoky color
produced in poisoning by phenol. Salol is an intestinal
antiseptic.
Circulation.—The circulation is not preceptibly influ-
enced, by moderate doses of sodium salicylate, or salicylic
acid, but large doses depress the heart force, blood pressure
and nervous system. The artificial acid is said to be more
depressant than natural salicylic acid obtained from plants,
because of orthocreosotic and metacreosotic acids existing as
impurities in the former.
Nervous System.—The action of salicylic acid on the
nervous system is unknown. Therapeutic quantities often
cause, in man (salicylism), ringing in the ears and headache.
ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 493
Respiration.—The respiratory movements are primarily
quickened by the stimulation of the peripheral vagi and
respiratory centres produced by sodium salicylate and sali-
eylic acid; but after large doses the respiratory centres are
depressed and paralyzed and death takes place by asphyxia.
Temperature. — Medicinal doses do not influence the
normal temperature of healthy animals, but do often lower
bodily heat in fever, and frequently induce sweating. The
largest therapeutic doses must be given to secure an antipy-
retie action. The physiological details concerned in the
reduction of febrile temperature have not been ascertained.
Kidneys and Elimination.—Salicylic acid, salicin and
sodium salicylate circulate in the blood as sodium salicylate
and are eliminated in the urine as salicyluric and salicylic
acids. This happens in this wise: Some of the salicylic
acid of sodium salicylate combines with glycocoll in the
body and forms salicyluric acid. HC,H,O, + C,H,NO, (gly-
cocoll) = HC,H,.NO, (salicyluric acid) + H,O; while some of
the sodium salt is decomposed by phosphoric acid in an acid
urine into salicylic acid. Like quinine, the excretion of sali-
cylic acid begins soon and goes on slowly. Therefore large
doses given continuously may accumulate in the body. The
quantity of urea and uric acid in the urine is increased very
considerably by salicylic acid, but the urine itself may either
be increased or diminished in amount. It is made aseptic
by the escaping salicylic acid, or in the case of salol, by
both ecarbolic and salicylic acids. The urine of animals
taking salicylic acid may be rendered green by indican and
pyrocatechin, formed through the action of pancreatic juice,
and takes on a purple color with ferric chloride.
Toxicology.—In man, continued large doses give rise to
delirium, vomiting, depression of the circulation, epistaxis,
hematuria, and retinal hemorrhages. The herbivora are not
easily affected by large doses of salicylic acid, or salicylates,
but dogs exhibit nausea and vomiting, accelerated respira-
tion, irregular pulse, loss of muscular strength, staggering |
gait, stupor, and, if death occurs, it is- preceded by slow
breathing, dilated pupils, dyspnoea, and convulsions due to
494 aE: VEGETABLE DRUGS
asphyxia. The minimum fatal dose for a small dog is about
one drachm of sodium salicylate, subcutaneously.
Administration.—Sodium salicylate contains 48 grains of '
the acid to the drachm. Sodium salicylate is used in pre-
ference to the acid because it is soluble and unirritating. It
is given in solution, or to dogs in pills or tablets. Salicylic
acid may be exhibited in solution by warming it with glycerin
(gr.iv- 3i.); or with syrup (1-5), and aque ammonia in suffi-
cient quantity to dissolve it, thus forming ammonium salicy-
late. It may also be administered in pill or ball. Salol is.
given in pill, powder or mixture with water. The larger
doses of salicylic acid and salicylates should not be repeated,
and are used for their antipyretic action. A maximum daily
dose of one ounce of salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, for
horses, or one drachm of either for large dogs, should rarely
be exceeded.
Uses External.—Salicylic acid is employed in various
forms as an antiseptic. Aqueous solutions (1-300) may be
applied to wounds. Stronger solutions are prepared with
alcohol, borax, sodium bicarbonate, and ammonium acetate
solution. But as salicylates are formed in the (8) latter
combinations, the solutions are useless as antiseptics. Salicy-
lic acid may be applied as a dusting powder with zinc oxide
(1-8), or in ointment (1-20 or 30), for its stimulant and anti-
septic effect on wounds. It is used in the treatment of burns
with cottonseed oil (1-8). Salicylic acid is useful in powder
or ointment in acute moist eczema (1-50), and in the follow-
ing formula:
Salicylic acid, one part; zinc oxide, starch and vaseline,
each 16 parts. Ringer recommends in pruritus ani and
vulvee—salicylic acid, 311.; ol. theobrom., 3 v.; cetac., 3 111;
ol. myrist, 3 iss.
Antiseptic gauze is prepared by soaking the material in.
hot, saturated, watery solutions of salicylic acid. Salol is
used as an antiseptic dusting powder of uncertain value.
Uses Internal.—The salicylic acid group are specifics in
rheumatic fever. They lower temperature, lessen pain, and
by shortening the attack lessen the danger of cardiac com-
ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 495
‘plications. Sodium salicylate should be given every three
hours in doses of 3 ii. to horses, and gr.x.-xx. to dogs. But
‘this form of rheumatism is rare in veterinary practice, and
salicylic acid is unfortunately not nearly so valuable in the
treatment of other varieties. Salicylates are probably worth-
less in chronic rheumatic arthritis where the local applica-
tion of heat, stimulating liniments and blisters are service-
able; but they may be used with benefit in acute muscular
rheumatism, sciatica, and rheumatic complications of influ-
enza in horses, Salicylic acid, salicin, and salicylates are
not comparable with the cold tar products as general
antipyretics, and are useless in hyperpyrexia. Sodium sali-
cylate is sometimes prescribed in gastric fermentative
dyspepsia when the salicylic acid, set free by the hydro-
chloric acid of the gastric juice, acts as an antiseptic. Salol
is a good intestinal antiseptic in diarrhoea and intestinal
indigestion, particularly when combined with bismuth sub-
nitrate in powder or aqueous mixture for dogs. Salol is
undissolved in the stomach, is less irritating than either
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is prescribed to
lessen pain and fever. It may be advantageously given in
doses of gr.v. to dogs, with phenacetin gr.v., and codeine
er.t, for painful rheumatism. It is probably inferior to
sodium salicylate, but can be conveniently administered in
powder as just noted. Salol is also a local anzsthetic and
antiseptic in the urinary tract (carbolic acid from decomposi-
tion), and is useful in cystitis and urethritis, to alleviate
pain, to prevent frequent micturition, and to render the
urine aseptic. Repeated large doses-are likely to cause
carbolic acid poisoning. Salicin acts more slowly than
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is not in general
use.
OLeuM GAvULTHERI®. Oil of Gaultheria. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Oil of checkerberry, oil of wintergreen, oil
of boxberry.
A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria
procumbens Linné (nat. ord. Ericaceze), consisting almost
496 VEGETABLE DRUGS
entirely of methyl salicylate (CH,C,H,O,), and nearly identi-
eal with volatile oil of betula. |
Habitat—North America; west as far as Minnesota,
and south to Georgia.
Properties.—A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddish
liquid, having a characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 1.175 to
1.185 at 59° F. Solubility same as methyl salicylate.
Dose.—H., 3 ii.- 31. (8.30.); D., Mv.-xv. (.3-1.).
Oteum Bervunaz. Oil of Betula. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Oil of sweet birch. It is practically identi-
cal in properties and action with oil of gaultheria.
Merny. SaticytaTe. CH,C,H,O, (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Artificial or synthetic oil of wintergreen.
Derivation.—Prepured by distillation of salicylic acid, or
salicylates, with methyl alcohol and sulphuric acid.
Properties.—A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid,
having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste of oil of gaultheria, with
the essential composition of which it is identical. It is
wholly identical with oil of betula (birch). Spec. gr. 1.183-
1.185 at 59°F. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, glacial
acetic acid, or carbon disulphide.
Dose.—H.., 3 i1.- 3 i. (8.-30.) ; D., ILv.-xv. (.3-1.)
ACTION AND USES OF OIL OF GAULTHERIA, OIL OF BETULA
AND METHYL SALICYLATE.
Oil of wintergreen contains about 90 per cent. of methyl
salicylate. Eleven parts of methyl salicylate are equivalent
to nearly ten parts of salicylic acid. The oil and methyl
salicylate are free from the impurities of artificial salicylic
acid, while methyl salicylate is of more certain composition
than the oil. Both behave similarly to salicylic acid thera-
peutically, although the oil is more of a local irritant, and
they ave used for the same purposes as salicylic acid. Hither
GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS 497
may be given in emulsion, or to dogs in capsules, and in
combination with salicylic acid or salicylates.
Oil of wintergreen is serviceable in the following lini-
ment for rheumatism :
Tinc. Aconiti.
Ol. Gaultheriz.
CC HIOROLOLIIME eyeraie oioteereleiacte etelow sisi vesicles « aa Zi
Lira SAPOWIS sy srtevsite scree eles alsie ee eres sere ad. 3 viii
M
S. External use.
The external application of methyl salicylate to acutely
inflamed rheumatic joints is one of the most efficient forms
of treatment, and, since some is absorbed, will take the place
of the internal administration of salicylates to a considerable
extent. It is usually best to combine this treatment with
internal medication, however. Plain gauze, or other absorb-
ent material, is saturated with methyl salicylate, applied
to the affected joint, and then covered with oil silk, or
rubber protective and bandage.
SECTION IX.—VOLATILE OILS, OR DRUGS
CONTAINING THFM.
GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS.
Synonym.—Hssential, ethereal, aromatic or distilled oils.
Externally, volatile oils cause reddening of the skin (rube-
facients), sometimes blistering (vesicants), and often local
anesthesia, notably oil of cloves and peppermint. They are
also parasiticide, antiseptic and disinfectant, particularly oil
of mustard, which is the most powerful germicide known.
Internally, these agents stimulate the flow of gastric,
salivary, and intestinal secretions, and increase the vascu-
larity and movements of the stomach and bowels. They
therefore temporarily improve digestion, overcome flatulence
by expelling gas from the intestines, prevent griping pro-
ae | VEGETABLE DRUGS
duced by cathartics, and disguise and offset disagreeable
effects and tastes of medicines. In the digestive tract, vola-
tile oils excite reflexly the nervous system and heart, and
augment the pulse rate and vascular tension. In large doses,
volatile oils are gastro-intestinal irritants. Volatile oils may
be absorbed from the skin, bronchial mucous membrane, and
stomach. They are eliminated by the skin, bronchial mucous
membrane, and kidneys, and occasionally by other channels.
In the process of excretion the parts are stimulated ; vascu-
larity, secretion, and contractility of the unstriated muscle
of the bronchial tubes are increased, and volatile oils thus
assist expectoration and coughing. In irritating the kidneys
and mucous membrane of the genito-urinary tract, the vola-
tile oils are stimulant and diuretic ; while in poisonous doses
they produce acute nephritis, strangury, and hematuria.
Toxic doses, injected into the circulation, lower the force cf
the heart and the blood pressure, and occasion a sort of
intoxication, and sometimes convulsions. To summarize :
volatile oils possess the following actions in a greater or less
degree: parasiticide, antiseptic, disinfectant, rubefacient,
vesicant, local anesthetic, sialagogue, stomachic, carminative,
antispasmodic, stimulant, expectorant, emmenagogue, and
diuretic actions.
Class 1.—Used Mainly for their Action on the Skin.
TEREBINTHINA. Turpentine. (U.S. & B. P.)
A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris
Miller, and from other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Coniferz).
Habitat.—Southeastern United States ; from Virginia to
the Gulf of Mexico.
Description.—In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle
in the cold; crumbly, crystalline in the interior, of a terebin-
thinate odor and taste.
Oxeum Trrepinrane. Oil of Turpentine. (U.S. & B. P.)
A volatile oil distilled from turpentine.
ee ee ee eee
OIL OF TURPENTINE 499
Synonym.—Spirit of turpentine, E.; essence de térébin-
thine, Fr.; terpentindl, G. .
Properties.—A. thin, colorless liquid, having a character-
istic odor and taste, both of which become stronger and less
pleasant by age and exposure to the air. Spee. gr. 0.855 to
0.870. Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol; also
soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid.
Solvent for resins (varnish), fats, wax, gutta percha,
india rubber, sulphur, phosphorus, iodine, and many alka-
loids. It is dextro-rotatory, but the French variety is leavo-
rotatory. Old oil of turpentine and French oil of turpentine
(Pinus maratima) are oxidizing agents.
Constituents.—Turpentine contains 20 to 25 per cent. of
oil of turpentine. Oil of turpentine is composed of several
isomeric hydrocarbons, called terpenes, and having the
formula C,,H,,.
Among these terpenes are oil of juniper, savin, cubeb,
caraway, cloves, thyme, ete. They differ from each other
and turpentine in their boiling points and direction in
which they rotate the plane of polarization. The terpenes
are oxidized into camphors.
Dose.—Carminative—H. & C., 3 i.-ii (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., T_x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Anthelmintic—H. & C., Zii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3s.-iv.
(2.-15.).
Diuretic—H. & C., 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24.).
PREPARATIONS.
Linimentum Terbinthine. Turpentine Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Resin cerate, 650 ; oil of turpentine, 350 ; melt the resin cerate and
add the oil of turpentine. (U.S. P.)
Oleum Terebinthine Rectificatum. Rectified Oil of Turpentine.
(U.S. P.)
Derivation.—Made by shaking oil of turpentine, 1, with lime water,
6; and distillation.
Properties.—A thin, colorless liquid, having the same properties as
oil of turpentine.
500 VEGETABLE DRUGS
TEREBENUM. ‘Terebene. C,H, (U.S. & B. P.)
A liquid consisting chiefly of pinene, and containing not
more than very small proportions of turpinene and dipentene.
Made by action of sulphuric acid on oil of turpentine and by
distillation.
Properties.—A colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin
liquid, having w rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an
aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate taste. Spec. gr. about
0.862. Only slightly soluble in water, but soluble in an
equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic, or carbon disulphide.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24.); T_v.-xv. (.3-1.).
Terpint Hypras. Terpin Hydrate. C,,H,, (OH), + H,O.
(U.S..P.)
The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol, Terpin.
Derivation.—Rectified oil of turpentine, alcohol and
nitric acid are mixed together in shallow, porcelain dishes,
and after three or four days terpin hydrate crystallizes
out. The crystals are collected, drained, dried on absorbent
paper, and purified by recrystallization in alcohol.*
OIL OF TURPENTINE
Action External.—Oil of turpentine is an irritant to the
skin, causing itching, pain and redness, or even vesication,
followed by local anesthesia. It produces intense irritability
and restlessness when applied externally to some horses.
The oil is antiseptic, disinfectant and parasiticide. Some
absorption may occur from the skin.
Action Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—The oil induces a
sense of warmth in the stomach (man), and increases gastric
secretion, motion and vascularity, but is too disagreeable to. °
be used as a stomachic. In acting similarly in the bowels,
particularly in stimulating the muscular coat, oil of turpen-
tine is a useful carminative by exciting peristalsis and expel-
ling gas in tympanites. Its antiseptic properties also antag-
onize intestinal fermentation.
* Colorless, odorless crystals, having a somewhat bitter taste. Soluble in.
2580 parts of water and in 10 parts of alcohol,
Dose.—H. 7 ss.-ii. (2.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
ee
OIL OF TURPENTINE 501
Large doses occasion purging and are anthelmintic.
Toxic doses create gastro-enteritis and sometinics intestinal
ulceration. The irritation of the nerve endings *n the
digestive tract caused by turpentine, leads to reflex stimul:-
tion of the nervous system and heart.
Circulation.—Turpentine is readily absorbed into the
blood. Experimental evidence is at variance with regard to
the action of the oil on the circulation. Small doses appar-
ently increase the force and frequency of the heart-beat, and
slightly raise blood pressure. The vessels are somewhat
contracted and the drxg is employed to arrest hemorrhage
in the digestive tract and in remote organs. It is inferior to
ergot as an hemostatic. Large doses of turpentine lower
the cardiac force and frequency, and cause vascular dilata-
tion and fall of blood pressure.
Respiration.—Oil of turpentine enhances the strength
and rapidity of the respiratory movements, in small doses,
but large quantities depress the respiration. The oil is
easily absorbed by inhalation and is also eliminated in the
breath. Inhalation of the oil stimulates the bronchial mucous
membrane, acts as an antiseptic, and excites muscular con-
traction of the bronchial tubes and cough.
Authorities differ as to the influence of turpentine on
bronchial secretion. Rossbach found that the inhala-
tion of air saturated with turpentine diminished secre-
tion, while the topical application of a watery solution:
increased secretion. The oil is essentially a local stimu-
lating expectorant.
Nervous System.—Medicinal doses occasion mental
exhilaration in man. Large doses cause dulness, languor,
and unsteady gait in animals; while distinctly toxic doses
produce coma, sensory paralysis, loss of reflex activity, and,
at times, convulsions.
Kidneys and Genito-Urinary Tract.—The kidneys are
very prone to irritation during its elimination. Small doses
induce frequent micturition. Large quantities lead to
albuminuria, pain in the lumbar region, hematuria, and
6
502 VEGETABLE DRUGS
constant painful passage of high-colored urine, owing to
irritation of the urinary mucous membrane and muscular
spasm of the urethra (strangury). Menorrhagia and dys- |
menorrhoea oceur in females under the influence of the
oil. Acute nephritis and complete suppression of urine
follow great toxic doses. The urine has sometimes the odor
of violets.
Elimination.—Turpentine is eliminated in the urine,
breath, and, to some extent, in the bile and intestinal mucus;
slightly by the skin.
Toxicology.—Turpentine poisoning is not an uncommon
occurrence from the administration of large doses (undiluted)
by empirics. Post-mortem appearances reveal gastro-
enteritis, sometimes congestion and inflammation of the
Iungs, and fatty degeneration of the liver, kidney and
muscles, following prolonged use of the oil.
The action of terebene and terpin hydrate is very
similar to oil of turpentine.
Administration.—Oil of tur Lee is given with eight or
more times its volume of cottonseed or linseed oil, gruel, or
milk; and in emulsion with acacia or white of egg, An
emulsion is made by shaking a single dose with powdered
acacia, and adding water or oil. Terebene is administered
in a similar manner. Terpin hydrate may be exhibited in
pill, ball or alcoholic solution.
USES OF OIL OF TURPENTINE, TEREBENE AND TERPIN HYDRATE.
External.—Oil of turpentine is employed as a stimulant
and counter-irritant with two or three parts of cottonseed
oil and soap liniment, or as the official liniment in rheuma-
tism, myalgia, sprains, shoulder lameness, swollen joints,
gangrene, frost bites, burns and ulcers. It is serviceable in
the same form and for the same actions applied to “sitfasts”’
and obstinate ulceration about the heels in horses, and in
footrot of sheep. As a parasiticide, the oil, diluted two or
three times with sweet oil, is painted on the skin to Lull
ringworm and lice.
USES OF OIL OF TURPENTINE, ETC. 503
Oil of turpentine is a valuable counter-irritant in reliey-
ang pain and inflammation of deep-seated parts. It is
particularly useful in tympanitis, flatulent and spasmodic
colic and peritonitis. In the first two named disorders,
external application is combined with the internal and rectal
exhibition of the drug. Oil of turpentine is less frequently
employed over the chest in pleurisy and bronchitis. The
turpentine stupe is the favorite method of applying the oil
in abdominal troubles. A blanket is thoroughly sprinkled
with turpentine, folded, and rolled into a cylindrical form
which will fit into an ordinary pail. Boiling water is then
poured on the blanket until it is saturated. The blanket is
quickly wrung out, placed over and around the horse’s trunk,
covered with rubber protective and dry blankets, and
allowed to remain in place fifteen to thirty minutes.
Uses Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Oil of turpentine is of
greatest utility in colic and in expelling gas in tympany
given internally (3 ii-Oii. of linseed oil) and per rectum.
Hnemata can also be employed for their stimulant action on
the nervous system and circulation, in collapse. One or two
ounces of oil of turpentine are dissolved in two or four
ounces of cottonseed oil, when used as an enema for horses.
“Turpentine is an anthelmintic for round and tape worms.
From two to four ounces of the oil with one ounce of oleoresin
of aspidium in a pint of linseed oil, are recommended for the
latter purpose in the case of horses. Oil of turpentine is
often advised as an antidote for phosphorus because it con-
tains ozone and forms a harmless, camphor-like body—tur-
pentine phosphoric acid. The French variety only is effica-
cious; the American oil, so far from being antagonistic to
phosphorus, actually assists its solution and absorption.
Turpentine is occasionally given in indigestion, chronic
diarrhoea, and dysentery of horses and cattle, as a local
stimulant and antiseptic.
Respiratory Organs.—Oil of turpentine is an efficient
‘stimulating and antiseptic expectorant in subacute and
chronic bronchitis ; aud deodorant in gangrene of the lungs. |
504 VEGETABLE DRUGS
It is administered internally, and by inhalation in the pro-
‘portion of one teaspoonful to the quart of boiling water.
Terebene is used as a substitute for oil of turpentine, as a.
stimulating expectorant, and is likewise prescribed as an
antiseptic and carminative in flatulence, and as a genito-
urinary stimulant. Terpin hydrate increases bronchial
secretion and is employed in both acute and chronic bron-
_ chitis. Oil of turpentine has been found beneficial in ver-
minous bronchitis of calves and lambs (caused by Strongulus.
micrurus and filaria), injected into the trachea midway in
the neck, according to the following prescription :
i
Ole Merebinthinas soe oe ser cers caper eee 3 i.-il
IN CIde Carbol sy reaer ieee cretela oie iee oxo tee ete shots
GUY CETIMT Sookie tetaee wisieia se 5's sibiare to oteleeias
Chloroform sees cee be ereeetaeene aa 3.88.
M.
Ss. Inject in one dose.
‘““Gapes”’ in fowl, due to Syngamus trachealis, is cured’
by the same mixture diluted with 5 parts of oil and applied
to the throat internally with a feather.
Circulation.—Oil of turpentine is of some worth as a.
cardiac stimulant and hemostatic. It is said to have been
exhibited in parturient fever and apoplexy of cattle with
success. Bleeding from the nose, lungs, digestive tract,
uterus, kidneys, and bladder, and hemorrhages occurring in’
purpura hemorrhagica, are sometimes stopped by the
internal use of turpentine.
Genito-Urinary Tract.—Oil of turpentine is indicated as.
a stimulant in amenorrhea, chronic pyelitis and cystitis.
The drug is contra-indicated in acute inflammation of the.
kidneys and alimentary canal.
Pix Bureunpica. Burgundy Pitch. (B. P.)
The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies excelsa
Poiret (nat. ord. Coniferze).
Synonym.—Poix blanche, poix de Bourgogne, Fr.; Bur-
gunder harz (pech), G.
CANADA TURPENTINE 505
Habitat.—Southern Europe, mountainous regions.
Properties.— Hard, yet taking gradually the form of the
vessel in which it is kept; brittle, with a shining, conchoidal
fracture ; opaque or translucent ; reddish-brown or yellowish-
brown; odor agreeably terebinthinate; taste aromatic,
‘sweetish, not bitter. It is almost entirely soluble in glacial
acetic acid, or in boiling alcohol, and partly soluble in cold
alcohol.
Constituents.—1, resin; 2, a volatile oil (C,,H,,).
. Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 iii. (4.-8.);
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6).
PREPARATION.
Emplastrum Picis. Pitch Plaster. (B. P.)
TEREBINTHINA CANADENSIS. Canada Turpentine.
(U.S. & B. P.)
A liquid oleoresin obtained from pone balsamea (Linné),
Miller (nat. ord. Conifer).
Synonym.—Canada balsam, balsam of fir, balsamum
‘Canadense, E. ; baume de Canada, Fr. ; Canadischer terpen-
‘tin, G.
Habitat.—Canada and N. United States ; west to Minne-
ota, south on mountains to Virginia.
Properties.—A yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent,
viscid liquid, of an agreeable terebinthinate odor, and a
bitterish, slightly acrid taste. When exposed to the air it
gradually dries, forming a transparent mass. It is completely
soluble in alcohol, chloroform or benzol.
Constituents.—1, volatile oil, 20-30 per cent.; 2, a resin;
3, a soluble bitter principle.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 1.-i11. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii (4.-8.);
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6).
ACTION AND USES OF BURGUNDY PITCH AND CANADA TURPENTINE.
Burgundy pitch is slightly stimulating to the skin and
is used as a mild counter-irritant (in plaster) in rheumatism, |
506 VEGETABLE DRUGS
‘strains, swelling of joints, and upon the chest. Burgundy
pitch, Canada turpentine, crude turpentine, Venice turpen-
‘tine, Bordeaux turpentine and Frankincense have much the
same action and uses as oil of turpentine internally. They
are administered in the same manner and in nearly identical
doses, but are less commonly employed than the latter.
Resina. Rosin. (U.S. & B. P.)
The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from
turpentine.
Synonym.—Colophony, resin, E.; colophonum, P.G.;
colophane, Fr.; kolophonium, geigenharz, G.
Properties.—A transparent, amber-colored substance,
hard, brittle, pulverizable ; fracture glossy and shallow-con-
choidal; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. Spec. gr.
1.070-1.080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixéd or volatile
oils; also in solution of potassium or sodium hydrate.
Constituents.—Chiefly abietic acid anhydride (C,,H,,0,,),
80-90 per cent.
PREPARATIONS.
Ceratum Resine. Resin Cerate. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Basilicon ointment.
Rosin, 350; yellow wax, 150; lard, 500.
Ceratum Resinw Compositum. (U.S. P.)
Contains oil of turpentine and linseed oil in addition to wax, lard
and rosin.
Emplastrum Adhesivum. Adhesive plaster. (U.S. P.)
Rubber, 20; petrolatum, 20; lead plaster, 960.
Emplastrum Resine. Resin Plaster. (B. P.)
Unguentum Resine. (B. P.)
ACTION AND USES OF ROSIN.
Rosin is a local stimulant and antiseptic externally.
The cerate is an excellent preparation for burns, wounds,
ulcers, and abraded surfaces. The fumes arising from
burning rosin (on a hot shovel) are said to be of value when
inhaled in chronic or subacute bronchitis.
TAR 507
Pre'iiguipa. Tar. (U.S: & ByP*)
An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive
distillation of the wood of Pinus palustris Miller, and of other
species of Pinus (nat. ord. Conifer).
Synonym.—Resina empyreumatica liquida — goudron,
goudron végétal, Fr.; theer, G.
Habitat.—United States.
Properties.—Thick, viscid, semi-fluid, blackish-brown;
heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming
granular and opaque with age ; odor empyreumatic, terebin-
thinate ; taste sharp, empyreumatice.
Tar is slightly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol,
fixed or volatile oils, and solutions of potassium or sodium
hydrate.
Constituents.—Mainly—1, oil of tar ; 2, methylice alcohol;
3, creosote ; 4, guaiacol ; 5, phenol ; 6, pyrocatechin ; 7, toluol ;
8, xyol; 9, acetic acid ; 10, acetone; 11, resins.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-1. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.);
D., Ti xv.- 31. (1.-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Unguentum Picis Liquide. Tar Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Tar, 500; yellow wax, 150; lard, 350.
Pix Carbonis Preparata. Prepared Coal Tar. (B. P.)
Liquor Picis Carbonis. Solution of Coal Tar. (B. P.)
Ouzum- Picts Liguipz#. Oil of Tar... (U.S. P.)
A volatile oil distilled from tar.
Properties—An almost colorless liquid when freshly
distilled, but soon acquiring a dull, reddish-brown color, and
having a strong tarry odor and taste. Spec. gr. about 0.970.
Soluble in alcohol.
Pix Niara. Pitch. (Non-official.)
A solid, shining, black, bituminous substance. Soluble
in ether, oils, and aqueous alkaline solutions. It con-
tains an altered resin, and a crystalline principle, Retine
(cE).
508 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Oteum Capinum. Oil of Cade. (U.S. & B. P.)
A product of the dry distillation of wood of J geese
Oxycedrus Linné (nat. ord. Coniferz).
Synonym.—Oleum juniperi empyreumaticum, FE. ; huile
de cade, Fr. ; cadél, G.
enon acon Africa, Spain, France, and Portugal, on
the borders of the Mediterranean, in waste places and stony
hill-sides.
Properties.—A brownish or dark brown, clear, thick
liquid ; having a tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning,
somewhat bitter taste. Spec. gr. about 0.990. It is almost
insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. Parti-
ally soluble in aleohol ; completely soluble in ether, chloro-
form, or carbon disulphide. ;
Constituents.—The composition is similar to that of tar.
Dose.—Same as that of tar.
ACTION AND USES OF TAR, OIL OF CADE AND PITCH.
Externally, tar produces hyperzemia, and, when rubbed
continually into the skin, sometimes papules and pustules.
It is a stimulant, rubefacient, antiseptic and parasiticide
externally. Poisoning may follow the extensive application .
of large quantities of tar over a denuded surface, or if it be
licked off the skin. Tar is mainly employed in veterinary
medicine on the skin, and is a valuable remedy to relieve ©
itching and as a local stimulant in chronic eczema (“ grease”),
sometimes in moist eczema and erythema, psoriasis, pityri-
asis, pruritus, and lichen. It also destroys the parasites of
mange and ringworm. It is applied with fat, vaseline, soap
or alcohol, in the proportion of 1-2 to 10. The official oint-
ment (1-2), is generally appropriate in the above-mentioned
skin diseases, but may require dilution. The following
preparation is serviceable on patches of psoriasis :
Tar, soft or green soap, each two ounces; alcohol, two
ounces. Pure tar painted over the surface with a brush, is
often most efficient in obstinate cases of eruptive disorders.
4
er a See te 1S ee ee ee
ACTION AND USES OF TAR, ETC. 509
A lotion of oil of tar, sulphurated potassa, or Peruvian
balsam, is more cleanly and suitable for house dogs with
eczema. (See diet for eczema in dogs, section on foods and
feeding, p. 688.) Tar is of the greatest utility in stimulating
the growth of horn, and is the principal ingredient of hoof
ointments for horses. It may be mixed with an equal
part of lard for this purpose, or the following mixture is welt
spoken of: tar, yellow wax and honey, } lb. each; lard, 13
Ibs.; glycerin, 3 ounces. Melt and mix the lard and wax
together; add the other ingredients; stir while cooling.
Oakum, soaked with tar, is frequently packed under leather,
beneath the shoes on horses’ feet, to soften and stimulate the
horn and to cure thrush and canker. Tar is also a beneficial
application for foot rot of sheep. Tar is usually kept on
hand for farming purposes, and is therefore a popular anti-
septic and protective in the treatment of wounds and broken
horns in cattle.
Internally.—Tar—on account of its constituents, phenol
and creosote—in large quantities causes toxic effects, with
symptoms resembling carbolic acid poisoning: e.g., abdominal
pain, vertigo, signs of gastro-intestinal irritation, and the
passage of dark-colored urine. It is not exceedingly pois-
onous, however, as recovery has been reported in man after
the ingestion of an amount varying from one to two pints.
Tar is eliminated by the kidneys, with the production of
irritation and diuresis ; also by the mucous membrane, and
affects more especially that lining the bronchial tubes, where
it acts as a local stimulant and antiseptic. For this reason
the drug is an excellent expectorant in subacute or chronic
bronchitis when given internally or by inhalation. The latter _
process may be conducted by pouring tar on a heated shovel,
or, better, by dissolving tar in boiling sodium carbonate
solution and steaming the patient with the vapor. Tar is
occasionally exhibited in chronic gastro-intestinal catarrh
and obstinate diarrhoea, with good results.
Tar is of value internally in influencing those skin
disorders which are benefited by its external application.
510 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Inhalations of tar are sometimes serviceable in pharyngitis
and laryngitis, as well as in bronchitis. Oil of tar may be
applied, dissolved in alcohol (1-8), as a lotion, and is an
agreeable substitute for tar in chronic eczema or psoriasis of
dogs. Itis used in the pure state as a parasiticide for mange, -
seab, ringworm or favus. Oil of cade represents oil of tar
and tar in their actions and uses, but its odor is pleasanter.
It is prescribed externally in chronic eczema and pruri-
tis, as follows: Oil of cade, 1; soft soap and alcohol, 4 parts
each; or in equal parts with wax. Oil of cade can also be
used in any proportion or manner in which tar is applic-
able. Pitch likewise possesses the same action as tar, and
is sometimes employed for making hoof ointments and
plasters.
BausamMum Peruvianum. Balsam of Peru.
(Us85 3B. P:)
A balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereirze (Royal)
Baillon (nat. ord. Leguminosz).
Synonym.—Balsamum peruvianum nigrum, balsam indi-
cum, baume de Péron, baume des Indes, Fr.; Peru bal-
sam, G.
Hlabitat.—Central America.
Properties. —A liquid having a syrupy consistence, free
from stringiness or stickiness ; of a brownish-black color in
bulk, reddish-brown or transparent in thin layers; of an
agreeable, vanilla-like, somewhat smoky odor, and a bitter
taste, leaving a persistent aftertaste. On exposure to air it
does not become hard. Spec. gr. 1.135 to 1.150. Miscible
in all proportions, with absolute alcohol, chloroform, or
glacial acetic acid. Completely soluble in 5 parts of alcohol.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil, cinnamein, C,H, (C,H.)O,,
about 60 per cent.; 2, cinnamic acid, C,,H,O,; 3, a resin (82:
per cent.), yielding benzoic acid, HC,H,O,, on dry distillation;.
4, styrol, C,H,; 5, stilbene, C,,H,,; 6, a volatile oil, benzylic
benzoate, C,H, (C,H,) O,; 7, benzylic alcohol, C,H,O.
BALSAM OF TOLU 511
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i-ii. (4.-8.);
D., Tix.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Bausamum Toxtutanum. Balsam of Tolu. (U.S. & B. P.)
A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum Linné
(nat. ord. Leguminosz).
Synonym.—Baume de Tolu, baume de Cathagéne, Fr. ;
' Tolubalsam, G.
Habitat.—New Grenada and Venezuela.
Properties.—A yellowish-brown, semi-fluid, or nearly
solid mass, becoming more brittle when exposed to the cold;
transparent in thin layers ; having an agreeable odor, recall-
ing that of vanilla, but distinct from it, and a mild aromatic
taste. Soluble in alcohol, chloroform and solutions of fixed
alkalies ; almost insoluble in water.
Constituents:—1, a volatile oil, tolene, C,,H,,, 1 per cent.;
2, a volatile oil, benzylic benzoate, C,H, (C,H.,)O, ; 8, benzoic
acid, HC,H,O,; 4, cinnamie acid, C,H,O,; 5, benzylic cinna-
mate, C,H, (C,H.)O, ; 6, resins.
Dose.—Same as balsam of Peru.
PREPARATION,
* Syrupus Tolutanus. Syrup of Tolu. (U.S. & B. P.)
Balsam of Tolu, 10; precipitated calcium phosphate, 50 ; sugar, 850;
alcohol, 50; water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 31 -iv. (4.-15.).
ACTION AND USES OF BALSAMS OF PERU AND TOLU.
Externally, the balsams are stimulant, antiseptic and
parasiticide. Balsam of Peru is a useful remedy in’ alcoholic
solution (1-8) for chronic eczema of dogs. It may also be
serviceable in ointment (1-8) for sore teats in cows, or as an
application to kill lice and the parasites of (sarcoptic) mange
and ringworm. It is, undiluted, a most excellent stimulant
and antiseptic dressing upon wounds and ulcers.
Internally, the balsams are stomachic and carminative,
and are eliminated by the skin, mucous membranes and
512 VEGETABLE. DRUGS
urinary organs, stimulating these parts. They are therefore
occasionally prescribed in chronic bronchitis, pyelitis and
cystitis. The syrup of Tolu is an exceedingly mild prepara-
tion, but forms an agreeable vehicle for cough mixtures in
canine practice. The balsams may be administered in
emulsion rubbed up with either glycerin, mucilage, or white
of egg and water.
Benzoinum. Benzoin. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Resina benzoe, asa dulcis, gum benjamin,
E.; benzoin, Fr.; benzoe, G.
A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin Dryander
(nat. ord. Styraceee).
Habitat.—Siam, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. ;
Properties.—In lumps consisting of agglutinated, yellow-
ish-brown tears, which are internally milk-white ; or in the
form of a reddish-brown mass, more or less mottled from
whitish tears imbedded in it. It is almost wholly soluble in |
5 parts of moderately warm alcohol, and in solutions of the
fixed alkalies. When heated it gives off fumes of benzoic
ucid. It has an agreeable, balsamic odor, and a slight aroma-
tic taste.
Constituents.—1, benzoic acid, 12 to 20 per cent. ; 2, cin-
namic acid, sometimes; 3, several resins; 4, a volatile oil.
PREPARATIONS.
Adeps Benzoinatus. Benzoinated Lard. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by melting lard, 1000, with benzoin, 20; and straining.
(U.S. PB.)
Tinctura Benzoini. Tincture of Benzoin. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration of benzoin, 200, in alcohol; filtration, and
addition of alcohol to make 1000.
Dose.—H. & C., 7 i. (80.); D., 3.ss.-1. (2.-4.),
Tinetura Benzoini Composita. Compound Tincture of Benzoin.
(U.S. & Bi Ps)
Synonym.—Friar’s balsam.
Benzoin, 100; purified aloes, 20; storax, 80; balsam of Tolu, 40;
alcohol to make 1000. Made by digestion and filtration. (U.S. P.)
BENZOIC ACID 513
Actpum Benzoicum. Benzoie Acid. HC,H,O.,.
(USS: & BP)
Synonym.— Acide benzoique, fleurs de benjoin, Fr. ;
benzoesiure, benzoeblumen, G.
Derivation.—Obtained from benzoin by sublimation.
. Properties.—White, or yellowish-white, lustrous scales
or friable needles ; odorless, or having a slight characteristic
odor resembling that of benzoin, and of a warm, acid taste.
Somewhat volatile at a moderately warm temperature, and
rendered darker by exposure to light. Soluble, when pure,
in about 500 parts of water, and in 2 parts of aleohol. Also
soluble in 3 parts of ether, 7 parts of chloroform, and readily
‘soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, fixed and volatile oils,
but sparingly soluble in benzin.
Incompatibles.—Alkalies, ammonium carbonate.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.v-xv. (.3+1.).
Ammontt Benzoas. Ammonium Benzoate. NH,C,H,O,
(W258. BoP.)
Made by the action of benzoic acid and ammonia water.
In white crystals. Soluble in 5 parts of water; in 28 parts
of alcohol.
Dose.—Same as benzoic acid.
Sopm Benzoas. Sodium Benzoate. Na C,H,O,
(U.S. & B. P.)
Made by the action of a hot solution of sodium carbon-
ate on benzoic acid. Occurs in a white powder. Soluble
in 1.8 parts of water; in 45 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—Same as benzoic acid.
Lirait Benzoas. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Same as for sodium benzoate.
ACTION OF BENZOIN, BENZOIC ACID AND BENZOATES.
These substances may be represented by benzoic acid.
Action External.—Benzoic acid is an irritant applied
externally, also when its vapor is inhaled. It is an efficient
514 VEGETABLE DRUGS
antiseptic; a solution (1-1000) will inhibit the growth of
many forms of bacteria.
Action Internal.—Medicinal doses of benzoic acid exert
only an antiseptic action in the alimentary canal. Large
doses occasion increased bronchial and cutaneous secretion,
with accelerated pulse. Enormous doses cause gastro-intes-
tinal irritation, disturbance of the pulse and respiration, a
species of intoxication and paraplegia. Benzoic acid is
absorbed into the blood, acts as an antipyretic in fever, and
is converted (probably in the kidneys) into hippuric acid
and eliminated in the urine as such. It thus renders an
alkaline urine acid, and stimulates and exercises an anti-
septic influence upon the urinary mucous membrane. The
change into hippuric acid is due to combination with a
nitrogenous body—glycocoll—but the source of glycocoll is
uncertain.
Benzoic acid HC,H,O, + glycocoll C,H,NO, = hippuric
acid C,H,NO, + water H,O.
Benzoic acid is somewhat diuretic, but does not alter
- the composition of the urine in any constant manner,
although metabolism is said to be increased. It is elimin-
ated by the bronchial mucous membrane, augmenting secre-
tion, and acting as an antiseptic in the bronchial tubes.
When the vapor of any of the substances under consideration
is inhaled in proper dilution, a similar expectorant action is
attained. Benzoic acid is likewise excreted by the skin and
salivary glands, exciting their functional activity.
Uses External.—The compound tincture of benzoin is a
valuable stimulant and antiseptic application for wounds,
sores and ulcers. It is often applied to the part on gauze or
lint, followed by bandaging.
Uses Internal. — Benzoic acid is sometimes given in
powder, pil], or ball, as an intestinal antiseptic, and as a
remedy for rheumatism. It is inferior to salicylic acid in
the latter disorder. The benzoates are said to be equally
efficient as antiseptics and have been highly con ae
in diarrhoea and dysentery.
Se Te
WHITE MUSTARD 515
Benzoin, in the form of the tincture, and the benzoates,
are serviceable in laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis, to
promote secretion and antisepsis. An inhalation of the
tincture (3 11.-Oi. hot water) is also very serviceable in these
diseases for the same purposes.
The benzoates are of value in pyelitis and cystitis,
particularly in carnivora with a normal acid urine, to acidify
and disinfect the decomposing urine and stimulate the tract.
Srinapis AtBA. White Mustard.
Synonym.—Sinapis albe semina, B.P.; semen eruce,
yellow mustard seed, E.; moutarde blanche, Fr.; weisser
senf, G.
The seed of Brassica alba (Linné) Hooker filius et
Thompson (nat. ord. Cruciferz). ‘
Habitat.—Southern Europe and Asia; cultivated in
temperate climates.
Description.—About 2 Mm. in diameter ; almost globular,
with a circular hilum; testa yellowish, finely pitted, hard ;
embryo oily, with a curved radicle and two cotyledons, one
folded over the other; free from starch; inodorous ; taste
pungent and acrid.
Constituents.—1, a glucoside, sinalbin (C,,H,,N.S,O,,), and
a ferment, myrosin, 10-15 per cent. The latter converts the
_ former, in the presence of water, into the active principle of
the drug, acrinyl sulphocyanide (C,H,ONCS), a very acrid,
volatile body, sinapine sulphate (C,,H,,NO,H,SO,), and glu-
cose ; 2, a bland, fixed oil, 25 per cent.; 3, gum, 20 per cent.
Dose.—H., 3 ss. (15.); C., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw.,
31-1. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.).
Srinapis Nigra. Black Mustard.
Synonym.—Sinapis nigree semina, B.P.; semen sinapis,
P.G.; moutarde noire (Grise), Fr.; schwarzer senf, G.
The seed of Brassica nigra (Linné) Koch (nat. ord. .
Crucifere).
516 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Habitat.— Southern Europe and Asia; cultivated in
teniperate climates.
Description.—About 1 Mm. in diameter, almost globular,
with a circular hilum; testa blackish-brown or grayish-
brown, finely pitted, hard; embryo oily, with a curved
radicle and two cotyledons, one folded over the other; free
from starch; inodorous when dry, but when triturated with
water, of a pungent, penetrating, irritating odor; taste
pungent and acrid.
Constituents. —1, a glucoside, sinigrin (or potassium
myronvate), and a ferment, myrosin. In the presence of water
the latter converts the former into the acrid, volatile, official
oil of mustard (allyl sulphocyanide, C,H,CNS), acid potas-
sium sulphate, and glucose; 2, a fixed, bland oil, similar to’
that in white mustard ; 3, gum.
Dose.—Same as white mustard.
Commercial form of mustard is a mixture of black and
‘white mustard, and constitutes Sinapis (B. P.)
PREPARATION.
OLEUM SrnaPis VOLATILE. Volatile Oil of Mustard.
Synonym.—Oleum sinapis, B.P.; allyl sulphocyanide
(C,H,CNS), oleum sinapis ethereum, E.; essence de moutarde,
Fr.; etherisches senfol, G.
Derivation.—A volatile oil obtained from black mustard
by maceration with water and subsequent distillation.
Properties. —A colorless or pale yellow, limpid and
strongly refractive liquid, having a very pungent and acrid
odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon
disulphide, the solutions being neutral to litmus paper.
Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.029.
PREPARATION.—Linimentum Sinapis (B. P.); volatile oil of mus-
tard, camphor and castor oil.
Action External.—Mustard quickly dilates the vessels
of the skin and causes hyperemia. If its application is
frequently repeated, there is so much vascular irritation that.
transudation of serum occurs under the epidermis, and
blisters or even pustules are formed. Mustard induces a.
MUSTARD +t
sensation of burning in man, but is not so irritating as oil
of turpentine to horses, and the primary irritation is followed
by partial anesthesia. Itis one of the most useful counter-
‘irritants, and by this action contracts vessels in the under-
lying parts, relieves pain and congestion.
In rapidly stimulating the skin, mustard reflexly excites
the nervous system, respiratory functions and heart. Mus-
tard is therefore a rubefacient, vesicant, and counter-irritant
externally.
Action Internal.—Mustard stimulates gastric vascularity,
secretion and motion, and promotes the appetite in small
doses. Large doses occasion vomiting in animals capable of
the act. Intestinal peristalsis and secretion are probably
likewise augmented by mustard. It is thus a stomachic,
carminative and emetic internally, but is rarely administered
Save as an emetic because of its pungency and the difficulty
attending its exhibition. Mustard is absorbed to some
extent, but we are ignorant concerning its ultimate fate or
remote action. It is said to be a diuretic.
Uses External.—Mustard is an extremely valuable
counter-irritant for relieving pain or congestion in almost .
any internal part. It is more commonly employed in the
acute respiratory disorders of the domestic animals, as in
laryngitis, bronchitis, congestion of the lungs, pleurisy,
pneumonia, to stop incessant cough, and after exposure to
severe cold; and the flour of mustard is used in a very thin
paste made with warm water and applied with friction to the
skin. Boiling water should not be mixed with mustard, nor.
vinegar, nor alcohol, as they interfere with its action. The
volatile oil of mustard is a cleanly and convenient substitute
for the crude drug. A small quantity, diluted with olive oil,
or cottonseed oil (1-15), may be rubbed into either side of
the chest in bronchitis, pleurisy, and other chest disorders,,
as a counter-irritant.
After the application of mustard, the part may be
bandaged, or hot blankets may be placed over the body
and the treatment reinforced by the use of mustard on the
limbs and bandaging. If mustard is employed continuously
518 VEGETABLE DRUGS
to keep up constant counter-irritation, the drug should be |
washed off in 20 or 30 minutes, and the process repeated
once in 2 hours. Itis unwise to induce much vesication over
an extensive surface with mustard, as the result is painful
and resolution is slow. Mustard is also serviceable in pain-
ful abdominal diseases, as colic, tympanites, enteritis and
peritonitis, but oil of turpentine appears here to be more
efficient.
A sinapism (mustard application) over the loins is useful
in acute nephritis, and will not lead to irritation of the
kidneys from absorption which may ensue after cantharidal
blistering. Cantharides has, however, a more active, per-
manent and revulsant effect in most local inflammatory con-
ditions, and is more potent in acute laryngitis. The action
of mustard is rapid and fleeting, unless applied continually
in considerable strength. For this reason it is indicated to
impress the nervous system instantaneously, in opium,
alcohol and other narcotic poisoning ; in respiratory failure,
in collapse and extreme depression in the course of acute
diseases (pneumonia and parturient apoplexy), applied all
over the body, or over the cardiac region in syncope.
Mustard is of utility in muscular or articular rheumatism,
and is employed on swollen glands (strangles), inflamed
joints and tendons; but is usually less efficacious than
a good cantharidal blister in these three latter condi-
tions.
Uses Internal.—Mustard is an efficient emetic for dogs,
in tablespoonful doses, given in a cup of tepid water. It is
usually at hand, and not only empties the stomach in poison-
ing, but reflexly stimulates the heart and respiration. If
administered for its carminative or stomachic effect, mustard
must be given in pill or ball.
Kucatyptus. Eucalyptus. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Feuilles d’eucalyptus, Fr.; eucalyptus-
blatter, G.
a
ee
OIL OF EUCALYPTUS 519
The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere (nat.
ord. Myrtacez), collected from the older parts of the tree.
Descriplion.—Petiolate, lanceolately seythe-shaped ; from
15 to 30 em. long; rounded below, tapering above; entire,
leathery, grayish-green, glandular, feather-veined between
the midrib and marginal veins; odor strongly camphorace-
-ous; taste pungently aromatic and somewhat cooling, bitter
and astringent.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil (see below); 2, a crystalliz-
able resin; 3, a crystallizable, fatty acid ; 4, cerylic alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., % ii.-iii. (60.-90.); D., 3 ss.-ii (2.-8.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Eucalypti. Fluidextract of Eucalyptus. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 ec. =
1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as for eucalyptus.
Unguentum Eucalypti. (B. P.)
OxEeum Evcatyett. Oil of Eucalyptus. (U.S. & B. P.)
A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyp-
‘tus globulus Labillardiére, Eucalyptus oleosa F. V. Mueller,
-and some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacez).
Properties.—A. colorless or faintly-yellowish liquid,
having a characteristic, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous
odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Spee. gr.
‘0.915 to 0.925. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, carbon
disulphide, or glacial acetic acid.
Constituents. —1, a volatile oil, eucalyptol or cineol
{C,,H,,0O), 70 per cent.; 2, eucalyptene (C,,H,,); 3, cymene
4{C,,H,,). ,
Incompatibles.— A lkalies, mineral acids, and metallic salts.
Dose.—H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., Nii-x. (.12-.6).
Kucatyprou. Eucalyptol. C,,H,,O. (U.S. P.)
A neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyp-
520 VEGETABLE DRUGS
tus globulus Labillardiére, and of some other species of
_ eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacez).
Derivation.—Crude eucaly ptol distills over from eucalyp-
tus leaves at a temperature varying from 338° to 352° F.,
and is purified by redistillation from potassium hydrate or-
calcium chloride.
Properties.—A colorless liquid, having a characteristic,
aromatic and distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent,
spicy and, cooling taste. Spec. gr. 0.930. Soluble in alk
proportions, in alcohol.
Dose.—Same as oil of eucalyptus.
ACTION OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL.
External.—The oil is a powerful antiseptic and disinfect-
ant, and is even said to be three times more efficient in this
respect than carbolic acid. It is but slightly irritating to the
skin, unless its vapors are confined by bandaging, when it.
may cause vesicles and pustules. Some local anzsthesia
follows primary skin irritation.
Internal.—Digestive Tract.—Oil of eucalyptus excites
gastric and salivary secretion, and acts, both locally and
during elimination, as a stimulant to the mucous membrane
of the alimentary canal. Large doses occasion diarrhea,
and the fecal discharges are impregnated with the odor of
the oil. It is a stomachic, carminative, antiseptic and
anodyne in the digestive tract.
Circulation.— Oil of eucalyptus arrests the amoeboid
movements of the white blood corpuscles, and diapedesis, in
inflammatory areas; inhibits the growth of the plasmodia
malarie; is an antipyretic and antiperiodic, and generally
comports itself like quinine; but is nevertheless distinetly
inferior to it. Small doses reflexly stimulate the heart and
cause an increase in blood pressure; while toxic doses.
depress the heart’s action and lower vascular tension.
Respiration. —Small doses accelerate the respiratory
movements. Large doses make the respiration slower and
weaker, and death ensues through respiratory failure.
EUCALYPTOL | 521:
Nervous System.— Poisonous quantities depress the
‘brain, medulla and spinal cord. Reflex activity is lost.
Animals stagger, suffer great loss of muscular power and
sensation in their limbs, and fall; the breathing is slow and
irregular, the pulse weak, and there are occasional convul- |
sions. The breathing stops before the cardiac pulsations.
Elimination.—Oil of eucalyptus is excreted by the skin,
kidneys, and mucous membrane of the bronchial tubes and
bowels, and therefore stimulates and disinfects these parts
‘during its elimination. Hence the drug is a diarphoretic,
‘diuretic, and genito-urinary stimulant, stimulating expector-
ant, and carminative.
Administration.—The oil, or encalyptol, are administered
in emulsion with gum ; dissolved in alcohol ; or in capsules.
USES OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL.
External.—Euecalyptol is probably more generally useful
than either eucalyptus or the oil. It is employed as an
-antiseptic with vaseline (1-8), on sores, wounds, and ulcers,
and in lubricating instruments for use in the cavities of the
-body. It partially disguises the odor of iodoform, and is
frequently combined with the latter in ointment. Eucalyptol
' is serviceable as a stimulating, antiseptic and deodorant
inhalation in catarrhal diseases of the respiratory tract with
putrid discharges, and in pulmonary gangrene. The ordinary
doses (by the mouth) are placed in hot water for this
purpose. Eucalyptol, with sweet oil (1-5), forms an efficient
‘stimulating and anodyne liniment.
Internal—In chronic bronchitis, eucalyptol is often
valuable in stimulating and disinfecting the bronchial mucous
membrane during its elimination. It is also efficacious in
chronic pyelitis and cystitis, for the same reason. The oil
has been given with asserted success in various bacterial
diseases, as septicemia, canine distemper, influenza, etc., for |
its antiseptic action. In human medicine, eucalyptus and
its derivatives are mainly of worth as substitutes for quinine
an malaria, when the latter drug is inadmissible. Eucalyptol
\
522. VEGETABLE DRUGS
may be given as a stomachic and carminative in digestive-
_ disorders with foul-smelling fecal evacuations.
ArRNIcH Fiores. Arnica Flowers.
Synonym.—Fleurs d’arnique, Fr.; wohlverleihbluthen,
arnikablithen, G.
The flower heads of Arnica montana Linné (nat. ord..
Composite).
Habitat.—Mountainous regions of Europe and Northern
Asia.
Description—Heads about 3 Cm. broad; depressed-
roundish, consisting of a scaly involucre in two rows, and a.
small, nearly flat, hairy receptacle, bearing about sixteen
yellow, strap-shaped, ten-nerved, ray-florets, and numerous
yellow, five-toothed, tubular disk-florets having slender,
spindle-shaped achenes crowned by a hairy pappus. Odor
feeble, aromatic; taste bitter and acrid.
Constituents.—1, an ethereal oil ; 2, an amorphous, yellow,
acrid, bitter principle, arnicin; 3, resins; 4, tannic acid; 5,
caprylic and capronic acids.
Dose.—H & C., %ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.8).
PREPARATION.
Tinctura Arnice. Tincture of Arnica. (U.S. P.)
Made by percolation of arnica flowers, 200, with diluted alcohol to.
make 1000.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i. (80.); D., ™.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6).
ARNICH Raptx. Arnica Root.
Synonym.—Arnice rhizoma, B.P.; racine d’arnique, Fr.;
arnikawurzel, G.
The rhizome and roots of Arnica montana Linné (nat.
ord. Composite).
Description.—Rhizome about 5 Cm. long, and 3 or 4 Mm,
thick ; externally brown, rough from leaf scars ; internally
whitish, with a rather thick bark containing a circle of resin
ARNICA 523
cells, surrounding the short, yellowish wood wedges, and
large, spongy pith. The roots numerous, thin, fragile ;
grayish-brown, with a thick bark containing a circle of resin
cells. Odor somewhat aromatic; taste pungently aromatic
and bitter.
Constituents.—Identical with those of flowers.
Dose.—Same as flowers.
PREPARATION.
Tinctura Arnice. (B. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60) ; D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.).
Action and Uses.—Externally, arnica, especially the tinc-
ture of the flowers, increases the vascularity of the integu-
ment, and may cause various grades of superficial inflam ma-
tion on sensitive skins if not properly diluted. Internally,
the drug stimulates the mucous membrane of the digestive
tract, and is stomachic and carminative. Arnica is eliminated
by the kidneys and mucous membranes and stimulates these
parts during its excretion. Arnica slows and stimulates the
heart and increases vascular tension in medicinal doses,
while large doses augment the frequency of the pulse. This
action follows, first, stimulation, and later, depression of the
inhibitory apparatus. Toxic quantities occasion gastro-
intestinal irritation and nervous symptoms, as giddiness,
stupor, delirium, insensibility, and convulsions ; with rapid,
feeble pulse and sometimes syncope.
The only rational use for arnica is in stimulating the
skin in sprains and bruises. The tincture of the flowers is
generally diluted with water (1-12) for this purpose. It is
doubtful if it is more serviceable than alcohol in these con-
524 VEGETABLE DRUGS
ditions. There is no sufficient evidence to show that arnica
possesses any therapeutic value when given internally,
although it has been used and is recommended for dysentery,
chronic bronchitis, rheumatism, nervous disorders, ete.
/
Myrrua. Myrrh. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Myrrhe, F.
A gum-resin obtained from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees)
Engler (nat. ord. Burseracez).
Habitat. — Eastern Africa and Southwestern Arabia,
along the borders of the Red Sea.
Description.—In roundish or irregular tears or masses;
dusty, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown; fracture waxy,
somewhat splintery; translucent on the edges, somewhat
marked with whitish veins; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic,
bitter and acrid. When triturated with water, myrrh yields
a brownish-yellow emulsion ; it is soluble in alcohol.
Constituents.—1, an active resinous principle, myrrhin
(C,,H,,O,,), 80 to 40 per cent. ; 2, myrrhol (C,,H,,O,), a volatile
oil, 2 8 per cent. ; 3, arabin, a gum, 50 to 60 per cent. ; 4, 2
bitter substance.
Dose.—H. & C., Zii-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., Zss.-i ’
(2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Myrrhe. Tincture of Myrrh. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration of myrrh, 200, with alcohol, and filtration to
make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 iii.-vi. (12 -24.) ; D.,
3 ss -i, (2.-4.).
. Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhe. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh.
(UES aE)
Made by maceration and percolation of myrrh, 100; purified aloes,
100; liquorice root; with alcohol and water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i. (15.-80.) ; D.,
3i.-li. (4.-8.).
Pilule Aloes et Myrrhe. (U.S. & B. P.)
Dose.—D., 2 pills.
Action and Uses.—Myrrh, externally, is a mild stimulant
eS
CAPSICUM G45 §
and antiseptic by virtue of its resin and volatile oil. Itisa
stomachic and carminative internally, exciting the appetite
and increasing the secretion, motion and blood supply of the
stomach and bowels. Myrrh is eliminated by the mucous
membranes of the bronchial and genito-urinary tracts, and
stimulates and disinfects these parts during its excretion.
The drug is occasionally prescribed as a stimulating expec-
torant in chronic bronchitis; asa stimulant and antiseptic in
chronic cystitis ; also as a uterine stimulant and emmenagogue
in ammenorrhea, and in chronic leucorrhea.
Myrrh is thought to prove beneficial in anemia, when
combined with iron. It assists the action of purgatives, and
myrrh may be exhibited as a laxative in the form of the
tincture of aloes and myrrh. The tincture forms a service-
able mouth-wash in aqueous emulsion (1-16), and is some-
times employed as a stimulant and antiseptic on wounds,
sores and ulcers, diluted with 4 to 8 parts of water. Myrrh
is administered in tincture, ball or pill.
Class 2.—Used Mainly for their Stomachic and
Carminative Action Upon the Digestive Tract.
Capsicum. Capsicum. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Capsici fructus, B. P.; cayenne pepper,
African or pod pepper, E.; capsiqua, piment des jardins,
piment rouge, poivre de cayenne, Fr. ; spanischer pfeffer, G.
‘Called commonly “red pepper,” when dried and powdered.
The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum Blume (nat. ord.
Solanacez ).
Hatitat. — Tropical America; cultivated also in other
tropical countries.
Description.—Oblong-conical, from 10 to 20 Mm. long;
supported by a flattish, cup-shaped, five-toothed calyx with
a red, shining, membranous and translucent pericarp
enclosing two cells and containing flat, reniform, yellowish
seeds, attached to a thick, central placenta. It hasa peculiar
odor, and an intensely hot taste.
526 VEGETABLE DRUGS ©
Constituents.—1, capsaicin (C,H,,NO,), a crystallizable,.
acrid body ; 2, capsicin, a volatile alkaloid; 3, a fixed oil; 4,
fatty matter ; 5, resin.
Dose. —H., gr.xx.-3i. (1.8-4); C., 3i.-i1. (4.-8.) ; Ds
gyr.i.-vill. (.06-.5).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Capsici. Fluidextract of Capsicum. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation,
so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H., xx. 3i: (1.3:4.); Ci, 3i4i, (4-8:):°D., Wise
(.06-.5).
Tinctura Capsici. Tincture of Capsicum. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by percolation of capsicum, 100, with alcohol and water to
make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.);. C., 38s.-i. (15.-30.); Di, Wiveoas
(.3-4.).
Oleoresina Capsici. Oleoresin of Capsicum. (U.S. P.)
Made by percolation with acetone, distillation, and evaporation of
the residue.
Dose.—H., ™x.-xxx. (.6-2.); C., 3ss.-i. (2:-4.); D., ™4-i. (.015-.06).
Unguentum Capsici. (B. P.)
Administration.—Capsicum and the oleoresin are given
in ball or pill. The fluid extract should be freely diluted
with water.
Action and Uses.—Capsicum generally resembles the
volatile oils in its action. Externally, it is rubefacient and
counter-irritant, producing about the same degree of irrita-
tion as mustard, but causing considerably more pain, while
its fumes are unbearable. Capsicum is used mainly as a
stomachic and a carminative in augmenting the appetite,
gastric vascularity, secretion and motion, and intestinal
peristalsis. Capsicum is employed on the skin in local
paralysis—as of the lip—in horses, with mustard in paste ;.
or as the fluid extract painted on plaster splints to prevent
dogs from gnawing them off.
Internally, capsicum is of greater value than black or
white pepper, and is indicated in atonic indigestion and
flatulent colic in horses (see ammonium carbonate, p. 141).
ee ee Sa
wit
GINGER | 527
It may be combined advantageously with bitters, as nux
vomica. Capsicum is a favorite stimulant and tonic remedy
—to the digestion—with bird fanciers. It is also said to:
increase the laying of eggs when given to hens.
ZINGIBER. Ginger. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Ingwer, G.; gingember, Fr.
The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe (nat. ord.
Scitaminez).
Habitat.—East and West Indies and India; cultivated in
tropical climates.
Description.—About 5 to 10 Cm. long, 10 to 15 Mm.
broad, and 4 to 8 Mm. thick; flattish on one side; lobed or
clavately branched ; deprived of the corky layer ; pale, buff-
colored, striate ; breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous frac-
ture, showing numerous small, scattered resin cells and
fibro-vascular bundles, the latter enclosed by a nucleus
sheath ; agreeably aromatic and of a pungent and warm taste..
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil; 2, a resin; 3, gingerol,
said to supply pungent taste, while the oil gives flavor.
Dose.—H., 3 i1.- 31. (8.-30.); C., 31.-iv. (30.-120.) ; Sh. &
Sw., 31-11. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.).
PREPARATION,
Fluidextractum Zingiberis. Fluidextract of Ginger. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evapora-
tion, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as that of ginger.
Oleoresina Zingiberis. (U.S. P)
Dose.—H., gr.xxx.-3i.ss. (2.-6.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3).
Action and Uses.—Ginger is chiefly administered in
powder as a stomachic and carminative in atonic indigestion
of horses and ruminants. It is frequently combined with
sodium bicarbonate and bitters. Ginger also aids the action
of purgatives and prevents griping.. The powder or fluid
extract should be added to magnesium sulphate when it is
given in full purgative doses to cattle or sheep. (See magne--
sium and sodium sulphate, pp. 186 and 163).
528 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Mentua Prrerira. Peppermint. (U.S. P.)
Si ynonym. —Folia (herba) menthz piperitez, P.G.; menthe —
poivrée, Fr.; pfefferminze, G.
The laaved and tops of Months piperita Smith (nat. ord.
Labiate).
Habitat.—Indigenous in North America,Europe and Asia.
Description.— Leaves about 5 Cm. long, petiolate, ovate-
lanceolate, acute, sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth;
the few hairs containing crystals of menthol in one or more
thin cells; branches quadrangular, often purplish ; flowers in
terminal, conical spikes, with a tubular, five-toothed, often
purplish calyx, a purplish four-lobed corolla, and four short
stamens; odor aromatic ; taste pungent and cooling.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil: 2, menthol ; 3, menthene
{Ci .):
OLEUM MenTH® Pirerirxz. Oil of Peppermint.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivrée, Fr.; pfeffer-
minzol, G.
A volatile oil distilled from peppermint.
Properties.—A colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yellow
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to
the air ; having the characteristic strong odor of peppermint,
and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, followed by a sensa-
tion of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Spee. gr.
0.9 to 0.920. |
It forms a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol,
but becomes turbid when somewhat further diluted.
Constituents.—}, menthol ; 2, menthene, a liquid terpene
obtained by distillation.
_ Dose.—H. & C., Mi xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., Mi-v. (.06-.3).
PREPARATIONS.
Spiritus Menthe Piperite. Spirit of Peppermint. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Essence de menthe poivrée, Fr.; Englisch pfeffermin~
zessenz, G.; spiritus menthe piperitz anglicus, P.G.
MENTHOL 529.
Oil of peppermint, 100; peppermint, 10; alcohol to make 1000.
Made by maceration and filtration. (U.S. P.)
Aqua Menthe Piperite. Peppermint Water. (U.S. & B. P.)
Oil of peppermint, 2; purified talc, 15; water to make 1000.
Made by trituration and filtration. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Used as vehicle in canine practice.
Mentuou. Menthol. C,,H,OH. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Mint or peppermint-camphor.
A stearopten (having the character of a secondary
alcohol) obtained from the official oil of peppermint (from
Mentha piperita Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of
peppermint (from Mentha avensis Linné, var. piperascens
Holmes, and Mentha Canadensis Linné, var. glabrata
Holmes ; nat. ord. Labiatz). .
Derivation.—Made from the oil of peppermint by frac-
tional distillation ; freezing of the higher boiling point pro-
duct, and crystallization.
Properties.—Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals,
having a strong and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm,
aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is
drawn in the mouth. Slightly soluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide or
glacial acetic acid. When it is triturated with about an equal
weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture
becomes liquid. Menthol may be dissolved by heat in oleic
acid, fats or liquid vaseline.
Dose.—H., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12).
ACTION AND USES OF PEPPERMINT AND MENTHOL.
Peppermint and oil of peppermint owe their medicinal
virtues chiefly to the menthol they contain. They resemble
the other volatile oils in most respects, but are more anzs-
thetic and antiseptic than some. Menthol is used mostly
externally, and is extremely valuable in relieving itching
and neuralgic pain. It may be employed with alcohol or
530 VEGETABLE DRUGS
chloroform in solution (3 ss. to 3i.), in urticaria or pruritus.
An ointment is also serviceable, or a solution by heat in
oleic acid (1 to 24). For burns, the following will be found
beneficial: Sweet oil and lime water, each one ounce;
menthol, one drachm. The cooling sensation produced by
menthol is due to a specific effect upon the nerves of temper-
ature. The anesthetic and antiseptic action of menthol has’
been taken advantage of in the treatment of boils and super-
ficial abscesses. A 10 to 50 per cent. solution in ether is
said to abort these lesions when painted frequently on the
inflamed parts. A menthol and camphor solution, obtained
by dissolving fifteen grains of each in an ounce of liquid
petrolatum, is one of the best preparations to use in an
atomizer or dropper for acute or chronic nasal catarrh of
dogs.
Internally, the essence of peppermint or oil are of worth
in cases of mild colic and flatulence on account of their
anesthetic, carminative and antiseptic action. Menthol may
be given to dogs to relieve vomiting. Peppermint water
assuages thirst in fever, and this preparation is also used as
a pleasant vehicle in the administration of disagreeable
drugs to dogs. The oil is prescribed in pill or ball to pre-
vent the griping of cathartics. ‘
Administration.—The essence is the preparation in most
common use and is given in water. The oil is dissolved in
spirit, or exhibited to dogs on sugar. Menthol may be
administered in alcohol and syrup, equal parts ; or in pill or
capsule to dogs.
Mentha viridis (spearmint) is official together with
oleum menthe viridis (oil of spearmint), spiritus menthz
viridis (spirit of spearmint), and aqua menthe viridis. The
actions, uses and doses are the same as those of peppermint
and its preparations, but the latter are more popular and
pleasant.
Anisum. Anise.
Synonym.—Anisi fructus, B.P.; anis, Fr.; anis, G.
%
¥
¢
|
ILLICIUM iT &
The fruit of Pimpinella Anisum Linné (nat. ord. Umbel-
liferz).
Habitat.—Southeastern Europe, Egypt, Western Asia;
also cultivated. |
Description.—About 4 or 5 Mm. long, ovate, compressed
at the sides; grayish, finely hairy, and consisting of two
mericarps, each with a flat face and five light brownish, fili-
form ridges, and about fifteen thin oil tubes, which can be
seen in a transverse section by the microscope. It has an
‘ agreeable, aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. It may
be distinguished from conium fruit by the odor and taste,
while the latter has usually single mericarps which are
smooth, grooved upon the face, and have crenate ridges with
wrinkles between them, and no oil tubes.
Constituents.—Oil of anise.
(8.-12.) ; D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Inuicium. Illicium. (U. 8. P.)
Synonym.—Anisi stellati fructus, B.P.; star anise.
The fruit of illicium verum Hooker filius (nat. ord.
Magnoliacez).
Habitat.—North Anam.
Description.--The fruit is pedunculate and consists of
eight stellately arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped,
about 10 Mm. long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked,
brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish-
brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, oval, glossy,
brownish-yellow seed ; odor anise-like, taste of the carpels
sweet and aromatic, and of the seeds oily. Similar to the
' poisonous fruit of Illicium anisatum Linné (Illicium religi-
osum Siebold), the capsules of which are more woody,
shrivelled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak; a faint,
clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste.
Constituents.—Oil of anise.
Dose.—Same as that for anise.
532 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Oteum Antst. Oil of ‘Anise. (U.S. & B. P.)
A volatile oil distilled from anise.
Properties.—A. colorless or pale yellow, thin and strongly
refractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and
a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Spec. gr. about 0.980 to
0.990. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol.
Dose. —H., alla -xxx. (1.3-2.); D., Tli.-v. (.06-.3).
PREPARATIONS.
Aqua Anisit. Anise Water. (U.S. & B. P.)
Oil of anise, 2; purified talc, 15; water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Used as vehicle. .
Spiritus Anisi. Spirit of Anise. (U.S. & B. P.)
Oil of anise, 100 ; deodorized alcohol, 900. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 31.-ii. (4:-8.).
ACTIONS AND USES OF ANISE AND iLLICIUM.
Oil of anise resembles in action the other volatile oils.
It is employed with olive oil or alcohol (1-10) to kill fleas or
lice on dogs, rubbed over the skin; and one drop of the pure
oil may be placed on the feathers of fowl to cause destruc-
tion of lice. The oil is sometimes prescribed to disguise the
taste or odor of drugs (see potassa sulphurata), and is
ordered in cough mixtures for its expectorant properties.
Anise fruit is given to horses and ruminants on their
food—frequently with sodium bicarbonate and ginger—to
relieve mild forms of indigestion and flatulence through its
stomachic and carminative action.
CARDAMOMUM. Cardamom.
Synonym.—Cardamomi semina, B.P.; fructus vel semen
cardamomi minoris, P.G.; cardamomes, Fr. ; cardamomen,
kleine kardamomen, G.
The fruit of Elettaris repens (Sonnerat) Baillon (nat.
ord. Scitaminez).
Habitat.—Malabar.
CORIANDER 583
Description.—Fruit ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 Mm.
long; of a pale buff color, with a thin, tasteless pericarp.
Seeds 4 Mm. long, reddish-brown, and have an agreeable
odor and a pungent, aromatic taste. The seeds are active ;
the pericarp has no medicinal virtue.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil, which is a terpene (C,,H,,);
2, a fixed oil.
Dose.—Same as that of anise.
A tinctura and tinctura cardamomi composite are official.
They serve as coloring (red) and flavoring agents, and may
be employed as vehicles in doses of one to two drachms, in
canine practice. The dose of the fluid extract is the same
as that of the drug.
CorrtaNprRuM. Coriander.
Synonym.—Coriandri fructus, B.P.; coriander fruit, E. ;
coriandre, Fr.; koriander, G.; fructus coriandri, PG:
The fruit of Coriandrum sativum Linné (nat. ord.
Umbellifere).
Habitat.—Southern Europe or Central Asia.
Description. — Globular, about 4 Mm. in diameter,
brownish-yellow ; odor and taste agreeably aromatic.
Constituents. —1, the volatile oil, oleum coriandri, a color-
less, or slightly yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor
of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste.
Dose of coriander and its oil, same as for anise and
its oil.
Fanicutum. Fennel. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Feeniculi fructus, B.P.; semen foeniculi,
fennel fruit or seeds, E. ; semences de fenouil, Fr.; fenchel-
samen, G.
The fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum Gilbert (nat. ord.
Umbellifere).
Habitat.—Southern Europe and Levant.
534 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Description.—Oblong, nearly cylindrical, from 4:to 8 Mm.
long; brownish or greenish-brown ; odor and taste aromatic,
anise-like,
Constituents.—A. volatile oil of almost similar action and
composition to oil of anise, oleum foeniculi. A colorless, or
pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic aromatic
odor of fennel, and asweetish, mild and spicy taste. Soluble
in alcohol. | ;
Dose of fennel and its oil, same as that for anise and its
oil.
FanvuGreek. (Non-official.)
The seeds of Trigonella Foenum Grecum, cultivated in
France and Germany. They are oblong, cylindrical, some-
what compressed, obliquely truncated at each end; 1 to 2
lines long; of a brownish-yellow color, and have a strong,
peculiar odor, and oily, bitterish taste. Foenugreek contains
both a volatile and fixed oil.
Dose.—Same as for anise.
ACTIONS AND USES OF CARDAMOM, CORIANDER, FENNEL AND
FENUGREEK.
These drugs resemble anise in actions, uses, and doses.
They enter into the composition of many popular tonic or
“condition” powders and drinks, and, by their stomachic
and carminative properties, aid digestion. Ginger is perhaps
in more frequent demand than other agents of this class, by
the profession.
Class 3.—Used Mainly for Their Antispasmodic
Action in Stimulating the Nervous System.
VALERIANA. Valerian.
Synonym.—Valerianz rhizoma, B.P.; valeriane, Fr. ;
baldrianwurzel, G. .
The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis Linné
(nat. ord. Valerianez).
AMMONIUM VALERIANATE 535
Habitat.—Europe and Northern Asia. Naturalized in
New England.
Description.—Rhizome from 2 to 4 Cm. long, and 1 to 2
Cm. thick; upright, subglobular, or obconical ; truncate at
both ends; brown or yellowish-brown, internally whitish or
pale brownish, with a narrow circle of white wood under the
thin bark. Roots numerous, slender, brittle, brown, with a
thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, ;
‘becoming stronger and unpleasant on keeping; taste cam-
phoraceous and somewhat bitter.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil ; 2, valerianic acid (C,H,,0,),
-a colorless, oily acid, with burning taste and odor of valerian.
Soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 30 parts of water.
“Valerianic acid is also made artificially by a complicated pro-
cess from the distillation of chromic acid and amylic alcohol.
3, tannic acid; 4, resin; 5, malic, formic and acetic acids.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.x.- 3 i. (6.-4.).
: PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Valeriane. Fluidextract of Valerian. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation,
“so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., Mx.- 3 1 (.6-4.).
A tinctura valerianz (1-5) and a tinctura valeriane ammoniata
(1-5), prepared with aromatic spirit of ammonia, are also official. The
«lose of either is 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.), for dogs.
Tinctura Valeriane Ammoniata. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., 3 s8.-i. (2.-4.)
Ammonit VALERAS. Ammonium Valerate. NH,C,H,O,
| (U.:S2 By
Synonym.—Ammonium valerianate.
Made by the action of ammonia gas upon valerianic
acid, and crystallization.
Properties.—Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white
granular powder; without odor when colorless, but emitting
« slight odor of iodine when colored, and having a sharp,
saline taste. Very hygroscopic. Soluble in 1 part of water
and in 9 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—D., gv.ii.-v. (.12-.3).
536 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Ferri VALERIANAS. Terric Valerianate. (Non-official.)
Made by precipitating a solution of ferric sulphate with
a solution of sodium valerianate, and washing and drying.
the precipitate.
Properties—A dark, brick-red, amorphous powder of:
somewhat varying chemical composition ; having the odor of’
valerianic acid and a mildly styptic taste ; permanent in dry
air. Insoluble in cold water, byt readily soluble in alcohol.
Dose.—D., gyv.i-iii. (.06-.18).
Zinct Vaueras. Zine Valerate. Zn(C,H,O,), + 2 H,O.
(WU. Sad B. P:)
Synonym.—Zine valerianate.
Made by crystallization from a mixture of hot solutions.
of zine sulphate and sodium valerianate.
Properties.—White, pearly scales, having the odor of
valerianic acid, and a sweetish, astringent and metallic taste.
On exposure to the air it slowly loses valerianic acid.
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 40 parts of alcohol.
Incompatibility.—Incompatible with acids, metallic salts.
and soluble carbonates ; also vegetable astringents.
Dose.—D., gy.i.-ili. (.06-.18).
Administration.— Valerian should be given in the form
of the fluid extract to horses, and this preparation or the
tinctures may be exhibited to dogs in dilution. Valerianic
acid is not used in medicine except to make valerianates.
Of the salts, the zinc valerianate is the most popular, and is
administered in pills in canine practice.
ACTION AND USES OF VALERIAN AND VALERATES.
The physiological action of valerianic acid and the
valerates is an unknown quantity, but clinical evidence
supports their value. The volatile oil in valerian has much
the same properties as other volatile oils in stimulating
secretion, motion, vascularity and appetite, in relation to the
digestive organs ; and, in’ its elimination, the oil excites the.
ASAFETIDA 537
mucous membranes of the bronchial tubes and genito-urinary
tract. The oil also stimulates the circulation reflexly. Toxic
doses of the oil paralyze the brain and cord and depress the
circulation; while lethal quantities of ammonium valerate
are said to first excite the spinal motor tract and cause con-
vulsions, and to finally occasion spinal depression and
paralysis. Valerian and the valerates are called antispas-
modics in stimulating and_ strengthening an enfeebled
nervous system and thus combating disorders which are
ereated by an increased susceptibility to impulses originat-
ing within the brain, or outside of the body. Valerian is
both recommended and used in the treatment of polyuria,
and diabetes insipidus of the horse; in chorea of dogs
resulting from distemper, and occasionally in hysteria,
epilepsy, convalescence from acute diseases, and nervous
restlessness. Although the drug is of secondary importance,
if finds a much larger field of usefulness in human medicine.
Zine valerate is more commonly employed in canine
practice for chorea. Ferric valerate is supposed to com-
bine the tonic and antispasmodic action of the two constitu-
ents in one preparation. The oil of valerian is a useful
remedy (in emulsion) as a carminative in flatulence. It may
be given to horses in doses of 3 ss.-i.; and to dogs in quan-
tities of Til.-v.
Asar@ripa. Asafetida. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Asafetida, B. P.; Gummi-resina asafcetida,
ase fétide, asafoetida, Fr.; stinkasant, teufelsdreck, G.
A gum-resin obtained from the root of Ferula fcetida
(Bunge) Regel (nat. ord. Umbelliferz).
Habitat.—Persia, Afghanistan and Turkestan.
Properties.—In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more
in diameter; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally
wilk-white; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat,
onchoidal, and waxy fracture ; or the tears are superficially
united into irregular masses without any intervening dark-
538" VEGETABLE DRUGS
colored substance. It has a peculiar odor, and, a bitter,
acrid, nauseous taste. When triturated it readily yields a.
milk-white emulsion.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil (3-9 per cent.), containing-
as its most important ingredient oil of garlic, which gives:
asafoetida its disagreeable odor ; 2, gum, about 25 per cent. =:
3, resin, 50 to 60 per cent., containing ferulaic acid (C,,H,,0,).
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.)>
D., gyr.iii.-xil. (.18-.8).
Administration.—Asafcetida is given in ball to the larger-
animals or in an extemporaneous emulsion which is readily
. made—owing to the gum in the drug—by trituration with
water. Asafetida is administered to dogs in pill. The drug
may also be injected in aqueous mixture per rectum.
Preparations.—Pilule asafoetidee (ori. each) ; dose—D..,.
1-4. Tinctura asafoetidee (1-5) ; dose—H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) >
D., 3ss.-i (2.-4.). Emulsum (mistura) asafoetide, milk of
asafetida (1-25) ; dose—D., = ss.-1. (15.-30.).
Action and Uses.—Asafetida is of value by reason of its.
volatile oil, and therefore possesses much the same action as
ether agents of this class. In experiments on man asafetida
caused “ stomachache,” activity of the bowels, increased
pulse rate and respiratory movements, headache, dizziness,.
and sexual desire. 4
Asafetida is chiefly used as a carminative, stimulating
expectorant, and nerve stimulant or antispasmodic. Liquid
preparations may cause nausea and vomiting in dogs owing:
to the nauseous taste. The drug is of most service in flatulent.
colic of horses, when it is combined with ammonium carbon-
ate in ball, or is given in this form simultaneously with
linseed oil and oil of turpentine.
In atonic constipation of horses, asafetida is prescribed.
with aloes in ball. Asafetida is occasionally employed as a.
stimulating expectorant in chronic bronchitis, and in the
later stages of bronchial catarrh, but it is probably inferior-
to ammoniacum for this purpose. As an antispasmodic.
agent, asafetida is useful in functional spasmodic affections,
AMMONIAG 539
including hysteria, chorea and convulsions. The emulsion
may be given in enema to dogs, in the two latter disorders.
Finally, tincture of asafetida is recommended to be
added to alcoholic liquors in veterinary practice to prevent
their “ misappropriation” by stable attendants.
Ammontacum. Ammoniac. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Gummi-resina ammoniacum, H.; ammonia-
que, gommresine ammoniaque, Fr.; ammoniakgummi, G.
A gum resin obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum Don
(nat. ord. Umbelliferz).
Habitat.—Eastern Persia and Turkestan.
Properties.—In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more
in diameter; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally
milk-white; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat,
conchoidal and waxy fracture ; or the tears are superficially
united into irregular masses without any intervening dark-
colored substance. It has a peculiar odor and a bitter, acrid
and nauseous taste. When triturated with water it readily
yields a milk-white emulsion.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil, 14-4 per cent. ; 2, a resin,
70 per cent. ; 3, a gum, 20-28 per cent.
Dose.—H. & C., %i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 it-iv.
(8.-15.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.)
PREPARATIONS.
Mistura Ammoniact. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.)
Emplastrum Ammoniacum cum Hydrargyro. Ammoniac Plaster
with Mercury. (B. P.)
Administration.—In emulsion, ball or pill.
ACTION AND USES.
Ammoniac is a drug of minor importance, resembling
asafcetida and containing a small quantity of a volatile oil
having the same action as other oils of this class. Am-
540 VEGETABLE DRUGS
moniac.is cecasionally employed externally as a mild counter-
irritant, in plasters. Since its volatile oil is eliminated by
the bronchial mucous membrane, ammoniac is given intern-
ally as a stimulating and slightly disinfecting expectorant in
chronic bronchitis with or without excessive secretion.
Class 4.—Used Mainly for their Stimulant and
Diuretic Actions on the Kidneys and Genito-
Urinary Tract.
Boonu. Bocho. (US: 2.)
Synonym.—Buchu folia, B.P.; feuilles de bucco, Fr. ;
buckublatter, buccoblatter, G.
The leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunberg) Bartling et
Wendland and Barosma Crenulata (Linné) Hooker (nat. ord.
Rutacez).
Habitat.—South Africa.
Description.—About 15 Mm. long, roundish obovate,
with a rather wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval
and obovate, obtuse, crenate or serrate, with a gland at the
base of each tooth ; dull yellowish-green ; thickish, pellucid-
punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint- .
like, pungent and bitterish.
Constituents.—1, a volatile oil having an odor somewhat
like peppermint, 1} per cent.; 2, a stearopten (Buchu cam-
phor or diosphenol, C,,H,,O,), possessing an odor like pep-
permint and in solution in a liquid hydrocarbon, but crystal-
lizing on exposure to the air; 3, barosmin, a glucoside,
soluble in ether, volatile oils, diluted acids and alkalies; 4,
gum ; 5, rutin, a bitter substance.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-1i. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.).
PREPARATIONS,
Fluidextractum Buchu. Fluidextract of Buchu. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Ce, :=
1Gm of Buchu.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (80.-60.); D., ™Mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.)
OIL OF JUNIPER 54].
An infusion (1-20) by steeping leaves in boiling water for half an
hour in a closed vessel, is sometimes preferred, and will be taken volun-:
tarily by the larger animals in linseed tea.
Tinctura Buchu. Tincture of Buchu. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as that of the fluidextract.
ACTION AND USES.
The volatile oil and bitter principle act upon the diges-
tive organs as an aromatic bitter, promoting appetite and
digestion in small doses, while large doses cause nausea and
vomiting in dogs. The volatile oil is absorbed and elimin-
ated by the mucous membranes, particularly of the bronchial
tubes and genito-urinary tract. It thus stimulates and dis-
infects the mucous membranes, slightly increases the secre-
tion of urine, and imparts its peculiar odor to the latter.
The drug is of considerable value in the treatment of
chronic or subacute pyelitis, cystitis and urethritis. It is
stimulating, but only slightly irritating. Buchu has been
recommended in chronic nephritis, and is useful in irritation
of the urinary bladder, with frequent micturition, combined
with spirit of nitrous ether. Buchu is occasionally pre-
scribed in the later stages of bronchitis or in the chronic
form of this disease, and is employed in its native country
as a remedy for chronic diarrhoea and dysentery.
Oxeum JunipPerI. Oil of Juniper. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Oleum fructus (Vel Baccz) juniperi, oil of
juniper berries, E.; essence de geniévre, Fr.; wachholder-
beerol, G.
A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus Com-
munis Linné (nat. ord. Conifers).
Habitat.—Canada and United States ; Rocky Mountains,
south to New Mexico.
Properties. — A colorless, or faintly greenish-yellow
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to
air; having the characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm,
512 VEGETABLE DRUGS
aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and bitterish taste. Spec.
gr. 0.850 to 0.890. Soluble in about four times its volume of.
alcohol.
Composition. —Oil of juniper is a terpene (C,.H,.); and is.
isomeric with oil of turpentine.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 iii. (4.-8.) ; D., Mii.-x. (.12-.6).
PREPARATIONS.
Spiritus Juniperi. Spirit of Juniper. (U.S. & B. P.) |
Oil of Juniper, 50; alcohol, 950, (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 2 iii. (80.-60.) ; D., 3s.-i. (2.-4.).
Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper.
Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1; oil of fennel, 1 ; alcohol, 1400;-
water to make 2000.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.).
ACTIONS AND USES.
Oil of juniper resembles oil of turpentine physiologically
as well as chemically. It is a stomachic and carminative,
particularly when combined with alcohol and other aromatic
oils (Sp’r. Juniper. Co.), but is used in medicine chiefly for its.
stimulant and diuretic action upon the kidneys and genito-
urinary tract during its elimination. Oil of juniper is cap-
able of irritating the kidneys in large doses, and causing |
congestion, strangury, and even suppression of urine. It is
less likely, however, to disturb digestion than oil of turpen-
tine, and does not so readily occasion hematuria and albu-
minuria. Oil of juniper is indicated in chronic rephritis,
pyelitis and cystitis ; also in dropsy of cardiac, renal, or hep-
atic origin. It is efficient in assisting absorption of effusions.
into serous cavities, through its diuretic properties. The
compound spirit of juniper approximates gin in composition,
although it is not the official name for that liquor. This
preparation is useful in the convalescent period of acute
bronchitis and influenza, stimulating the bronchial mucous
membrane by virtue of the volatile oil, and acting as a circu-
latory stimulant and diuretic. The oil of juniper is an
SAVINE 543
efficient renal stimulant in passive congestion of the kidneys,.
and following the active stage of acute nephritis.
Juniper berries are sometimes given to the larger
animals on their food (%i.-ii.), or are exhibited in infusion,
Class 5.—Used Mainly for its Emmenagogue Action
on the Female Generative Organs.
SaBINA. Savine.
Synonym. —Sabine cacumina, B.P.; savin tops, Biss
sabine, Fr.; sadebaumspitzen, sevenkraut, G. ; summitates.
(herba) sabine, P.G.
The flowering tops of Juniperus Sabina Linné (nat. ord.
Coniferz).
Habitat.—Canada, Northern United States, Europe and
Siberia.
Description.—Short, thin, sub-quadrangular branchletss
leaves rather dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like,
ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute, appressed, imbricated
on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or
roundish gland; odor peculiar, terebinthinate ; taste nau-
seous, resinous and bitter. The chief constituent is the
volatile oil, about 2 per cent.
Dose. —H., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (212):
PREPARATION.
Fluidextractum Sabine. Fluidextract of Savine. (iS...)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation,
so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i-ii. (80.-60.) ; D., Mv.-xv. (.3-1.).
Oxteum Sapinz. Oil ot Savine. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Essence de sabine, Fr.; sadebaumdl, G.
A volatile oil distilled from savine.
Properties.—A colorless, yellowish liquid, having a.
peculiar terebinthinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish and
544. VEGETABLE DRUGS
camphoraceous taste. It becomes darker and thicker by-age
and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.910-0.940. Soluble in
an equal volume of alcohol and glacial acetic acid. It is
composed of several terpenes.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., Mi-v. (.06-.3).
Administration.—The oil is given in capsules or pills to
small animals; in emulsion with gum, or in bland oil, to the
larger animals.
Action External.—The oil is a powerful irritant to the
skin, producing redness, vesication and even pustula-
tion.
Action Internal.—The oil resembles oil of turpentine, but
is more irritating. Full doses cause gastric stimulation,
reflex circulatory excitement, and frequent micturition.
Toxic quantities occasion gastro-enteritis with vomiting (in
dogs), purging, colic, painful micturition, and the passage of
bloody, albuminous urine. There are also unconsciousness,
stertor, rapid breathing and pulse, convulsions and collapse.
Lesions of gastro-enteritis are observable after death, except
in rare cases, when only congestion of the brain and Inngs
oecur. The oil is eliminated by the skin and bronchial
mucous membrane, but chiefly by the kidneys, with con-
sequent stimulation of the genito-urinary organs. The uterus
and ovaries are irritated and congestion of them follows with
acceleration of ovulation. The oil also excites uterine con-
tractions in the pregnant state. The drug is therefore an
emmenagogue and ecbolic.
Uses.—The Unguentum (B.P.) may be applied exter-
nally as a counter-irritant. The oil is occasionally employed
as an anthelmintic, but is inferior to other agents for this
purpose. It may be given in atonic ammenorrhoea, or in
metrorrhagia due to uterine relaxation, with benefit, but it
should be used cautiously. The oil is not to be used
as an abortifacient, since sufficient doses to cause abor-
tion will usually endanger the life of the mother or foetus,
or both.
2
—
ee ee eee
TALLIANINE 545
TaLLIANINE. (Non-official.)
Derivation —Tallianine is. said to be the result of the
action of ozone upon a terpin-bearing volatile oil, the action
being arrested at a point when the latter has absorbed a
quantity equal to four volumes of ozone. It is put on the
market in sealed glass tubes containing each 10 c.c.
Properties.—A_ clear, colorless, slightly syrupy liquid,
having a strong odor of terpene and a taste both terebin-
thinate and saline. .
Dose.—(Intravenously) H. & C., Ziis-v. (10-20 ec);
Sh. & Sw., TIL75-Ziiss. (5-10 c.c.); D., 130-75 (2-5 ee);
Cats, 1115-80 (1-2 ¢.c.).
Actions and Uses.—External.—lt has empirically given
the most favorable clinical results, according to recent
reports, in the moist and pustular forms of eczema when
applied once daily upon the skin in the pure state in con-
junction with the intravenous administration of 2 c¢.c. also
once daily, in the treatment of dogs. The skin should first
be well cleansed of dirt and sebaceous matter, with soap,
warm water and a scrubbing brush. There is no sort of
local reaction or disturbance when the drug is injected
intravenously.
Internal.—Tallianine appears to be non-toxic in any
reasonable amounts; 300 to 400 cc. produce no untoward
effects when given intravenously to horses. The most pro-
nounced action of tallianine is exerted apparently upon the
blood. In ordinary doses it produces in the horse a leuco-
cytosis amounting to two or three times the normal and
within the space of two or three hours. The effect is the
same in large and small animals, although more rapid in the
latter. This action is maintained for from five to twenty
hours. The action of the heart seems to be moderately
stimulated, and also that of the kidneys, with accompanying
diuresis. The physiological details of these latter actions.
546 VEGETABLE DRUGS
have not been worked out satisfactorily. The appetite is
also reported as being wonderfully improved under the
influence of the drug—whether directly or indirectly has
not been made clear. Tallianine is a French proprietary
preparation, and as such its chemistry and mode of manu-
facture have been withheld from the profession. Neither
has a thoroughly scientific study been made to determine
accurately its exact physiological action. The clinical re-
ports in this country and abroad have been so exceptionally
favorable that it was deemed proper to include the drug in
this work, notwithstanding our disinclination to include pro-—
prietary preparations. Whether tallianine acts by virtue of its
ozonizing properties or by stimulating the phagocytic action
of the white blood cells in combating the micro-organisms
of disease or their toxins, or whether it is purely due to
altered metabolic activity, has yet to be determined; but
clinically it has proven of great service in the following
diseases when given intravenously once (or in very severe
cases twice) daily, notably in pneumonia of all types, but
also in pleurisy, pulmonary congestion, bronchitis, influenza,
purpura hemorrhagica, heat apoplexy and _prostration,
anasarea, tetanus and diphtheria. General improvement
with corresponding betterment in the local pathological
conditions have been generally noted. Other medication
should be withheld. The types of disease benefited by
tallianine are so diverse that it is impossible to formulate a
logical theory as to its mode of action. We have only the
empirical, clinical results to base our remarks upon at
present, but these thus far give promise that we have in
tallianine a substantial addition to our pharmacopeia.
CAMPHOR 547
So-called Solid Volatile Oils or Stearoptens.
CampHora. Camphor. C,,H,,O. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Gum camphor, laurel camphor, E.; camphre,
Fr.; kampfer, G.
A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained
from Cinnamomum Camphora (Linné) Nees et Ebermaier
(nat. ord. Laurinez), and purified by sublimation.
Habitat.— China, Japan, Cochin China and Sunda
Islands.
Properties.—W hite, translucent masses, of a tough con-
sistence and a crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in
the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; having
a penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pungently aromatic
taste. Spec. gr. 0.995. Very sparingly soluble in water, but
readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul-
phide, benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils, and milk.
‘When camphor is triturated, in about molecular proportions,
with menthol, thymol, phenol, or chloral hydrate, liquefac-
tion ensues. On exposure to the air it evaporates, and when
moderately heated, it sublimes without leaving a residue.
Compesition.—“ A stearopten is a solid crystalline sub-
‘stance separated from any volatile oil on long standing or at
low temperature.” Camphor is a stearopten and is chemi-
cally an oxidation product of a terpene,—the principal con-
stituent of all volatile oils. A terpene is a hydrocarbon
containing 10 atoms of carbon, and the terpene (C,,H,,) from
which camphor is derived is isomeric with that of oil of
turpentine and many other volatile oils.
Dose.—H.., 3 1.-i1i. (4.-12.) ; C., 3 i1.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh. & Sw.,
gr.xv.- 31. (1.-4.) ; D., gr.iii.-xx. (.18-1.3).
PREPARATIONS.
Aqua Camphore. Camphor Water. (U.S. & B. P.)
Triturate camphor, 8, with alcohol, 8, and purified talc, 15; then
with water to make 1000. Filter. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Ad lib.
548 , VEGETABLE DRUGS
Spiritus Camphore. Spirit of Camphor. (U.S. & B. P.)
Dissolve camphor, 100, in alcohol, 800; filter, and add alcohol to
make 1000. (U.S.)
Dose.—H. &. C., 3i.-ii. (80.-60.); D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.).
Linimentum Camphore. Camphor Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Camphorated oil.
Camphor, 200; cottonseed oil, 800. (U.S. P.)
Ceratum Camphore. Camphor Cerate. (U.S. P.)
Camphor liniment, 100; white petrolatum, 150; white wax, 350;
lard, 400.
Tinctura Camphore Composita. (B. P.) (Paregoric.)
Contains 1 part of morphine in 2000 = gr.4 opium in 3 i. paregoric.
Dose.—D., 3 s8.-i.
Camphora Monobromata. Monobromated Camphor. C,.Hi;BrO.
USE)
Derivation.—Made by heating camphor and bromine together at a
temperature of 172°F. (77.7°C.) and solution in. benzin. C,.HisO+2
Br=C,.H,; BreO+H Br. Recrystallized from hot alcohol.
Properties.—Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild,
camphoraceous odor and taste; permanent in the air, unaffected by
light, and neutral to litmus paper. Almost insoluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, hot benzin and fixed and
volatile oils; slightly soluble in glycerin.
Dose.—D., gy.ii.-x. (.12-.6).
Action External_—Camphor resembles the volatile oils
chemically and physiologically. It is a slight antiseptic
externally, and parasiticide. The vapor of camphor kills
moths, fleas, bugs, ete. Camphor is a mild irritant, produc-
ing a rubefacient action followed by partial anesthesia. It.
is eliminated in part by the skin and occasions some diar-
phoresis.
Action Internal.— Alimentary Canal.—Camphor stimu-
lates the stomach, increasing the secretion, motion and
vascularity of the organ. In the bowels camphor is supposed
to overcome pain, spasm, and check secretion in diarrhea,
but has little effect in normal conditions and in therapeutic
doses.
Circulation —The heart is stimulated by camphor, and
the pulse is increased in force and frequency by medicinal
doses. The drug acts in part directly and in part reflexly
CAMPHOR 549
from irritation of the stomach. Poisonous quantities of
camphor depress the heart and the pulse becomes feeble and
rapid. Leucocytosis is favored by camphor.
Respiration. —Camphor, like volatile oils, stimulates the
bronchial mucous membranes in its elimination by the lungs,
and increases the blood supply and secretion of these parts.
The characteristic odor is imparted to the breath after the
ingestion of camphor. The drug is believed to relieve spasm
wad cough in bronchitis.
Nervous System.—Camphor is often dined as an anti-
spasmodic. It stimulates the nerve centres in the brain,
medulla, and spinal cord, and thus overcomes spasm due to _
nervous weakness and incodrdination. Poisonous doses
depress and paralyze the higher nervous centres.
Kidneys and Sexual Organs.—Camphor is broken up in
the body and eliminated in the breath and sweat, but mainly
in the urine, as campho-glycuric acid. The drug influences
the sexual organs, in some cases, but in most instances does
not affect them. Full medicinal doses sometimes stimulate
the sexual functions (aphrodisiac action). Very large doses
are said to depress sexual desire (anaphrodisiac action), but
these quantities may irritate the genito-urinary tract and
produce erotic excitement.
Temperature.—Camphor is a slight antipyretic.
Toxicology.—Two to four ounces of camphor given to
horses or cattle induce convulsions, with rapid pulse and
breathing, but usually recovery ensues. Two to four
drachms cause, in dogs, vomiting, unsteady movements,
asphyxia, coma and death.
Administration.—Camphor is exhibited internally in the
form of the spirit, in pill or ball; and in solution in oil or
milk.
Uses External.—Camphor is applied in powder as a,
stimulant and antiseptic on indolent sores; mixed’ with
chalk or zine oxide, as a dusting powder, in chafing or
erythema, for its anesthetic properties. It is employed in
liniments (Lin. Saponis, Lin. Camphoree), in strains, bruises,
550 VEGETABLE DRUGS
rheumatism and myalgia, as a rubefacient and local ano-
dyne. .
Uses Internal—Camphor is a valuable nerve and cir-
culatory stimulant in collapse, heart failure, and poisoning
by alcohol, opium, belladonna, etc. The Germans praise it
highly for this purpose, butit is not so frequently employed
by English-speaking practitioners. It should be given sub-
eutaneously in solution in ether (1 to 5 or 10), or in olive
oil (1 to 5 or 10), in doses of 2 to 8 grains for dogs; 15 to
30 grains for horses, hourly.
Ik
Cam PhOrd’ sc). sce scccees veces veers == gr.xv.
BAGELS eealesetelsiel letelatoleieteielleietes situhtatenelerstore 3 SS.
OL. Olives... cece seesees cocwcceceenes 3 ii.
M.
S. Inject whole, for a horse ; 15 to 80 drops for a dog.
Camphor is of benefit in exhausting acute diseases
(influenza and canine distemper), for the same reason and
because it possesses diarphoretic and antipyretic properties.
It may be combined with alcohol, spirit of nitrous ether, and
ammonia compounds, in these affections.
Respiratory disorders are improved by camphor,
since it is an expectorant, diarphoretic, stimulant and
antiseptic. It is prescribed in spasmodic cough, bronchitis
and pharyngitis. For the latter, in electuary with bella-
donna.
Camphor is a valuable drug in diarrhoea, particularly in
the serous variety and in that form following exposure to
cold. Itis not useful in inflammatory conditions, but checks.
secretion and pain. Camphor is prescribed alone in
diarrhoea, or with brandy and laudanum.
Camphor is sometimes given as an antispasmodic in
hysteria and “thumps” (spasm of diaphragm) of horses ;
and in nervous palpitation of’ the heart, and chorea (mono- ;
bromated camphor) of dogs. :
Spirit of camphor and nitrous ether are efficient in,
relieving irritation of the genito-urinary tract. |
7 THYMOL 551
Tuymot. Thymol. C,,H,,0. (U.S. & B. P.)
A phenol (or stearopten, B.P.) occurring in the volatile
oils of Thymus Vulgaris Linné, Monarda punctata Linné (nat.
ord. Labiatz), and Carum Ajowan (Roxburgh) Bentham et
Hooker (nat. ord. Umbellifere).
Habitat.—Thymus vulgaris, Southern Europe, cultivated.
Monarda punctata, United States, west to Colorado and
“Texas. Carum Ajowan, India, Egypt and Persia.
Derivation.—Thymol is made from the terpenes of the
three volatile oils mentioned above, by fractional distillation,
by saponifying the result with caustic soda to remove more
terpenes, and by cooling. The resulting soap, or soda-thymol
‘compound, is decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and
thymol is crystallized from an alcoholic solution.
Properties.—Large, colorless, translucent crystals of the
hexagonal system, having an aromatic, thyme-like odor, and
a pungent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect
upon the lips. Its specific gravity, as a solid, is 1.069, but
when liquefied by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at
50° to 51° C. (122° to 123.8° F.), remaining liquid at con-
siderably lower temperatures. When triturated with about
equal quantities of camphor, menthol, or chloral, it liquefies.
Soluble in about 1200 parts of water, and in less than
its own weight of alcohol, ether or chloroform; also readily
soluble in carbon disulphide, glacial acetic acid, and in fixed
-or volatile oils.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-ii, (2.-8.) ; D., gr.i.-xv. (.06-1.).
Action and Uses.—Thymol resembles carbolic acid chemi- |
cally and physiologically. It is less poisonous and irritant
more costly, and possesses greater antiseptic powers. It is
much less valuable, however, medicinally, on account of its
expense, and odor which strongly attracts flies.
Poisoning is not produced readily, as absorption from
the digestive tract is slow; but after considerable doses by
‘the mouth, or when injected into the blood, toxic symptoms
occur. One drachm given intravenously to a dog caused
B52 VEGETABLE DRUGS
prostration, coma and respiratory failure. Recovery ensued’
after the use of artificial respiration. Often no lesions are
discoverable after death. At other times there is hyperemia
of the lungs and kidneys caused by elimination of the drug.
The urine is colored greenish or yellowish-brown by trans-
mitted light.
Thymol is used externally for general antiseptic pur-
_ poses, for application to ulcers, and as an injection in cystitis
in aqueous saturated solution. It is employed in ointment
with vaseline (1-15) to destroy ringworm and to relieve
itching in pruritus, eczema, lichen, psoriasis, ete. It may be-
applied as follows for the same purposes :
ik
Mil was Soodood Apne doODSODbnOGOY duac gr.xv
Vil (col at0) | an aniobiad Aaoor Gbno nod saUDOCI ae 3 li. ss
GG COMI citar ore sakes leis erate eases le pe steer ZV
PRIOR Seer PREYS aay AI OTN EIR AN BIG IC Oi
M.
An efficient antiseptic mouth wash consists of borax, gr..
40; thymol, gr. 20; water, Ziv. It is indicated in stomatitis.
Thymol is of little worth for internal use. It is recommended
as an intestinal antiseptic; as a remedy for tape worm, and
as a urinary antiseptic in cystitis. It is given in diluted.
alcoholic solutions ; better in oil or capsules.
SECTION X.—VEGETABLE BITTERS.
GENTIANA. Gentian. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Gentiane radix, B.P. ; radix gentiane rubre-
(vel lute vel majoris), gentian root, E.; radix gentiane,
P.G.; racine de gentiane (de gentiane jaune), Fr.; enzianwur-
zel, bitterwurzel, rother (gelber) enzian, G.
The root of Gentiana lutea Linné (nat. ord. Gentianez)..
Habitat.—The yellow gentian is indigenous in the Alps:
and mountains of southern and central Europe.
GENTIAN 553
Description.—In nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal
slices, about 25 Mm. thick ; the upper portion closely annu-
late ; the lower portion longitudinally wrinkled ; externally
deep yellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; somewhat flexible
and tough when damp; rather brittle when dry ; fracture
uneven ; the bark rather thick, separated from the somewhat
spongy meditullium by a black cambium line; odor peculiar,
faint, more prominent when moistened; taste sweetish and
persistently bitter. |
Oonstituents.—The chief one is gentiopicrin, a bitter
erystalline glucoside, soluble in alcohol and water. There is
also gentisic acid (C,,H,,O,), combined with gentiopicrin,
sugar, gum, and a trace of volatile oil. Contains uo
tannin.
Incompatibles.—Iron in solution forms a black compound
with the coloring matter in gentian. Silver nitrate and lead
salts are incompatible with gentian.
Dose.—H.., Z ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Gentiane. Extract of Gentian. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation
*to a pilular consistence.
Dose,—About one-third that of gentian. ’
Fluidextractum Gentiane. Fluidextract of Gentian. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as gentian.
Tinctura Gentiance Composita. Compound Tincture of Gentian,
(Ue Sic BL P:)
Gentian; 100; bitter orange peel, 40; cardamon, 10; made by
maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, to 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.); D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.).
Administration.— Gentian is usually given to horses,
cattle and sheep in powder, or to the former in the form of
the compound tincture. The extract is suitable for dogs
554 VEGETABLE DRUGS
when exhibited in pills. Gentian is often employed as am
excipient in the preparation of balls.
Action.—The simple bitters, as gentian, act as stomachics..
and bitter tonics. They are stomachics in promoting gastric-
digestion by stimulation of the gustatory nerves, thus im-
proving the appetite and reflexly causing dilatation of the-
blood vessels in the stomach and increasing salivary and
gastric secretions. Furthermore, the bitters excite gastric:
and intestinal peristalsis to a slight extent. The bitters only
act as tonics by their local effect in facilitating the digestion
and assimilation, and by increasing the appetite. Externally
the bitters are mildly antiseptic ; while internally they are
- inimical to intestinal parasites.
Uses — Gentian is serviceable in simple loss of appetite.
It is especially indicated in feeble gastric digestion caused
by acute disease, overwork, insufficient and poor food, and im
that form associated with general debility and anemia. In
the latter state, characterized by a pasty tongue, anorexia,
rough coat and pallid mucous membranes, which may often
be co-existent with the presence of intestinal worms, powdered
gentian is most efficient when given to horses on the food
three times daily with dried ferrous sulphate.
Again, loss of appetite, general weakness, and feeble.
digestion occurring in horses during convalescence from
acute diseases, as influenza and pneumonia, is favorably met
hy a combination of compound tincture of gentian and
whisky (1 ounce each), or by diluted hydrochloric acid.
and the compound tincture. The drug is useful in atonie
indigestion, or mild chronic gastric or intestinal catarrh of
young animals, when conjoined with sodium bicarbonate,.
which acts as a sedative and solvent of mucus.
The simple bitters, including gentian, are contra-indi-
cated in any acute inflammation of the digestive tract, since
they are mild irritants. Gentian is a valuable bitter for
cattle and sheep, but quinine is more commonly given ta
_ dogs.
QUASSIA 555
QUASSIA. Quassia.
Synonym.—Quassix lignum, B.P.; quassia wood, bitter
wood, bitter ash, E.; quassie, bois amer, FY. ; quaissien-
holz, G.
The wood of Picrcena Excelsa (Swartz) Lindley (nat.
ord. Simarubee).
Habitat.—Jamaica and West Indies.
Description.—In billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of
medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith and narrow
medullary rays ; inodorous and intensely bitter. In the shops
it is usually met with in the form of chips or raspings of a
yellowish-white color.
Constituents.—Chiefly, quassiin (C,,H,,O,), a bitter, neutral
principle occurring in crystalline rectangular plates. There
is also a volatile oil, but no tannin.
Dose.—Quassiin, D., gr.3-} (.008-.02).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Quassie, Extract of Quassia. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by percolation with water, boiling and evaporation to pilular
consistence.
Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.18).
Fluidextractum Quassie. Fluidextract of Quassia. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of quassia.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i,-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.,
Mxv.-3i. (1. 4.).
Tinctura Quassie. Tincture of Quassia. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of quassia, 200, with alcohol
and water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Twice that of fluidextract.
Liquor Quassie Concentratus, (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as for fluidextract.
Administration —Quassia may be given to horses in the
official preparations,—preferably the fluidextract,—or in
infusion (1-80, in cold water for half an hour, B.P.). The
dose of the infusion is 3 iv. for horses, 3 ii.-iv. for dogs.
556 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Actions.— Quassia is the most active and bitter stomachic
we possess. Large doses irritate the digestive tract. The
drug is poisonous to the lower forms of animal life. One
grain will kill a frog with the production of convulsions and
respiratory and heart failure. A sweetened infusion is often
employed to destroy flies. Considerable doses of quassia
increase the secretion of bile and urine, and stimulate peris-
taltic action and contraction of the urinary bladder. It is an
antiseptic and prevents fermentation in the digestive canal.
Quassia acts generally in the same manner as gentian, by
sharpening the appetite, and increasing salivary and gastric
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the
stomach. The volatile oil assists the stomachic action.
Uses. —Quassia, like gentian, is very serviceable in pro-
moting appetite and digestion in atonic dyspepsia. It has
this advantage, however, that it may be combined with
liquid preparations of iron without incompatibility. Quassia
is the most efficient vermicide in our possession for the
destruction of Oxyuris curvula, horse; and O. vermicularis,
dog, in the lower bowel. An infusion is employed for
this purpose, made by soaking quassia chips in cold water
(3ii-Oi.) for half an hour. The rectum should be first
thoroughly washed out with soap and water, and one-half ©
pint of this infusion is given in enema to dogs; two quarts
to horses.
Cascaritua. Cascarilla. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Cascarillz cortex, B.P.; cascarille, Fr.; cas-
earilla, kascarillrinde, G.
The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (nat. ord. Euphor-
biacez).
Habitat.—Bahama Islands.
Description—In quills or curved pieces about 2 Mm.
thick, having a grayish, somewhat fissured, easily detached,
corky layer, more or less coated with a white lichen, the
uncoated surface being dull brown, and the inner surface
smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, having a resinous
CALUMRA . ; 5bT
and radially striate appearance. When burned, it emits a
strong, aromatic, somewhat musk-like odor; its taste is
warm and very bitter.
Constituents.—1, cascarillin, a neutral, bitter, crystalline
body ; 2, two resins, 15 per cent.; 3, a volatile oil, 1.5 per
cent.; 4, tannic acid ; 5, oum.
_ Incompatibles.—Metallic salts, mineral acids, and lime
water.
Dose.-—H & C., 3 s8.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.);
DD erx.-xxx. (.6-2:). .
Administration.——Cascarilla may be given in powder to
the larger animals on their food, or in infusion (1-10, B.P.),
or tincture (1-8, B.P.), 3 iv.-vi. of either for horses; 3 ss.-i. of
the tincture for dogs. The infusion does not keep.
Action and Uses.—Cascarilla is called an aromatic bitter,
since it combines the action of a volatile oil in stimulating
gastro-intestinal secretion, motion, and vascularity, with that
of the bitters in exciting the appetite, gastric and salivary
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the
stomach. The drug is suitable for the same cases as gen-
tian, but is particularly indicated in the treatment of atonic
vastro-intestinal indigestion with flatulence (on account of
its volatile oil). Minera acids precipitate the resins in
tinctures, so that the infusion may be combined to better
advantage with acids.
CatumBa. Calumba. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Calumbe radix, B.P.; columbo, E.; columbo,
Fr.; kolumbowurzel, G,.
The root of Jateorhiza palmata (Lamarck) Miers (nat.
ord. Menispermacez).
Habitat—Mozambique, East Africa. Cultivated in the
Fast Indies.
Description.—In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 Om. in
diameter, externally greenish-brown and wrinkled, internally
yellowish or grayish-yellow ; depressed in the centre, with a
few interrupted circles of projecting wood bundles, dis-
558 VEGETABLE DRUGS
tinctly radiate in the outer portion; fracture short, mealy ;
odor slight; taste mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very
bitter.
Constituents.—1, calumbin (C,,H,,O,), a neutral, bitter,
crystalline substance ; 2, an alkaloid, berberine (C,,H,,NO,),
found in berberis, hydrastis, ete. ; 3, calumbic acid (C,,H,,0,);.
4, starch, 33 per cent.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 8s.-i. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) 5:
D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Calumbe. Fluidextract of Calumba.
(Ui, (Se LES)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Same as Calumba.
Tinctura Calumbe. Tincture of Calumba. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of calumba, 200, in alcohol,
and water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., Zii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3i-iv. (4.-15.). Dose of
tincture (B. P.) half that of U.S. P. tincture.
Administration. —Calumba is given in powder on the
food, or in the official preparations to the larger animals.
The infusion (1-16, B.P.) may be used in the same doses as
that of cascarilla. The tincture, and extract (gr.il.-x., B.P.):
are the best preparations for dogs.
Actions and Uses.—Calumba is a mild but pure bitter.
Berberine, calumbin and calumbie acid are all bitter, but.
none of them possess any powerful physiological action.
Calumba is indicated in the same cases as gentian, but, being
free from tannin, may be combined with iron preparations
without producing an unsightly, inky mixture. It is less
irritating than other bitters, and may be prescribed in more
irritable conditions of the stomach. Calumba is frequently
used during convalescence from the acute diseases and
diarrhcea.
TARAXACUM 559
Taraxacum. Taraxacum. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Taraxici radix, B.P.; dandelion, E.; pissenlit,
dent de lion, Fr.; lowenzahn, G.
The root of Taraxacum officinale Weber (nat. ord. Com-
posite), gathered in autumn.
Habitat.—Naturalized in the United States and growing
commonly in waste places. Indigenous in Europe.
Description.—Slightly conical, about 30 Cm. long, and 1
or 2 Cm. thick above, crowned with several short, thickish
heads, somewhat branched, dark brown, longitudinally
wrinkled, when dry breaking with a short fracture, showing
a yellowish, porous central axis, surrounded by a thick,
white bark, containing numerous milk vessels arranged
in concentric circles; inodorous; bitter. It should be free
from the root of Cichorium Intybus Linné (nat. ord. Com-
posite), which closely resembles it, but is usually paler, and
has the milk-vessels in radiating lines.
Constituents.—1, taraxacin, a bitter, soluble, crystalline
substance ; 2, inulin; 3, taraxacerin (C,H,,O); 4, resin, causing
the milky juice.’
Dose.—H., F i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.,
31-11. (4-8.).
PREPARATIONS.
Extractum Taraxaci. Extract of Taraxacum. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by bruising and expressing the juice from the fresh roots
gathered inautumn. The juice is strained and evaporated to a pilular
consistence. ~
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3.).
Fluidextractum Taraxaci. Fluidextract of Taraxacum. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of taraxacum. ;
Dose.—Same as taraxacum.
Extractum Taraxici Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as taraxacum.
Administration.—The fresh juice squeezed from the root _
(succus, B.P.) may be given to horses; or the official pre-
parations may be used.
560 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Action and Uses.—Taraxacum is a simple stomachic and
bitter and may be employed in place of gentian or calumba.
It has been generally taught that taraxacum is an hepatic
stimutant and increases the secretion of bile. This has been
proved fallacious. The extract is often used as an excipient
in preparing masses. ee.
Hyprastis. Hydrastis. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Hydrastis rhizoma, B.P.; golden zeal, yellow
root, yellow puccoon, orange root, Indian dye, Indian
tumeric, E.; racine d’hydrastis de Canada, Fr.; Canadische
gelbwurzel, G.
The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis Linné
(nat. ord. Ranunculacesze).
Habitat.—North America in woods, west to Missouri and
Arkansas.
Descripion.—Rhizome about 4 Cm. long and 6 Mm.
thick ; oblique, with short branches, somewhat annulate
and longitudinally wrinkled; externally brownish-gray ;
fracture short, waxy, bright reddish-yellow, with a thickish
bark, about ten narrow wood-wedges, broad, medullary rays
and large pith. Roots thin, brittle, with a thick yellow bark
and subquadrangular, woody centre. Odor slight; taste
bitter.
Constituents. —1, berberine (C,,H,,NO,), an alkaloid
occurring in yellow crystals and found in many plants of
the families Berberacez, Ranunculacez, and Menispermace ;
2, hydrastine (C,,H,,NO,), a colorless, crystalline alkaloid,
soluble in alcohol and ether ; 3, canadine (C,,H,,NO,), oceur-
ring in white, acicular crystals.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 11.- 31. (8.-80.); Sh. & Sw., 31-11. (4.-8.);
D., gr.v.- 31. (.3-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluwidextractum Hydrastis. Fluidextract of Hydrastis. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and .
water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of hydrastis.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 31.-11.(4.-8.; D., My.=
3 i. (.3-4.). ;
eer) & 2040-0888
HYDRASTINE HYDROCHLORIDE 561
Extractum Hydrastis Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3i-iii. (4.-12.); D., Mv.-xv. (.3-1.).
Tinctura Hydrastis.. Tincture of Hydrastis. (U.S. & B. BP)
Made by maceration and percolation of hydrastis, 200; with diluted
alcohol, to 1000.
Dose.—H., % i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Glyceritum Hydrastis. Glycerite of Hydrastis. (QO tS) 1%)
Made by maceration and percolation of hydrastis, 1000; add water
to the percolate and evaporate. "Add water to the residue, set aside 24
hours and filter ; add enough water to the filtrate to make 500 ; then add
glycerin, 500.
Dose.—Same as fluid extract.
Hyprastin= Hyprocutormpum. Hydrastine Hydro-
chloride. C,,H,,NO,H Cl. (U.S. P.)
The hydrochloride of an artificial alkaloid derived from
hydrastine by the action of oxidizing agents.
Properties—Light, yellow, amorphous eranules, or @
pale yellow crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a bitter,
saline taste; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Soluble
in 0.3 part of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol.
Dose.—H., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.q's-§ (.005-.01).
Hyprastin. (Non-official).
The commercial name for a mixture of variable com-
position, consisting chiefly of berberine, together with
hydrastine, and a resin. A greenish-yellow powder, having
a bitter taste. Wrongly termed hydrastine.
Dose.—H., gy-xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.iii.-v. (.18-.3).
Actions.—Hydrastis and its alkaloids, berberine and
hydrastine, act as simple bitters and stomachics, in small
doses, by improving the appetite and stimulating the secre-
tion, motion and vascularity of the stomach. Hydrastis
causes contraction of the non-pregnant uterus, and may
induce abortion in pregnant animals. It also increases the
flow of bile and urine. The drug is a mild anti-periodic, but
562 VEGETABLE DRUGS
is decidedly inferior to quinine in this respect. Hydrastine
and berberine resemble each other in actions, uses and
doses, Berberine sulphate and hydrastine hydrochlorate
are to be found in the market, and are used in the same doses
as the pure alkaloids. Poisonous doses of hydrastine and
berberine are followed by convulsions and paralysis; the
former is more convulsant. Hydrastine is said primarily to
markedly increase vascular tension. It is uncertain whether
this action 1s due to vascular contraction or cardiac stimu-
Jation. In poisoning by either alkaloid there is great cardiac
and vasomotor depression.
Uses. —Hydrastis, berberine, and hydrastine are employed
in anorexia and atonic indigestion. The fluid extract of
hydrastis and hydrastine (which is, however, expensive)
are especially efficient for horses in combination with other
bitters and iron, as follows:
i
Hxtrs Capsicip Wl an, testes claieietecleele eters 3 ii.
Extr. Hydrastis Fl.
1Dpdiiey Ji oKortsy Wojoauver sy Ma Sno GudaoannKoT aa 3 ili.
M. (Furnish 3 ii. bottle) rg
Sig. Small bottleful tid. on tongue. -
or :—
ik
Ely Grastige tae )-isrereleve aeterereleleror ecccccccee Gl XXX
Pulv. Gentian
Pulv. Nucis Vomicz
Herr) Sulphies Bixsicesee cee sires cioeieiete 4a 3 ii.
M. et div. in ch’t, no. xii. : .
Sig. One powder on food tid. |
eo
- Hydrastis is exhibited empirically (probably as a local |
stimulant and antiseptic) in atonic and inflammatory condi-
tions of the digestive organs, with great benefit, as in chronic
gastro-intestinal catarrh or catarrhal jaundice. Hydrastis is
used most frequently in human medicine to stop uterine
hemorrhage of all descriptions, and is often conjoined with
the fluid extract of ergot for this purpose. Hydrastinine
hydrochlorate has been employed with great success as
CALAMUS an 563
2 hemostatic in metrorrhagia. Hydrastine is given to
horses as a bitter tonic in doses of gr.iii-v.; and to
dogs in quantities of gr.j-3. Externally, the fluid extract
of hydrastis (1-8 to 1-2), or hydrastine (gr.v.- Z i), in aqueous
solution, are most serviceable as local stimulants in the
treatment of the subacute stages in inflammatory diseases of
mucous membranes, and in relaxed or atonic conditions of
these tissues. The solutions are applied as injections, or
lotions, in leucorrhcea, endometritis, balanitis, otorrhcea,
stomatitis, etc., and upon indolent ulcers.
Catamus. Calamus. (U. Sek.)
Synonym.—Sweet flag, radix acori, E.; rhizoma calami,
P.G.; acore vrai, acore odorant, Fr.; kalmuswurzel, G.
The rhizome of Acorus Calamus Linné (nat. ord.
Aroidez.)
Description.—In sections of various lengths, unpeeled,
about 2 Cm. broad, subcylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled ;
on the upper surface marked with leaf scars forming triangles,
and on the lower surface with the circular scars of the root-
lets in wavy lines; externally reddish-brown, somewhat
annulate from remnants of leaf-sheaths; internally whitish,
of a spongy texture, breaking with a short, corky fracture,
showing numerous oil cells and scattered wood-bundles ; the
latter crowded within the subcircular endoderm. It has an
aromatic odor, and a strongly bitter taste.
Constituents.—1, acorin (C,,H,.O,), a liquid, yellow gluco-
side having a bitter taste ; 2, a volatile oil, 1-2 per cent.; 3,
calamine ; 4, choline.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 1.-1i. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.);
D., gr.xv.-3 1. (1.-4.).
PREPARATION,
Fluidextractum Calami. Fluidextract of Calamus. (U.S. BP)
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Uc. =
1 Gm. of the crude drug.
564 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Dose.—H. & C., %i--ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-iii. (4-12.); D.,
Mxv.-3i. (1.-4.).
The powdered root may be given on the food to the larger animals;
the fluid extract, or an infusion (1-16), may be exhibited to any patients.
Action and Uses.—Calamus is a mild aromatic bitter, and
is therefore useful in anorexia and indigestion associated
with mild forms of flatulence. The powdered root is em-
ployed as an excipient in powders, balls and electuaries. It
is innocuous, aud the dose is therefore unimportant.
SECTION XI.—VEGETABLE CATHARTICS.
Class 1.—Simple Purgatives.
Anon, “CWS: 2.)
The inspissated juice of the leaves of several varieties
of aloes, including the Barbadoes and Socotrine.
ALOE BarBapDENsis. Barbadoes Aloes. (B. P.)
Synonym.—Curacoa aloes, E.; aloés des Barbades, Fr.;
Barbados-aloe, G.
The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Linné)
Webb (nat. ord. Liliacez).
Habitat.—The island of Barbadoes.
Properties.—In hard masses, orange-brown, opaque,
translucent on the edges ; fracture waxy or resinous, some-
what conchoidal; odor saffron-like; taste strongly bitter.
Almost entirely soluble in alcohol.
Atoz Socorrina. Socotrine Aloes. (B. P.)
Synonym.—Aloe succotrina, aloés sucotrin, s. socotrin,.
Fr.; socotora s. socotrinische aloe, G.
The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi Baker
(nat. ord. Liliacez).
Habitat.—Eastern Africa.
Properties.—In hard masses, occasionally soft in the
interior; opaque, yellowish-brown, orange-brown, or dark
ruby-red, not greenish, translucent on the edges; fracture
resinous, somewhat conchoidal. When breathed upon, it.
CAPE ALOES 565
emits a fragrant saffron-like odor; taste peculiar, strongly
bitter. Almost entirely soluble in alcohol and in 4 parts of
- boiling water. The aqueous solution becomes turbid on
cooling and yields a deposit.
The color of socotrine aloes is lighter, and it is less
opaque than Barbadoes aloes. The powdered socotrine aloes
is brighter and redder, and the odor less disagreeable than
that of Barbadoes aloes.
ALOE CapENsis. Cape Aloes. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Aloés der Cap, Fr.
Habitat.—Africa.
Properties.—Occurs in dark-brown or olive-green resin-
ous masses; fracture conchoidal; odor strong, sour and
disagreeable. Yields a gamoge-yellow powder. Solubility
same as socotrine aloes. Product of several varieties of aloes
obtained from Cape Town and Natal.
Dose of Aloes.—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.) ;
Sh., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sw., 3i-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.xx.- 31.
(1.3-4.).
Constituents.—1, aloin; 2, a resin; 3, a volatile oil; 4,a
trace of gallic acid.
Atotnum. Aloin. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Aloine, Fr.
A neutral principle obtained from several varieties of
aloes, chiefly Barbadoes aloes (yielding Barbaloin), and
Socotra or Zanzibar aloes (yielding Socaloin), differing more
or less in chemical composition and physical properties
according to the source from which it is derived.
Derivation.—Obtained by pulverizing and macerating
Barbadoes aloes in cold water, and evaporating the resulting
solution in vacuo. Aloin crystallizes out and is dried
between folds of bibulous paper. It is purified by repeated
' solution in hot water, filtration, recrystallization, and finally
566 VEGETABLE DRUGS
by solution in hot alcohol and crystallization. Nataloin is
derived from Cape aloes.
Properties.—Minute, acicular crystals, or a micro-crys-
talline powder, varying in color from yellow to yellowish-
brown; odorless, or possessing a slight odor of aloes; of a
characteristic bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Bar-
baloin and socaloin are soluble in about 60 parts of cold
water. Barbaloin is soluble in 20 parts of alcohol. Socaloin
in 30 parts of absolute alcohol.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.ii-xx. (.12-1.), in
* combination with other purgatives.
PREPARATIONS OF ALOES.
The official preparations are numerous, but are not applicable to
veterinary practice.
Tinctura Aloés et Myrrhe. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh.
(U.S. 2.)
Synonym,.— Elixis pro,” elixir proprietas Paracelsi, E.
Made by maceration and percolation of purified aloes, 100; myrrh,
100; and liquorice root, 100; with alcohol and water to make 1000.
Action External.—Aloes is a slight stimulant to raw sur-
faces. It is absorbed from the denuded skin and thus may
occasion purging.
Action Internal.— Alimentary Canal.—Aloes is first of all
a purgative. In addition to this it is a bitter, and therefore
small doses excite salivary and gastric secretion, together
with the movements and vascularity of the stomach, and
appetite. Experiments on dogs show that large doses of
aloes increase the secretion of bile by stimulation of the
liver. Aloes is absorbed from the digestive tract and is
eliminated by the bowels, kidneys and mammary glands. It
may be excreted in sufficient quantity in the milk to create
looseness of the bowels in nursing animals.
Aloes stimulates peristalsis of the large intestines, but
does not notably increase the secretions in the bowels.
Moreover, its action is very slow (12-24 hours). This prob-
ably happens because the drug does not act till it reaches
a te i a
ALOIN 567
the large intestines, locally, or through elimination. Aloes
‘is preéminently the best purgative for horses, but does not
operate so well on the other domestic animals. Epsom salts,
-glauber salts or linseed oil are preferable for cattle ; linseed
-oil or ecarron oil for foals and calves; and castor oil or
calomel for dogs. A full dose of aloes often creates some
general disturbances in horses, including nausea, slight colic, -
diuresis, elevation of temperature (1°-2° F.) and pulse, with
purging lasting from 2 or 3 to 24 hours. Aloes also possesses
anthelmintic properties because of its bitter qualities and
-purgative action. Socotrine aloes is the basis of the official
preparations, but Barbadoes aloes finds most favor in veter-
jnary medicine, and is probably the stronger of the two.
‘Cape aloes is a little inferior to the other varieties and is
more apt to produce diuresis. Aloes and aloin lead to
-eatharsis, whether injected under the skin, into the blood, or
_applied on raw surfaces. . Administration by the mouth is
- more effective. Aloin appears to contain the active princi-
ples of aloes, and is usually as operative, but some manufac-
tures are ineffective.
Kidneys and Sexual Organs.—Aloes causes reflex, or
sympathetic irritation of the female pelvic organs in its
-operation on the lower bowel; is an emmenagogue, and may |
prove abortifacient. The drug sometimes excites diuresis.
Administration.—Aloes is given to horses in semi-solu-
tion after being rubbed up with hot (115°-120° TF.) water ; or
in ball. The patient should, if possible, be previously pre-
pared by a diet of bran mashes and salt only, for 2 or 3
feedings before exhibition of the purge. The aloes ball in
use for many years in the Harvard Veterinary Hospital is
made by melting and mixing Barbadoes aloes (1 1b.) with
glycerin and molasses (each 3 ii.), and powdered ginger root
(%i.), on a water bath. When the mass, is properly mixed
it is removed from the fire and alcohol (3 v.) is added. The
‘mass is poured on a layer of flaxseed meal to cool, and then
is weighed into portions of 3105 each. These are rolled |
into balls, covered with tissue paper, and preserved in tight |
be
52S VEGETABLE DRUGS
tin or glass vessels. Horses should not be worked after
receiving aloes balls, but should be given a little walking
exercise 12 hours after the administration of the dose.
Colic and superpurgation may follow if the dose is repeated
within 48 hours, or if large quantities of cold water are
allowed during the action of the cathartic. If aloes does not
operate satisfactorily, it is safer to give linseed oil by. the
mouth and rectal injections, than to administer a second
dose of aloes.
Uses External.—The tincture of aloes and myrrh is.
sometimes applied as a stimulant to wounds, and powdered
aloes is mixed with plaster of Paris in making splints for
dogs, to prevent these animals from biting and tearing them
off.
Uses Internal.—Aloes is employed in the treatment of the
horse, whenever an active purge is desirable, with the fol-
lowing exceptions: It must not be used in acute diseases of
the respiratory tract lest metastasis occur, and the inflam-
mation attack the bowels. Neither in acute inflammation of
the alimentary canal nor of the kidneys is it desirable; nor-
in intestinal obstruction or impaction of the colon. In the
first two named conditions, aloes is too irritating to the
organs implicated ; in the two last, the drug may aggravate
the trouble by the production of impotent peristaltic move-
ments. Pregnancy contra-indicates the use of aloes, lest
abortion ensue. The therapeutic scope of aloes being large,
it is impossible to enumerate all the diseases in which it is.
useful. Perhaps this cathartic is more commonly service-
able in indigestion and spasmodic or flatulent colic.
In acute inflammatory diseases of the brain and cord
aloes is often combined with calomel (73 1.) in ball to enhance
the effect. The administration of an aloes ball is followed
by that of small doses of Epsom salts (3 iv.) in the drinking
water in the treatment of hamoglobinzemia of horses, or in
conditions when we wish to assist the depleting action of
aloes. Turpentine is followed by aloes, or aloes is given
prior to a course of iron sulphate and gentian, for the
ee EEE
LINSEED OIL 569
destruction of round-worms in horses. A laxative ball may:
be composed of aloes (3 ii-iv.), ginger and powdered nux
vomica (each 3 il.), mixed with glycerin or molasses.
It is often taught that aloes is contraindicated in hemor-
rhoids, but this teaching does not obtain unless the piles’
sare inflamed. In piles, associated with an atonic condition,
aloes may be beneficial by improving the tone of the bowels.
Aloes may be useful in jaundice due to constipation, but in
general it is inferior to salines, calomel and podophyllin in
the treatment of this disorder. According to Brunton, the
presence of bile in the intestines is essential for the chola-
-gogue action of aloes. Therefore the absence of bile in the
bowels would forbid the use of aloes as a cholagogue.
Laxative doses of aloes are valuable in amenorrhea,
about the time that ‘“‘ heat’? should occur, in combination
with iron.
Oteum Lint. Linseed Oil. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Oil of flaxseed, E.; huile de lin, Fr.; leindl,
leinsamenol, G. .
A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of
heat.
Properties.—A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, having a
slight, peculiar odor and bland taste. When exposed to the
-air it gradually thickens and acquires a strong odor and taste ;
-and if spread in a thin layer on a glass plate and allowed to
-stand in a warm place, it is gradually converted into a hard,
transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils).
Spee. gr. 0.930 to 0.940 at 59° I’. Soluble in about 10
parts of absolute alcohol, and in all proportions in ether,
chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or oil of turpentine.
Constituents.—1, linolein; 2, myristin; 3, palmitin; 4,
albumin, which gives the oil its drying qualities.
Dose.—H., Oss.-i. (250.-500 ). Mild laxative, on bran —
mash. C., Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 vi-xii. (180.-360.)5 |
D. & C., Zss.-ii. (15.-60.).
570 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Action and Uses.—Linseed oil exerts a laxative, or mild
'purgative effect by its mechanical action in lubricating the
bowels and their contents. It is suitable for horses when a.
| derivative or depleting action is not desirable, as in fecal.
I : : : j
“impaction or overloaded bowels in weak animals, and in
those suffering from inflammatory diseases of the respiratory~
tract or digestive organs ; diarrhoea, dysentery, and in preg-
nancy. Aloes, on the other hand, would be contraindicated.
in these conditions. . Carron oil (linseed oil and lime water,
equal parts), is particularly appropriate as a remedy for-
“heaves” in horses ( 2 ii.-iv.), and is one of the best cathar—
ties for foals, lambs and calves (2 ii-iv.). The laxative and
antacid properties of this preparation tend to combat intes—
tinal fermentation which is so common in young animals with
digestive disorders and diarrhoea. The same qualities of.
earron oil prevent flatulence and interference with the
already impeded breathing in “ heaves”’ of horses.
Linseed oil is frequently given to ruminants, although
Epsom salts is generally the best purge for them. It is.
indicated for these animals when a milder operation than
that obtained by a full dose of salts is required, and for its
demulcent action in irritable states of the digestive organs.
By combining linseed oil with croton oil we procure a potent
purge for cattle. Castor oil or sweet oil are usually prefer-
able to linseed oil in the treatment of dogs. Soap suds.
enemata are made more effective by the addition of 1 or 2
pints of linseed oil (for horses), and 1 or 2 ounces (for dogs).
The oil may be given in its pure state, but more uncom-
monly is prescribed with gruel, glycerin, mucilage, or
molasses. One ounce each of linseed oil and molasses may
be given to the Jarger animals; or one drachm of either to.
the smaller animals, as an expectorant in bronchitis. The
wixture is often a most serviceable one and probably acts by
improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane.
Linseed oil and sweet oil resemble cod liver oil in this,
respect, and while both are probably inferior to the latter,
as expectorants, they are more palatable and cheaper.
CASTOR OIL 571
Otevum Ricint. Castor Oil. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Oleum palme christi, huile de ricin, Fr.;
ricinusol, G. |
A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus communis
Linné (nat. ord. Euphorbiacez).
_ Habitat.—India. Cultivated in many countries.
Properties—A. pale, yellowish and almost odorless,
transparent, viscid fluid, having a bland, afterwards slightly
acrid, and generally offensive taste. Spec. gr. 0.950-0.970 at
59° F. Soluble in equal volumes of alcohol, and in all pro-
portions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid ; also
soluble in three times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes
of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about
5 per cent. of most other fixed oils).
Constituents.—1, ricinolein, or ricinoleic acid glyceride,
C,H, (C,,H,,O0,);; 2, an acrid principle; 3, palmitin, stearin
and myristin.
Dose.—H. & C., Oi. (500.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ;
D. & Cats, 31.-i1. (30.-60.) ; poultry, 31. (4.).
Castor Oil Seeds.—These are not official. The name
Ricinus is apphed to the plant because of the resemblance
of the seed to a ricinus, or tick. The seeds are of a shiny,
gray color, marked with brownish spots and streaks. They
are about the size of small beans (17 Mm. « 8 Mm.), ovoid,
flattened, and white inside. They contain 50 per cent. of
oil, and an acrid, poisonous substance. Three seeds have
caused death in man, and they are ten times more purgative
than the oil.
Action and Uses.—Castor oil probably contains some
unknown purgative principle which exists in larger amount
in the seeds. It is often taught that ricinoleic acid, derived
from the decomposition of ricinolein in the bowels, produces
purgation. This is apparently not the case. Castor oil is
mild, but has a more decided purgative action than linseed
oil and often occasions griping. It acts in 4 or 5 hours and
will purge when absorbed from the skin or rectum. Castor
572 VEGETABLE DRUGS |
oil is a galactagogue and is said to stimulate the secretion of |
milk when the castor leaves are applied to the mammary |
glands. Castor oil is specially applicable in canine practice, |
to unload the bowels, and in irritated conditions of the >
digestive tract. It is useful in constipation only as an
occasional remedy, since it is followed by greater tendency
in this direction; also in overloaded bowels, indigestion,
diarrhoea, and pregnancy ; after the ingestion of foreign or
putrid matters; and to assist the action of anthelmintics.
Castor oil is inferior to linseed oil for horses, as a simple
laxative, because it is more prone to cause colicky pains, and
because it is more expensive. Castor oil is thought to be
notably useful in irritation and inflammation of the intestines
in these animals, however, as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and
enteritis; and can be combined with anodynes and anti-
spasmodics to prevent griping. Two or three ounces of castor
oil are suitable for calves or foals with gastro-intestinal
disorders. One or two teaspoonfuls are suitable for poultry.
Administration.—Castor oil is given to dogs with syrupus
rhamni cathartici in the proportion of 1 ounce of the former
to 1 drachm of the latter ; or with glycerin (equal parts) and
a few drops of oil of wintergreen. It is administered to
puppies (3 1.-il.) with an equal volume of sweet oil. Castor
oil may be exhibited to horses with oil of peppermint
(Nxx.); or in digestive irritation, in warm cooked flour
eruel with laudanum (3 ss.) and fluid extract belladonna
(31.); to foals and calves with mucilage or gruel and 5
drops of oil of peppermint.
Ruamnus Pursniana. (U.S. P.) Cascara Sagrada. (B. P.)
Synonym.—California buckthorn, sacred bark, chittem
bark.
The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana de Candolle (nat. ord.
Rhamnacez).
Hlabitat.—United States from northern Idaho west to
Pacific Ocean.
FRANGULA 573
Description —In quills or curved pieces about 3 to 10
Cm. long and about 2 Mm. thick; outer surface brownish-
gray and whitish; the young bark having numerous rather
broad, pale-colored warts; inner surface yellowish to light
brownish, becoming dark brown by age; smooth or finely
striate ; fracture short, yellowish ; in the inner layer of thick
bark somewhat fibrous; inodorous; taste bitter.
Constituents.—1, three resins; 2, a neutral body; 3, a
volatile oil; 4, malic and tannic acids.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Rhamni Purshiane. Fluidextract of Rhamnus
Purshiana
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
‘evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., MWv.-xxx. ( 3-2.).
Finidextractum Rhamni Purshiane Aromaticum. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—Mv.-xxx.
Extractum Cascare Sagrade Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., MWv.-xxx. (.3-2.).
Extractum Cascare Sugrade. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., gyr.ii.-viii. ( 12-.5).
Syrupus Cascare Sagrade Aromaticus. (B. P.)
Dose.—D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Franeuta. Frangula. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Rhamni frangule cortex, B.P.; buckthorn,
alder buckthorn, black alder, E.; bourdaine, bourgéne, Fr.;
faulbaumrinde, G.; cortex frangule, P.G.
The bark of Rhamnus Frangula Linné (nat. ord. Rham-
nex), collected at least one year before being used,
Habitat.—Europe and northern Asia.
Description.—Quilled, about 1 Mm. thick; outer surface
grayish-brown, or blackish-brown, with numerous small,
whitish, transversely-elongated lenticles ; inner surface
smooth, pale brownish-yellow; fracture in the outer layer
short, of a purplish tint; in the inner layer fibrous and pale
yellow ; when masticated, coloring the saliva yellow; nearly
inodorous ; taste sweetish and bitter.
574 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Constituents.—1, a glucoside, frangulin (C,,H,,O,,), con-
verted in time into (2) emodin (C,,H,,0,), a glucoside), to
which the drug owes its purgative action. Frangulin yields
emodin, a constituent of rhubarb as well, and rhamnose
(C,H,,0,), by hydrolysis.
Dose.—D., 2 ss.-1. (2.-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Frangule. Fluidextract of Frangula.
Made by. maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. of the preparation = 1 gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—D., 3 s8.-i. (2.-4.).
Raamnus Caruarticus. (Non-official.)
The berries of R. catharticus, from which an acrid,
nauseous, bitter juice is obtained. A syrup—syrupus rhamni
cathartici—is prepared from the juice (B.P.) with sugar,
ginger and pimento.
Dose of Syrup.—D.., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.).
Action and Uses —The buckthorns are Jaxatives in the
doses employed in medicine. The fresh bark of R. frangula.
produces violent gastro-enteritis (frangulin), and therefore
must be kept a year before using. The same remark applies
with less force to R. Purshiana. Cascara sagrada is prob-
ably the best mild purgative remedy for dogs with chronic.
constipation, and the dose does not require to be increased
on repetition. In fact, the tone of the bowels is improved by
the drug. It is‘ more reliable and active than frangula.
Cascara may cause some griping. It is very bitter and
therefore may promote gastric digestion and appetite. The
aromatic fluid extract (now official) is a most serviceable
preparation in preventing colic and in disguising the taste. |
The average dose for the dog is 7I|xx.-xxx. each night, or
Nv.-x. thrice daily. The syrup of buckthorn is commonly
prescribed to dogs with castor oil, of each one ounce; or
one drachm of the former with an ounce of the latter, for an
occasional purgative.
RHUBARB 575:
Rueum. Rhubarb. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Rhei radix, B.P.; rhubarbe, Fr.; rhubar-
ber, G.
The root of Rheum officinale Baillon (nat. ord. Poly-
gonacez),
Description.—In cylindrical, conical or flattish segments,
deprived of the dark brown, corky layer, smoothish or some-
what wrinkled ; externally covered with a bright yellowish-
brown powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, con-
taining a white, rather spongy tissue and a number of short,
reddish-brown or brownish-yellow striz; compact, hard ;
fracture uneven; internally white, with numerous red,
irregularly-curved and interrupted medullary rays, which are
radially parallel only near the cambium line; odor some-
what peculiar, aromatic; taste bitter, somewhat astringent.
When chewed, rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and
imparts a yellow color to the saliva.
Constituents.—1, a glucoside, chrysarobin (C,,H,,O,,),
which yields 2-3 per cent. of chrysophanie acid (C,,H,,O,),
also called rhein or chrysophan; 2, rheotannic acid (C,,H,,O,),
which gives astringency to rhubarb; 3, calcium oxalate (35
per cent.), causing grittiness ; 4, resinous bodies: phzoretin,
emodin, aporetin and erythroretin. Chrysophanic acid and
the resins are somewhat purgative, but the exact purgative
principle has yet to be discovered.
Dose.—Stomachic—H. & C., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh., 31. (4);
D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Mild Purgative—Foals and Calves, 31.-11. (4.-8.); D.,
31-11. (4.-8.).
_ PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Rhei. Fluidextract of Rhubarb.
(U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. =1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as that of rhubarb.
576 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Pulvis Rhei Compositus. Compound Powder of Rhubarb.
(U..S5:P:)
Synonym. —Gregory’s powder. Rhubarb, 25; magnesia, 65;
ginger, 10.
Dose.—Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.).
Extractum Rhei, Extract of Rhubarb. (U.S. & B. P.)
Dose.—D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
There are many other official preparations, but they possess no
value in veterinary medicine.
Action Internal.—Alimentary Canal.—Rhubarb is a bitter,
and therefore in small doses improves digestion in all
animals by increasing the flow of salivary and gastric juices,
and by stimulating the appetite, vascularity, and movements
of the stomach. It is called a stomachic and bitter tonic.
Larger doses cause mild purgation in the case of dogs and
cats, but horses and cattle are but slightly affected in this
way. Rhubarb augments the secretion of bile. It is com-
monly described as an agent which stimulates peristaltic
action, but it is not certainly known how purging is brought
about. Secondary constipation is more apt to follow the
use of rhubarb than other drugs, because of rheotannic acid.
This substance may be absorbed and eliminated into the
bowels after the occurrence of purgation. Rhubarb, by
virtue of chrysophanic acid, stains the feces, urine, milk and
sweat yellow in its excretion.
Uses.—RKhubarb is an efficient laxative remedy for the
treatment of indigestion in young animals associated with
diarrhoea. In this condition it sweeps out the source of irrita-
tion and then exerts an astringent effect. The drug often
acts most favorably with an antacid in the disorders noted.
Gregory’s powder is useful in the care of foals, calves and
lambs with diarrhoea. The fluid extract may be given to
dogs, but rhubarb is not so generally useful a purgative for
these animals as castor oil, calomel, or ,cascara sagrada.
Rhubarb has been recommended when a laxative is desirable,
in cases of hemorrhoids, to improve local tone, and also as
a purgative in diarrhoea of young animals due to worms.
CHRYSAROBIN BE
One or two drops of the tincture of rhubarb in the
drinking water form a serviceable laxative for small birds.
CHRYSAROBINUM. Chrysarobin. CUS. BP.)
Synonym.—Goa powder, araroba powder.
A neutral: principle, in its commercial, more or less.
impure form, extracted from Goa Powder, a substance found
deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba Aguiar (nat. ord.
Leguminose).
Habitat.— Brazil.
Properties. — A pale orange-yellow, microcrystalline
powder, odorless and tasteless ; turning brownish-yellow on
exposure to the air. Very slightly soluble in cold water or
alcohol. Solnble in solutions of alkalies.
Constituents. — Chiefly chrysarobin (C,,H,,O,,,) — also.
called rhein and chrysophan,—an orange-yellow, crystalline
glucoside, somewhat soluble in alcohol and ether; freely
soluble in chloroform and benzol. It is oxidized into chry-
sophanic acid (C,,H,,O,), and glucose.
PREPARATION.
Unguentum Chrysarobini. Chrysarobin Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Chrysarobin, 6; benzoinated lard, 95. (U.S.)
Action and Uses.—Chrysarobin is a powerful irritant to
the skin and destroys parasites. It stains the skin and other
materials dark brown. This may be removed, unless fixed
by an alkali, with a weak solution of chlorinated lime or
caustic soda, Chrysarobin is also a strong irritant in the
gastro-intestinal tract, causing vomiting and purging in
earnivora. It is eliminated by the kidneys, coloring the
urine yellow.
Chrysarobin is used as a parasiticide in the treatment of
ringworm, and as a stimulant to the skin in chronic cutaneous
‘lisorders, as eczema (with much itching and scaling), pity-
riasis, and particularly psoriasis. ‘The official 5 per cent.
ointment should be diluted 2 or 3 times for delicate skins.
578 © VEGETABLE DRUGS
It should be applied over a large area with care, but is one
of the most efficient remedies in obstinate diseases of the
skin.
SENNA. Senna.
Synonym.—Senna Alexandrina, senna Indica, B.P.; senna
leaves, folia sennex, E.; feuilles de séné, Fr.; sennesblatter, G.
The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia Delile (Alexandria
Senna), and of Cassia augustifolia Vahl (India Senna); (nat.
ord. Leguminose).
Description.—Alexandria Senna.—It consists of leaflets
about 25 Mm. long and 10 Mm. broad, lanceolate or lance-
oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather pointed, unequally oblique
at the base, entire, grayish-green, somewhat pubescent, of a
peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter taste.
Impurities.—Argel leaves (Solenostemma Argel Hayne,
nat. ord. Asclepiadie), are frequently present. They are
thicker, one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous, and even at the base.
India Senna.—lt consists of leaflets 3 to 5 Cm. long, and
10 to 15 Mm. broad; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique at
the base; entire, thin, yellowish-green, nearly smooth ; odor
peculiar, somewhat tea-like ; taste mucilaginous, bitter and
nauseous. It should be free from stalks, discolored leaves
and other admixtures.
Habitat.— Alexandria Senna — Upper Egypt, Nubia, and
Central Africa.
Indian Senna, or Tinnivelly Senna—Eastern Africa to
India.
Constituents.—1, the purgative prcperties are chiefly due
to magnesium and calcium cathartates; salts of cathartic
acid (C,,,H,,N,SO,,), a black, amorphous glucoside ; 2, two
elucosides, sennacrol and sennapicrin, insoluble in water ; 3,
chrysophanic acid; 4, cathartomannit (C,,H,,O,,), an unfer-
mentable sugar.
Dose.—H. & C., Ziv.-v. (120.-150.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii.
.(380.-60.); D. & C., 3i-iv. (4.-15.). othe
_——e
v—-_
SENNA 579
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Senne. Fluidextract of Senna. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. =1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as senna.
Pulvis Glycyrrhize Compositus. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Compound liquorice powder.
Senna, 180 ; glycyrrhiza, 236 ; washed sulphur, 80; oil of fennel, 4;
sugar, 500.
Dose.—D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Syrupus Senne. (U.S. & B. P.)
Dose.—D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.).
Action Internal.Senna stimulates and increases the
vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, and causes
increased peristalsis of the large intestines, particularly of
the colon. It produces copious pale-yellow and watery
evacuations. The drug has a nauseous taste and purging is
accompanied by some griping and flatulence. Senna acts
more satisfactorily when combined with other purgative
agents. It is absorbed and will occasion catharsis in suck-
lings after administration to their mothers, and after intra-
venous injection. The urine may be colored red or yellow
by its elimination. It is extremely doubtful if senna exerts
any influence on biliary secretion.
Uses.—Senna is but rarely employed in veterinary medi-
cine. It may be used where a simple, vigorous cathartic is
indicated in constipation, or in cases of slight feecal accumu-
lation.
The drug acts more effectively when given in-conjunc-
tion with salts. The fluid extract, or an infusion made by
pouring boiling water over the leaves and allowing them to
macerate until the water becomes cold, are added to solu-
tions of magnesium sulphate. This combination is more
suitable for cattle or sheep. The syrup or compound
liquorice powder may be given to dogs as simple purgatives
in occasional or habitual constipation.
580 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Class 2.—Drastic Purgatives.
Oxreum Tietu. Croton Oil. (U.S. Pp.)
Synonym.—Oleum crotonis, B.P.; huile de croton, huile
de graines de tilly, Fr.; crotondl, G.
A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Croton Tiglium
Linné (nat. ord. Euphorbiacez).
Habitat.—India, Indian Archipelago, and Philippine
Islands. Also cultivated.
Properties.—A pale yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat
viscid, and somewhat fluorescent liquid, having a slight fatty
odor, and a mild, oily, afterwards burning and acrid taste
(great caution is necessary in tasting). Spec. gr. 0.940 to
0.960 at 59° F. When fresh it is soluble in about 60 parts
of alcohol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freely
soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in fixed
and volatile oils.
Constituents. —1, crotonol (C,,H.,,O,), a non-purgative
body causing irritation of the skin; 2, tiglinic acid (C,H,O,),
and many volatile acids existing as glycerides and account-
ing for the odor of croton oil; 3, free and combined fatty
acids. The purgative principle is undiscovered.
Dose.—H., I) xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C., 3 ss.-1. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw.,
Tv.-x. (.3-.6); D., Tiss.-iil. (.03-.18).
Croton seeds resemble castor seeds in size, but are not
mottled or shiny. They are 13 Mm. long by 8 Mm. wide;
oval in shape’; white within, and possessing a mild, mucila-
ginous taste at first, but soon becoming hot and sharp. They
contain from 50 to 60 per cent. of croton oil.
Action External.—Croton oil is a most powerful irritant,
causing pain, redness and swelling of the skin, soon followed
by vesicles and pustules. Permanent destruction of the hair
follicles succeeds with loss of hair and cicatrices. When
applied:to the skin, injected into the blood or under the skin,
it is eliminated to some extent by the bowels, producing
CROTON OIL 581
purging; and sometimes by the kidneys, creating diuresis,
irritation of these organs and strangury.
Action Internal.—Croton oil is also an intense internal
irritant. It increases the vascularity of the stomach and
bowels and in large doses creates gastro-enteritis. Medicinal
doses notably augment the intestinal secretions—but not
that of bile—and to a degree peristalsis. The drug may
act in half an hour, but usually within a few hours, and pur-
gation is attended with colicky pain and griping. The
movements are very fluid and sometimes contain blood.
Croton oil is therefore a drastic hydragogue cathartic. The
purgative action is probably due in part to direct irritation
of the intestinal mucous membrane; in part to absorption.
and elimination of the oil by the bowels.
Toxicology.—Ten drops of croton oil will kill a dog
unless vomiting occurs. ‘Thirty drops prove fatal to
a horse, intravenously. The treatment of poisoning in-
cludes the use of emetics or stomach tube, demulcents and
opium.
Administration.—Croton oil may be placed on the tongue
of an unconscious animal, in a small quantity of linseed oil,
olive oil, or lard. The oil can also be given in enema with a
pint of linseed oil. It may be exhibited to dogs in pill,
castor oil, or rubbed up with a little butter and smeared
on the back of the tongue. Croton oil (in a pint of linseed
oil) is valuable in assisting the action of salts in obstinate
constipation of cattle. It may be administered to horses
(Mx.), when a powerful derivative and purgative action is
indicated, as in acute inflammation of the brain and cord,
with calomel and aloes in ball.
Uses External.—Croton oil is ordinarily superseded by
milder counter-irritants, as turpentine, mustard, or stimulat-
ing liniments; but it may be employed so as to secure any
degree of irritation according to its strength. It is occasion~
ally used for horses in acute diseases of the brain, applied
around the poll and on the back of the neck; 1 part.
(20-301), with 30 parts each of oil of turpentine and lin-
582 VEGETABLE DRUGS
seed oil; in acute disorders of the chest (10-1511| on either
side) and abdomen (4071), similarly diluted.
Absorption, purging and revulsant action may be
secured by the external application of croton oil. Croton
oil is more often employed in cattle (1-6 or 10, with cod liver
oil) for its counter-irritant effect when rubbed into the skin,
as in laryngitis, glandular enlargement, and rheumatic joints.
It is less likely to cause severe inflammation and blemishing
than in horses. For swine, croton oil is diluted with 2
volumes of linseed or cod liver oil.
Uses Internal.—Croton oil is more suitable as a drastic
cathartic for cattle, than for horses. It is prescribed in
obstinate constipation (not of organic origin) when other
remedies fail. Also in unconscious conditions where its
small bulk will allow of its exhibition. Again, for its deriva-
tive and rapid effect in cerebral congestion, parturient
apoplexy, ete. Croton oil may be given to dogs and pigs in
similar conditions. The oil is too irritant for horses to
justify its use save in exceptional cases.
Scammonium. Scammony. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Scammonée, Fr.; scammonium, G.
A resinous exudation from the living root of Convolvu-
lus Scammonia Linné (nat. ord. Convolvulacez).
Habitat.—Syria.
Description.—In irregular, angular pieces or circular
cakes, greenish-gray or blackish; internally porous, and
breaking with an angular fracture; of a resinous lustre ;
odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like; taste slightly acrid;
powder gray or greenish-gray. When triturated with water,
scammony yields a greenish emulsion; ether dissolves at
least 75 per cent. of it.
Constituents.—1, a resin (80-95 per cent.); 2, gum; 3,
starch.
Dose.—D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-1. (2.-4.); Sw., 3 il.-iv.
(8.-15.). . :
FARAP OO 583
PREPARATION,
Resina Scammonii. Resin of Saammony. (U.S. P.)
Scammonie Resina. (B. P.)
Derivation.—Made by solution in boiling alcohol, and precipitation '
with water.
Properties.—Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or frag-
ments, breaking with a glossy, resinous fracture; translucent at the
-edges; ora yellowish-white or grayish-white powder, having a faint,
peculiar odor, anda slight, peculiar taste. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and
“oil of turpentine.
Constituents. — Mainly scammonin (CssHi5¢Ox2), identical with
Jjalapin.
Dose.—One-half that of scammony.
JaLaAPaA. Jalap. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Tuber jalapex, P.G.; jalap, radix jalapx, Fr.;
jalape, jalapenknollen, G.
The tuberous root of Ipomcea Jalapa Nuttall (nat. ord.
Convolvulacez).
Habitat.—Mexico.
Description.—Napiform, pyriform or oblong, varying in
‘size; the large roots incised, more or less wrinkled; dark
brown, with lighter-colored spots, and short transverse.
ridges; hard, compact, internally pale grayish-brown, with
numerous concentric circles composed of small resin-cells ;
fracture resinous, not fibrous; odor slight, but peculiar,
‘smoky and sweetish ; taste sweetish and acrid. Contains 12
per cent. of resin of jalap obtained by solution of jalap in
-aleohol and precipitation with water.
Constituents.—1, a hard resin, chiefly the glucoside jala-
‘purgin ; 2, a soft resin. |
_ Dose.—D., 3 1.-11. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sw., 3 ik-iv.
(8.-15.).
PREPARATION,
Resina Jalape. Resin of Jalap. (U.S.&B.P.) .
Derivation.—Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol,
‘partial distillation ; precipitation with water; washing and drying.
Properties. —Yellowish-brown or brown masses or fragments,
‘breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or
584 VEGETABLE DRUGS
a yellowish-gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar
odor, and a somewhat acrid taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in
alcohol; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed and volatile-
oils. Not more than 10 per cent. of it is soluble in ether.
Constituents.—1, jalapurgin (Ce2H1»0.0s2), the most active principle;
insoluble in ether ; 2, convolvulin or jalapin, identical with scammonin >.
3, starch or gum.
Dose.—One-quarter that of jalap.
ACTION OF SCAMMONY AND JALAP.
Scammony and jalap are powerful hydragogue cathartics:
in their action on swine, dogs and cats. Horses and cattle.
are but slightly affected by them in ordinary doses. Their
resins are dissolved by the bile in the duodenum, and a pur-
gative substance is formed which chiefly stimulates the
intestinal glands and causes a copious outpouring of
secretion.
Both drugs excite peristaltic action and increase the.
vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, particularly
scammony, so that griping may occur. They produce gastro-
intestinal irritation, with vomiting and purging, in animals.
capable of the act, after large doses. While jalap and
scammony are active purgatives, they are not always certain,
and are therefore more frequently employed in combination,
with other cathartics. They are indirectly cholagogue—
like calomel—in sweeping out bile from the small intestines.
and preventing its reabsorption, and are said to be anthel-
mintics as well. The active principles of both drags are.
absorbed, as death has taken place in an infant after exhibi-.
tion of seammony to its nurse, and purging has followed the
rubbing of jalap into the shaven skin of dogs.
Uses.—Jalap is in more common use than scammony
because it is somewhat more of a hydragogue and less prone.
to cause griping. It is particularly indicated in dropsy or
ascites of dogs, made into pills with from 3 to 5 grains of
calomel. Jalap may also be given to expel round or thread.
worms; in torpidity of the liver; and in obstinate constipa-
tion in dogs. The latter is treated more satisfactorily by-
GAMBOGE 583
massage, rectal enemata, manual evacuation and repeated
«loses of sweet oil.
Campocia. Gamboge. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Gutti, P.G.; gummi resina gutte s. gutti,
gutta gamba, cambodia, gutte, gomme-gutti, Fr.; gummi-
gutt, gutti, G.
A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii Hooker
filius (nat. ord. Guttiferze).
Habitat.—Siam, Anam, and Camboja.
Properties.—In cylindrical pieces, sometimes hollow in
the centre, 2 to 5 Cm. in diameter, longitudinally striate on
the surface; fracture flattish, conchoidal, of a waxy lustre,
orange-red ; in powder bright-yellow ; inodorous ; taste very
acrid; the powder sternutatory. Gamboge is partially
soluble in aleohol and ether. When triturated with water it
yields a yellow emulsion, and forms with solution of potas-
‘sium or sodium hydrate an orange-red solution from which,
on the addition of hydrochloric acid, a yellow resin is
precipitated.
Constituents. —1, gambogic acid, a bright yellow or
orange-red resin, to the extent of about 75 per cent. of the
erude drug; it is not so active as the crude drug; 2, a
soluble gum.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-80.); C., 3i.-i.ss. (80.-45.); Sh. &
Sw., gr.xx.- 31. (1.3-4.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Action and Uses.—Gamboge is a drastic, hydragogue
purgative, and slightly diuretic. Its action is uncertain and
often violent, with production of griping pains. Large doses
cause vomiting in carnivora and omnivora, and gastro-enter-
itis in all animals.
Gamboge is dissolved by the bile and alkaline intestinal
juices and some of it is absorbed, since it colors the urine
yellow in its elimination and occasions diuresis. Attempts
to create catharsis by injection of gamboge into the blood,
have proved futile. Gamboge should never be prescribed
586 VEGETABLE DRUGS
alone and is rarely used in veterinary medicine. It has.
been recommended in obstinate constipation, indigestion,
impaction of the third stomach, and cerebral diseases of
cattle, combined with salts. The smaller of the foregoing
doses are to be employed, as the amount of the active
principle is variable. The gum forms an emulsion when the.
drug is triturated with water.
CoLocynTHis. Colocynth. (U.S. P.)
Synonym. — Coloeynthidis pulpa, B.P.; coloquintida,.
bitter apple, E.; coloquinte, Fr.; koloquinten, G.
The fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis Schrader (nat. ord.
Cucurbitacez), deprived of its rind.
Habitat.—A vine growing in North and South Africa,
South and West Asia, and Japan, ete.
Description.—From 5 to 10 Cm. in diameter; globular,
white or yellowish-white ; light, spongy, readily breaking
into three wedge-shaped pieces, each containing, near the
rounded surface, many flat, ovate, brown seeds ; inodorous ;
taste intensely bitter. The pulp only should be used; the
seeds separated and rejected.
Constituents.—1, the chief purgative principle is colocyn-
thin (C,,H,,O,,), 1-2 per cent. An amorphous or crystal-
line bitter glucoside. Soluble in water and alcohol. There
is also (2) an insoluble, resinous body called colocynthitin,.
or citrullin.
Dose. — Colocynthin — H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.d-in
(.015-.06).
EvaTerInuM. LElaterin. C,,H,,0, (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Cucumis asininus, cucumis agrestis, wild or
squirting cucumber, E.; concombre sauvage (purgatif d’ane),
Fr.; springgurke essels-kurbis, spritzgurke, G.
A neutral principle obtained from elaterium, a substance-
ACTION AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN 587
deposited by the juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium
-(Linne) A. Richard (nat. ord. Cucurbitacee).
Halhitat.—Elaterium grows in North Africa, West Asia
and Southern Europe. It is also cultivated.
Derivation.—Elaterium is exhausted with chloroform.
Ether is added and elaterin is precipitated and is purified by
redissolving in chloroform and crystallizing.
Properties.—Minute, white, hexagonal scales, or prisma-
tic crystals, without odor, and having a slight, acrid, bitter
taste. Soluble in 4250 parts of water, and in 337 parts of
alcohol; also soluble in 543 parts of ether, or in 2.4 parts of
chloroform. Permanent in the air.
Dose.—D., gr.s'5-7!z (.003-.005).
ACTIONS AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN.
The action of colocynth and elaterin is similar in man,
_ but the latter is more powerful. Both greatly increase
secretions and, slightly, the flow of bile; while they stimu-
late peristalsis in some degree. Large doses cause painful
griping, gastro-intestinal inflammation, excessive watery
purging, and collapse. Elaterin frequently fails to purge
horses and dogs, although death may follow large doses.
Colocynth acts more certainly in the lower animals and is
recommended by P. Cagny in dropsy and cerebral disease.
Neither drug, however, is of any importance in veterinary
medicine. Colocynth is contained in the compound cathartic
pill given to dogs in doses of from one to three pills.
Class 3.—Cholagogue Purgatives.
PopopHytuumM. Podophyllum.
Synonym.—Podophylli rhizoma, B.P.; May apple, man-
drake root, E., podophylle, Fr.; fussblatwurzel, G.
The rhizome and roots of Podophyllum pellatum Linné
(nat. ord. Berberidez).
Habitat. —North America.
588 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Description.—Of horizontal growth, consisting of joints
about 5 Mm. thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end,
which has a cireular scar on the upper side, a tuft of about
10, nearly simple, fragile roots on the lower side, and ‘is
sometimes branched laterally; smooth or somewhat wrinkled,
orange-brown, internally white and mealy, with a circle of
small wood bundles; pith large; nearly inodorous; taste
sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid.
Constituents.—1, a resin, podophyllin (4-5 per cent.); 2,
a coloring matter, podophyllinie acid.
PREPARATION.
Resina Podophylli. Resin of Podophyllum. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Podophyllin.
Derivation.—Made by maceration and percolation of podophyllum
with alcohol; partial evaporation, and precipitation of the resin with
diluted hydrochloric acid; washing with water, drying.
Properties.—An amorphous powder, varying in color from grayish-
white to pale greenish-yellow or yellowish-green ; having a slight,
peculiar odor, and a peculiar, faintly bitter taste. Permanent in the
air. Soluble in alcohol and in solutions of potassium and sodium
hydrate.
Constituents.—Chiefly podophyllotoxin (C2;H.21O» + 2 H.0), stated
to be a mixture of a purgative principle, picropodophyllin, and an
inert body, podophyliinic acid, associated with a coloring matter, podo-
phylloquercitin, and other resins.
Dose.—H. & C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12).
Pilule Podophylli, Belladonne et Capsici. Pills of Podophyllin,
Belladonna and Capsicum. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 1 pill.
Action. —Podophyllin is essentially a cholagogue cathar-
tic of slow and uncertain action. Large doses cause
purging and vomiting in animals, and lethal quantities occa-
sion gastro-enteritis, colic, super-purgation, with bloody
fecal evacuations, convulsions and death. It acts in the
same way whether it is applied externally, injected into the
blood, or given internally. Podophyllin must therefore
exert its effect after absorption, and about 10 hours are
required to produce purgation. The action is exerted
mainly on the duodenum, which is intensely inflamed and
even ulcerated in poisoning. Podophyllin directly increases
NUTGALL 589
the secretion of bile in small doses, while purgative quan-
ties hasten its excretion by stimulation of the muscular coat
of the gall bladder (except in the horse) and small intes-
tines. It is probable that the intestinal secretions are
somewhat augmented. The fecal movements, after medi-
cinal doses of podophyllin, are liquid, often stained with bile,
and.may be accompanied by some nausea and griping.
Since podophyllin is an uncertain purgative, affecting differ-
ent patients unequally, it should be combined with other
agents when a purgative action is desired ; preferably calo-
mel and aloes. The time required for the action of these
drugs is nearly the same as that necessary for podophyllin.
Aloes increases biliary secretion, while calomel is an indirect
cholagogue in sweeping bile out of the small intestines and
preventing its reabsorption.
Administration.—Podophyllin should be given to dogs
in pills; to horses in ball with calomel and aloes, if purga-
tion is desired ; or dissolved in liquor potasse and diluted
with water.
Uses.—Podophyilin is particularly indicated as a chola-
gogue purgative in constipation associated with jaundice and
hepatic disorders. The result of its action is said to be
more favorable when the fecal discharges are dark colored,
whereas calomel is more successful if the evacuations are of
a light hue. Diarrhoea, with frequent watery discharges,
and vomiting in dogs, due to atonic dyspepsia and a torpid
liver, may be relieved by podophyliin.
SECTION XII.—TANNIC ACID AND DRUGS
CONTAINING IT.
Gata. Nutgall. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Galls, E.; gallee, P.G.; noix de galle, galle de
chéne, Fr.; gallapfel, G.
An excresence on Quercus lusitanica Lamarck (nat. ord.
Cupuliferz), caused by the punctures and deposited ova of
590 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Cynips Galle tinctoriz Olivier (class Insecta ; order Hymen-
optera).
Habitat.—Levant.
Description.—Subglobular, 1 or 2 Cm. in diameter, more.
or less tuberculated above, otherwise smooth, heavy, hard;
often with a circular hole near the middle communicating
with the central cavity; blackish olive-green or blackish-
gray ; fracture granular, grayish ; in the centre a cavity con-
taining either the partly developed insect, or pulverulent.
remains left by it; nearly inodorous; taste strongly astrin-
gent. Light, spongy, and whitish-colored nutgall should be
rejected.
Constituents.—1, (gallo) tannic acid, 60 per cent.; 2, gallic.
acid, 2-3 per cent.; 3, sugar; 4, resin.
PREPARATIONS,
Unguentum Galle. Nutgall Ointment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Nutgall. 20; benzoinated lard, *9. (U.S. P.)
Unguentum Galle Cum Opio. (B. P.)
Actpum Tannicum. Tannic Acid. HC,,H,O,.
(UIS2< Bie)
_ Synonym.—Acidum gallo-tannicum, tanninum, tannin,,
digallic acid, E.; acid tannique, tannin, Fr.; gerbsaure,,
tannin, G.
An organic acid obtained from nutgall.
Derivation.— Powdered nutgall is exposed to damp air
for 48 hours. It is then treated with water and ether. The
water dissolves tannic acid; the ether removes gallic acid,
coloring matters and impurities. The mixture is filtered and
allowed to stand, when the lower aqueous layer yields tannic
acid on evaporation.
Properties. —A light yellowish, amorphous powder,
usually in the form of glistening scales or spongy masses ;
odorless, or having a faint, characteristic odor, and a strongly
astringent taste; gradually turning darker when exposed to.
air and light. Soluble in about 1 part of water, and in 0.6
TANNIC ACID 5OY
‘ part of aleohol ; also in 1 part of glycerin, with the interven-
tion of moderate heat; freely soluble in diluted alcohol;
sparingly in absolute alcohol; almost insoluble in absolute
ether, chloroform, benzol or benzin.
Incompatibles.— Alkaloids, alkalies, mineral acids, silver,
ferric, lead and antimony salts, gelatin and emulsions.
Dose.—H. & C., 3s8.-3ss. (2.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3s8.-1.
(2.-4.); D., gr.i-xv. (.06-1.).
PREPARATIONS.
Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. (U.S. P.)
Tannic acid, 20; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; collodion, to 100. Made by
solution.
Unguentum Acidi Tannici. Ointment of Tannic Acid. (U.S. P.)
Tannic acid, 20; benzoinated lard, 80.
Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. Glycerite of Tannic Acid.
(U.S, & BP.)
Tannic acid, 20; glycerin, 80. (U.S. P.)
Administration.—Tannic acid is given in solution in
aromatic waters, alcohol, syrup, wine, glycerin, and water;
also it is exhibited in powder. The drug is used externally
in powder, ointment, glycerite, and lotion. Suppositories
containing tannic acid are sometimes introduced into the
rectum.
Action External.—Tannic acid coagulates albumin, gela-
tin, and fibrin. It has little effect upon the unbroken skin,
but when applied to a raw surface or mucous membrane, it
coagulates and dries secretion, and so fills up the mouths of
glands, making the tissues harder, denser, and drier. Tannic
acid causes a species of “tanning” compatible with life, by
occasioning coagulation of the interstitial fiuid in the tissues,
abstraction of moisture, and contraction of the cells of the
part. It is the most important astringent principle contained
in vegetable drugs. Tannic acid is, moreover, a local styptic
or hemostatic in arresting hemorrhage by contraction of
the smooth muscles of the vessel walls, by coagulation of the
blood, and constriction of the tissues surrounding the blood.
592 VEGETABLE DRUGS
vessels. The production of vascular contraction is denied |
by some experimenters, but this statement is not substan-
tiated. Tannic acid, although a slight local irritant to raw .
surfaces, exerts a depressing action upon the sensory nerve
endings, and is essentially a sedative in inflammatory con- .
ditions by causing ischemia. There are several kinds of »
tannic acid, possessing slightly different chemical and physio-
logical properties. The official tannic acid — gallotannic
acid—is contained in nutgall and oak bark, while another
variety—catechutannic acid—is found in kino, catechu, ete.
Action Internal.—Tannie acid dries the mouth by closure
of glandular (mucous) ducts with coagulated secretion, and
by constriction of the surrounding parts. It lessens the flow
of mucus and of the digestive juices in the stomach and
intestines by the same process. The drug therefore inter-
feres with digestion for this reason, and also because it pre-
cipitates pepsin; so that tannic acid should not be given
after eating. Moreover, the astringent action is arrested in
the stomach by combination with albuminous and gelatinous
material. Large doses irritate the alimentary canal and
may create vomiting and diarrhcea. Tannic acid is converted
into gallic acid in the bowels and is absorbed and eliminated
in the urine as gallic and pyrogallic acids. Gallic acid does
not coagulate albumin or gelatin and has a very feeble
astringent action, so that tannic acid should always be used
¢
for a local effect. The remote astringent influence of -
tannic acid (in the form of gallic acid) is slight, but gallic ©
acid is preferable when an astringent action on the tissues of
the body is desirable, since it is less irritating to the mucous
membrane of the digestive organs. Catechu and kino are
often chosen in place of tannic acid in the treatment of
diarrhoea, because they are less soluble (than tannic acid)
and the contained catechutannic acid comes in contact with
the intestinal mucous membrane for a longer time. The ~~
salts of tannic acid (tannates) are not astringent.
Uses Haternal.—Tauuic acid is a valuable astringent in a -
great variety of local inflammatory lesions. In the form of :
GALLIC ACID 593
the glycerite, tannic acid may be applied advantageously to
the skin in moist eczema, and as a remedy for frost bites.
It is a useful application for sore and cracked teats. The
mouth is painted with the glycerite for the cure of ulcerative
or apthous stomatitis. The same preparation is injected into
the ear in otorrhcea of dogs, and into the vagina to arrest
vaginitis and leucorrhcea. Pure tannic acid is an excellent
agent when dusted upon raw surfaces, ulcers, and sores ; and
to stop bleeding in slight wounds. An aqueous solution is
useful in leucorrhoea (2-5 per cent.), in eczema (5-10 per
cent.), as a high enema in dysentery (1 per cent.), and to kill
asearides (1-2 per cent.) in the rectum. A one per cent.
aqueous solution is sometimes utilized as an inhalation in
subacute laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis. Powdered
opium and nutgall ointment (1-14), or glycerite of tannin,
are serviceable in hemorrhoids and rectal fissures, ulcers,
or prolapse of the rectum.
Uses Internal.—Tanniec acid is exhibited in powder or
solution to arrest bleeding in the stomach. It is a good
astringent in diarrhoea and hemostatic in intestinal heemor-
rhage, given in ball or pill, and often with opium. Tannic
acid is an antidote to alkaloids, metallic salts, and tartar
emetic, forming comparatively insoluble tannates, which
should be removed if possible by evacuation of the stomach.
Actpum Gauticum. Gallic Acid. HC,H,O, + H,0.
(U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Acide gallique, Fr.; gallussiure, G.
An organic acid, usually prepared from tannic acid.
Derivation.—Made by the exposure of paste of nutgall
and water to the air for a month, when tannic acid under-
goes hydration (tannic acid) HC,,H,O, + H,O = 2 HC,H,O,
(gallic acid). The liquid is then expressed from the paste
and the residue is boiled with distilled water and filtered,
when hot, through animal charcoal. Gallic acid crystallizes
out from the filtrate.
594 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Properties.—White, or pale fawn-colored, silky, inter-
laced needles or triclinic prisms; odorless; having an
astringent or slightly acidulous taste ; permanent in the air.
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in
40 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of glycerin. Very slightly
soluble in chloroform, benzol, or benzin.
Incompatibles.—Metallic salts and spirit of nitrous ether.
Dose.—H. & C., 3ii.- 3 ss. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3s8.-4.
(2.-4.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3).
Action and Uses.—Since tannic acid is absorbed as gallie
acid, and since the latter drug is less irritating, it follows
that gallic acid is preferable when it is proposed to exert an
astringent effect through the circulation. Gallic acid is a
feeble local astringent,and therefore tannic acid is always a
better agent for topical use. The remote astringent action
of gallic acid is questionable, but successful results are
alleged to have followed its administration in the treatment
of hemorrhage from the lungs, uterus and kidneys, and in
polyuria, albuminuria, bronchorrhcea, leucorrhcea, and
excessive sweating.
Ergot has been génerally considered superior te gallic
acid for the purpose of producing general constriction of the
smaller vessels, and arrest of internal hemorrhage.
PyrogaLLoL. Pyrogallol. C,H, (OH), (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Pyrogallic acid.
Derivation.— A triatomie phenol obtained chiefly by the
dry distillation of gallic acid, HC, Heo; = C,H, (Ob) aee-
Properties.—Light, white, shining lamin, or fine needles;
odorless, and having a bitter taste; acquiring a gray or
darker tint on exposure to the air and light. Soluble in 1.7
parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol; also soluble in 1.2
parts of ether.
Action and Uses.—Pyrogallol is an excellent agent for
the treatment of chronic psoriasis and for ringworm. An
WHITE OAK 595
ointment containing an amount of pyrogallol, varying from
gr.x.-3i. to the ounce of lard, is commonly employed.
Toxic symptoms may follow its extensive application.
Quercus ALBA. White Oak. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Quercus cortex, B.P.; cortex quercus, écorce
de chéne, Fr.; eichenrinde, G.
The bark of Quercus alba Linné (nat. ord. Cupulifer).
Habitat.—North America, in woods.
Description.—In nearly flat pieces, deprived of the corky
layer, about 5 Mm. thick; pale brown; inner surface with
short, sharp longitudinal ridges; tough ; of a coarse, fibrous
fracture; a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astringent
taste. As met with in the shops, it is usually in irregularly
coarse, fibrous powder, which does not tinge the saliva
yellow.
Constituents.—1, quercitannic acid, 6 to 11 per cent; 2, a
bitter principle, quercin ; 3, resin; 4, a sugar, quercite.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-1. (15.-30.); C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
31-11. (4.-8.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Preparation.—F luidextractum Quercus (U. S. P.)—H.
2es:-(to:).- D., 115 (1).
Action and Uses.—White oak bark is identical in action
with tannic acid, but the latter is preferable for internal use.
Oak bark is a cheap substitute for tannic acid applied
externally in poultices, infusions, and decoctions, as an
astringent. It is administered internally in infusion, or
decoction (1-8), in diarrhoea and dysentery. The infusion
may be given in gruel and combined with ginger, opium
and alcohol in the treatment of “scouring” in foals and
calves.
CatEecHu. Catechu. (B. P.)
Synonym.—Catechu nigrum, terra japonica, cutch, E.;
eachou, Fr.; katechu, pegucatechu, G.
596 VEGETABLE DRUGS
An extract prepared from the wood of Acacia Catechu
(Linné filius) Willdenow (nat. ord. Leguminosze).
Habitat.—India and Africa.
Pvoperties.—In irregular masses, containing fragments of
leaves, dark brown, brittle, somewhat porous and glossy
when freshly broken. It is nearly inodorous, and has a
strongly sweetish and astringent taste.
Constituents.—1, catechutannic acid (35-40 per cent.) is
the active principle ; it is converted into the isomeric inac-
tive catechuic acid, or catechin (C,,H,,0, + 5 H,O), by
the saliva and by boiling, a red color being developed.
There is also (2) catechu-red.
Incompatibles.—Metallic salts, alkalies, and gelatin.
Dose.—H., 3 s.-i. (15.-30.); C., 3 1.-11. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
3i-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Catechu. (B. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., % i.-ii. (30.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, 3 ss.-1.
(15.-30 ); D., 3ss.-il. (2.-8.).
Pulvis Cutechu Compositus. Kino, Rhatany and Catechu. (B. P.)
Dose.—Same as catechu.
Tinctura Gambir Composita. Compound Tincture of Gambir.
(U. Si P.)
Now replaces the compound tincture of catechu and possesses
the same action and is given in the same doses as the tincture.
Administration—The compound tincture, or an infusion
(made by pouring boiling water over catechu, digesting for
an hour, and straining), and the powder, are employed inter-
nally. The powder is given in flour gruel. The powder, or
an infusion of any strength may be applied externally. .
Catechu is represented in the B.P. by catechu pallidum, an
extract of the leaves and young shoots of Uncaria Gambier,
Eastern Archipelago. It occurs in brown cubes, about an
inch square, and possesses a bitter, astringent taste. It is.
KINO - 597
employed in the same doses and for the same purposes as
catechu.
Action and Uses.—The action of catechu is exactly like
that of tannic acid. The latter is preferable for external
use on account of its greater solubility and astringency.
Catechu acts more slowly and persistently in the digestive
tract, by virtue of its tardy solubility, and is a useful remedy
in diarrhoea, particularly in that of a watery or serous
nature. It is frequently prescribed in this disorder with
other synergistic agents, as opium, ginger and chalk. Finlay
Dun recommends the following combination: Catechu, pre-
pared chalk, and ginger, each three ounces ; powdered opium,
six drachms. Divide into eight balls, for horses; into six
doses suspended in starch gruel for cattle ; and into eight or
ten doses (given in gruel) for calves or sheep. The com-
pound tincture of catechu with laudanum is an equally
suitable combination for all animals with diarrhcea, given in
drench. If there is much mucus in the fecal discharges,
showing a catarrhal state of the intestinal mucous membrane,
it is advisable to order oil, salts, or calomel before locking
up the bowels with an astringent. Catechu has been given
internally in dysentery, and to stop uterine and other
hemorrhages.
Kino. Kino. (U.S. & B. P.)
The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium Rox-
burgh (nat. ord. Leguminosee).
Habitat.—East Indies. Kino, indigenous in the West
Indies, is occasionally imported here.
Properties.—Small, angular, dark brownish-red, shining
pieces; brittle, in thin layers, ruby-red and transparent ;
inodorous, very astringent and sweetish, tinging the saliva
deep red. Soluble in alcohol; nearly insoluble in ether, and
only slightly soluble in cold water.
Constituents. —The most important is (1) kinotannic acid
(C,.H,,0,, 75 per cent.), resembling catechu-tannic acid, but
598 ; VEGETABLE DRUGS
not identical with it. There are also: 2, kinoin, a erystal-
line, neutral substance; 3, pyrocatechin, C,H, (OH),; 4,
gum; 5, pectin; 6, kino-red, formed by oxidation from kino-
tannic acid.
Incompatibles.— Mineral acids, metallic salts, aac
solutions of alkaloids, alkalies, and gelatin.
Dose. —H., 2 ss.-1. (15.-30.); C., 3 1.-i1. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
31-11. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Kino. Tincture of Kino, (U.S. & B. P.)
Prepared by maceration and filtration of kino, 150, with glycerin,
150; water and alcohol to make 1900. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-1i. (80.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, 3 ss.-i.
(15.-30.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Pulvis Kino Compositus. Compound Powder of Kino. (B. P.)
(Pulv. cinnamon, 4 grs.; kino, 15 grs.; opium, 1 gr.)
Dose.—Dog, 1 powder; Foals and Calves, 4 powders.
Administration.—Kino may be given in ball, powder, infusion
(1-82), or tincture.
Action and Uses.—The physiological actions and thera-
peutics of kino are nearly similar to those of catechu. The
gum and pectin contained in kino renders its effect milder
and more soothing to mucous membranes. Aqueous solu-
tions gelatinize on standing, on account of the gum in them.
The drug is prescribed chiefly in serous diarrhoea, and also
is occasionally exhibited in dysentery and internal hemor-
rhages.
KRAMERIA. Krameria.
Synonym. — Krameriz radix, B.P.; radix rhatanhie,
rhatany root, E.; radix ratanhe, P.G.; ratanhia, Fyr.;
ratanhawurzel, G.
The root of Krameria triandra Ruiz et Pavon, and of
Krameria Ixina Linné (nat. ord. Polygalez).
Habitat.—Peru and Bolivia.
Descripltion.—From 1 to 3 Cm. thick, knotty and several
KRAMERIA 599
theaded above, branched below, the branches long; bark
smooth or in thinner pieces; scaly, deep-rust brown ; 1 to 2
Mm. thick; very astringent; inodorous; wood pale brown-
ish-red, tough, with fine medullary rays nearly tasteless.
‘The root of Krameria Ixina is less knotty and more slender,
and has a dark purplish brown bark abont 3 Mm. thick.
Constituents.—The chief principle is (1) kramero-tannic
acid, C,,H,,O,,, about 20 per cent. There are also: 2, rha-
tanin ; 3, rhatanic-red (C,,H,,O,,), the coloring matter.
Incompatibles.—Metallic salts, alkalies, gelatin, and lime
water.
Dose.—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C., 3 i.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,
Zi-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Kramerie. Fluidextract of Krameria.
(U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of krameria with glycerin and
diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as krameria.
Extractum Kramerie. Extract of Krameria. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by filtration, and evaporation of a cold, aqueous infusion to
dryness.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xxx.-xl. (2,-2.6); D.,
-Zr.v.-x. (.3-.6).
Tinctura Kramerie. Tincture of Krameria. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation of krameria, 200; with diluted
salcohol to 1000. (U.S. P.)
' Dose —H. & C, i.-ii. (30.-60.) Foals, Calves and Sheep, 3 ss.-i.
(15.-30.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Action and Uses.—Krameria and its preparations nearly —
‘resemble catechu and kino in all respects as astringents.
‘The fiuid extract is a serviceable preparation in watery
diarrhoea, and in arresting hemorrhage from the stomach
and bowels. An infusion (1-20, B.P.) is an efficient remedy
for leucorrhcea when injected into the vagina. The powdered
extract is blown into the nostrils, or applied to the rectum
to stop bleeding in these parts.
600 VEGETABLE DRUGS
HMaroxyton. Uzematoxylon.
Synonym. — Hematoxyli lignum, B.P; logwood, E.
lignum campechianum, P.G.; lignum ccernleum—bois de
campéche, bois d’inde, bois de sang, Fr.; blauholz, campe-
cheholz, G.
The heart wood of Hzematoxylon Campechianum Linné
(nat. ord. Leguminosz). .
Habitat.—Central America; naturalized in the West
Indies.
Description.—Heavy, hard, externally purplish-black,
internally brownish-red, and marked with irregular, concen—
tric circles, splitting irregularly; odor faint, agreeable ; taste.
sweetish, astringent; when chewed it colors the saliva dark
pink. Logwood is generally met with in the form of small
chips or coarse powder of a dark brownish-red color ; often
with a greenish lustre.
Constituents.—The most important is (1) tannic acid.
There are also: 2, hematoxylin, C,,H,,O, (12 per cent.), a
coloring matter, but in nearly colorless crystals when pure.
It turns red on exposure to light, and solutions are used to
stain pathological specimens ; 3, hematein, C,,H,,0,, formed
from hematoxylin by oxidation, and possessing a green,
metallic lustre.
Incompatibles.—Lime water, and tartar emetic, with
metallic salts, forms a blue compound.
PREPARATION,
Extractum Hematoxyli. Extract of Hematoxylon. (U.S. &B. P.)
Made by boiling in water, straining, and evaporating to dryness, _
Dose.—H. & C., 3s8.-iv. (2.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D.,.
gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.).
A non-official fluid extract is often found in commerce.
Dose.—Three times that of extract.
Action and Uses.--Heematoxylon is a mild astringent,
coloring the feces and urine red during its elimination. The-
extract is given in diarrhoea of young animals, and may be-
combined for this purpose with aromatic sulphuric acid,,
HAMAMELIS 601
ginger, chalk and opium. It is also employed internally in
dysentery, atonic indigestion, and in leucorrheea. The
decoction (1-16, B.P.) may be exhibited in Oss.-i. doses to
the larger animals; in 2i.-ii. doses to smaller patients.
Hamametipis Foura. Hamamelis Leaves. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.— Witch-hazel.
The leaves of Hamamelis virginiana Linné (nat. ord.
Hamamelidacez), collected in autumn.
Description. —Short, petiolate, about 10 Cm. long,
obovate or oval, slightly heart-shaped and oblique at the
base, sinuate-toothed, thickish, nearly smooth; inodorous;
taste astringent and bitter.
Constituents.—The most important principle is (1) tannic
acid, 8 per cent; there are also: (2) a bitter substance, and
(3) a resin.
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Hamamelidis Foliorum.
Fluidextract of Hamamelis Leaves. (U.S. P.)
Extractum Hamamelidis Liquidum. (B. P.
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and
water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. (U.S.P.)
Dose.—H. & C., 3 i.-ii (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.).
Aqua Hamamelidis. (U.S. P.)
Takes place of the proprietary extracts and consists of the bark,
salcohol and water. Dose, double that of fluidextract.
Unguentum Hamamelidis. (B. P.)
Action and Uses.-—Hamamelis is apparently physiologi-
cally inert, as shown by experiments on healthy animals. It
nevertheless possesses considerable medicinal virtue as an
astringent and styptic. Witch-hazel is a valuable agent,
applied externallv, to stop venous oozing in wounds, and to
reduce swelling and pain of bruises and sores. The fluid
extract may be diluted with 8, or less, parts of water, for
these purposes; or the B.P. ointment (1-10) may be employed.
Hamamelis is useful in diarrhoea and mucous discharges. It
arrests hemorrhage from the uterus, kidneys, lungs and
ligestive tract; sometimes in a surprising manner. The
fluid extract is a successful hemostatic in bleeding from the
602 VEGETABLE DRUGS
bladder or rectum (piles) when injected (1-8) into these
parts. It lessens soreness and swelling of blind piles—with
an equal part of glycerin and a little starch—and the same-
preparation is beneficial in eczema, pruritus, and cutaneous.
irritations. The clear, colorless proprietary extracts—now
the aqua (U.S.P.) takes their place—are often more efficient.
externally and internally (in the same doses) than the
official extract.
SECTION XIIL—VEGETABLE DEMULCENTS.
Oteum Otivm. Olive Oil. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Sweet oil, E.; oleum olivarum, P.G.; huile
olive, Fr.; oilvendl, G.
A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea Euro-
poea Linné (nat. ord. Oleacez).
Habitat—Southern Europe and Asia.
Properties. —A pale yellow, or light greenish-yellow,
oily liquid, having a slight peculiar odor, and a nutty olea-
ginous taste, with a faintly acrid after-taste. Spec. gr. 0.915-
0.918. Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble-
in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. Very frequently
adulterated with cotton seed, or other seed oils, which prob-.
ably are of equal medicinal value, however.
Constituents.—1, olein, C,H, (C,.H,,0,),, 72 per cent, a.
fluid oil, a combination of oleic acid (HC,,H,,O,) and glyceryl ;.
2, palmitin, C,H, (C,,H,,O,),, about 28 per cent., a combina-
tion of palmitic acid (HC,,H,O,) and glyceryl; and (8).
cholesterin (C,,H,,O). |
Dose.—Laxative —H. & C., Oi.-1i. (500.-1000.); D., 3 ii.-iv.
(60.-120.).
OLEum Gossypit SemMINIs. Cotton Seed Oil. (U.S. P.)
A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium her-
baceum Juinné and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord.
Malvacez), and subsequently purified.
SOAP 603
Habitat.—S. United States and other semi-tropical
countries; cultivated.
Properties.—A pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, and
having a bland, nut-like taste. Spec. gr. 0.920-0.950. Very
sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether,
chloroform, or carbon disulphide.
_ Constituents.—1, olein; 2, palmitin; 3, coloring matter.
Dose.—Same as that of olive oil.
Action and Uses.—Olive oil is in common use as an
emollient in burns and skin irritation. It assists in the per-
formance of massage for sprains and bruises. Cotton seed
oil has superseded it in liniments, as a matter of economy.
Administered internally, sweet oil (with an equal part of
castor oil) is a useful laxative for dogs. Linseed oil is more
frequently given to the larger animals. An enema of } pint,
or more, of olive oil is serviceable in softening hard feeal
masses in dogs, and should be followed by the use of warm
soap suds.
Sweet oil is a food, but is rarely used as such. Like
other bland oils, it improves the nutrition of the bronchial
mucous membrane in subacute or chronic bronchitis, and is
of eensiderable benefit in these disorders, but inferior to cod
liver oil or linseed oil. Olive oil is an efficient demulcent in
inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract, and in poisoning
by irritants. Large quantities form soap-like masses, —with
the alkaline intestinal juices,—which have been mistaken
for gall stones. Cotton seed oil is of equal therapeutic
value with sweet oil.
Sapo. Soap.
Synonym.—Sapo duras, B.P.; hard soap, white castile
soap, E.; savon, F'r.; seife, G.
Derivation.—Soap is made by boiling olive oil with a
solution of caustic soda, C,H,(C,,H,,0,), (olein) + 3 NaOH =
3 NaC,,H,,O, (sodium oleate or soap) + C,H,(OH), (glycerin).
Properties.—A white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily
cut when fresh; having a faint, peculiar odor free from
604 : VEGETABLE DRUGS
rancidity; a disagreeable alkaline taste, and an alkaline
reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol; more readily
with the aid of heat.
PREPARATIONS.
Linimentum Saponis. Soap Liniment. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Opodeldoc. Lin. sapo. camph.
Soap, 60; camphor, 45; oil of rosemary, 10; alcohol, 725; water to
make 1000. Made by solution, ag'tation and filtration. (U.S. P.)
Emplastrum Saponis. Soap Plaster. (U.S. & B. P.)
Soap, 100; lead plaster, 900; made by solution in water and evapor-
ation.
Sapo Mouurs. Soft Soap. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Potassium oleate, sapo viridis, green soap.
A soap prepared from potassa and a fixed oil.
Derivation—Heat linseed oil, 400, to 140° F. Dissolve
potassa, 90, in water, 450; add alcohol, 40; and stir the
mixture into the oil at the same temperature until it is
soluble in boiling water without the separation of oily drops.
Properties.—A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown
or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts of hot
water; also in 2 parts of alcohol without leaving more than
3 per cent. of insoluble residue.
PREPARATION.
Linimentum Saponis Mollis. Liniment of Soft Soap. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Tinctura saponis viridis.
Soft soap, 650; oil of lavender flowers, 20; alcohol, 300; water to
make 1000. Made by solution and filtration.
Castile soap is the best example of a pure soap. Mot-
tled castile soap contains iron as the coloring matter. The
household “ soft soap” is not sapo mollis, but is made of all
kinds of rancid fats and is generally unfit for medicinal use.
Yellow laundry soap owes its color to resin. Super-fatted
soaps are of neutral reaction and unirritating. They are
used as a basis for medicinal soaps containing tar, carbolic
acid, ete.
SOAP : 605
Action and Uses.—Most soaps are alkaline. Soap is a
detergent or cleansing agent. The lather mechanically
removes dirt, while the alkalinity assists in the removal of
grease, dead epidermis, and sebaceous matter from the skin.
The caustic alkali contained in soap relieves itching and is
stimulating to the skin; so much so, that cheap soaps are
harmful in normal conditions of the integument.
Liniment of soft soap is frequently employed in chronic
eczema and psoriasis, to remove scales and crusts ; to stimu-
late the parts; and to quiet itching. It should be rubbed
smartly into the skin, washed off, and followed by the appli-
cation of a suitable ointment. Gauze saturated with soap
suds (soap suds poultice) is an excellent agency to cause the
exfoliation of the epidermis in patches of old scaly éczema
and psoriasis, when applied for several hours. Soft soap, oil
of cade, and alcohol, equal parts, are recommended as a
useful preparation for the treatment of chronic eczema and
pruritus. The application of soap and water is a necessary
preliminary to the employment of a vesicating ointment, or
parasiticide, since it cleanses the skin, and, by removing
epidermis, exposes the burrows of acari in mange and seab.
Soap liniment is a favorite remedy for sprains and bruises.
Ifa more stimulating action is desirable, it is advisable to
combine oil of turpentine or water of ammonia with it. If
an anodyne effect is indicated, tincture of aconite or opium
are added.
Chafing of the skin produced by harness, should be
treated by washing the skin with soap and water, and then
by dusting with zine oxide and starch, equal parts. Sapo
mollis, together with an equal amount of flour of mustard,
forms a most satisfactory cleansing and disinfectant mixture
for the hands of the operating surgeon when employed in
the same manrer as ordinary soap. Soap may also be
used as a lubricating agent for the hands or instru-
ments in making examinations. Soap is a useful excipient
for balls, pills, and plasters, and it is a constituent of lini-
ments.
606 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Soap is employed both as a qualitative and quantitive
test for hard water. This contains salts of. the alkaline
earth metals, as sulphates and carbonates of magnesium and
calcium. Soap is decomposed by these salts, and insoluble
soaps, 7.e., calcium and magnesium stearate, are precipitated.
The free alkali of the soap is then converted into insoluble
sulphates and carbonates. These reactions produce a milky
precipitate when a solution of soap is added to hard
water.
Internally soap is an antacid and somewhat irritating,
and may occasion vomiting and stimulation of intestinal
peristalsis. These actions are taken advantage of in emergen-
cies, when it may be given to dogs as an emetic, or to all
animals in poisoning by acids. A piece of soap, when
shaped by the hands into a conical form, dipped an instant
into water, and introduced into the rectum, is one of the
best agents for moving the bowels in the case of puppies and
all young animals. Enemata of soap suds are in every day
use. A mixture of sapo mollis, molasses, and water, in vary-
ing proportions, is a more efficient preparation. Oil of
turpentine may be added in flatulence.
Giycerinum. Glycerin. C,H, (OH), (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym. — Glycerine, E.; glycerine, Fr.; glycerin,
celsuss, G.; glycerinum, P.G.
Derivation.—A liquid obtained by the decomposition of
vegetable or animal fats or fixed oils, and containing not less
than 95 per cent. of absolute glycerin. It occurs as a bye-
product in the manufacture of soap, but is made chiefly from
palm oil by the action of superheated steam at a tempera-
ture of about 600° F.
Properties.—A clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy
consistence, oily to the touch, odorless, very sweet and
slightly warm to the taste. Spec. gr. not less than 1.250.
Soluble in all proportions in water or alcohol; also soluble
in a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of ether, but
GLYCERIN 607
insoluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin,
benzol, and fixed and volatile oils. Reaction neutral. Glyc-
erin is a solvent for alkaloids, digestive ferments, fixed
alkalies, bromine, iodine, tannin, extracts, salicin, borax,
boric acid, carbolic acid, ete.
Dose.—H. & C., %i. (80.); D., 3 8s.-i. (2.-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Glyceritum Amyli. Glycerite of Starch. (U.S. & B. P.)
Starch, 10; water, 10; glycerin, 80. Made by solution with heat.
There are also official glyc2rites of phenol, of tannic acid (1-4), of
boroglycerin (31 per cent.), of hydrastis, and of phosphates of iron,
quinine and strychnine.
Suppositoria Glycerini. Suppositories of Glycerin. (U.S. P.)
Glycerin, 30 gm.; monohydrated sodium carbonate, 0.5 gm.; stearic
acid, 2.0 gm. Made by solution with heat and moulded into ten sup-
positories containing 3 gm. each.
Action External.—Glycerin is hydroscopic, emollient,
sometimes parasiticidal, and antiseptic. It does not evaporate
or become rancid. The chief medicinal value of glycerin
depends upon its affinity for water, so that (in solution) it
keeps moist the surface to which it is applied. Pure
glycerin is, however, slightly irritant to the skin and may
cause some inflammation of raw surfaces and mucous mem-
branes on account of withdrawal of water from the tissues.
It should therefore be diluted with water for most thera-
peutic purposes.
Action Internal. — Glycerin is absorbed but is only
slightly oxidized in the body, and is of little value as a
nutritive. It may give rise to a substance in the urine which
reduces cupric oxide and renders the sugar test positive. It
is somewhat antiseptic in the digestive tract, and appears
to inhibit the formation of glycogen in the liver in some
‘eases of glycosuria. Large doses are slightly purgative.
Enormous quantities cause poisoning in animals, with
the production of hemoglobinuria, muscular weakness,
dryness of the mucous membranes, collapse, and death.
608 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Large amounts injected into the blood have occasioned
convulsions.
Uses External. — These are manifold. It is largely
employed in lotions, ointments, and as a vehicle for the
substances of which it is a solvent. Glycerite of starch is a
successful remedy for rough, dry skin, and scaly eczema.
Glycerite of carbolic acid is an appropriate application for
fetid sores and ulcers, and, diluted with an equal part of
glycerin, will destroy the acari of mange and scab. It should
be used with caution to prevent poisoning. Glycerite of
boroglycerin is an excellent preparation for the treatment of
apthous stomatitis and thrush. In dryness of the meatus,
and in canker of the ear (otorrhcea) in dogs, a mixture of
tincture of iodine, 1 part, and glycerin, 4 parts, is recom-
mended. Scratches and cracked heels of horses, fissured
and excoriated surfaces, and erythema, are successfully
treated with the following prescription :
S
AbtiiKepr OILS Sesh do0 S00 od bonso5ddEoDOdHODDS Bul
fig: Phimibr Subacetat. sen. o-<nies see Z iv.
GilyCerinals 2.!o.cs tite esta aloes seperate ree rele Zl
IA GBE agra aiaye’ bee wel oslo eteb syale siete steno s tee ad. 3 viii
M
S. Apply externally.
Uses Internal.—Glycerin is employed as an excipient for
balls and pills, and as a vehicle for nauseous and irritating
drugs. It is not a valuable remedy for internal use, but is
sometimes given with the food to prevent intestinal fermen-
tation and relieve flatulence. It may prove curative in cases
of glycosuria; and in trichinosis when given by the mouth,
and in high rectal injections after active purgation. Glycerin
is a useful addition to cough mixtures in moistening and
soothing the throat, and in not interfering with digestion.
When injected into the rectum in quantities of 3 iv.-vi. for
horses, or % ss.-i for dogs, it often causes prompt evacuation.
of the lower bowel. The suppositories may be employed in
canine practice.
GLYCYRRHIZA 609
GuiycyrruizaA. Glycyrrhiza.
Synonym.—Glycyrrhize radix, B.P.; liquorice or licorice
root, E.; réglisse, bois de réglisse, boix doux, racine douce,
Fr.; spanisches stissholz, spanische stssholz-wurzel, G.
The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra Linné and of the variety
glandulifera (Waldstein et Kittaibel) Regel et Herder (nat.
ord. Leguminosee).
Habitat.—S. Europe and W. Asia; cultivated.
Description.—In long, eylindrical pieces, from 5 to 25
Mm. thick; longitudinally wrinkled, externally grayish-
brown, warty; internally tawny-yellow; pliable, tough;
fracture coarsely fibrous; bark rather thick; wood porous
but dense, in narrow wedges; medullary rays linear ; taste
sweet, somewhat acrid. The drug derived from the variety
glandulifera (so-called Russian liquorice) consists usually of
roots or root-branches 1 to 4 Cm. thick, 15 to 30 Cm. long,
frequently deprived of the corky layer, the wood rather soft,
and usually more or less cleft.
Constituents.—1, a yeilow, sweet, amorphous glucoside,
slycyrrhizin (C,,H,,O,), about 6 per cent.; 2, glycyramin ; 3,
asparagin, about 3 per cent.; 4, an acrid resin; 5, starch; 6,
glucose.
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Glycyrrhize. Fluidextract of Glycyrrhiza.
(Wigtsy, Tea)
Made by maceration and percolation with water of ammonia,
alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude
drug. Dose of the root or fluidextract is unimportant.
Extractum Glycyrrhize Liquidum. (B. P.)
Dose unimportant.
Pulvis Glycyrrhize Composttus. (U.S. P.) (See p. 579.)
Action and Uses.—Liquorice is demulcent and slightly
Jaxative. The powdered root is employed as an excipient
in making electuaries, since it is soothing to the throat. It.
is also used as an excipient in the preparation of balls, and
more or less successfully conceals, in the form of the fluid
610 VEGETABLE DRUGS
extract, the taste of aloes, cascara sagrada, ammonium chlo-
ride, turpentine, hyoscyamus and quinine sulphate.
Linum. Linseed. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Flaxsee1, E.; semence de lin, Fr.; leinsa-
men, flachssamen, G.; semen lini, P.G.
The seed of Linum usitatissimum Linné (nat. ord.
Linez).
Habitat.—Most temperate climates.
Description.—About 4 or 5 Mm. long, oblong-ovate,
flattened, obliquely pointed at one end; brown, glossy,
covered with a transparent, mucilaginous epithelium, which
swells considerably in water; the embryo whitish or pale
greenish, with two large oily, planoconvex cotyledons anda
thin perisperm; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, oily and
bitter.
Constituents —1, linseed oil, 30 to 35 per cent. in the
nucleus; 2, gum, 15 per cent. in the epidermis ; 3, proteids,
25 per cent.; 4, a trace of amygdalin.
Action and Uses.—-Linseed is a food. Oil cake or linseed
cake from which the oil has been expressed, is exceedingly
rich in protein (25-36 per cent.), and is also richer in fat (10
per cent.) than mest foods. Cottonseed meal, which contains
considerably more protein and fat, is more frequently em-
ployed in the United States. Gruel made from crushed
linseed meal cake, or linseed meal, is useful as a restorative.
in all animals recovering from acute and debilitating dis-
eases. The cake (1 lb.), or a pint of cottonseed meal per
diem, is a good addition to the ordinary fodder for horses
suffering from malnutrition, with rough staring coats and
dry skin, and for those affected with “broken wind.” Gruel
of linseed meal or cake is also serviceable for calves or
lambs when reared on skimmed milk or other poor food.
Linseed tea, made by steeping 1 part of whole linseed in 20
parts, by weight, of boiling water, for 1-4 hours, followed by
straining, is a valuable demulcent preparation in pharyngitis,
ACACIA : 611 :
bronchitis, gastro-enteritis, and is possibly useful in acute
cystitis and nephritis. It may be given in any amount
which an animal will take voluntarily. The mucilage con-
tained in linseed tea cannot be carried through the blood
and eliminated by the kidneys, so that it must act by virtue
of the water contained in it and perhaps by some intrinsic
diuretic property.
The addition of a few drachms of gum arabic to the
quart of linseed tea will improve the demulcent action.
Linseed, linseed meal or farina lini is the best substance to
use in the preparation of poultices. It should be mixed
with an equal quantity of bran, when the poultice is applied
directly to the part. If the poultice is enclosed in a bag,
the outside should be oiled to prevent its sticking to the skin.
Linseed meal, mixed with an equal amount of molasses,
forms a common excipient for ball masses. Linseed tea,
made thicker than usual, is a good local application in irri-
tation of the rectum, or vagina.
Acacta. Acacia.
Synonym.—Acacize gummi, B.P.; gam arabic, E.; gomme
arabique, Fr.; arabisches gummi, G.
A gummy exudation from Acacia Senegal Willdenow
(nat. ord. Leguminosz).
Habitat.—N., E., and W. Africa.
Properties.—In roundish tears of various sizes, or broken
into angular fragments with a glass-like, sometimes irides-
cent fracture ; opaque from numerous fissures, but trans-
parent and nearly colorless in thin pieces ; nearly inodorous ;
taste insipid, mucilaginous ; insoluble in alcohol, but soluble
in 2 parts of water, forming a thick, mucilaginous liquid.
Constituents.—Arabin or arabic acid (C,,H,,O,,), in com-
bination with about 3 per cent. of magnesium, potassium and
calcium.
Incompatibles. — Alcohol, ferric salts, lead subacetate,
borax, and sulphuric acid.
612 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Preparations.—Mucilago acacie, U. 8. & B. P. (384 per
cent., U. S.), and syrupus acaciz, U. 8. P. (25 per cent.)
Dose.—Ad lib.
Action and Uses.—Gum arabic is but slightly nutritious.
It is a useful demulcent in covering and protecting inflamed
mucous membranes of the upper respiratory and digestive
tracts. It may be given freely in water, but large quantities
may undergo fermentation and cause indigestion and diar-
rheea. A 10 per cent. aqueous solution is sometimes injected
into the bladder, vagina or rectum in inflammation of these
parts. Acacia is chiefly of value in medicine for the prepara-
tion of mixtures, emulsions, pills, balls and electuaries.
About 3111. of mucilago acaciz wre required to suspend 31.
of oil or resinous tincture. Acacia is sometimes prescribed
in genito-urinary irritation. Animals will voluntarily drink
aqueous solutions.
TraGacanTHA. Tragacanth. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Gomme adragante, Fr.
A gummy exudation from Astragalus gummifer Labil-
Jardiere, and from other species of Astragalus (nat. ord.
Leguminose).
Habitat.—Asia Minor.
Properties.—In narrow or broad bands, more or less
curved or contorted, marked by parallel lines or ridges 3
white or faintly yellowish, translucent, horn-like, tough, and
rendered more easily pulverizable by a heat of 122°. F.
Very sparingly soluble in water, but swells into a gelatinous.
mass which is tinged blue with iodine.
Constiluents.—1, arabin, 53.3 per cent., not identical with.
arabin of acacia, however; 2, bassoriu (C,H,,O,), 33.1 per
cent.,a gum, swells up with water but does not dissolve ; 3,.
starch ; 4, ash.
PREPARATION.
Mucilago Tragacanthe. Mucilage of Tragacanth. (U.S. & B. P.)
Tragacanth, 6; glycerin, 18; water to make 100. (U.S.)
Dose.— Ad. lib.
ALTHHA 613
Action and Uses.—Tragacauth is a demulcent, but is
chiefly used in the preparation of mixtures and emulsions to
suspend oils, resins and insoluble powders.
AutHma. Althea. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Marshmallow root, E.; racine de guimauve,
Fr. ; altheewurzel, eibischwurzel, G.; radix altheae, P.G.
The root of Althzea officinalis Linné (nat. ord. Malvacez).
Habitat.—N. and W. Asia and Europe. Cultivated in
Europe, and naturalized in, E. United States and Australia,
growing in salt marshes.
Constituents.—1, basscrin, 35 per cent.; 2, pectin, 10 per
cent.; 3, asparagin, 1 per cent.; 4, sugar.
Action and Uses.—Althza is occasionally employed as a
demulcent in irritable conditions of the digestive canal, and
as a vehicle in the form of syrup.
Saccnarum. Sugar. C,,H.,,O,,. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Saccharum purificatum, B.P.; ‘refined sugar,
cane sugar, E.; sucre, sucre de canne, Fr.; zucker, rohrzuc-
ker, G.
The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum
Linné, and from various species or varieties of sorghum (nat.
ord. Graminez); also from one or more varieties of Beta
vulgaris Linné (nat. ord. Chenopodiacez).
' Habitat.—Indigenous in 8. Asia, but cultivated in many
tropical and sub-tropical countries.
Properties. — White, hard, dry, distinctly crystalline
granules, odorless, and having a purely sweet taste. Per-
manent in the air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water; in 0.2 part
614 VEGETABLE DRUGS
of boiling water, and in 175 parts of alcohol. Insoluble in
ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide.
PREPARATION,
Syrupus. Syrup. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Simple syrup, E.; sirop de sucre, Fr.; weisser syrup, G.;
syrupus simplex, P.G.
Made by solution of sugar, 850; with heat in distilled water, strain-
ing, and addition of distilled water to make 1000. (U.S. P.)
Motasses. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Theriaca, B.P.; sacchari faex, syrupus fus-
cus, treacle, E.; mélasse, Fr.; melasse, G.
The brown, uncrystallizable syrup that drains away
from the crystals of raw sugar in the refining process.
Action and Uses.—Sugar, syrup and molasses are demul-
cents, and are sometimes employed in medicated syrup or
electuary, for their soothing action on the throat in catarrh
of the upper air passages. They are lable to ferment in the
alimentary canal if given continuously, with the production
of acidity and indigestion, so that they are not suitable for
general use as demulcents. Sugar, syrup and molasses are
mainly useful as vehicles, corrigents, preservatives, and
excipients in pharmacy. Sugar is utilized as a constituent
of powders, and syrup and molasses are excipients in the
preparation of balls and electuaries. Sugar increases the
solubility of calcium salts (see Syrupus Calcis, p. 156) and
protects ferrous compounds from oxidation (see Ferri Carb.
Sacch., p. 194).
Sugar is an antiseptic, and, in syrup, prevents the fer-
mentation of active medicinal substances. Brown sugar and
molasses are laxative, in large doses, and are prescribed in
veterinary practice, with ginger, to aid the action of salts on
cattle (Oss.-i.) and sheep (3 ii.-vi.). (See Epsom salts, p. 163.)
ASPIDIUM 615
SECTION XIV.—VEGETABLE DRUGS KILLING
PARASITES.
Class 1.—Used to Destroy Tape-Worms.
Aspipium. <Aspidium. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Filix mas, B.P.; radix filicis maris, male
fern, male shield fern, E.; rhizome (racine) de fougére male,
Fr.; wurmfarnwurzel, waldfarnwurzel, johanniswurzel, G. ;
rhizoma filicis, P.G.
The rhizome of Dryopteris Felix-mas Schott, and of
Dryopteris Marginalis Asa Gray (nat. ord. Filices).
Habitat.—D. filix-mas, Europe; D. marginalis, U. S.
Description.—From 5 to. 15 Cm. long, 10 to 25 Mm. in
thickness, and, together with the closely imbricated, dark-
brown, roundish, and slightly curved stipe-remnants, 50 to
75 Mm. in diameter; densely curved, with brown, glossy,
transparent and soft, chaffy scales; internally pale-green ;
rather spongy ; vascular bundles about ten (Dryopteris filix-
mas) or six (Dryopteris marginalis) in number, arranged in
an interrupted circle; odor slight, but disagreeable ; taste
sweetish, acrid, somewhat bitter, astringent and nauseous.
Constituents. —The active principle is (1) filicie acid
{C,,H,,O,,), a white, amorphous crystalline substance ; there
are also: 2, a fixed oil, 6 per cent.; 3, resin, 4 per cent.; 4,
filicin (C,,H,,O,,), a crystalline principle soluble in chloroform,
benzol, fixed and volatile oils ; 5, filix-red, a coloring matter ;
6, a small quantity of a volatile oil.
Dose.—H. & C., Z v.-vi. (150.-180.); Sh., % ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ;
Lambs, 31.-1i. (4.-8.); D. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.).
PREPARATION.
Oleoresina Aspidii. Oleoresin of Aspidium, (U. 3. P.)}
Made by percolation with ether, distillation and evaporation of the
ether.
Dose (also of the extractum filicis liquidum, B. P.)—H. & C., ~
3 iii.-vi .(12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D. & C., Mxv.-3i. (1.-4.) :
ete
616 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Action and Uses.—Aspidium is chiefly of value in veter-
inary medicine as a teeniacide or agent destroying tape-worms,
particularly those inhabiting dogs. Large quantities of the-
drug cause hemorrhagic gastro-enteritis, tremors, weakness,
stupor, coma, acute nephritis and cystitis. Six drachms of
the oleoresin have proved fatal in man and sheep; five
drachms in a medium-sized dog; and three ounces in the
‘ease of a cow. Aspidium must never be given with oil,
which aids its absorption. Dogs should be fasted 24 hours:
or fed on a little milk; then the oleoresin should be admin-
istered, and the dose repeated in 3 hours. After the expira-
tion of 12 hours from the administration of the first dose, a.
purgative quantity of castor oil is to be exhibited. An
injection of salt and water assists the expulsion of segments.
of tenia from the rectum. If the head of the tenia is not
expelled the treatment may be repeated in three days or a
week. The oleoresin may be flavored with a few drops of
oil of peppermint, and is often combined with a small dose
of areca nut (gr.1. to the lb. live weight) in emulsion with.
mucilage of tragacanth, or with fluid extract of kousso, 3i.
to 311. The oleoresin may also be exhibited in pills or
capsules. Itis on the whole the best agent against the tape-.
worms of dogs, including Tenia serrata, T. marginata, T.
coenurus and T. echinococcus.
Areca. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Areca-nut, betal-nut, E.; noix d’aréque, Fr.;.
areca-nuss, G.
The seed of Areca Catechu (nat. ord. Palmacez).
Habitat.—India, Coromandel and Malabar coasts; alsa.
in warm parts of Asia.
Description.—The seeds resemble nutmeg in size, shape-
and color. They yield a brown powder, partially soluble in.
water and alcohol. The taste is astringent.
Constituents.—1, the active principle is the liquid alka—
Joid, arecoline (C,H,,NO,); arecoline hydrobromate is the-
KAMALA 617
gommercial salt, occurring in white crystals, soluble in
alcohol and water; dose—H. & C., gr.}-1 (.02-.06), subcut. ;
2, an inert alkaloid ; 3, red tannic acid; 4, an oil.
Dose.— Areca nut—H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Lamb, 31. (4);
D., gr.ii. for each lb. of live weight, or gr.xv.-Z ii. (1.-8.);
Fowl (against A. gibbosa), gr-x. (.6) in pill.
Action and Uses.—Areca nut is an anthelmintic more
commonly classed as a tniacide, but capable of killing
round-worms satisfactorily. It acts more successfully as a
wermicide in dogs than in the case of the larger animals.
Areca nut is an astringent in small doses, but large amounts
induce catharsis. When the drug is used as an anthelmintic
the animal should be deprived of food for 24 hours previous
to its administration. The powder is given to dogs in milk,
frequently with oleoresin of male fern in small quantity. If
purgation does not follow the use of areca nut within a short
time, a dose of castor oil is indicated. The fluid extract is a
-more convenient preparation.
Arecoline hydrobromate (C,H,,NO, H Br) has been
recently employed subcutaneously—H., gr.4-i. (.02-.06) ; D.,
gyr.qg-qs (.001-.005)—as a rapidly-acting cathartic, exciting
peristalsis, in colic and indigestion of horses, and in gastritis
«‘Fardel bound”) of ruminants. Experiments have been made
hy Muir* with arecoline to prove its efficacy as a rapidly
acting cathartic. He finds that while the drug produces
‘salivation, it does not markedly increase intestinal secretion,
but acts chiefly by stimulating peristalsis; that it fre-
‘quently causes severe colic and nausea; that there is also
incontinence of urine; that the pulse becomes slower and
‘-softer, and that sweating and reduction of temperature
eceur during its action; that arecoline hydrobromate may
te safely given in the dose of } grain (0.02) intravenously
or subcutaneously, and repeated in an hour if necessary.
Finally, arecoline is less desirable than eserine on account
of the distressing symptoms’ accompanying its purgative
* Journal of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb., 1899.
618 VEGETABLE DRUGS
action, and is still less so than barium chloride, which
causes no unpleasant effects at all in most cases and appears.
to be the most satisfactory of the rapidly acting catharties.
which may be given under the skin. In 1 per cent. solution.
the alkaloid is used in the eye as a myotic.
Kamata. Kamala. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Rottlera.
The glands and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus:
philippinensis (Lamarck) Mueller Arg. (nat. ord. Euphor-
biaceze).
Habitat.—India, China and the Philippine Islands.
Properties.—A granular, mobile, brick-red or brownish-
red powder, inodorous and nearly tasteless; imparting a
deep red color to alkaline liquids, aleohol, ether or chloro-—
form, and a pale yellow tinge to boiling water. Under the
microscope it is seen to consist of stellately arranged, color-
less hairs, mixed with depressed-globular glands, containing
numerous red, club-shaped vesicles.
Constituents. —The chief principle is (1) rottlerin
(C,,H,,O,), occurring in yellow acicular crystals, soluble in hot.
alcohol, ether, benzol, and carbon disulphide. There are
also (2) resins, 80 per cent.
Dose.—D., 3ss.-i1. (2.-8.); H. & C., 21. (80.).
Action and Uses.—Kamala is an anthelmintic. It is.
employed more frequently as a teeniacide, but will also kill
ascarides and oxyurides. Large doses may give rise to
nausea and vomiting in dogs and cats. Kamala is also a
purgative, so that it is rarely necessary to employ one after
its administration. It should be given in syrup to the fast-
ing animal, and repeated in eight hours if the first dose ig
not operative by that time.
KOUSSO 619
Cusso. Kousso. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Brayera, kooso, kusso, H.; cousso, kousso,
¥Fr.; kosso, cusso, kusso, G.; flores kosso, P.G.
The female inflorescence of Hagenia abyssinica (Bruce)
Gmelin (nat. ord. Rodacee).
- Habitat.—Abyssinia.
escription.—In bundles, rolls, or compressed clusters
consisting of pannicles about 25 Cm. long, with a sheathing
bract at the base of each branch; the two roundish bracts
at the base of each flower, and the four or five obovate, outer
sepals are of a reddish color, membranous and veiny ; calyx
top-shaped, hairy, enclosing two carpels or nutlets; odor
slight, fragrant and tea-like; taste bitter, acrid and nauseous.
Constituents.—1, the active principle is kosin or koussin,
a yellow, tasteless, crystalline glucoside, soluble in alcohol,
chloroform, benzol and ether, but insoluble in water ; dose—
dogs, gr.x.-xl. (.6-2.6); 2, a volatile oil; 3, gum; 4, tannic
acid ; 5, two resins.
Dose.—Small dogs, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); large dogs, 3 ii.-iv.
(8.-15.).
PREPARATION.
Fluidextractum Cusso. Fluidextract of Kousso. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Extractum brayere fluidum.
Made by maceration and percolation of kousso with alcohol, and
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. =1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—Same as kousso.
Action and Uses.—Kousso is an effective teeniacide in
dogs and cats. Large doses cause nausea, colicky pains and
some catharsis. Kousso is administered in milk, or as an
infusion flavored with peppermint; also in the form of the
fluid extract, or glucoside in capsules, to the fasting animal.
It should be repeated 3 times, at hour intervals, and followed
by a small dose of castor oil if the bowels are not sufficiently
relaxed. There is little danger of poisoning even by great
- quantities of the drug.
620 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Granatum. Pomegranate.
Synonym.—Granati radicis cortex, B.P.; écorce de la
racine de grenadier (de balaustier), Fr.; granat-wurzelrinde,
G.; cortex radicis granati, P.G.
The bark of the stem and root of Punica Granatum
Linné (nat. ord. Lythrariez).
Habitat.—India and 8. W. Asia. Also cultivated and
naturalized in sub-tropical countries.
Description.—In thin quills or fragments, from 5 to 10
Cm. long, and from 1 to 3 Mm. thick ; outer surface yellowish-
gray, somewhat warty, or longitudinally and reticulately
rigid; the stem-bark often partly covered with blackish
lichens; the thicker pieces of the root-bark more or less
scaly externally; inner surface smooth, finely-striate ;
srayish-yellow ; indistinctly radiate ; inodorous ; taste astrin-
gently, very slightly bitter.
Constituents.—The active principle is (1) pelletierine
(C,H,,NO), § per cent., a colorless, oily, aromatic alkaloid,
soluble in alcohol, chloroform and ether; four salts occur
in commerce: the tannate, sulphate, hydrobromate and
hydrochlorate ; the first is more frequently used ; dose—
D., gr.ii-v. (.12-.3); 2, punico-tannic acid, 22 per cent.; 3,
methyl, pseudo, and iso-pelletierine; the latter is a tenia-
cide.
Dose.—Dogs, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.)
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Granati. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., 388.-i. (2.-4.).
Pelletierine Tonnas. (U.S. P.)
Dose.—D., gr.iv. (.24).
Action and Uses.—Pomegranate is inferior to the fore-
going drugs as an anthelmintic, since it is disagreeable and
prone to produce vomiting. Pomegranate is an astringent,
but, in large doses, acts as an emetic and purgative and has
occasioned weakness, colic, dizziness and convulsions. In
sufficient amount pelletierine is said to paralyze motor
nerves, like curare. Granatum is an anthelmintic, chiefly
against tape-worm. The decoction (1-8, B.P.) may be em-
SANTONICA - 621
ployed (with-} part syrup of ginger) in three doses, at
hour intervals, for dogs. The patient should be previously
fasted for 24 hours, and castor oil is indicated if purging is
not produced by pomegranate. Tannate of pelletierine is a
yellowish, astringent-tasting powder, soluble in 12.6 parts of
aleohol and 235 parts of water. It is invariably used in
human medicine in preference to the crude drug, and should
be followed in 2 hours by a dose of castor oil. The use of
pelletierine is undesirable in young animals.
Class 2.—Used to Destroy Round-Worms.
Santonica. Santonica. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Levant worm seed, semen cine, s. contra, s.
sanctum, s. santonici, E.; barbotine, semencine, Fr.; wurm-
samen, zitwersamen, G.; flores cine, P.G.
The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora
Weber (nat. ord. Composites).
Habitat.—Northern middle Europe and Asia.
Description. —From 2 to 4 Mm. long; oblong-ovoid,
obtuse, smooth, somewhat glossy, ‘grayish-green, consisting
of an involucre of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated, glandu-
Jar scales with a broad midrib, enclosing four or five rudi-
mentary florets; oder strong, peculiar, somewhat camphor-
aceous ; taste aromatic and bitter.
Constituents. —The active principle is (1) santonin.
There is also (2) a volatile oil.
Santoninum. Santonin. C,,H,,O,. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Santonine, Fr.; santonin, G.
A neutral principle obtained from santonica.
Derivation —Made from a mixture of lime and santonica
by exhausting with alcohol, evaporation of the latter, and by
the addition of acetic acid to the residue. Santonin is
obtained by treating an alcoholic solution of the residue with
animal charcoal and crystallization.
622 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Properties.—Colorless, shining, fl ittened, prismatic crys-
tals; odorless and nearly tasteless when first put in the
mouth, but afterwards developing a bitter taste; not altered.
by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light.
Nearly insoluble in cold water; soluble in 40 parts of
wleohol, in 140 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chloroform, and.
jn solutions of caustic alkalies.
PREPARATION.
Trochisct Santonini. (U.S. & B. P.)
UssiP: eee hoe es gr.i. each.
Dose.—Puppies, gr.}-3 (.015-.03) ; D., gr.i-iii. (.06-.18);.
H., 2 }-iv. (1.-15.).
Action and Uses.—Santonin is eae to santonica.
Santonin is chiefly valuable as a parasiticide against round-
worms ; viz.: A. lumbricoides of cattle and swine, A. mystax
and marginata of cats and dogs, and A. megalocephala of
horses. It has no influence on tape-worms, nor probably on
‘oxyurides.
Large doses cause poisoning, with the occurrence, in
dogs, of nausea and vomiting, weakness, giddiness, muscular
trembling, salivation, slow pulse, rapid respiration, dilated
pupils, jaundice, unconsciousness, convulsions and death.
While 5 to 6 grains induce symptoms of poisoning m dogs,,
1 to 1 drachm has often failed to produce a fatal result.
Santonin is eliminated by the kidneys, increasing their
secretion, coloring an acid urine yellow, and an alkaline
urine purplish-red, or bloody hue. The humors of the eye
are stained yellow, occasioning yellow sight in map,—
xanthopsy. There is congestion of the heart, lungs and
nervous centres observed after death, but no gastro-enteritis.
Santonin is very slowly converted in the intestines into
sodium santoninate, and absorbed in this form. The best.
treatment of poisoning is undetermined, but inhalations of
ether and enemata of chloral, together with laxatives, when
consciousness returns, are said to be useful. The administra-
tion of santonin should be followed or accompanied by that.
of a cathartic.
The drug may be given to fasting dogs as follows :
\ SANTONIN 623:
R Hydrarg. Chlorid. Mitis.
SSATIOIEEML ois cle coats capa sictoiei-scPemiaaieste ete ekei= aa gr.v.
Shige tehable gaceugs ano DOM s ROT occ OCU Ice ad. 31.
M. et div. in chart. no. x.
Sig. One powder tid. (for round-worms),
or :—
Bs
PAMLOMUNT pista sista sireld erst otis ecto areTslols, olateye gr.vi.
OV RAGING re ater at yer aso Kierah ocalaio eM apaiew ewies Zay,
M.
Sig. Give one-third every third day (for round-worms).
Santonin may be given in pill to dogs combined with
oleoresina filicis and areca nut. Santonin is not so com--
monly or successfully used in the treatment of round-worms
in horses, as turpentine and aloes, creolin, etc. A ball con-
taining 3 ii. of santonin and 3 i. of calomel, or a combination
of Ziv. santonin and 1 pint of castor oil, are suitable pre-
scriptions for the horse. Santonin is often remedial in
incontinence of urine in young animals, when belladonna.
fails, and is frequently beneficial in the treatment of
amaurosis.
Class 3.—Used to Destroy Lice.
STAPHISAGRIA, Staphisagria.
Synonym. — Staphisagriz semina, B.P.; stavesacre,
semina staphidis agri s. pedicularis, E.; staphisaigre, Fr.;
stephauskérner, Jausekorner, G,
The seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria Linné (nat. ord.
Ranunculacez).
Habitat.—Shores of Mediterranean ; cultivated.
Description.—About 5 Mm. long, 3 or 4 Mm. broad,
flattish-tetrahedral, one side convex, brown or brownish-
gray, with reticulate ridges, containing a whitish, oily,
albumen and a straight embryo ;* nearly inodorous, taste
bitter and acrid.
Constituents.—1, the important principle is delphinine
(C,,H,,NO,), a white, poisonous, crystalline alkaloid resem-
624 VEGETABLE DRUGS
bling veratrine and aconite ; soluble in alcohol, chloroform,
and ether; 2, delphisine (C,,H,,N,O,); 8, delphinoidine
(C,,H,,N,O,) ; 4, staphisagrine (C,,H,,NO,); 5, a fixed oil.
Action and Uses.—Powdered staphisagria is employed
solely to kill lice (pediculi) in ointment (1-2) with benzoin-
ated lard or vaseline. Creolin solutions (3-6 per cent.),
tobacco infusions (5-10 per cent.), and oil of anise with
sweet oil (1-10 per cent.), are also used for the same purpose.
The latter mixture is an elegant preparation for pet dogs.
The tincture of larkspur(Delphinium consolida), another
species of the same genus, is alsoa very efficient parasiticide
against pediculi. It contains 1 part of larkspur seeds to 16
of alcohol.
Class 4.—Used to Destroy Fleas.
PyretHrum. Pyrethrum. (Non-official.)
Synonym. — Persian, Caucasian or Dalinatian insect
powder.
The flowers of Pyrethrum roseum and carneum.
Habitat.—Caucasian Mountains; cultivated in Califor-
nia, WU. 8:
Description.—A coarse, greenish-yellow, pungent powder.
Pyrethrum is the best parasiticide for fleas (pulicidee). It is
used more frequently to kill these parasites on cats and dogs.
Pyrethrum is simply dusted over the whole body or is
applied in the form of a tincture (1-4), diluted with 10 parts
of water.
The application of Dalmatian insect powder to kittens
and puppies, or to dogs and cats in enfeebled condition, may
be attended with danger unless the powder is brushed off
within 10 or 15 minutes after its use. Deaths have occurred
in these animals following its free and careless employment.
ERGOT 625
SECTION XV.—VEGETABLE DRUGS STIMULATING
UNSTRIATED MUSCLE, PARTICULARLY
THAT OF THE UTERUS.
Ereota. Ergot. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Ergot of rye, spurred rye, E.; ergot, ergot de
seigle, ergot de blé, blé cornu, Fr.; mutterkorn, kornmutter,
zapfenkorn, G.
The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea (Fries) Tulasne
(Class Fungi), replacing the grain of rye, Secale cereale
Linné (nat. ord. Graminee).
Habitat.—Ergot is obtained mainly from Spain and
Russia.
Description.—Somewhat fusiform, obtusely triangular,
usually curved, about 2 or 3 Cm. long and 3 Mm. thick ;
three-furrowed, obtuse at both ends, purplish-black, inter-
nally whitish with some purplish striz, breaking with a short
fracture; odor peculiar, heavy; taste oily and disagreeable.
Constituents —It is doubtful whether the principles so
far discovered wholly represent the activity of ergot. The
following are the more important constituents: 1, cornntine,
an alkaloid which, with (2) sphacelinic or sphacelic acid
(a non-nitrogenous, unstable substance, insoluble in water
but soluble in alkalies), constitute, according to many, the
more important active principles; they both cause con-
traction of the uterus and blood vessels ; 3, three alkaloids:
ergotine (C,,H,,N,O,), soluble in water and alcohol ; ecboline,
amorphous, soluble in water and alcohol; ergotinine
(C,,H,,N,O,), crystalline; 4, two acids: ergotic or ergotinic
acid and sclerotinic acid (1-4 per cent.) ; both are soluble
in water and alkalies and are said to possess ecbolic actions ;
5, a fixed oil, about 35 per cent.; 6, tannin; 7, phosphoric acid.
Alcohol extracts cornutine; water, the salts of the acids.
Therefore ergotin is believed to represent the activity of the
drug. Ammonia is considered the best solvent by the Brit.
626 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Pharm. Conference, which recommends a tine. ergote
ammoniata consisting of ergot, 1 part, aromatic spirit of
ammonia, 2 parts. The dose is the same as that of the fluid
extract.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.-i. (15. Bic Sh. & §., 3 1-ii. (4.-8.);
D., 3 ss.-1. (2.-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Ergote. Fluidextract of Ergot. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol and
acetic acid, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of ergot.
Dose —H. & C., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D.,
3ss.-1. (2.-4.).
Extractum Ergote. Extract of Ergot. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.— Ergotin.
Made by evaporation of the fluid extract to a pilular consistence.
Dose.—H. & C., gr-xx.-31, (1.3-4.); D., griii-x. (.12-.6). “(By
mouth or subcutaneously .)
Extractum Ergote Liquidum. (B. P.).
(Zi. crgos = Zi. of preparation.)
Dose. —H. & C.,-3 iv. (15.); ‘Sh. & Sw., 31 (4:); D., Wixevi-wme
1.2.)
Tinctura Ergote Ammoniata. (B. P.)
(109 gr. to Zi.)
Dose.—H. & C., %ss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D
3 ss.-ll. (2.-8.).
Injectio Ergotini Hypodermica. (B. P.) (83 per cent.)
Dose.—H., 3 3°4-116 (3.-6.); D., Mili.-x. (.2-.6).
Ergot deteriorates rapidly with age. Both it and its
preparations should be fresh and the drug should be dis-
carded when oyer a year old.
Action Internal. — Digestive Organs.—Ergot stimulates
the involuntary muscle of the stomach and intestines, but
rarely sufficiently to cause any outward signs. The blood
vessels in the walls of the digestive tract are contracted
directly by the drug, and also because of the constriction of
the muscular walls themselves.
ERGOT 627°
Circulation.—Ergot is absorbed into the blood, but does
not influence that fluid. The essential action consists in
constriction of the arterioles and veins throughout the body,
with rise of blood pressure. This is due to stimulation of
the spinal vasomotor centres. The pulse rate is also some-
what reduced, owing, probably, to stimulation of the peri-
pheral cardiac vagi. When ergot is thrown directly into a
vein, vascular tension is much lowered. This phenomenon
follows depression of the heart muscle and does not occur
after ordinary therapeutic administration of ergot by the
mouth or under the skin. Toxic doses paralyze both the
vasomotor centres and heart muscle.
Nervous System.—The nervous system is not affected by
medicinal doses of ergot, nor by large single doses of the,
drug. Certain changes occur in poisoning, but these are not
understood.
Uterus.—Ergot causes contraction of the pregnant womb.
It does not invariably induce abortion, but does always act
on the parturient organ. Small doses increase the duration
and foree of the uterine contractions, but full medicinal
doses produce a tonic, continuous spasm of the womb with-
out the usual intermissions. Ergot possesses little influence
on the normal unimpregnated uterus. The action on the
womb is probably to be ascribed to stimulation of the
uterine unstriated muscle, and the spinal lumbar centres
controlling this organ. Ergot is the oxytocic in most com-
monuse. The secretion of urine, sweat, saliva and milk is
lessened by ergot, owing to general vascular contraction.
Administration.—The fluid extract is generally given by
the mouth. Some proprietary preparations are made for
subcutaneous ase. Bonjean’s ergotin, or the official extract,
are employed hypodermatically.
R PRESALE IGE. ches Be cies Wien civin! rena cas Gt us vate c gr.xl.
Alcohol.
Glycerini.
MARPAC utp a cra Rata R or a ak dei Male a We ae he aa 31.
M.
Sig. Give one-half subcutoneously to a horse; 10 to 15 M. to dogs.
628 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Injections should be made deeply into the muscular
tissue to avoid abscess. Ergot should be repeated frequently
to arrest hemorrhage.
Toxicology. — Enormous single doses are required to
poison animals or man. When as much as two drachms of
ergot to the pound, live weight, are given to dogs, death is not
constant. Three ounces, however, have proved fatal to small
dogs. Acute poisoning is characterized by vomiting (in dogs),
profuse salivation, dilation of the pupils, rapid breathing,
and frequent pulse. The animal cries out, has convulsive
twitchings, staggering gait, paraplegia, intense thirst, and
coma, terminating in death. Horses, cattle, and sheep are
unaffected by any ordinary quantity of the drug.
_ Chronic poisoning or ergotism rarely occurs in animals
owing to continuous ingestion of ergotized grains. It is
characterized by gastro-iitestinal indigestion, with nausea,
vomiting, colic, diarrhoea or constipation, and abortion
ensues in pregnant animals. In addition to gastro-intestinal
irritation the symptoms naturally assume two forms: 1,
the gangrenous form; 2, the spasmodic form. In the
first variety of ergotism there are coldness and anesthesia.
of the extremities, including the feet, ears, and tail of quadru-
peds; the comb, tongue and beak of birds,—followed by the
appearance of passive congestion, blebs, and dry gangrene.
in the vicinity of these parts. The hoofs and beaks often
drop off. Death ensues from general exhaustion. In the
spasmodic form are seen tonic contraction of the flexor
tendons of the limbs and anesthesia of the extremities ;
muscular trembling and general tetanic spasm, with opistho-
tonos, convulsions and delirium. Death also occurs from
asthenia.
Uses.—Two therapeutic indications for the use of ergot:
can be directly deduced from its physiological actions: 1,
to cause uterine contraction; 2, to produce general vascular:
contraction.
1. Ergot is occasionally of service in simple uterine
inertia when there is no malposition of the foetus, or mechan--
ERGOT - 629
ical obstruction (pelvic deformity, rigid os uteri) to its
passage. Very small doses must be given for this purpose
in order to intensify the force of the uterine contractions
without inducing spasm of the uterus. The more common
causes of dystocia are remedied most advantageously by
manual interference. Ergot is of chiefest value in obstetric
practice to prevent or arrest post-partum hemorrhage which
sometimes occurs in cows and ewes. If administered before
delivery of the placenta, ergot may give rise to tonic con-
traction of the womb and retention of the afterbirth.
Ergot is of benefit in some disorders of the unimpreg-
nated and non-parturient uterus. Thus to aid the expulsion
of cysts, and to contract the uterus and its blood vessels in
hypertrophy, subinvolution, chronic metritis and fibroid
tumors.
In paralysis of the bladder, ergot is occasionally useful
by creating contraction of the muscular coat of its walls.
This condition is most satisfactorily treated by the injection
of an ordinary dose of ergotin into the empty urinary bladder.
2. Ergot is commonly recommended for combating
internal hemorrhage, when surgical measures are impossible.
Under this head may be included bleeding from the nose,
mouth, stomach, intestines, lungs, uterus and kidneys. The
drug should usually be given under the skin (ergotin) in
these emergencies. It is, however, extremely doubtful
whether the increase of blood pressure caused by ergot does
not more than offset its beneficial action in contracting
vessels when used to stop internal hemorrhage, and the best
clinicians to-day condemn its use and resort to ice and
opium in this condition. Ergot may be beneficial in causing
constriction of the blood vessels in the early stages of some
hyperemias and inflammations,—notably pulmonary, cere-
bral and spinal congestion, parturient apoplexy, cerebritis,
cerebro-spinal meningitis, spinal meningitis and myelitis ;
and in vasomotor palsy following surgical shock. In most
of these states (except the latter, where ergotin is indicated,
under the skin) ergot must be exhibited in very large doses
three times daily.
630 | VIGETABLE DRUGS
For the same physiological reason that ergot is employed
as a hemostatic, it has been prescribed with alleged ad-
vantage in the treatment of chronic diarrhcea, dysentery,
and bleeding piles. Ergotin is injected between:the skin
and vessel walls for the cure of aneurism and varicocele.
This treatment is of doubtful utility.
Gossypir Cortex. Cotton Root Bark.
(U. 8. P.)
Synonym.—Ecorce de racine de cottonnier, Fr.; baum-
wollen-wurzelrinde, G.
The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum Linné,
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvacez).
Habitat.—Sub-tropical Africa and Asia; also cultivated
in the United States.
Description.—In thin, flexible bands or quilled pieces ;
outer surface brownish-yellow, with slight, longitudinal
ridges or meshes, small, black, circular dots, or short, trans-
verse lines, and dull brownish-yellow patches, from the
abrasion of the thin cork; inner surface whitish, of a silky
lustre, finely striate ; bast-fibres long, tough and separable
into papery layers ; inodorous; taste very slightly acrid and
faintly astringent.
Constituents. —1, a fixed oil; 2, a resin; 3, tannic acid.
PREPARATION,
Extructum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cotton
Root Bark. (Non-official.)
Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin and alcohol, and
‘evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ss.*i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.).
Action and Uses,—Cotton root bark resembles ergot in
its actions and uses, but the drug has not been scientifically
studied in full detail. It is an oxytoxic, abortifacient, and
emmenagogue.
Cotton root bark is employed during parturition in
COLCHICUM 63}
uterine inertia, to prevent post-partum’ hemorrhage, to
induce abortion, and to arrest metrorrhagia. A decoction
(Ziv. to qt. boiled down to Oi.) is said to be more active
than the fluid extract. Dose.—H. & C., Oi. (500.); D., % i.-ii.
(30.-60.).
Ergot is generally to be preferred as a more thoroughly
understood and reliable drug.
SECTION XVI.—COLCHICUM.
Coxtcuicit Cormus. Colchicum Corm. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Meadow saffron root, colchicum corm, bul-
‘bus seu tuber colchici, E.;. bulbe de colchique, de safran
datard, Fr.; zeitlosenknollen, G.
The corm of colechicum autumnale Linné (nat. ord.
Lidiaceze).
Habitat.—Kingland and continental Europe.
Description.—About 25 Mm. long, ovoid, flattish and
with a groove on one side; externally brownish and
wrinkled; internally white and solid; often in transverse
slices, reniform in shape, and breaking with a short, mealy
fracture ; inodorous; taste sweetish, bitter and somewhat
acrid.
Constituents.—1, the alkaloid colchicine (C,,H,,NO,), is the
active principle ; it exists to the extent of 0.5 per cent.; is
amorphous or crystalline, and soluble in water and alcohol ;
“2, colchiceine (C,,H,,NO,), occurs naturally and is produced
artificially by the action of acids on colchicine; slightly
‘soluble in water, soluble in alcohol; 3, sugar; 4, starch;
5, gum.
Incompatibles.—Astringents, tincture of guaiacum and
iodine.
Dose.-—H. & C., 38s.-ii. (2.-8.); Sh., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3) ;
Sw. & D., gr.ii.-vili. (.12-.5) in powder.
632 VEGETABLE DRUGS
Dose.—Oolchicina, Colchicine (U.S.P.)—H. & C., gr.t-b
(.01-.03); D., grt o-sy_ (-0005-.0012), by mouth or sub-
cutaneously.
PREPARATIONS.
Vinum Colchici Radicis. Wine of Colchicum Root. (Non-official.)
Made by percolation of colchicum root (400) with alcohol (150), and.
white wine to make 1000.
Dose.—Twice that of colchicum corm.
Vinum Colchict. (B. P.)
Dose.—Twice that of the root.
Contcuict SemEN. Colchicum Seed. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Colchici semina, B.P.; semences de col—
chique, Fr.; zeitlosensamen, G.; semen colchici, P.G.
The seed of Colchicum autumnale Linné (nat. ord.
Liliacez).
Description. —Subglobular, about 2 Mm. thick, very
slightly pointed at the hilum ; reddish-brown, finely pitted,.
internally whitish ; very hard and tough; inodorous; taste
bitter and somewhat acrid.
Oonstituents.—1, colchicine, 3 per cent.; 2, colchiceine 5,
3, a fixed oil, 6-8 per cent.; 4, starch; 5, sugar; 6, gum.
Dose.—Same as corm, or a little larger.
» PREPARATIONS.
Fluidextractum Colchict Seminis. Fluidextract of Colchicum
Seed. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of colchicum seeds.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 s8.-ii. (2.-8.); Sh., ™Mx.-xx. (.6-1.38); Sw. & D.,.
Mii.-viii, (.12-.5). |
Vinum Colchici Seminis. Wine of Colchicum Seed. (U.S. P.)
Made by maceration of colchicum seed, 100; alcohol, 150; and.
white wine to make 1000.
Dose.—H. & C., 3 iii.- 3 i. (12.-30.); D., ™x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
COLCHICUM 633
Tinctura Colenici Seminis. Tincture of Colchicum Seed.
(Use abe)
Made by maceration and percolation of colchicum seed, 100; with
zalcohol and water to make 1000. (U.S. P.).
Dose.—H. & C., 3 iii.- Zi. (12.-30.); D., 1x.-xxx. (.6-2.).
Action External.—Colchicum is an irritant to the skin
sand mucous membranes.
Action Internal. — Digestive Organs.— Colchicum and
colchicine are identical in action without regard to their
method of. introduction into the system. Colchicum is:
essentially a gastro-intestinal irritant in large doses. Small
therapeutic quantities are cholagogue and increase the flow
of bile. Full medicinal doses occasion anorexia, nausea,
eelicky pains, loud intestinal ramblings (borborygmi), and
purging. Colchiceine appears to closely resemble colchicine
physiologically. Neither the circulation, nervous system,
respiration, nor temperature are affected by colchicum save
in poisonous doses.
Circulation.—Toxie doses reflexly influence the circula-
tion, but colchicum does not appear to affect it directly until
late in poisoning, when the vagus endings become depressed
and paralyzed. Full medicinal doses lower the force and
frequency of the pulse.
Nervous System.—Toxic quantities depress and paralyze
the motor cells of the inferior cornua in the spinal cord,
-and also depress the sensory nerves. The motor nerves and
muscles are unaffected.
Kidneys and Elimination.—It is doubtful whether col-
chicum exerts any decided or uniform action on the kidneys.
. Iixperiments relating to this matter are perpiexingly con-
flicting. It is stated by many authors that the excretion of
both the organic and inorganic solids in the urine is
ancreased ; that of urea more than uric acid.
Toxicology.—Colchicum is a very poisonous drug. Acci-
dental lethal poisoning occasionally occurs among herbivora
from eating meadow saffron at pasture, or in hay. In such
634 VEGETABLE DRUGS
cases it is naturally impossible to estimate the quantity «*
the plant ingested. Two and one-half drachms of the wine
of the root, and one-half grain of the alkaloid, have proved.
fatal to man. Two drachms of the corm have killed a dog,
and one-tenth of a grain of colchicine has destroyed a eat..
The symptoms of poisoning comprise: anorexia, nausea,
dulness, salivation, violent vomiting (in carnivora), purging,
at first watery, then mucous and often bloody, and accom-
panied by great tenesmus, tympanites, and colic. There are.
often such nervous symptoms as tremors, stupor, coma, and.
paralysis. The animal becomes very weak, the respiration.
is slow and feeble, the pulse rapid and imperceptible, the
skin is cold and covered with a clammy sweat, and. death
occurs in collapse following severe gastro-enteritis. After
the injection of large doses of colchicine, increasing the
amount does not aggravate the symptoms.
Post-Mortem Appearances.—The mucous membrane of
the stomach and intestines is swollen, congested, and eroded.
Sometimes free blood is found within their lumen. There.
is also acute hyperemia of the kidneys.
Treatment.—This consists in the use of the stomach
pump, emetics, and cathartics, unless there has been free:
purging and vomiting. Tannic acid is the best chemical
antidote, but is not wholly satisfactory. - It should be used,
however. Demulcents (oil and egg albumin) and opium.
relieve the local irritation, pain and purging. Stimulants,
as atropine, strychnine, and alcohol, together with external
heat, combat collapse.
Administration.—The crude drug is not suitable for use.
The wine of the root is the best preparation.
Uses.—It is difficult to estimate the therapeutic value of
colchicum. It is called an alterative by many authorities,.
for want of a better term to describe a drug whose physiolog-.
ical actions do not explain its medicinal virtues. Colchicum
is the most successful single remedy for gout in human
medicine, but does not possess so great a value in veterinary.
practice. It is sometimes used with considerable advantage.
STARCH ; G35
in the treatment of subacute and chronic rheumatism, and in
that form complicating influenza in horses.
Potassium iodide is generally prescribed with colchicum
in these disorders, and also in pericarditis and pleurisy of
rheumatic origin. Colchicum is commonly believed to be
a serviceable diuretic iu various diseases (although this
hypothesis is not physiologically substantiated). It is there-
fore recommended in hemaglobinemia and swelling of the
legs in horses; in cerebral congestion ; ascites; pleural and
pericardial effusions, and dropsies, as an eliminative. Col-
chicine, subcutaneously, is especially lauded in rheumatism.
SECTION XVIIL—VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING
MECHANICALLY.
AmvnuM. Starch. C,H,,0, (U..S..& B. P.)
Synonym.—Corn starch, E.; fecule (amidon) de froment,
de blé, Fr.; kraftmehl, Gein asteke! G:
The Late of the seed of Zea Mays Linné (nat. ord.
Graminee).
Habitat.—Tropical Asia and Africa, but cultivated in
tropical, sub-tropical and temperate countries.
Description.—In irregular, angular masses, which are
easily reduced to a fine powder ; white, inodorous and taste-
less; insoluble in ether, aleohol or cold water. Under the
microscope appearing as granules, nearly uniform in size,
more or less angular in outline, with indistinct striz and
with a distinct hilum near the centre.
Constituents.—1, starch-granulose ; 2, starch-cellulose.
PREPARATION,
Glyceritum Amyli. (U.S. P.) (See p. 581.)
Glycerinnm Amylt. (B. P.)
Action and Uses.—Starch is a mechanical protective
externally, used as a dusting powder, alone or with zinc
oxide (1-4), in chafing, erythema, and moist eczema. The
636 VEGETABLE DRUGS
glycerite of starch is a serviceable demulcent. Boiled starch
paste, mixed with glue, is used to stiffen bandages by paint-
ing the mixture on in layers with a brush. Boiled starch
gruel (2 tablespoons of starch to a pint of water) is a suitable
diet for diarrhoea, and is frequently injected into the rectum
as a demulcent in diarrhoea and dysentery, and as a vehicle
for enemata. Starch is an antidote to iodine. It is utilized
in pharmacy as a vehicle to suspend insoluble powders or
oils, and in mucilage (1-40, B.P.), as a basis for ointments.
Zine oxide, one part; starch and vaseline, each 3 parts,
form a very satisfactory preparation for acute eczema in
dogs, which does not rub off so readily as zine ointment.
Oxteum THEOBROMATIS. Oil of Theobroma.
(U..62& Bak)
Synonym.—Butter of cacao, E.; beurre de cacao, Fr.;
cacaobutter, G.; oleum (butyrum) cacao, P.G.
A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao
Linné (nat. ord. Sterculiacez).
Properties. — A. yellowish-white solid, having a faint,
agreeable odor, and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Readily
soluble in ether or chloroform.
Constituents.—1, olein; 2, stearin; 3, laurin; 4, arachin ;
5, glycerides of formic, butyric, and acetic acids.
Uses. — Cacao butter melts at the temperature of the
body, and is chiefly used as an excipient for suppositories
and electuaries. It also has a demulcent action and may be
employed on raw surfaces or in inflammation of the throat
and digestive tract.
Gossypium Puriricatum. Purified Cotton. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Absorbent cotton, E.; bombyx, lana gossypii,
— coton, Fr.; baumwolle, G.
The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum Linné,
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvaccee),
PYROXYLIN €37
freed from adhering impurities and deprived of fatty
matter.
Habitat.—Tropical Asia and Africa; cultivated in sub-
tropical and tropical countries, mostly in the Southern
United States.
Description.— White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under
the microscope as hollow, flattened and twisted bands,
spirally striate and slightly thickened at the edges ; inodor-
ous and tasteless; insoluble in ordinary solvents, but
soluble in copper ammonium sulphate solution.
Uses.—Absorbent cotton is used as a cheap, convenient
and cleanly substitute for ordinary sponges ; to make poult-
ices by soaking it in antiseptic solutions (as creolin 1-2 per
cent.) and placing it between layers of gauze ; and for surgi-
cal dressings.
Oakum, consisting of the fibres of old rope, is often
employed as a cheap absorbent material, saturated with tar,
in packing horses feet.
Tow,—the coarser unbleached fibres of flax ; and lint,—
the scrapings of soft, loosely woven linen,—are also utilized
as absorbent substances for surgical purposes.
Pyroxytinum. Pyroxylin. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Gun cotton, soluble gun cotton, colloxylin.
Derivation.—Made by maceration of purified cotton,
100; in a mixture of nitric acid, 1400; and sulphuric acid,
2200; at a temperature of 32° C. (90° F.), until a sample is
soluble in a mixture of 1 volume of alcohol and 3 volumes of
ether; washing with cold and boiling water, draining, and
drying in small pellets.
PREPARATIONS.
Collodium. Collodion. (U.S. & B. P.)
Pyroxylin, 40; ether, 750; alcohol, 250. Made by solution, agita-
tion, and decantation of clear portion.
Collodium Cantharidatum. Cantharidal Collodion. (U.S. P:)
Synonym.—Blistering collodion.
Made by percolation of cantharides, 60; with chloroform, distilla-
638 VEGETABLE DRUGS
tion of the chloroform and evaporation of the residue until it weighs:
15 (Gm.), and solution in flexible collodion, 85.
Collodium Flexile. Flexible Collodion. (U.S. & B. P.)
Mix collodion, 920; Canada turpentine, 50; and castor oil, 30..
(U..S5E4
Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. (U.S. P.)
Mix tannic acid, 20; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; add collodion to make-
100.
Action and Uses.—Collodion, when painted on dry skin,.
rapidly dries and leaves a thin, protective coating. Itis a.
useful agent to seal and secure coaptation of small wounds.
and to keep them aseptic. Also to protect abraded surfaces,
as fissures of teats. Flexible collodion is less apt to crack.
Collodion contracts the superficial tissues and will often
abort boils when applied directly over them. Collodion is
employed as a vehicle for the application of many other
agents, as corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, iodoform, ete.
Evpxorsium. Enuphorbium. (Non-official.)
The dried juice of a cactus-like plant, Euphorbium
resinifera, growing in Morocco and regions contiguous to the
Atlas Mountains. Obtained by incising the stems and
branches.
Description.—In dull yellowish tears, of the size of peas;.
odorless ; taste acrid; powder of a grayish color ; insoluble
in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether and oil of turpentine.
Constituents.—1, an acrid resin (C,,H,,O,), 88 per cent.,
the active principle ; 2, eaphorbon. .
Action and Uses.—Kuphorbium is an intense irritant,
both externally and internally. It is sometimes employed
in veterinary medicine as a constituent of vesicating prepara-
tions to enhance their effect, but if applied alone it is hable
to cause extensive irritation, sloughing, and destruction of
tissue. Euphorbium may, however, be safely applied in —
tincture (1-16), or in ointment with cantharides, as a vesicant.
for horses. The following combination is recommended as.
a powerful blister for the latter animals. Euphorbium and
cantharides, each two parts; corrosive sublimate, one part;
ADRENALIN 639
vaseline, eight parts; cerate, twelve parts. There is no
danger of absorption and genito-urinary inflammation from
the use of euphorbium, as with cantharides.
SECTION XVIII.—MEDICINAL AGENTS OF
ANIMAL ORIGIN.
-GLANDULE SUPERENALES SICCH. Ree Suprarenal
Glands. (U.S. P.)
The dried glands of the sheep or ox free from fat and
powdered. ;
Dose. —H., 31. (4.); D., gr.iv. (.25).
ADRENALIN. (Non-official.
This is an active principle of the suprarenal glands, and
was discovered by Dr. Jokichi Takamine* and made public
in 1901. It is a light, white, microcrystalline substance,
slightly soluble in cold water, more so in hot. It has a
somewhat bitter taste and produces a benumbing of the
tongue. Adrenalin is permanent in powder, but changes
color and is oxidized in aqueous solution. It is said to be
the active principle of the suprarenals, but non-toxic, which
can not be said of the glands or their extracts (and probably
not of adrenalin). Adrenalin is from 825 to 1,000 times
more powerful than the glands in its physiological effect.
Solutions may be boiled without impairing their therapeutic
activity.
Action —The most important action is exerted upon the
circulatory apparatus, which is comparable to that of digi-
talis but much more transient, lasting not more than ten
minutes when given intravenously. (The drug acts very
uncertainly when given by the mouth—except locally on the
digestive tract—because of poor absorption.) The force
of the heart is increased but the rate decreased (by excita-
tion of the vagi) and blood pressure is more markedly
heightened than by any other known drug, owing to central ~
and peripheral vasomotor stimulation or to excitation of
* Therapeutic Gazette, April 15, 1901.
640 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
the muscular coat of the vessels. Respiration is also
strengthened and both voluntary and involuntary muscles
are stimulated by adrenalin.* Large doses of the adrenal '
gland cause poisoning with failure of the heart and respira-
tion and paralysis of the vagi. Recent experiments with
adrenalin intravenously have resulted not infrequently in
sudden death from paralysis of the heart, so that the drug
must be used in this manner with caution until its action
has been more thoroughly studied. ;
Reichert, on the other hand, in experiments on dogs,
found that .03025 gm. of adrenalin per kilo of live weight.
(gr.s4, for each 2lbs. 30z.) stimulated the circulation, res-
piration and metabolic gravity. In poisoning by large doses
of the adrenal gland, there have been observed restlessness
and loss of muscular strength from action on the spinal cord
or muscles, or both. Glycosuria has also been induced by
the subcutaneous injection of the suprarenal extract and
stimulation of the secretions of the buccal, cesophagal and
bronchial mucous membranes. The predominant and valu-
able effect of adrenalin and extracts of the adrenals consists
in the complete blanching of mucous membranes and raw
surfaces after the local application of these substances.
Adrenalin is undoubtedly the most powerful astringent and
hemostatic known, owing to its stimulation of the involun-
tary muscles of the blood vessels.
Subcutaneous injection of a 1 to 1000 solution causes
blanching over an area about two inches in diameter within
a minute and lasts for six to twelve hours. Solutions con-
taining adrenalin to the amount of 1 to 5000, 1 to 10,000, or
even 1 to 20,000, will produce an ischemia after their hypo-
dermic use within a few minutes and lasting for three to six
hours. Neither ecchymoses nor sloughing occur after the
injection of the drug. Secondary hemorrhage does not
ordinarily appear after the use of adrenalin, but it will
prevent the secondary relaxation, congestion and pain some-
times seen following the use of cocaine.
Uses. —Eaternal.—Adrenalin chloride is commonly sold
* Some of the involuntary muscles are inhibited, as of the stomach, intes-
tines and bladder, so that these organs may lose all movement in poisoning.
The vascular constriction does not affect all vessels, since the pulmonary and
cerebral vessels are uninfluenced by the drug.
ADRENALIN 641
in a 1 to 1000 aqueous solution in the shops. It has proven
of most value when combined with cocaine for subcutaneous
use in operative work. One part of the 1-1000 solution should
be added to nine parts of normal salt solution (one heaping
teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the quart of sterile water),
‘to which is added 1 per cent. of cocaine, or more if desired.
A stronger solution of adrenalin chloride than this (1 to
10,000) is not usually desirable in operative work, because
it is irritating, and in some instances when stronger solu-
tions were used so much ischemia was produced that the
blood vessels could not be found and ligated and secondary
‘hemorrhage ensued. This would apply only to major
operations, however.
The combination of cocaine with adrenalin is coming
into general favor and marks a distinct progress in local
anesthesia. Four advantages are claimed for this com-
bination: 1, that the operation is made comparatively
bloodless; 2, that the cocaine is retained in the operative
field a longer time, owing to the contracted state of the
vessels, and does not escape into the general circulation ;
this is a double advantage—in prolonging anesthesia and in
‘preventing systemic effect of cocaine ; 3, that adrenalin is a
circulatory stimulant and will offset the toxie action of
cocaine; this is somewhat problematical and theoretical ;
4, that adrenalin counteracts the vascular relaxation seen
sometimes after the use of cocaine.
Adrenalin has also proven of great service in arresting
hemorrhages from wounds, mucous membranes and cavities
of the body. A solution equivalent to a 1 to 5000 of
adrenalin in sterile salt solution may be applied for this
purpose directly to the bleeding surface, or gauze saturated
with it may be packed into wounds and cavities, as the
uterus and vagina. Adrenalin chloride is useful also in
many inflammatory diseases of the eye and nose in the same
strength. Catarrhal conjunctivitis, keratitis, episcleritis
and iritis yield to its influence, particularly when it is com-
bined with other astringents on account of its transient
642 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
action; with atropine in iritis. Adrenalin chloride in a
1 to 5000 solution containing 2 per cent. of boric acid forms
a useful preparation for general apvlication in inflammations
of mucous membranes.
Internal.—Adrenalin is employed internally to arrest
bleeding from the stomach, intestines, lungs and uterus. Its
local application in hemorrhage from the bladder, rectum,
vagina and uterus is, however, much more effective. The drug
is said to have yielded good results in human practice in
the treatment of diabetes insipidus, purpura hemorrhagica,
acute and chronic bronchitis, pulmonary congestion and
cedema of glottis and lungs. Reichert, as the result of his
experiments on morphinized dogs, believes that adrenalin
is a valuable and rapidly acting stimulant to the heart,
vasomotor system and respiration in poisoning by opium
and anesthetics. It has also been used in emergencies for
the same purpose and with reported good results. In opium
poisoning, metabolism is checked and vital activity lowered,
together with inhibition of the normal secretion of the
adrenals, which Reichert thinks is relieved by adrenalin.
Martin* has recently given Zi. (4.0) of adrenalin solution
(1 to 1000) in a pint of normal salt solution subcutaneously
in conditions of shock and circulatory failure in human
patients, with some satisfactory results and no toxic effects.
In emergencies, adrenalin may be injected intravenously
in solutions not stronger than 1 to 5000; but, in view of
some deaths reported from the experimental injection of the
drug, this mode of treatment must be regarded with some
suspicion.t ;
Administration—Adrenalin is preferable to the so-called
suprarenal extracts, the dried and powdered suprarenal
capsules of sheep and oxen. When the drug is given by the
* American Med., Nov. 21, 1903.
+ Experimenters have found that symptoms do not follow the use of the
adrenalin by the mouth, because. absorption is rendered so poor through vascular
constriction in the digestive tract. Nevertheless, Floersheim claims that when
adrenalin is dropped on the tongue its action is even quicker than when given
under the skin. As this is so much simpler than intravenous injestion, and
as—in even high dilutions—adrenalin sometimes causes sloughing when give
subcutaneously, it would be advisable to try this method in shock. :
CANTHARIDES 643)
‘mouth or rectum, its action on the system at large is slow
and uncertain, owing to the tardiness of absorption, pre-
‘sumably due to the vascular constriction it occasions and to
its rapid decomposition. Intravenous injection is most
effective, although attended with some danger in large doses.
A stronger solution than 1 to 10,000 may cause an abscess
if the drug be given hypodermically. The doses of adrenalin
chloride in 1 to 1000 solution are: Dogs, TI|10.-60. (0.6-4.0) ;
horses, 3 1-4 (1.-15.). Adrenalin should be repeated once in
two hours when given internally as an hemostatic.
CanTuaris. Cantharides. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Spanish flies, blister beetles, muscz hispan-
ice, E.; cantharides, Fr.; spanische fliegen, canthariden, G.;
cantharides, P.G.
Cantharis is the beetle, Cantharis vesicatoria De Geer
(class Insecta ; order Coleoptera).
Habitat. — Southern Europe, Germany and Russia;
living chiefly on Oleacez and Caprifoliacez.
Description.—About 25 Mm. long and 6 Mm. broad ;
flattish cylindrical, with filiform antenne, black in the upper
part, and with long wing-cases, and ample, membranous,
tvansparent, brownish wings, elsewhere of a shining, coppery-
green color. The powder is grayish-brown, and contains
green shining particles. Odor strong, and disagreeable;
taste slight, afterwards acrid.
Constituents. —1, the active principle is cantharidin,
C,,H,,0, (2 per cent.), in colorless scales, insoluble in water,
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, oils, acetic acid and
acetic ether; it is found chiefly in the generative organs,
egos, and blood of the beetles ; 2, a volatile oil; 3, a bland,
green oil; 4, acetic and uric acids, extractives and salts ;
cantharides deteriorates with age and should be kept
unpowdered in tightly stoppered bottles.
Dose.—H. & C., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); Sh. & Sw., gr.iv.-viii.
(.24-.5) ; D., gr.i-ii. (.06-.12).
644 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
PREPARATIONS.
Tinctura Cantharidis. Tincture of cantharides. (U.S. & B. P.)
Made by percolation of cantharides, 100; with alcohol to make
1000.” (WS2 Pe) *
Dose.—H. & C., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., Mii.-xv. (.12-1.).
Ceratum Cantharidis. (U.&. P.)
Cantharidis powdered, 820; petrolatum, wax, rosin and lard to
make 1000.
Unguentum Cantharidis. (B. P.)
Action External.—Cantharides, by virtue of cantharidin,
is an intense irritant. When applied to the skin in ointment.
it produces no effect for several hours, but after that time
causes dilatation of the cutaneous vessels, hyperemia, and
blisters, which appear in from 3 to 12 hours. The blisters
soon break, discharge their serous contents, and then dry
and crust the surface. Ifthe action of cantharides is main-
tained continuously; if the application is repeated, or
covered with a bandage; or if the skin was previously
inflamed, then inflammation of the deeper-seated parts
ensues, followed by suppuration, sloughing, loss of tissue,
destruction of hair follicles, and scars. The drug is thera-
peutically a rubefacient and vesicant, and counter-irritant,
in oceasioning dilatation of the superficial vessels, and
reflexly, contraction of those in the remote underlying parts.
Cantharides acts more powerfully on the skin of horses and
dogs, than on that of cattle and swine. If applied over an
extensive surface, absorption and poisoning may occur.
Action Internal.—Cantharides affects mainly the diges-
tive and genito-urinary tracts. It is a violent gastro-intes-
tinal irritant. Toxic doses cause vomiting, in animals.
capable of the act, at first bilious (and containing greenish
specks of the wings and wing cases), then mucous, and finally
bloody. There is purging in all, associated with great pain
and straining, of a mucous, fibrinous, and often hemorrhagie
character. There are salivation, swelling and pain in the
salivary glands. The gastro-enteritis is accompanied by
general prostration, and feeble, rapid pulse. A few hours.
after the occurrence of the preceding symptoms there is.
CANTHARIDES 645
enovgh absorption of cantharidin to induce lumbar pain,
followed by frequent, scanty and painful micturition (stran-
gury). The urine is albuminous and often bloody. Can-
tharides is eliminated chiefly by the kidneys, but also to
some extent by the other excretory organs, including the
skin. Sexual excitement may be present in poisoning. It
is more common with small than large toxic doses. There
are erections and great heat in the penis, and even inflam-
mation and sloughing of the organ. Abortion is precipitated
in the pregnant, and “heat” is hastened in the non-
preenant female. Stupor,coma, and collapse close the scene
after lethal doses. Twenty grains of cantharides have killed
a man ; forty, a dog; and one drachm has destroyed a horse.
The treatment includes the use of emetics or the stomach
pump; opium, to relieve pain and strangury; albuminous,
mucilaginous drinks; and, in collapse, external heat, alco-
holic stimulants, strychnine and atropine under the skin.
Oils and fats dissolve cantharidin and must not be given in
poisoning as demulcents.
Post-Mortem Appearances.—Swelling, congestion, ecchy-
moses, and erosion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane
are observed after death by cantharides. There are, more-
over, lesions of acute nephritis and cystitis, with inflam-
mation of the whole genito-urinary mucous membrane.
Hyperzemia of the brain and spinal cord have also been
reported.
Uses External.—Cantharides is employed more frequently
than any other counter-irritant, to cause blistering, in veter-
inary practice. The reader is referred to the section on
counter-irritants (p. 696) for an account of their actions.
The action of cantharides is too tardy and irritating, and
there is too much danger of absorption and poisoning to
recommend it for the production of counter-irritation over
an extensive area (chest and abdomen) in acute pulmonary
congestion, pneumonia, bronchitis, colic, enteritis and
peritonitis. Mustard, turpentine, and external heat are
generally preferable in these disorders.
646 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
A blister of cantharides is serviceable in pericarditis
and pleuritis with effusion, and, applied over the throat in
severe, acute laryngitis, may obviate the necessity of tracheo-
tomy. Again, blisters are useful on the poll in inflammation
of the brain and its membranes; and over the spine in
myelitis and meningitis; over the lumbar region in para-
plegia.
A cantharidal application is often efficacious in muscular
or joint rheumatism when placed over the affected area, or
near by, in acute conditions. Furthermore, a cantharides
blister is of advantage in acute diseases of the ear, when
rubbed in above and behind this organ; and will relieve
pain in the stomach, and vomiting when applied to the
epigastrium.
Cantharides is the remedy usually employed in the
treatment of diseases of the bones, joints, burse, ligaments,
and tendons. In exostoses, as spavin and ringbone, the
ointment is used most effectively after the actual cautery, to
secure absorption and resolution, or anchylosis. Cantharidal
ointment is often sufficient, together with complete rest, in
the treatment of synovitis, and strains of tendons and liga-
ments. A cantharides blister is, sometimes, beneficial in
hastening the formation of abscess, (“strangles’’); or to aid
their resolution after paracentesis ; also to stimulate indolent
ulcers or wounds; and to assist absorption of traumatic
indurations, when applied around these lesions. The actual
cautery, followed by a cantharides blister, will cause sweil-
ing and close the opening in the abdominal parietes of small
umbilical hernias of foals and calves.
Likewise, blisters are valuable in closing and sealing
punctured wounds into joints and synovial cavities.* Can-
tharides is commonly employed in ointment (1 to 4-8) made
by melting and mixing the excipients in a double boiler;
ae, Over a water bath, and stirring in thoroughly the
powdered drug. The following is a good preparation :_
* The U.S. P. cerate may be used, as it is a powerful preparation.
Its strength is 82 per cent. cantharides.
CANTHARIDES 647
Pulv. Cantharidis.
Ss. External use.
More powerful ointments are made with powdered euphor-
biam and cantharides, each 2 parts; corresive sublimate, 1
part; vaseline, 8 parts; cerate, 12 parts; or,
Tar and resin, each 4 parts ; yellow wax, 3 parts ; cotton-
seed oil, 10 parts; powdered euphorbium, 2 parts; canthar-
ides, 6 parts.
The technique of blistering-consists in cutting the hair
and washing the part to be blistered, and rubbing the
blister long and thoroughly into the skin. The animal should
‘be controlled by tying up the head, or using a cradle, or
side-bar attached to the halter and surcingle, to prevent
horses from biting the blistered area. The tail should be
tied up if the blister is applied within its reach. Dogs
should be muzzled, but are apt to rub the sore spot. The
serum discharged from the blister must be continually
sponged off with soap suds and water, to prevent excoriation
of the subadjacent skin, or the latter may be covered with a
solution of resin in alcohol, by means of a brush.
The blister is washed off in 36 or 48 hours after its
application, and vaseline should thereafter be kept on the
part. The use of cantharidal blisters is contraindicated in
weak or young animals; on the flexures of joints; or deli-
cate skin on the inner aspect of the upper part of the limbs ;
on acutely inflamed areas ; and in renal disease.
Uses Internal. —Cantharides is rarely administered
internally. It is sometimes successful in stopping incon-
tinence of urine, when due to relaxation of the neck of the
bladder, and it may be used as a stimulant in chronic
cystitis and pyelitis. Cantharides is recommended to
increase sexual desire in cows and mares, but it has usually
to be given in toxic doses to produce an aphrodisiac action.
‘The tincture should be employed when the drug is exhibited
internally.
Sad
648 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
Apeps. Lard. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Adeps preparatus, B.P.; axungia, axungia
porci s. porcina, prepared lard, hog’s lard, E.; axonge, graisse
de pore, Fr.; schweineschmalz, G.; adeps suillus, P.G.
The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of Sus Scrofa.
Linné (class Mammalia; order Pachydermata), purified by
washing with water, melting, and straining.
Properties.—A soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint
odor free from rancidity, and a bland taste; insoluble in
water ; slightly soluble in alcohol ; readily soluble in ether,
chloroform, carbon disulphide, or benzin. Spec. gr. about
0.932.
PREPARATIONS.
Ceratum, Cerate. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Cerat simple; Fr.; einfaches cerat, wachssalbe, Gu
White wax, 300; white petrolatum, 200; benzoinated lard, 500.
Unguentum. Ointment. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.— Unguentum simplex, B.P.; simple ointment, E.>
pommade simple, Fr.; wachssalbe, G. Lard, 800; white wax, 200..
(USS 2.)
Ceratum Resine. (See p. 506.)
Adeps Benzoinaius. (See p. 512.)
Sevum Preparatum. Prepared Suet. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Sevum preparatum, B.P.; mutton suet, E.:
suif, Fr.; talg, hammeltalg, G.; sebum, P.G.
The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis aries Linné
(class Mammalia; order Ruminantia), purified by melting
and straining.
Properties.—A white, solid fat, nearly inodorous, and
having a bland taste when fresh, but becoming rancid on
prolonged exposure to the air. Insoluble in water or cold
alcohol; soluble in about 60 parts of ether, and slowly in 2
parts of benzin.
Constituents.—1, olein; 2, stearin ; 3, palmitin ; 4, hircin.
HYDROUS WOOL FAT 649
Aveps Lanz Hyprosus. Hydrous Wool Fat. (U.S. &B. P.)
Synonym.—Lanolin, cesypum.
The purified fat of the wool of sheep (Ovis aries, Linné ;
lass Mammalia; order Ruminantia), mixed with not more
than 30 per cent. of water.
Properties.—A yellowish-white, or nearly white ointment-
like mass, having a faint, peculiar odor. Insoluble in water,
but miscible with twice its weight of the latter, without
losing its ointment-like character.
Constituents.—1, cholesterin, C,,H,, (OH); 2, ethers of
oleic, stearic, palmitic and other acids.
Apreps Lanm, (U.S. & B. P.)
ales (Wool fat without water.)
ACTION AND USE OF LARD, SUET, AND HYDROUS WOOL FAT.
Lard is used mainly as a basis of ointments and cerates.
Benzoin is commonly added to it to prevent or retard ran-
-eidity. Lard is inferior to petrolatum as a lubricant. It is
rarely given internally as an antidote to caustic alkalies, and
as a demulcent.
Suet is contained in certain ointments and plasters. It
is harder than lard and becomes rancid on prolonged
exposure. Lanolin is not subject to rancidity, but possesses
no particular medicinal action. It is indicated where
absorption of some drug is desired (mercury, potassium
iodide) by inunction, as it is believed to be more readily
absorbed from the skin than any other fat. Lanolin is used
as a basis of ointments. It may be mixed with twice its
weight of water without losing its ointment consistency.
Cera Fiava. Yellow Wax. (U.S. & B. P)
Synonym.—Cera citrina, beeswax, B.P.; cire jaune, Fr.;
gelbes wachs, G.
A peculiar, concrete substance prepared by Apis melli-
fica Linné (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera).
650 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
Properties. — A yellowish to brownish-yellow solid,
having an agreeable, honey-like odor, and faint, balsamic
taste. Spec. gr. 0.955-0.967. It is brittle when cold; by tii
heat of the hand it becomes plastic. Insoluble in alcohol 3,
sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, but completely soluble im
ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils.
Constituents. —1, myricin or myrical palmitate (C,,H,,,.
C,,H,,0,), a spermaceti-like substance; 2, cerin or cerotie
acid (C,,H,,O,), an imperfectly saponifiable waxy body; 3,
hydrocarbons (C,,H,, and C,,H,,); 4, an alcohol (C,,H,,O) ; 5,
ceryl alcohol (C,,H,,O).
Cera AtBA. White Wax. (U.S.&B.P.) *
Synonym.—Cire blanche, Fr.; weisses wachs, G.
Yellow wax, bleached by exposure to air, light and
moisture.
Properties.—A. yellowish-white solid, somewhat trans
lucent in thin layers, having a slightly rancid odor, and am
insipid taste. Spec. gr. 0.965-0.975. Solubility and com-
position the same as those of yellow wax.
Uses.—Yellow and white wax are used as bases for
plasters, ointments and cerates, since they do not decompose.
nor melt at the temperature of the body.
CreracEeum. Spermaceti. (U.S. & B. P.)
A peculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from (the —
sperm whale) Physeter macrocephalus Linné (class Mam-
malia ; order Cetacea).
Habitat.—Indian and Pacific Oceans.
Properties. — White, somewhat translucent, slightly
unctuous masses of a scaly-crystalline fracture and a pearly
lustre ; odorless, and having a bland, mild taste. It becomes.
yellow and rancid by exposure to the air. Spec. gr. about.
0.945. Insoluble in water, nearly so in cold alcohol ; soluble
in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide. fixed and volatile
oils. ?
HONEY 651
Constituents.—1, chiefly a fat, cetin or cetyl palmitate
(C,,H,,C,,H,,0,), composed of eetylic alcohol (C,,H,,OH) and
palmitic acid (HC,,H,,O,); 2, sperm oil, a small quantity.
PREPARATION.
Unguentum Cetacet. (B. P.)
Spermaceti, white wax, and olive oil, Made by melting and
mixing.
Action and Uses.—Spermaceti resembles wax. Itis used
as an emollient and as a basis for plasters, ointments, and
cerates. It is rarely used alone.
Met. Honey. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Miel, Fr.; honig, G.
A saccharine secretion deposited in the honeycomb by
Apis mellifica Linné (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera).
Properties.—A syrupy liquid of a bright yellowish to a
pale-yellowish-brown color; translucent when fresh, but
gradually becoming opaque and crystalline; having a char-
acteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste.
Nearly soluble in water.
Constituents.—1, grape sugar (dextrose); 2, fruit sugar
(glucose); 3, a volatile oil; 4, wax; 5, formic acid, a trace.
Fresh honey contains sucrose or cane sugar, which is changed
into grape and fruit sugars,
PREPARATION,
Mel Depuratum. Clarified Honey. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Mel depuratum, P. G.; miel despumé, mellite simple,
F re: gereinigter honig, G.
Derivation.—Melt honey with two per cent. of its weight of paper-
pulp in water bath ; skim, strain, and add five per cent. of its weight of
glycerin.
Dose.—Ad lib.
Honey is employed as an excipient in electuaries and
confections. It is a demulcent and mild laxative for young
652 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
animals. Oxymel (clarified honey, 8 parts ; water and acetic
acid, each 1 part) is a soothing preparation for the throat. .
SaccHarum Lactis. Sugar of Milk. (B,,H,,0, + H,0.)
(U.S -2:)
Synonym.—Lactose, lactin, milk sugar, E.; sucre de lait,
Fr.; milchzucker, G.
A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of
cows’ milk, by evaporation, and purified by recrystallization.
Properties.—White, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a
white powder, feeling gritty on the tongue; odorless, and
having a faintly sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble
in about 6 parts of water; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or
chloroform.
Dose.—Ad lib.
Uses.—Sugar of milk is less soluble and therefore less
sweet than cane sugar. It is harder, and thus assists in the
subdivision of drugs, and serves as a vehicle in the making
of powders and triturates. It also forms the basis of homceo-
pathic preparations. .
Sugar of milk is a considerable diuretic and may be
given to dogs in 2 to 4 drachm doses daily, in solution in the
drinking water, for dropsy of renal or cardiac origin.
PrepsinuM. Pepsin. (U.S. & B. P.)
A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the
glandular layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, and
capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight
of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumin.
Derivation.—The chopped mucous membrane of a pig’s
stomach is macerated for several days in a weak, aqueous
solution of hydrochloric acid, with frequent stirring. The
pepsin is precipitated from this solution by the addition of
sodium chloride and rises to the surface. The floating mix-
ture is skimmed off, drained, pressed and dried. Sometimes
the surface of the clean mucous membranes of the stomach
of pigs, calves, or sheep is simply scraped off and dried.
PEPSIN 653
Properties.—A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphcus
powder, or thin, pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or
translucent grains or scales, free from any offensive odor,
and having a mildly .acidulous or slightly saline taste,
usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly
attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for
the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more
or less opalescence ; more soluble in water acidulated with
hydrochlaric acid ; insoluble in alcohol, ether or chloroform.
Dose.—D., Calves and Foals, gr.x.- 3 1. (.6-4.).
PREPARATIONS.
Glycerinum Pepsini. (B. P.)
(Contains hydrochloric acid, 31. = gr.v. pepsin.)
Dose.—D., 3 i -ii.
Pepsinum Saccharatum.
Pepsin, 1; sugar of milk, 9. A weak preparation of little value.
Action and Uses.—Pepsin is of some value in the treat-
ment of dogs and young animals. It assists the digestion of
proteids in the stomach, but has no action on fat or carbo-
hydrates of the food. The drug should usually be given
along with hydrochloric acid, which converts any pepsinogen,
in the gastric tubules, into pepsin. Pepsin contains the
unorganized digestive ferment of the gastric juice, but is not
by any means the pure ferment, which has never been
isolated.
Much of the commercial pepsin is inert, or is composed
largely of mucus, albumin and peptone, which later gives the
preparation a musty odor and causes it to absorb moisture
when exposed to the air, and to become sticky.
Pepsin is serviceable in gastric indigestion of young
animals, which is sometimes accompanied by diarrhoea, and
in dyspepsia and feeble digestion caused by acute illness.
Its use must not be long persisted in, as the normal
functions of the stomach will fail from lack of use.
Pepsin is administered in pill, or solution with hydrochloric:
acid.
654 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
PANCREATINUM. Pancreatin. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Zy mine, B.P.
A mixture of the enzymes naturally existing in the pan-
creas of warm-blooded animals, usually obtained from the
fresh pancreas of the hog (Sus Scrofa Linné; class Mam-
malia; order Pachydermata).
. Derivation.—Chopped hog’s pancreas is macerated in a.
dilute aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid for 48 hours,
and pancreatin, which is separated by adding a saturated
solution of sodium chloride, ‘rises to the surface and is.
skimmed off, drained, washed, and when nearly dry, is
diluted with sugar of milk until 10 grains will exactly
emulsify 2 drachms of cod-liver oil.
Properties. — A yellowish, yellowish-white or grayish,
amorphous powder; odorless, or having a faint, peculiar,
not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat meat-like taste. Slowly
and almost completely soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.).
Action and Uses. —Pancreatin fulfils a fourfold function
by virtue of the four ferments contained in it. It digests
proteids by means of the ferment, trypsin; it decomposes
and emulsifies fat owing to the ferment, steapsin; it converts.
‘starch into sugar by reason of the ferment, amylopsin ; it
coagulates milk through the action of a milk-curdling fer-
ment. Pancreatin is thus more useful than pepsin on account
of its more extended actions.
Tt does not digest food in an acid medium, but may aid
digestion in the stomach, before much gastric juice has been
secreted, during the first half hour after the ingestion of
food. Pancreatin acts more efficiently in’ intestinal indiges-
tion because of the presence of an alkaline secretion. For
this reason pancreatin is commonly prescribed with sodium
bicarbonate, and, if given for intestinal indigestion, it is
administered in pill or tablet to dogs one or two hours after
feeding. It is indicated in diarrhoea, when the fxecal move-
OXGALL 655
ments contain particles of undigested food, and in other
forms of deficient digestion due to general disease. Pan-
creatin is more especially valuable to digest food previous to
its administration by the mouth or rectum (see Artificial
Feeding, p.694.) For this purpose a good preparation can be
made extemporaneously by washing and cutting up a fresh
pig’s pancreas, soaking it in absolute alcohol for 24 hours,
pressing out the alcohol, macerating it in ten times its weight
of glycerin for 48 hours, and filtering. The filtered glycerin
extract is added in the proportion of 31. tothe pint of warm
milk, with a little sodium bicarbonate, to artificially digest it.
Fret Bovis. Oxgall. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—F el tauri, inspissated oxgall, E.
The fresh bile of Bos Taurus Linné (class Mammalia ;
order Ruminantia).
Properties.—A. brownish-green or dark green, somewhat
viscid liquid, having a peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a dis-
agreeable, bitter taste. Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.028. It is
neutral, or has a slightly alkaline reaction.
Dose.—D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.).
PREPARATION.
Fel Bovis Purificatum. Purified Oxgall. (U.S. P.)
Synonym.—Fel bovinum purificatum, B.P.; fiel de boeuf purifie,
Fr.; gereinigte ochsengalle (rindsgalle), G.
Evaporate oxgall, 300, to 100; add alcohol, 100. The alcohol is dis-
tilled off from the decanted and filtered solution, and the remainder
eyaporated to pilular consistence.
Properties.—A yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar odor
and a partly sweet and partly bitter taste. Very soluble in water and
alcohol.
Dose.—Same as for oxgall.
Action and Uses.—Purified oxgall contains all the active
elements of bile,—biliary acids, coloring matter and choles-
terin. One part of oxgall represents about fifteen parts of
bile. Orxgall is a laxative, and substitute for deficiency in
656 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
the normal biliary secretion. It is also an intestinal antisep-.
tic. Oxgall is, indicated in constipation with pale-colored
feces. It interferes with gastric digestion and should be
given to dogs in pills some hours after meals. Twenty
grains dissolved in an ounce or two of water may be given
with advantage to dogs (in enema) for chronic constipation
with impacted feces.
PapaIn. (Non-official)
Synonym.—Papayotine, papaya, papayine, papoid.
A digestive ferment obtained from the juice of the .
unripe fruit of Carica papaya (Papaw), an herbaceous tree
growing in the East and West Indies. Papain or papayotine |
are often used to describe the dried juice itself, which exists
in the form of a powder similar to that of gum arabic. The
ferment is precipitated with alcohol, from the juice, and
albuminoid matters are removed by basic lead acetate.
Papain occurs in the form of a white, or grayish-white, nearly
tasteless powder, soluble in glycerin and water. Papain is
said to digest both proteids and carbohydrates, in either an
acid or alkaline medium, and is recommended in gastric or
intestinal indigestion in pill or powder. It has also been
used to destroy pyogenic membrane of fistule and abscess,
in 5 per cent. solution; or tumors and malignant growths,
injected into the tissues in 10 per cent. solution. This latter
use is accompanied by pain and febrile temperature, |
although the substance is said to merely dissolve diseased |
tissues without caustic effect. Papain may be given to dogs, }
foals, or calves in doses of gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). Its exact thera-
peutic value has yet to be determined.
OxLeuM Morruvux. Cod Liver Oil. (U.S. & B. P.)
Synonym.—Oleum jecoris ascelli, P.G.; oleuam hepatis
morrhue, cod oil, E.; huile de morue, huile de foie de morue,
Fy.; leberthran, stockfischleberthran, G.
COD LIVER OIL 657
A fixed oil obtained from fresh livers of Gadus Morr-
hue Linné and other species of Gadus (class Pisces; order
Teleostei ; family Gadide). .
Habitat.—North Atlantic Ocean.
Properties.—A pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a
peculiar, slightly fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland,
slightly fishy taste. Spec. gr. 0.920-0.925. Scarcely soluble
in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform or carbon
disulphide ; also in 2.5 parts of acetic ether. Brown oils are
not desirable therapeutically.
Constituents.—1, glycerin oleate, 70 per cent.; 2, palmitin
and stearin, 25 per cent.; 3, oleic, margaric, palmitic, stearic,
butyric and acetic acids, in small quantities; 4, biliary
matter, as cholic, fellinic and bilifellinic acids; 5, gaduin
(C,,;H,,O,); 6, morrhuol, a crystalline substance containing
iodine, phosphorus and bromine ; 7, traces of iron, lime, and
magnesia; 8, decomposition products or cadaveric alkaloids,
in brown oils.
Dose.—H. & C., Zii-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 3s8.-1.
(15.-30.); D. & C., 3i.-i1i. (4.-12.).
Action Internal.—Cod liver oil resembles other oils in
aiding nutrition, the accumulation of fat, and the mainten-
ance of bodily heat, but surpasses them in three particulars :
1, cod liver oil is more easily absorbed; this has been
proven comparatively by injecting various oils into separate
ligated portions of the living animal bowel; 2, cod liver oil
is more readily oxidized after absorption; this is shown by
the tact that it reduces and therefore changes the color of
potassium permanganate solutions more quickly than other
oils; 3, cod liver oil increases the number of red blood
corpuscles in anemia; this has been demonstrated by blood-
counts, but not by comparison with the effect of other oils.
The ease of absorption is thought by some to be due to
biliary principles which aid the diffusion of substances
through a mucous membrane (osmosis) when the latter is
moistened by bile; by others it is attributed to the presence
of free acids in the oil which would tend to saponify and
658 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
emulsify the drug. The medicinal superiority of cod liver
oil has led many writers to classify it as an alterative, and
special properties have been referred to the minute traces of
iodine, phosphorus, and bromine in the oil. These agents
exist in too infinitesimal an amount to exeit much therapeu-
tic action.
It is probable that no one constituent, or group of con-
stituents, yet separated from the oil truly represent its
medicinal effect. Cod liver oil is inferior to other oils in one
respect, however, and this consists in its liability to cause
nausea, indigestion, diarrhoea and vomiting, in large doses
and in some patients.
Administration.—Cod liver oil may be given pure, or if
this does not agree, it may be exhibited in various ways: 1,
with an equal quantity of lime water and a little syrup; 2,
with ether (Mx.), small animals; 3i. to large animals; or
with whiskey; 3, shaken with white of an egg, or mucilage
of tragacanth, and a few drops of oil of peppermint; 4, to
dogs, in one of the proprietary emulsions, or with malt
extract. The oil should be given after feeding and adminis-
tration begun with the smaller doses as reeommended above.
Uses.—Cod liver oil is indicated generally in conditions
of malnutrition occurring primarily; in the course of chroni¢
diseases; or following acute diseases. It is especially indi-
cated in diseases of the respiratory tract, when it improves
the nutrition of the mucous membranes, as well as the
general nutrition. Thus cod liver oil is one of the best
remedies in tardy convalescence from canine distemper;
from influenza, bronchitis, pneumonia and strangles in horses;
also in “heaves,” emphysema, or broken wind in horses.
Carron oil is cheaper and very eflicient in the latter disorder,
given on the food.
Cod liver oil is valuable in the treatment of chronic bron-
chitis, chronic eczema, and chorea of dogs; and in rickets,
anzmia, weakness, and emaciation in all young animals. It
often proves curative. in various forms of: muscular and
chronic articular rheumatism, and facilitates the absorption —
ICTHYOL 659
of chronically enlarged glands. The use of cod liver oil is
contra-indicated in hot weather, and in animals suffering
from indigestion or acute diarrhcea. It is often beneficial,
however, in chronic diarrhea.
Linseed oil, oil cake, and cottonseed meal may often be
conveniently and properly substituted for cod liver oil, in
the case of the larger patients; while morrhuol (gr.iii. = 1
teaspoonful cod liver oil?) given in pills, or lipanin (oleic
acid, 6; olive oil, 100) may be exhibited in drachm doses to
dogs when cod liver oil does not agree.
Icrnyotum. Icthyol. (Non-official.)
Synonym.—Ammonium icthyol sulphonate.
Derivation.—A bituminous quartz occurring in the Tyrol
Mountains, containing the fossil remains of fish, is distilled
with strong sulphuric acid, and sulphurous acids are removed
from the distillate by sodium chloride, while sulphonic acid
separates out. The latteris usually saturated with ammonia,
forming icthyol ; but similar preparations are made by the
combination of sulphonic acid with sodium, lithium and
zine.
Properties.—A. thick, dark, reddish-brown liquid, of a
tarry consistency, and possessing a peculiar, disagreeable
odor, and hot, bituminous taste. It is soluble in water,
glycerin, alcohol, benzol, fats and fixed oils.
Constituents.—Icthyol contains about 10 per cent. of
sulphur; also an inseparable volatile oil, to which its dis-
agreeable odor is due.
Action and Uses.—Icthyol is one of the most widely use-
ful drugs recently introduced into medicine. It is particu-
larly valuable in the treatment of acute and chronic diseases
of the skin and subadjacent tissues, accompanied with
inflammation, pain, swelling, and induration ; also in epider-
mal proliferation. Icthyol is supposed to readily permeate
the skin, aud there act to relieve inflammation and pain, and
aid resolution. It is one of the most successful remedies in
660 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN
chronic eczema, psoriasis, and urticaria; in erysipelas
muscular and articular rheumatic disorders; and in bruised
and strained muscles, tendons, and ligaments.
The drug has proved of great worth in the treatment of
frost bites, burns, and in causing absorption of lymphatic
enlargements. Icthyol is recommended as a cure for sarcop-
tic mange and seab. It is doubtful whether the drug is an ©
antiseptic, but is stimulant, anodyne, and resolvent, locally-
Icthyol is most satisfactorily applied to the unbroken skin
in ointment, with lanolin or lard, 25 to 50 per cent. Solu-
tions in water, glycerin, oils or alcohol, are sometimes
_ employed of various strengths. Icthyol is rarely given
internally for chronic rheumatism.
Thiol is a substitute for icthyol, lacking the unpleasant
odor of the latter medicament. Thiolis derived from brown-
colored paraffin or gas-oils, by a complicated process, and
consists of a mixture of sulphuretted hydrocarbons. The
‘drug exists in two forms: 1, thiolum liquidum, a thin,
brownish-black liquid, soluble in water and glycerin; 2,
thiolum siccum, occurring in lustrous scales. Thiol is
cheaper than icthyol and is said to be as efficacious as the
latter. This remains to be proved. Liquid thiol is employed
in 10 per cent. aqueous solution or in ointment ; and thiolum
siccum in powder, dusted on inflamed parts, as in acute
moist eczema.
DOSES OF DRUGS.
In the following table three doses are usually given for
each drug. The first dose is for horses and cattle, in both the
apothecaries’ and metric systems of weights and measures.
The second dose is for sheep and swine, in both the apothe-
caries’ and metric systems of weights and measures. The
third dose is for dogs (and alsv cats) in both the apothecaries’
and metric systems of weights and measures.
Letters are used to signify the name of the animal for
which the dose is intended. Thus: H., Horses; C., Cattle;
Sh., Sheep; Sw., Swine; D., Dogs (which also includes cats
in most cases).
The following abbreviations are also employed : Ib.,
pound ; pt., pint; oz., ounce; dr., drachm ; m., minim; gr.,
grain; gm., gram; cc., cubic centimeter. These doses are
suitable for animals of average weight.
Dose Table.
ACETANILID.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
D., gr. 3-7 (gm. .2-.5).
Acretum Opr.—H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). C., oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-90.) Sh. &
Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3).
Acip, ARSENOoUS.—H. & C., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2); single dose, gr. 5-10
(gm. .3-.6). Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. x-75 (gm.
.002-.006).
AcID, BENZOIC.—H.., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5.-15 (gm. .3-1.),
AcipD, Boric.—H.., dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.15.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.),
Acip, CaRBOLIC.—H. & C., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). Sh. & Sw., gr, 5-10
(gm. .3-.6). D., gr. 4-1 (gm. .03-.06).
Acip, Citric.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3).
Acip, GALLIc.—H. & C., dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.-15.). Sh, & Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm,
2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3).
.ACID, HYDRIODIC (syrup of).—D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.).
662 DOSE TADLE
ACID, HYDROCHLORIC (dilute).—H , dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (ce.8.-
15.). Sh. &Sw., m. 15-20 (cc, 1-1.3). Sw. & D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3).
Acip, Hyprocyanic (dilute).—H. & C., m. 20-40 (cc. 1.3-2.6). Sh.,
m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). Sw., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3). D.,m. 1-3 (ec. .06-.2),
Aci, Lactic.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (ce. 8.-15.). D., dr. #-1 (cc. 2.-4.). -
Acip, Nirric (dilute).—H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4(8.-15.). Sh., dr.
4-1 (ce. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
AciIp, NITROHYDROCHLORIC.—H., m. 20-40 (cc. 1.8-2.6), D., m. 3-8.
(cc. .2-.3).
Acip, NITROHYDROCHLORIC (dilute).—H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4
(cc. 8.-15.). Sh., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 5-30 (.3-2.).
ACID, PHOSPHORIC (dilute).—H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C., dr, 2-4 (cc. 8.-
15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-30 (.3-2.).
Acip, SALICYLIC,—H. & C., dr. 2-8 (gm, 8-30). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.),
Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
Acip, SULPHURIC (dilute).—H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.).. C., dr. 2-4 (ce. 8.-
15.). Sh., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 1u-30 (cc. .6-2.).
Acip, SULPHURIC, AROMATIC.—H., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). C., dr. 2.-4,
(ce. 8.-15.). Sh., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). Sw. & D., m. 5-15 (ce. .3-1.).
AcIp, SULPHUROUS.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2
(ce.-4.-8.). D., dr. 4-2:(ec, 2.-8.)}.
Acip, TANNIC.—H. & C., dr. 4-4 (gm. 2.-15.), Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-
4.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.).
AcIp, TARTARIC.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.) D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.).
ACONITE.—H., gr. 3-20 (gm. .2-1.3). D., gr. 74-2 (gm. .006-.12).
ACONITE, Extract of Leaves.—H., gr. 3-6 (gm- .2-.4). D., gr. 4-1 (gm.
.08-.06).
ACONITE, Extract of.—H., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2) D., gr. 4-+ (gm. .006-
.015).:
AconiTe, Fluidextract of.—H., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3). D., m. 7-2 (cc.
.006-.12).
ACONITE, Tincture of.—H., m. xx.-3i. (1.3-4.). C., 38s8.-iss (2.-6.);
Sh. & Sw., m. x.-xx. (.6-1.3). D., m. ii.-x. (.12-.6).
ACONITINE NITRATE (Squibb).—H., gr. 35 (gm. .002). D., gr. sdo-sde
(2m. .0008-.0006). |
ADRENALIN SOLUTION.—(By mouth), H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D.,
T10-60 (cc. 0.6-4.).
ALOES.—H., oz. $-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh., oz. $1
(gm. 15.-30.). Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15-). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.).
DOSE TABLE 663
ALOIN.—H. & C., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 2-20 (gm. .12-1.3).
ALum.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20.-60. (gm. 1.3-4.).
D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Emetic, dr. 1 (gm. 4).
Ammonia, Aromatic Spirit of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.,
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. 4-1 (ce. 2.-4.)
AMMONIA, Spirit of. —H. & C., oz. #1 (cc. 15.30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3).
<mmoni4, Water of.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3).
Ammonia, Stronger Water of.—H. & C., dr. .2-6. (cc. 8.-24.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). D., m. 5-10 (ce. .3-.6).
~Ammontacum.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm.
8.-15.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.)
AMMONIACUM, Mixture of.—D., oz. 4-1 (cc. 17,-30.).
AMMONIUM, Solution of Acetate.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D.,
dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-39.).
AMMONIUM BENZOATE.—H.., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5-15(gm. .3-1.).
AMMONIUM CARBONATE.—H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C., dr. 3-6 (gm. 12.-24).
Sh. & Sw., gr. 15.-40. (gm. 1.-2.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6).
Emetic, D., gr. 15 (gm. 1).
AMMONIUM CHLORIDE.—H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C., dr. 3-6 (gm. 12.-24.)
Sh. & Sw., gr. 15-40 (gm. 1.-2.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6).
AMMONIUM VALERIANATE.—D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
AmMyYL NITRITE.—H., dr. 3-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3), by
inhalation.
ANISE.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.).
D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.).
ANISE, Oil of.—H., m. 29-30 (cc. 1-3-2.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3).
ANISE, Spirit of.—D., dr. 1-2 (ce. 4.-8.).
ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sw.,
emetic, gr. 4-10 (gm. .24-.6). D., gr. 35-4 (gm. .006-.03). Emetic,
D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
ANTIMONY, Wine of.—D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.)
ANTIPYRIN.—H. & C., dr. 3-4 (gm, 12. -15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1 (gm. 4).
D., gr. 5-20 (gm. Loe 3).
A™TISTREPTOCOCCUS SERUM.—H., 20-50 cc.
ANTITOXINS, Tetanus.—H., 20 cc. (See p. 742.)
-APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE.—D., emetic subcutaneously, gr. 35-,'5
(gm. -002-.006); by mouth, gr. 3 Lt (gm. .008-.012). D., expectorant,
' gr. ¢o-a's (gm. .0015-.0024).
664 DOSE TABLE
Areca Nut.—H., oz. 3-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Lamb, dr. 1 (gm. 4.). D., gr
15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). Fowl, gr. 10 (gm. .6).
ARECA, Fluid Extract of.—Dose same as nut.
ARECOLINE HYDROBROMATE.—H. & C., gr. 2-14 (gm. .04-.1), subcutane-
ously.
ARNICA FLOWERS.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-80.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-
eye
ARNICcCA, Tincture of. —H. & C., oz 1 (cc. 80.). D., m. 15-40. °
(cc. 1-2.6).
Arnica Root.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3)..
ARNICA Root, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., (oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.) D., m..
10-20 (cc. .6-1.3).
ARNIcA Root, Tincture of.—H. & C., dr. 4 (cc. 15.). D., m. 7-20 (ce. .5-
1.3).
ArRnNIcA Root, Tincture of (B. P.)—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D.,
dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.).
ARSENIC.—See Acid, Arsenous.
ARSENIC, Fowler’s Solution of.—H. & C., dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw.,.
dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6).
ASAFETIDA.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.—
8.). D., gr. 8-10 (gm. .2-.6).
ASAFETIDA, Emulsion of.—D., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.)
ASAFETIDA, Pill.—D., (1.-4.). :
ASAFETIDA, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 4-8
(cc. 2.-4.).
ASPIDIUM, Fluidextract of (B. P.).—H. & C., dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh.
& Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). ’
ASPIDIUM, Oleoresin of.—H. & C., dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh. & Sw., dr..
1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). ;
ATROPINE SULPHATE.—H., gr. 1-14 (gm. .06-.09). C., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12)..
Sh. & Sw., gr. 75-75 (gm. .004-.005). D., gr. s5-s5 (gm. .0005-.002).
Average dose, D., gr. 345 (gm. .0006).
BaLsaM OF Peru.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 80.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-80 (cc. .6-2.)
Barium CHLORIDE.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Intravenously, gr. 15—
30 (1.-2.).
BELLADONNA, Alcoholic Extract of Leaves.—H. & C., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6~
1.8). Sh. & Sw., gr. 2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. 4-4 (gm. .008-.08).
Ales DOSE TABLE ) 665
WELLADONNA, Tincture of Leaves.—D., m. 15-30 (ce. 1.-2.).
WBeELLavDonNA Root, Fluid Extract of.—H., dr. 1.2 (cc. 4.-8.). C., dr.
2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). Sh. & Sw., m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). D., m. 1-3 (cc.
-06-.2).
Benzo, Tincture of.—H., oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.)
BrEtTuLA, Oil of.—See Gaultheria.
BisMvuTH SALICYLATE.—D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
BisMcuTH SUBCARBONATE.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm.
6-2).
BisMUTH SUBNITRATE.—Dose same as subcarbonate.
Branpy.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.).
D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.).
Bucuvu, Fluidextract of.—H., oz.1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D.,m.5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
BuckTHorn (Rhamnus Catharticus), Syrup of.—D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.).
Cats, oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.).
“CaFFEINE.—H., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.).. D., gr. 4-3 (gm. .03-.2).
CaFFEINE, Citrate of. —H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 1-6 (gm. .06-.36).
CaLamus.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2.3 (gm. 8.-
12.). D., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.).
CaLaAmvus, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Calamus.
‘Catcium, Precipitated Carbonate of.—H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). C., oz.
2-4 (gm. 60.-120). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-60
(gm. 6-4).
CALCIUM CHLORIDE.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15-30). D., gr. 5-20 (gm.
.3-1.3).
CaLcium, LACTOPHOSPHATE, Syrup of.— Foals anda Calves, oz. 4-1
(ce. 15.-30.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.)
CaLcium, Precipitated Phosphate of.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C., oz.
4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm.
.8-1.3).
CALOMEL.—See Mercury.
CaLumBa.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr, 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
CaLuMBA, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Calumba.
CaLumMBA, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4
(ce. 4.-15.).
CampuHor.—H.., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-12.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,
gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). D., gr. 3-20 (gm. .2-1.3).
CamPuHoR, Monobromated.—D., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6).
CampPuor, Spirit of.—H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.).
666 DOSE TABLE
CannaBis InpIcA, Extract of.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 4-1 (gm.
.015-.06). j
Cannabis InpIcA, Fluidextract of.—H., dr. 4-6 (cc. 15.-24.). D., m.
3-10 (cc. .2-.6).
CANNABIS INDICA, Tincture of.—D., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.).
CANTHARIDES.—H. & C., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). Sh. & Sw., gr. 4-8 (gm.
.24-.5). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
CANTHARIDES, Tincture of.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-15 (ce.
19-1.)
Capsicum.—H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gro.
1-8 (gm. .06-.48).
Capsicum, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Capsicum,
Capsicum, Oleoresin of.—H., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). C., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.).
D., m. 4-1 (cc. .015-,06).
Capsicum, Tincture of.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). ©., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.).
D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.).
CARBON BISULPHIDE.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.).
Carpamon.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. &-
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.).
CARDAMON, Fluidextract of.—Dose same. (Non-official.)
CARDAMON, Compound Tincture of.—D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.).
CaRDAMON, Tincture of.—D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.).
CASCARA SAGRADA.—D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
CascARA SAGRADA, Fluidextract of.—D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
CaSCARA SAGRADA (Solid) Extract of.—D., gr. 2-8 (gm. .12-.5).
CaSCARILLA.—H. & C., oz. 3-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.=—
8.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.).
Castor O1L.—H. & C., pt. 1 (cc. 500.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.).
D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Fowl, dr. 1 (cc. 4.).
CaTECHU.—H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz, 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-80 (gm. .8-2.).
CATECHU, Fluidextract of (non-official).—Dose same as Catechu.
CatTEcHU, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves:
and Sheep, oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. 4-2 (cc. 2.-8.).
CERIUM OXALATE.—D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-.3).
CHALK, Compound Powder of.—D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.).
DOSE TABLE 667
CHALK MIXTURE.—D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.).
CHALK, PREPARED.—H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.), C., oz. 2-4 (gm. 60. -120.).
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.).
CHARCOAL (Wood, and animal, purified).—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-
60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.).
CHLORAL.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3).
CHLOROFORM.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., m. 20-30 (ce.
1.3-2.). D., m. 2-20 (cc. .12-1.3).
CHLOROFORM, Spirit of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr, 2-4
(ce. 8.-15.). D., dr. $1 (ce. 2.-4.)
CINCHONA BARK.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.).
Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.).
CincHoNaA, Compound Tincture of.—H., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr.
4-4 (cc. 2.-15.).
CINCHONA, Extract of.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
CrncHona, Fluidextract of.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). C., oz. 1-2 (cc.
30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.).
CINCHONINE SULPHATE, Tonic Dose.—H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C.,
dr. 3-14 (gm. 3.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .36-1.). D., gr. 14-24
(.1-.15).
CINCHONINE SULPHATE, Antipyretic Dose.—H., dr. 24-5 (gm. 10.-20.).
Sh. & Sw., gr. 40-50 (gm. 2.6-3.5). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.).
CINCHONIDINE SULPHATE.—Dose same as Cinchonine Sulphate.
CocaINE HyDROCHLORATE.—H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr 1-2 (gm.
.008-.045).
Cop LIVER OIL.—H.., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 4-1 (ce. 15.-30.).
D., dr. 1-3 (cc. 4.-12.).
CopEINE.—D., gr. 4-2 (gm. .015-.12).
Coucuicinn.—H. & C., gr. 1-4 (gm. .01-.03). D., gr. 745-45 (gm. .0005-
.0012).
CoLcHicum Corm.—H. & C., dr. 4.2 (gm. 2.-8.).. Sh., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-
1.3). Sw. & D., gr. 2-8 (gm. .12-.5).
CoLcHiIcuM CorRM, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Colchicum.
CoLcHicum CorM, Tincture of.—H. & C., dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.) D., m.
10-30 (cc. .6-2.).
CoLcHICcUM CoRM, Wine of.—H. & C., dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.). D., m,. 10-30
(cc. .6-2.),
COLLARGOL (Colloidal Silver).—See p. 180.
668 ‘DOSE TABLE
CoLOCYNTH.—D., gr. 3-8 (gm. .2-.5).
CoLOCYNTHIN.—H., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. +1 (gm. .015-.06).
CONIINE HYDROBROMATE.—H & C., gr. #-14 (gm. .045-.1). Sh. & Sw.,
gr. 1-2 (gm. .012-.024). D., gr. d-s5 (gm. .001-.002).
Conrum.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm.-4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3).
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
Contum, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Conium.
Contum, Extract of.—H. & C., gr. 12-24 (gm. .72-1.5). Sh. & Sw., gr.
2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. 4-1 (gm. .015-.06).
CONVALLARIA, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m.
5-10 (cc. .3-.6).
CoprEeR SULPHATE.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40
(gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Emetic—D., gr. 6-20 (gm.
.86-1.3).
CORROSIVE SUBLIMATE.— (See Mercury.)
Corton Root BarK.—(See Gossypium.)
CREASOTE.—H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw.,
m. 5.-15 (cc. .3-1.). D., m. 4-2 (cc. .03-.12).
CREOLIN.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D.,m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). Single
dose as anthelmintic. H., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.).
CROTON O1r.—H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sh & Sw.,
m. 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). D., m. 4-3 (cc. .03-.2).
DIGITALEIN.—H., gr. 1-} (gm. .008-.015). D., gr. z$5 (gm. .0006).
DIGITALIN.—H., gr. 3-4 (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. 4-35 (gm. .001-.002).
DIGITaLis.—H., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). C., dr. 3-14 (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. &
Sw., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). D., gr. 4-3 (gm. .03-.2).
DiGITALis, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Digitalis.
DIGITALIS, Extract of.—H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr. 3-4 (gm. .008-
.03).
DiciTauis, Infusion of.—H. & C., oz. 2-6 (cc. 60.-180.). Sh. & Sw., oz.
4-1 (ec. 15.-30.). D., dr. 1-4 (ce. 4.-15.).
DiGiTauis, Tincture of.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. $-
14 (ce. 2.-6.). D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
DoveER’s PowpDER.—H., oz. +-1 (gm. 15.-80.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
Dover’s Powner, Liquid.—H., oz. 3-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., m. 5-10 (ce.
.3-.6).
ELATERIN.—D., gr. 35-75 (gm. .003-.005).
DOSE TABLE 669
Eroort.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
D., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
Eraot, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Ergot.
Eroot, Extract of (Ergotin).—H. & C., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr.
2-10 (gm. .12-.6). !
ERGOT, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 4-2 (cc. 15.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4
(cc. 4.-15.). D., dr. 4-2 (ec.2 .-8.).
‘ESERINE.— (See Physostigmine. )
ETHER.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (ce. 8.-15.).
D., m. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.).
ETHER, Spirit of, and Compound Spirit of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.).
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 dae .6-4.).
ETHER, NITROUS, Spirit of (Sweet Spirit of Nitre).—H. & C., oz. 1-4
(cc. 30.-120.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 (cc.
.6-4.)
Eucalyptus, Fluidextract of.—H., oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-10.). D., dr. 4-2
(cc. 2.-8.).
EUCALYPTUS, Oil of.—H., dr. 2-4 (ce. 8.-15.). D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3).
EUCALYPTOL.—Dose same as Oil of Eucalyptus.
FENNEL.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.).
D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3).
FEL Bovis.—(See Oxgall.)
FENUGREEK.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.).
FRANGULA, Fluidextract of.—D., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.).
‘GAMBOGE.—H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-14 (gm. 30.-45.). Sh. &
Sw., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
GAULTHERIA, Oil of.—H. & C., dr. 2 oz.1 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. +
2 (cc. 2.-8.). D.,m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.).
-GELSEMINE.—H., gr. +4 (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. go-s'5 (gm. .001-.003).
GELSEMIUM.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
GELSEMIUM, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Gelsemium.
GELSEMIUM, Tincture of.—H., oz. +2 (cc. 15.-60.). D., m. 15-60
(cc. 1.-4.).
‘GENTIAN.—H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
GENTIAN, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Gentian.
670 DOSE TABLE
GENTIAN, Compound Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 1-4 (cc. 30.-120.). D.,
dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.).
GiNnGER.—H., dr. 2-0z. 1 (gm. 8.-30.). C., oz. 1-4 (gm. 30.-120.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4-8). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.).
GINGER, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Ginger.
GINGER, Oleoresin of.—One-fifth dose of Ginger.
GLYCERIN.—H. & C., oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. 4-1 (ce. 2.-4.).
GLYCYRRHIZA.—See Liquorice. -
Gossypium Root, Fluidextract of Bark of.—H. & C., oh red -1 (cc, 15.~
30.). Sh. & Sw., MESS 10), dr. 4-1 (cc. 2 4.).
GRANATUM (Pomegranate).—D., dr. 4-14 (gm. 2.-6.).
GRANATUM, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as granatum.
GRANATI RADICIS CORTEX, Fluid Extract of.—D., dr. 4-2 (cc. 2.-8.).
H&MATOXYLON, Extract of.—H. & C., dr. 4-4 (gm. 2.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,
dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.).
H4MATOXYLON, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., oz. 4-14 (cc. 15.-45.) Sh. &
Sw., dr. 14-3 (ce. 6.-12.). D., m. 15-45 (ce. 1.-3.).
HAMAMELIS, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. 4-2
(cc. 2.-8.).
HAMAMELIS, Water of.—Same doses as fluidextract.
HypRasTINn.—H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-.3).
HYDRASTINE HYDROCHLORATE.—H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. #5-4
m. .005-.01).
Hyprastis, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., dr. 2-oz. 1 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.).
Hyprastis, Glycerite of.—Dose same as Fluid Extract.
Hyprastis, Tincture of.—H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. +2 (ce. 2.-8.).
HYOSCINE HYDROBROMATE.—H., gr. 4-4 (gm. .01-.015). D., gr. 745-q45.
(gm. .0004-.0006).
HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMATE AND SULPHATE.—H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
D., gr. do-a's (Gm. .001-.002).
Hyoscyamus.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-80.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. oa
Hyoscyamus, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Hyoscyamus.
Hyoscyamus, Extract of.—H. & C., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 4-2
(gm. .03-.12).
Hyoscyamus, Tincture of.—D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.).
HyoscyaMus, Succus of.—D., dr. 1-2 (ce. 4.-8.).
HYPOPHOSPHITES, Compound Syrup of.—D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.).
Topint.—H. & C., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3)..
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
ire DOSE TABLE 67°
TIop1InE, Compound Solution of.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc..
-12-.6).
IopInzE, Tincture of.—H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6).
Iprcac.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm. .8-15.). Sh., dr. 3-1 -
(gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. +-2 (gm. .03-.12). Emetic—D. & Sw., gr. 15-30"
(gm. 1.-2.). Cats, gr. 5-12 (gm. .13-.72).
IpECAC, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Ipecac.
Ipecac, Syrup of.—D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.).
Iprecac, Wine of.—D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.).
TRON AND AMMONIUM CITRATE.—D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
Iron, Carbonate, Saccharated.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm..
8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., (gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.8-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3).
Tron, Chloride, Solution of.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,.
m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). D., m, 2-10 (.12-.6).
Tron, Chloride, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.,,.
m. 20-30 (cc. 1.3-2.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.).
Tron, Iodide, Syrup of.—D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-6.).
TRON, (and) Quinine Citrate.—D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
Tron, Reduced.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8-15). Sh. &
Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3).
- Tron, (and) Strychnine Citrate.—D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
Tron, Sulphate and Dried Sulphate.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh.
& Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3).
JABORANDI.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. &Sw., dr. $-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.).
JABORANDI, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Jaborandi.
JALAP.—Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. 4-1
(gm. 2.-4.).
JALAP, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Jalap.
JALAP, Resin of.—Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.).
Cats, gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.).
JUNIPER, Compound Spirit of.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr.
1-4 (cc. 4.-15.).
JUNIPER, Oil of.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6).
KaMALA.—H., oz. 1 (gm. 30.). D., dr. 4-2 (gm. 2.-8.).
Kino.—H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.,.
dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
672 | DOSE TABLE \
Kino, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Kino.
Kino, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves and.
Sheep, oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-80.). D., dr. 4-2 (ce. 2.-8.).
Koussin.—D., gr. 5-40 (gm. .3-2.6).
Kousso.—Small dogs, dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4). Large dogs, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.)
Kousso, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Kousso.
KRAMERIA.—H..,.0z. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-80 (gm. .3-2.).
KRAMERIA, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Krameria.
Krameria, Extract of.—H. & C., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh. & Sw., gr.
20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
KRAMERIA, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves
and Sheep, oz. 3-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D.. dr. 4-2 (ce. 2.-8.).
Leap AcetTaTe.—H. & C., dr. 1 (gm. 4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 15-20 (gm. 1.-
1.8). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
Lime, Solution of (Lime Water).—H. & C., oz. 4-6 (cc. 120.-180.).
Calves and Foals, oz. 2 (cc. 60.). D., dr. 1-8 (cc. 4.-30.).
LINSEED O1L.—H., pt. 4-1 (cc. 250.-500). C., pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). Sh.
& Sw., oz. 6-12 (cc. 180.-360.). Dogs and Cats, oz. 4-2 (cc. 15.-60.).
LIQUORICE.—Ad lib.
Liquorick, Fluidextract of.—Ad.lib.
Liquorice, Extract of.—Ad lib.
Liquorice, Compound Powder of.—D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
LITHIUM CARBONATE.—D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6).
LITHIUM CITRATE.—D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3).
MaAGNESIA.—Foals and Calves, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). }
MAGNESIUM CARBONATE.—Dose same as Magnesia. |
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE.—H. (laxative), oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). C. (pur-
gative), lb. 1-2 (gm. 500.-1000.); (laxative), oz. 3-4 (gm. 90.-120.).
Calves, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh., oz. 4-6 (gm. 120.-180.). D., dr. 1-4
(gm. 4.-15.).
MALsE FeErN, Oleoresin and Fluid Extract of.—H. & C., dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-
24.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.).
MENTHOL.—D., gr. 2 (gm. .12).
MERCURY WITH CHALK.—Foals and Calves, gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1.). D., gr. —
1-10 (gm. .06-.6). .
& ma DOSE TABLE 673
MERcuRY, Corrosive Chloride of.—H. & C., gr. 5-8 (gm. .3-.5). Sh. &
Sw., gr. 2 (gm. .12). D., gr. 33-d (gm. .002-.008).
Mercury, Iodide of (red).—Dose same as Corrosive Chloride.
MeErRcurRY, Mass of (Blue Pill).—D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6).
MeERcurRY, Mild Chloride of.— H., dr. 3-1 (gm. 2.-4.). C., dr. 5-6 (gm.
20.-24.). D., gr. 4-4 (gm. .006-.03), in divided doses; gr. 3-5 (gm.
-2-.3), in single doses.
METHYL SALICYLATE.—H., dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30). D., m. 5-15 (ce. .3-1.).
MORPHINE AND ITS SAuts.—H. & C., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). Sh., gr. 4-2
(gm. .03-.12). Sw., gr. 4-4 (gm. .006-.03). D., gr. 4-+ (gm. .008- .
.03). Subcutaneously—H., gr. 3-4 (gm. .2-.24). D., gr. 4-$ (gm.
.008-.02).
MORRHUOL.—D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3).
MusTarpD.—H. & C., oz. 3-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-2 (gm. 2.-8.).
D., gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1.). Emetic—D., oz. 4 (gm. 15.).
Myrru, Tincture of.—H. & C., %i.-ii. (30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 3 iii.-vi.
(12.-24.). D., 3s.-i. (2.-4.).
NAPHTHALIN.—H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 1-20 (gm. .06-1.3).
NAPHTOL.—H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.).. D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6).
NICOTINE.—H. & C., gr. 4-35 (gm. .001-.003).
NITROGLYCERIN (1 per cent. solution).—H. & C., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D.,
m. 1-2 (cc. .06-.12).
Nux Vomica.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6).
Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
Nux Vomica, Extract of.—H. & C., gr. 2-15 (gm. .12-1.) Sh., gr. 24-5.
(gm. .15-.3). Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. 4-+ (gm. .008-.015).
Nox Vomica, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Nux Vomica.
Nox Vomica, Tincture of.—D., m. 5-10 (cc- .3-.6).
Ouive Omw.—H. & C., pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). D., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.).
Opium, Camphorated Tincture of (Paregoric).—D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.).
Opium, Extract of.—H., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh.,.
gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Sw., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6). D., gr. }-4 (gm.
-01-.03).
Opium, Powder.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh.,
gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). Sw., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). D., gr. 4-3.
(gm, .03-.2).
Opium, Tincture of.—H., oz. 1-2 (ec. 30.-60.). C., oz. 23 (ec. 60.-90.)..
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3-30 (cc. .2-2.).
Opium, Wine of.—Dose same as Tincture.
674 DOSE TABLE ae
‘OxGALL.—D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.).
PANCREATIN.—D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.).
Papain.—Foals, Calves and Dogs, gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6).
PELLETIERINE TANNATE.—D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
PEPPERMINT, Oil of.—H. & C., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). D., m. 1-5 (cc.
.06-.3).
PEPPERMINT, Spirit of.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-80
(ce. 1.-2.).
“PEPSIN.—Dogs, Foals and Calves, gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.).
PHENACETIN.—H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
PHOSPHORATED O1L.—H., dr. 2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3).
PHOSPHORUS.—H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). C., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). Sh.,
Sw. & D., gr. z45-s5 (gm. .0006-.003).
PHOSPHORUS, Spirit of.—D., m. 7-20 (cc. .5-1.3).
PHYSOSTIGMA.—H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.).. D., gr. +1 (gm. .015-.06).
PxuysostTiamMaA, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Physostigma.
PHYSOSTIGMINE SULPHATE AND SALICYLATE.—H. & C., gr. 14-3 (.09-.18).
D., gr. z4o-3'o (gm. .0006-.002), subcutaneously and intravenously.
PILOCARPINE AND ITS SALTS.—H. (purgative), gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). C.
(purgative), gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). H. (diarphoretic; dangerous),
gr. 6-12 (gm. .36-.72). Sh., gr. 1 (gm. .06). D., gr. =4-1 (gm. .006-
.02). ;
Pitocarpus.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm.
2.-4.). D, gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.).
PILOCARPUS, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Pilocarpus.
PODOPHYLLIN.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12).
POMEGRANATE.—See Granatum.
Porasstum ACETATE.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-
1 (gm. 2.-4.) D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3).
Potassium BICARBONATE.—Dose same as Acetate.
‘PoTassiIuM BITARTRATE.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw.,
oz. + (gm. 15.). D., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
PorassiIuM BROMIDE.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-.
4 (gm. 8.-15. D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.).
Potassium CARBONATE.—H. & C., oz. 3-1 (gm. 15.-30). Sh. & Sw.,
dr. 3-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .8-1.3). -
DOSE TABLE 675
Potassium CHLORATE.—Dose same as Carbonate.
PoTassiIuM CITRATE.—Dose same as Carbonate.
Potassium HypDROXIDE, Solution of.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh.
& Sw., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-20 (ce. .3-1.3).
Porassium NITRATE.—Dose same as Carbonate.
Quassi4, Extract of.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. +3 (gm. .03-.2).
QuassiA, Fluidextract of.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.,
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.).
Quassi4, Tincture of.— oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 4-2 (cc. 2.-8.).
QuasstIn.—D., gr. 2-4 (gm. .008-.02).
‘QuERCUS ALBA.—H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.).
Sh. and Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 10-380 (gm. .6-2.).
Quercus ALBA, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Quercus Alba.
‘QUINIDINE.—Tonic dose—H. (gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.8-4.). C., dr. #14 (gm.
" 8.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .86-1.).. D., gr. 14-24 (gm. .1-.15).
Antipyretic dose—H., dr. 23-5 (gm. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40
(gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.).
‘QUININE AND ITS SALTs.—Tonic dose—H., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.) C., dr.
4-14 (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Dogs and Cats,
gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Antipyretic dose—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-
15.) Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). Dogs and Cats, gr. 5-10
(gm. .3-.6).
QUINOIDIN.—Dose three or four times that of Quinine.
Resorcin.—H.., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Foals and Calves, dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
RHAMNUS CATHARTICUS, Syrup of.—D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Cats, oz.
4-1 (cc. 15.-30.).
RHAMNUS CATHARTICUS, Fluidextract of.—D., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.)
RHUBARB.—Stomachic—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr.t
(gm. 4.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Purgative—Foals, Calves and
Dogs, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). :
RHUBARB, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Rhubarb.
RHUBARB, Compound Powder of.—Foals and Calves, oz. 4-1 (gm.
15.-30.).
Sapna, Fluidextract of.—H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., m. 5-15 (cc.
.3-1.).
SaBina, Oil of.—H. & C., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3).
676 DOSE TABLE’
SaLicin.—H. & C., dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). Sw.,
dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
SaLoL.—H., dr. 4-4 (gm. 1.-15.). D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). Puppies,
gr. +-4 (gm. .015-.08).
Savin.—See Sabina.
Scammony.—D., dr, 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.).
ScamMony, Resin of.—D., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Cats, gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.).
SEnNA.—H. & C., oz. 4-5 (gm. 120.-150.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-
60.). D., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.)
SENNA, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Senna.
SENNA, Syrup of.—D., dr. 1-4 (4.-15.).
Serum, Antistreptococcus.—See p. 663. :
SILVER NirratTe.—H. & C., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).. Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-2
(gm. .06-.12). D., gr. 4-4 (gm. .008-.08).
SopiuM BICARBONATE.—H. & C., oz. 4-2 (gm. 15.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr.
4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-380 (gm. .3-2.).
Soprum CaRBoNATE.—H. & C., dr. 2-6 (gm. 8.-24.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-
40 (gm. 1.3-2.6).. D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3).
Sopium CHLORIDE.—Purgative—Cattle, lb. 4-1 (gm. 250.-500.). Sh.,
oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.).
Soptium BromipE.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4
(gm..8.-15.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-4.). ;
Soptum Hyproxip8, Solution of.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh, &
Sw., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-20 (ec. .3-1-3),
Sopium PHOSPHATE.—C., Ib. 1-14 (gm. 500.-750.). H. & Sh., oz. 2-4
(gm. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
SopiumM SALICYLATE.—H. & C., dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr. 1-4 (4.-15.).
Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). ;
Sopium SULPHATE.—C., lb. 1-14 (gm. 500.-750.). H., oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.--
120.). Sh., oz. 2-4 (g. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.).
Sopium SULPHITE, BISULPHITE AND THIOSULPHATE.—H. & C., oz. 1
gm. 30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2,-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.).
SQuiLuL.—H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh., gr. 15--
30°(gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3).
SQquILL, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Squill.
SQUILL, Tincture of.—H., dr. 6-12 (cc. 24.-48.). C.,0z. 14-3 (cc. 45.-90.)_.
Sh., dr. 14-3 (cc. 6.-12.). D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
| DOSE TABLE . 677
SQUILL, Syrup of.—H., oz. 4 (cc. 15.). D., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.).
SQvuILL, Compound Syrup of.—D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.).
STROPHANTHUS, Tincture of.—H. & C., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.), D., m. 2-10
(ce. .12-.6).
STROPHANTHIN.—H., gr. 1-4 (gm. .012-.03). D., gr. ;i5-d5 (gm. .0006-
001).
STRYCHNINE AND ITs SALts.—H., gr. 4-2 (gm. .03-.12). C., gr. 2-3 (gm.
.12-.2). Sh., gr. $-1 (gm. .015-.06). D., gr. 545-4 (gm. .0005-.001).
SuLtpHur.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-
60.). D., dr. 4-4 (gm. 2.-15.).
TALLIANINE (intravenously).—H. & C., dr. 24-5 (cc. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw.,
m. 20-dr. 24 (cc. 5.-10.). D., m. 30-75 (cc. 2.-5.). Cats, m. 15-30
(co. 1.-2.). |
TaRaxacuM.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm.
8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.).
TARAXACUM, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Taraxacum.
Taraxacum, Extract of.—H. & C., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 5-30
(gm. .3-2.).
TEREBENE.—H..& C., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3s1.).
TERPIN Hyprate.—H., dr. 3-2 (gm. 2.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.8).
TETANUS ANTITOXIN.—See p. 663.
THYMOL.—H., dr. 4-2 (gm. 2-8.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.).
TURPENTINE, Oil of.—Carminative—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh.
and Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., m. 10-30 (ce. .6-2.). Anthelmintic
—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. +4 (ce. 2.-15.). Diuretic—
_H. & C., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.).
“‘VALERIAN.—H. & C., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.).
VALERIAN, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Valerian.
VALERIAN, Tincture of.—D., dr. 4-2 (cc. 2.-8.).
VALERIAN, Ammoniated Tincture of.—D., dr. 4-2 (ce. 2.-8.).
VALERIAN, Oil of.—H.., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3).
VALERIANATE OF AMMONIUM.—D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3).
VALERIANATE OF IRON.—D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2).
VALERIANATE OF ZiINC.—D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2).
VERATRINE.—H., gr. 4-2 (gm. .03-.12). C., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). D.,
gr. Jo-zb (gm. .0012-.006).
678 DOSE TABLE \
VERATRUM.—H. & C., dr. 4-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm.’
1.3-2.). D., gr. ¢5-1 (gm. .006-.06).
VERATRUM, Fluidextract of.—Dose same as Veratrum.
VERATRUM, Tincture of.—H. & C., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-80.). Sh. & Sw.,
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. .8-1.)
WHISKEY.—H. & C., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-
60.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). ;
WILp CHERRY, Syrup of.—D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.).
WINTERGREEN, Oil of.—See Gaultheria.
Zinc ACETATE.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20
(gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2).
ZINC OxIDE.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4,.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6).
ZINC PHOSPHIDE.—D., gr. #5 (gm. .006).
ZINC SULPHATE.—H. & C., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20
(gm, .6-1.8) D., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). Emetic—D., gr. 10-15 (gim
.6-1.).
GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES.
Food and Feeding.
In order to comprehend the rationale of feeding in dis-
ease it is essential to know something of the principles of
feeding in health. A food has been defined as ‘“ that which,
being innocuous in relation to the tissues, is a digestible,
absorbable substance that can be oxidized in the body and
decomposed in such a way as to give up to the body the
forces it contains.”
A complete food is composed of organic and inor-
‘ganic constituents. The inorganic matters, with the ex-
ception of common salt, and rarely phosphate of lime
and sodium, are usually present in sufficient quantity in
ordinary food. The organic components of vegetable food
stuffs are divided into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous
classes. These are analogous to the constituent parts of the
animal body into which they are transformed. The greater
portion of animal tissue is made up of nitrogenous elements,
while the larger part of plants is composed of non-nitrogen-
‘ous material. Among the nitrogenous elements the most
important are the proteids. Gluten of flour is an example of
a vegetable proteid ; while white of egg, casein of milk, and
fibrin of blood represent animal proteids. Fat exists as
‘such in both plants and animals. A single, chemical com-
pound, as protein, is known as a nutrient in relation to feed-
ing. The nutrients of importance are proteids, fat, and
carbohydrates. The first two are common to animal and
plant structure; the latter to plants alone. A complete
food contains the three nutrients just mentioned and inor-
ganic substances. Carbohydrates include such bodies as
sugar, starch, and cellulose, or woody matter of plants.
679
680 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Proteids consist of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and.
sulphur, united in different proportions. Carbohydrates are
composed of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. Fat is similar
in composition to carbohydrates, but in its combustion out-
side the body yields approximately two and a half times as
inuch heat as that produced by an equal weight of carbo-
hydrate. Fat as a rutrient, is therefore empirically regarded
as equivalent to two and a half times the same weight of
carbohydrate material. The percentage of digestibility of
the common food stuffs has been determined experimentally
and is pretty uniform in all healthy animals. In 100 Ibs. of
hay there are approximately :
Per cent. Lbs.
Lbs. digested. digested.
Protea yr. eee ase 9.7 nia 5.4
Carbohydrates...... 67.3 -60 40.4
Le a er eA 2.5 48 The)
If we multiply the 1.2 lbs. of digestible fat by 2.5 to
reduce it to the same terms as carbohydrates according to
the empirical premises stated above, we have 3 lbs. of carbo-
hydrates. The total amounts of carbohydrates digestible in
100 lbs. of hay is therefore 40.4 lbs. + 3 lbs. = 43.4 lbs. of
non-nitrogenous matter. The nitrogenous nutrient consists of
5.4 lbs. of digestible protein, and the proportion of the latter
to the digestible non-nitrogenous material is as 1 to 8. This
proportion in any given fodder is called the nutritive ratio, or
the relation of the nitrogenous to the non-nitrogenous nutri-
ents. The nutritive ratio is of the greatest importance, as it
enables us to compose a proper ration with almost any kinds
of fodder at hand, by so adjusting them that we secure the
right proportion of nutrients. The proper nutritive ratio is
indeed that proportion of nutrients which has been found to
be most economically and physiologically valuable in any
given class of animals and for any given purpose. The
nutritive ratio varies accordingly for different animals and
for the same animals under different conditions. Such ratios.
FOOD AND FEEDING . COL
have been formulated by means of physiological experiments
on healthy animals as employed for economic purposes. _
It is self-evident that nutritive ratios cannot be laid
down for diseased animals, and we must content ourselves
with. observing how disease alters, in a general way, the
requirements of the normal animal. The following table of
nutritive ratios suitable for the animals and purposes named,
is taken from Armsby’s “Cattle Feeding.” The nutritive
ratio is estimated for 1000 lbs. live weight per diem.
Nutritive . Total lbs. of
Ratio. Nutrients.
EG rseseitrw Ob Keerise saaoei ene peor 13.00
Horses heavily worked.... Ls) 5 17,00
IVIIGINCOWSt acm eciases cee ek eee! 15.40
Oxenat-restinc'. 02.6 jee ke os ee 8.85
sheep for wool.'..% .. 0... Beg 11:70
For example, the nutritive ratio, or the proportion of
Ibs. of proteids to lbs. of carbohydrates and fat for horses at
work, should be as one to seven; and the total number of
Ibs. of pure fat (transformed into terms of carbohydrates),
earbohydrates, and protein required to support 1000 lbs. of
live weight of horses at work, per diem, is thirteen.
Horses doing hard work, and all animals supplying
nitrogenous products, as wool and milk, demand more nitro-
gen in their food. The proteids, as we have seen, constitute
a large proportion of the solids and fluids of the body. A
greater part of the assimilated protein circulating in the
blood and fluids of the body is termed circulating protein,
and is mainly instrumental in supplying the immediate
needs required in the performance of the vital functions. A
smaller part of the proteids furnished the economy is fixed
as a constituent part of the tissues, and is called organic, or
tissue protein. If the amount of circulatory protein is
deficient, then the organized protein is called upon, the
tissues are robbed of their substance, and the body emaciates.
‘When a larger amount of protein is contained in the blood,
we have a proportionately larger elimination of nitrogenous
682 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
‘matter in the urine, as equilibrium is soon established in the
adult animal of constant weight, so that the amount of nitro~
gen eliminated equals that ingested. In young and growing
animals.a portion of the nitrogen does not reappear in the
urine, but is utilized in tissue formation. An excess of
circulating protein, besides being wasteful economically, is
harmful in causing plethora and various disordered condi-
tions, resulting in the formation of uric acid and other
products of imperfect oxidation. Nevertheless, a certain
surplus of protein appears to be essential for the well-being
of animals ; more than is necessary to make good the loss of
protein through tissue waste as determined by estimation
of the nitrogenous elimination in the urine of fasting animals.
The vegetable proteids are transformed into bodies of
simpler chemical composition in the stomach and are there
converted in part by the gastric juice, but chiefly by pan-—
creatic (trypsin), biliary and intestinal ferments in the intes-
tines, into peptone, the only form in which protein can be.
absorbed by the digestive tract.
The epithelial cells of the intestines possess the power
not only to absorb the peptone but to transmute it into.
different isomeric compounds, as serum albumin, serum
globulin and fibrinogen ; special cells being employed in the
formation of particular compounds.
Any peptone not so converted by the intestinal epithe-—
lium becomes a poison when absorbed into the entero-hepatic-
circulation, but its toxicity is destroyed by the liver cells.
The protein elements (as serum albumin) in the blood con-
sist of those absorbed unchanged from the intestines and
those different isomeric forms which have been used in the
body, and all are eliminated and oxidized by the excretory
glands with the production of heat and escape of the pro-
ducts of tissue waste, as urea, uric acid and water from the
kidneys ; bilirubin, taurocholic acid, etc, from the liver.
Heat is evolved in this oxidation of proteid substances in the
glands equivalent to 1,812 kilogram meters for each gramme
of protein consumed.
FOOD AND FEEDING 683
This heat formation is of extreme importance in stimu-
lating and sustaining nervous action.
Among proteids in food are the nucleoalbumins, so-called
because they exist in both animal and vegetable cells. The
nucleoalbumins are extremely valuable, since they contain
iron and phosphorus. They are absorbed by special epithe-
Jial cells of the intestinal walls and are converted in part
into animal nucleoalbumin, as found in the various cells of
the body and in milk and eggs; while a portion is oxidized
and split up in the liver, forming hemoglobin, the iron com-
pound of the blood, and lecithin, the phosphorus compound
essential to nervous tissue. It has even been held that iron
can only be supplied the blood as a nucleoalbumin and that
when iron is given as medicine it acts indirectly by protect-
ing the iron in the nucleoalbumins of the food from destruc-
tion. This is, however, probably too sweeping a statement.
Protein is first of all a tissue builder, and is also a source
of energy by its decomposition. A dog can live on lean meat
(pure protein) for months and gain in weight.
Carbohydrates in the food, as sugar and starch, are
digested in part by the salivary ferment (ptyalin), but chiefly
by the pancreatic ferment (trypsin) in the intestines, and are
converted by them into glucose. The glucose is then ab-
sorbed by the small intestines, passes thence as dextrose into
the enterohepatic circulation and is oxidized within muscles
and liver cells and elsewhere in the form of dextrose (glucose)
and glycogen, with the production of heat equivalent to 1,657
kilogram meters for each gramme of carbohydrate consumed,
while carbon dioxide and water are formed as end-products.
The heat production, as in the case of the combustion of
proteids, is of great importance in sustaining nerve action.
Animal fat in the food is emulsified by the bile and by
the pancreatic and intestinal secretions and is absorbed by
special cells of the intestinal mucous membrane and passes
into the lymphatics; thence into the thoracic duct, and is
also oxidized into carbonic dioxide and water with produc-
tion of heat and energy. The fat consumed in the body is
thought to be oxidized in part in the pulmonary alveoli.
684 CENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Carbodydrates do not directly furnish tissue elements,
but do so indirectly in preventing decomposition (to some
extent) of protein in the body, and in lessening its consump-
tion. In this way the comparatively inexpensive carbohy-
drates will compensate for an insufficient ration of costly
proteids.
It is asserted that this action of carbohydrates is
explained by the fact that these nutrients have a greater
affinity for oxygen than proteids and so are the first to undergo
combustion.
The term albuminoid was formerly used as synonymous
with proteid, but is now employed to include nitrogenous
bodies (gelatin) derived from protein in the body but not
convertible into proteids. These bodies do not take the
place of proteids, but appear to fulfil the functions of circu-
lating protein, and, like carbohydrates, conserve protein
consumption, but are not tissue builders.
Carbohydrates aid directly in the production of fat.
Fat in the food may be directly assimilated as such if there
is a sufficient carbohydrate and proteid ration to protect it
from decomposition. The role carbohydrates play includes:
1. The formation of tissue indirectly by protecting the
proteid elements from combustion with an insufficient
nitrogenous diet.
2. The generation of heat, energy, or mechanical work.
3. The production of fat.
Carbohydrates cannot be relied upon as sole articles of
food. The fat of the body is derived from the decomposition
of proteids and carbohydrates, and directly from fat con-
tained in the food. Fat lubricates the tissues, and a reason-
able accumulation serves as a store of potential energy to be
called upon in time of need, when its action is similar to that
of carbohydrates. The main source of muscular energy,
movement, or mechanical work, is thought to eside in the
carbohydrates, because with excessive muscular work there
is increased evolution of heat, carbonic dioxide and water.
In so far as muscular energy and power depend upon a good
FOOD AND FEEDING _ 685
machine, in so far do the proteids aid the work of the
machine by keeping it in good repair and working order.
From this point of view the proteids represent the mechan-
ism by which the work is done; the carbohydrates the fuel
necessary for its performance. The exact relative value of
carbohydrates and proteids in the production of the vital
forces is still sub judice. Nervous activity is inseparable
from muscular activity ; both seem to require a highly nitro-
genous regimen, and such a regimen is conducive to both.
The classes of food stuffs for the larger animals em-
brace both green and dry fodder, consisting of the whole
plant minus the roots ; parts from which the more valuable
portions have been removed, as ‘straw; tubers and roots
containing a large percentage of water; the seeds or grains,
constituting the most concentrated food; and the seed
coverings or chaff.
Refuse and bye-products of manufacture are extensively
used, as bran, cottonseed meal, linseed meal, and brewers’
grains. In addition, animal matter, as flesh meal, bone
meal, and dried blood, are sometimes of value. Pasture
grass may be taken as a standard of comparison for green
fodders. In 100 lbs. of grass there are approximately
digestible :
Be TNCTEL oi soaie gaia Sie etal win to ea cip Seem Wi nfe iis 2.5lbs.
ee rai aa: cis iateta\aiata a witicie’ wi 1s) Sneie’e aye. « DRG es
MAP BORYVOTHUEES Soc. b eects e wuts wees LoZOMes
Green clover contains considerably more, green rye
slightly more, and green oats somewhat less protein; while
in green corn fodder there is only about half as much pro-
tein. Roots, as compared with green pasture grass, possess
only one-third the quantity of protein and solids. Potatoes,
however, have double the nutritive value of roots. Com-
parison is made in reference to protein, as that is by far the
most valuable nutrient, and the amount of carbohydrates
and fat do not vary much in similar kinds of fodder.
Meadow hay, including such common varieties as timo-
thy and red top, may be taken as a standard of comparison
686 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
for dry fodder. In 100 lbs. of hay there are approximately
digestible :
PEOLCING Jose stoicajc eee Nr antes eae 5.4 Ibs.
WAGs ens tachpea nite oe sole ke Seana oe A Pd
Car bony Grates x5.j.26srecie sees ens 40.4 *
Clover hay has double the amount, and rowen or after-.
math about one-third more protein than is contained in
ordinary meadow hay. Oats may be selected as a standard
of comparison for grains. 100 lbs. of oats contain of diges-
_tible nutrients as follows :
Protein) tuestacactemsee ce Saeiehisc tik 10.0 Ibs.
IH eae ey erat tes oesetes snadete toyetcvers exe favs) s, Cyr ater Awd, of
Carbohydiratesirs jacy ie cistectes co sestete 45.0 Ԥ
Corn yields slightly less protein and considerably more.
carbohydrates and fat, while cottonseed meal contains nearly
three times as much protein, and four times as much fat as
are found in oats. Bran (or shorts) has approximately the.
same chemical composition as oats. The straw of wheat,
barley, rye, oats, and corn have a somewhat similar value.
In 100 lbs. of wheat straw there are digestible:
PLOUOIN .ccusictetepe vroisyers Rel noce eete re tetars kevevaieke 0.8 Ibs.
PG ooo 2 Riche arse pe umn ota sein = ies Ls ea
Carbolydratesiy. -'6: .1. 4 ayn apse aries 36.00 <<
In order to compare the composition of food with that.
of the tissues into which it is converted, we submit the
following :
PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF LIVE ANIMAL.
IN 100 LBS. OF LIVE OX THERE ARE:
1EI YO FL INE Shc SER AGG OOOO Son Sane Gio 8.7 lbs.
at etic Se Oe ete cor heasn hector LOR wes
ASIA Sees biiee tate cite terse tats ateesione eens By)
IVVINGOL As ctacrceryelcretralctete te aetna ers eietetievers 6682) <8
Certain of the fodders are especially adapted or other-
wise for the various domestic animals. Green clover is.
prone to fermentation and the formation of flatulency if
given in large quantities to any animal. A sudden change
FOOD AND FEEDING Bee) OBR
from dry to luxuriant green food is always undesirable for a
similar reason. Green grass cut short by a lawn mower
should not be given horses, as it is swallowed in an unmasti-
cated condition and leads to indigestion and colic. Potatoes.
and roots are more suitable for ruminants than for horses;.
yet upon the latter they act as natural and agreeable laxa-
tives, and form a palatable addition to dry fodder, particu-
larly carrots. The best variety of hay for horses consists.
of good bright timothy or herds grass with a slight admix-
ture of red top and clover. Carrots should be sliced longi-
tudinally to prevent choking when given to horses. Clover
hay is dusty and apt to provoke “heaves” in horses, and
that, together with rowen, is more appropriate for ruminants.
Bran is but poorly digested by horses, yet acts favorably
as a laxative when given once or twice a week mixed with
boiling water and plenty of salt, constituting a “ bran mash.”
‘Bran takes the place of oats as a nitrogenous food for rumi-
nants, and is less expensive. Cottonseed meal, being
extremely rich in nitrogen, and usually in oil or fat, is not
easily digested by any animal, but may be given in quanti-
ties of a quart or two to ruminants, and from half a pint to
a pint to horses, daily. Cottonseed meal is supplied cattle
to compensate for a deficiency of nitrogen in the food, while
in horses it acts as a slight laxative and may improve the
general condition. Straw and corn fodder are not readily
digested by horses unless cut and steamed, but are suitable
for ruminants and are often preferable to a poor quality of
hay. The demands of the system for food vary in relation
to tissue change, which is diminished by rest, increased by
work, and either accelerated or decreased by disease. The
requirements for nutriment are greater during the growing
period and for the formation of the various natural products,
as milk or wool. The state of the digestive organs and
assimilative powers guide us in selecting the kind and quan-
tity of food desirable. In acute disease it is advisable to
feed little and often, the food being prepared in the most.
digestible and palatable form, and in as great a variety as.
688 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
attainable. We may restrict the diet as a whole or in part.
Starving diminishes circulatory protein, increases tissue
waste, weakens an animal, and lessens the natural resistance
against disease. Restricting the diet is useful in controlling
unmanageable animals, in diminishing sexual excitement,
and in the treatment of plethora when combined with proper
exercise. In most acute inflammatory diseases, as in acute
laminitis, a light laxative diet is desirable, as steamed oats
with bran and salt, roots and green fodder. In the milder
forms of acute gastro-enteritis we must restrict the diet to
small quantities of easily digested food, as cracked or
steamed oats, chopped hay and gruels, with the addition of
a little green fodder or roots for horses ; while carnivora are
given milk and lime water. In chronic digestive disorders
the food must be readily digestible and assimilable, and of a
nitrogenous character, since anemia and malnutrition follow
the defective digestion and absorption. In chronic indiges-
tion or gastro-enteritis of horses, Zuill recommends oats
(boiled, scalded or steamed, and allowed to stand 12 hours),
2 parts; bran, 1 part; and malted barley, 1 part. The
addition of salt and a little green fodder to this ration is
palatable and desirable. The dietary for constipation in
horses should consist of bran mashes twice a week with
plenty of salt ; roots and green fodder at frequent intervals,
combined with suitable exercise and appropriate drug treat-
ment. Dogs suffering from constipation may be given raw
liver twice a week, or may be put on an occasional or exclu-
sive diet of one of the commercial dog breads or biscuits.
These are laxative and are invaluable in eczema of dogs,
commonly resulting from lack of exercise and over-indul-
gence in food. If constipation is very obstinate, total abstin-
ence from all food, water excepted, for a time, followed by
the use of lean meat with salt and beef tea, are indicated till
the bowels are emptied manually or by enemata. The ration
for diarrhoea embraces the partial restriction of water, which
increases the bulk and fluidity of the intestinal contents and
so stimulates the movements of the bowels. If the diarrhea
—
FOOD AND FEEDING 689
is so severe as to endanger life, an abundance of pure or
boiled water should be allowed in order to compensate for
the loss of fluid from the blood.
Theoretically, an albuminous diet is indicated in diar-
rhoea because of the loss from the blood and tissues, and
because intestinal digestion is disordered and starchy food
would be undigested and cause fermentation, etc. Practically,
a certain amount of starchy food seems to be serviceable in
the treatment of diarrhoea. Horses and cattle should be
given cooked flour or barley gruel and roasted oatmeal and
cracked oats. Coarse foods, as bran and straw and green
fodder, are not allowable. Swine should be supplied with
eruels of barley, flour or oatmeal (strained).
Fowl with diarrhoea may be fed on boiled rice and given
afew drops of laudanum two or three times daily. Dogs an
eats seiould have boiled milk, strained rice gruel, cooked
lean meat and crackers. Broths and beef tea are not desir-
able, but beef juice and white of egg in water are of value.
These dietaries should be employed in conjunction with
other measures, as the preliminary use of a laxative, rest,
quiet, and external heat and drug treatment. Young suck-
ling animals, as foals and calves, may be fed on cooked and
strained oatmeal or barley gruel made with milk, if the
mother’s milk does not agree. In severe attacks of gastro-
enteritis, or in gastric or intestinal ulceration with hzemor-
rhage from the stomach or bowels, the food should be bland
and fluid, as soaked bread, oatmeal, barley or flour gruels,
linseed tea (made by boiling linseed in a muslin bag
immersed in water), and small quantities of green fodder for
the larger animals ; while milk and lime water, white of egg
and water, broths and beef juice are indicated for carnivora.
In the latter animals we may have to resort to predigested
food given by the mouth, or, if vomiting is persistent, by the
rectum.
The diet in cases of catarrhal jaundice should be easily
digestible, bland, and such as will not require much bile for
its digestion. The larger patients should be given gruels,
‘690 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
-steamed cracked oats, young and tender green food, cooked
potatoes, together with alkalies and other appropriate
remedies. Dogs are allowed milk and lime water, crackers,
bread and cooked lean meat. Feeding in hemoglobinemia
cor “black water” of horses must be restricted to the use of
gruels, green fodder and a little hay in the early stages of
the disorder. Food is usually withheld 12 hours before
surgical operations, and this, in addition to the administra-
tion of a cathartic, will prevent injury in casting the larger
animals, which might follow were the digestive tract over-
full. It will also lessen the danger of intestinal fermentation
‘and absorption of toxins from the bowels, which may occur
after operation owing to an enfeebled digestive action. If
dogs are starved before surgical operation, vomiting is pre-
vented during or after etherization. Water alone may be
restricted to advantage in obesity, cardiac disease with
edema, or in the treatment of chronic exudations, as in
hydrothorax. Water may be allowed in these conditions
-only once daily, or even every other day ; and this treatment
may be combined with the use of saline cathartics in strong
animals. The specific gravity and density of the blood and
the tendency to absorption from the tissues and cavities is
increased. By the same process the quantity of blood is
diminished and the load put upon the heart is lessened,
both of which may prove beneficial in cardiac diseases.
A full, or restorative diet should be especially rich in
protein. Generous feeding is distinctly in order in the treat-
ment of general debility, malnutrition, anemia, weakness of
the digestive organs, convalescence from acute diseases and
in animals particularly sensitive to cold, or in those which
‘sweat easily. A full diet is also useful in overworked
animals and in those subject to losses from increased secre-
tion, excretion, or exudation, as in chronic suppuration,
diarrhoea, albuminuria, ascites and cedema. A restorative
diet for herbivora includes grain, as corn, bran, oats and
cottonseed meal; hay and grass, with occasionally milk and
eggs. For omnivora, corn, potatoes, blood, milk and soups. ~
FOOD AND FEEDING _ 691
- For carnivora, meat extracts, milk, eggs, broths and meat
juice. In most wasting diseases, fat, protein and water are
the food elements especially needful. An abundance of
water stimulates the appetite, secretions, excretions, tissue
changes and vital processes generally. Salt should be given
freely as an aid to digestion in increasing the formation of
hydrochloric acid, and indirectly that of pepsin. Alcohol,
being a nutritive and capable of easy absorption, assimila-
tion and decomposition in the body, forms a most valuable
adjunct to a restorative diet. A deficiency of lime in the
food is occasionally the cause of rickets in the young,
and fragilitas ossium in the old, but more frequently these
diseases are due to defective digestion, assimilation, or
excessive lactation. Bone meal may be fed to advantage in
such affections. It contains both lime and phosphoric acid
and should be given in small quantities (1 tablespoonful to
large animals ; 1 teaspoonful to small patients) on the food
in connection with the administration of hydrochloric acid
and bitters.
In fever a restricted diet is often iecessary in the more
acute stages, with loss of appetite, diminished secretions, |
and movements of the stomach, but as soon as convalescence
sets in the increased tissue waste produces an excessive
demand for food and the digestive organs may become over-
taxed. The initial dietetic treatment of fevers consists in the
use of oats, bran mashes, and gruels, with the addition of a —
small quantity of grass or roots for horses. The change
from this diet should be very gradual to a dry, coarse fodder,
in order to avoid digestive disorders. The bitters, alcohol,
hydrochloric acid, and salt, together with a copious supply
of water, will furthermore aid convalescence. Carnivora,
with fever, should be fed milk, beef juice, broth, bread, oat-
meal and a small quantity of cooked lean meat.
Obesity is treated most advantageously by proper feed-
ing. A certain amount of fat is essential in the body in
lubricating the tissues, in acting as a protection against cold,
in serving as an enveloping and shielding cushion to the un-
692 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
derlying tissues, and finally in supplying a store of nutrition.
Animals living in cold climates are covered symetrically by
fat, but those indigenous in hot countries have accumulations.
of fat in masses to avoid over-heating the body. This is seen
in the hump of the camel, zebu and Brahmin bull. When the
camel is severely taxed, the fat is consumed and the hump be-
comes loose and flabby. House dogs overfed and insuflici-
ently exercised, horses, and other animals kept for breeding
purposes, are those most commonly afflicted with obesity.
Fat in the body may be formed from fat, albuminoids, and
carbohydrates of the food. Carbohydrates, if in excess of
the needs of the economy, protect the fat in the food from
decomposition and so enable it to be stored in the body.
Protein may also protect the consumption of fat of the food,
for it is broken up into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous
elements, and the latter may be transformed into body fat.
The accumulation of fat proceeds most readily when there is.
an abundance of fat in the food, in addition to the other
nutrients; less so when the ration consists of fat and albu-
minoids, or of carbohydrates and albuminoids; and least of
all with a diet consisting of pure protein. The latter, then,
is the food to be approached as near its purity as advisable.
If protein ration is followed too closely, digestive disorders,
loss of strength and nervous disturbances are likely to occur.
The fat resulting from the decomposition of a pure protein.
fodder is usually not sufficient to supply the needs of the
body, and the organized fat is gradually called upon to supply
the deficiency in the food.
Exercise, cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics, to-
gether with venesection, are synergistic measures. As
emaciation proceeds, we must add more and more non-
nitrogenous material to our ration. Fat is said to accumu-
late most readily in the vicinity of vascular areas where the
flow of blood is retarded, and therefore oxidation, combustion,
aud molecular activity diminished. Txercise, on the other
hand, stimulates the circulation, while deprivation of water
makes the blood-current more rapid by decreasing the
FOOD AND FEEDING 693
amount of blood. Both therefore favor the destruction of
fat. Vogel has reported good results in reducing obesity by
the use of the following rations. From 19 to 26 weeks are
required for a cure.
DAILY RATION FOR THE HORSE.
OVAEYIRGAL hotel crte orate o reco ratepeichete avon ole eteters i, ibs
SS GEE ah) fate alsa « eraeuetabe aie erecs.ag-arelereererels Sos
Vea yas crest cazsierats ole taverataiais a Pew iele arate cieiaaaias fee
Warrseedsrmeailey sk eseiadkelstlsbisratineese ccs es
Salibiiaccecoteians slate iece aun aye elerainie s}-vsicios ee 2193 <10 OFDER COllb. OF ADOVE:
DAILY RATION FOR DOG WEIGHING 115 LBs.
Cooked: oatmeal ons .niietatis i216 9.0 vere S 6 3 lbs.
RA ery eReL Rete stere: alsa, ta aise Syae Ree nee ie alana & ys
SAME LATER.
Catia Call ses nceatae ois soesavctaseteteions elec maj cei ee inl
Aen MAPA LS: cit arate core a dN os kk, oie aise ee es
Beemer tat omar aeists eierd sipleneretisosls,a"s Hels <a ois Wa: use
Abpea taraiteesiertrn satiate sistas, hunters sisie eres 1 teaspoonful.
DAILY RATION FOR FAT SETTER OR POINTER.
| BASES OR TEE ae ee ae 116 lbs.
PSH eon ohare atais = Sleectee Matas aratsse aie ears) ore iets 1 “
[REG Reet seat orstanerercie oi Seve. s S.eraiekets chiureie te cuars state 3 OZ
Animals suffering from fatty degenerative changes do
not stand such a rigid diet as the foregoing. These ani-
mals are affected with a weak heart, due to fatty degenera-
tion of the myocardium, with atrophy of its muscular fibres.
They have dyspneea on exertion. The cardiac insufficiency
leads, in its turn, to secondary troubles, as catarrh of the
digestive and respiratory organs, and disorder of the liver
and kidneys, following general passive congestion. The
treatment should be directed in such cases to lessening the
amount of blood and the work put upon the heart, by limit-
ing the ingestion of water, and by strengthening the heart
with appropriate stimulants. The activity of the skin
should be excited by frequent grooming and the use of diar-
phoretics, while the activity of the kidneys should be en-
hanced by the employment of diuretics, We are prevented
, 694 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
from feeding an exclusively nitrogenous diet in these cases,
as the oxidizing power of the blood is not sufficient to de-
compose it, neither is it safe or advisable to quickly remove
the fat, as cardiac failure might ensue. Small quantities of
water are allowed, given two hours after feeding. The gen-
eral ration should be rich in proteids and also contain a
moderate amount of fat and carbohydrates.
ARTIFICIAL FEEDING.
Artificial feeding consists in the introduction of food
into the body other than in the ordinary way by the mouth.
Rectal feeding is the only procedure of much value. The
agents employed must be bland, and capable of easy absorp-
tion and assimilation. If the food is at all irritating, tenes-
mus and ejection quickly occur. From two to four ounces
of liquid nourishment may be given to small or medium-:
sized dogs; from four to eight ounces to large dogs. One
quart may be employed for horses. The nutrient enema
should be introduced into the bowel through a flexible
rubber tube carried up into the colon. An hour before the
enema is given the bowel is to be washed out thoroughly
with cold water. The nutrient injection should not be given
oftener than once in six hours, and if the bowel is irritable,
not oftener than once in twelve hours. The absorptive
power of the rectum is slight, but that of the colon is con-
siderably greater. Predigested food is most valuable.
Leube’s Beef Peptone may be used. A bullock’s pancreas
is finely chopped and rubbed up with eight ounces of gly-
cerin. This extract will keep fresh several weeks in a cold
place. To one-third of the extract are added five ounces of
finely chopped beef, and the mixture is ready for immediate
use. The peptonizing powders of Fairchild Brothers &
Foster are most convenient in preparing digested food.
Each powder consists of five grains of pancreatic extract and
fifteen grains of sodium bicarbonate.
A useful nutrient enema for a large dog may be made
of two eggs and six ounces of milk. Four to six eggs may be
FOOD AND FEEDING 695
added to a quart of milk for use as an enema for a horse.
‘The mixture is then to be peptonized and introduced into the
rectum at the temperature of the body. In using the pep-
tonizing powders, one is placed in a quart glass jar together
with a teacupful of cold water. Then a pint of the mixture
to be peptonized is poured into the jar, and the latter placed
in a vessel containing water as hot as the hand will easily
bear. The jar is kept in the hot water for twenty minutes.
and put on ice. When the mixture is used it should be
heated to 100° F. If predigested food is to be given by the
mouth, it is well not to keep the glass jar immersed in hot
water more than five minutes, as otherwise the taste will be
bitter and disagreeable. A small dose of laudanum is always
useful to prevent the expulsion of enemata. Brandy may
be added in the proportion of one ounce to the pint of milk
after peptonizing. The addition of salt to egg-albumin
greatly facilitates absorption. Gruels of all kinds, and
broths, may be peptonized, as well as milk. It is not essen-
tial, however, to peptonize milk and other fluids, although
absorption is rendered somewhat more complete. The di-
gestive powers of the large intestines are but slight. Sugar
is absorbed unaltered; undigested proteids (with certain
exceptions) and fat are not absorbed. Peptones, soluble
proteids, as milk, meat juice, egg albumin, and emulsified
fat are absorbed. Nevertheless, absorption from the lower
bowel is trivial compared with that from the stomach and in-
testines generally, and as the extent of surface with which
rectal injections come in contact is small, and their sojourn
short, it follows that rectal feeding cannot take the place of ,
normal alimentation.
In tetanus, paralysis of muscles of deglutition, fracture
-of the jaw in horses, persistent vomiting and convulsions in
dogs, and in all animals refusing food, rectal feeding is in-
dicated. It is possible in horses to feed through a stomach
tube.
696 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Counter-Irritants.
A counter-irritant is an irritant which acts counter, or
against an existing irritation, result of irritation, or pain.
In applying a “twitch” to a horse, we are inflicting an irri-
tation to relieve some other source of irritation elsewhere.
It is taken for granted that the damage and pain caused by
the artificial irritant are not so severe as those already ex-
isting. The amount of injury produced by an irritant
depends upon the nature of the material, its strength, the
duration of its action, the mode of application, and the part
to which it is applied. We may consider the effects oc-
casioned by a mild and increasing action following the
continued use of a single agent, or representing the
action of materials of different degrees of potency. There
first appears redness of the skin, accompanied by some
burning or pain (rubefacient action), and if the irritation
progresses there is a serous exudate poured out into the
mucous layer of the skin. This leads to swelling and
edema. Greater irritation causes more exudation of serum
and an elevation of the epidermis in a circumscribed area or
areas, and the formation of blebs or blisters (vesication).
If the irritation ceases at this point, the blisters break open
and their contents dry on the surface, covering the parts
with a thick scab. Synchronous with vesication we observe
a similar process attacking the hair follicles. The hairs are
loosened and fall, but as the papille are usually unaffected,
the growth of hair is soon renewed. The recovery of hair
is facilitated by the application of grease to the part. Cer-
tain agents cause circumscribed inflammation of the skin
with the formation of pustules (pustulants), as croton oil,
and these create necrosis of the hair papille and, therefore,
permanent loss of hair. If the irritant is severe, suppura-
tion follows vesication; or, if an ordinary irritant is ap-
plied with violent friction, is covered with a bandage, or
placed over an already inflamed part, the same result
ia
COUNTER-IRRITANTS 697
happens. The terms referring to the degree of action in-
herent in agents are as follows:
1. A rubefacient, causing hyperzemia.
2. A vesicant, or epispastic, inducing blistering.
3. A pustulant, creating pustules.
_ 4, An escharotic, or caustic, occasioning death of the
tissues.
The same agent, as has already been pointed out, may
produce one or more of these actions according to circum-
stances. The inner aspect of limbs and the flexures of joints
are peculiarly sensitive, owing to the thinness of the skin
over these areas. If a counter-irritant is rubbed properly
into the skin it may penetrate into the mucous layer.
Reference has been made to the local influence of irri-
tants. We will now direct attention to their remote effect.
It is certainly known that irritation of the surface decidediy
affects distant organs. Brown-Séquard noted contraction of
vessels in one arm when the other was immersed in cold
water. Severe burns of the surface are followed by duo-
‘denal ulcers. The preceding and succeeding remarks enable
us to partially account for the remote influence of counter-
irritants, but although we know their practical value, it is
not within our present knowledge to offer theories wholly
‘explaining their effect.
The influence of counter-irritants may be sheeted up
in reflex action; 7. e., the production and conduction: of an
impulse from the pesiiery to nerve centres, thereby modi-
fying the nerve functions and blood supply in’ distant
parts. :
The skin is commonly the point of application. It nor-
mally is an organ of protection, respiration, secretion and |
‘special sense, and, through its medium, a regulator of tem-
perature, responding to such natural stimuli as heat, cold,
moisture and dryness. Such an unnatural and considerable
stimulation as is produced by counter-irritants consequently |
creates very sensible alterations in the bodily functions.
698 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Extensive counter-irritation causes the breathing to become
slower and deeper by reflex stimulation of the vagi, and
also by making the respiratory movements more painful, if
the application be made to the chest wall. The circulation
is likewise affected, and both the force of the heart and
blood pressure are increased, unless the irritation is very
widespread and severe, when the reverse happens. In ac-
cordance with the foregoing remarks, the use of considerable
heat, together with mustard or turpentine, is of great value
in conditions of vital depression, surgical shock, collapse
and coma. Moreover, the effect on local blood supply is.
still greater and full of importance, since it may explain the
beneficial action obtained in the ordinary use of counter~
irritants. In experiments conducted upon animals, it has.
been observed that when sinapisms are placed over the
head, the blood vessels in the pia mater are first dilated, but.
soon contract and remain in that condition for some time.
Likewise there was seen, following energetic counter-irrita-
tion of the chest, anzemia of the underlying parts, including
the muscles, pleura, and even the pulmonary tissue. It is
essential to bear in mind, then, that while counter-irritants.
induce local congestion in their immediate vicinity, they also.
cause reflexly vascular contraction in more remote areas.
In accordance with this demonstration, the importance of
these agents in inflammation lies not so much in their bring-
ing blood to the surface, as in forcing 1t out of distant parts.
This fact is not generally appreciated. ‘The use of the word
“drawing” signifies the common idea of a counter-irritant,.
and implies the first proposition.
Temperature is not materially affected by the therapeu-
tie use of counter-irritants, and they are not necessarily
contraindicated in fevers. Experiments, however, appear
to show that mild counter-irritation may lead to a slight
elevation of body-heat, owing to stimulation of the calorifa-
cient centres, while extensive and prolonged action lowers.
temperature by diarphoresis and depression.of the heart and
heat centres.
COUNTER-IRRITANTS ‘* 699
Counter-irritants notably relieve pain. This result is
not only due to overcoming congestion, but occurs when pain
is purely neuralgic. The phenomenon is not altogether ex-
plicable. The subduing influence of a twitch in the case of
pain inflicted upon a horse is an analogous example. Wechs-
berg, in some late experiments, notes, as a most striking
effect of counter-irritants, oedematous infiltration of the skin,
subcutaneous tissue and muscle in subadjacent parts, with
compression of blood vessels in the deeper-lying structures.
He attributes the relief of pain afforded by counter-irritants
to anemia and rapid compression brought to bear on the
nerves in these underlying parts; a result similar to the
anodyne influence observed following the injection of nor-
mal salt solution over a nerve-truuk, which is the principle
of Schleich’s method of local anesthesia by tissue infil-
tration.
Still this explanation does not interpret the relief of
pain sometimes seen in parts remote from the point of
application of counter-irritants.
Pain is usually referable to the peripheral ends of an —
affected nerve. Itis good practice to apply counter-irrita-
tion directly over a deep-seated inflammation or seat of pain,
but in assuaging superficial pain it is found, that where the
treatment can be made over the root of the painful nerve,
better results are obtained. In pain in the chest wall a
blister should be placed next the spine over the root of the
spinal nerve involved; in pain in the head in man, counter-
irritation is applied over the back of the neck. Counter-
irritation should be done behind the ear to relieve pace and
inflammation in the oie and ear.
In the treatment of enlarged glands and in acute inflam-
mations, as abscess, boils and carbuncles, by counter-
. irritants, the application should be about the lesions rather
than directly upon them.
Among other actions accomplished by counter-irritants
are: possible stimulation of trophic nerves and nutrition of
a part; augmentation of tissue change, locally and gener-
700 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
ally, and dilatation of vessels (when applied after the sub-
sidence of acute inflammation or in. chronically inflamed
parts), with renewed activity of the circulation and conse-
quent absorption of inflammatory exudations. Further-
more, counter-irritants reflexly overcome spasm and pain
occurring in colic, by stimulating and replacing normal
peristaltic action in place of abnormal localized contractions.
In like manner they excite uterine contractions by stimula-
tion of the involuntary muscular fibres of the womb.
INDICATIONS FOR COUNTER-IRRITANTS.
1. To overcome congestion and inflammation in remote
parts. .
2. To promote absorption of inflammatory products
locally.
3. To relieve pain.
4. To stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous fune-
tions. :
Ltubefacients.—In this class are included the volatile
oils—turpentine, oil of wintergreen, etc.—alcohol, chloro-
form, balsams, resins, iodine, tincture of camphor, tincture
of cantharides, mustard, and heat. These agents are used
when it is desirable to stimulate the nervous system rapidly,
and to relieve pain and congestion. To attain this end, we
employ comparatively mild agents in order that we may
apply them over an extensive surface without causing seri-
ous or permanent results. Mustard is rubbed with warm
water into a thin paste (a sinapism), and rubbed over the
chest of horses in congestion of the lungs, in acute bron-
chitis, or in the first stage of pleuritis, to obtund pain and
lessen congestion. Sinapisms also relieve obstinate cough,
revive failing respiration, and stimulate reflexly the vital
functions in collapse, shock and narcotic coma. Applied
over the cardiac region, they avert syncope. To assist the
action of mustard, we often cover the application with hot
blankets, and then with dry ones. Stimulating liniments
are sometimes preferred. One volume of oil of mustard
. COUNTER-IRRITANTS - TOL
may be combined with fifteen volumes of oil of turpentine ;
-or ammonia water, thirty parts, and oil of turpentine, fifteen
parts, are added to spirit of camphor and soap liniment, each
fifty parts.
Turpentine is more valuable in abdominal disorders in
horses. Itis sprinkled on hot blankets, and applied as a
stupe to stop pain, spasm, and stimulate normal peristalsis
in colic; and to relieve pain and congestion in enteritis,
peritonitis, diarrhoea and other difficulties. The beneficial
result accruing from the use of external counter-irritants
in bowel troubles is often facilitated by the injection of hot
(115° F.) rectal enemata.
Stimulating liniments are serviceable in aiding resolu-
tion of swelling following the acute stage of cellulitis, lym-
phangitis, neuritis, mammitis, rheumatism, strains and
bruises. They are often employed in laryngitis. In chronic
skin diseases, as eczema, mild counter-irritants (tar, oil of
cade, Peruvian balsam, etc.) substitute an active reparative
process, tend to aid absorption of exudation and induration,
and relieve pain and itching. The tincture of iodine may
abort incipient inflammatory lesions, as boils and abscess,
‘by means of its counter-irritant and antiseptic properties.
VESICANTS AND THE ACTUAL CAUTERY
Cantharides, red iodide of mercury, and croton oil, are
more compionly used in veterinary medicine to cause blis-
tering. Reference will be had, hereafter, to cantharidal
blisters. Blisters and the cautery are especially indicated
to cause resolution of inflammatory products and modifica-
tion of inflammatory processes; to secure fixation and rest
of parts, aud to relieve pain. It is impossible to enumerate
all the conditions in which they are useful. In the treat-
ment of severe sprains, as curb and “breakdown;” and in
exostoses, as ringbone and spavin, the actual cautery (firing)
is used before and in conjunction with blistering to exagger-
ate the counter-irritant effect. Absorption is attained in the ~
foregoing conditions by the production of an acute inflam-
702 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
mation, with increase of vascularity, tissue change and fatty
degeneration. In “ breakdown,” the formation of scar tissue.
is thought (without reason) to assist in supporting the limb.
Sometimes, on the other hand, osseous deposit is unabsorbed,
but anchylosis and freedom from pain in a diseased joint is.
secured by the enforced maintenance of rest and fixation of
the joint, together with the production of new bone.
In exudative diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis,.
pericarditis, peritonitis, meningitis, arthritis, and synovitis,
blisters facilitate absorption and recovery after the acute
stage is over. This favorable result is not due to loss of ©
serum, but to modification of the inflammatory process. In
the first. three diseases named above, blisters—flying blist-
ers—may be applied in spots every few days in different
places over the affected area.
Blisters reflexly stimulate the nerve centres in menin-
gitis, in addition to their action on the inflammatory lesion.
They should be applied over the poll or spine according
to the location of the trouble. Absorption in chronically
enlarged glands is assisted by blisters. They also hasten
“ripening” of suppurating glands or abscess when this.
process is slow, and hasten their resolution after evacua-
tion of pus. The blister should be rubbed on about the
inflamed area in these lesions.
Vesicants are also valuable in pharyngitis and laryngitis.
for severe cases, when stimulating liniments are ineffectual 5.
and, in lessening pain, exudation and swelling of the throat,
may avert the necessity of tracheotomy. A blister applied
about the coronet in diseases of the feet is serviceable in
stimulating the growth of the hoof and promotes repair in
navicular disease, laminitis, and cartilaginous quittor, after
the acute stage is passed. In arthritis and synovitis, the
whole diseased area, with the exception of the flexure of the
joint, is covered with a blister. Since it is often impossible
to immobilize a part, in veterinary practice, by splints,
blisters are sometimes employed for this end after reduction
of dislocations.
COUNTER-IRRITANTS 703°
The hair should be clipped from an area to be blis-
tered, the skin washed with soap and water, and the animal
tied up or restrained in some way from biting the part. It
is the custom to cover immediately the surrounding parts
with grease, but protection from the acrid discharge can be
secured more effectively by frequent sponging with soap
suds and water; or painting the skin, under the blistered
surface, with a solution of resin in alcohol. Grease is not.
so good a protective, since it is a solvent for cantharides.
Vaseline should be applied following the active stage.
Caustics or Escharotics are agents which destroy tissue.
They comprise such substances as the caustic alkalies, min-
eral acids, silver nitrate; iron, zinc and copper sulphates;
ferric, zinc and mercuric chlorides; carbolic acid, arsenic,
together with the actual cautery. They are indicated in the
treatment of exuberant granulations, morbid growths, septic,
sloughing and necrotic parts, pyogenic membranes, fistulous
tracts, and for the destruction of poisons, as in rabid dog and
snake bite. Escharotics stimulate and modify nutrition in
unhealthy wounds and ulcers. Many form chemical com-
pounds with the tissue elements. Heat oxidizes animal
tissues, and also coagulates albumin and abstracts water
from them.
The alkalies produce greasy compounds with the pro-
teids, saponify the fats and withdraw water from the tissues.
They are the most widely destructive agents. Silver nitrate
forms an insoluble albuminate with the tissues to which it is
applied, and protects the underlying structures from further
action. It is most superficial in its action, but possesses
specific properties in altering the condition of unhealthy
wounds for the better. Extreme heat, exemplified by the
white-hot iron, acts as a counter-irritant in stimulating
reflexly the nervous system ; in increasing the vascularity cf
surrounding parts, and in favoring revulsion of blood; in
aiding absorption and resolution, and in relieving pain apart
from its direct destructive effect. Caustics may be applied
in either the solid or liquid state, and in various forms, as.
704." GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
* the stick, powder, paste and ointment. Caustics are some-
times employed to stop hemorrhage. (See Styptics, p. 63).
The reader is referred to the articles on special agents for
further details). .
Suppurants.—Any of the more active counter-irritants,
as croton oil, may induce suppuration. Under this head
may be mentioned setons and issues of rowel. A seton is a
‘ piece of tape or other material, introduced through an in-
cision in the skin, and thence under the skin in the connective
tissue, and finally out through the skin at a short distance
from the point of entrance. The loose ends are then knotted
together, and the whole loop is drawn through the wound
once daily to keep up constant irritation and suppuration.
An issue of rowel is a piece of gauze or tow, which is passed
into an incision, where the substance remains, and causes:
continual irritation and suppuration. To intensify their
irritant action, both setons and issues of rowel may be first
saturated with cantharides ointment or oil of turpentine.
‘They have been employed in acute diseases of the eye, men-
ingitis, “strangles,” and in joint and shoulder lameness, near
the seat of trouble. Setons and issues of rowel are barbar-
ous and dirty, and fortunately are becoming obsolete.
Cold and Heat.
Oold.—Cold and heat are only relative terms. As used
here, they refer, respectively, to a thermal intensity below
or above that of the body. Cold is usually applied by
means of water in some form. In veterinary practice we
are limited in the employment of cold air, as a medium, to
the use of free ventilation and protection of animals from the
solar heat. Cool air is especially desirable in the treatment
of most febrile affections by lowering temperature and serv-
ing as a stimulus to the respiratory, circulatory and nervous
functions generally. Locally, cold causes contraction of the
peripheral vessels and muscles of the skin, forcing out fluids
from the part and reducing local temperature. This is more
COLD AND HEAT 705.
distinctly noticeable in congested areas. If the application
is very severe or long continued, the vessels lose their tone,
become paralyzed, and we have passive congestion, inflam-
mation, and finally death.
Ordinarily, reaction sets in after the use of cold, more
particularly if followed by heat, when an active hyperzemia
is substituted for the ischemia. This is brought about both
by reflex stimulation of the heart by the cold, and local dila-
tion of the vessels. Therefore, when we wish to constringe
parts, we use moderate cold continuously ; but, by alternat-
ing cold and heat we may accelerate the blood supply, and
by first forcing out, and then bringing back the fluids of the
tissues, we can maintain such an activity of the circulation
that even solid exudations are absorbed. Cold, locally,
lessens nervous uritability and pain direcily, and, also, by
contracting the afferent vessels, it diminishes the impact of
the blood on sensitive parts. Moderate heat is said, never-
theless, to produce much the same result by relaxing the
capillaries of the collateral circulation, thus draining off the
blood and relieving tension in the inflamed part. Tissue
change is diminished, locally, by the action of cold. Sup-
puration and sloughing proceed but slowly under its retard-
ing influence. Acute abscess is converted into what might
be logically termed a “cold abscess” in the most literal
sense of the word. Remotely, moderate cold applied to the
body for a short period actually increases general tempera-
ture by stimulating reflexly the heat centres, increasing
oxidation and lessening radiation from the contracted super-
ficial vessels. If cold is in contact with the whole body for
a longer time, the temperature gradually sinks and the
reduction continues for some hours, when, in healthy ani-
mals, the temperature rises above normal. Such effects are
much more pronounced in pyrexia. The action upon the
nervous system is exceedingly important therapeutically.
The most powerful stimulating action is exerted upon the
centres of innervation controlling the circulatory, respira-
tory, digestive and excretory organs. In fever, this treatment.
‘706 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
invigorates the failing digestive functions, relieves the nerv=
ous irritability by cooling the blood going to the great nerve
centres in the medulla, and strengthens and stimulates the
entire pervous organization. Cold applications and drinks
stimulate the circulation reflexly, increase blood tension, and,
therefore, the secretion of urine in fever, which is very im-
portant for the elimination of toxins. Locally, heat and
cold are often used interchangeably in medicine. In human
practice it is a rule to be guided in the choice of one or the
other by the desire of and effect upon the patient, and this
should apply, as far as possible, in veterinary practice.
Cold is employed, locally, in congestions of superficial parts,
and tends. to abort inflammation and relieve pain. )
In meningitis, rubber ice bags or continual irrigation of
the head and spine are used. Laryngitis may be success-
fully treated by ice poultices (cracked ice and sawdust in
linen bags) or by thin rubber ice bags surrounding the
throat. In the same way are treated sprained tendons,
capped hocks, broken knees, recent curbs, and lymphangitis.
In fact, most superficial inflammatory surgical affections are
benefited by cold applications. Ice and ice water are useful
in checking venous or capillary hemorrhage, although hot
water is often more serviceable. Cold water enemata are
valuable in atonie constipation, diarrhcea, and to reduce
temperature in fever. In the uterus, ice in small lumps
will arrest metrorrhagia, and, in the rectum, aid in reducing
prolapse. Ice bags, placed along the spine over the sym-
pathetic ganglia, will cause dilatation of arterioles in regions
corresponding to the point of application.
MODES OF EMPLOYING COLD WATER.*
Ablution is the simplest method of applying water to the
surface of the body. It is merely bathing. Water at the
temperature of 50° to 60° F. is applied by a rough, coarse
*The writer is much indebted to the writings of Simon Baruch in
~connection with uses of water. .
COLD AND HEAT 707
cloth. The water is thrown on in considerable quantities,
beginning with the head and going rapidly over the neck,
truuk and limbs successively, rubbing the skin briskly all
the while with the cloth. Two attendants are required for
the application of an ablution to the larger animals. The
patient is finally dried and warmiy blanketed. The process
may be repeated each half hour in fever, or twice daily as a
tonic measure in chronic diseases. The rationale consists in
the stimulus afforded by the cold to the nervous system,
accompanied by contraction and subsequent dilatation of
the peripheral blood vessels, with consequent cooling of the
blood and increased radiation of heat from the surface. In
most hydriatic methods for reducing temperature in fever,
friction of the skin should be the sine qua non, as otherwise
the physical cooling of the body is confined entirely to the
periphery, the contraction of the surface vessels driving the
blood inward to the vital organs. The superficial muscles
then act as non-conductors, and heat production being stimu-
lated reflexly by the cold, an actual increase of internal
temperature may obtain.
It is only by securing dilatation of the superficial ves-
‘sels by friction that the result first described can be
prevented, for after the first shock the peripheral vessels
dilate, an increased supply of blood is brought to the sur-
face, is rapidly cooled and courses inward, only to be replaced
‘by more over-heated blood. The internal temperature is
thus lowered, and instead of an internal congestion being
brought about, as may happen when the skin is simply
exposed to cold, we have a constant withdrawal of heated
blood from the interior. In this perpetual interchange not
only does cooling of the blood and body occur, but the cir-
culation is equalized and congestions are overcome.
The Sheet Bath— Whole baths are impracticable for our
larger patients, and the sheet bath may be substituted to
advantage for antipyretic and other purposes to which the
cold bath is adapted. A cloth soaked in cold water, or ice
poultice, is placed on the poll to prevent determination of
708 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
blood to the head, and a linen sheet, wet in water, of from.
50° to §0° F., is placed over the animal, the surface being
rubbed, while dashing on the sheet water at the temperature
of 50° to 60° F. This process is continued for fifteen or
twenty minutes, unless rigor is induced. The method is.
valuable in the treatment of fever and insolation. The gen-
eral rationale is the same as in the case of ablutions, but the
antipyretic effect is more marked and permanent. The sheet
may be covered, while wet, by blankets, and converted into.
a wet pack.
The Wet Pack is applicable for general or local use, and
for various purposes. A linen sheet is dipped in water at a
temperature of 50° to 70° F., and wrung out very thoroughly.
A cold application is put on the head and the sheet applied
and covered with dry woolen blankets. The duration of
application is from one quarter to three hours, according to:
the object in view. If it is used as a strictly antipyretic
measure, it should be changed frequently. The wet pack
differs-materially from other hydriatic procedures in that.
reaction occurs slowly, for there is no artificial stimulus in.
the shape of friction to accelerate it. The primary contrac-
tion of the vessels is succeeded by partial dilatation of them,
when the blood from the interior of the over-heated body is.
cooled on the surface by contact with the sheet and by
vaporization of the water. Vascular contraction again occurs.
owing to the cooling, forcing the chilled blood inward. So
there is continual interchange of cooled and heated blood,
until the sheet has become thoroughly warmed. After the
wet pack is removed, the skin should be dried and the
patient well blanketed.
The interchange of blood is useful in relieving conges-
tion of the internal organs, in aiding nutrition by bringing
to the periphery nutriment absorbed from the gastro-intes-
tinal tract, and for its tonic effect on the nervous system. In
fever, it abates cerebral hyperemia, delirium and excite-
ment, and promotes rest and quiet.
The Priessnitz Poultice is similar to the wet pack, but a.
COLD AND HEAT | 709
waterproof protective is interposed between the wet sheet,
sponges or cloths on the inside and the outside woolen cov-
erings. Evaporation is thus prevented, but not vaporization.
Such an application may be used with safety in febrile dis-
eases, as pleuritis and pneumonia. If it is not renewed
frequently, hyperzemia of the surface occurs, and this may
be beneficial in aborting or relieving internal congestion. It
then acts as an ordinary poultice, and is of value in various
local inflam mations resulting from strains, blows and bruises;
also, in laryngitis. Lesides relieving internal congestion,
the Priessnitz poultice stimulates absorption, removes in-
duration and hastens suppuration, locally. The wet pack
and Priessnitz poultice are more appropriate for practical
use than the other methods in veterinary practice, since the
evaporation from the hair of animals contraindicates methods
suitable in human medicine.
Cold Baths are only practicable for the smaller animals.
Dogs may be immersed in water at 90° F., which is rapidly
cocled down to 60°. The bath should last about fifteen
minutes, the surface of the body being rubbed constantly.
Ice water should be frequently poured over the head. After
removal from the water, the patient must be thoroughly
dried, wrapped in warm blankets, and a stimulant given if
necessary. Such treatment may be used as an antipyretic
measure if the temperature is over 103° F. in the rectum.
Douches.—A douche is a forcible impact of water against
the surface of the body. Itis not used for its antipyretic
effect, but acts as a stimulant to the nervous system at large,
whereby the respiratory action is deepened and strength-
ened, and the circulation invigorated. ‘The douche is given
advantageously in the treatment of coma, of aleohol, chloro-
form, ether or opium, applied to the head. The water may
be dashed from a pail or applied by means of a garden hose.
or from atap. Ktheumatic lameness and peripheral para-
lysis are suitable cases for the douche treatment, followed
by vigorous rubbing and dry bandaging. Syncope may often
be quickly relieved by douching of the head and chest.
710 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Local Baths are good, especially in inflammatory condi-
tions of the feet in horses. Tubs may be employed for the
animals to stand in, the water being changed frequently or
being kept cool by ice. It is not advisable to allow animals
to stand in large bodies of water on account of the danger
they incur of “catching cold” from surface evaporation,
The value of the local use of water in acute laminitis is
worth mentioning here. After the shoes have been re-
moved the extreme pain may be alleviated by standing the
horse in quite hot water, sufficient to reach up to or above
the foot-locks. Good results are obtained by changing to
ice water after the first day and continuing this for several
days, in this way causing a contraction of the arteries,
lessening the amount of blood supplied tc the part and the
danger of chronic laminitis and dropped sole. If con-
venient to a running stream, about the same results may be
obtained by standing the animal in it.
Trrigation with cold water is done in inflammatory dis-
eases of the joints, tendons and feet. Running water may
be permitted to flow continuously through perforated rubber
tubes, connected with a tap, or used as siphons and closed
at their distal extremities. The holes may be made in the
tube with red-hot needles. The rubber tubes should be
wound about the limb or part and held in position by band-
ages. Leiter's expensive block tin tubes are easily bent
and rendered useless by the movements of our patients.
The treatment of lacerated wounds by means of a stream
of water from a convenient hydrant, causes the ‘part
to granulate quickly and greatly facilitates the. healing
process, but care should be taken not to allow the water to
run over the wound more than three or four hours at a
time each day, otherwise the part will become “ water-
logged” and tend to break down and slough rather than to
fill in with healthy granulation tissue.
Cold Drinks are both refreshing and antipyretic in action.
Cool water should be placed where the patient can take it
as he desires. In stomatitis, tetanus and angina, cool water
COLD AND HEAT Tit
is distinctly grateful and comforting. In the latter two dis-
eases, it should be arranged so that the animal can reach it
without bending the neck. The mouth can be rinsed out
continually, removing decomposing food and mucus, the
thirst be slaked and heat and inflammation relieved.
Cold Enemata are valuable antipyretic agencies. From
five to fifteen quarts of cold water may be thrown up through
a flexible rubber tube, six feet long, far into the bowel of
the horse.
Evaporating Solutions—Methylene bichloride or ether
spray may be applied for a short time by means of an
atomizer, to induce local anzsthesia of a part, through the
powerful refrigeration produced in their evaporation, and is
most satisfactorily empioyed in conjunction with cocaine
injections. One turn of a cotton or linen bandage, or a
single thickness of similar stuff, put about a part and wet
continuously with cold water, forms a good evaporating
medium in allaying superficial inflammation and pain. A
mixture of clay, and equal parts of water, vinegar and diluted
solution of lead acetate, make a cheap and efficient cooling
application for external use in the treatment of bruises and
sprains. The paste should be removed as quickly as it
dries.
hefrigerants.—Certain medicines either produce a sub-
jective feeling of coolness or actually cause it, applied exter-
nally or given internally. The subjective sensation is due
to some inexplicable action on the local nerve supply. Some
are stimulants and astringents, and diminish the circulation
in the part. Externally, acetate of lead, chloride of am-
monium, nitrate of potash, and vinegar, are used most
frequently as refrigerants.
The mineral acids and salts of potassium and sodium,
especially potassium nitrate, are administered more com-
monly, internally, both for their cooling effect and to allay |
thirst.
712 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
HEAT
Water at a moderate degree of heat—what is termed’
lukewarm—. e., 86° to 95° F., applied to the body, stimu-
lates the action of the skin, relaxes peripheral vessels and
diminishes nervous excitability, pain and spasm in neigh-.
boring parts. Water at a temperature of 112° to 120° F..
contracts blood vessels of underlying parts, relieving con-
gestion and pain. Such a degree of heat resembles cold in
its effect, and they may often be used interchangeably. Still.
stronger heat has much the same effect as excessive cold,
only acting more quickly, causing dilatation of the vessels,
pain, inflammation and destruction of tissue. The action of
powerful heat on the whole body, or upon single organs, is
similar to that of counter-irritants. Mild, moist heat is
beneficial in the treatment of wounds in poorly vascular
parts where there is a tendency to indolent granulation, as
about the feet in horses. Again, in low grades of inflamma-
tion with induration, as in strains of tendons, where mod-
erate heat tends to stimulate the circulation and hasten
absorption. In the treatment of abscess and burns, with
destruction of tissue and suppuration, moist heat applied
locally macerates the dead tissue, hastens sloughing and
relieves pain, and in softening parts prevents the burrow-
ing of pus and the formation of deep-seated pockets and
sinus’s.
A modern view of poulticing is that it aids the migra-
tion of leucocytes, and therefore is productive of good in
assisting their phagocytic action.* The abscess can thus be
more speedily formed and more quickly defined. Herein
heat differs from cold. In irritable and spasmodic troubles
of muscular origin in various organs, heat is distinctly reme-
aial, as in pelvic and abdominal pain and colic, when
employed in the form of rectal injections. Heat may, in
many conditions, be used interchangeably with, or in the
place of, cold, according to the preference of the practitioner,
Hot applications increase exudation, congestion and proliferation of cells.
and local chemical activity. Ali these results are inimical to bacterial growth.
COLD AND HEAT Tia
or the effect upon the patient. As, for instance, in the case
of pneumonia, pleuritis, angina, and in checking hemorr-
hage. Heat may be utilized in simply preventing the natural
radiation of it from the body. Thus, simple, warm, dry
blankets, applied all over the surface of the body, may abort
atarrhal or rheumatic conditions by merely causing reten-
tion. of the body heat, dilatation of the peripheral vessels
and equalization of the circulation. Covering a portion of
the skin with such dense preparations as tar, pitch or collo-
dion, in mild superficial inflammatory lesions, is said to
produce favorable results by restraining radiation and in-
ereasing heat and blood supply in the part. Even thickened
tendons and indurated glands may be benefited thereby.
The Priessnitz poultice continuously applied has a similar
action. In vasomotor paralysis, seen in collapse, following
loss of blood or poisoning, and in shock due to traumatism
or surgical operation, heat is eminently a life-saving means.
In such conditions the loss of vascular tone and dilatation of
the vessels leads to dangerous, and even fatal, cooling of the
body. Heated dry blankets, or those’ wrung out in hot
water, should be applied to the larger animals, together with
hot rectal injections; while the smaller animals may be
placed in baths at the temperature of 105° F., till the tem-
perature becomes normal. Such treatment should be com-
bined with the use of vascular and cardiac stimulants,
atropine, digitalis and strychnine, and saline infusions.
MODES OF APPLYING HEAT.
__ Poultices or Cataplasms.*—Cataplasms are compositions
for the local application of heat and moisture. They are
made, commonly, of flaxseed meal, bran, oatmeal, bread,
potatoes and carrots. One or other of these is stirred up in
boiling water until a thick, pasty consistency is reached.
‘This mass may then be applied, while very hot, directly to
* Cataplasma Kaolini (U.S. P.) consists of kaolin, or porcelain clay, anda
sapplied externally as a poultice. It acts to retain the body heat and is very
similar to ‘‘ Antiphlogistine,’’ an excellent substitute for the ordinary poultice.
714 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
the part when we wish to produce a softening of the tissues,
as in abscess or tender feet in horses, and the whole is
covered by acloth. In poulticing horses’ feet, the material—
usually bran and flaxseed meal, equal parts—is mixed in a
pail, with boiling water, and spread on a piece of bagging
(double thickness, and about two feet square), in sufficient.
quantity to surround and cover the entire foot. The bag-
ging is then folded and tied about the pasterns, and over:
around the front and sole of the foot. The whole should
occasionally be immersed in water to prevent drying of the
poultice. When a poultice is used merely for its continued
heat, in relieving heat and congestion, the material should
be enclosed in a flannel bag, in order the longer to retain.
and radiate its warmth.
A very hot poultice acts as a counter-irritant in con-
tracting blood vessels in more remote parts, besides its effect
in abating pain. A warm, moist poultice causes a mild local
hyperemia, softens broken down and dead tissues, and aids
suppuration and sloughing. Poultices are not employed.
very much, except in the treatment of horses’ feet, as they
are clumsy, laborious contrivances, and difficult to keep in
place. If Jong-continued, they cause tissues to become
swollen, sodden and macerated, destreying their vitality.
Antiseptic poultices are made by soaking sheet cotton, gauze,
or other absorbent material, in hot antiseptic solutions, as
corrosive sublimate, 1-1000; creolin or sulpho-naphtol,
1-100. The material is very lightly wrung out, wrapped
about with dry gauze, covered with oil. paper, silk or rubber
protective, and applied to the part with a bandage. Anti-
septic poultices are useful in the treatment of septic injuries,
and when there is much pain, destruction of tissue, slough-
ing and suppuration. Otherwise, poultices are decidedly
contraindicated in the case of wounds, as dry antiseptic or
aseptic absorbent dressings are far preferable in securing
one of the cardinal requirements in the process of healing,
i.e., dryness. As substitutes for ordinary poultices, we have.
_ spongio-pilene, counter-irritants, stupes and fomentations.
COLD AND HEAT 15
‘Spongio-pilene occurs in sheets, about an inch in thickness,
made of a mixture of sponge and felt, backed with a flexible
covering of gutta-percha. Its main objection is the expense.
It forms, when soaked in water, a cleanly and easily applied
poultice for non-suppurating parts.
Counter-irritation, as has been pointed out, is produced
by hot poulticing as well as by drugs. A combization of the
two is obtained in stupes.
Stupes, Stupa.—A stupe eanciane of a flannel or other
cloth, wrung out in plain or medicated hot water, and ap-
plied to the skin. These are often covered by “iene ba
protection, the better to retain heat. In the veterinary art,
hot blankets are often applied over the whole chest or abdo-
men to relieve internal congestion and pain in pleuritis,
pneumonia and colic. Turpentine stupes are more in favor
with abdominal troubles. These are made by simply sprink-
ling oil of turpentine over the hot blankets, or by saturating
flannel cloths in turpentine and wringing them out in very
hot water. To get a very active counter-irritant effect, a
mustard paste may be rubbed over the chest, and then hot
blankets applied.
Hot Water Bags, made of rubber, and enclosing water at
a temperature of 120° F., may be placed along the spine, and
by stimulating the cord and sympathetic ganglia, cause sti-
mulation of the vaso-constrictors in regions corresponding to
the controlling areas over which the heat is applied. In this
manner inflammatory conditions of the throat, chest, and
abdomen are said to have been aborted, ana internal hemor-
rhage effectually arrested. Conversely, cold may be used
over the spine to dilate distal arterioles.
Fomentations are simply local baths. -As technically
employed, the word refers to bathing parts with plain or
medicated hot water, by means of sponge or cloths. They
may be used to cleanse wounds or parts of dried discharges ;
they act as counter-irritants if very hot, or as mild, stimulat-
ing, soothing and softening applications if warm. In order
to produce much effect, besides a mere detergent one, they
7i6 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
should be applied for a considerable length of time—one
half hour at least—and be followed by drying and bandag-
ing. Fomentations reduce swelling and pain, and hasten
repair in bruises, strains and local inflammatory lesions.
Injections of hot water are employed to cleanse wounds,
stop bleeding and relieve pain and spasm. Injections may
be thrown into the rectum or vagina at a temperature of
115° to 120° F. In the vagina, hot water may stop post-
partum hemorrhage, pain and congestion in the pelvis, by
producing uterine contractions, and atonic constriction of
vessels in neighboring parts, which lasts for several hours
‘following its use. Hot rectal injections (115° F.) subdue
abdominal and pelvic pain or spasm, as intestinal or renal
colic and spasm of the neck of the bladder. The heat per se
in such injections may be invaluable in shock and collapse
“as noted above.
The water may either be led off through a rubber tube,
from a stop-cock in a pail or reservoir, placed a few feet
above the patient, or else siphonage may be done off-hand
through a bit of small-sized hose. Having hung a pail filled
with water three or four feet above the patient, the hose is
filled with water, and, closing the ends to keep it full, the
upper part is putin the pail, while the lower, smooth and
greased, is passed into the rectum or vagina; or water may
be poured through a large tin funnel into the upper end of
the tube. The ordinary fountain syringe is the best appa-
ratus for smaller animals. .
Dry Heat may be applied by means of hot blankets, hot
water bags, hot salt or sand in cloth bags, a flatiron or hot,
wet cloths between waterproof coverings. Dry heat is often
preferable to moist heat for simply relieving pain and con-
gestion, as animals are less apt to become chilled by drafts
and evaporation from the surface afterwards. It is gener-
ally more difficult to obtain, however.
Inhalations of plain or medicated steam are given for
their local effect on the mucous membranes of the upper air
passages. The moist heat has a soothing action on the
COLD AND HEAT 717
nerves, and tends to loosen dry exudations. Agents may be
incorporated in the inhalation having a sedative, stimulating
or antiseptic action. (Vid. “Agents Acting on the Respiratory
Organs,” pp. 47, 48.)
The technique consists in placing a bucket containing
a boiling mash under the horse’s nose, or in pouring cool
water over a heated brick or iron in the bottom of a pail.
‘The practice of tying a bag over a horse’s head, and steam-
ing him therein, is bad, if the animal is suffering from
respiratory troubles, as insufficient pure air is obtainable.
A dog may be placed on the seat of a cane bottomed chair,
-and covered loosely with a sheet over the whole, the steam
being generated in a vessel beneath.
Hot Baths at a temperature of 98° to 110° F. are imprac-
ticable for larger animals. They can be given to the smaller
animals-in collapse, shock, rheumatism, and to abort cold
after exposure. Glowing heat is applied by means of heated
metal, and is treated under the section on counter-irri-
‘tation.
ACTION OF HEAT CONTRASTED WITH THAT OF COLD.
The action of intense heat or cold on animal tissue is
very similar in effect, producing vasomotor paralysis, con-
gestion, inflammation, destruction of tissue and death. Even
the sensations to which they give rise resemble each other
so closely, that the coolies on first handling ice said they
could not hold it because it burned their fingers. Strong heat
(115° to 120° F.) contracts blood vessels in underlying parts
and overcomes pain and congestion. Heat of this degree
approaches cold in similarity of action. A moderate
degree of heat dilates vessels, while cold of like intensity
contracts them. Moderate heat relieves pain by relaxing
tissue, diminishes vascular tension by dilating efferent ves-
sels of the collateral circulation, and draining off blood from
the congested areas. Moderate cold, on the other hand,
accomplishes a similar result in benumbing nervous sensa-
tion and lessening the impact of blood in the painful region
718 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
by constringing the afferent vessels. Tissue change is
increased by moderate heat, but decreased by cold applied
locally, or generally in fever. Swelling of tissue is reduced.
by cold directly ; only indirectly by heat, which may, indeed,
increase it. Softening and sloughing of parts, suppuration
and “ripening” of abscesses and “cleaning off” of wounds,.
are facilitated by moderate heat, but hindered by cold.
Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants.
Disinfectants, or germicides, are agents which destroy
the micro-organisms, causing infectious and contagious dis-
eases, fermentation and putrefaction. Antiseptics are agents.
which prevent the growth and development of the micro-
organisms, occasioning fermentation, putrefaction and dis-
ease; more especially the micrococci producing suppuration.
Deodorizers, or deodorants, are agents which destroy
or counteract a foul odor. They are not necessarily anti-
septic or disinfectants. Considerable confusion exists in
relation to the terms disinfectant and antiseptic, because the
latter is often described as an agent which inhibits the
growth, or destroys the life cf the micro-organisms of fer-
mentation, putrefaction, and disease. This definition makes
antiseptics synonymous with disinfectants. The distinction
exists, however, according to common usage, that while dis--
infectants may, in dilution, act as antiseptics, antiseptics are
not often disinfectants, and in the nature of things are not.
strong enough to kill germs, although they may hinder their
growth. Antiseptics may then be regarded as a subdivision
of disinfectants. The two terms are unnecessary and mis-
leading, as either might embrace both interference with the
growth and destruction of micro-organisms. Disinfection —
may fall short of sterilization; 7. ¢, death of all germs.
Boiling a fluid containing micro-organisms wholly kills
them; but, while disinfectants may destroy the germs of
disease, they often fail to kill more resistant and harmless.
organisms, as the spores of B. subtilis. The scope of anti-
DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 719
septics has been extended by some authors (Hare) to include-
agents which destroy the toxie products of bacteria (iodo-
form) and prevent their absorption. A discrimination be-
tween disinfectants and antiseptics may be made in relation
to their connection with the body. Those agents employed
to kill germs, in matter distinct from the living body, are
disinfectants ; while those agents applied on the surface, or
introduced within the body, may be classed as antiseptics,
since they can rarely be used in such strength as to kill all
micro-organisms without injuring or killing their host.
DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION.
Air, sunlight, heat and water are naturally the best dis-
infectants. Air scatters and dilutes micro-organisms, making
them pathologically inactive. There is no more effective
way to disinfect a stable, in which animals are living, than
by free ventilation with pure air. It is well known that ani-
mals are less liable to contract infectious diseases in the
comparatively pure air of the country than in closely
crowded and ill-ventilated city buildings. Likewise, the
contagious diseases of children mostly occur in winter, when
they are herded together in schools and in poorly ventilated
dwellings.
To attempt to disinfect the air surrounding a patient is
the height of absurdity. The generation of chiorine and
sulphurous acid gases for this purpose, although recom-
mended in text books, is futile, and by irritating the respira-
tory mucous membrane, accomplishes more harm than good,
since a congested surface offers:a more suitable field for
bacterial growth. Air, on the other hand, may be a medium
of infection when contaminated with dust containing patho-
genic bacteria (B. tuberculosis). Sunlight is prejudicial
to the vitality of bacteria. Whereas, the bacilli of tubercu-
tosis will live almost indefinitely in dark, damp places, they
quickly succumb to sunlight and dry air. Sunlight and pure
air are, then, imperative for both the immediate and pre-
ventive treatment of germ diseases. Heat is the most.
720 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
powerful agency for disinfection at our command. Dry
heat, to be efficacious, must be applied at a temperature of
140° C. (284° F.) for three hours to kill all bacteria and
spores; but this degree of heat scorches most fabrics and
destroys many materials. Boiling water quickly kills all
non-spore-bearing pathogenic bacteria, and these include
most of the organisms causing the common contagious and
infectious diseases (tuberculosis and anthrax excepted).
‘Two hours of continuous boiling will not destroy the most
resistant of micro-organisms—the spores of the hay ba-
cillus—but moist or saturated steam, at 230° F., will infallibly
kill any spores whatsoever within a few minutes. Fire is
the most complete disinfectant, because it not only destroys
germs, but their food and products. ‘Water, like air, dilutes
germs and aids oxidation and destruction of organic matter ;
but, again like air, drinking water may be the source of in-
fection when sufficiently contaminated.
MECHANICAL MEANS OF PROCURING AS#PSIS.
The placing of sole reliance upon chemical agents for
surgical antisepsis, in relation to the body, is a common
error. 'These agents may damage denuded tissue, and do not
reach the micro-organism buried in the tissues. Therefore,
it is impossible to render infected, living tissue absolutely
aseptic, or sterile, by merely bathing it with chemical solu-
tions. Far more efficacious is mechanical cleansing of the
skin with soap, water and the scrubbing brush, and even of
infected raw surfaces with gauze and corrosive sublimate
solution,* supplemented, if necessary, by the knife, caustic
and drainage, to remove necrosed tissue and septic material.
CHEMICAL AGENTS.
Mercurie bichloride, carbolic acid, quicklime, chlori-
nated lime, sulphurous acid, and chlorine, are more fre-
quently employed as disinfectants. Corrosive sublimate
* Harrington’s solution, see p. 216.
DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 721
solutions are decomposed by keeping, and by contact with
albumin and ammonia. Acids, or common salt, added to
bichloride solutions prevent, in a measure, this decomposi-
tion; but, nevertheless, mercuric bichloride is rendered unfit
for the disinfection of masses of decomposing albuminous.
matter, as manure. One of the best solutions, employed by
the Paris Disinfection Service, is composed of corrosive
sublimate, 2 grammes; tartaric acid, 4 grammes; and water,
1 litre (1-500), colored with 5 drops of a 5 per cent. solution
of indigo carminate. An English solution, in common use,
consists of corrosive sublimate, 1 ounce; hydrochloric acid,
2 ounces, and water to make 3 gallons (1-768). The usual
strength of corrosive sublimate solutions, for disinfection,
varies from 1-500 to 1-1000. These solutions are suitable
for articles made wholly, or in part, of leather, rnbber and
fur; for blankets, cotton and woolen fabrics, and for floors,
walls, and wood work of stables. Surgical instruments, and
other metallic implements and fixtures, are injured by corro-
sive sublimate solutions. Carbclic acid is more expensive
than corrosive sublimate, and less efficient in cases where
the latter is applicable. Carbolic acid can, however, be used
to disinfect albuminous material and metallic substances.
It is employed on animal excreta in 5 per cent. aqueous
solution (about 8 ounces to the gallon of hot water). This
solution will cause the hands to dry, crack and fissure if
they are immersed in it for any length of time.
Chlorinated lime and quicklime are good disinfectant
agents to mix with animal evacuations. In fact, bleaching
powder is probably the best and cheapest disinfectant we
possess for use in privies, drains, sinks, cesspools, and
sewers, and for the destruction of micro-organisms on floors,
and in feces and urine.
A few pounds of this preparation may be thrown into
privies or cesspools once a week, and the pure compound,
or a saturated solution, may be scattered over floors or
mixed with manure. A 1 per cent. solution is used to dis-
infect harness, which should be washed and greased directly
722, GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
afterwards. Stagnant and putrid water may be rendered
drinkable, after some hours, by the addition of 1 to 2 ounces
to each 65 gallons of water. Chlorinated lime is a powerful
deodorant as well as disinfectant, but is of no value in either
capacity unless the compound contains so much chlorine gas
that the face cannot be held near it without the production
of great irritation to the eyes. Bleaching powder should be
placed upon decomposing animal bodies, and sheets wet
with a saturated solution should be wrapped about the car-
casses of animals dead from contagious diseases, to prevent
infection during transportation. Disinfection by sulphurous
acid and chlorine gas is done to destroy germs which cannot
be reached by other metheds. Three pounds of sulphur and
two ounces of turpentine or alcohol (to afford moisture and
aid combustion) are needful for every 1000 cubic feet of air
space. Sulphur is generally burned in an iron vessel placed
on sand, or floating in a tub of water. If the building is
sufficiently tight to insure proper disinfection, it is difficult
to secure combustion of the proper amount of sulphur. To
obviate this, the sulphur may be saturated with turpentine,
ignited and placed in an iron kettle on a tripod over an alco-
hollamp. Chlorine is disengaged from chlorinated lime, to
- which is added crude muriatie acid, one pound of former
to three of latter for every 5,000 cubic feet of air space.
Buildings must be tightly sealed and made completely irre-
spirable for animals during the space of three hours. Sul-
phurous acid disinfection is not of much value, and has
been discarded by most health authorities both here and
abroad. It certainly will not kill the spores of anthrax and
tuberculosis, and should never be allowed to replace
thorough mechanical cleansing and disinfection with other
chemical agents, but may be utilized as an additional
safecuard. Chlorine gas is more reliable. Formaldehyde
is now being employed by most boards of health for general
disinfectant purposes, and it appears to be the best means
of gaseous disinfection. (See p. 338.)
DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 723
ANTISEPTICS.
It is perhaps well to consider here the sources of
infection and the natural defenses or immunity possessed
by animals against parasitic invasion. Pathogenic micro-
organisms are commonly brought in contact with the body
through the agency of the air, drinking water and food, and
insects (flies and mosquitoes), and gain entrance by means
of the air passages, digestive canal and blood ; but even in the
two former cases, the micro-organisms are in a certain sensé
outside of the body, since it is not easy for them to penetrate
the intact and healthy ciliated mucous membrane of the re-
spiratory tract. But when the mucous membrane is damaged
by inflammation, and the ciliz becomes paralyzed, and
abnormal secretions are formed, then a favorable opportunity
is offered for their growth and entrance into the circulation.
In the digestive tract the hydrochloric acid of the gastric
juice and bile* act as natural antiseptics, while the liver is
thought to destroy toxins resulting from bacterial life.
When digestion is in a normal condition, putrefaction
and fermentation do not occur; but when its activity is
diminished, and the secretion of the digestive juices is
lessened, and the hepatic functions are depressed, then a
chance is offered for bacterial growth, fermentation and
absorption of toxins, or even actual transmigration of
micro-organisms through the intestinal walls. To these
natural agencies of defense, which may be likened to out-
lying pickets shielding the animal from bacterial invasion,
we must add the intrinsic power of resistance vested in the
tissues, blood serum and leucocytes in combating micro-
organisms; and the production of antitoxins in the body,
antagonizing the toxins formed by bacterial action. Micro-
organisms are always to be found on the surface of the body
and within its natural cavities open to the air, but patho-
* Recent experiments in human patients show that many forms of
pathogenic bacteria may live in bile. It is but moderately bactericidal.
724 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
genic bacteria are less likely to do harm if the animal is in
a healthy condition. A limited number of bacteria (micro-
cocci) may even exist within the blood in health, and this
fact accounts for suppuration occurring when the tissues
are severely injured, without solution of continuity. The
internal use of antiseptics is of comparatively little value,
except when these agents come in direct contact with germs
in the digestive tract. This follows because it is impossible
to administer antiseptics in sufficient amount to seriously
interfere with bacterial growth in the tissues, without injur-
ing or even killing the patient.
There is known but a single instance (malaria) where
the exhibition of an antiseptic will inhibit the development
of micro-organisms of a general infectious disease, and so
absolutely arrest it. It is very possible that mercury
as a specific remedy in syphilis, and salicylates in
rheumatism, act therapentically as internal antiseptics.
‘Antiseptics are of benefit in rendering the contents of
the digestive tube more or less aseptic, and (after ab-
sorption) they exert some antiseptic action on the mu-
cous membrane of the respiratory tract (volatile oils), and
also on the urinary tract, during their elimination. The
principal agents used as antiseptics for surgical purposes
are : corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, creolin, hydrogen di-
oxide, potassium permanganate, zinc chloride, iodoform, sali-
cylic acid, aristol, iodol, and boric acid. Those employed in-
ternally include naphtol,salol, creolin, carbolic acid, bismuth
salicylate and subnitrate, quinine, salicylic acid, and many
others. For amore detailed description the reader is referred
to special articles on these agents in the preceding pages.
DEODORIZERS OR DEODORANTS.
Deodorants are not of any practical value in simply
exchanging one odor for another, but, as in the case of
chlorine, they sometimes actually destroy compounds which
give rise to the stench. Sewer and other malodorous gases,.
resulting from foul decomposing matter and excreta, may be-
DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 725
freer from bacteria than ordinary air, and are not usually
the carriers of micro-organisms, nor the cause of specific
infectious diseases. These gases do, however, occasion in-
definite symptoms of ill-health. Deodorizers, which are
also disinfectants, are of service in destroying noxious
emanations and their source; but, to accomplish this,
it is necessary that they come into direct contact with
putrefying material, and should not be placed about the
habitations of man or animals, with the ridiculous idea |
that they are achieving more than the production of a vile
odor.
PRACTICAL DISINFECTION.
The premises occupied by animals suffering from con-
tagious diseases, together with all articles contained therein,
such as harness, blankets, stable implements, and evacua-
tions, must be disinfected after the removal of all animals
and isolation of the sick. The excreta should be mixed with
milk of lime (1 part of freshly slacked quicklime, with 2
parts, by volume, of water), or with pure chlorinated lime.
The floors and walls must be scraped and washed. Boiling
water should then be poured over every available part of
the premises, and these brushed with a saturated solution of
chlorinated lime. Clothing may be treated by boiling in
water, or by soaking in a solution of corrosive sublimate
(1-500), or carbolie acid (1-20), for twelve hours. Harness
is disinfected by washing with soap and water, and them
with a 2 per cent. crude carbolic acid or creolin, or 1-1000
corrosive solution. Valueless articles are given to the
flames. Stable and metallic instruments and fixtures are to
be freed from dirt, scrubbed with soap and hot water,,
drenched with boiling water, and then with a 2 per cent.
crude earbolic acid or creolin solution.
Gaseous disinfection is now in order to kill micro-~
organisms in remote and inaccessible places. Live steam
is the most efficient means at our disposal for this
purpose, when a suitable apparatus for its application to
726 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
woodwork, haymows, ete., is obtainable. In place of this
we may resort to formaldehyde, chlorine or sulphurous acid
gas. The walls are finally painted or covered with white-
wash containing 2 per cent. of crude carbolic acid. Healthy
animals, which have not been exposed to infection, may
now be allowed to return to their disinfected quarters.
SURGICAL ANTISEPSIS AND ASEPSIS.
It may be fitting, and not out of place, to briefly outline
here the use of antiseptics and asepsis in veterinary surgery.
Since the days when Lister introduced antisepsis, surgery
has advanced in a manner which appears, however, like
retrogression. It is now conceded that asepsis can be
attained more satisfactorily and safely without the general
use of antiseptics. or antiseptics, as has been noted,
inflict a certain amount of damage upon denuded surfaces,
and, in so far, lessen the resistance of the body to the
inroads of bacteria. Modern surgery attempts to secure.
a comparative asepsis by mechanical cleanliness, which is
more efficient, simpler, and harmless to the body. Antisep-
tics are indicated to assist asepsis in the toilet of the
unbroken skin, and when sepsis has already occurred, or is
unavoidable. The gross neglect of aseptic precautions, often
seen in the operations of veterinary surgery, would be con-
sidered criminal practice in human surgery.
Asepsis is, nevertheless, very difficult to secure in the
lower animals living among filthy surroundings and lying on
feecal discharges. In addition to these disadvantages, the
trouble of controlling. animal-movements during operation,
and of keeping dressings in place, make the attainment of
perfect asepsis embarrassing and frequently impossible.
The more common administration of anesthetics would
' facilitate asepsis by preventing movements of the patient
and contact of the operative field with dirt.
But there are all degrees of infection, and, while, with
the best methods of securing cleanliness at our command, it
is impossible to completely sterilize normal skin and
:
i
4
DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 727
tissues, yet the surgical result may be perfect. Therefore,
in surgical operations, we should endeavor to procure
as small an amount of infection, or dosage of micro-organ-
isms, as possible, consistent with existing environment
and conditions.
The following aseptic technique is especially applicable
in the case of any surgical operation undertaken upon a non-
infected part. If it is possible to carry out all the details,
and the result is successful, healing will take place without
suppuration.
Operations upon suppurating and infected areas should
be conducted with cleanliness, and antiseptics are more de-
sirable, particularly hydrogen dioxide in full strength, after
thorough cleansing with normal salt solution.
To prepare the surface of the body for operations, the
hair is first clipped and shaved, the skin is thoroughly
scrubbed with a brush, green soap and water for five
minutes, and then with 70 per cent. alcohol. After the skin
is incised there is no further necessity for antiseptics unless
the wound is already infected, or becomes so by exposure.
to impure air or contact with dirt. The hands of the
operator, including the finger nails, should be brushed until
‘clean with green soap and water, and then with 70 per cent.
alcohol. It is well for all participating in an operation to
wear thin rubber surgical gloves after thorough hand-disin-
fection—in pus cases, to prevent contamination of the
hands; in clean cases, to avoid infection of the wound from
the hands. If gloves are not worn in operating upon clean
cases, they are all the more useful in dressing or operating
upon pus cases to avoid contamination of the hands which
later might give rise to wound infection when the naked
hhands come in contact with a clean wound. Instruments are
thoroughly scrubbed with soap and water, and boiled for
ten minutes in an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate
{1 teaspoonful to the quart), and then placed in a solution
of carbolic acid (1-40), or removed to a sterile towel. New
sponges only should be employed, which have been previ-
* 728 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
ously cleansed, and then soaked in carbolice acid (1-40)
solution, or pieces of sterile gauze may be used.
If irrigation is desirable, normal salt solution (1 heaping
teaspoonful to the quart of sterile water) is appropriate.
Nothing else but this is allowable within the non-infected
abdominal cavity.* Sutures of silk, and needles, are pre-
pared by boiling in water for thirty minutes. The area abont.
_ the operative field is to be surrounded with cloths, or towels,
which have been boiled or baked, and instruments and
sponges may be laid on these.
Dressings may consist of gauze which has been exposed
for three hours to dry heat at 140° C. (284° F.), or placed in.
an oven of an ordinary cooking stove, in closed tin cans, until
it becomes scorched and slightly brown. The same gauze
may be used for sponges. Unsterilized articles are not to
be suffered to come in contact with the operator, or wound,
during the operation.
Wound infection from exposure to the air and other
media, is prevented by immediate dressing and bandaging,
or by collodion applications.
Venesection.
Venesection, or blood-letting, formerly abused, has, for-
that reason, fallen into almost complete disuse. This is un-
fortunate, since blood-letting is a valuable and often life-
saving measure. The indications for venesection are chiefly
limited to conditions associated with a general high arterial
pressure and local engorgement of some organ.
In such cases venesection very rapidly reduces general
blood-tension to a point lower than that existing in the
engorged region, so that congestion is relieved. A full, in-
compressible pulse is said to indicate the desirability of
*It may be noted here that the peritoneum of the horse is sa.
extremely delicate and liable to infection, as compared to that of mam
and dogs, that most abdominal operations are practically contrain-
dicated in the case of this animal.
VENESECTION 729
~venesection in severe acute disorders—in accordance with
the above—but this is not by any means invariably the fact,
as will be shown.
Venesection leads to a reduction of temperature, and
-wascular tension is lowered for from 3 to 48 hours, accord-
ing to the quantity of blood withdrawn, but the blood vessels
quickly adjust themselves to the smaller mass of blood, and
the original quantity of this vital fluid is soon restored (24
to 48 hours) through absorption from the tissues and ali-
mentary canal. The heart beats more rapidly, owing to the
Jessened resistance in the vessels, and venesection is acccm-
panied by nausea and prostration.
The blood is less dense and more fluid after blood-
Jetting, and for this reason, if inflammatory processes follow,
exudation is more apt to ensue. The fibrin is first regained,
then the normal number of white, and finally that of red
corpuscles, in from one to five weeks. Circulatory depress-
ants—as veratrum viride—accomplish much the same results
as blood-letting, by causing general reduction of vascular
tension and relief from local congestion, thus “bleeding an
animal into its own veins” without loss of blood, it is true,
‘but with less rapid and certain effect.
Cathartics, diuretics-and diarphoretics also lower blood
pressure by abstraction of fluid from the vessels, but their
action is slow. The following disorders are those most
suitable for treatment by venesection when they exist in an
alarming form in robust animals :
‘Cerebral congestion. Ininsolation | gthenic pneumonia.
and tympanitis. Sthenic pleuritis.
Apoplexy, particularly parturient | [prticaria.
__ apoplexy of cows. Lymphangitis.
Encephalitis. Hemoglobinemia.
Acute cerebral meningitis. Bacterial,
Active pulmonary congestion.and | Toxzemia Mineral,
apoplexy. Vegetable. f
Passive pulmonary congestion in (Followed by saline infusion. )
cardiac disease.
Venesection from the jugular in cerebral congestion is,
730 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
in fact, a species of local blood-letting by directly draining
blood away from the brain; and it preserves life by pre-
venting pressure on, and paralysis of, the great vital medul-
lary centres controlling the respiration and heart. Moderate
blood-letting is sometimes advisable in the early stages of
severe inflammatory attacks of the brain or its mem=
branes.
In cerebral congestion, and dyspncea due to gastric
tympany and pressure on the diaphragm, bleeding may give
relief. Blood-letting is particularly applicable in the treat—
ment of parturient apoplexy of cows, and, when the disease.
has once occurred, it may be employed as a prophylactic:
measure in plethoric animals immediately before parturition.
Venesection alleviates dangerous pulmonary congestion,
removes the venous load on the right heart, and relieves.
dyspnoea and cyanosis by making it possible for the heart to.
force a smaller quantity of blood through the less obstructed
lungs.
A feeble and easily compressible pulse does not neces-
sarily contraindicate venesection in engorgement of the
lungs, for this condition leads to stasis in the pulmonary
circulation, prevents the proper flow of blood into the left
ventricle, and thus causes arterial anemia. Therefore, so
far from contraindicating blood-letting, this condition urg-
ently demands it. Alarming dyspnoea, great cyanosis,
together with a general plethoric state, should guide us in
blood-letting in stheniec pneumonia and pulmonary conges--.
tion, rather than the state of the pulse. Venesection is,
serviceable in advanced cases of cardiac disease in dogs—
with failing compensation, venous engorgement of the lungs,
and dyspnoea—by relieving the obstruction to the right,
heart. Moderate blood-letting is occasionally useful in
severe cases of acute pleuritis, laminitis, lymphangitis and
urticaria in plethoric horses.
Finally, in various toxeemias, blood-letting drains away
both the blood and its contained poison. The mass of
blood removed may be advantageously replaced by injection
|
|
VENESECTION - Tal
of normal salt solution into a vein or under the skin. This
method is not in prevalent use in veterinary medicine, but is
applied wtth notable success in human practice. Every —
veterinary practitioner should be competent to bleed an
animal. An amount greater than + of the total quantity of
blood should not be withdrawn. The total quantity of blood
is equal. to about 13.5 per cent. of the body weight in horses ;.
to 2.2 per cent. of the body weight of fat swine; to 6.6 per
cent. of the body weight in dogs, and to 7.7 per cent. of the
body weight in man. Large horses or cattle may be bled to
the extent of from 4 to 6 qts.; smaller subjects, 2 to 4 qts. ;
sheep, 3 to 1 pt.; dogs, 4 oz. to 1 pt.
Blood-letting is generally done to animals in the upright
position by shaving the hair and cleansing the skin over the
jugular vein in the upper part of the neck. The vein is
made prominent by pressure below the site of operation, and
a fleam, or knife carefully guarded, is plunged into the vein,
making a good cleanincision. The blood should be quickly
withdrawn and carefully measured and the effect on the
pulse noted, and the blood-letting maintained until there is
noticeable reduction in the vascular tension and other
symptoms, for the relief of which venesection is employed.
The bleeding is arrested by suturing the lips of the wound
and by pressure with a bandage.
Local Blood-letting, or Scarification, is often useful in
relieving tension and pain in locally congested or inflamed
tissues, and may even avert death of the part. Further-
* more, stasis is removed and exudation from the engorged
vessels may be prevented, while a fresh supply of arterial
blood flows in to reinstate the vital processes.
Scarification is practiced by making numerous small,
_ parallel incisions into the skin, fascia or other tissues in the
long axis of a limb or part. In inflammation of the perios-
teum it is necessary to puncture this membrane. Bleeding
is facilitated by warm poulticing, and is arrested by packing
the incisions with sterile gauze.
732 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
INDICATIONS.
Lampas.° - Mastitis.
’ Glossitis. Laminitis.
Periostitis. E (To secure blood for microscopic
Cellulitis. examination. )
Conjunctivitis.
_ Sometimes the veins leading from an inflamed area are
opened, thus securing local abstraction of blood; e. g., the
digital veins in laminitis; the milk veins in mammitis.
Scarification, or puncture, is indicated in the above-
mentioned conditions whenever there is great swelling, pain
and tension in the affected parts, and not otherwise.
Transfusion.
Transfusion is the transfer, directly or indirectly, of
blood from one living animal to another. In this process
the blood must be obtained from an animal of the same
species as the: patient, but even then disintegration of the
blood corpuscles follows, resulting in nephritis from the
extra work put upon the kidneys in their effort to eliminate
the destruction-products of the transfused blood. Embol-
ism and sepsis are added dangers even when the blood is
defibrinated, after removal from the body of the host, and
only the serum is injected into the patient.
The injection of warm, normal salt solution (.6 of 1 per
cent.) has been found to fill all the indications for trans-
fusion of blood, and yet is free from the dangers and diffi-
culties besetting the latter.
Saline Infusion.
Saline infusions are intended to replace the normal
blood plasma, and, therefore, should contain approximately
the amount of sodium chloride—.6 of 1 per cent.—contained
in this fluid. The solutions should be filtered and boiled
previous to their use, when this is possible, and are made
TRANSFUSION ere 3:
by adding a heaping teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the
‘auart of sterile water, which is used at a temperature of
usually 103° to 115° F., according to the mode of introduc-
tion and circumstances.*
Simple distilled and ordinary water are noxious to the
tissues, while salt solution is entirely innocuous unless it
contains three times the quantity of sodium chloride nor-
mally present in the blood.
Mode of Introduction.—Saline infusions are introduced
within the body (1) by intravenous injection; (2) by injec-
tion into muscular tissue (hypodermoclysis); and (3) by
rectal injection (enteroclysis).
Tutravenous injection is the most rapid and certain
method, but not so simple and practicable as hypodermo-
elysis.
Any superficial vein which can be readily seen and
isolated, may be utilized; preferably the jugular or internal
saphena vein in animals; the median basilic, or cephalic, at
the bend of the elbow in man.
The apparatus consists of a glass funnel or rubber bag
connected by four or more feet of rubber tubing, with a
canula or curved piece of glass tubing 4 inches long and }
inch in diameter for horses; } inch in diameter for dogs.
‘The apparatus should be boiled immediately before using,
The vein is made prominent by manual pressure exerted by
* The true proportion of sodium chloride in blood plasma of mam-
mals is .8 per cent., or 123 grains to the quart. 0.6 of 1 per cent. of
‘sodium chloride is not really ‘‘ normal” for mammals, but was deduced
from that found in the plasma of frogs. The injection of a too dilute
saline solution will cause the red blood cells to swell and part.with
their hemoglobin and will lead to great sweating and diuresis in the
effort of nature to restore the plasma to its proper composition. A
more exact solution for saline infusion consists of: Sodium chloride,
.8 per cent.; potassium chloride, .(3 per cent.; calcium chloride, .02 per
cent.; water, 100. In emergencies, ordinary table salt (which contains
a slight amount of calcium chloride, causing its deliquescence), in the
proportion of 123 grains to the quart or a level teaspoonful to pint of
‘sterile water, may be employed for intravenous infusion or hypoder-
moclysis.
734 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
an assistant, or by a bandage, applied proximally to the seat
of operation. The hair is shaved from the part, which is
cleansed, and an incision 13} to 2} inches long is made by
lifting a fold of the skin directly over the vein and snip-
ping off the top of the fold with scissors parallel to
its long axis. The sheath of the vein is exposed, raised by
dissecting forceps, and divided. The vein is then lifted from
its bed with an aneurism needle, and two silk or catgut liga-.
tures are drawn under it about an inch apart. The vein is
now incised longitudinally, and, as the blood begins to spurt.
out, the distal ligature is tied about the vessel. The canula
is next passed into the incision in the vein toward the heart
and the proximal ligature is tied, with the first part of a
surgeon’s knot, about the vein and canula, holding the latter’
in place and preventing leaking of the salt solution from the
vessel. When the injection is completed, the tube is with-
drawn and the proximal suture is tied on the heart side of
the incision, and thus the vessel is occluded on either side
of the seat of operation. The apparatus is filled with salt.
solution—including the funnel, tubing, and canula—at a
temperature of 103° to 110° F. before its introduction into.
the vein,and the funnel should be kept full during its use to
prevent the entrance of air into the vessel. Any pressure,
previously employed between the incision and the heart,
should of course be removed before beginning the injection.
A little clean absorbent cotton may be placed at the bottom
of the funnel before the salt solution is poured into it, if the
solution has not been previously filtered. In using the ap-
paratus the funnel is raised about two feet above the vein.
The quantity of salt solution to be injected will vary from a.
few ounces to two pints in the case of dogs; from one to
many quarts for horses. Enormous quantities of normal
salt solution may be introduced into the blood without.
harm, even an amount equal to four times that of the blood,
providing the inflow is not too rapid; 7. e., exceeding one
fluid drachm to the pound of live weight in fifteen minutes.
When this amount is exceeded the heart and kidneys cannot
CO a es
oe (ee eee ree eee
- 2a
i:
7
,
HYPODERMOCLYSIS 735
take care of the great quantity of fluid in the vessels and
tissues. A return to the normal volume, force, and rate of
the pulse, and of color to the mucous membranes, will lead
us to stop the saline infusion. _ The use of intravenous saline
injections is frequently followed by a reaction within half an
hour, characterized by a severe rigor, succeeded by sweat-
ing, labored breathing, a strong pulse and increased urinary
secretion.
Hypodermoclysis.
Injection of warm (103° to 105° F.) normal salt solution
into the muscular tissue of the neck, abdomen or flank, is
done aseptically with the same apparatus employed for in-
travenous saline infusions, using a large hollow needle to
thrust under the skin directly into the muscular tissue,
instead of the glass tube for intravenous injection; or a
fountain syringe filled with saline solution and attached
to a sterile aspirating needle may be used; or a reversed
aspirator apparatus may be utilized: ie, by filling the
jar with salt solution and forcing the air into the jar,
thus displacing the fluid. The fountain syringe is the
best apparatus. Hypodermoclysis may be employed in
the same cases as intravenous infusion, and is a better
method on account of its simplicity. We are guided as
to the quantity of solution desirable by the same indica-
tions noted above as referring to intravenous saline injec-
tions. Hypodermoclysis may be done in several places,
and absorption is assisted by massage. Salt solutions are
injected under the udder in females, and are occasionally
thrown into the peritoneal cavity, particularly after opera-
tions in this region, before closing the abdominal walls.
736 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Enteroclysis.
Enteroclysis applies to the rectal injection of normal
salt solution (105° to 120° F.) to secure absorption. This
method may be applied in cases not so urgent as to demand
intravenous saline infusion or hypodermoclysis, more espe-
cially moderate degrees of hemorrhage, shock, collapse and
circulatory depression, when the intrinsic heat of the injec-
tion is valuable in restoring the normal bodily temperature.
USES.
INDICATIONS FOR SALINE INFUSIONS.
Grave hzemorrhage. Bacterial.
Shock, traumatic, operative, and | Toxeemia <~ Mineral.
electric. Vegetable.
Suppression of urine. In threatened death from any
Severe diarrhoea. accidental cause.
Eclampsia. In any disease with feeble heart
Purpura hemorrhagica, and low vascular tension.
Hemoglobinemia.
Hypodermoclysis, or the intravenous injection of saline
infusions, find their greatest usefulness as life-saving meas-
ures In severe hemorrhage. While these methods are not
in vogue in veterinary practice, they have become recognized
procedures of great practical value in human medicine. The
indications, following hemorrhage, are to fill up the vessels
and to restore vascular tension, since danger is imminent,
not from loss of blood corpuscles, but from lack of a cireu-
lating medium. There is a sufficient number of red cor-
puscles to carry on the respiratory and oxygen-bearing
functions even after the greatest loss of blood possible from
ordinary causes. In fact, respiration is but slightly im-
paired in human subjects suffering from pernicious anzmia,
when there is a 90 per cent. reduction in the normal number
of red corpuscles, and two-thirds of the blood may be with-
drawn from animals and replaced with normal salt solutions
without serious damage resulting. In shock there is general
* Since writing the above, favorable reports of the use of saline infusions
have been accumulating. Thus G. W. Dunphy (Amen Vet. Review, June, 1905)
writes that he treated two cases of purpura hemorrhagicain the horse by injection
ot 6 liters of normal salt solution (see p. 733) following the removal of 5 liters of
blood trom the jugular (by means of a trocar and canula), and, at the end of
twenty-four hours, bled 2 more liters and injected 3 more liters of salt solution
with very happy results. He also demonstrates the wonderful life-saving influence
of intravenous saline infusion after the loss (by a horse) of 25 liters of blood.
:
KUNSEL’S TREATMENT Tae
vasomotor paralysis, so that most of the blood collects in
the abdominal veins, while the ventricles and arteries are
emptied. In this condition saline infusions (105° to 110° F.)
are of infinite value, because absorption of drugs from the
digestive canal and subcutaneous tissue is impaired. Saline
infusions greatly dilute the blood—and, therefore, poisons
in the blood—in toxemia, while they increase the activity
of the kidneys and elimination of toxins. The intrinsic heat
of the injections is thought to stimulate antitoxin formation,
.and the restoration of vascular tension is believed to assist
the natural bodily resistance of the patient.
A great variety of disorders have been treated success-
fully in human medicine with saline infusions, on this basis,
including: septicemia, pneumonia, uremia, diabetic coma,
purpura hemorrhagica, tetanus, ulcerative endocarditis,
pyelitis ; acute alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbonic monoxide,
arsenic and mushroom poisoning; and toxemias resulting
from acute infectious disorders. The same treatment might
be applied to hemoglobinzmia and other toxemias peculiar
to the domestic animals. Venesection for the purpose of
removing the poisoned blood should, in most cases, be
resorted to prior to practising saline injection in the
toxeemias. Excluding shock and hemorrhage, where heat
is invaluable, saline infusions are generally given at the
temperature of 103° F. by the rectum, under the skin, or
into a vein. ©
Kunsel’s Treatment for Milk Fever in Cows.
This special form of treatment merits the attention of
the veterinary profession because of the remarkably suc-
cessful results which have been almost universally secured
in the case of milk fever, which is not only a very common
disease, but one which has hitherto baffled the best. thera-
peutic attempts of the veterinarian. Following the Schmidt
treatment with his intramammary injections of potassium
iodide—which was productive of great diminution of the
mortality of milk fever, but was often followed by local
738 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
injury to the udder—M. Kunsel, of Lucerne, in March, 1903,
made his first report of the method under discussion. This
consists in the following: A tank of compressed oxygen,
which can be had of any of the wholesale drug houses, is
connected by rubber tubing six feet in length to a milking
tube and firmly wired to the nozzle on the tank and to the
tube, which should be boiled previous to use. The udder
of the cow affected with milk fever should be stripped of
milk and thoroughly washed with warm water and soap and
the teats cleansed with 70 per cent. alcohol or some other
effective antiseptic. The milking tube is then introduced
into one of the upper teats and the oxygen gas is allowed to
flow slowly into the teat until the corresponding quarter of
the udder is tense and well distended. While pinching the
teat to prevent the escape of gas, the tube is withdrawn and
a strip of bandage or tape is bound about the lower part of
the teat to retain the oxygen. The same procedure is
repeated in each of the remaining teats. The ligatures on
the teats may be permitted to remain in place for an hour
and a half, when they should be removed. The inflation of
the udder may be repeated in six hours, if necessary, owing
to non-improvement of the patient. As synergistic measures,
the subcutaneous injection of one-half grain of strychnine
nitrate, the use of enemata to empty the bowels, and cathe-
terization are important in aiding recovery.
The animal should also be comfortably propped up
with bags of hay.
If oxygen can not be readily obtained, the use of a
bicycle pump connected with a milking tube may be
employed with much success ; some veterinarians claining
that the results are as good as with the use of oxygen, pro-
viding the-air is pure which is pumped into the udder.* This
* Very convenient arrangements are now commonly sold at a small price for
Chamber containing sterile cotton (through which the air is filtered) and aamllidam
tube for introduction into the teat. They may be used by the laity, and their
sailk dover should mot be milked for ten or tnelre hour ater Infatiaaama—
udder, and only partially milked for several days following this time. Either
of indation, naa frequently led to a recewal of the disease nite worst form. TEE
use of the tape to retain the injected air is said to be unnecessary, provided one
compresses the teat for a few minutes after inflation. This needs further endorse-
ment before general acceptance.
LAVAGE 739
purity of the air may be attained by blowing the air through
a wash bottle containing 2 per cent. carbolic acid solution.
Light massage of the udder should follow theinflation. The
results of the Kunsel treatment are wonderful. Kunsel
reported a series of twenty-two cases of milk fever, without a
death, following the use of his method. Similar results have
been secured in this country. The rationale of the treatment
has yet to be elucidated. Various hypotheses have been
advanced, such as the effect of the oxygen on a hypothetica)
anzrobic bacillus in the udder ; the action of the oxygen on
the blood and general metabolism in destroying toxic
products in the economy; the action of air-compression in
the udder in overcoming conjestion in this part; and a pos-
sible stimulation of the secretory function of the mammary
gland with elimination of toxins. The fact that injection of
milk into the mammary gland has produced a condition simu-
lating milk fever appears to augur a local cause of the disease.
Lavage.
Lavage is a term applied to washing out the stomach
with the stomach tube. This process, while an every-day
occurrence in human medicine, has been too long neglected
in Veterinary practice. Fortunately, new interest has been
awakened in this useful procedure by Phillips, of St. Louis,
who has perfected a tube and demonstrated the prac-
ticability of its use.*
The passage of the tube is chiefly of value in acute
indigestion of the horse, with gastric flatulence and disten-
tion, where pain and danger of rupture of the organ are
averted by permitting escape of gas. By further washing
out the stomach in such conditions, and in gastritis and
engorgement, toxic, fermenting ingesta are immediately
removed and the evil results, as tympanites and _ local’
inflammation of the stomach and of the intestines, are pre-
vented. In choking, as by oats, the passage of the tube
may afford relief, while in poisoning the washing out of the
stomach is the one essential treatment. Gastric indiges-
*Amer. Vet. Review, May, 1904.
740: ~ GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
tion and flatulence are shown by colic, distention in the
region of the stomach, difficulty in thoracic breathing and
eructations of gas by the mouth, or attempts at retching
and vomiting.
To pass the tube, the horse may be backed into a stall.
The operator stands to the animal’s left and an assistant,
holding up the horse’s head and the distal end of the tube,~
to the patient’s right.
The tube is placed in warm water and the surface is
dusted with powdered slippery elm or smeared with vase-.
line. The left nostril of the horse is also lubricated in the
same way.
The operator pushes the tube gently along the floor of
the left nasal fossa with the left hand, while guiding its
direction with the right hand.
The first obstruction is likely to be met, when the tube
has been entered about a foot, by its contact with the tur-
binates. The point of the tube should then be held down-
wards, by the pressure of the right forefinger pushed as far
as possible into the nostril, while the outer part of the tube
is lifted upward to force the point down into the pharynx.
When the tube enters the pharynx attempts at swallowing
are likely to occur and these are just what are needed to
close the epiglottis over the larynx and to force the tube
into the gullet. If swallowing is not evident it may be
brought on by pushing the end of the tube gently backward
and forward into the pharynx, and, when an attempt at
deglutition occurs, the tube should be thrust forward. If.
the tube goes into the trachea instead of the cesophagus, it
wiil meet with little resistance and expired air may be felt
coming from it, while coughing often results. If it is in the
gullet, the tube will be held more firmly by its walls and
only fetid gas may escape with stomach contents. It should
by these means be definitely established then that the tube —
is in the gullet before introducing it farther.
The tube should be made with white marks on the
rubber to show when it may be expected to have reached
the gullet and again the stomach.
SERUM THERAPY 741
During the course of passing the tube it must be well
lubricated.
When the stomach is reached the gas may have already
escaped and fluid contents may be siphoned off by filling the
tube with warm water from a funnel or syringe, holding the
distal end tightly closed and lowering it to the ground so as
to permit of the escape of stomach contents by siphonage.
If the contents are largely solid, the stomach must be
repeatedly filled with 2 to 4 quarts of warm water and
allowed to escape again by lowering tke outer end of the
tube to the ground. If the flow stops, owing to choking of
the tube, it may be started again by injection of water into
the tube with a syringe or pump.
The latter must not be used to suck out the contents of
the stomach except so far, if necessary, as to start the
siphonage. Thestomach should thus be repeatedly washed
until the water comes away clear. If water is injected with
a syringe, care must be taken to avoid forcing air into the
stomach.
When passage of the tube becomes impossible through
one nostril, the other one may be tried. Phillips reports
failure to pass the tube in the horse in only 5 per cent. of
trials. The tube is best made of red Para rubber and long
enough to reach from the stomach to the ground when in
place.
Serum Therapy.*
Antitoxic Serum.— The microscopic parasites which
cause infectious diseases—of which the bacteria are the
most common—do so chiefly through the production of cer-
*In the use of serum therapy the strictest aseptic precautions are
to be used. The animai is prepared by shaving off the hair from the
part and the skin is washed with soap and water and then with alcohol
and water, 2 parts of the former and 1 part of the latter, or with 5 per
cent. carbolic acid watery solution, which is harder on the hands. The
syringe and needle must be boiled for five minutes before using. When
many animals are injected at one time, it may be sufficient to wipe off
the needle after each injection with the alcohol solution. The puncture.
may be covered with collodion to advantage. Glass syringes, with
asbestos packing on plunger, are most suitable for boiling, the needle
connected by rubber tubing.
742 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
tain complex, poisonous, proteid bodies called toxins, which
combine with the cells of the vital organism and destroy
their vital functions. Indeed, all the classic symptoms of
some of the infectious diseases may be caused by injection
of the toxins of the bacteria which cause these diseases;
such is the case with tetanus and diphtheria. Under favor-
able circumstances, however, when the dose of toxins is not
too large, the animal organism reacts against these toxins
through the possession of antitoxic principles in the fluids
of the body or by means of the secretion of antitoxins by
the cells of the animal tissues.
The antitoxins set free from the cells then combine
with the toxins in the blood and so prevent the toxins from
uniting with the cells of the body and thus destroying them.
The subject is a very intricate one and is as yet in a some-
what nebulous state and we here present but the briefest
and ecrudest outline of the present and generally accepted
hypothesis.
To illustrate the method of artificially manufacturing
antitoxins, we will take as an example the production of
tetanus antitoxin.
Tetanus Antitoxin.—Tetanus bacilli are grown in bouillon
for two or three weeks in an incubator, when the culture is
filtered free of bacilliand furnishes tetanus toxins. A horse
is injected with one-half a cubic centimeter of toxin and an
equal amount of Lugol’s solution to lessen its virulence.
The injections are repeated in increasing quantities till the
seventy-second day, when as much as 150 ce. are injected.
The horse is very susceptible and reacts with local inflam-
mation at the site of each injection and generally by the
production of antitoxins in its blood. A few days after the
last injection the horse’s immunity is at its maximum—that
is, its blood is highest in antitoxic strength. The horse’s
blood is then withdrawn under strictest aseptic precautions
and the serum is decanted after a day or two. The serum
is placed in aseptic bottles holding 10 cc, which are
sealed.
SERUM THERAPY 743
They are put in an incubator for several days to prove
their sterility; if the serum turns cloudy it is rejected.
Most serums will keep a year if preserved with a slight
amount of carbolic acid or if treated by repeated steriliza-
tion below 100° C. Cloudiness in a serum indicates that it
is unfit for use. : .
' The activity of a serum is estimated in two ways. First, /
the amount of antitoxic serum required to neutralize a |
given volume of toxin of known strength. Second, the
strength is stated in units. Thus a test toxin is prepared,
=i, cc. of which constitutes the smallest fatal dose of a
guinea pig. This amount of toxin is neutralized by 5,4, of
a unit of antitoxin. Or, to put it another way, 1 unit of
antitoxin will protect 1,000 guinea pigs against the small-
est fatal dose of toxin.
The dosage is, then, reckoned in units of antitoxin,
which is the most accurate method. While this mode of
standardization is applied to the use of diphtheria antitoxin,
unfortunately it is not employed in the case of the other
-serums where the dose is given in ce. This is inadvisable,
as different manufactures possess different antitoxic
strengths.
The toxin of tetanus is developed by the bacteria of
this disease, which gain entrance through wounds of the
tissues of the body. The bacilli of tetanus are not distrib-
uted by the blood, but remain at the site of infection, and
the toxins they produce are taken up by the peripheral
nerve endings in the vicinity and carried along the axis cyl-
inders of the motor nerves to the central nervous system. ,
‘The same thing happens in rabies. When the toxins reach ;
the spinal cord the symptoms of tetanus appear and finally
death occurs, when the important centers of the medulla
become intoxicated. Tetanus bacilli live in the soil, and
wounds which are contaminated with dirt or foreign bodies,
‘and those which do not have free access to air—as bruised
or punctured wounds—are chiefly liable to the development
‘of tetanus. It will thus be seen that tetanus does not
mt -
744 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
become apparent until some time after the involvement of
the nervous system, and for this reason the use of tetanus:
antitoxin is not so actively preventive at this period, when
the toxins have combined with proteid elements of the ner-
vous system and are therefore unable to combine with and
be neutralized by the antitoxin. Nevertheless, tetanus anti-
toxin istof some value as a curative remedy in tetanus
if used within thirty hours of the beginning of the
attack.
As a preventive agent when employed before infection,
or immediately after it, tetanus antitoxin is almost certain.
Nocard injected 2,727 horses with tetanus antitoxin ih a cer-
tain district, and while none of these developed tetanus,
there were 259 cases in the same region in unprotected
horses. The immunity produced by tetanus antitoxin is
thought to last from fifteen to thirty days. So-called idio-
pathic tetanus is in reality traumatic, resulting from small
unseen wounds of the mucous membranes or integument.
Tetanus antitoxin is then indicated for use in the horse
when the case is seen early, or as a preventive when tetanus
is prevalent, or following wounds the character of which
(see above) suggests the possibility of the development of
the disease. The remedy may be employed without fear of
doing any damage if properly administered. There are three
ways of giving tetanus antitoxin; as a preventive it may be
given under the skin or intravenously, and, as a cure for the
disease, it may be used in these ways or be injected within
the brain. The latter method has been practiced consider-
ably in human medicine and with somewhat uncertain
results as compared with the intravenous injection, although
it is generally considered superior. Roux saved 35 out of
45 guinea pigs by intracerebral injection, whereas by sub-
cutaneous injection of antitoxin he had but two recoveries
in seventeen cases of tetanus. The injection is made with
a blunt needle into the substance of the brain through a
small hole in the skull made with a drill at a point midway
between the outer angle of the orbit and the centre of a line
SERUM THERAPY 745
drawn over the top of the head from one auditory meatus to
the other.
In most cases in veterinary practice the subcutaneous,
or, better, intravenous, administration will be found most
practicable. The dose is 5 to 20 ce.; the smaller dose as a
prophylactic and when injected into the brain. 20 ce.is the
usual curative dose for the horse, although the dose may
vary according to the manufacturer.
Tetanus bacilli and spores may live in the tissues for
weeks, and thus it is safer to repeat the dose—when given
for immunizing purposes—at the end of the first and third
week to antagonize any later intoxication caused by a new
crop of bacilli.
Anti-infectious Serum.—Antistreptococcus serum is in-
cluded under this head because it appears to be especially
antagonistic to streptococci themselves and to possess less
antitoxic power. In the preparation of this serum (after
Marmorek) streptococci are grown in human serum or
‘serous exudate mixed with two parts of peptonized bouillon,
and their virulence is greatly increased by repeatedly in-
jecting them from rabbit to rabbit. This virulence becomes
in this process so great that an amount of culture equivalent
to one single streptococcus will certainly kill a rabbit.
Small doses of a culture of living virulent streptococci from
the rabbit are injected into the horse from time to time, this
animal reacting vigorously to the injections. It is not until
the horse has undergone this treatment for a year and
has recovered from each injection that a serum is obtained
of a sufficient strength to combat living streptococci and
their toxins. The blood of the horse being withdrawn
furnishes anti-streptococcic serum. It is now thought by
many authorities that the serum to be most effective should
be polyvalent—that is, should be active against the many
varieties of streptococci by the cultivation of large numbers
of streptococci to represent their different toxins.
i *Dried antitetanic serum has come into nse and is of service as a dressing
an wounds which may be suspected of infection with tetanus bacilli. With an
equal part of chloretone the dried serum is sold under the name ot Antitetanic
Dusting Powder. The injection of the serum should be done, in addition to the
use of dried serum on the wound.
746 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
4
Marmorek holds, however, that the streptococci causing-
erysipelas, cellulitis, abscess, sore throat, parturient in-
fections, scarlet fever, etc., are identical; that all produce.
the same toxins, and that all are antagonized by an anti—
infectious or antitoxic serum made from any one or all
of them.
The therapeutic results of antistreptococcic serum are.
not so certain as those following the use of some other
serums—notably anti-diphtheritic serum in man—because-
so-called streptococcic infection is often a mixed infection,
by which is meant that produced in part by other bacteria,
and because serums produced by the cultivation and in-
oculation of apparently the same varieties of streptococci
seem to differ considerably in their protective value.
As in the case of other serums, the therapeutic result is
much more favorable when antistreptococcic serum is:
used as a prophylactic or in the early stages of the
infection.
The injection of antistreptococcic serum is practically
devoid of danger.
With the qualifications above noted, antistreptococcie
serum has proven serviceable in the following morbid con-
ditions: Medical and surgical septicemia, pyemia, parturient.
infections, traumatic infections, peritonitis, empyema, cel-
lulitis, erysipelas, broncho- and contagious pneumonia of
horses, and cerebro-spinal meningitis. As some of the
above diseases are often caused by infections other than
streptococcus, the employment of antistreptococcic serum
may be unavailing in them unless the ee is known to
be streptococcic invasion.
Dosage.—In the larger animals from 20 to 50 ce. are
injected at all ages at a single operation, and the dose
should be repeated every twelve or twenty-four hours until
the symptoms are abated.
TOXINS 747
A fresh specimen of antistreptococcic serum is always
desirable, as its power to destroy streptococci is soon lost.
Toxins.
Tuberculin.—Koch’s tuberculin is prepared by growing
tubercle bacilli in flasks, containing peptonized bouillon
and glycerin, in an incubator at 37° C. for six weeks. The
cultures are boiled and filtered through porcelain to remove
the dead bacilli, and the toxic substance is concentrated to
one-tenth of its bulk by boiling. The result is a solution of
the toxins of the tubercle bacilli in glycerin, and to this
is added a 3 per cent. aqueous solution of carbolic acid for
injection. Tuberculin is used in veterinary medicine solely
as a diagnostic test for tuberculosis in animals, chiefly
cattle. It may be used with almost entire certainty for this
purpose, Koch claiming 99 per cent. of correct results from
its injection. Injections in tuberculous animals cause a rise
of temperature of from one to three or more degrees F. in
about twelve hours from the time of injection. If there is
any focus of tuberculosis, as in the joints or bones, open to
inspection, there will be a notable reaction observed in this
locality, with heat, redness and decrease of function of the
part. Erlich explains the fever following the injection of
tuberculin to be due to a reaction of a zone of cells about
the tuberculous focus which have been made unusually
_ susceptible by the toxins of the disease so that they become
inflamed by the sudden extra amount of toxin injected. In
a tuberculous guinea pig, which has been killed by the
injection of an overdose of tuberculin, zones of hyperemia
may be seen surrounding each of the grey nodules charac-
teristic of the disease. The injection of an ordinary dose of
tuberculin is practically harmless and does not even render
the milk of a cow unfit for food. In an advanced stage of
tuberculosis the animal may not react to tuberculin, and
this may be explained by the fact that the tissues are
perhaps habituated to the toxins.
7
748 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
The Test.—It is best to take the temperature of the
animal from 6 A.M. every two hours until the tuberculin is
injected on the evening of the same day between 8 and 10
p.m. The test is unreliable in animals whose temperature
reaches 103° F. during this period prior to the injection,
and sometimes in those in advanced stages of the disease.
The injection is made aseptically into the subcutaneous
tissue in the side of the neck with a syringe and needle
previously boiled. The animals should be kept in the
stable during the time required for the test, and should not
be allowed to drink large quantities of cold water to reduce
their temperature while the test is being made. The tem-
perature of the animal should be taken at 6 a.m. on the
morning following the injection and from that time every
two hours till 8 P.M.
A rise of two degrees F. is necessary for a positive
reaction; that is, a rise of two degrees over the maximum
temperature of the animal in the fourteen to sixteen hours
before the injection. Those animals in which the tem-
perature does not rise over 103° F. within fifteen or at
most twenty hours after injection may be considered non-
tuberculous; when the temperature is between 103° and
104° F. the test is doubtful, and the animals should be re-
examined after a month; when the temperature rises
gradually to 104° F. or over within fifteen hours after the
injection, the animals may be classed positively tuberculous,
provided the temperature constitutes a rise of two degrees
over the maximum temperature recorded prior to the in-
jection.
The average dose of tuberculin as prepared and diluted
for immediate use by the U.S. Government is 2 ce if
tuberculin is to be kept for any period, it is better to
procure the concentrated toxin and dilute it with a 4} per
cent. carbolic acid solution prior to injection. Tuberculin
‘ should be kept in a cool, dark place and should be rejected
if it becomes cloudy.
Mallein.—This toxin is prepared in a manner almost
precisely similar to that prescribed under tuberculin. The
TOXINS 749
sterilized cultures, from~ which the dead bodies of the
Bacilli mallei have been filtered, and containing their toxins,
are employed to test horses and mules for the existence of
glanders and farcy. A rise of two degrees F. in an animal
of normal temperature (not exceeding 101° F.) within fifteen
hours of injection, together with a tender. swelling five to
ten inches in diameter at the site of injection, which is at
its height in forty-eight hours, constitute positive proof of
glanders. If the fever occurs without the swelling, or the
swelling without the fever, the animal should be re-tested
in a week. In the normal animal a swelling occurs at the
site of injection, without rise of temperature, but the swell-
ing is much smaller and has almost disappeared by the end
of twenty-four hours, whereas in the glandered animal the
swelling persists until the third or fourth day after the
injection. The temperature prior to the injection should
not be over 102° F., but if it is, the occurrence of a large,
persistent swelling at the site of injection renders a diagnosis
of glanders probable. The performance of the test is similar
to that with the use of tuberculin, including the preparatory
temperature-taking and that following the injection. The
injection is made aseptically with a sterile syringe under
the skin on the side of the neck, and a temperature of 104°
F. occurring within fifteen hours after the injection, together
with a large and slowly disappearing swelling, is certain
«vidence of glanders.
The usual dose for a diagnostic test of mallein in the
horse is 1 cc., but the dose varies with different brands
of manufacture, the proper dose of each being stated on the
bottle. If several injections of mallein are given to a
glandered horse, the reaction may disappear, and in this
way glandered horses may be fraudulently prepared for sale
as free from the disease.
* At 8th Internat. Vet. Congress at Budapest, 1905, it was resolved that a
typicai reaction to mallein consisted in a rise of 2° C. (3.4° F.) to a point above
40° C. (104° F.); the curve showing 1 or 2 elevations the first day, and a rise on the
second and even on the third day after. That the characteristic swelling at the
site of injection was a positive sign of glanders, even in the absence of the typical
temperature. But that two tests should always be made with mallein, the second
trom ten to twenty days after the first.
750 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
Recently claim has been made by a reputable veterin-
arian that glanders may be cured by one or more injections.
of mallein, and he bases his opinion on the failure of such
animals to react a second or third time to the mallein test.
The fact above related that glandered animals become
ordinarily insusceptible to the repeated test, together with
the danger of accepting such a statement until fully proved,
should make one very cautious to act on such a belief
in practice. |
Semner* has, however, found that horses may be pro-
tected against infection with glanders by injections of mal-
lein, and this lends some encouragement to the view of
its possessing curative properties.
Mouilleron examined (at one time) four glandered horses
after death, following three or four negative tests with
mallein, and found no evidence of the disease by micro-
scopy, cultures and inoculation. Nocard has also shown
the curability of glanders. The exact status of the matter
is as yet undetermined, and until it is we may more safely
refuse to accept the general curability of glanders by
mallein.
Vaccines.
Vaccination consists in introducing, within the animal
body, bacteria (or their products) of a disease—with the .
intention of protecting the animal against the disease. The
theory consists in the fact that, by modifying the virulence
or action of the bacteria in some way, there are produced in
the inoculated animal antitoxins. These not only prevent the
occurrence of the inoculated disease, but even the develop-
ment of the disease when introduced by natural channels.
The activity of bacteria is lessened in various ways. Thus.
in preparing the vaccines against anthrax and blackleg the
bacteria are exposed to heat. Then by inoculating the
bacteria in a way, different from that in which they naturally
* Central 1. f. Bacter., Bd. xvii, Nos. 9 and 10.
VACCINES 751
gain entrance to the body, their activity may be diminished ;
e.g., the bacillus of blackleg is introduced under the skin or
intravenously, and the tail is sometimes chosen as a site, the
blood supply being poor. The vaccines do not prove
curative if employed after the development of the disease,
against which they are preventives, and often they are
ineffectual if used after the exposure of the animal to the
infection of the disease. This is not the case in antirabic
inoculation, however, as the treatment proves successful
after the patient has been bitten and infected by a rabid
animal. So in smallpox in the human, vaccination will
modify and possibly prevent smallpox if done within four
days after exposure to infection. The duration of the period
of immunity conferred by vaccination differs in the case of
the different vaccines.
Blackleg or Quarter Evil—This disease is caused by
B. chauvoei and is distinct from anthrax. Calves should be
vaccinated when six months old and again within a year.
The best time is that before the usual occurrence of the
disease, and no surgery, as branding, castration, marking,
dehorning or spaying, should be done before, or within two
weeks after, vaccination. Hither one or (better) two vaccines
are used, the first being the weakest and prepared by heat-
ing to 103° C., and the second being heated to 93° ©.
and used eight days later. Vaccination is done with a
powder obtained by drying and triturating a piece of
affected muscle. The directions for using the same are
elaborate and furnished in detail by reliable makers. The
use of this vaccine is very successful as a prophylactic
against blackleg unless the animal has already been ex-
posed to the disease or actually has it. Such must have
been the case when blackleg appears in a few days after
vaccination.
Anthrax.—Anthrax is the most fatal disease attacking
horses, sheep, goats, mules and cattle. It occurs in the
United States, more often in Mississippi and Louisiana.
Vaccination was done by Pasteur in 1880 and was the first
152 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES
attempt made in establishing artificial immunity in practice.
Great crowds gathered to see the result of his treatment.
He subjected 24 sheep, 1 goat and 5 cattle to vaccination,
and then 60 animals (including the, vaccinated and unvac-
cinated) were inoculated with anthrax. Forty-eight hours
later the sight presented to the public beggars description.
In the paddock were seen dead and dying all the un-
vaccinated animals, while the vaccinated ones appeared in
perfect health. A small number of animals—especially
sheep and goats—die from the treatment. In countries
where anthrax is endemic, vaccination has reduced the
mortality from 10 to 4 of 1 percent. Statistics also show
that less than 1 per cent. of vaccinated animals die of the
disease. When unvaccinated herds are attacked usually
80 per cent. die. The vaccination should be practiced
usually in summer or fall, as these are the favorite seasons
for development in infected regions. The protection lasts
from six to twelve months. Two vaccines.are used. Num-
ber one, the weaker, is made by growing bacilli in a current
of air at 109° F. for twenty-four days; number two is
prepared in the same manner during twelve days. The
weak number one is injected and followed in ten days
by number two. Sick animals may infect a pasture for ten
years, but vaccination will practically permit of pasturing
on the infected land. The method of inoculation requires
minute Girections, which may be obtained from manufac-
turers.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL
MEASURES
ABORTION, accidental and epizodtic
in cows and ewes.
Isolate and disinfect, 216.
Disinfect premises, 725.
Empty uterus.
Antiseptic vaginal injections.
Lysol, 335.
Creolin, 334.
Carbolie acid, 329.
Corrosive sublimate, 216.
Ergot, 629.
ABSCESS.
Iodine, 246.
Iodoform, 252.
Poultices, 714.
Rhigolene, 350.
Cocaine, 434.
Potassium permanganate, 205.
Paracentesis.
Cantharides, 646, 702.
AcaArRI or MITEs.
Seab.
Parasiticides, 69.
See Mange and
ACTINOMYCOSIS.
Excise.
Potassium iodide, 249.
Todine, 244.
Carbolie acid, 331.
Good food and tonics.
ACNz. ;
Cleanse with soap and water.
Prevent chafing.
Sulphur, 258.
Arsenic, 266.
Phosphorus, 239.
753
AFTER-PAINS.
Remove clots or placental remains.
Opium, 368.
Morphine, 368.
AGED ANIMALS, destruction of.
Chloroform, 307.
Bullet, 307.
AMAUROSIS.
Blister about orbit.
Strychnine, 409.
AMMENORRH@A. STERILITY.
Full or restricted diet.
Tonics and emmenagogues, 58.
Oil of turpentine, 504.
Myrrh, 525.
Oil of savine, 545.
Cantharides, 647.
Aloes, 569. |
ANAIMIA,
Full diet, 690.
Fresh air.
Exercise.
Remove primary cause,
Tron, 201.
Arsenic, 226.
Quinine, 488.
Gentian, 554.
Strychnine, 410.
Copper sulphate, 188.
Calcium phosphate, 158.
Cod liver oil, 657.
Myrrh, 525.
Clip horses with thick coats,
ANGINA.
gitis.
See Pharyngitis, Laryn-
754
ANOREXIA. See Appetite, loss of.
ANTHRAX. CHARBON.
Anthrax vaccine, 751.
Corrosive sublimate, 215.
Tpecac, 476.
Destroy or isolate animals.
Disinfect premises, discharges and
dead bodies, 725.
- APpopLexy, cerebral, parturient.
Kunsel’s treatment, 737.
Enemata, 737.
Strychnine, 737.
Tee to poll.
Ergot, 629.
Venesection, 730.
Bandage legs.
Kserine, 419.
Croton oil, 582.
Colocynth, 587.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Oil of turpentine, 504.
Change patient’s position every
few hours.
Avoid drenches if animal uncon-
scious.
Empty bladder.
Stimulants, if collapse.
APPETITE, loss of,
Gentian, 554.
Cinchona, 488.
Quinine, 488.
Quassia, 556.
Casearilla, 557,
Calumba, 558.”
Taraxacum, 560.
Hydrastis, 562.
Hydrastine, 562.
Hydrastin, 562.
Calamus, 564.
Capsicum, 526.
ApTHA. See Stomatitis.
ARTHRITIS. _
Irrigation, 710.
Iodine, 246.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL “MEASURES
ARTHRITIS (continued).
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Tartar emetic, 281.
Burgundy pitch, 506.
Calomel, 219.
Corrosive sublimate, 217.
Red mercurie iodide, 219.
Cantharides, 702.
Rest.
ASCARIDES. See Worms.
Anthelminties, 68.
Ascites. See Dropsies,
Astuma IN Dogs.
Bromides, 248.
Nitrites, 313.
Chloral, 318.
Belladonna, 386.
Arsenic, 226.
Eserine, 419.
AstHMA IN Horses. See Broken
Wind. }
Azorurnta. See Haemoglobinemia.
BALANITIS.
Cleanse.
Urethral injection, 1 per cent.
solution of zine sulphate and
lead acetate, equal parts. —
Hydrastis, 563.
BARRENNESS, STERILITY.
menorrhed.
Aphrodisiacs and emmenagogues,
57, 58.
BirEs.
Of rabid dogs, nitric acid, 272.
Of insects, ammonia, 147.
Of snakes, ammonia, 147; potassa,
128.
BLADDER, irritable.
Belladonna, 386.
Hyoseyamus, 890.
Potassium citrate, 127.
Potassium acetate, 127.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
See Am-
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Biapver, irritable (continwed).
Camphor, 550.
Buchu, 541.
Salol, 495.
Urotropin, 341.
Rest.
Hot enemata. —
Remove smegma, calculi and other
sources of reflex irritation.
BLEPHAROSPASM,
Atropine, 384.
Bueevine. See Hemorrhage.
Boe Spavin. See Arthritis.
Irrigation, 710.
Rest.
High-heeled shoe,
Cantharides, 646.
Botts.
Iodine, 252.
Collodion, 637.
Icthyol, 659.
Carbolic acid, 330.
Menthol, 530.
Lodoform, 252.
Glutol, 341.
Phosphorus, 236,
Poultices, 714.
Paracentesis.
Bors. Larvae of Oestrus Equi.
Carbon disulphide, 278,
Chloroform, 68.
Anthelminties, 68,
Green fodder.
Cathartics.
Break Down.
Cautery, 701.
Broken Knexzs,
Cold, 706.
Broken Winn.
Carron oil, 156, 570.
Arsenic, 226.
Strychnine, 408.
BRoKkEN WinD (continued).
Veratrine, 471.
Restrict water, 118.
Concentrated diet.
Linseed meal, 610.
Cod liver oil, 658.
Broncuitts, acute and chronie.
Inhalations, 47.
Mustard, 517, 700.
755
Solution of ammonium acetate,
151.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
Nitrites, 313. :
Belladonna, 385.
Strychnine, 408.
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455,
Squill, 458.
Dover’s powder, 475.
Opium, 370.
Codeine, 366.
Heroin, 357.
Sodium bicarbonate, 136.
Potassium bicarbonate and citrate,
127.
Ammonium chloride, 150.
Ammonium carbonate, 149.
Aconite, 463.
Quinine, 489,
Potassium iodide, 249,
Arsenic, 226,
Cod liver oil, 658.
Linseed tea, 611.
Linseed oil, 570.
Olive oil, 608.
Tar, 509.
Benzoin, 515.
Eucalyptol, 521.
Ipecac, 475.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Resin, 506.
Balsam of Peru, 512.
Balsam of Tolu, 512.
Myrrh, 525.
Asafetida, 588.
756 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Broncuitis, acute and chronic (con-
tinwed),
Ammoniacum, 540.
Buchu, 541.
Compound spirit of juniper, 542,
Camphor, 550.
Sulphur, 258.
Sulphurous anhydride, 259.
Alum, 169.
Tannic acid, 593.
HKserine, 419.
Cantharides, 645.
BRUISES.
Fomentations, 715.
Priessnitz poultice, 708.
Refrigerant mixtures, 711.
Lead acetate, 174.
Laudanum, 174.
Alcohol, 289.
Arnica, 523.
Camphor liniment, 549.
Hamamelis, 601.
Icthyol, 659.
Soap liniment, 605.
Stimulating liniments, 701.
Olive oil, 603.
Burns.
Orthoform, 2538.
Aristol, 156.
Carron oil, 156.
Boroglyceride, 275.
Carbolic acid, 831.
Iodoform, 252.
Salicylic acid, 494.
Sodium bicarbonate, 135.
Chalk, 154.
Menthol, 530.
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Chlorinated lime, 240.
Chlorinated soda, 240.
Moist heat, 712.
Stimulants.
Good food.
BursITISs.
Ice, 706.
Bursitis (continued),
Irrigations, 710.
Injections of iodine, 246.
Injections of carbolic acid, 329.
Red mercuric iodide, 246.
Cantharides, 645.
Catcuut, biliary. See Colic, Gall
Stones.
CaLcutt, intestinal.
Enemata,
Rectal manipulation.
Anodynes. See Colvc.
Eserine, 419.
CALCULI, renal, vesical.
Hot enemata for pain, 716.
Enemata, 30.
Morphine, 367.
Potassium acetate and citrate, 127.
Lithium salts, 152.
Ammonium and sodium benzoate,
518.
Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid for
horses.
CANKER OF Har. See Otorrhea.
CHAPPED ELBow, Hock, KNEE. See
Bursitis.
CaTarRrH. See Coryza, Ozena.
CEREBRAL H/SMORRHAGE. See Apo-
plexy.
CEREBRITIS. See Encephalitis.
CEREBRO-SPINAL MENINGITIS.
Ice to head, 706.
Ergot, 385, 629.
Belladonna, 3885.
Aloes, 568.
Catheterize.
Strychnine, 409.
Cantharides, 645.
Cuarine. See Intertrigo.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 146
CHOREA. Cotic (continued).
Iron, 203. Arecoline, 617.
Arsenic, 226. Eserine, 418.
Cod liver oil, 658. _ Enemata, 30, 188.
Antipyretics, 323. Mustard, 518.
Bromides, 248. Stupes, 715.
Chloral, 318. Hot injections, 713.
Hyoscyamus, 390. Cone
Cannabis indica, 394. Testo head. 706)
Anesthetics, 307. Cold d Biche! 709.
eeoue ts. Mustard and bandaging on legs,
Gelsemium, 422. 00.
Conium, 430.
Valerian, 537.
Zine valerianate, 537.
Camphor, 550.
Venesection, 729.
Purgatives, 28.
Stimulants, in collapse.
Strychnine, 409. ConsESTION oF LUNGS.
Quinine, 488. Mustard, 517, 700.
Asafetida, 538. Nitrites, 308.
Anthelmintics if due to worms, 68. Veratrum viride, 467.
Full diet. ;
Venesection, 729.
Cop, exposure to. Aconite, 463.
Mustard, 700.
CoNJUNCTIVITIS.
Aleohol, 291. Cold compresses.
Cottc. Zine sulphate, 185..
Boric acid, 275.
Cocaine, 4387.
Silver nitrate, 177.
Protargol, 179.
Argyrol, 180.
Alum 1685955
Copper sulphate, 187,
Mercurie oxides, 214.
Citrine ointment, 220.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Corrosive sublimate, 217.
With gastric flatulence, use sto-
mach tube in horse, 739.
Opium, 367.
Morphine, 367.
Atropine, 385.
Chloral, 318. :
Chloroform, 307.
Ether, 295.
Cannabis indica, 394
Hyoscyamus, 390.
Capsicum and ammonium carbon-
ate, 526. : :
Oil af peppermint, 620, Scarification, 731.
Oil of turpentine, 503, 701. CONSTIPATION.
Aconite, 463. Diet, 688.
Asafetida, 538. Enemata, 30, 31.
Tobacco, 426. Manual evacuation, 585.
Aloes, 568. Abdominal.massage, 585.
Barium chloride, 159, Exercise,
758
CONSTIPATION (continued).
Horse—
Aloes, 568.
Linseed oil, 570.
Calomel, 218.
Epsom salts, 163.
Cattle—
Epsom salts, 163.
Linseed oil, 570.
Calomel, 218. Ss
Foals and Calves—
Carron oil, 570.
Gregory’s powder, 576,
Dogs—
Castor oil, 572.
Olive oil, 602.
Compound cathartic pill, 210.
Compound liquorice powder, 579
Cascara sagrada, 572.
Syrup of purging buckthorn, 574
Calomel, 218.
Puppies—
Suppositories—
Soap.
Glycerin, 607. .
Phillips’ milk of magnesia, 165.
Birds—
Tincture of rhubarb, 577.
Buckthorn, 572.
Rhubarb, 576.
Senna, 579.
Croton oil, 582.
Jalap, 584.
Gamboge, 586.
Colocynth, 587.
Elaterin, 587.
Podophyllin, 589.
Arecoline, 617.
Ox gall, 655.
Eserine, 418.
Pilocarpine, 444,
Barium chloride, 159.
Veratrine, 471.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
CONSTIPATION (continued).
Strychnine, 410.
Glycerin, 608.
Belladonna, 386, 410.
Hyoscyamus, 390,
Sulphur, 258,
Myrrh, 525.
Asafetida, 588. -
CONVALESCENCE.
Diet, 690.
Alcohol, 289.
Bitters, 289.
Strychnine, 410.
Gentian, 554.
Quinine, 489.
Calumba, 558.
Quassia, 556.
Hydrastin, 562.
Valerian, 537.
Pepsin, 653.
Cod liver oil, 658.
CoONVULSIONS.
Anesthetics, 307.
Chloral, 318.
Bromides, 248.
Antipyretics, 323,
Valerian, 537.
Copper sulphate, 186.
Laxatives.
Warm bath.
Remove worms or source of irrita~
tion in digestive canal.
CoRNEAL OPACITIES and ULCERS. See
Keratitis.
Calomel, 217.
Coryza.
Inhalations, 47.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 312.
Aconite, 433.
Dover’s powder, 475.
Opium, 370.
Coeaine, 437.
Menthol, 530.
Quinine, 590.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
‘Coryza (continued),
Arsenic, 225.
Bismuth, 192.
Linseed oil, 570.
“Couau.
Inhalations, 47.
Opium, 369.
Heroin, 357.
. Codeine, 366.
Belladonna, 385,
Phenacetin, 323.
Chloroform, 298.
Chloral, 318.
Wild cherry, 348.
Prussic acid, 347.
Cannabis indica, 394,
Bromides, 243.
Gelsemium, 422,
Tar, 509.
Balsam of Tolu, 512,
Arsenic, 226.
Camphor, 550.
Mustard, 517, 700.
Ammonium chloride, 150.
Cracks or Fissures. See Fissures,
“CRAMPS.
Atropine, 386.
Belladonna, 386.
‘Croup. See Laryngitis.
Cours.
Cold, 706.
Cautery, 701.
“CystTITIS.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313,
Belladonna, 387.
Hyoscyamus, 396.
Aconite, 313.
Potassium citrate and acetate, 313.
Urotropin, 341.
Buchu, 541.
Oil of juniper, 542,
Linseed tea, 611.
Acacia, 606.
‘Cantharides, 647,
Cystizis (continued).
Borie acid, 275.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Balsam of Tolu, 512,
Balsam of Peru, 512.
Salol, 495.
Oil of turpentine, 504,
Benzoates, 515.
Eucalyptol, 521.
Thymol, 552.
Myrrh, 525.
Rest.
DEBILITY.
Alcohol, 290.
Iron, 201.
Arsenic, 226.
Strychnine, 409,
Quinine, 488,
Calcium phosphate, 158,
Cod liver oil,. 657,
Linseed meal, 610.
Cotton-seed meal, 610,
Phosphorus, 2386,
Gentian, 554,
Calumba, 558.
Cardamom, 534,
Coriander, 534.
Fennel, 534,
Fenugreek, 534,
Ginger, 534,
DEcUBITIS.
Chlorinated lime, 240,
Aristol, 253,
DELIRIUM.
Hyoscyamus, 390,
Hyoscine, 390.
DIABETES INSIPIDUS,
Todine, 247.
Gallic acid, 594.
Valerian, 537.
Avoid bad fodder.
DIABETES MELLITUS.
UTUOs
759
See Glycos-—
760
DiaPpuRaGMatTic SpasmM, Huiccoueu.
See ‘* Thumps.”
DIARRH@A.
Laxatives—
Linseed oil, 570.
Castor oil, 572.
Rhubarb, 576.
Gray powder, 214.
Calomel, 218.
Carron oil, 570.
Magnesium sulphate, 163.
Diet and restriction of water,
688, 689.
Saline infusions, 736.
Enemata, 30.
Starch, 636.
Rest.
Opium, 367.
Astringents.
Chalk, 155.
Aluminum hydroxide, 169.
Silver nitrate, 178.
Acids, 272.
Lead acetate, 175.
Bismuth, 192.
Tannic acid, 593.
Krameria, 599.
Hematoxylon, 600.
Hamamelis, 601.
White oak, 595.
Catechu, 597.
Kino, 598.
Ergot, 630.
Antiseptics—
Carbolic acid, 332.
Creosote, 333.
Borie acid, 275.
Charcoal, 277.
Naphtalene, 337.
Salol, 495.
Oil of turpentine, 503,
Tar, 509.
Benzoates, 574.
Arsenic, 225,
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
DraRRHaA (continued).
Tpecac, 476.
Syrup of lime, 157.
Buchu, 541.
Camphor, 550.
DIPHTHERIA.
Isolate and disinfect discharges.
Antitoxin when due to Klebs—
Loeffler bacillus.
Trrigate throat with normal salt.
solution.
Alcohol.
Milk and eggs.
Disinfect premises, 725.
DISINFECTION.
Disinfectants, 718-723.
Practical disinfection, 725.
Chlorine, 238.
Sulphur, 258.
Carbolie acid, 332.
Creosote, 333.
Formaldehyde, 339, 340.
Formalin, 339, 340.
DISLOCATIONS.
Anesthetics, 307.
Blistering, 702.
DISTEMPER, Canine.
Isolate.
Country air.
Good food.
Quinine, 489.
Tron, 208.
Strychnine, 409.
Coffee, 399.
Caffeine, 399.
Camphor, 550.
Eucalyptol, 521.
Chloral, 318.
Phenacetin, 328.
Belladonna, 385.
Disinfect premises, 725..
! INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES T6L
-WDropsy Cardiac, Hepatic, Renal. Dyspnama (continued).
Nitrites, 312.
Dyspepsia,
Dyspnvea.
’ Digitalis, 219, 452.
Squill, 458.
Caffeine, 400.
Strophanthus, 455.
Potassium iodide, 249,
Pilocarpine, 444.
Calomel, 458.
Jalap, 584.
Colocynth, 584,
‘Colchicum, 635.
Sugar of milk, 652.
Diet, 690.
‘DyseEnTERY.
Isolate.
Calomel, 218.
Magnesium sulphate, 163.
Linseed oil, 570.
‘Castor oil, 572.
‘Rhubarb, 576.
Ipecac, 476.
Opium, 367.
Lead acetate, 175.
Benzoates, 514,
Silver nitrate, 178.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Naphtalin, 337.
Oil of turpentine, 503,
Buchu, 541.
White oak, 595. .
Catechu, 597.
Kino, 598.
Starch, 636.
Tannie acid, 593.
Hematoxylon, 600.
Arsenic, 225.
Disinfect premises and discharges,
725.
Feeding, 668, 669.
Nitroglycerin, 312.
See Indigestion.
See Laryngitis, Diph-
theria and Chest Diseases.
Inhalations, 47.
Counter-irritation.
Tracheotomy.
Ecuampsta. See Convulsions.
Eczema,
Tar, 508.
Oil of tar, 510.
Oil of cade, 510.
Icthyol, 660.
Zine ointment, 185.
Sulphurated potash, 261,
Sulphur, 261.
Yellow wash, 217.
Black wash, 217.
Todine, 246.
Borie acid, 275.
Chalk, 154,
Lead acetate, 174.
Zine sulphate, 185.
Bismuth subnitrate, 191.
White precipitate ointment, 220.
Citrine ointment, 220.
Carbolic acid, 331.
Salicylic acid, 494.
Balsam of Peru, 511.
Oleate of mercury, 214.
Blue ointment, 214.
Thymol, 552.
Chrysarobin, 577.
Glycerite of tannin, 593.
Hamamelis, 602.
Glycerite of starch, 608,
Pilocarpine, 444,
Phosphorus, 235.
Cod liver oil, 658,
Diet, 688.
EmpHysema. See Broken Wind.
Arsenic, 226,
Strychnine, 409.
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455,
a
762 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
“ENCEPHALITIS.
Ice on head, 706.
Venesection, 629.
Ergot, 629.
Croton oil, 582.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Eserine, 419.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Aloes, 568.
Stimulants.
Cantharides, 646.
Enpocarpitis. See also Rhewma-
tism.
Aconite, 464,
Digitalis, 452.
Strophanthus, 455,
Potassium ioJide, 249.
ENTERITIS.
Opium, 3¢$.
Atropine, 385.
Aconite, 463.
Veratrum viride, 468.
Mustard, 518.
Castor oil, 572.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Epruersy. See Convulsions.
EPpisTaxis.
Adrenalin, 639.
Pack nostril with gauze.
Ice water or ice bag on forehead.
Opium, 369.
Ergot, 629.
Alum, 168.
Krameria, 599.
ERYSIPELAS.
Icthyol, 660.
Todine, 246.
Carbolie acid, 329.
Creosote, 333.
Quinine, 489.
Alcohol, 291.
Tincture of ferric chloride, 195.
Milk and eggs.
Isolate and disinfect premises, 725.
ERYTHEMA.
Zine oxide, 185.
Lead acetate, 174.
Calamine, 185, 563
Chalk, 155. | ‘
Boric acid, 275.
Tar, 508.
Camphor, 549.
Vaseline, 350.
Hamamelis, 602.
Eye, foreign bodies in,
Cocaine, 437.
Exostosres. See Spavin, Ringbone,
Splint, ete.
Farntine. See Syncope.
FarpeL Bounp. Inspection of 3rd
Stomach, Gastritis of Rumi~
nants.
Strychnine, 410.
Veratrine, 471.
Arecoline, 617,
Epsom salts, 163.
Linseed oil, 570.
FEVER.
_ Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
Solution of. ammonium acetate,
151),
Magnesium sulphate, 163.
Aconite, 463.
Acetanilid, 323.
Phenacetin, 323.
Antipyrin, 323.
Quinine, 489.
Alcohol, 290.
Salicylic acid, 495.
Diet, 691.
Refrigerants, 711.
Cold applications, 706-712..
Cold drinks, 706.
Cold enemata, 711.
Cool air.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Fissure.
Of Rectum—
Orthoform, 353.
Belladonna, 383-386.
Todoform, 251.
Tannic acid, 593.
Of Teats—
. Silver nitrate, 178.
Balsam of Peru, 511.
Glyeerite of tannin, 593.
Collodion, 637.
FistuLa or WITHERS, Pou, Lat-
ERAL CARTILAGES, etc.
Corrosive sublimate, 216.
Todine, 246.
Arsenic, 224,
Carbolie acid, 329.
Creosote, 333,
FLATULENCE, TYMPANITES,
Indigestion and Colic.
Stomach tube in horses with gas-
tric flatulence.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Sodium bicarbonate, 135.
Terebene, 504.
Chloroform, 298.
Oil of peppermint, 532.
Charcoal, 277,
Strychnine, 410,
Ammonium carbonate, 526.
Capsicum, 526.
Kserine, 418.
Naphtalin, 337
Bismuth, 192.
Resorcin, 338,
Valerian, 537
Asafetida, 5388.
Casearilla, 557.
Calamus, 564.
Glycerin, 608.
Freas (Pulex irritans),
Oil of anise, 582.
Pyrethrum, 624.
Carbolic soap.
Tobacco, 426.
See
763 —
Foot Rot 1n SHEEP.
Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331.
Oil of Turpentine, 502.
Tar, 509.
Founper. See Laminitis.
FRACTURES,
Anesthetics, 307.
Calcium phosphate, 158,
Starch bandages, 636,
FRACTURE OF JAW.
Rectal feeding, 695.
FRAGILITAS
malacia.
Osstum. See Osteo-
FRONTAL Sinus, inflammation of,
Todoform, 251.
Frost Bitz, DERMATITIS, CONGEL-
ATIONS.
Icthyol, 659.
Oil of turpentine, 502. —
Glycerite of tannin, 593.
See Ulcers, Wounds.
See Colic.
$6 CrAT nse?”
GALL STONES.
Calomel, 219.
Salines, 136.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Exercise.
GANGRENE.
Remove dead tissue with knife.
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Chlorinated soda, 288.
Aleohol.
Good food.
GARGET: See Mammitis.
GASTRITIS,
Opium, 368.
Bismuth, 192
Solution of lime, 157,.
Ipecac, 475,
Prussic acid, 347. bh
Diet, 688, 695.
Nutritive enemata, 695.
Ice by mouth.
764 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
GASTROENTERITIS, Acute, Chronic.
See Indigestion.
Opium, 368.
Linseed tea, 610.
Acacia, 612.
Althea, 613.
Diet, 688, 689.
GASTRODUODENITIS. See Jaundice.
GLANDULAR SWELLINGS.
Todine, 246.
Red mercuric iodide, 219.
Mercury, 214.
Mercurie oxides, 214.
Icthyol, 659.
Cantharides, 702.
Poultices, 714.
Cod liver oil, 658.
GLAUCOMA.
Physostigmine, 418,
GRANULAR Lips.
Alum, 168.
Copper sulphate, 187.
GLOssITIS.
Scarification, 731.
GLYCOSURTA.
Glycerin, 608.
GRANULATIONS. See Wownds.
GREASE.
Tar, 508.
Oil of cade, 508.
GRIPING OF CATHARTICS.
Ginger, 527.
Belladonna, 386.
Hyoscyamus, 390.
Oil of peppermint, 530.
GrowtHs. See Warts.
H&MATEMESIS.
Opium, 369.
Ergot, 629.
Ice by mouth, 629.
Heat to spine, 715.
Oil of turpertine, 504.
H&MATEMESIS (continued).
Silver nitrate, 178.
Tannic acid, 593.
Hamamelis, 601.
Rest. |
Diet, 689.
H#MOGLOBINAMIA,
Aloes, 568.
Magnesium sulphate, 568.
Sodium bicarbonate, 136.
Colchicum, 635.
Diet, 690.
Prophylaxis, exercise.
Light feeding.
Hmoprysis.
Opium, 369.
Ergot, 629.
Heat to spine, 715.
Digitalis, 452.
Oil of turpentine, 504
Gallic acid, 593.
Hamamelis, 601.
Rest.
H SMORRHAGES.
Tee, 706.
Opium, 369.
Ergot, 629.
Saline infusion, 735.
Adrenalin, 639.
Antipyrin, 323.
Coeaine, 437.
Ferrie salts, 201.
Oil of turpentine, 504.
Acids, 272.
Kino, 598.
Alcohol, 291.
H@MorRHAGE, Post-Partum.
Remove afterbirth.
Repair tears.
Ergot, 629.
Hot vaginal injections, 716.
Pack uterus with gauze.
Saline infusion, 735.
Hamorruorps. See Piles.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
“Heart Fainure.
Heart, Fatty.
Diet, 690-694.
Strychnine, 408.
Digitalis, 451.
See Syncope.
Heart, Hypertrophied.
Potassium iodide, 249,
Aconite, 464,
. Digitalis, 452,
Heart, Palpitation of,
Aconite, 464, —
Digitalis, 452.
Strophanthus, 455,
Bromides, 248.
Belladonna, 384.
Camphor, 550.
Heart, Valvular Disease of,
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455.
Strychnine, 408,
Diet, 690.
See Sun Stroke.
Heaves. See Broken Wind, Em-
physema, Asthma,
“HEAT STROKE.
HERNIA.
Anesthetics, 307.
Cantharides, 646.
‘HERPES.
Lead acetate, 174,
“HypropHosia. See Radies.
HypertRopuy or HEeart. See Heart.
“HYSTERIA.
Bromides, 248.
Valerian, 537.
Asafetida, 538.
Camphor, 550.
ImpactTIon oF Coton.
Magnesium sulphate, 163.
Linseed oil, 569.
Castor oil, 571.
Atropine, 386.
Strychnine, 410.
Hyoscyamus, 390.
Barium chloride, 159.
Eserine, 418, _
INCONTINENCE OF URINE.
Belladonna, 387.
Hyoscyamus, 390.
Strychnine, 410.
Cantharides, 647.
Linseed oil, 570,
Carron oil, 157,
Castor oil, 572.
Arecoline, 617.
Rhubarb, 576.
Kserine, 419.
Acids, 272.
Sodium bicarbonate, 135,
Arsenic, 225.
Strychnine, 410.
Capsicum, 526.
Ginger, 527.
Gentian, 504.
Hydrastin, 562.
Quinine, 488.
Pepsin, 653.
Pancreatin, 654.
Papain, 656.
Hydrochloric acid, 272.
Sulphurous acid, 260.
Carbolie acid, 332.
Creosote, 333.
763
ImpacTion or Conon (continued).
CHRONIC
INDIGESTION, DyspEpsra,
GASTRO-INTESTINAL CATARRH,
Diet, 688.
Aloes, 568.
Salicylic acid and salol, 495,
Tartar emetic, 232.
Hydrogen dioxide, 120.
Charcoal, 277.
Ammonium chloride, 150.
Anise, 534,
Cardamom, 584,
Coriander, 534.
766
InprcEstron, etc, (continued).
Fennel, 534.
Fenugreek, 534.
« Oil of turpentine, 503.
i Benzoic acid, 514.
_ Eucalyptol, 521.
Calumba, 558.
~~ Quassia, 556.
Casearilla, 557.
Hematoxylon, 600.
INDURATIONS.
Priessnitz poultice, 708,
Cantharides, 646.
InrLAMMation, Chronic and Acute.
See Fever.
Laxatives, 570.
Ice, 706.
Venesection, 728.
Searification, 731.
Irrigation, 710.
Counter-irritants, 701.
Poultices, 712.
Diet, 691.
Aconite, 463.
Opium, 369.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Mercury, 215.
Tartar emetic, 2382. ;
Sodium bicarbonate, 135.
Todine, 246.
INFLUENZA.
Inhalations, 47.
Solution of ammonium acetate,
151.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
Potassium nitrate, 129
Alcohol, 289.
Compound spirit of juniper, gin, |
281.
Quinine, 489.
Strychnine, 408.
Coffee, 399.
Caffeine, 399.
Belladonna, 385.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
INFLUENZA (continued).
Eucalyptol, 521.
Camphor, 550.
Linseed oil, 570.
Disinfection, 725.
INTERTRIGO. See Hrythema.
INTESTINAL H#MORRHAGE,
Opium, 3869.
Ergot, 629.
Tannic acid, 689.
Hamamelis, 601.
Diet, 689.
INTESTINAL INDIGESTION AND Ca--
TARRH. See Indigestion.
INTESTINAL OsstRucTION, See Jn-
tussusception and Twist,
INTUSSUSCEPTION.
Opium, 369.
Enemata, 30.
Position, 418.
Abdominal section.
Eserine, 418.
TriTIs.
Atropine, 384.
Calomel, 219.
Kserine, 418.
ItcHine. See Pruritus.
J AUNDICE.
Magnesium sulphate, 164,
Calomel, 218.
Sodium phosphate, 142.
Nitrohydrochloric acid, 218,
Acids, 272.
Aloes, 569.
Hydrastis, 562.
Podophyllin, 589.
Enemata, 30.
Diet, 689.
Joints, Inflammation and Swelling
of. See Arthritis.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES: 767
KERATITIS, ©
Atropine, 374.
Calomel, 217.
LAMENESS,
Cocaine, 4385.
LaMINITIS,
Aconite, 463.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Venesection, 731.
Poultices, 713.
Local bath, 709.
Vesication, 702.
Feeding in, 688.
. Laryngitis,
Inhalations, 47.
Benzoin, 515.
Priessnitz poultice, 709.
Ice bag, 706.
Mustard, 517.
Cantharides, 645,
Red mercuric iodide, 219.
Stimulating liniment, 701.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 312.
Aconite, 468.
Belladonna, 384.
Dover’s powder, 495.
Tpecac, 475.
Todine, 246.
Potassium iodide, 249.
Sulphurous anhydride, 259,
Alum, 168.
Tannic acid, 593.
Tar, 509.
Silver nitrate, 178.
LEUCORRH@A.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335,
Corrosive sublimate, 216.
Alum, 168.
Zine sulphate, 187.
Chlorinated soda, 238,
Myrrh, 525.
Potassium permanganate, 205.
Levucorrum@a (continued).
Borie acid, 275.
Hydrastis, 563.
Glycerite of tannin, 593,
Gallic acid, 594.
Krameria, 599.
Hematoxylon, 601.
Lick. PEpIcutt.
Parasiticides, 69.
Balsam of Peru, 511.
Oil of anise, 582.
Carbolie acid, 331.
Creosote, 333.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Corrosive sublimate, 215.
Mercury ointment and oleate, 214,
Staphisagria, 624.
LicHEeN. See Eczema.
Lirnutasis. See Calculi.
Locksaw. See Tetanus.
Luxations. See Dislocations.
LYMPHANGITIS.
Aconite, 463,
Colchicum, 635,
Cold, 709.
Venesection, 729.
Mammitis.
Belladonna, 383.
Aconite, 463.
Stimulating liniments, 701.
Venesection, 729,
Manee. Scasies. ACARIASIS.
Parasiticides, 69.
Tar, 508.
Oil of tar, 508.
Oil of cade, 508.
Balsam of Peru, 511.
Sulphur, 257.
Todine, 246.
Tobacco, 426.
Carbolic acid, 331.
768 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Mance, ete. (continued).
Creosote, 333.
Naphtol, 336.
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Chlorinated lime, 240.
Blue ointment, 214.
Disinfection, 257.
Mastitis. See Mammitis.
MaAuaria,
Quinine, 489.
Aloes, 489.
Calomel, 489.
MENINGITIS.
Ice, 706.
Ergot, 629.
Opium, 368.
Calomel, 219.
Corrosive sublimate, 217.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Venesection, 729.
Cantharides, 646-702.
Merritis. Pretvic LYMPHANGITIS.
PELviIc PERITONITIS.
Removal of clots, placental or
membranous remains.
Hot antiseptic vaginal injections,
as:
Creolin, 334.
Lysol, 335.
Quinine, 489.
METRORRHAGIA,
Ergot, 629.
Hydrastis, 562.
Cotton-root bark, 630.
Ice, 706.
Hot injections, 716.
Ferric chloride, 200.
Hamamelis, 601.
Digitalis, 452.
Savine, 544,
Gallic acid, 594.
Catechu, 577.
Mink Fever. See Partwrient Apo-
plexy.
Myositis (Interstitial). Myawera,
MuscuLtark RHEUMATISM.
Chloroform, 298.
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Camphor liniment, 550. -
Aconite, 463.
Massage.
Veratrine, 471.
Quinine, 489.
Salicylate acid, 495.
Salicylates, 495. —
Cod liver oil, 658.
NasaL GLEET. See Oza@na
NEPHRITIS.
Mustard, 491.
Digitalis, 452.
Strophanthus, 455.
Buchu, 541.
Oil of juniper, 542.
Linseed tea, 611.
Nervous Exuaustion. NEuURAS-
THENIA.
Phosphorus, 236.
NEURALGIA.
Opium, 368. -
Morphine, 366.
Antipyrin, 3238.
Belladonna, 384.
Gelsemium, 422.
Conium, 480.
Aconitine, 463.
Aconite, 463.
Menthol, 529.
OBESITY.
Feeding for, 691-694.
Salt in, 141.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Exercise.
Cstrus EQUI. See Bots.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Opacity of CorNEA. See Keratitis.
OPEN JOINTS,
Asepsis.
OPHTHAMIA. See Conjunctivitis.
OsTEOMALACTA, Mo.LuiTtEs Ossium,
FRAGILITAS OssIuM.
Diet, 691.
Calcium phosphate, 158.
Phosphorus, 236.
Otitis Mepta.
Cantharides, 646,
OTORRHGA, Ov1TIs EXTERNA.
Borie acid, 275.
Zine sulphate, 185.
Alum, 169.
Potassium permanganate, 205.
Hydrastis, 563.
Glycerite of tannin, 593.
Tincture of iodine, 608.
OXYURIDES. See Worms.
OZ@NA,
Iodine, 246.
Chlorinated soda, 240.
Bismuth subnitrate, 191,
Potassium permanganate, 201.
Borie acid, 275.
Copper sulphate, 187.
Arsenic, 225,
Pan.
Opium, 367. \
Morphine, 367. |
Codeine, 366.
Heroin, 357.
Chloral, 318.
Cannabis indica, 394,
Acetanilid, 323.
Gelsemium, 422.
Antipyrin, 323.
Phenacetin, 323.
PALPiraTIoN. See Heart.
769
PaRALYsIs. PARAPLEGIA, HEMIPLE-
GIA.
Strychnine, 409.
Cantharides, 646.
Cold douches, 709.
Paratysis, Local.
Strychnine, 409.
Capsicum, 526.
PARTURIENT APOPLEXY.
plexy.
PERICARDITIS.
Cantharides, 646, 702.
Potassium iodide, 249,
Calomel, 219.
Aconite, 464.
Digitalis, 452.
Strophanthus, 455,
Colchicum 631.
See Apo-
PERIOSTITIS.
Todine, 246.
Incision, 731.
Red mercuric iodide, 219.
Cantharides, 646, 702.
PERITONITIS.
Opium, 369.
Morphine, 369.
Atropine, 386.
Aconite, 463.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Oil of turpentine (stupes), 503, 701.
Mustard, 578,
Alcohol, 284.
PHARYNGITIS.
Inhalations, 47.
Belladonna, 885.
Aconite, 463.
Camphor, 550.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
Licorice, 609.
Linseed oil, 570.
Acacia, 612.
Solution of ferric chloride, 200.
Silver nitrate, 178.
770 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
PHARYNGITIS (continued).
Cantharides, 702.
Cold drinks, 710.
PHOTOPHOBIA.
Atropine, 384,
Eserine, 418.
PuHRENITIS. See Cerebritis.
PHTHEIRIASIS. See Lice.
Pues.
Magnesium sulphate, 163.
Sulphur, 257,
Aloes, 569.
Orthoform, 253.
Glycerite of tannin, 593.
Hamamelis, 602.
Ergot, 630.
Cocaine, 437.
Todoform, 251.
Acids, 272.
Belladonna, 383.
Pityriasis. See Hezema
‘PLETHORA.
Diet, 688.
PLEURITIS.
Opium, 370.
Calomel, 219.
Linseed oil, 570.
_ Wet pack, 708.
Venesection, 729.
Aconite, 463.
Mustard, 517, 700.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Todine, 246.
Potassium iodide, 249.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455.
Caffeine, 399.
Gelsemium, 422,
Salt, 411.
Diet, 690.
Cantharides, 702.
PNEUMONIA.
Venesection, 729.
Mustard, 517,
Wet pack, 708.
Nitrites, 313, 408.
Potassium nitrate, 129.
Potassium chlorate, 130.
Quinine, 489.
Antipyretics, 323,
Opium, 370.
Aconite, 463.
Veratrum viride, 467.
Gelsemium, 422.
Solution of ammonium acetate,
151,
Strychnine, 408.
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455.
Phosphorus, 236,
Arsenic, 226.
Porsoninc. For Antidotes, see Spe-
cial Drugs.
Stomach tube, 739.
Tannic acid, 593.
Charcoal, 277.
Alum, 169.
Zinc sulphate, 186.
Mustard, 518,
Apomorphine, 372.
Nitroglycerin, 312.
Atropine, 385.
Strychnine, 408,
Camphor, 550.
Olive oil, 603.
Soap, 606.
Venesection, 729.
Saline infusion, 735.
Pott Evin. See Fistula.
Potyuria. See Diabetes Insipidus.
Post Partum H@MoRRHAGE. See
Metrorrhagia.
PREGNANCY.
Linseed oil, 570.
Castor oil, 572.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES TTL
PROLAPSE OF RECTUM.
Tannic acid, 593.
Powdered opium and nutgall oint-
ment, 593.
Ice, 706.
Proritvs, general, and of anus and
vulva.
Carbolie acid, 381.
Boric acid, 275,
Hamamelis, 602.
Chloral, 318.
Alcohol, 289.
Prussie acid, 347.
Corrosive subkimate, 216.
Tobacco, 426.
Cocaine, 487. -
Salicylic acid, 494,
Potassium bicarbonate, 123,
Tar, 508.
Oil of tar, 508.
Oil of cade, 510.
Menthol, 529.
Lime water, 157.
Alum, 168.
Yellow wash, 217.
Black wash, 217.
Silver nitrate, 178.
Thymol, 552.
Psortasis, Scaty Eczema, Mat-
LENDERS,
Oil of tar, 508.
Resorcin, 338.
Tar, 508.
Oil of cade, 510.
Iodine, 246.
Sulphur, 257.
Thymol, 552.
Chrysarobin, 577.
Pyrogallol, 595,
Soft soap, 605.
Icthyol, 660.
PryaLIsM.
Belladonna, 385.
Atropine, 385.
Alum, 168.
PUERPERAL FEvER. See Parturient
Apoplexy, Metritis.
PULMONARY CEDEMA.
Nitrites, 313.
Atropine, 385.
Digitalis, 451.
Strophanthus, 455.
PurrPurRA H#MORRHAGICA.
Mineral acids, 273.
Quinine, 488.
Oil of turpentine, 504,
Copper sulphate, 189,
Tron 201.
PyaMIA.
Alcohol, 290.
PYELITIS.
Urotropin, 341,
Oil of turpentine, 504,
Balsams, 512.
Benzoates, 515.
Eucalyptol, 521.
Buchu, 541.
Oil of juniper, 542.
Cantharides, 647.
Quirtor. See Fistula.
RaBIEs.
Quarantine suspects.
Destroy rabid animals.
Cauterize bites made by rabid
patients with nitric acid, 272.
Employ Pasteur treatment on men
bitten by rabid animals.
Disinfect premises, 725.
Rena Conic. See Calculus.
RETENTION OF URINE.
Pressure on bladder through rec-
tum, horse.
Catheterize.
Opium and belladonna per rectum.
Hot enemata, 30.
7712 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
RHEUMATISM. RINGBONE (continued).
Salicylic acid, 495. Cantharides, 645.
Gaultheria, 495. Raa Onee
Salol, 495. Parasiticides, 68.
Methyl] salicylate, 497.
Chloroform, 298.
Antipyretics, 323.
Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331.
Tincture of iodine, 246.
‘ Citrine ointment, 220.
Opium, 368. White precipitate, 220.
Belladonna, 384, 386. Mercurial ointment, 214.
Strychnine, 409. Balsam of Peru, 511.
Gelsemium, 422. Sulphur, 257.
Pilocarpine, 444, Chlorinated lime, 240.
Digitalis, 452. Sulphurous acid, 260.
Strophanthus, 455. Borie acid, 253.
Sulphur, 258. Creosote, 333.
Potassium iodide, 249. Bichloride of mercury, 216.
Aconite, 463. Naphtol, 336.
Veratrum viride, 467. Oil of turpentine, 502.
Todine, 246. Thymol, 552.
Veratrine, 471. Chrysarobin, 577.
Dover's powder, 475. Pyrogallol, 594.
Lithium salts, 152. :
Tartar emetic, 231. Roarinc. See Thick Wind.
Quinine, 489.
Burgundy pitch, 506. SALIVATION. See Ptyalism.
Benzoic acid, 514. SapR@MIA and SEPTICAIMIA.
Mustard, 518. Quinine, 489.
Camphor liniment, 550. Collargol, 180.
Icthyol, 660. Eucalyptol, 521.
Stimulating liniment, 701. Sulphites, 143.
Cod liver oil, 658. Alcohol, 290.
‘Colchicum, 635.
Cantharides, 646. ScaB IN SHEEP, SARCOPTES OYIS-
Dry heat, 713, Bee Mange.
Cold douche, 709. Carbolic acid, 331, 332.
Creolin, 334.
RIcKETS. Lysol, 335.
Sodium phosphate, 124. Tobacco, 426.
Phosphorus, 236. Tar, 508.
Calcium phosphate, 159. Oil of tar, 510.
Syrup of calcium, lactophosphate, Oil of cade, 510.
159. |
Syrup of ferrous iodide, 202. meow ager ee
Cod liver oil, 658. Scrrruus Corp. See Champignon..
sence: ScratcHes. See Hrythema.
Cautery, 701. SepricmMmia. See Sapremia.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
SHOCK,
Opium, 470.
Adrenalin, 639,
Alcohol, 290.
Atropine, 385.
Strychnine, 408,
Digitalis, 451.
Ergot, 629.
Heat, 718.
Mustard, 700.
Saline infusions, 735.
SHOULDER LAMENESS.
Veratrine, 451.
Turpentine, 502.
Sick Antmats, destruction of.
Chloroform, 307.
Bullet, 307.
Prussie acid, 346.
SITFAST.
Turpentine, 502.
Sore TuHroat. See Pharyngitis,
Laryngitis.
Sores. See Wounds and Ulcers.
Spasms. See Convulsions, Epi-
lepsy, Chorea, Tetanus, Colic,
Asthma, Thumps, etc.
SPAVIN.
Cantharides, 646.
Cautery, 701.
SPLINT.
Red mercuric iodide, 219.
Cantharides, 646.
Sprains and STRAINS.
Irrigation, 710.
Refrigerant mixtures, 711,
Priessnitz poultice, 708.
Fomentations, 715,
Chloroform, 298.
Oil of turpentine, 502.
Todine, 246.
Arnica, 523.
Lead acetate, 174,
773
SPRAINS AND STRAINS (continued).
Camphor liniment, 549.
Olive oil, 603.
Soap liniment, 605.
Icthyol, 660.
Burgundy pitch, 506.
Blister and cautery, 701.
STERILITY. See Ammenorrhaa.
STERILIZATION, Hands, Instruments,
Operative Field.
Surgical asepsis and antisepsis,
726.
Soap and mustard, 605.
Corrosive sublimate, 216.
Carbolie acid, 328.
Creolin, 384.
Lysol, 335.
Stomach Staaeers. See Indiges-
tion.
STOMATITIS.
Potassium chlorate, 180.
Borax, 275.
Nitric acid, 272.
Lime water, 157.
Alum, 168.
Chlorinated lime, 240.
Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331.
Thymol, 552.
Hydrastis, 563.
Glycerite of tannin, 593.
Cold drinks, 710.
Strains. See Sprains,
STRANGLES,
Mustard, 518.
Cantharides, 646.
Stimulants.
Fresh air,
Good laxative diet.
Poultice the throat, 712.
Tsolation.
Treat generally as for influenza.
Disinfection, 725,
774 INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Sunstroke, Heat Stroke Insoua- | TEranus (continued).
TION. Belladonna, 387.
Antipyretics, 323. Hyoscyamus, 390,
Cold applications, 706. Cannabis indica, 394,
Venesection, 729. Eserine, 419.
Gelsemium, 422.
SURFEIT, NETTLERASH. See Urt- Tobacco, 426.
ee Bromides, 243.
SYNCOPE, HEART FAILURE, WEAK Antitoxin, most successful, 742,
HEART. Cold water, 710.
Ammonia, 147. Rectal feeding, 695.
7 rit if i 147.
RG ene enone
Red mercuric iodide, 219
Ether, 294. B :
cP Potassium iodide, 249,
Arsenic, 226.
Strychnine, 408. . q
Hoffmann’s anodyne, 293.
Strychnine, 409.
Digitalis, 451,
Strophanthus, 455.
Convallaria, 456.
Camphor, 550.
Caffeine, 399.
Atropine, 385.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Mustard, 576.
TRACHEITIS.
Benzoin, 515.
Tannic acid, 593.
TuoroucH Pin. See Bursitis.
TurusH. See Stomatitis.
SyYNovItTIs,
Trrigation, 710, THRUSH IN FRog oF Horse.
Todine, 246.
Calomel, 217.
Mustard, 578. Tar, 509.
Carbolie acid, 329. Cleanliness.
Alum, 168.
Mercurial ointment, 214. THUMPS, Hiccoven, SPAsM OF
Cantharides, 646, 701. DIAPHRAGM.
Ether, 295.
Tape Worm. See Worms. Morphine, 368.
TzEats, Sore. See Wvssure. Cae
TENOSYNOVITIS.
Todine, 246.
Red mercuric iodide, 219.
Cantharides, 646.
TETANUS,
Chloral, 318.
Carbolie acid, 330.
Bacelli treatment, 330.
Opium and morphine, 368,
Ticks, lopIpz.
Creolin, 225.
Sulpho-naphthol, 225.
Arsenic, 225,
TinEA. See Ringworm.
TRICHINIASIS, TRICHINOSIS.
Glycerin, 602.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL . MEASURES
‘TUBERCULOSIS,
Todoform, 251.
TymPanitis. See Mlatulence.
Twist. See Volvulus.
Upper, Inflammation of. See
Mammitis.
Uucers. See Wownds.
Urinary Catcurl. See Calcult,
URINARY PRESERVATIVE.
Chloral, 318.
Urine, Concentrated.
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313.
Potassium citrate and acetate, 127,
UrrIcaRiA, NETTLERASH, SURFEIT.
Sodium bicarbonate, 135.
Calomel, 217.
Arsenic, 226.
Acids, 272.
Pilocarpine, 444.
Menthol, 529.
Icthyol, 659.
Venesection, 729,
URETHRITIS,
Urotropin.
Protargol, 179.
Argyrol, 180.
Zinc sulphate, lead acetate, 1 per
cent. solution, equal parts.
Buchu, 541.
Uterus, Hypertrophy of.
Ergot, 629.
Urervs, Inertia of.
Ergot, 629.
Uterus, Inflammation of. See
Metritis.
Urerus, Subinvolution of,
Ergot, 629.
Vaainitis. See Leucorrhea.
VERMINOUS BRONCHITIS. See
Worms.
Votvuwus, TwIstT.
Enemata.
Opium,
Eserine, 418.
Abdominal section,
VomMITING.
Hot water, 118.
Lime water, 157,
Cerium oxalate, 170.
Bismuth subnitrate, 192.
Mercury, 214.
Calomel, 218.
Carbolic acid, 332.
Creosote, 333.
Prussic acid, 347,
Morphine, 368.
Ipecac, 475.
Menthol, 530.
Rectal feeding, 695.
WARTS AND GROWTHS.
Glacial acetic acid, 266.
Nitric acid, 271.
Carbolic acid, 329.
Sulphuric acid, 271.
Zine chloride, 182.
Arsenic, 224,
WeED. See Lymphangitis.
Wuistiine. See Thick Wind,
Roaring.
Winp GAtis. See Bursitis.
Wiru_Ers, fistulous, See Fistula.
775
776
‘WoRMS.
Anthelminties, 68.
Ascarides. Round Worms. Lum-
bricoid Worms.
Areca nut, 617.
Santonin, 628.
Creolin, 335.
Naphtol, 336.
Ether, 295.
Solution of ferric chloride, 201.
Calomel, 218, 219.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Arsenic, 226.
Tartar emetic, 232.
Copper sulphate, 188.
Tannic acid, 593.
Kamala, 618,
Tobacco, 426.
Ascarides, etc. (cont.).
Aloes, 568.
Castor oil, 572.
Rhubarb, 576.
Jalap, 584,
Oxyurides. Maw Worms.
Tobacco, 426.
Ether, 295.
Salt, 141.
Kamala, 618.
Quassia, 556.
Stronguli. S. micrurus and fil-
arta. . Husk Hoose. Ver-
minous Bronchitis.
Sulphurous inhalations, 259.
Carbolie acid, 331.
Oil of turpentine, 504.
Creosote, 333.
Syngamus trachealis, Gapes.
Oil of turpentine on a feather,
504.
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES
Worms (continued).
Taenia, Tape Worm.
Aspidium, 616.
Oil of turpentine, 503.
Areca nut, 617.
Pelletierine, 620.
Pomegranate, 620,
Kousso, 619.
Kamala, 618.
Naphtol, 336.
Ether, 295.
WowunpDs, GRANULATIONS
ULCERS.
Hydrogen dioxide, 120.
Lime and charcoal, 157.
Alum, 168.
Silver nitrate, 177.
Potassium permanganate, 205..
Mercurie oxides, 214.
Jorrosive sublimate, 216.
Resin, 506.
Naphtalin, 336.
Chloral, 318.
Chlorinated soda, 240.
Chlorinated lime, 240.
Iodoform, 251.
Todol, 257.
Aristol, 253. -
Acetanilid, 288.
Bismuth, 253.
Salol, 253, 494.
Borie acid, 2538, 275.
Sulphurous acid, 260..
Nitric acid, 272.
Charcoal, 277.
Carbolie acid, 328.
Creosote, 333.
Creolin, 333.
Lysol, 335.
Formalin, 338.
Glutol, 341.
Vaseline, 350,
Salicylic acid, 494,
Tar, 569,
ANTS
INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES TTT
Wovunps, ete. (continued). Wounpns, ete. (continued).
Balsam of Peru, 511. Thymol, 552.
Benzoin, 514, Hydrastis, 563.
Myrrh, 525. Tincture of aloes and myrrh, 7
Euealyptol, 521. 568.
_ Zine sulphate, 185. Collodion, 637.
Conium, 430. Glycerite of tannin, 593.
Laudanum, 367. Cantharides, 645, 646.
Oil of turpentine, 502. Antiseptic poultices, 714.
Camphor, 549.
GENERAL INDEX*
PAGE
AbbreVIR SONG «.scieess ao cleenone 86
ADLOGION ce ciciss' visa sense ster hod
Absorbent cotton.......2.22++- 636
Absorption of drugs.........-- 3
Absorption through skin....... 10
AGB CIB ese sis iins db. o\vejwtoinseayareye , Bit
Accelerating apparatus, drugs
BOHN OM. was esis’ oar eisieaie . 34
BGO Sba 2 oc cckn eo js Shas ete sacle eee
PGC EAI. «resis ais ‘sins 9 ome vee (OLD
PC SUANAU CUUNEs c:5 cieicela'c eteleres oie 319
Ace'tic acid..... ROGOGHOB0NGCC 266
diluted...... sie tise eats eS:
glacial........ Sevaiciene ued
Acetphenet’idin........ ...... 319
Acetphenetidinum............ 319
ENCICWACEIIG ays etersietclorties eroninystne 266
Tbe 2s 5 acwistetes peyote 266
rac 612 ae AP Se A 266
LSEMMOUUS speveyeehes + <ere no90Do0 220
SOLMMON OL: Gas ccant ies 221
DENZOUC ..archevetei teks pieces 510, 513
DORA CHC eaters stetetere donognaoc 273
DONIC sc aejeesisiniee scene weiee 273
Carboli@iia.6s <4 ee aoletenelonereye 324
CIHdGS: i gore SOON 324
CUE TIC ee ww wets ieiclayacitoaee 267
SVU Ol). 'e teyels| statsiaiat 268
Bal lies te .aheioccn iss cule sick 593
hydriod'ic..... Sroteladeieeteistets 248
Sig 1 0)..0) Dee ere ea 248
hydrocyan’ic, diluted...... 342
hydrochlo'vic....iss.csieecss . 262
Ciluted’. |. sis:csiveeaers cies 262
TROIS. oicis oye tare chore mae 268
MUP AG 16.5 aston cee 262
PAGE
Acid, ni'tric.c... <decebe eee eee
diluted . ... s!sie:t cctewrsalnenaen
mitrochloiriey sce tele ateveme Oe
diluted...... veaneree tte 264
nitromuriat'ic.........c0.+ 20%
phosphor'ic...... Jesio ks oe oe
diluted)... 25 .5.22.0n ere . 265
Salicy lies. sence sce 490,
sulphumic.2.eaee aieaetard .. 263
diluted... «caer 263:
ATOMALIC. -)..02 cee 263
sulphu’rous or sul’phurous. 259
tartaric: 2... .'sieis, weenie 267
UNO; | OGRE AR Br Saree 18
Aclidum* acet'icum...J..s-<oe8 266
dillustum. << e/oneteeee 266
slacia‘le.: vince . 266
ATSENO SUM a. ey eieestrereeeee 220
enZoucumre.. cue sees 513
DOpeCUIME eerie sca arayel renee 273
earbelicum). <5... =. 324
erm dum...) <cjeneeee 324
liquefact’um.......0.. Os
chrysophan'icum......... . O75
Cli nicuinee n-ne ee Sejeveverste 267
gall'ieum, =. s2\5.\...n eee 593
hydrochlo'ricum... «05 Gece 262
Giln'tumil: for eee 265.
hydrocyan'icum dilu’tum.. 342
lac'ticum:..)..5) oes eee 268
MeConicume.. ..).eees A st)
MA CYICUINS .eieretenataret settee . 264 |
dilu' tum, =: sheen «. 264
nitrohydrochlo’ricum...... 264
Galatume oes erties . 265
phosphor’icum .........+. 200
* The accented syllable is indicated by the sign '.
178
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Ac'idum phosphor'icum dilu’tum 265
SAIC VA CUID rere. a\5/c)o sit eksiqei cts 490
sulphur'icum ....... waa dais 263
GUGM: S sr5 «og ceierets 263
BEG AL 1CMMe it etetsaieters :
sulphuro’sum........ wacaer COD
EAE MICUM 275, ose 0.0 says eres ash 590
tartar'icum. ........ Seve 267
PAG OMING!: oic.06 asic wee Srorkaieh corer 459
PNGCMOTNILO ats ayaclafa's'a ocleve.sieaiaansess 458
PNCOTATET Wha foxs, aias/srwleve usieraerw are 8 459
MATS DEAS: 675.5 ale oraiel viaic, o/evere eve a 459
PACOMMEIMES << /ajars.e 4s tlalesioyees x's 459
EVE TAMGE Sts relat ore cary sual'os 8's. "er etn ste 459
Aconi'tum..... RISE eteyi as nies ile se 458
BEGUM sete wis elevais. ‘siete sare 6 si see's 563
Ac’rinyl sulphocy'anide ....515, 516
Action of drugs—
cumulative............. 4, 449
influenced by—
GUA EVEL a case bereie eof’ 13
eee Savreien Ae
GNSeSe Seehoe soosddc 14
idiosyncrasy........+. 14
PAGS EN OiES Gay isos Gab Ono OOe 2
on animals compared with
MING G a ara.dsa sit was aS oe
on horses compared with
OUNEPIARTMAIS! 5 roiarersclern >
on pigs and dogs........+. 12
OUSHUMINANES!. « ofe./26 50's © 12
Action of heat contrasted with
MEET tore nice soin'ss onesie + yal
Actual cautery... .scccrccveses 701
SE eee Cieteieioa! = oes 648
DEWZOMA TUS) ou)05c sioe vs00 ss 516
ieee WVGTO SUS: « ecce. +0 5 649
IDEs ccaie-u i aifeieale 0 0.00 00 89
Administration of drugs...... 6, 13
Adre’nalin chlo’ride........... 639
NER at. fod, were coy won ecknk + 292
African pepper.... ..ssseeeees 525
PEP CONOL cm oss ais aie ite main en © 278
ANSON <0 a siciweieineiesicisic« » 280
Te SC) Fe nM IgR SS Rigoronoemoac 280
MOVE AC arc chase st vinta aims 280
SUEY LEU MNafe tle sisal cw.s'eleei6'=
PAGE
ATicoholy diluted. /s0..ose+.« 279
CLULTREGUIIN fate evats avslovcielacar sieve 279
Gilighe.s ences Sou coaceddce 280
CHNVEICURE. ga). sos 5. co.cie ce 280
DHE HY aeek o costes Seley ere 324
PAM OMS siovexsrotctohe mT craicisiat viatst etseare ete 283
Alkaline earths......... sefstareners 153
MEH MISS sx a,s-ecereversvess Srecatate eve 120
ATI ca OU MCAS he vrs iciee aie, a eis. 9nefo ers 70
EAU cUl OIG Satan, setarees ge ctor rarete s eras 70
Al'lyl sulphocy’anide.......... 516
PA WWOCNORAI OG Miata sicicloja/encie ee orsts 564
DAEDAMEWSISh sc esc,cc.cee o-5' 6, O04
CAPED SIS ge tein a «aisionss aca’ 565
SOCOULL MAt sista 'ss, ste, s)erarer aire 564
YN) EON earn cee oe SOA OIC IAS 565
SATE TALC tee occ sisoatexeve crcl etesercrtere’ © 59
PAUIE Ties (aloretetsy atone ie teh erage slates aceicians 613
PN UIVIE Horse oem aroiee ssie access 166
AMMONIO LELTIC!. «ic vie 1s.< o's 64
AUTEN Gate epeeeve ter ev onefets siateisicieeces 167
EONSIECH LEON eteronisre ee ercciapiae 167
POLAS STUN tere elle ie sleevi=« 166
I NINERS ean dhe etic GOO Be 166
@XSICCA UUM s cicicisateievee = ches 167
MIS UURIMy oeven cectereers sels ateeretere 167
Alu’mina hydra’ted........... 167
FAT GALT Day ON ASere rey teloleleetera oie 167
SU) Phas... ve sesame sels 166
PAU FIgTYTATIUT TMs yere eset ethene elevelers cielets 166
BYTE ratere. oc 0 aie'avera a's were 167
Hydroxide. so ctw es 167
SENOS Sc cleae~ nie eet reer 167
and potassium sulphate.... 166
American hellebore......... ... 464
Ammo’nia, aromatic spirit of .. 148
Mitac tute ctecctste aise ayaleieesre 144
SPE OFS Senses. eee oes 145
IAIN Ce pondeb GDOO TOC 148
WHEL eae verter terse) ays e/eret aici « 144
SATWINO MIACS stew eiciesie ose citer 539
EMMI STOM Ofer cle cicecieele'e alete 539
plaster with mercury.....- 539
PAHITHN GAC UME crs aletsiate cieteleieei= 539
Ammoniated mercury.......-+-
780
PAGE
Ammoniated mercury ointment. 211
AMMO NI HEM ZOASK. oe eter) 513
(EMMOTT Ga6o.0000 oco0ds 147
nilonChbbins AG Gosooone oon 149
Wal Gras arm wevetcuevercaieterers 535
Ammonio ferric alum........- 64
Ammo’nium..,., aerials Wis atage 144
acetate, solution of........ 150
benzoate ss acclaselinanase ce Oke
CALOON ALO a saetareterleistorsrstetelcie 147
Milky VO, Goosoboo ooodaou 149
ich'thyol sul’phonate...... 659
GAVIA © (CL AUIAI 3t oye ro.s lope res ctietageinc=t alate 610
Atay AIS DG LTS stein ws sfeloia euler 308
Amaya Gelbe= iy t eiat-tetalovatate cee ous
Amy ie salicoholiic oe siete tie 280
ANT VMN 5 FSGS HosccudodG Soe 609
SATIEOSLING(SUAeyarelefoieloteles cievereneiele 50 PRE
ClnaeRUS Oli, So oooodan00 aac 301
MLBeLiCals Vaw ers a To OOee . 305
jie pe dea neta bies Seone 302
TISESuOleeers, he systersiercreyaicistalets 807
Anesthetics, general.......... 40
Locale Aitiate ewiel omprareisteveptetces 43
Anialie'sies.... «1s aguooc00De 9008 319
Amaphrodis 1aGS.., <j... = 51 sel 57
Anatomy influencing the action
OMG Sipe ereloleleletesrele)cieteneiele 11
PATA OUNCES = dialects Mole) oiele! aisle alate 66
INNES a og .0000000 O00 60.006 530
(il enooudad aqoulT HOOT 532
Watelans cictelere ch ale sstevesiasiancrs 532
INOWNEE ISAC US Soaoo080 0000090 531
Stella; tie eeUUCCUS = ree iienele= 531
INMUSMINGaasoodecodoo opoud »- 930
An/odyne, Hoffman’s......... 293
Att" OC SAME Sites sitters > ass ers cove 39
ICH; cdo oop eas oDavooDOOOC 43
ISMENGNCS 5 5 Bao oboc 0000 A000 OGD 17
INN THEO, 500 Boocoa a0 751
IN MOET 5 congo Boone oddC 67
Nini dO bemaArSeMiC amnyeneldsteree ier 196
IAMIPI=GMMEL CSivachesiel eieroeusyeet tetas 23
i Aimitiifielo Tine iat cto leetetonayeveclavesicte 319
Antigalact’agogues............ 59
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Antimo'nii et potas’sii tar'tras.. 288
OSI OTN ATS Siggy caine 4.) 228
Sul’ pig, wi sosereteuetetecote 227
purifiea'tum .....-.... 227
Antimo’nium sulphura'tum,... 227
Antimony and potassium tar-
TP BALO So ia sats. Ano wit nne 288
Antimony, tartrated...... oss Oe
Wine Of...) selec wf osieceveraeieae 229
Antiparasit ics. ....< sseccuees 68
Antipyret 1¢s iste. << 60, 319
AMUPYIi 18. 3.56 <i hae re 320
Antisep'sis, surgical........... 726
Antisepties....19, 67, 319, 718, 728
Anitisial/afOSuess syle 15
Antispasmod ies... .. . <:'s2sem 5384
Antistreptococ’cie serum...... 745
Antitox'in, diphtheria......... 760
tet anus.\: . 2. -s acme 742
Aphrodisiacs... ... 22). sae 56
Apomorphin'e hydrochlo’ridum 370
Apomor'phine hydrochlo’ride .. 370
IN TORE WING Sein noc OS a0doKen 60-0 Sian
AWE SoG gdnadgdoHosdoaDOCCR 1g
AAMC vere crete stokes ete 114
fortlor nese 144
ANM SLs. Sores oot ers eat 532
Gam’ phore'... <.26-s0sl ocean’ Dam
echloroformine-- ene eee 296
destillatta,..04 00 ater ala
hydroge’nii diox'idum.....
men’ the piperi'te....... -- 529
men thee) vil 1diSs- ses 530
Ag HER: .<\- b.eys oe sie eee 76
BATTS ALOIS, ci aeie's ls cerantrese eae ace 524, 611
Ag: aloic acid es. sjpelesseeraemreeienene 611
Arlachin. .a00. 60% ose ee eee 637
Avaro'ba, powder. ....0.:seneee 577
ATG! CBicic esters. et evsvenniotetee eke 616
TUG: ccc ocaree, oo ervetereitter eee 616
Aree'olin€. 3.5.6 seen 616
hydro bro mates crc crete 617
Argen’ti cyan’idum........ 176, 347
UO Ghilbiingoogioon GOS 176
Nni'tias “5 och 5 hen cnc Cero 175
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Argen'ti ni'tras fu’sus......... 176
ORSINI Ss oo. gras pais ser accacsis 176
PERRPEME HUIS 5 2 on. 3 < oats be vues aie 175
BP PNTED lego cha ok oso. ein' ie on) 0 Desdje 180
DAMES Ar rec8 steve: sly. ce efecaraie ait rakes 252
PANIES OMNUUINIS cS: cals «i shcisnieeperets 252
AATEC T 3 6 ee IA ee 522
[NORGE SA SESS pee ae 522
OO Ueterepay stays savereteie usta lee ciate) 522
ANSE SONG) ENC eee a ee Pa 522
PORES Rye cee e156 acs ass STocard als 522
JME TEOTNG Ae A OO Op ROS ORE nee 522
PAO ATIC DILTETSs oce.e os creer cv e1e 16
GL Spel e erkc rie sererctorsia en 71, 497
spirit of ammonia......... 148
J STHOTITENTOSE 5 AP RCC OOS TOES 16
eA SEMIN GrIOX IMUM... «6. «0.6 0 s-- 220
MATES TIICAP EE cee afekoreie~ eleseis sigpac era 220
SAMAIMIStratloMOf...... ..-- 226
NUTT OLE Fetal Seyeseters ec sto.s 196, 224
Fowler’s solution of....... 221
HTTORIIG Gos nok chess orssc oh: 220
Rov Gumnereyecratie s cfisuet aicisuslars/al'e 220
Ar’senous or arse’nous acid.... 220
SOMMUEOMVOL yee cyt mercer uclesys 221
Ar’senum or arse’num......... 220
Artificial feeding... 1.66.56. 694
JNSTIRG HG Ce Re eI Ieee ee 537
AN SHITE TIG Cees oe eI 537
_Asepsis, means of precuring... 720
oe 726
JS SE 615
PASUDIME EINES. ajnus slelelei s/s, 01s (c.e.«1/0'0 sve 63
RPO GUE. Wich O6 22 als. ioc iio ais © 374
Atropi nw sul'phas............ 3875
PAN ENO POUT Octet eics,2 s. 019) w0.a:%, diese oles 374
At’ropine sul’phate............ 375
Bacelli’s treatment ........... 331
PEM SOG 52 5a zo, 01s: s, 0.0:6,0,0,0;0 134
ES ISAMILOL PCTs 65.2! ois s'eciniece'e 510
(OLEOUDNS Sep) Ree Le COIS ee 511
OLR UNG Gere Ps COR: Ce ae 505
RMA MA Bes 2s cueiafe es <t5s, Goh orcoe «2 72
Bal'samum Peruvia‘num....... 510
PAGE
Bal'samum Toluta’‘num........ 511
GUS eee Te cee kA aye eed 80
Batba doesial'oes..... .2.<e«it<< 564
Barbalorn 2. 3845.0 xiockess hen 565
iBarrilehl oniduintan se sein oe 159
BRA WAU: hoes Mesiciees wedsce wihaies 160
Baarimmschlomide..a. cee teeeee 160
Dros Wine SBE des tik she ae 540
Basil'icon ointment... ........ 506
TSASISE See ral, pret rr See 89
Babhis Colts...) seco doece ta 709
HG eres pares aan d oc Sareea sie alee
Sheetaecee toe... eas cee 707
151512 Reg CR Pete Ha pean A 283
Belladontina 3235 oa. Gags 372
Belladonine to/ligs: =. 52522 oe. 372
EY OUD. Sry ee gen ss ie 373
Benzo’'ic acid..... d10, 511, 512, 513
Ben’zoinated lard.............. 512
ISVAIMN Os Coo AGU en Se ee oe 512
Benzyl'ic ben'zoate:......... +. 511
COOL OHO tg Sm eRe oe 511
ber Demmwe. 22 cate, eee 558, 560
Beta wapthole vost ei oe. sic a 305
Be’tal nut or be’tel nut........ 616
Bbong a. diet vote eee 392
Bichlo'ride of mer'cury........ 209
Bile, drugs acting on.......... 26
Bass ths cee, scree leystaniee ticket 189
salic’ylate or sal'icylate.... 190
Subcarbionatesn-c-) eee enee 189
Sie alae cee ve ak Sencar 190
Subnipinaten sao menage 190
subsalic’ylate............. 190
Bismu'thi salie’ylas............. 189
SUbeatDOMASee ee, cmos ee oe 190
SSUES 5) Sage s.<!< sorse x e 190
SUOMMEGEAS ns eis erereteys cieve ate csc 190
pitisalic: yas. <ies ss sc cle « 190
SISIINIAD NUM eicte en. cya se eects 189
SUGEOR Aer rere acs tae oeiocs, kee 171
BigekomiuUstards esse eeecicen csc 505
NATE) CR ecient Rao ORE 217
Black-leg vac’cine..... AgRGd dot 751
BCA HIRA DS Sater «ere oie sfaisi ee <raiareeeye 237
782
PAGE
Bleeding: <.ciccestecss swctsiews oo
loeab..c..n se fatentia: dale Aatetahels 732
Blister beetles........ AA One 639
Blistering collo’dion.......... 638
Blood, drugs acting on........ 32
vessels, drugs acting on.... 36
live MASS 55 c.s.ccaeseereb eee = 207
PUL Ach bine ehicistc se wielsinieeie eis 207
SUONE snarls sere Sono See eon
Nii oko Ras AAT AS decttin cicio 187
Bodily heat, drugs influencing. 60
BOLLE e fasten nce 80
Bo luses,) 0s Fate. S eee ates 80
one lacks ss 5 o2y chaste stein 276
Borac ie nedtds 552 c2ate ates} 273
1 oMih.anacecdooddcoo0 J OCUNOOF 273
TOM CTRCH Clitrercrereicieelaer tee ste eiels 273
Boroglyc’eride, solution of..... 273
Boroglyc’erin, gly'cerite of..... 273
Brain, drugs acting on........ 38
SEATON Dent se ciate cre wera 'eie rials 281
ISRAGIE 6 6 Boca sao podoonosDoOd 619
IESROMIMIGLES ayevercieyete ta) oucieaeiorelerete air 240
12RD WOE soe dbo Hoobs 2800n00 240
LZR IUMNWNG ose agua sondoad.cooND 240
Bronchial tubes, drugs influenc-
hates WO aoe Sas Oman Ane aoDase 49
Bronehital spasm, .)....0 0 ae voi 50
IBINACING ei ahacineercese eck eiaee 401
TU CLCOataforcats erecta leicrcionsmersreverres 540
SWC oa ShokaSn odo soooDoOneL 540
Buekthoriy: .t..ac. . 2072, 5738, 574
Burgandy patentee severe 504
JOSIE. Gao qaoeueadagoanO0 505
Barat selmi crys ctenctsiote ee ele ote 167
Butter Of CacaOrss. cs cere ece sce 636
@aca'o: butters 20.5). de. .2 see OOO
Pade omlole 555 62.2 elotand inte arent 508
CULH ITS EIA 5 See OSCOGran OOS On.00 395
GUULANUBIs Ts eieraiciavoa|otelelel ote siete 395
Caf'feine, cit’'rated...... Berscmene 396
Caliabarsbedniaecnseciciecleleer 410
@alablanimescijc. 2). oe seers cle 411
C@alamines). 620.6 het oes 185, 563
GENERAL INDEX
Cal'amus ....... S diwiatipt tere” erates 563.
Cal'cii carbo’nas precipita'tus.. 154
Dy Aras. i. 55:5 i teen . 156
phos’phas preecipita’tus.... 157
sul'phas exsicca'tus....... - 160
Cal’cined magne’sia...........- 164
@al’cimm:... 22... < sacenieneee 153
bro‘mide....<...2.:sakees 241
car’bonate precipitated.... 154
chloride .,.25'.4 shies eee 159
hy'drate, solution of....... 155
lactophos’phate, syrup of..
phos'phate, precip'itated... 157
Calisa' ya: barks. .\,2../« sickest 476.
@alomel ss 2.22 wettest ota oretereiete 210
Calum’! ba: 25 .22.\shde tee ee 557
Calum'bie acid..c.s.c.s ores eae 558.
Calum’ bitts..%.-%.2> ooo anes 558
Gals * cent ee sits sietarehletsfeteners 155
ehlorina’ta.:. . /...t0 eee 237
Cambo!gia..¢ 2400 «+ <oneee eee 585
Cam phor4, .)27etn eee oe OA
Cam’ phora..<’. 3. 034. eae ae aie 547
Cam'phorated oil. . 2.32.5 .2-ne 548
Cam'phor gum... 0:.\.)..ceeuaeee 547
Jatirel: 2s o.cce oy «ete ae 547
monobro’mated........... 548.
Can’ nabins. <5 ook..2 oe 392
Cannab! mine’ ..2..., eves 392
Cannab'inon. .. . ..2-. ssn sneer 392.
Can'nabis In‘dian’. {2s2ne eee 391
in dica....3.2.02000 8s pene 391
Canthar ides’: 2.3.52. o: create 643
Canthar'idim.:.)/. Snaehs eee 643.
Can'thariss..: 3d 2% sds eee 643
Cape al'oes.... 07 oc cde eee 565
Capron‘ie: acid... os... 0m ee 522.
Caprylic acid’... 25.2.8 sae 522
Capsaicin <2 5iiie cen 2s ee 526,
Cap'sici fru'ctus.\....\.0 sete 525
Cap Sein. 5 cee aeae eee {ere 526
Capsicum): . 2:25 suas oss. Jone
Carbo). (i050: acento ee 76
anima’ lis... '.2s0. esteem 276.
purifica tus: 05: f.-eer 276
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
OD tac varias andesite 276
Carbol'ic ac'id......... aisvchetalers 324
MBS ADOM eh care, 10, <c\e's's-stousivia ele 276
disulphide. < .....:<:<,505 200% . 278
Carbo’nei bisul’phidum........ 278
gisnl phiduim’s <0. etacisle =i 278
ABC ANON 25. 00%s-ci0<ie: atete,sroieraterere 532
Cardamo’mum....... Aen GOR
War SbAGssalts:.eo<jerser 6 2 sted ealerexe 137
laren ativess..0.c.s1 sews 19
AO TAPONT OM. «Acted eieieiaeietasiat 156
Cascar’a or cas’cara sagra’da. .. 572
Waxseanillas. coisa eceertets Basie 556
MBean LM << </ajard a istere a state olatare 557
aisle SOap. sick cece ese 603
MBER OT OU ya ee cr ctor ste yate eyonoww. eY'o%e 571
SECUS Era it ciara a cluitela ies 571
Cataplas'ma kaoli’ni.......... 713
CA APIASMNS, 62/0 we voce enemies 713
INCE MMince ofersre’ aiaia occ’ syasdid sie 3 596
(COUP OO TT SEAS Raat a DO BOO a rae 595
iG SORA OOOO Ot aoe 596
FATAL CSCIC es See relate, clefers sce 596
COSRE CHINN TC \ACIG. oy. s+ .0)erc\ staid oe 596
Mat bes UG ACTA x Gia cc a ccereia ta ool ae Di
pills, compound........... 210
MGM CSE <a 7s sacs c+ 50:5 eisisie 24
GM ATCOMIaM Nib. tes. 22 ce es ers 578
Cauceas'ian insect powder...... 624
MGA snit@e LUTIIES, cass ccs os6 6 76
FIMELARLCT s6o85 55,55 terse oles yi
Pets Were aly serena 2'</< ate uote 122
SOU N ce elelere cs ciciwiat a siaiei. s v' 132
MOSES ECS ev o72 21.0 aa'eso) chavo stares 63, '703
Waren Pepper. « . 0.00 ov 525
MBean abe Gains te)s ca opetevsressierete ete, 650
MB earenie tl lsievdl | oycie ereisjceve co's. ore ai 649
erent isis: oc6/< esa: n,4.05's 0150s» so 79, 648
WWeMALESac..'.. since ees ee coe 79, 648
CRAM FIDO CROC DOE ere ere 648
Cera'tum canthar’ides........ 644
cam’phore..... mi rorereid ete, stots 548
GST ATIER ies er cs Shel o yar stereo io So. 506
Cer'ebral depress’ants......- . 38
SPeMAOR: AIAG eos crsicle/siecetevehetelo’s 170
SPRING Ls S56 cco. ases 10 aisioterse emo LAO
PAGE
Ce'rinm, oxialates. csvnclete. se eee 170
@eta caus cn sca saan Si etensraleeve 650:
Getting yas Sas eictete <2 Mdeseiouees 651
Getz) teal coholl,.,..<.-. ces ae des 651
Ceviadine. TAG soavcss Pease aes 464
Chalk; Grops sist sa ede eaeeen 153
TUK UNG Ss 5 Sa sisicee wearers 153
powder, compound........ 153:
prepared. icco9 sais cciadae 153
trOChEeS Ae = sciccistel Osta oalaets 153
@hisim pao es nia cekets.aiem toretorsiats 283
Charcoal, animal. os 2006.2 /c os 276.
PEUEG oes efi aasnetow eevee 276
WO OGY. Artec ietey ura thon ohe aieio wists 276
SEES oie ay) ake scivie cia a POSE 79
Oi eritgon ceceeeass «ccs a ciwletets 79
CHerty WHE ds. « cisteciaettine. Jes 348
nn Ota ee Sao ysicxs 6 ete elavsie else's 482
list temmiuparkeees Oa o/eraia tess Sore 572
Giilotrak hydrate 5.55 s0.s0c0e~ 314
Chloral'um hydra‘tum........ 314
Chio'Tidevor limes aa. en es 159
Chlo'rinated lime............ mek
SOMMIOMVOLR yore. ioe are 238
Chlorine acs ees es sanceow se 237
Wilde errets siesta wee peti evn’ 237
Chigiroformics. cvacees cassia oe 295
Hintiment i, Ssaewens Sa ee 296
SPU ss <p os 50's Fea enw 296
WAGED. So oc icseucccitasseicieeee aie £96
Chloroforimumes cca 295
PUPLEGH DUIS, . 6.6 sites 295
Chilo mame es as oro eere 237
ChomacOSueEss jen. sc icucitats ees
OOPS Y sree ele gs. oceisverte tae 392, 563
OTE SSES TAN eps) ayspeiete ds ee aieve arse 602
CUT REATO DUS ya sw a's senssieun Seis (we
GHEYSHTORE DYIN 25 (0 6,2)5)4 0S wae 57
GUESS OOUBR), 355, 95 sp e286 575, 577
Chrysophan’ic acid... .575, 577, 578
hit US hs i025 Ga, apee wi vsielerstawreer 392
Order. Sone see ose oe 283
Oineho nae, oss h0sceneepeeehees 476
TOs). aciojsls eed oe se eee 479
PUDEN Yan oo ss es cisee histor 479
784
PAGE
Cincho nes Cortex. 476
Cinchonidi/ Naseem 483
Cinchonidi’ne sul'phas........ 483
Cinchouidinemeereeeeeeeee 477, 483
Supa ervey t-faaeteteketetet 483
Cinchoni’nine sul’phas... . 483
Cinjchoninesceeene eee 477
Sulphate. weitere evcie -cscne aie 483
Cin ‘Chonism yosemite 486
Cinehotanimic acid ce.jee ersten 478
Cinkeo lbxac nike hacctane RS cod 519
Cinnamieints hae assieisem acer 510
Oi en KOA LKOG! 5 Geosgocod .510, 511
Circulation, drugs acting on... 32
iterate cdecafieine eimai 397
Crpiniciacidsc eens cia eee 267
(Ory rrpexs). Canes oopddoguousd 211
Gitlin. st een cae ee oeeetereare 586
Classificatloneny ice cetceecee tl 282
ONY SLOTS pal svesisoieieteie aime CaO 9, 30
COC isk wc here tee sitar 431
Cocai'’ne hydrochlo’ridum..... 431
Coleaine OrMecoca Inesas. . 0. 431
Woden sete wan tence cesar 356
Codaliver otlss..% «ce «sins eseeees 656
AV OICO s,s )s esatemtetelete 396, 3897, 4C0
Wolchiciciness-m-s eee cee 632
Cokchicine wy. eemoeerrcateetiee 632
Wolchicumisey eee cece AP AG 631
COTM sles fosccere teis ote eiotet ater eve 631
BOG ifen irate enaterev ant octane a 632
Cold as a remedy... .0. seeeeee 704
WahG es caitieraeta x setcretstortereee 709
CLEIMIKS iy ars Pesce sucaersvetnete 710
CHEIMALA Ss tele ace aus sjetelera aero 711
(Collar Gols siaicrn Sea ieloweae woe so 180
COWMGINER Eat. aterarsvorersiere sve 423
Colloidalisilvierdec...ecrdenieiteiete 180
Collada totien: otaecece te 79, 637
COLO AIOE re sreieicc0 ote etre els vi erere 637
blistering..... SND ODOSS0068 637
Gambnanid alesis <tore ore elele ore 637
flexiblesseeees acces Rory itis:
SLY PCa. 250% .8% cs etfes ore 638
CWollodions .\.\.,.15 </0-ctees 79, 591, 637
GENERAL INDEX
| PAGE
Colloximite a ticcvece trast cea 637
Wollliyxital ee cereteieve) oct aie ieee 86
Col'ocynth..... ial clavote te forcteinietolte 586
Coloeyn thin... tires ee cee 586
Colocyn'this..c, at's tise ewes . 586°
Colocyn'thitin « :<../.2:. senses 586
Col'ophony s'.5.0:00 6! «cde tee 506
Columbo we Aieantteceteare eee 507
Commonsalts. 43.2 .ce see 13
Compound cathartic pills...... 210
liquorice powder.........- 579
powder of catechu........ 596
powder of kino.J.. 5. 22522 598
solution of iodine......... 244
of chlorines..eee ree 237
syrup of squill........ .... 229
Confect'iones........ aahe eanteeeye 79
ConifiectdoOnsaiessc cece vectehee 79
Conlhiydirime yy yeretere\ereeriete eerere 427
Co mimes ss ihiloabien.crcrens oe eons 427
Coni’nine hydrobro’mas.,...... 427
Comms Fereceietore elieeaeieeeee 427
Conyallamarinen cee eeeeeers 456
Convala'viasn.0ees0c ae eee 455
Conyallarin: 2 2oc. osc eee 456
Conwvollvatlim’,jc ate: = ciereeneteiate 584
(Of 0) Reece Sopoeds ore = 186
BC VtATC Kaic-civa 0 take steroids . 188
pil PHA cd. cows eater 186
Cop Weras,. 655 x0: ccnsteo eeee 193
Corian! der. cvcica0-6% <1 0 ee 533
Corian(dri-frovehusie. see 533
Corianidrum:. 2 eee eee 533
Cor'nutines. «23%. .akie ese 625
Corrosive mercur’ic chlo’ride.. 208
Gosimolin€.kinjcnets cee 348
Cattonianc. antenna ncietr peed ee 637
ADSOLDEMUES «ose :efere'aievertereronnne 637
Purified yt. sets <a eee 637
root-barks ce. ee esate . 630
seed: Onlisnt.d.ccw-etormeeene 602
soluble: guns <.). (fcc 638
Counter-irritants....... 62, 696, 715
Cox’s hive syrup. «ws... -eenen 457
Creamvof tartans onc. 18L
GENERAL INDEX 785.
PAGE
Cre'de’s ointment ............. 181
REAM os cctv oe 6a sigjcce's « caine 833
RCO IUD <6 66.5. Ss ss os orale woe 333
BEROSOEE Door va. "a citi oj0)s cide aes 333
ROPE OSO MAIN soca: cc's cis o:'east ae eceearers 333
Greita, preepara'ta. ss... csc ess: 154
CEU 05 | ce ee 580
BEER) Sia. oie uaene 580
MO INTION 5 22.0 uisinran% = 2, shovncea pi eva 580
Crude carbol'ie acid ...5...... 824
BE SMITE cosa c Si. s oid aplatvetacersin 352
MOST GA eaten cue cise a Gin (arccsl dua efays <fses yore 431
Cumulative action............ 4
2 ry 2 Cr a 188
SEUSS G08 Se) oral otog Fiat sta oa. s 186
Cu'pric sul’phate............. 186
ROMINA os ress sa acn.s o's aie oie 186
CUS: 5 ROSS Sean ccocae enone 619
OS ee ae 595
REGIE 5. 5s) 4 nisvin8,s15j0'9 00, alae 519
Dalmatian insect powder.....:. 624
Deadly nightshade............ 372
ME SEM iE Ya 5) alae, wrest oss: e! wish lever 76
MPCOGE AGUS. = a so sic .s aisieys wstae kis 76
PISUETOS oars cas oe ees oterde 1
CPEIPEN a5, wale wistimis Soin ate 2
PN PAINE sooo ais oe ee 8 ass deta ce 623
Belphinior dine. 6... 2.220803 cies 624
SReIMIMASINE. oss ccs skis ones 624
MET COTIULS: as. 0)0:5is:a%sie's| «ev sie adie 64
EO COLAMS:,. ..<.. ces sOl, (8, tod
Deo'dorized o’pium........... 354
DRO MOPIZEIS. 5 osc scleaiceadees 7
PPT MIAG ON or S50, oscars ajsieinis nes a0 190
Diach'ylon plaster............. 171
MAL WHOTCL ICS 5.6 owe sacs cess 65
Gas i ae 5
Digestive organs, drugs acting
EUR oor fa Sates @xs sale vaca o Yess 15
MOS TAY OSS oo sscs = 52,5010 00.8 sis 19
PT LENE 2 ois ia o's ca 3 evens 0%. 445
USE a a 445, 446
MIRPOUE ES 5 ee siarGitss a E008 08,4 445
LEDs 6, sis 9, arereiatah s, teimuin 6 6:6 445
PAGE
DIPLO DIM 5 aaec store on ciaidelnieis, = 445.
EDUEA GRC NOLS ants. aw creas pesteva aiecd ka 445
Ph Gsphie MOVs, ein ia % coha's Wioiel o/aictors 540
Diphtheri'tic antitox'in........ 760
Disease, affecting the action of
SI Tepe is oot ctepa tein. ost ges os 14
Disimtechanmts’ smu 2 ck 67, 718, '719
Disinfec’tion, practical ....... 725
Displacement or percolation... 78
Dissolu'tion, law of,
11, 39, 287, 299, 362
Distilled: G11Sx 5 icccs.0es ss ace ac 71, 497
WHUGES Copuseico oo wodcod 113
Dine haeSet eee tata ok was a ecere 52
Domestic measures............ 92
SAE Oars tah alate “nin tecct ns aoc «shel 10
Moserales i nti'a. cos tu cicdosteee 661
Double muriate of quinine and
WiKi at opaodoe denuded Comaor 482
NGHCIG C3io2 05 NaF) cia sica ety eee es 709
MOVELS WOW GEL emicds ccieeteiece 353
ASAE AC sau etupenet agus. <laieys aero 24
Wraith. Risen vstesetets heto oi us 015) ore 81
URE, Any tae x ale dm avatar bet eeaiaians 81
APEC AUN fel derechos: 167
eal’cium sul’phate......... 160
fer'rous sul’phate.... 3.2 0.< 193
so'dium car’bonate........ 133
Dropichaller. <6 <2 on - emalesapers a's 153
Drugs acting on the—
GRY, MEAG cna we'e wale a nce are 60
DLOOU core. csts stows: ororpeeaceectaye 32
ESSELS ie o5.c.05c ee'e wae 36
EAN ss aa wo sinenteneire 38
CHHOMIEV IKONS 6 ean oeaud pon 82
digestive organs........... 15
GAIL Se gomereactel sictisteve/ais, e'sior sv atayate 46
DiGi ronosboucuoo wouncouN eT tt
He SIL pee eteens at tes cieve vated sre es 33
PUCUAMIOUISIO 1oiosvi0rs.s00's pace 59
MOT VCS. miaeias fast a6) au hel epee 43
Shectal SENSO; 5.00... 1016 44
nervous system..........- 38
respiratory orgaMms......... 46
SEXUAL OFZANS,:.. «sas avryeee 56
786
PAGE
Drugs acting on the—
ab | Wace eniehey Shain poe - Apsea Ett)
SOL WML COR ete ow arete etetriietors 2
urinary Organs.......:.-.. 52
Drugs, absorption of........-- 3
classification of..........- 113
cumulative action of....... 4
definition of... J20o seca: « 2
destroying parasites........ 67
GUBESMOL- crac < kai aees otek 661
elimination: Of... 2+ se. «eee 4
OCHO Oi, 6 eosoason de 5
general action of.......... 2
influencing the composition
OPUTINE REO cere neste oe
reaction of urine.... 54
secretion of sweat... 65
localactiomol sss. 2
mode of action of......... 2
mode of administration.... 6
primary action of......... 2
secondary action of........ 2
selective action of......... 2
AL rayalhien bavaerers crolerectcteteererreere 716
Ears, drugs acting on.......... 46
I Helo) lies egearociste cSlacueo cada 58
Bicho limes ste sen @ sles oe saerere te el 625
Hee, VOM OL, ooh sternieaetare miele. 607
IDEKA idl temo eombcom ato etan aos 586
IMJ AMS oAg hoods ooMOKoe 586
Mleetuainia eet eaten see &2
Wleeiwariess 225 trys cus rctsterceere ere 82
TOL COUTTENAKOD I 5 in o dob a domaton ARE SA.
WM XArset ee eet eee cece 77
Elix'ir proprieta'tis paracel’si,
500, 540
ID iiireevinio Ne Go dmememods boodeds 73
IME GT CSiraavereee cuetecccs socom arenes 20
imegnese tN... ches oes Sections 472
Emmen’'agogues.............¢. 57
TEN OCIN, eestertcsister coe tlen eae 5738, 575
Hmoliients ioc Joss steeds 64
Empir'ical therapeu 'tics........ a
Himplas trae sce e<s bet nein eamnee
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Emplas trim... ss. seers 79
. ammoni’aci cum hydrarg’-
VEOs. tl-bea ss PaO Oese Toe t 539
PLUCIS, iecate eels weet enemete 505
TOSI UD Fs, cinc << gece eee 506
SHPO MISS. 22 5..'5-> = ae eee 604
Mimol’sac.c2 sss aie'oje sea ere 77
Raul’ Si0msS..52'. ss. ae Seek i!
HIM(EMaS es, . cs oe here coe 9, 30
(Hine nr aitishs aia rlecetne enemas weedy OU
inter oc ly Sis: sree eeeeeeee 733, 736
Wipispas TICS... sc sa ae a pee ae eee 679
Eipsom ‘salt. .0.)ehn « steel eared 163
IN POG. eure ele se c ciatacoretae rea 625
Er'got of ry@2s sass Sake eee 625
Hrgo'taije cos 0s cise see eee 625
Hrpotie' acidy 2... Veen sete 625
Er’ g6ting usd eee oe eee 626
Er ZOuINE'.”."... sos ovis iene ene 625 |
Hrgotin ic acid... ..3.% eee 625
Ergot imine: ..:... .1. 2. eee eee 625
reo MUM. 2. .o.% one 626
‘Birr’ ies .'."7 ile senaye crete eee .
Krythor'etimy)...-s25- oes 575
Erythrox ylony .2..: Soca 431
INSChAarGbiGS=. seo ceeeee ee 63, 697
Esser’ idines ot'.oc ste ee 411
dC) gl 1 Re kc 411
salicylate sas... ceae os wee le
sul’ phidte.: i525 sss weeds
His 'SenGes: cis5s's iss ss ee 7
Hissent'tee S..-5) Se cics bee eee 71
Eissenttital toll She ea ceeeeeeee 71, 497
HY Cherie. < ai0ics 3 alc oe eee 292
nitrous ‘spirit. Of. >. ese 308
SPIE TOL ens sere TAS i 292
spirit of, compound..... oe. 298
Bulpht Tie |...) eee 292
itheireatoilsira. cpr 71, 497
Eth'ylial'cohiol |: °..2.k setae 280
Hth‘yl’ my'trite./.... 9.4656 death 308
Bth'yl Oxide... .....1</o eae 292
Eu’cain hydrochlo’rate........ 428
Hucalyp'terte. 2". cc. eens memes 519
Hucalyp'tol.:. 3.26. sssngem . 519
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
POMPMUG TOONS. c'2 go cee aw eeeus’ 518
Puphor DIUM... 25.65. 6. state efeiers 638
SUT CS eee 638
Evaporating solutions......... yaa
SBPRIIOTES.'. 3. ws osc eee csiesiee'e 75
BREE WHOM, 6 5 cas vole visas ueste 5
Prpecl OTANtS.. 6k esas cele 49
MEPTESSIN GE f....5 Sareiae, vis elevate 49
SUUETUINE S's. lve wes ose wok 49
i Se arn 78
BIMMUEMES oe ois sc2 oo See esa ee cies 78
¥ixtrac'tum aconi'ti........... 460
belladon’ne folio'rum alco-
PRM POTN OS ies ae weiss oe 3738
can’nabis in’dice......... 392
casca ree sagra'de liq’uidum. 573
MIGHO MOD. 2...dc0 ote scat = 478
COTY SOI ee ee 428
RAMESEE MSe Serica’ acs ves oe 426
0 a meio paverere 626
EGY MRT, 2 ohsinie' a's aie es 626
mers iq ata umM 25... sss 615
fran’gulee liq’uidum....... 57
POMUTA MD ais tate sie a eatc ats ce 553
glycyrrhi’ze liq'uidum .... 609
HSSTTALO NY Vil. sacl st stecvawes eats 600
hamamel’idis liq'uidum.... 601
Bye y AM 5.66 Sc aa sees 388
Te i 440
ot 599
nucis vom'iew............ 400
EER asa. sa eoreetle 353
Si WidUM ss.t 5 SS. 354
SRR Ee fea Sac ane ee 555
EMME Ioe cee! oe cast Sole ss as 576
vic st re 559
Hye, drugs acting on.......... 44
NOME Meera irae ae'ceie sass 86
Sn a SSNS ligt I ESE a = oe
Heeding, artificial... ...0...... 694
ELL A dia a ea 694
BO WARE GS Sic eek ss vs 655
purifica‘tum.......... 655
CL a fA ea 655
187
PAGE
Men'nelinn Fao eure shelelercte OE
Pert, Seley Cen Sais we cee ae 615
Fer'ri carbo'nas sacchara'tus. .. 194
chilowmidumiy ste ce ciceteres 194
et ammo’nii cit’ras........ 197
et potas’sii tar’tras........ 196
et quini’ne cit’ras......... 197
solusoilisme sien veteersses 198
hydrox'idum cum magne’-
SIAR TORL she ae 196, 224
Stl lta Ye aaa aiercivare eee 193
@XSICCa TUS: os Gs eke . 198
granula'tus.......... . 194
VEU GLAS tar ranenntrn oo soit 536
Fer'ric chlo'ride.............0- 195
Soluitian' sor yuwaasstces oes 195
UILLCLUNG TOTS 5 a vae settee 195
Fer'ric hy’drate with magne’sia. 196
subsul’phate, solution of... 195
Wah erates. akan ik s oee bok 536
Fer'rous car’bonate, mass of... 194
saccharate ac. .< «on 194
Fer'rous i’odide, syrup of...... 194
Sul HALE Cai von vag eens 193
CIEICd sitate. ccc setelonke © 193
EXSICCR LEU. ney ee ern 193
granula'ted..s........ 193
1) 111 Re Sa eee a i 192
reduc’tum..... Be Siig atte are 192
Hernlatemeid ate strc lesa 538
RUNG Tiegeeet say teaesenars aes tee otere 615
TinlceraS rebecca i cemieenrcc 615
LCC ACH Rer s erasitcee aisle ae 615
MOCCG Wels Gen, ols.’ as se Oe: Ae st
SOARES aes CTE chaser eee 610
OURO farts mee aoe cle cree 569
Fleming’s tincture............ 460
Flexible collo’dion............ 638
PIGS St ANTISDNG o7o sa ae ln o's ase oe 645
Flowers of sulphur.... ....... 255
Witidextracta Qy..ctec.sece tee 78
Hinidextraciseerccineccie eccrine 78
Fluidextrac'tum aconi’ti....... 459
belladon'ne rad‘icis........ 373
OUGHTA Se terosre seco cee ct eee 540
ealamivis jciecee-<s Sane ceat: OGes
788
PAGE
Fluidextrac'tum calum'be..... 558
can’nabis in'dice......... 892
CAD SIGIR IG ae eae etn eta 562
CINCHO!' MES: jpo:s lari aeeiets 478
CONT Seatac acer 428
convallarigos\ ic. basyemee oe 456
GUS/SOncs cy.teciaeinet tie emits 619
digitadiste cy easement e 446
ET BOM Vetcevte socket en 626
SULA I Olea seers meme = 519
fram oleae. cee avec ge eleketote 514
Selsey geo ata eee ela 420
Penta mes. elon hotles eee 553
Ly Cyrr Aas 5% mist cicksonetels 609
gossyp'il rad‘icis..... 630
PUATIA TW j castles costes 620
hamvameluidis emery eer 601
Ih Clic SMO aria cg a oeoD oor 560
HyOSCy, AMIS 1s)| gays o eto acy 388
Tpleeacuan! Nee. 52.50/22 jesteberels 472
Kkrame inte o. erraekere tine 599
MUO VOUUNCE DN: Gob ocsuod 401
Piloear pl hehe os brains ees 440
GUWAS Slay. ior272 4s oe wcrorereecias 555
QUGICUS Tsim aitac re teas 595
rham’ni purshian’s....... 573
THOCGL Sa aia cpeasslancistele aie Oasoeas 575
Sa ME sonar crsys cocuerare eleven 5438
BCU ante vats eee Se cso 457
SOMME esac miei oleharienye creer 579
PAT BR SLEH 5) cispn aa eye a vols yees ahs 559
walerig M2Os. oc mss elses 535
VELMUlIbs cisais «cre ysis 465
ZU CUO TETISH tera aleversiesiskerners 527
Hoenicmlipiaicitusss-eeen eee ee 533
Moen ican lurmMeypeyereatee to eae ieaeels 533
Wioen weree ley ata'eaca ast nein ies 534
MOM CN Cay ca ess masters se eke nlestersitere 715
IMO MentAtlONS | 05 Heer ieee eylalty
Wood-and feeding: =... a6. .5- 679
artifieralliys xa. «bys si avectens ce ses 694
hear 0G 21101 eee amare on i 690
mm blackwater: sax. eles ciel 690
in chronic indigestion..... 688
IN COMSUIPALLOM se) -ehae)<fehele 688
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Food in convalescence......... 690-
any debilittvenm ene crte eee 690
in diarrhoea: +... eee 688, 689
IN LEVEL? croaicne Sere 691
in gastroenteritis......688, 689
in hemorrhage from sto-
mach and bowels........ 689
in) JAUNGICE. 2.2... 689
in lamInitiss.:. eceeeeere 688
in), Obesity’. .).:.:5.\4.a see 691
Hormal'dehyde. . 2... 5..2-.oame 338
Bor/malin.... 23 .J.4heccenys epee 338
IH OrsmMi Clacidis vee 535, 651
aldehydev.).0:... 2c nes eee 338
Box ye loves.). i s.4'he cin +s eee 445
Howler’sisolutiom: + ..n)ceeeee 221
Fran'‘gula. 3.24. + eee 573
Fran gnlin.is. .s.at55 2 eee 575
Hrian’s balsam... ..se eee 512
RBuselioil;sé...0 te. ose 280
Gad Win.’ 3.55. \000hicla eee 657
Galac'tagogue: ..< esie~ ae etna 58
16 FN) Rae RDI Grud oc 589
Gralla ccc ecicvk Saseoehoustars see 589
Gallic /aicid 52... << bee eee 593
Gam'boge......... ister ome 585
Gambog'ic acid .. ).t.ccaseaes 585
Gas’tric antisep'tics.,.......006 19
Sd /abiviest.. Sie: ccyeitetreene 23
Gaulthe'ria. 52... eeoeeeae 495,
Oil Of. 5... Seats Goeneto tra re 495.
Gelatin. 22% 3.06 chee eee 159
Gelsem ‘ium... 5.7.1. seers 420
Gelseminaiy....son seen 420, 421
Gelseminiic acid’... -- eneeeee 420
Gelsemiminé: <4. nce eerie 420
General action of drugs........ 2
therapeut‘ics. .... 2 eee 1
therapeut'ic measures...... 67
Gen'tians.)... <. «teases eee 552
Gentia'nas.\.:..co> tence eee 552
Gentis'ic acids. satan eee 553
Gentiopierin ....: ..4s/<isj<a ee 553
Germiicides:.....2 eee eee 67, 718
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
MMe Shred bles edcmes ces 281
PMMA. 3.03.50 5% 50 wb es 527
BEMPEOMOL, in) oes cane vetes swe 527
Gla'cial ace'tic acid ........... 266
Glan'dulze suprarena'les sic’cze. 639
Giauber’s salts... 0... dace 136
BEMIS 8565 525 55 FEE So cenietous 309
EMER GL ots osc egos wos ante 309
MepeMeN WIN. Si. ccs ee ceo 309
RPHISASIORS =, 5.05 u's s bv ce cles « 70
BP COBWIES a = 5.5555 gous ces veep © 70
BENE CENN oS oc sie ste seeds ees 606
suppositories of........... 607
Sewers MAT to. s aes Secs sss 606
BEPISIMNES 8 eee aetie d otcacerevs sie 653
Aoly GyfaWMAT. ij... eee ee 609
BeRy EVEENBEIAG TS oe). cs be aX 609
SFIVOVFEMI 20S. Oo. cet oes 609
PPR VIPBETAI SS occee es cece 609
Berea POWHOPS IS 55 os Se Se sees ss 577
BREOMSCRES: c 50a nc c5.2 25s 00s 561
SNIIPIDE sc arg 'aid ano en sis oe 229
SGOGS¥pP il Cortex... .... 01... 690
Gossypium purifica’tum ...... 636
Gaulard’s extract. .........-.. 171
TE Tn oe 620
Gran‘ulated fer’rous sul’phate.. 194
Srey POWder. sleek ee 207
Ssrepery’s powder: ..:..... 576
Green hel’lebore.............. 464
a 604
MMOMIET Gee Sa, tos ss. sce ss 193
BRETUDN SS fants s cs cp sais s 2s 396
| ee 395
mre AC Sk ec cee ss 611
WOMEN OED BED. . a ice ca cent acs i
SOMMER ANB SS os. ss vay sane ss 72
Se ae a 72
Gun cotton, soluble........... 637
LE ON area 392
MOREE aT Sito! Ve vise vce ccae 91
Habit, influencing action of
RIMES GPS vA ot oh ctor acie's's 14
He'matein........ celgepana v's 600
PAGE
PLSSMAULO ICS scenic ce weesc cae 33
Jol@einb iver adie ae aes Meee 600
Ege miatoxcylonay..c<s esac ce. 600
a eeMTEO SIA BLCS a e creas st were ear 63
Hamame'lidis fo'lia........... 601
Tard soap re 5 os le ce we 603
Pebrols TMs 205. act im saeco = 349
Harrington’s solution...... 216, 720
PSEIUISCHE ya 8S ec Cwatcene cs ota 391
EF) 029 lp Se 144
ER ISIGNS o ci te cee rs is) oleate aos 81
Heart, drugs acting on...... 38, 415
Eipaity. <keseetat asian a ssa es 704, 712
bodily, drugs acting on.... 60
Heavy magne’sia.............. 165
Hel’lebore, American.......... 410
Bemides Musica os a.cccs oss © 472
HUE MNLGEH. ser ors tote atta es ba 464
Hemp Tadiany «22 s5 aces ss 3 391
EEG HIIGANIOR Stans eareeides » Corecess os 387
Hepat’ic stimulants........... 26
1 US) SC 0 VR genera, ee tae 307
Her’oin hydrochlo'ride........ 357
Hexamethylenam'ina.........- 341
Pirein.e 4: sthae al tia cs cae eae 648
HIVE! SYRUP Ss cre eons wae ots, te 229
ROGES. 5 aSe.cne 3 oe erate ce ae 282
Hoffman’s anodyne............ 293.
OP OCAdIR 2 toc < 25 owl ainiaidol creer 439
Homolle’s digita‘lin........... 446
ENOHCY wer gaat fciibos hk a shat 651
Clannad G25.6% 5 sak. tae cen 651
HIONOY Ss weston. bb cisiechnsy ares 80
BAGG NORMS ora tai 5 5,040 wees sly
WAST RAPS OS os os «evan alae 715
PP ERA O ROS or. 2 hss oie, o: wares nr as 20,
Hydrarg’yri chlo’ridum corrosi '-
MULIIN Se rattcretovel es onsteeohs botatecs ss 208
ehlo'ridum) mi’te .. 3... <5 209
io’'didum ru'brum,........ 209
EMS etc capers sic acne ye 208
Oxidumefla VuIM) = cas ciete eee 207
Ove iit Mtl oar a a emo oor 207
BUReHOMIGMIM.-) 5-52 eles 209
Hydrate yram sos ends kas 206
790 GENERAL INDEX
PAGE PAGE
Hydrarg'yrum ammonia'tum... 210 | Infu'sions.................... 76
GUMICIO [8.i0.00e eee eee ine 206 Salimes 4... osaudes oneeree 732
Ey Gi Pe core ia os eyes oo sete OGL: |° etn /sam eal‘amis.... en tee 564
EV yNas GUNG 2.5 cm wie’ = nina ees 560 cascaril'lz..... Pe sci ery 557
Hydrasti‘nze hydrochlo'ridum.. 561 cincho' Ns... 5%. owen or 479
Hy dras tise: se ciiaw states atcateae 560 acidum.»..s ane eee 479
Hy’'drated alu’mina........... 167 digitalist.vcx 2. ./ou eg eee 446
Hydrio'dic acid, syrup of...... 248.) ' Inhale tionsia: 19. ee oe 6, 47, 716
Hydrochloric acid ..... ogee 262 | Injec’tio apomorphine hypo-
solution of arsenic........ 221
Hydrocyan’ic acid, diluted .... 342
Hy'drogen diox’ide, solution of. 119
peroxide, solution of..... 119
Hiysdrous wool Tallis 2.6 sc anes 649
Hydro’xide, potas’sium........ 122
SO CLIN. soc 0ig's Abcaia sb; alwle Sate 132
Hyosci’nze hydrobro’mas....... 389
Hy Osein ers. Ls cs wa ee efes-dctees 389
Hy’oscine hydrobro’mate...... 389
Hyoscyamine: \so.ne.2 v.06 372, 388
hydrobro‘mate:s: .....jc<)c. << 389
Sul phahe.f <0 68.5 are ade oe 388
Hiyosey’ami fo lia... . isis ea 387
EDV GSCYy SINS «0/505, <:2:6 a5 eereseicverers 387
ED VPM OW ICS ste iaietossara vs ale aia a 40
Hypodermat’ic injections...... 6
Hypodermoc'lysis......... 733, 735
Hypophes"pliites)2.. 2.30 << 217
TCE hae Suse seaien cee oes hoes 706
OUNCES smo srneseee ens se 706
le'thyol @k-the-ol).. ..2.5 n2cnc4 659
Tethy olin, .:.52 nsec esl see 659
Idiosynerasy in action of drugs 14
Tas Tie ged Gms ears a etee 400
LINC 0 Balai en ear Een Ue 531
Incompatibility, chemical...... 83
physical..... Sialer ste aia Meticiare 85
physiological: 202. ss cae. 85
Index for diseases and remedial
MMEASHNCS 55 see. o co 5,05. on scene 753
Inidian’can'nabiss.. es «noses 391
Thidianhemipy's.c.05% sho0 sce 391
Tnfeme. se yajaeciee Satara = aataatars 453
ENP sae Pejen- veh Ato cesonc une 76
Ger’ mia. 4.4: ¢2ese ee ee 371
ergoti’ni hypoder’mica.... 626
morphi’ni hypoder’mica.. . 356
Injec'tions, intratra’cheal...... 8
intrave’nous........ ow cy ieee
ree tal. .ov-/<dian tegen 9
subcuta neous. <>. .5 see 6
Intes’tinal antisep'tics......... 20
Intratra’cheal injection........ 8
Intravenous injection ....... 6, %
Thins. oi 6 dese 2 559
Tnune'tions. <4 4.cc tee oe
Podine » «32:0. 5.5.00 nee 243
compound solution of. .... 244
OINGMENL, 2 137. seeee eee 244
tincture Of....-.¢<cckhen eee 244
Toidoform:, <3. -0s.0+< sso 250
Todoform wins <.2 ccna 250
VWodol.'. oceania Shee 252
Togo'lum 5-24 tier - aes 252
Totdum: o 33% ck oe tae .. 244
Tp P00 .. es was suse Beer oc A471
Tpecacuan’ hai... < 03s. ese 471
Tpecacuan'hic acid | ...2..scseu 472
Tron sega atew tas wed re . 192
and ammo’nium cit'rate.., 197
and potas’sium tar’trate. .. 196
and quinine cit'rate...... 197
soluble wi. sc sare cutee 198
by hydrogen: ..:;,« sjseseueere 193
metallic..... a aie'antetalaeteme . 192
Quevenne’s. ..... aie sloneroeis - 192
reduced: .: 4) ck.ctes eens 192
Meriga dion; <:dcus's ane er.
Dietitian ts iatctazeje nists sycilelejetetatete «oe Oe
Tsopellet'ierine. .......<..0s.005 tem
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Jabora’ndi...... Saselnterc tee .. 439
IPELNAIMMDUCOS . a cree cates 439
VIO SAMICTO 6 6'0)5.6: sersatoees ~. 439
RUPMEMTEATUCAUNG 5. 5 0 0.0. 0.0 ale” fe ,0'e's 440
PAI OLINIG oi cloveun ele ois cisietw ererarcrens 439
RRR ec diiaa'a! pais sjatahiiele Oe aber 583
Jala'pa..... Aiea aalaravevaa Picea 583
SURESH EA So wm ofsie,n's oust aae ... 583
SRSDUPENE TT. 5, fai sc was wins wi 99a 583
Jasmine, yellow.............. 420
Ser VDC sc cscs sees 464, 465, 468
ENGsnana ein aya, ch co oe (elnino alerereis inlets 618
Ker’mes mineral..... sisaietetateieenreeee
USTAVTICHEYS 6 GAA eR eReRE aCe 478
WAGUTIOME ve aievave le a eisia s.0' sce oiw's Wines 597
PSIETORTEO ta tera ts Aisorcie veala s/o aseicke 598
SOT GES S Geo ee Oe te 598
TIGINN TEIOtCG IE eu poecn eae 478
ARUN OEVAIN = Feyorcisisecce cee ee teisaiat 47
Kino-tan'nic acid ........ 478, 597
TEGO TIT Es Ss a 396
BRGUEE POISON. ..5) x si0d ov aeles . 453
BGGINUDIC ACOs. < wisi vives eases 0's 453
BOO Oats. Srcve ae sia o srerete e's slave 619
T@ STITH Bae ear ee ata ceo 619
REGIS SIT ters ors. . Sous Srake wrsustol sie.cisca’s 619
HROISISO. 2 2 of <fcces 560 Susie epee. 619
MMRSELEIEUT Gb. nance re ote siete ei stesater ne. s 598
Kramero-tan’nie acid. ........ 599
Kunsel’s treatment, milk fever. 737
Labarraq’ue’s solu'tion........ 238
Se hg re 256
HUCCHOSOM seis het noes aieclelcla sie e e's 652
MSA MATING oy kc. sfs capers? a ue ee 649
Mbpeet epg aia ctta a See siayeiels' a'0 4.03, 648
ben’zoinated or ben'zoated. 648
Latin words and phrases....... 86
BASTROP AU ERUANIO cca sai-ayeie: Bushes elgiass! ove: as 853
PaaE OF Gilat PNOF. 2.66. son sss 547
Osea dees aiccie este o's.ysjuie eG 636
MUTANT ROG 5 “an cha!nye siave\svele's anor 739
- Law of dissolution,
11, 39, 286, 299, 362
PAGE
TOA ALVES crcieeatafelcre ierays o picicie.e.ee 24
Dead stacradts oate8 « sickawajshomae ne pelea
AC OLALOs cess: syelsiats cho sian Sa!
CATIONAL creleeice eee Adconc 172
LOU Cyectsre Sa Oaes Hehe oars 172
OINbMEN bs cose idee: 172
TAWA AOpen tases. 6 op feiace eich ie shave 172
OMAGH Haw ok siorenren mista Reo
Plaster cise Aas, sin ares sie" 171
POISONING Site ihiain astew's sie 175
subac’etate, ce’rate of...... 172
SOLUMMON Oft 4 cleis ware 6 171
SUPAT: Of. tomes exis, sys ere et oe 171
Withers teat neid snwele se eee 172
WALLED ee sroaehte etch ca ax cbint A vatels 171
Lev'ant or levant’ wormseed... 621
Pieri: WOM: iets saa «wets wtein dels 73
Light magne’sia...... ....000. 164
Ply OF Val OY. ce dss cle docs « 455
WeimMetn se. Sess Se iavasstere atoteiesioiicie 155
Ghlorina ted Saxe .ais.es. os ce 237
ChlOMTIGS Oli aes see ceo eros 159
irae OTAbe ceeie cme: oc storeePeave 156
phos'phate, precip'itated... 157
SOUMMION OE tare clea che telat s 155
Syn Wp Ol re cen ele sie a6 156
WALEED 6. Ssctc aie hae cereals 155
Linimen’ta...... wes eae ate 79
AIIM M TS corer arene oh deste oisieiarcrele 79
Linimen'tum ammo’nie....... 137
belladon!nsesj).n<c01 steers 74
CBNCISS He ance aNe ion cketeehcte 156
CAME POOP <2, via Salen eara’ees 548
Chloroform. ¢ 6 si. sce dessors 296
SHO MME phos a's <a/visth Whee 604
RTOS A votsic srepevctarsrers ste 604
Les ATI wR One tE Oe 499
Tyin Seed ee tareeks web aeisjo ae asta 610
QUOD Fig tierecs coverete's GTS Severs s 569
NOMEN eee es oslo es Were wee 569
METS AotW ee coe = areal auteisteve 610
Liquid petrola‘tum............ 348
Liquor ac’idi arseno’si......... 221
SANINO. TLD oyoare Rinse, <epeieye ete te 144
BCOLMILIS wes c.eeste Steere es 150
792 GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Li'quor ammo’nie for’tior..... 144
BYSCMICA HSL inns w avecua eer 206
arsen'ici hydrochlo'ricus... 221
Cali@isepitasiiitet reteset 155
Chil Onantternersrete eters 238
chlo’ri compos'itus ........ 237
cre’solis compos'itus....... 300
fer Tivchlomidiys trie ieee 195
perenio ridin. Gis. = 195
subsulpha'tis.......... 196
formialdehiy (Givers. scr ste <1 338
hydroge’nii diox'idi ....... 119
1'Od1 “COMPOS ItUS.\..)..=. s/s ee 244
morphine aceta'tis ....... 306
hydrochlo’'ridi. ...... 306
plum’bi subaceta'tis ....... 171
potas’sii hydrox’idi........ 122
APSOML US '..5 5.5 swe asc 5 221
Soil my droxMdiyss eel 132
so'dee chlorina'te ......... 238
PAN IW COCO a Ko aa Us b eee aca See 182
TOO URES AP ET Sc hcieeteea areca 76
AGG MOTICE: TOOL’ sie osteo ye sie 6 609
powder, compound........ 256
TONGA OS aie aves de esextastsrets cia seis 170
sith Dem "ZORSi aw etal ates sate 513
POUG! MEME ULIN Fiav ta raha ae-ar tore = 241
CAaLbO' MAS 5... fond « Canrostte 151
Cty AS oes ete iaist ate tetetareteta tele rarens 152
SaLICVIaS ssi. feta as sen: 112, 491
IbyH ONDE Ago cdScccon0odneooa0r 151
Liver, drugs acting on........ 26
ray 02M 01050 0 es he eee cic REY 5 260
MGW: UOTE Ie teistctaes avelegey steerer agers 74
Tioeall ACO se. eh o's aisle a een 2
NiVOCh WI Shido qocoudooode 43
MMESLMOLUCS sjriaie + eiatelccrevneiett 43
blood Tetbinig ss) shoes 731
TOP WOOG. as ceirdsena senate ss 600
Ibov ite) te Wer dnoplodaldd vodon dor 216
TAU Oo clays ereioun ateeysiscersiolereetets 217
Ibo sisola tions . ov crs cote 244
Daiigar CAUSTIC << se osc cies > 176, 178
lon) Sle en pep acane toanueouean 335
ipso lum’ Fy 5.0 i his ec cea or 335
PAGE
Mincerartlon’s: 451th eateteleier ers vin
Maoneigia sch ionioe wince tine hte 164
calcined 5 ao-.ss nee eee 164
GAVY 6 cists aieresiai doses eee 164
14 11 ARAB OA Sons <3 164
milk’of, Phillip's -s72:a dee 165
PONGELO'SA%. Wie ete eee 164.
Misione sil (Carbo: Nass jer)-teeter eters 164.
OXTGUMIS4.ocanoee eee 164
pondero!sa scan cm ete 165
stliphasis.1c.1.'. otoletteeere 163
Magne'sitmy 2.8). » setccreenmeane 163.
carbonate)scic +s. te cle eee
sulphate .;c.ccte o-oo eae 163
Male fermi nck Sate 615.
Marlicjacid:. ta cdecktenitsita tote 535
Malleins 5.28304 ces eeoeee 748
Manganese’. c..<.25 cia eiete tte 203:
Man’ganum... <i 0si-u eee 303,
Marshmallowe-j..6 seers 613
Mass; “blues. so:3.83 aioe aerate 206.
Mass of fer’rous car’bonate.... 194
Mas'sa fer’ri carbona’tis........ 194
yVGTar oe yi scr. ats sie eee 206.
Masse a a sictih Mat ee eee 79
Mate te stockists ies a eee 396
Materia’ Me‘dicauc.c.-. ce seme 1
May apples ain te sche seiioiene 587
Meadow Saftronce.o2.eceeeene 631.
Measures, weights, tables of—
90, 91, 92, 93, 94
GomMeSbIC%s aiv.s,0/sctene oreo estore 92
Meconiie acidity. jetennioereeteeete 852
Mec! oni sc: ¢tcise 5 oGbe sles 352
Medicines, definition of ....... 1
Mel. i fe eciets ih oes ee cele eee 651
Gepura CUM)... efelererre stato 651
Mel li tat cn seit otis renstertee ene 80:
MienStr tims jies <'esie sie oheiieereene 75
Men’'tha piperi'ta J..4/.. 2 tosses 528.
VIN ICIS), si). eee eee ae 530
Men thene acme tetctercile a eienater 528.
Men‘thollt sre 25a rodoaee 528, 529
Mercurial ointment ........... 207°
Mercu'ric ammo’nium chlo’ride. 210
er
;
:
at
F
"
=
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Mereu'rie corro’sive chlo’ride.. 208
MOGI TEM ss 'sie:0.0ciecs alse sas 209
nitrate, ointment of....... 210
NPIS TOM. i se cc ia cote ese 207
ointment of...... 208
FENOW) 13 Pz oko es Pees C 207
ointment of....... 208
Mer’curous chlo’ride, mild..... 209
SE MGIBEN, coetl = cst m Scns Oba isi b's 206
Amami ofniated: x .:c:<sieyers! «0/1970 210
OINGMEN Dy o\syenicis< siete '< 207
PICMIOMIGO? ek cia scstee coda 208
ata POR COP si erajais « avesere!s estes 209
chlo'ride, corro’sive ....... 208
AML Te Seehseicsveeies eee 209
WadidesTed sire wee aceetes 209
ELAS] OLS: Ses ois sce/s ai apes cote 206
SHbemlowridels fas. shea 209
ule sChiealices. waka she eee 206
Metab'olism, drugs influencing. 59
Metacreosot'ic acid........ 490, 492
Me’thyl co'niine.............. 427
PeMey TIME. osc 500s leicss 620
SILCVLAGree fa cers os, ste ce ies 496
sal'icylate or salic’ylate.... 496
Metric system............... 92, 98
Milk, drugs influencing secre-
HOMM OL: cts Ss taisie woe eieacusis
drugs eliminated in ....... 59
OigASALEt TAS 51. '<35 10, si sieheie io, - 538
GeeAe DUP s 2. ease ¥esdas 255
at 694
SMMPEMOE Iho S's oicja ss ve vas sie 652
fever, Kunsel’s treatment.. 737
Mindere'rus, spirit of.......... 150
MAStUIre AMINO DIED: 3.5 06 + «sss 539
GNEMUCE ATEN coho e absperel tlarsiscocel 154
TWOTSEGTS 2 Se Seo 77
PbS GUILE Gtatne Sc renictani isle siete see fs G7
Mit'igated caustic............. 76
RVs SSS evn sak wictsle nis sig ee hal 614
Monobro’mated cam'phor...... 548
Mon’sel’s solu'tion ............ 196
PMRGEL TAPAS, 5, 20 ore sa ateed a as 351, 354
Morphi'nes ace'tas oi... 3... Bia)
DV GROCHLO LAS = «ev, c'e:eFore «0s 355
RU RAINES cers sie ciihalen, ccs met » 004
793
PAGE
Mor! pling saddest dar neon 351, 354
DA CHALOS Hate re avin vise Raw 515s 304
hydrochlo’rate ...........- 305
Bull phiatiers fas ase hae weit aes dot
Morminial 2h; as Senos wn ace ek 657
Motor nerves, drugs acting on.. 43
Moulded silver nitrate......... 76
Mu’cilage of acacia ........... 612
Mucila'go aca'ci@ ............. 612
DEASACAN Ohne elaeetyeeiete « 612
WEIS CAR UTS Beh. Whereas: 6: aicie ie: 582
Mumiat te'aeid ete Gy ts Sacre set 262
diubedaoed lad Sones 262
MTESRATA SS Ae SEG tts ocak he he ace 515
aie ioc ciig ate ealte sl ace rn 515
WINN ese eae se na aoa 515
{WT Fea caer 1) Tse ea a Pa 648
Miyata ToS 4.3 5 ose avers. = 45
Mivatweteenokcn seek ies Sa ees es 2 45
iy Biscbthte Penton ce os he sa ae ee 569
PV EGSIMG Stenzel oee cysts ws 515, 516
Min relietcuts Ate nee ste ie wack as 524
1 Rig ops ek ate 2 ae Rian AT 524
ive EMEA aoa vets. piste eases re 524
Miyrirhol, sotubtsee hie caedenas (ood:
Napth'taleney i occas, 1s cones 336
Naph'talin or naph'taline...... 336
Naph‘thelentnm <3e% cass Pees ss 336
Nephi tolt S55 dave kee nae comes oe 300
INaPiGOINe?d sctgetis 4 s4-< 5 0 ce serarete 351
INGIREQE ACHE etc dae nbn se, nistetare 40
Mar eObimteiteriuataieiatete. (era ate o's oret oe 351
Pel GU seed. ieee «Fo, «eis os aittesve 566
Nativelle’s digita'lin .......... 445
Nerves, drugs acting on....... 43
of special sense, drugs act-
TOMO, Poe choc Oe Bae 44
Nervous system, drugs acting on 38
WIG OL meets wr eiate nt Oa aoe snane 424, 424
Nightshade, deadly............ 372
Na UhiGiaenl sole we, ou os phisis ae 264
GUNMUER IS Cacec an se cer 264
INGGDTILES Bee epcterenet steraract «ois eciete 308
INDE Gren tare atersorsieie\einve epoveneyeee 127
794
PAGE
Ni'tre, sweet spirit of.......... 308
Nitroglyc’erin. ......escececess 309
SPIO Ol, ciate ee ees 309
Nitrohydrochlo’ric acid ....... 264
duties cc ssc eeecee 265
Ni'trous e’ther, spirit of....... 308
Nitgallen hac Grayseareretesie oe oleate 589
GiNbmMentiee. cheniiastse sera 590
INSUEXAV OMT CAs. Perenetats eeietversrereie oper 490
Oaks wihtttes), atc ov ciste& Brecie pieiene 595
Oakwmen. Sais ks a sides Rae 637
Official preparations........... 76
ONO PAMIRG GA noosocoosc ..081, 532
betulatee cette sence 496
bOxbeITY gsr. cetera eee
CadGareine mice meee eewieces 508
CHETON cae ose gicheaeas, eta 156
CBSLOR Ae ides ciate sietere tena, S1s-egSe 571
Cheek erperry.e is fs:cids sera, ote 495
COMINGS Rrra aaron Sacer 656
COLIANI AERA. serttese cece 533
Cottonmseed ies ssne sere ae 602
COLON ntiees eek oot eee 580
ethe reall iives sjstesieuscee sieechers ral
CUCAliy Use cen eek cece eters 519
fennel e ote oe cso ot
HlaxiSCed con wine a ace Rees = 569
DOU (o) ere ae See, ees ie 280
gaulthe Tia... ..- as: ance 495
ALU CTAMS fee ate eiseeeen 496
SVMlbhetee sees e meester 496
JU UPSRe ie cee «os caacoseiete ek 541
Mima SOUS Se eare p ac nieckoaetcrteve 564
mustard, volatile.......... 516
OLIN Gs, acravchs ieaegeieTis Tejohatete Gis 602
[OS STN Ba gion cae ae 528
phos’phorated.......5 sca. 234
SAVING. eg ersteasiesasicemetecsns os 543
SWC ae cites srereemecencetece 602
SPCAL MUNG: 32 5 «i055 ja. slheis aye as 530
DATs Retr csvshcte < ots) Sistas isnaensrone 507
THEODTO MAW sisse aces bases 636
turpentine: . 27%: ss kame oe 498
rec titkedyi cis aaeet ane 499
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Oil of wintergreen........ weees 493
artilicial sa. see eee ere 456-
Synth@s i@. 2. tee. ares 296.
Oils osteo fae eto eee 71, 79
distilliediy. ens reer ie
essential: f-ovs oe Scenes 71
ethereailis)s.2 sc eee aeeneets val
fixed ip. ine Gere TL
Volatiles. 22o.cee eee "ie
Olleameeet ted ota ae Ve Se
Oleaitaie va oad oe cite ee een 1D
O'leate of mercury........... . 209
Veratrine. 7 acsicc cere . 469:
O'leates octet red Se oe 79
Oem s oar 602, 603, 637, 648.
Oleoresi’na fil/icis ma’ris....... 615
Cap SICK. Af cas cen 2 thee . 527
PAL eal OUP eaagraGactod a0 527
Oleoresinzes 2s: 353 cha eee re 71, iS
OleoresAns:cc.0.. oc! see 71, 1S
Oileumvant'sif..5. 2 ese 531, 532:
bet waste ota neere we eee 496
CAT MUTINY fociescessict crerete nett 508.
COLA GUIS s.r. «cre isteieeete 533.
enéalyp'ti.c sc: 2 519
foenie’uliz ccc ssa000. sete 5384
feen’ugreek... 6) Pleo 584
gaulthe'rie. ...2 33.2. eee 495.
gossyp'li sem'inis....,..... 602
junip'eriy.. ..: 22s. ase 541
ET) RRR OBIS TS 5.5.5.0 oc 569
men’thee piperi'te........ 528:
VIF 1018s sae 530:
mor Thue. -: o's .0 7 ee ee 656.
Ol Vee ve ace ones eee 602
phosphora’tum...... «<<: 234,
pi'cis liq’nidee. ... 5 6 . 220 One
TIGM 1:02 aie = 57
sabi. .ssscosoced eee ». 48
sina'pis volat‘ile. .......2.% 516.
terebin'thinee. }..<-:. eee 498.
rectifiea' tum: 5.242.ce 499
theobro’matis ~. ....sseeee 636.
tip hi? FSS ivne «pee 580:
Olive oil........55 ees.
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
PUR EU ITE VES 5.5 cicieta'in'eje a cje eha « 352
EE hs aia 65:0) Fa Siae os cea 351
denarcotiza'‘tum........... 354
GeOdOra TUM... 1... 20s tee 354
UOHE GERM 2 5 ose cis so 6a dn oes 410
Organs, sexual, drugs acting on 56
Orthocreoso’tic acid....... 490, 492
SoM 253
OMEMOLGMMIUID. 5.0.20 sess cet 5 6 253
MoO oes acs ss csi are Sood eseiaim s9.¢ 655
CI eer 655
Oxytoc’ies (oks-e-tos’-iks)...... 58
MEROKCOIC.c<2 s7eloisic)o’ste s/a.e'e eis aiave' « 677
eeu ISHOT LIE, «15 siare ose 0.0’ 602, 603, 648
HeSUINCR ELAM re. crates ai e's), «(sis aie) 9,0: 654
RAREATNN ters, <u aig 'o'0 ra,» 3. ope0-nyss 656
BAUD AVCLIME grove, ici ie oicjnseyha'ei diene « 351
EMME eth aw aisle are o arele nie 6 60 79
sR peices ea iaisia, sists © <6 Jove onetancve « 656
ies) tc re 68
PEAS OEN CG Learcrcts cis aii elansjs. e's siareccis 353
PeWeTACLING: woes seen.) ees ys 620
Pepper, cay’enne or cayenne’... 525
Ret ls ee Bie ae eee eerie 525
eCHOPEIMIIE . . Sc.5 cis opines eons’ © 530
WHtavades teas or acomas Gee 529
ARAM reve ae Hisals ea set els, <4 652
sac'charated............ -- 693
SeeC Meal UUMNs, ss sre ole « sivie 655
frop renized milk. ........... 694
AE TEG EU Ors orci. sic vers vo vie)'c's ss 74
Perman’ganate of potas’sium...
Persian insect powder.......... 624
EUV a) (SELIM < si0e « os «0-0 2 0 510
WCU MOART MIN. to Secrets Sok ost 3s 348
PUIMUOIEN sr, Shere cveltecctoscyete vse 349
lODINGLS Cates Gaple e aonoin eck 349
1S na 348
LEE, ea 348
ENG Wl eneeterers yale ia’. etree is ore 348
SOlbmeberen oto oreuttetslove cos 3s 348
USES Te ee a ar 349
Petroleum ointment............
BM Mes pets cle sce w5 oe 575
PAGE
Pharmaceutical processes...... 72
Pharmacodynam’ics........... 1
Pharmacog’nosy, definition of... 1
Pharmacol'ogy, definition of... 1
Pharmacopee'ia, definition of... 75
preparations of the........ 76
Phar'macy, definition of....... 1
PROUAC PUN. svete esse ae doe epee 319
Phenacétr nui dis). 6. ae nas ee» 319
ENE WG). 3a ape deren itis «aia ations 324
Phenyl'is salicylas. .. 2... 02.35. 491
Phillip’s milk of magne’sia..... 165
Physical incompatibility.....88, 84
Physiological incompatibility. 83, 84
Phos phide Of 7ine ‘so. sie: 3 236
Iehostomorsued Olly a-c.iio serene 233
PHOS pNGtIG: GIG s <2). sais cs cence 265
MUM Os er ieTo cee ts hate: tai 8.06 256
FETS SAS ys) lsj ov ets) ses 65/8 en 333
SPULMUTOLeehorey steer ctetsve te tenn oreie 234
Physiology influencing the ac-
PLOMMOM RUSS aes Actes cei ce. \6 ial
PS SOStE EES cs Fie ots can apa's + 3 411
PRY SOStES Wa are aroha ite teraateoes « 410
Physostigmi’nze sal'icylas or
BANG GIRS 2! sewccieaes x: 411
BULL Pls a asf talet dros crete, a fer 412
Pi ySostig Minster aise 411
salicylate or salic’ylate.... 411
Su abe sy steiere sy <voict ss omeores cle 412
Picropodopbhyl Ni.’ s. sac ae w aie 588
PMS eee Maly oe d's Gas xactas oom eate 79
GL BSBLCWI A. ./. dca ce comes 538
[OIE Scceceiemaccorcoace 207
cathartic, compound....... 210
Of PGs PHOTUS 2 e665. vas 234
Pilocarpi’nee hydrochlo’ridum.. 440
iW HHS in ence omg ODO OG Con 441
IEPUNGE TEE OEM cr etava ceo war dlere’s an 439
By arOCHlO Teo ies 660 se 440
BINGE fel ptes ooo. «chess, xo otetezapere’ ate 441
PPOORT PM ne. aes alcaternkiois ols 439
Jeno ouA (NEDE Pb On cmemeGOMsOCOl 439
Pil tle Wy drare yr. s,s ceo a0'e 206
ee ciate ces iesis. des oinia Siereninys 79
796
PAGE
baimene)periseiieciciee hoooumo0008 500
IP itehy Beto eteerushersoweie einai 507
IB UrSUMG ye eee ete 504
DlaSler tedamierses Cie leet aosteaee 506
Pix DurgUMdica cies escapee 504
lig Widacsantinpecbice ee 507
MLV AG Oe ire sof eee 507
Plasma, drugs acting on....... 32
Plaster of paris..... aiele Sieeaee aac 160
Plastetsiysdeet ook sre, acdsee pages (i)
Plumybisaceteastecimenyckean er 171
CaTDO MAS Rcis.csyertes eines 172
io’didum..... 172
MCAS Mette deus ioe eames 172
OXIA is sts cenahe coterie 170
Plume bu, 292 sie .cect ewe ee eats 170
Pneumogastric, drugs acting on 34
Podopbyl lim... 3.0'«csereci swe 588
Podophyllin‘ie acid ...... <.... 588
Podophyllumt..«, ossicles es ow 587
Podophylloquer'citin.......... 588
Podophyllotoxiim, 6.7% i-qen5 588
Pomegranate (pom’-gran-at)... 620
Orb WANE 4/56 sd 45 Sis oe Reis aes es 282
POSOM OLY acs sek ciseniepumboteutaa ee 10
tablovots cri. d.< sister vrcssintete 661
IAPS, CHIMING, jeu doonas a caus 6 122
POLASISHR, ais. teens Reise oek 122
Cumiycalicesserarmer rater 123
SONG Olina psacsavoso50c 122
sulpliaral tai. spies a ate crore 260
wal bliin Gy. seve aeleeece eres 123
Potas Sigaceitasare erin rier 125
bicarbomasmeccnrc cima 125
DILATE TLASierirs, see Grebtaews int 131
bromide cnr crac 240
CALDOMAS pera restelel ae riieruerete 124
Chlowassreiceis achimies nee 129
OU LIIES SDs tree as proses 125
CY AD TOU fo p0 25 0 ops aussie 2 te 347
linrabropenlihone |55e5bob00005 122
LO iCUCHEL NIA 7s ic, «Spatekaue savtsies 247
HUGHES SOR veo Sagethehseneiamaecs 127
PSTMAN SANA. .6.6.510)6 weds « 203
Potas!siuimay, ites dts oe. sterduaararost 121
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Potas’sium ac’etate............ 125
Ms; 16.22 See eit 166
‘ar’senite, solution of....... 221
sbicat bonakes sc. ern ne 125
bitar‘tratess 22 cece 131
(brG:mide./..2.0s.e oe ee 240
carbonates. 1. hace neee 124
chlowatehit.sc..oceenen ene 129
CItIPAtes sce pes Pee 125
Cy aide: -.1.5 0 scene eee 347
by Grate.) 3. s.4e eal eee . 122
Solutiontola a. eae 122
hydroxide... «... cu seston 122
MOGIAG. crash eee 247
i trate). once eee 127
permanganate: >. nace 205
tartrate, acids vce eee 131
Powder, compound cat’echu.... 596
chalky. jase ene 153
liq’uorice...... .200, O79
WOver’Ski sc ..se tao oe ee 473
Gregory’s..: Jc44o.ce eee 576
ip’ecac and o’pium.. ...... 473
Powders xassc0ssicne eee 78
Poulti¢ess..s. adhieanoe eee 713
Priessnitz: : «. 30 bee 708
Practical disinfection. ......... 725
Precipitates red... qtr 207
WIG 350), 6 hoe toe ae 210
Precipita'ted cal'cium car’bon-
GLC, is 6 beaks ca nie a eee 154
phos phate... <2... -an 157
Rrefacey.s i.e neh seem ona
Preparations, pharmacopee'ial.. 76
Prepared chalk.....<..... sc seme 153
Prescription, definition of. .... 88
Writings, s.... a: cee eee 86
words and phrases used :
IN 6. 5600 oe 86
Prescriptions for balls......... 103
drenches. .)...\. 02 <<. 106
elee’fuaries. <... ss mena 110
~-lin'iments..... os.c:: eee 112
MIXtUTES, . .\.i0/s os0de 105
ointments.’. ... :..<i. «cae 111
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Prescriptions for pills......... 101
CTS. nie eee «clenieinienriels 107
SMMPOS 1LOVICS.\. .\..cc's wae ees 111
rary ACtlOn 0.5 oe 6. cee ees 2
MEOLM TOUS. cicie avis o/a.cie einieslsae 179
EAROUOWIMNG stcvscereerse s vis ¢ srais.s 8 « 302
Pru'nus virginia’na......... ..- 348
REMI IC BCI wc S s.cs ssc cess we e's 342
Peendoaconitine..........:.6. 459
GOMAMC sc sick Ss als oc cle sles ae 450
MEL GVUNO. Ce sus tenia sa ce neces 464
Pee TOTNES 25. :. xiae ss 0's 620
Pul'vis cat’echu compos’itus. .. 596
cre'tz aromat’icus........ 153
CUM OLPM ow ce ene ot 153
COMPOS WUSH cee os 153
glyeyrrhi’zz compos’itus
255, 579
ipecacuan’he et o’pii. .3853, 473
kino compos'itus.......... 598
rhe'i compos’itus.......... 57
SIEBORES cl e'ateisloci aia = « 3,0 9's,0.0 78
Prmmcotan’nictactd,. ).....0..:. 620
Pupils, drugs acting on........ 45
BEE OONUUVIES . . ccs cas se enes eve 24
CHOVASORUG weet. Sse wee cs 26
BRRRSTUNCT . Siern Seoslt a's sa '0'e's 24
hy'dragogue...... mfeye vers reports 25
ESRUOVD Soles « oids's sss vee 24
SONU te rcte.cacis wicks as 0 25
RAMI LE MPs crere cistaie ats ees ores 24
MeeIROR Nid ass eee. ve « 28
BEWUIMIMCCURCOLLOIM Is .:c.e c's) <laes ss © 636
Ore aU eM Sac oer eee 655
RUSIUMIAMNUS sfc cies os ores eo 62, 697
EPONA cs goes se eee ce ee es 624
SAVIO oyere'a Steerer cae Sie es oes 423
Pe rOeHn CCIM. oc) vac Sade e ss 598
PAVEOPAL NG ACIG. ois os sc oe 594
yeceal lab so ee oa ale eee . 594
MEG RAV UMNG lok ocs sv seeavesce os 637
POV AUIN }. 5". ve. vec es.c0 637
Quarter evil vac’cine.......... 751
MMIII eos ciGhie ake soe oes Os 555
PAGE
Oras SUN nae ae tece the hai ses 595
A JUCTS Clee Ogee eee ek atc e 595
Quercitamnie acid’. 2... 0.22 2 595
OMe CIOs watae tect has eaee © 595
Quer Gis ali Dak eis aes t a. oes 595
Quevenne’s digita'lin.......... 446
Quiksilver... chats se aee ee eee 206
Chain amMumes ss oe os coe co a 477
CIT TePACId ete davies Mare ween ees 478
COIR TEINE YS nice eye ate do ote aes 477
Quinidi’nz sul’phas........... 482
ESOT 6g 86 1 i i ee i gE Late
SUPA. ach chsceae fe hears 482
COUNTER, aovetentarn'e & f5-<un osc. ote ATT
Quini nee bimuria'tis car’bamas. 482
ism PMASis 2. wieutoa ceie ss ct 480
Wy@rGbroe mas. sf. wes hee 481
hydrochlo'ridum.. 7... <.. 481
ETL 01572 rae OR rei ee 580
Mab CRAG ar Ay aatunt «os ohe.s s 482
Qui’nine (or kwin-een).. ...... 77
bisa) pHaies scene. aes kines 480
hydrobroimate. joi. oo. 603 481
hydrochlo'rate). 5. .0...... 481
hydrochloride. os. 0 in'sa ce. 481
Sih phabes saianaonseens 480
WHROPAbert. (or. yet cn cote oe 482
Quinoldine <5. css wens 477, 482
Quinoa ewe se cra see = 482
Rational therapeu'tics..... ... 1
Reetaltteedimox seen. see see oe 694
WIT ECENGMISS ws. gees era 9
Rectified oil of turpentine..... 499
TRECHIMGATION S66 g sie'sij0 owes ictns 75
Red corpuscles, drugs acting on 33
Reed: Cile@W OMe Saleccin ts «cm sels 479
WIEKEM TIG OX IGE. o... dscien CUS
| S210) 2a c.Slo's SU ek DIGRROGREO rae 525
PLECIPUALC esha « casuals s 208
OENGMIOIG once ca as ass 208
Wil Grapes cope ciate net « wuaterelcccpepeyse 282
Fedincetl miromi. cc.) iseteis, cle loreterere 192
ROErie Crags... “csdera atkins 0/00 6,.711
JVEMOLERAC HOM .tet cieieietaticleeits 2
798
PAGE
AS6S'1CO PREG: as coe ate o ie conte 506
ICTS 12) ee oye aiain(aralaals ee
Resi Tia Jala pass, cc ts ascantenaratea 583
podophyl'li...... sine in inate 588
scammo'nii........... Alga ise)
Resins dra vecscs coon 71
NOSIS 262 wiale ceeds lee iat ieee 71
ROSON CUMS 3 daw ao Soh totne arte nites 337
livesore (cine aa ndanoaasbadadect . 337
INSTT OUND A hoe ponomooKoos 837
Respiratory organs, drugs act-
AN SVOMS ee vacates ee 46, 471
mucous membrane, drugs
acting on........ Aarne 46
Itham’mus ecathar’ticus........ 574
POESHa MA. io sais aromas 572
ByAAM NOSE. 2... 5) cso id sate eice eine 574
hata mMieireds. 12. cele Arteayats . 599
Pi ax CAMO 5 Seve, wer Sis cle aioe tars ovetone . 599
PALA BAN. ete oho areas adress peters 598
isncotan mic aelds.esaeeenisiee 575
UINDYeADDIINS Aeeaienicetes om atic iste cersiate 575
MUNG Soe cic Mins Octet 575, 577
HUNESONMG | 5 cicsos, « ante cealeaeeke 350
TUDUTAT Dn f 555 Aes aic estate seers 575
Ricmolems tr aoe e eae 57
EVOS UD tcietaae ee peeras ot een aoe eRe ce 506
Rontlera a. tani ee ae oe 618
Rotstlerinee jase cares see 618
Rubefa' cients. 2 0... e305 ok 62, ‘700
Rabijer Vanes. eh hs'f te eae ths Sard 464
PRUs. CR Gnade nae ene 281
ESTIMA Pe APS cis hts om atch Os 541
SSH ST Me Eee meet Acc, Yc Atte 543
Saccara'ted fer'rous car’bonate. 194
RUBIN 2 oot sau es datos 653
PAC ChAMe TeoGs.. cose Cae teeee 614
DAC CHATUIM wyeeye cers ee Ridge hreceicle 613
TRG IEUS foto tens wince nee 652
Dal MNIO MICS os ee Oe ee 149
SO Bre Pe eee 5 nn ety en 133
VES G cane ee ota Ges oe . 147%
DOME IOUM tite tales etek weeks Uae 491
SOLEMN s cts Nevecich eee ea 491
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Salicyl'ie acid......... defsjopere 490
PBL ICVSM , (5°. 5 ..zsuis. pike news Sa 492
DalicyHous Aid. 5 nines. seas 492.
SalicyNr ric decid... « sstess.0e geass 492.
Saline pur’gatives............. 25
Inftr' sORS. <2. sank «. soa
Salivary glands, drugs acting
OIL. %53svinws ctecaieereee 3000
RNALOL tats aveleiae: oMvaiaee < le es lee
Salt, common. ........s cose de Mem
Epsom rece sate vee ec Ae
Glauber’s. . s.0«ceismdeeperge . 136
Salts ofitar tarens ccs sierarantos . 124
Nalbpe LIES sisecsts Gale eee htc tele 127
SALON ICS o:e:0'9: ioc o'e'steb ole ee - 621
San toning... crecis sists PAS o 621
Santoni Num, ; sise's ences tee . 621
DA POsct.<dulwesteoerien see eee . 603
MOI'LIS’,:..<:0:0.0 1s «is «(ee ouen
Vil 11S <<. .s<.00.6.0.08 610s see en
Sal VINE «1. ic oe» 00 0.5% 0 sid s/c
Sealing vc. esictames eee
Scam 'MONIN.... i. cscs «- ae eee
Sooneadoo 582
Scammo’nium.......
Scam MoOny,. . cc scapes < +6. a
Scarifica’'tion....... c 00s islets mee
Scheele’s prussic acid ......... 342.
Schmiedeberg’s digita‘lin..... . 446
SOUL Tas ctsieis wre ac oie ose eee .. 456
SOUM Thi emcee aos ees = esis OEE cose s) See
Scillipic' Tin. ...6.s.<,<,.e/e: si'e/e Sse eee
Seillitox'in. ....2%s oe 2 jee ses en
Sclerotin'ic acid... . 2. sews --» 625
Secondary action.... ...see.ss 2
Secretion of milk, drugs influ-
ONCING So sas ce 9 lava ee . a
Sedatives, gastric..........0- - 23
Selective action........... 3 see
Deninaen nee sens sis'e oe san
Alexandrian. sess eteneeee . 578
Indiane ese a6 aisiwier.c a seis
Tinnivelly. . 50. scecen: en
Sen’nacrol........ secede ose ce
Sennapic’rin....... 0 ceccecc de Ome
Sensory nerves, drugs acting on 431
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
serum ther’apy.... os... sees 741
antistreptococ’cic... ...... 745
SOMMEME Sic. s ic ao ec lata alas hemos + oa 648
Sexual organs, drugs acting on 431
TS SSSRRSepbor et ore et ghost 283
BREDA |. sic esS avs jaividw nc 707
Sial'agogues........... apenas aes
slyerc a... NOt acne s ae 175
PY ALD gs aie oda cai (viele a 176, 347
DEEMED rcs oat hie aera 2 gies 08 176
AY (PAS? yao woke ai Ac . 175
GMb” aso os sa cad a0 6 176
MROWMIACH Sc st .,a0:8 peels 176
OXMOE Merce foe chee eee 176
SulltD Ges oe ahssanococoonoc 180
Simple pur'gatives............ 24
PMT GC Mcre a. nc! e's. oeiets ale (a\5°6 oa 515
Sin'‘ipin sul’phate............. 515
SMIRRPIE ov Phare Te dias css sacs o's 515
iE id 0 a er 515
BAUME IU WS. <a cto ayese: Sioa ciehsiarene-6 515
SPM EIMS IV igigii.c.sie'e sle's,0 80.0 sewaine 518
PSU OVT eters, stove cies in jeicrols, sis eed ;s 516
Skin, drugs acting on......... 62
“TD ee Pe 603
composition Of .i.5......0% 603
EV GS 1s Soc0 Godoro Ob. ooonon 604
IRMRM ESSE yt cisloiat o's maracas 603
BARRE Mpa sate ahs. cin’e, 6) 0'0's hd 604
plaster..... )o5Aac siete ssters 604
[2 Se Neeeeee ietagasie wiciaia a's 604
white castile...... of aavelae . 603
Socal’oin....... gainiaiaiefavcco OUD
Soc’atrine al’0esS......ceeeee22- 564
SRUPIE aoe 2 vinetiewe. veel an ow 132
baking..... Sire amcemieee, Loe
Pee atin vantdiaa's wiaieieis oe si8.0 132
SUMON'OL. Spe cecssa scecis Loe
washing..... Soncnode anes, 138
So’dii ben’zoas.......... etcsae OLS
bicarbo’nas..... eee . 184
bisul phis.. 2... sec cooees 142
BO TAS occ csdccsedeoeced Ot
bro’midum...... eae seated ool
a 1383
99
PAGE
So’dii chlo'ridum exsicca’tus... 133
CLIO IOWA, si.dece cc eee cks 139
L0G bets, (0 71 .- 132
hyposul'phis...... aeM@aswe ie
IGOIIMIE Ss oie aie's shake va ais 247
eaee hast oe. ae es dc 141
salic’ylas or sal'icylas...... 491
SUM DHAS coe cka haces eck . 136
BU HIS feiss cisla ofuiaes Sate . 142
{LOS PRAT Sse oe 6% wae 143
SGM Pode aos pis 2 sane, aieras,< . 182
Wet AGED. Ge tre wees 0 %4,Se c's 513
HIGAMDORALG.. 6.) Ziv. sees isis 134
PSOE PUMG Si oieich cues epee . 142
LEE) ae eae i ee 73
BEOURINO o taik aoteAaielen © 241
CAE DODALES . os 0 iy. 46) dvied. spre 133
PICO ras aia kann 133
CIRO TIDE ros oc ciersia.e sie ciosets 139
BEGUN Ife Pe ar aate eis Ses 152
MUR POM MOO ia sig eracgre ss ae 132
SOLUDIOR OF, (565s. v6.00 132
Hy posal Parte. Wie. ss wie a's 143
LOMIGO 'So8 oy eats a a's.ce es 247
PHOS PhAbes. ot. chi. ccs ore’ 141
salic'ylate or sal'icylate.... 491
Sal PHALe. soy face a ane «<p 136
Bull PHIGEE vc otc oeerelisps aan 142
HHIOsal WNBLE + (sates tarne e es - 143
Soft petrola tum: . 2266 sic cca. 348
petroleum ointment....... 348
SOP ertetse ites» sieictsi ovate Metter 604
PUBMIMETIL ..<'o.555-<'s:.e ces 604
polmble silvers. 2. 2.scss e% cers 180
Solution of ac’etate of ammo’-
TUNUEI es ci gre ake yeiz'atatalsie ete 150
MINTO! Was: < acistaih isl shee * sie 144
ar’senite of potas’sium..... 221
arse’nous or ar’senous acid. 221
ehloimdevOLarony ccs sles « 195
AUN CSAS 38 a ABD OCOD OG 182
— chlorina'ted lime.......... 238
SOUR.) ac on eee es . 238
hy‘drogen diox’ide ........ 119
mor’phine ac’etate........ 306:
800 GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Solution of mor’phine hydro-
chlorate «se cstemer yee 356
i’odine compound ......... 244
MEG, ie oe arcta cele etek tatrse toes 155
POEASH-Oesiawnieiseriaa stale 123
sods Stier aati pare os 133
subac’etate of lead......... 171
Oilutedhir etches ate 172
subsul’phate of iron ....... 196
DOMMIONS sigs os ae. aye ees stare 74
Soporifics cs. see cscs eal 40
SPANISH Mies etree sie sear 639
Spear MIN’ Aes A. cee ote so akemon 53
OW Of eo ee eee cee 53
BPITIGIOL foe pete tea see 530
WHERE Ol vncw's ae camino atari 530
Spermace thee oiimc «een sees 650
Sphacelin ie (acid 7.2 e sc as5 3 ox 625
Spinal cord, drugs acting on... 423
Spirit of ammo’nia............ 145
HNOMEL ACS. =\are of ciel nie 2 148
CAMIDHOL soc 0 t o ie wus ois ass nce 548
chloroform 0.5.) .0e5e 296
SENISE Gece CO eeeis enicin menage 532
CPUHET Mia, cela sa er tees 292
COMPOUN Sens .ieee «a's 293
glyceryl nitrate... 0.22... 509
lomo Sass eae acer 309
JU DIDCT rate oe meetin 542
compound ........ 281, 542
ni‘trous 6 ther>...0...60<0 308
POPRGEMIUND noo otelscteystelelaie ete 528
TECHIE ie ). salehias Shee ie as 27
RSULPIGS: 25 cies oieres arntere soa ae uit
PSPUE MUMS 7 aynceieieolerare es so reheke wisiae ihe
EQUNETIS com eters + hr ail ee 292
COMPOSMUNE,s «sac n'en1s 293
MULCLOIS IAs siave ate w olais ce 308
BUTNO MD's icra aces seis eve eo 145
BTOMA ICUS 2 s\.) | esas 148
SLIMICSU ctcie crate ne acaiere sate lows ate 532
glycerylis nitra'tis........ 809
men’the piperi’te........ 528
VAHUE LOUIS Sb clos Dita Nara reis 530
PHOS BNOR ee cites ee ae 234
PAGE
Spir'itus rectifica’tus .......... 278
Gnu ior’ ssl, cis menor .. 2788
Win gal liciy ess sare Ee ec 281
POQUl) rst bars, v'e Avare s ctetentee 456
compound syrup of...... . 457
Staphisay ras.) oot. s. sede . 623
mtaphisag TING:.).5... 42s eeamore 623
Stavesacre (stavz-a-ker)........ 623 —
SS tear 1 yon vee cent et een 186, 648
Stearop'tems.., 0.2 .s.ss50. 600 eeM
DSlernW aAtOLIes., .\<s sce os ne eee 46
Stimulants, cerebral........... 38
hepatic... 25. cae secre eee 26
Stomach, drugs acting on...... 16
tiibe, Wses'Of 2.552; eee . 739
Stomachvics. «sso satrts deere 16
DLOUG S <'s fe ace ecornia creer eee 283
Stron’tium bro’mide.......... 241
salic’ylate or sal'icylate.... 491
Strophan’thidim’ 7: ....0t «este 453
StrophantGhin. o) 2). c.esie8 453, 454
Strophan’thus,..'.3..<...00-Ee 453
Strychni Wa .0 sacs soseee eee 401
Sul’ phas ¢3.'- 24.03 vances 402
Strych mine’. <....2\...05 senrceeeeene 401
sulphate... 051.25. .s sees 402
SUM PCS. S.5 «ens ct cote ot ree ee 715
Styp’tie collo’'dion......... 501, 638
SLY LICE. as) sew eo see women 63
Sty Tol) iis oie vee bee eee 510
Subcutaneous injections ...... a
Sub’/limate, corrosive.......... 208
Sublimed sulphur: 5... oscar 255,
Suc’cus, hyoscy’ami. ... ..... 388
SUGOLIE 1a aac st. tale foere ciate 2 oe
Suchen cece eee ove 0s
TIVO. sie 2.5 .~ orale ec eee 648
MSULAE » -cinisre o.ce © ooo sale cleric . 613
CANIG Srereie's s10'a!s/s ois aiaial sere 613
OE THU Meare sete care dem crenety 652
Ofdead’ eye. «ice «iene 171
Sul plan os cre serene os
flowers of ...... APs 0 255
liver Of 2... sieih ease a 260
To GUM 6. 6. 2. eds 0s whee 253
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Sultpbar, mill of... 6... saci 256
OintMent ....6.cececcesees 256
precipitated... 2... ...6..66 256
precipita tum ........6.006 256
SOMMINE GUI scx cis ciclo e wes 255
STGMIMNE ya. tse view oelns « 255
Washed . oc. oi... cece eee 255
BUIPRW TIC ACI... 5... essen’ 263
BEOMAL IC! ure ee oy vee 263
Muted cow sins. goresl wet 263
EOE ageycta vera. eisicfo,0(s",e'el eins jais 292
Sul’phurated potas’sa.......... 260
Sulphu'rous or sul’phurous acid. 259
MPPOSILO TID... . 2 cece esc cs 7
PMCRET MIL gan wels sles a Seo 3 607
HOGOLON M1 fytet 2 ste) sievaie"6 250, 252
PHASE PIAL TE, 974.51 cys_ 2 we cv «os 356
SOS TLOTICS <<. 5.6. eas ee eae 79
AP MEATS 200s ties a eae wn - «oe 704
Surgical asepsis and antisepsis.. 726
Sweat, drugs influencing the
Secretion Of 5... ....02.' 65
BME S UIA crave eeek weg ee 563
Peer aah sayaiadiereet are fie a 3 Sie 602
SEG OL WI EEC). .vis\ os bene 308
Symbols and signs........... 90, 91
Synthet’ic oil of wintergreen... 496
SU eS 0) 614
BOPP eG caved scheme ss cee THEh
PSUS ee eicla cine ts cic s e'scg 77, 614
RYVEU DUS AGH Cl. 5.6. see 612
ac’idi hydriod'ici.......... 248
althae’ae ....... “Dee 613
cal'cii lactophospha'tis.... 158
71 CC eRe Onn ne tanec 156
ROU TEAM COE 2 50 ire sees ates 194
SMESMOD Ss Shak vialata es ctatelvre Shes 614
IPCCACUAN NK. «52... ewe we 473
pru’ni virginia’nz ........ 348
rham'ni cathar'tici........ 574
SRM PaaS cae vc ahs gta cries 457
compos’itus....... 229, 457
BOWED G carcrccerec vices ulees os 597
LONUUS NUS tursteccclelcle.a'e cts ere 511
PAGE
ALN Ochi peseoma de Bh onponecae 423
Tables of weights and measures,
; 90-98
lL NIUETESTADT Gy Spi Ale a ee en 545
am Mic acideryyacceieeee sone ne 590
PUSS Tule rerersyere aoaieeteraveiote oh ister 590
AEE Seat Te soe aN oa 507
SUPA KG ACUI seater aa tit ara sets ancl 559
Maire KaACe MIN es wctysiets Cote aie ted oun 559
MeL XCAC IN: eee enero ies eel. os 559
Tar'trated an'timony.......... 228
UMNAT AGIA Keres mean A BIGee Ee 228
SaltStot pene Agee cee 124
EreamOle soe. ohisinctnee 131
MGaetgerve ante sae Mies to oheree 396, 400
ARenle benenerscer cis acne cioantcrnns 500
Merete WUT oes apace sb a ioe aloes 500
AMET CONT Nat he Ao cio IUD OeaE 498
Canad CmiSISey sac Societe e 505
MeMMeHeS 95 cas sees eGeie socom 499
Per pu by Grates... esas cscs 500
Wenpimihy- Gras 25 c..:..oe sce. « « 500
Metanocanimabine’..% ..« sc stolec.s 370
REG ATISKaMbICORIM oc os clere te siete 742
The’baine (the-ba-in).......... 351
“fre fitien(tae=1mn)) che sic, aie sve cvs elec 395
Theobroma, Oil of... ...cees 636
WHGTADEM TES. !05 ales kee ses. ee 1
GetinitilOMOLR a clcsisn ose 1
BUMpINIeM ss se c.s,s.0j0 2 vies eee 1
MELA araidis sc 3 eels th ve ee 1
Mat tOMMA RY te). oise eee evs ieoreiie 1
“ACL RCESE ACT aS, ee ee Stee 614
IMalOll: 3 5th cote ARR eneneoe hers 660
Wiymoll (imal)... i... ease 551
SI MARIO 5 Oe) oe o's d) Siar de ots 580
Rint ra AGONIEL .«..c../ssen ce 459
al'oés et myr'rhe...... 524, 566-
SUTAINUGASE oy soy slo Sol ot siete) sleveyeNe 623
ASALORO TEE sas creeds = ae Sees 538
belladon’ne folio‘rum ..... 373
DENZOL MI ee istasere aesineletee 512
COMPOS taies «6 Miawictowe 512
DUSCHU ae sie oteoe ce aielere tector 541
$02
PAGE
Tinctu'ra can'nabis in’dice..... 392
canthar‘idis...... Syren 644
CUD SCT roienaeteryel seers 526
CALCAMD: ML 4 .se~ vs a 2 Ams 533
COMPOS GA. 2s. sees - 533
cascartl lag.t. 2 ctaaia cee 557
Cab COM Mie ck minarets iemreriers « 596
CUNCHO MD: Ais.c.. tie 'em vse ee 479
COMPOS TIA . ss aiet-cemate 479
col’chici sem'inis.......... 632
digitatlis.....2.6 sa 04 ee aie 446
CLV SQUED oa) create ite urea te arene ae 626
ammonia'te......... . 626
fer’ri Chilo mihi) c on 4i se atte 195
perchio ridic. jiy.eene ae 195
gam’bir compos'ita........ 596
gelsenu Lh 3s... sr ecien goneee 420
gentia’nee compos'ita...... 553
VMAS PIS Merce staves saree 561
IVOSCY MUM *./.s.cosnsc awe eee 388
VSO orate mate ere accinterele s pees 244
ipecacuan hee et o’pii ..38538, 473
WO tree's cee bee 598
GAG Ws craiele wis ee ere tele 599
TYTN: hastens ere ete were 524
MUCUS HOMMICH 6. ee acceso 401
O!' PIV» ois seus tite tton ee 853
camphora'te ......... 853
deodora't#)...0 32.5268 854
QUAS SIG aom hasan ne ae 555
scilsleeveets ative wees cies 457
Surophanwihie eee. eee 453
Waleria Me ljjajncws ss te sores 530
ammonia't#.......... 535
“Tmeta ie: uo rete oe ate eee 77
Tine'ture of Jarkspur. 0.2.22. 624
ume GUNES Es wide eee Rtee es serene ire
PODACEO Saicevetatia.s ciciel ee aieis e . 423
WOW ics tou ie cate sya icie sos RR eS 511
DOWAGS. 55s a aaivve wieere See et amare 60
DOW: tax sein Aes ee ie Pe eee ees 637
Toxicol'ogy, definition of...... 1
Trag’adanth:; 1c oset cede sae es 612
Pragaean' tap, .% vaess-< cise eare 612
Wranstiisions. choc eee %32
GENEPAL INDEX
PAGE
Tmetaclesss wees 3 a dse skele tevste ey aeons
BETICUESUION; «a w'sle acto eeereeenea . me
Trituratio’nes........ Ae ees 48
Tritairations\:iccr sae eee eee 18
Trochis el santonisnw oeeeeeeee . 623
"Pubsr’oulin’.o. i) 555 cere . TAT
Puripentine 5.2 £2 ces ee ocvces a8
Canada, 7... 2. a.c0 aoe - 505
liniment™,..J... 0c eeeee eee 499
Ol Of. wceesecn tere .. 499
Uinguen ta... selene <a
Wngnen tam... stereo .. 648
ac‘idi bo’rici..... a syetonotetate . 273
carbollicix. sc). «seer 824
tan NICS. = sceeeeeeee . 591
ACONT ta ,... cise 6 Semen . 463
belladonine: =... «42 eeeee . 373
ceta'cél .... 33 sees Ree . 651
chrysarobi'ni .......s\enee 577
@redé osc is a oc oe ss 181
eucalyp'ti ..o..25 sce ekee 519
gallos. . 6... see eee 590
CUM O'PlO ..2 3... eee . 590
hydrarg’yri...... 2.55 sae . 207
ammonia) tie. sees . ie
mitinatbisiesese sees oes ole eae
OX 1d fla views: eee . 208
LADERA 5 oc ee)”.
WOOL. oc ats oesse ae . 244
LOC OLO TN eye ete <a a bie oe
pein lel... joe. see .. 348
pi'cis liq’ nidee ...... =m 507
potas'sii io'didi ... .s:hmeme 247
saloimeey. cee mene wee O44
sul phnnis,:,... spews +o
ZAM Cl OX TC saree te aera 184
United States Pharmacopee'ia.. 76
Urinary tract, drugs acting on. 52
sed‘atives..’..... sea . 56
antisep'tics .......< sane .
Urine, drugs altering the com-
position of ...° ..seeam . 55
drugs increasing secretionof 53
acidifying .. J.. seamen .
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Urine, drugs making alkaline.. 55
making aseptic. ...... 56
ENNIS. 5) «|. 5.0, cc0 nm acaaicers ie 341
Uterus, drugs acting on....... 58
Uterine action, drugs restrain-
= ae ee De ORC OR ORET 58
Vace'cines, black leg or quarter
Boal pinta. a's po es awed cae 751
RURERINEE I Se Os oka awd clays 751
Vagus, drugs actingon...... 34, 35
PE IO o crrcas p.cis'el c's. swears ois oe 534
MEAs, co. o's sic ngisicteis aieiels 534
Valeria’nz rhizo’ma.......... 534
MANEEEINIG BCID... u's csnicieines 535
1 USES Bee eee 348
Vaso-motor centre, drugs act-
PEIN PS oie we sai wth ace 0 36
Vegetable bitters.............- 552
cathar'tics...... Bra wins ants O44
GPUS 222k. sbisle's des eet ODL
SEE MONS odin St ok es baie 0 728
tT Al DING. 5 5 aces eccess es 468
RM ET Ws oS ac go sleisin Su vee tes 468
MATUAC. os os cccesscetetses 468
MerHIEONGING.,. <\.'s oc secica« 464, 465
Waersummr Vir ide... s..sr...... 464
Weriimomal’bum............. 468
Meo | 7
AVG GRE ete ecu ee eee e ee 68
WESSON. aye eee ee 62, 67
Vessels, drugs acting on....... 36
OV TOME OBES fel en ss vere ss 123
Rl ae) Oe Ae at
Wihegatetm ade dnteecdes ess 78
‘Vi'num. al nmi. os... Peistes 05
SHURE BIDS aac sce knee 229
CONCHA Bere iccicixc'sassee 632
POA TCIS Oe dsicis oes gate Goer
BONY sgule eres esses 632
ipecacuan’ha...........5. 473
or ek 354
POPE Setreescr ss. -s-. 25-6 282
byt. 282
Bec 0 Ae 283
PAGE
Vitel’lus, glyc’erite of......... 607
Ba 1 ae Lan ena 186
PTCCM Rs, « os) sia’o\ ola syals s ehareeghele 193
BelatiloOusy oA ts sie ooene 71, 497
oil of mustard..... ereiratere 516
Wear Wathis: "oss vaaees dots veus
IW ieshedb laces sorte enc cares 217
VOM OW sass sc aapitoeeeanss . 216
Washed ‘sulphur... ...<..3 . 230
Wegshing s0da.. (0.5.05 < 00 esa 133
VBI g <roiat'e ts, orale aN ches areiare 117
WERECESS oh etcate cu tersicp eres 3.x 5's ff
WR ont oie ae eon a dasa eas 649
MLO Wis titan cheat caesee ane s 649
NWALIGS Siac stare Oe wear re es eenier eed 650
Weights and measures........ 92-98
WWEb PACs. See odervecdeecee yess 708
WV IESISEY,. isidiais sie cieltieisis wie «64 ve 280
WG a Relies fee ve Sa sls.s 5" 220
CHSUUE SOND Is. wes ese sxe 605
corpuscles, drugs acting on 33
le Peers Oe ne one 4 a antares: 464
LEG Oe ie PO eee a 172
PAUSEGED. «cise see's ice hess 515
Oaky eres so cecire chisinetitats 595
White precip'itate............. 211
OMbmentiacs.-ceetehe ie 211
AES GAO DOONO BInee CO oaabe 650
WAG aicre ste err elejcelsrstelslierels crete 282
Wild Ghemrviwyciestivssd sess 348
Wine; WhILGs sate cat = oic.3 s:<00 282
Ted sc outa ee anes 282
WANES O26 ees cette reais 7
Wintergreen, oil of............ 495
artificialsoileots nm pete oer 496
synthet te oil; of. .2 52.65 << 496
Witchhazelonrre aocceutelo em acre 601
Wool fats yGtOUSt aes cele scree 649
Weormseed:waevc servi k aloctee'e 80 621
OU OFS << aise Dufre seas. trarwlais 621
Yellow jas ming: i251. onsiers . 420
mercuric ox'ide.......... . 207
804
PAGE
Yellow: waxcioasnenics soem soe 649
Wolk of cot Jeena NIA 607
VAS COMMA Firth BSG OOS Ae ObamD 182
RC CUALE Rt Ayo ste oars eres 184
carbonate, precip'itated... 193
Chilo mdeste seca eee 132
Oxides ine sae ce eee 184
OlNEM enters eee ee oS
phos’phide......... Pree 236
Sulphate wvh. cherie en oto 183
GENERAL INDEX
PAGE
Zinesyale rian aveaeeee arene 536
Zimiei ace bass’. aeeereie senator 184
carbo’nas preecipata’tus.... 183
chlomidumhacs eee 182
Ox’1dum 9 Ae eee ete 184
phos’ phidum’, ° 25. cies ee 236
sul Phas, . <0. 2st) aaa 183
vallerass: 3. chee eee 5386
Zim Cum 5.5 22).'.4s nee oe eee 182
ZAM GUDEN Ss aoe tates oe nee en 527
iy TOIT Store tetera PRG GNO.COC 654
CATALOGUE OF
WILLIAM R. JENKINS’
Works Concerning
HORSES, CATTLE, SHEEP, SWINE, Etc.
1906—1907
(*) Designates New Books.
(+) Designates Recent Publications.
ANDERSON. ‘Vice in the Horse” and other papers
on Horses and Riding. By E. L, Anderson. Size,
GEO SLOP NS MNIMSTRALACL ct levee, <i Siaxd.cre e'eveaivin.s oe a's DS
ARMSTEAD. “The Artistic Anatomy of the Horse.”
A brief description of the various Anatomical Struc-
tures which may be distinguished during Life through
the Skin, By Hugh W. Armstead, M.D., F.R.C.S.
With illustrations from drawings by the author.
Clothyo plone yal Ux Oreste <ccale winccrws sete 3 75
BACH, ‘How to Judge a Horse.” A concise treatise
as to its Qualities and Soundness; Including Bits and
Bitting, Saddles and Saddling, Stable Drainage, Driv-
ing One Horse, a Pair, Four-in-hand, or Tandem, ete.
By Capt. F.W. Bach. Size, 5x75, clo., fully illus.1 00
BANHAM. (*)* Anatomical and Physiological Model of
the Cow.” Half life size. Composed of superposed
plates, colored to nature, showing internal organs,
muscles, skeleton, etc., mounted on strong boards,
with explanatory text. Size of Model opened,
IO it x ofe.elosedo ft. x 1b ft... ce... ee 12 00
— ‘** Anatomical and Physiological Model of the Horse.”
Half life size. By George A. Banham, F.R.C.V.S.
IZOIOM NEGUS RIAL TG cinicie e's © ci siece. 0 vies ols oe vie 12 00
— * Tables of Veterinary Posology and Therapeutics,” with
weights, measures, etc. By Geo. A. Banham,
F.R.C.V.S. New edition. Cloth, size 4 x 51-2, 192
BAUCHER. ‘‘Method of Horsemanship.” Including
the Breaking and Training of Horses. By
PORUOMIIE rcv ic y 5 go's os 2p vive sings aS anwie se see ces 1 00
BELL.
(*)*The Veterinarian’s Call Book (Perpetual).”
By Roscoe BR. Bell, D.V.8., editor of the American
Veterinary Review. Revised every year.
A visiting list, that can be commenced at any time
and used until full, containing much useful informa-
tion for the student and the busy practitioner.
Among contents are items concerning: Veterinary
Drugs; Poisons; Solubility of Drugs; Composition of
Milk,Bile, Blood, Gastric Juice, Urine, Saliva; Respi-
ration; Dentition; Temperature, etec., etc. Bound in
flexible leather, with flap and pocket ........... 1 25
BITTING. ‘*Cadiot’s Exercises in Equine Surgery.”
See ‘‘Cadiot.’
BRADLEY. ‘© Qutlines of Veterinary Anatomy.”
By O. Charnock Bradley, Member of the Royal Col-
lege of Veterinary Surgeons; Professor of Anatomy
in the New Veterinary College, Edinburgh.
The author presents the most important facts of
veterinary anatomy in as condensed a form as possible,
consistent with lucidity. 12mo.
Complete in three parts.
Pant I,: . The Lambs (cloth). :...-...+e.eeeeene 1 25
Pant Il.:. The Trunk (paper)... <.:. s.eaueeeee 1 25
Part III,: The Head and Neck (paper).......... 1 25
THE-SEL COMPHETE: 075.6 sje sie onc 2 scieeie oat 3 25
CADIOT. “ Exercises in Equine Surgery.” By P. J.
Cadiot. Translated by Prof. A. W. Bitting, D. V.M.
Edited by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D,V.M. Size, 6 aie
cloth, illustrated......... NER Mtn molds 04 A
— **Roaring in Horses.” Its Pathology and scale
This work represents the latest development in oper-
ative methods for the alleviation of roaring. Each
step is most clearly defined by; excellent full-page
illustrations. By P. J. Cadiot, Professor at the
Veterinary School, Alfort. Translated by Thos. J.
Watt Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., etc, Cloth, size 5 1-4x 71-8,
77 pages, illustrated vi sc@) a0. 4:3 “o.6 0p sartng oro het eR ee 75
— ‘Studies in Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery.”
By P. J. Cadiot. Translated, edited, and supplemented
with 49 new articles and 3¢ illustrations by Jno. A. W.
Dollar, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 7 x 93-4, 619 pages
94 black and white illustrations,.........----+-+. 5 25
—(*)** A Treatise on puree Therapeutics of the Domestic
Animals.” By P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy. Translated
by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.,V.M.
I. General Surgery.—Means of restraint of animals,
general anesthe-ia, local anethesia, surgical anti-
Sepsis and asepsis, hematosis, cauterization, firing
II Diseases Common to all Tissues. —Infl ammation,
abscess, gangrene, ulcers, fistula, foreign bodies,
traumatic lesions, complications of traumatic les
ions, ogee cicatrices, mycosis, virulent,
Neeeas
CADIOT (Continued)
IIT. Diseases Special to all Tissues and Affections of
the Extremi'ies.—Diseases of skin and cellular tis-
tue, of serous bursae, of muscles, of tendons, of
tendinous synovial sacs, of aponeurosis, of arteries,
of veius, of lymphacics, of nerves, of bones, of
_ articulations.
Cloth, size 6 x 9, 580 pages, 118 illustrations..... 4 50
CHAPMAN. ‘Manual of the Pathological Treatment
of Lameness in the Horse,” treated solely by
mechanical means. By George T. Chapman. Cloth,
size 6 x 9, 124 pages with portrait................ 2 00
CHAUVEAU. “The Comparative Anatomy of the
Domesticated Animals.” By A. Chauveau. Revised
by G. Fleming, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, 585 illus..6 25
CLARKE. ‘Chart of the Feet and Teeth of Fossil
Horses.”? By W. H. Clarke. Card, size 91-2 x 12.. 25
—‘* Horses’ Teeth.”? Fourth edition, re-revised, with second
appendix. Cloth, size 5 1-4 x7 1-2, 322 pp., illus..2 50
CLEAVELAND. “Pronouncing Medical Lexicon.”
Pocket edition. By C H. Cleveland, M.D. Cloth,
SIZG i 4 Rd IED S02 PASOSe. coe wcicinwcic seis eo ta acels 75
CLEMENT. ‘Veterinary Post Mortem Examina-
tions.”> By A. W. Clement, V.S. The absence in the
English language of any guide in making autopsies
upon the lower animals, induced Dr. Clement to
write this book, trusting that it would prove of prac-
tical value to the profession. Cloth, size 5 x 7 1-2, 64
Roe Se eM NS LIEN icra stare sis oie alesse nies » ae erasers a viciee e 75
COURTENAY. (+) “Manual of the Practice of Veterinary
Medicine.” By Edward Courtenay, V.S. Revised by
Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S8. Second edition.
Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 7 1-2, 573 pages .............. 2 75
COX. “Horses: In Accident and Disease.” The
sketches introduced embrace various attitudes which
have been observed, such as in choking; the disorders
and aecidents occurring to the stomach and intestines ;
affection of the brain ; and some special forms of lame-
ness, etc. By J. Roalfe Cox, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size
69, Astull page Whstrabtens 3. ccs sce Sec nek. 1 £0
DALRYMPLE., (t)‘Veterinary Obstetrics.” A compen-
dium for the use of advanced students and Practi-
tioners. By W. H.. Dalrymple, M.R..C. V.S.,
principal of the Department of Veterinary Science in
the Louisiana State University and A. & M. College;
Veterinarian to the Louisiana State Bureau of
Agriculture, and Agricultural Fxperiment Stations.
Cloth, size 6 x 9 1-4, 162 pages, 61 illustrations...2 50
DALZIEL, ‘Breaking and Training Dogs.” Part I, by
Pathfinder. Part II, by Hugh Dalziel. Cloth,
illustrated i. 4020 sc sy jesdes See a ee meres calecemye 50
— “The Collie.” By Hugh Dalziel. Paper, illustrated.... 40
— “The Diseases of Dogs.” Causes, symptoms and treatment.
By Hugh Dalziel. Cloth, illustrated......... ro oO
— ‘Diseases of Horses.” Paper ............c.ccececes cece 40
— ‘* The Fox Terrier.” By Hugh Dalziel. Paper, 40; clo.1 00
— ‘The Greyhound.” Cloth, illus..... sceecceccccsecccced OO
“The St. Bernard.” Cloth, illustrated.......... oievete LU
DAN A. ‘Tables in Comparative Eten: By Prof.
Ci. Dana, M.D: ‘Chart, 17x 1725. she eee
DANCE. ‘Veterinary Tablet.” By A. re Dance. Chart,
17 x 24, mounted on linen, folded in a cloth case for
the pocket, size 3 3-4 x 6 ie 2. Shows at a glance the
synopsis of the diseases of horses, cattle and dogs;
with their cause, symptoms and cure......... faced
DE BRUIN. (*)** Bovine Obstetrics.”? By M. G. De Bruin
Instructor of Obstetrics at the State Veterinary
School in Utrecht. Translated by W. E. A. Wyman,
formerly Professor of Veterinary Science at Clemson
A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South
Carolina Experiment Station. Cloth, size 6 x 9, 382
pages; 77 illustrations: .0.0. 2... 60. + see 5 00
Synopsis of the Essential Features of the Work
1. Authorized translation.
2. The only obstetrical work which is up to date.
3. Written by Europe’s leading authority on the subject.
4, Written by a man who has practiced the art a lifetime.
5.. Written by a man who, on account of his eminence as
bovine practitioner and teacher of obstetrics, was selected
by Prof. Dr. Fréhner and Prof. Dr. Bayer (Berlin and
Vienna), to discuss bovine obstetrics both practically and
scientifically.
6. The only work containing a thorough differential Giag:-
nosis of ante and post partum diseases,
7. The only work doing justice to modern obstetrical
surgery and therapeutics.
8. ritten by a man whose-practical suggestions revolu-
tionized the teaching of veterinary obstetrics even in the
great schools of Europe.
9. The only work dealing fully with the now no longer
obscure contagious and infectious diseases of calves,
10. Absolutely original and no compilation.
ll. The only work dealing fully with the difficult problem
of teaching obstetrics in the colleges.
The only work where the practical part is not over-
shadowed by theory.
A veterinarian, particularly if his location brings him in
contact with obstetrical practice, who makes any pretence toward
being scientific and in possession of modern knowledge upon this
subject, will not be without this excellent work, as it is really a very
valuable treatise.—Prof. Roscoe R. Bell, in the “American Veterinary
veview
In translating into English Professor De Bruin’s excellent text-
book on Bovine Obstetrics, Dr. Wyman has laid British and American
veterinary surgeons and students under a debt of gratitude. The
works represents the happy medium between the booklets which are
adapted for cramming purposes by the student, and the poudern
tomes which, although useful to the teacher, are not exactly suited to
the requirements of the everyday pr actitioner . - . Wecan strongly
recommend the work to veterinary students and practitioners.—-The
Journal of Comparative Pathology and Therapeutics,
DOLLAR. (*,** Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goats and
Swine.” By G. Moussu and Jno. A. W. Dollar,
M.K.C.V.S. Size6 x 9 1-2, 7385-pages, 329 illustrations
in the text and 4 full page plates.......... SBAnOr 8 75
— ({)*A Hand-book of Horse-Shoeing,”? with introductory
chapters on the anatomy and physiology of the
horse’s foot. By Jno. A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.V.S.,
with the collaboration of Albert Wheatley, F.R.C.V.S.
Cloth, size 6 x 8 1-2, 433 pages, 4L6 illustrations ..4 75
— (t)**Operative Technique.” Volume 1 of ‘‘ The Practice of
Veterinary Surgery.” Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 10, 264 pages,
POISED LEM a .accs hia wick ee aegis wi ewes a 5 3 75
— **General Surgery.” Volume 2 of ‘* The Practice of Veter-
inary Surgery.” In preparation.
— ({)** Regional Veterinary Surgery.”? Volume 3 of ‘The
Practice of Veterinary Surgery.’ By Drs. Jno. A.
W. Dollar and H. Moller. Cloth, size 61-2 x10 853
anGoayiy pares sale Wlustrablons! 4. ..6.css ees - 6 25
_— **Cadiot’s Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery.”
See ‘* Cadiot.”
— **Cadiot’s Roaring in Horses.”’ See ‘‘ Cadiot.”
DUN. ‘Veterinary Medicines, their Actions and Uses.”
By Finlay Dun, V.S., late lecturer on Materia
Medica and Dietetics at the Edinburgh Veterinary
College, and Examiner in Chemistry to the Royal
College of Veterinary Surgeons. Edited by James
Macqueen, F.R.C.V.S. Tenth revised English edition.
Cloth, size6x9...... So Std Ga SERCO A Ce ae 3 75
DWYER. ‘On Seats and Saddles.” Bits and Bitting,
Draught and Harness and the Prevention and Cure of
Restiveness in Horses. By Francis Dwyer. Cloth,
size 5 x 7, 304 pages, gilt, illustrated............. 1 50
FLEMING. ‘The Contagious Diseases of Animals.” Their
influence on the wealth and health of nations and how
they are to be combated. Paper, size 5 x 71-2,
USDA OS irrstere steele -cisvey auter etes Gre ete ne ore aa ol boiche 25
— ‘Human and Animal Variolw.” A Study in Comparative
Pathology. Paper, size 5 1-2 x 8 1-2, 61 pages.... 25
— ‘Parasites aud Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated
Animals.” By L. G. Neumann. Translated by
Dr. Fleming. See ‘* Neumann.”
— “Qperative Veterinary Surgery.”? Vol. I, by Dr. Geo.
Fleming, M.R.O.V.S, This valuable work, one of the
most practical treatises yet issued on the subject in
the English language,is devoted to the common opera-
tions of Veterinary Surgery; and the concise descrip-
tions and directions of the text are illustrated with
numerous wood engravings. Cloth, size 6 x 9 1-4, 285
and xviii pages, 343 illustrations......,........ ..2 75
(*)Vol. II, edited and passed through the press by
W. Owen Williams, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 x 9 1-4,
430 and xxxvii pages, 344 illustrations............ 3 25
FLEMING (continued)
— “Roaring in Horses.” By Dr. George Fleming,
F.R.C.V.S. Its history, nature, causes, prevention
and treatment. Cloth, size 5 1-2 x 8 3-4, 16U pages, 21
engravings, 1 colored-plate n=... nese eee 1 5u
— ‘Veterinary Obstetrics.” Including the Accidents and Dis-
eases incident tu Pregnancy, Parturition, and the Early
Age in Domesticated Animals. By Geo. Fleming,
F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 x 8 3-4, 758 pages, illus.6 25
Corin: (*) **A- Manual of General Histology.”
By Wm. 8. Gottheil, M.D., Professor of Pathology in
the American Veterinary College, New York; etc., etc.
Histology is the basis of the physician’s art, as
Anatomy is the foundation of the surgeon’s science.
Only by knowing the processes of life can we under-
stand the changes of disease and the action of
remedies; as the architect must know his building
materials, so must the practitioner of medicine know
the intimate structure of the body. To present this
knowledge in an accessible and simple form has’
been the author’s task. Second edition revised.
Cloth, size 5 1-2 x 8, 152 pages, 68 illustrations. ..1 00
GRESSWELL. ‘The Bovine Prescriber.” For the use
of Veterinarians and Veterinary Students. Second
edition revised and enlarged, by James B. and Albert
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size, 5 x 71-2, 102
PALOS.. oc ose ces ccc eclcle e eieie oe) eel eee ete 75
— “The Equine Hospital Prescriber.” For the use of Veter-
inary Practitioners and Students. Third edition re-
vised and enlarged, by Drs. James B. and Albert
Gresswell, M.R.C Vv, S. Cloth, size 5 x 71-2, 165
PALCS 25. eves oct e 5 eth Sete c hareie ore) Osten eee ee 75
— “Diseases and Disorders of the Horse.” A Treatise on
Equine Medicine and Surgery, being a contribution to
the science of comparative pathology. By Albert,
Jas. B. and Geo. Gresswell. Cloth, size 5 3-4 x 8 3.4,
227 pages, illustrated...) 3.22... eee eller as
— Manual of “The Theory and Practice of Equine Medicine.”
By James B. Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S., and Albert
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Second edition ene gs
Cloth, size 5 1-4 x7 1-2, 539 pages... ... 2... esas 2 75
— (+) “Veterinary Phar macopexia and Manual of Comparative
Therapy.” By George and Charles Gresswell, with
descriptions and physiological actions of medicines,
by Albert Gresswell. Second edition revised and
enlarged. Cloth, 6 x 8 3-4, 457 pages............ 3 60
HASSLOCH. ‘A Compend of Yeterina y Materia Medica
and Therapeutics.” By Hassloch, V.8.,
Lecturer on Materia Medica aioe Therapeutics, and
Professor of Veterinary Dentistry at the New York
College of Veterinary Surgeons and School of Compa-
rative Medicine, N. Y. Cloth, size 51-4 x 71-2, 225
PAROS. a5 Sialgleve alere cr siarsveinle ere ate ocejetels tet eteaeaetaissie tetas 1 50
HEATLEY. * The Stock Owner’s Guide.» A handy Medi-
cal Treatise for every man who owns an ox or cow,
By George S. Heatley, M.RC.V.S. Cloth, size
Belo4 xi8 PAPAS eS eran cee ee Sy ete a ee ns 1 25
HILL. (+)**The Diseases of the Cat? By J. Woodroffe
Hill, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 1-4x 71-2, 1 3 pages,
Ul UStrated srs Sauter etc hs sce te eis s oc citar aes iare ses 1 26
Written from the experience of many years’ prac-
tice and close pathological research into the maladies
to which our domesticated feline friends are liable—a
subject which it must be admitted has not found the
prominence in veterinary literature to which it is
uudoubtedly entitled.
— “The Management and Diseases of the Dog.” By J.
Woodroffe Hill, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 x 7 1-2,
OxirastallypiUstrated cise e.tcmiisrs ees careless. « 2 00
HINEBAUCH. ‘‘Veterinary Dental Surgery.” By T. D.
Hinebauch, M.S.V.S. For the use of Students, Prac-
titioners and Stockmen. Cloth, size 51-4 x 8, 256
DAsesmUNMUStrAbOM ccs ccetinosascecac sts cece es 2 00
HOARE. ‘‘A Manual of Veterinary Therapeutics and
Pharmacology.” By E. Wallis Hoare, F.R.C.V.S.
Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 7 1-4, 560 pages..................2 15
HOBDAY. ‘Canine and Feline Surgery.”? By Frederick
T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, 5 3-4 x 8 3-4, 152
MACs, FO MASHrALLONS. So)... css telecine. 3 te ote .2 00
— (\)“The Castration of Cryptorchid Horses’ and
the Ovariotomy of Troublesome Mares.” By
Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size
§ 3-4 x 8 3-4, 1(6 pages, 34 illustrations,.......... 1 75
HUNTING. (+) The Art of Horse-shoeing. A manual
for Horseshoers. By William Hunting, F.R.C.V.S.,
ex-President of the Royal College of Veterinary Sur-
geons. One of the most up-to-date, concise books of
, its kind in the English language. Cloth, size6x9 1-4.
126 PAseS, JO WIUStLAbIONS:.« aioe «sccm e selce os ciee's ve 1 00
JENKINS. (+) **Model of the Cow’? and ** Model of the
Horse.” See ‘‘ Banham.”
KEATING. ‘A New Unabridged Pronouncing Diction-
ary of Medicine.” By John M. Keating, M.D., LL.D.,
Henry Hamilton and others. A voluminous and
exhaustive hand-book of Medical and _ scientific
terminology with Phonetic Pronunciation, Accentu-
ation, Etymology, ete. With an appendix containing
important tables of Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomaines,
Ptomaines; Drugs and Materials used in Antiseptic
Surgery; Poisons and their antidotes; Weights and
Measures; Thermometer Scales; New Officinal and
Unofficinal Drugs, etc., etc. Cloth, 818 pages ...5 00
KOBERT. ‘Practical Toxicology for Physicians and
Students By Professor Dr. Rudolph Kobert,
Medical Director of Dr. Brehmer’s Sanitarium for
Pulmonary Diseases at Goerbersderf in Silesia (Prus-
sia), late Director of the Pharmacological Institute,
Dorpat, Russia. Translated and edited by L. H.
Friedburg, Ph.D. Authorized Edition. Practical
knowledge by means of tables which occupy little
space, but show at a glance similarities and differ-
ences between poisons of the same group. Also rules
for the Spelling and Pronunciation of Chemical Terms,
as adopted by the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. Cloth, 6 1-2x10, 201 pp..2 60
KOCH. ‘Etiology of Tubereulosis.”” By Dr. R. Koch.
Trauslated by T. Saure. Ctoth, size 6 x 91-4, 97
)9L1 42) as GRhAeING SABO ARDOUOMOLOOOnO Gord sb.800 cc 1 v0
LAMBERT. ‘The Germ Theory’ of Disease.”
Bearing upon the health and welfare of man and the
domesticated animals. By James Lambert, F.R.C.V.S.
Paper, size 5 1-4 x 8 1-4, 26 pages, illustrated..... 25
LAW. ‘*¥Farmers’ Veterinary Advyiser.”? A Guide to the
Prevention and Treatment of Disease in Domestic
Animals. By Prof. James Law. Cloth, size
5 1-4 x 7 1-2, illustrated........ J's. 0.8 S26 aga teve aioe EIS 3 00
LIAUTARD. (+)** Animal Castration.’”? A concise and
practical Treatise on the Castration of the Domestic
Animals. The only work on the subject in the
English language. By Alexander Liautard, M.D.,V.S.
Having a fine portrait of the author. Tenth edition
revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 6 1-4 x 71-2, 165
pages, 45 illustrations,......... +o ela,o1s eee eet 2 00
. . + ,The most complete and comprehensive work on the
eubieot ae English veterinary literature.—American Agri-
CULLULr sl.
— **Cadiot’s Exercises in Equine Surgery.’’ Translated by
Prof. Bitting and edited by Dr. Liautard.
See ** Cadiot.”
— ‘A Treatise on Surgical Therapeutics of the Domestic
Animals.” By Prof. Dr. P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy.
Translated by Prof. Liautard. See ‘‘ Cadiot.”
— **How to Tell the Age of the Domestic Animal.” By
Dr. A. Liautard, M.D., V.S. Standard work upon
this subject, concise, helpful and containing many
illustrations. Cloth, size 5 x 71-2, 35 pages, 42
illustrations..... ROHN OO OC ARO OCU. O06 coc waar 50
— **Lameness of Horses and Diseases of the Locomotory
Apparatus.’ By A. Liautard, M.D.,V.S. This work
is the result of Dr. Liautard’s many years of experi-
ence. Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 7 1-2, 314 pages......... 2 50
LIAUTARD (continued).
— (*)**Manual of Operative Veterinary Surgery ” By A.
Liautard, M.D., V.M. Engaged for years in the work
of teaching this special department of veterinary
medicine, and having abundant opportunities of
realizing the difficulties which the student who
earnestly strives to peifect himself in his calling is
obliged to encounter, the author formed the deter-
mination to facilitate his acquisition of knowledge,
and began the accumulation of material by the com-
pilation of data and arrangement of memorandum,
with the recorded notes of his own experience, the
fruit of a long and extended practice and a careful
study of the various authorities who have illustrated
and organized veterinary literature. 1906 edition,
with complete index. Cloth, size 6 1-4 x 9, xxx and 803
pages; Os LlWStrationS cc citcce cae vse lee =. 5 00
— **Pellerin’s Median Neurotomy in the Treatment of
Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock.”
Translated by Dr. A. Liautard. See ‘* Pellerin.”
— **Vade Mecum of Equine Anatomy.”’ By A. Liautard,
M.D.V.S. For the use of advanced students and
veterinary Surgeons. Third edition, Cloth, size
5 x 7 1-2, 30 pages and 10 full page illustrations of
WIT VIEGOLNEG sn va oe opaisianeic oietiala ers one ccavaia Gieie kfcle ie aceerqs 2 00
— Zundel’s ** The Horse’s Foot and Its Diseases.”
See ‘* Zundel.”’
LONG. ‘Book of the Pig.” Its selection, Breeding,
Feeding andManagement. Cloth.............. 4.00
LOWE. (t)* Breeding Racehorses by the Figure
System.” Compiled by the late C. Bruce Lowe.
Edited by William Allison, ‘* The Special Commis-
sioner,” London Sporisman, Hon. Secretary Sporting
‘ League, and Manager of the International Horse
Agency and Exchange. With numerous fine illustra-
tions of celebrated horses. Cloeth, size 8 x 10, 262
DPages=.....s Pyare sta er auevel teycrnts heravoicin wicieteteteiaverric tre att 7 50
LUDLOW. ‘Science in the Stable’’; or How a Horse
can be Kept in Perfect Health and be Used Without
Shoes, in Harness or under the Saddle. With the
Reason Why. Second Edition. By Jacob R. Ludlow,
M.D. Late Staff Surgeon, U. S. Army. Paper, size
41-2 x 5 3-4, 166 pages............. Spacoteraigs fetes aiaie 50
LUPTON. **Horses: Sound and Unsound,” with
Law relating to Sales and Warranty. By J. Irvine
Lupton, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 71-2, 217
PAGES; AS lUStratiONss... ofc tn che es Oe Ae erscw es 1 25
McBRIDE. ‘‘Anatomical Outlines of the Horse.” By
J. A. McBride, M.R.C.V.5S. Second edition revised
and enlarged. Cloth, size 51-4 x 71-4, illus....2 50
M’FADYEAN. (|) ‘* Anatomy of the Horse.’ Second
edition completely revised. A Dissection Guide.
By John M’Fadyean, M.B., B.Sc., F.R.S.E. Cloth,
size 6 x 8 3 4, 333 pages, illustrated.............. 5 50
This book is intended for Veterinary students, and
offers to them in its 48 full-page colored plates,
54 illustrations and excellent text, a valuable and
practical aid in the study of Veterinary Anatomy,
especially in the dissecting room.
— **Comparative Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals.”
By J. M’Fadyean. Profusely illustrated, and to be
issued in two parts.
Part I—Osteology, ready. Size 51-2 x 81-2, 166
pages, 132 illustrations. Paper, 2 50; cloth..... 2 75
(Part II in preparation.) ‘
MAGNER. ‘Standard Horse and Stock Book.” By
b. Magner. Comprising over 1,000 pages, illustrated
with 1756 engravings. Leather binding. ........ 6 (0
MILLS. ‘*How to Keep a Dog in the City.’’ By
Wesley Mills, M.D., D.V.S. It tells how to choose,
manage, house, feed, educate the pup, how to keep him
clean and teach him cleanliness. Paper, size 5x 71-2,
25
MOLLER — DOLLAR. (+) ** Regional Veterinary
Surgery.”’ See ‘‘ Dollar.”
MOHLER. ‘Handbook of Meat Inspection.”’ By Robert
Ostertag, M.D. Translated by Earley Vernon
Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an introduction by
John R. Mohler, V.M.D., A M. See ‘“* Ostertag.”
MOSSELMAN-LIENAUX, **Manual of Veterinary
Microbiology.’? By Professors Mosselman and
Liénaux, Nat. Veterinary College, Cureghem, Belgium.
Translated and edited by R. R. Dinwiddie, Professor
of Veterinary Science, College of Agriculture, Arkansas
State University. Cloth, size 512 x 8, 342 pages,
bas Grated’ oo... 125). sissies teres cletereon sin\eletshetehe tetera 2 00
MOUSSU._ (*)** Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goats and
Swine.” See ‘* Dollar.”
NEUMANN. (*)‘‘A Treatise on Parasites and Parasitic
Diseases of the Domesticated Animals.” A work
to which the students of human or veterinary medi- ~
cine, the sanitarian, agriculturist or breeder or rearer
of animals, may refer for full information regarding
the external and internal Parasites—vegetable and
animal—which attack various species of Domestic
Animals. A Treatise by L. G. Neumann, Professor
at the National Veterinary School of Toulouse,
Translated and edited by Geo. Fleming, C.B., LL.D.,
F.RC.V.S. Second edition, revised and edited by
James Macqueen, F.R.C.V.S., Professor at the Royal
Veterinary College, London. Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 10,
xvi + 698 pages, 365 illustrations ............... 6 75
NOCARD. ‘The Animal Tuberculoses, and their Relation
to Human Tuberculosis.” By Ed. Nocard, Prof. of the
Alfort Veterinary College. Translated by H. Scurfield,
M.D. Ed., Ph. Camb. Cloth, 5x7 1-2, 143 pages..1 00
Perhaps the chief interest to doctors of human
medicine in Professor Nocard’s book lies in the
demonstration of the small part played by heredity,
and the great part played by contagion in the propa-
gation of bovine tuberculosis. It seems not unreason-
able to suppose that the same is the case for human
tuberculosis, and that, if the children of tuberculous
parents were protected from infection by cohabitation
or ingestion, the importance of heredity as a cause of
the disease, or even of the predisposition to it, would
dwindle away into insignificance.
OSTERTAG. (*) ** Handbook of Meat Inspection.” By
Robert Ostertag, M.D. Authorized Translation by
Earley Vernon Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an intro-
duction by John R. Mohler, V.M.D., A.M. The work
is exhaustive and authorative and has at once become
the standard authority upon the subject Second
edition, revised. Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 93-4, 920 pages,
260 illustrations and 1 colored Plas Sorcerer si sPicteretehs 7 50
PALCIN., (*)‘**A Treatise on emote Lymphangitis.” By
Capt. W. A. Pallin, F.R.C.V.S. In this work the
author has endeavored to combine his own experience
with that of other writers and so attempts to give a
clear and complete account of a subject about which
there is little at present in English veterinary litera-
ture. Cloth, size 5 3-4 x 81-2, 90 pages, with 17 fine
POE PATO HM MUStALONS <p5.%% soe slays creis ek dl elale\ejsieis - 1 25
PEGLER. *The Book of the Goat.’? Third edition re-
written and enlarged. Cloth, 223 pages, illus....1 75
PELLERIN. ‘Median Neurotomy in the Treatment
of Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock.””
By C. Pellerin, late repetitor of Clinic and Surgery to
the Alfort Veterinary School. Translated, with Addi-
tional Facts Relating to It, by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.,
V.M. Having rendered good results when performed
by himself, the author believes the operation, which
consists in dividing the cubito-plantar nerve and in
excising a portion of the peripherical end, the means
of improving the conditions, and consequently the
values of many apparently doomed animals. Agricul-
ture in particular will be benefited.
The work is divided into two parts. The first covers
the study of Median Neurotomy itself; the second,
the exact relations of the facts as observed by the
author. Boards, 6 x 9 1-2, 61 pages, illustrated. .1 00
PETERS. ‘A Tuberculous Herd—Test with Tuber-
culin.” By Austin Peters, M.R.C. V.S., Chief
Inspector of Cattle for the New York State Board of
Health during the winter of 1892-93. Pamphlet... .25
REYNOLDS. ‘An Essay on the Breeding and Manage-
ment of Draught Horses.” By R. S. Reynolds,
M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 1-2 x 8 3-4, 104 pages. .1 40
ROBERGE. ‘* The Foot of the Horse,” or GLameness
and all Diseases of the Feet traced to an Unbalanced
Foot Bone, prevented or cured by balancing the foot.
By David Roberge. Cloth, size 6x 91-4, 308 pages,
illustrates oor. ac si plowte seb ne cio e ee Lee 6 00
SESSIONS. (*)** Cattle Tuberculosis,” a Practical Guide to
the Agriculturist and Inspector. By Harold Sessions,
F.R,C.V.S., ete. Second edition. Size5x 71-4, vi +
120! PAROS etnies gece ences wee ae eee eee 1 00
The object of the author has been to write the text
in such a manner that the subject can be understood
by those who have to deal particularly with it, yet
who, perhaps, have not had the necessary training to
appreciate technical phraseology.
SEWELL. ‘*The Examination of Horses as to Sound-
ness and Selection as to Purchase.» By Edward
Sewell, M.R.C.V.S. Paper, size 51-2 x 81-2, &6 pages,
illustrated with 8 plates in color............... 1 60
.... If is a great advantage to the business man to
know something of the elements of law, and nobody
ought either to buy or own a horse who does not know
something about the animal. That something this book
gives, and gives in a thoroughly excellent way....
—Our Animal Friends.
SMITH. ‘‘A Manual of Veterinary Physiology.”? By
Col. F. Smith, C,M.S., F.R.C.V.S., F.I.C., author of
‘*A Manual of Veterinary Hygiene.”
Throughout this manual the object has been to con-
dense the information as much as possible. The
broad facts of the sciences are stated so as to render
them of use to the student and practitioner. In this
second edition—rewritten—the whole of the Nervous
System has been revised, a new chapter dealing with
the Development of the Ovum has been added together
with many additional facts and illustrations. About
one hundred additional pages are given. Second
edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 6 x 8 3-4,
673 pages, 102 illustrations................ .ees-: 3 75
— (*)** Manual of Veterinary Hygiene.” Third edition revised.
Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 7 1-2, xx + 1036 pages, with 255
illustrations ss Pace icc cece ck Den Goe ae ONE 4 75
Recognizing the rapid advance and extended field
of the subject since the previous issue, the author
has entirely re-written the work and enlarged its
scope, whieh is brought thoroughly up to date. Con-
tains over 500 more pages than the second edition.
STRANGEWAY. Spot ec) Anatomy.” Edited by
i. Vaughan, F.L.S., M.R.C.V.S. New edition revised.
Cloth, size 61-4 x 9 1-2, 625 pages, 224 illus...... 5 00
SUSSDORF. ‘Six Large Colored Wall Diagrams.” By
Prof. Sussdorf, M.D. (of Géttingen). Text translated
by Prof. W. Owen Williams, of the New Veterinary
College, Edinburgh. Size, 44 inches by 30 inches.
1.—Horse. 4.—Ox.
2.— Mare. 5.—Boar and Sow.
3.—Cow. 6.—Dog and Bitch.
The above are printed in eight or nine colors.
Showing the position of the viscera in the large
cavities of the body.
Price; UNHIOUNLEO cn chet ee sxc eisaree eect 1 75 each
‘¢ mounted on linen, with roller... .... 350) “¢¢
THOMPSON. ( (})<* Elementary Lectures on Veterinary
Science.”? For agricultural students, farmers and
stock keepers. By Henry Thompson, M.R.C.V.S.,
lecturer on Veterinary Science at the Aspatria Agri-
cultural College, England. It is complete yet concise
and an up-to-date book. Cloth, 397 pp., 51 illus..3 75
VAN MATER. “A Text Book of Veterinary Oph-
thalmology.”? By George G. Van Mater, M.D.,
D.Y.S., Professor of Ophthalmology in the American
Veterina ry College; Oculist and Aurist to St. Martha’s
Sanitarium and Dispensary; Consulting Eye and Ear
Surgeon to the Twenty-sixth Ward Dispensary ; Eye
and Ear Surgeon, Brooklyn Eastern District Dispen-
sary, etc. Illustrated by one chromo lithograph plate
and 71 engravings. Cloth, 6 x 91-4, 151 pages...3 00
. . We intend to adopt this valuable work as a text
book.—E. J. Creely, D.V.S., Dean of the San Francisco
Veterinary College.
VETERINARY DIAGRAMS in Tabular’ Form.
Size, 284 in. x 22inches. Price per set of five....4 00
Mounted and foldedsin:¢ase: co. <5. .ciecas cece cs 7 0
No.1. ‘The External Form and Elementary Ana-
tomy of the Horse.” Eight colored illustrations—
]. External regions; 2. Skeleton; 3. Muscles (Superior
Layer); 4. Museles (Deep Layer) ; 5. Respiratory Ap-
paratus; 6. Digestive Apparatus; 7. Circulatory Ap-
paratus ; 8. Nerve Apparatus ; with letter-press paces
Hil GO TNR eRe Stee eno hs, SEA NG ctayoys tahoe (aise ayant inn) Selnvejaeis le 12
No. 2. ‘*The Age of Domestic Animals.” Forty-two
figures illustrating the structure of the teeth, indicat-
ing the Age of the Horse, Ox, Sheep, and Dog, eee
MUA CSCLIPTLOM a eile eros no neice crea Shale Be ssh ilee oresare
Mounted on roller and varnished,............... 2 00
VETERINARY DIAGRAMS (continued).
No. 3. ‘*The Unsoundness and Defects of the Horse.”
Fifty figures illustrating—l. The Defects of Confor-
mation; 2. Defects of Position; 3. Infirmities or Signs
of Disease; 4. Unsoundnesses; 5. Defects of the Foot;
with full deseriptiones . sie sicsectt~ ie) fates o> cle eee 75
Mounted on roller and varnished ............... 2 00
No. 4. ‘‘The Shoeing of the Horse, Mule and Ox.’’
Fifty figures descriptive of the Anatomy and Physio-
logy of the Foot and of Horse-shoeing............. 75
Mounted on roller and varnished................ 2 00
No. 5. ‘The Elementary Anatomy, Points, and But-
cher’s Joints of the Ox.” Ten colored illustrations
—l. Skeleton; 2. Nervous System; 3. Digestive
System (Right Side); 4. Respiratory System ; 5. Points
of a Fat Ox; 6. Muscular System; 7. Vascular System;
8. Digestive System (Left Side); 9. Butcher’s Sections
of a Calf; 10. Butcher’s Sections of an Ox; with full
Aeseriptiome sh s.cus ocelot tellers mee ee ah eee 1 25
Mounted on roller and varnished................ 2 25
WALLEY. (|)‘‘A Practical Guide to Meat Inspection.” By
Thomas Walley, M.R.C.V.S., late principal of the
Edinburgh Royal (Dick) Veterinary College; Pro-
fessor of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery, ete,
Fourth Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged
by Stewart Stockman, M.R.C.V.S., Professor of
Pathology, Lecturer on Hygiene and Meat Inspection
at Dick Veterinary College, Edinburgh. Cloth, size
5 1-2 x 8 1-4, with 45 colored illus., 295 pages.....3 00
An experience of over 30 years in his profession
and a long official connection (some sixteen years)
with Edinburgh Abattoirs have enabled the author to
gather a large store of information on the subject,
which he has embodied in his book.
While Dr. Stockman is indeed indebted to the
old for much useful information, this up-to-
date work will hardly be recognized as the old
«¢ Walley’s Meat Inspection.”
WILCOX. (*)**Handbook of Meat Inspection.” By Robert
Ostertag, M.D. See ‘‘ Ostertag.”
WILLIAMS. “Principles and Practice of Veterinary
Medicine.” Author’s edition, entirely revised and
illustrated with numerous plain and colored plates.
By W. Williams, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 3-4 x 8 3-4,
SO SIPACES ace operetta ele eye eros leleuelore = Che letarete ater nens 7 50
— ‘** Principles and Practice of Veterinary Surgery.”
Author’s edition, entirely revised and illustrated
with numerous plain and colored plates. By W.
Williams, M.R.C.V.S. Clotb, size 61-2 x 91-4, 756
DAQES «sas caste sine cies iataiate witeloxt cies ela nice ee 7 50
w99
THE MOST COMPLETE, PROGRESSIVE AND
SCIENTIFIC BOOK ON THE SUBJECT IN
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
(*)WINSLOW, ‘Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeu-
’ ties.”? By Kenelm Winslow, B.A.S., M.D.V., M.D.,
(Harv.); formerly Assistant Professor of Therapeutics
in the Veterinary School of Harvard University ;
Fellow of tiie Massachusetts Medical Society ; Surgeon
to the Newton Hospital, ete.
Fourth Edition, Revised
Cloth, size 6 1-4 x 9 1-4, x + 804 pages........ ...6 00
In the preparation of the fourth revised edition of this work, very
considerable revision was made necessary in orderthat it conform to
the changes brought abont by publication of the revised United States
Pharmacopoeia in 1905. To what extent revision was required will be
realized when it is known that there have been 123 additions, 106
changes in the strength of preparations and 139 changes in the official
title of drugs in the new Pharmacopoeia. Thus the doses of many
preparations have suffered the most radical change, and some of the
old friends have new names. All Extracta Fluida have been changed.
The offic’al names of many salts are altered, with corresponding
changes in the Latin terminations. In the revision of the General
Index it was also made a pronouncing vocabulary of drugs and terms
of pharmacology, which will be appreciated the moment attention is
directed to the matter. : ; ,
Notwithst-nding the short time which has elapsed since the last
edition of this book, a number of additions have been made to keep it
abreast of the times. Since the work has become the recognized
authority in Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and is the
standard text-book on the subject in the veterinary colleges of the
United States, the author and rublisher feel it their duty to con-
stantly revise its pages in order to hold the book up to that standard
which it has hitherto attained.
WYMAN. (*)** Bovine Obstetrics.’ By M. G. De Bruin.
Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V.,V.S.
See also ‘‘ De Bruin.”
— (*)** Catechism of the Principles of Veterinary Surgery.”
By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V.,V.S. Cloth, size 6 x 9,
SANDALS we raiswiarshisis.s.eisianis (ssc. HG eb aR Obes tReenee 3 50
Concerning this new work attention is called to the
following points:
1.—It discusses the subject upon the basis of veterinary investigations.
.—It does away with works on human pathology, histology, etc.
.—It explains each question thoroughly both from a scientific as well
as a practical point of view.
.—It is writen by one knowing the needs of the student.
.—It deals exhaustively with a chapter on tumors, heretofore utterly
neglected in veterinary pathology.
.—The only work in English specializing the subject.
.—The only work thoroughly taking into consideration American as
well as European investigations.
.—Offering practical hints which have not appeared in print, the
result of large city and country practice,
wm AIO OTR Ct
WYMAN (Continued)
—(+)“The Clinical Diagnosis of Lameness in the Horse.”
By W. EB. A. Wyman, D.V.S., formerly Professor of
Veterinary Science, Clemson A. & M, College, and
Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment
Station. Cloth, size 6 x 9 1-2, 182 pp., 32 illus....2 50
— ({)** Tibio-peroneal Neurectomy for the Relief of Spayin
Lameness.”? By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V., V.S.
Boards, size 6 x 9, 30 pages, illustrated........... 50
Anyone wanting to perform this operation should procure
this little treatise ; he will find it of considerable help.—The
Veterinary Journal.
ZUNDEL. ‘The Horse’s Foot and Its Diseases.” By
A. Zundel, Principal Veterinarian of Alsace Lorraine.
Translated by Dr. A. Liautard, V.S. Cloth, size
5 x 7 3-4, 248 pages, illustrated...............-.. 2 00
ZUILL. “Typhoid Fever; or Contagious Influenza
in the Horse.” By Prof. W. L. Zuill, M.D.,D.V.S.
Pamphlet, size 6 x 9 1-4, 29 pages................. 25
Any book sent prepaid for the price
WILLIAM R. JENKINS,
851 and 853 Sixth Avenue, NEW YORK.
Sry
pte tae ete He
A ETE PS
(92 pega emi DE eet
nn Se aes oe
2 pera em el ae
Sag NN at eg Ae ates eee
veeeoniniernees
AR EAN DL get he ATIVE
pe ar ea et lay Pape eas inane ee
OP ere a
peapemene Wwrternr oe ares
Fae ene
pe ysedy ear
ete peer at
ete teres anh
le eyetipa om ey Dag mee Sede age en Hames
Laer PES
pug ease Sir
oecease eax earns
seen 20 Ay ay 2 A Ea gO
Sees ee ata a isin a teed oe TS
Vie ie ne AE RD PE CEN= TNR OY Te
Pepa te anes iegtara
232 ants ants tae ISIE!
*
ots He TREE EC Wa
oo pe Been NUE ge HR FOE
eerie tn ee ea eR ony OSE Cis eo Ber eee
peer rere ee ro ees ent
bared eh we ReEN STARA he ate D
PURE i Sip Ber Ui Le MA ee
PAO ete ye
anes pina ee ar aeIR
yg lneea Wea IT aE ey BEINN ED
rage yey BRU Sealy aes bse seer OER
Sere eee og wt